Which ‘New World Order’?

Who is planning a ‘New World Order’ (NWO),  in what form, and what progress so far? The NWO invariably refers to an evil totalitarian world controlled by Satanic elites. What weapons are used to try to enforce a particular NWO?  Will it be ‘The Great Reset? Currently, many of the world’s normal practices are falling apart. Links to many more articles follow those below. However, there are a rapidly growing number of signs that our world is shifting to a new dimension that will be far better for the Earth and all its people. In other words,  a New World Order in the best interests of the great majority of people.

The Pyramid of Power

Editor’s note: This is the first of two videos that Cyntha Koeta explains who the mostly evil power brokers are, how they are linked and how they are planning to rule the world.  None of them are elected and have achieved their power through family lines and questionable riches, such as the Rothschild banking empire and groups such as the Committee of 300.
Part 1 of The Conclusion to the Fall of the Cabal

A brand new series about the identity of the Cabal, by Cyntha Koeter

In this episode, we discover the 3 nails of power that rule the world. We dive into the first one of them and discover the power that financial institutions have over our lives. Financially spoken, the One World Government is already up and running! The Cabal is not one person nor a fixed group of persons. It consists of Committees, Groups, Think tanks, more commissions and NGO’s. They are always unelected and unaccountable for their deeds, but their decrees and treaties are binding worldwide. How is that possible? You will find out in this first part of THE CONCLUSION!

(2) The Pyramid of Power – by Fall of the Cabal Official

=====================

President Trump must end this dangerous US and EU stupidity

Editor’s note: This excellent interview of Colonel Douglas Macgregor by Tucker Carlson explains in detail how the past hegemony of the US and its British and Israeli / Zionist drivers is finished. There are nearly 1 million views of this interview noted to  date.  Click on the link at the end of this introduction to view the full 73-minute video.

Carlson opens the interview saying ‘it feels as though we are on the brink of something catastrophic’.

The US and UK are now failed powers but keep pretending otherwise.  Many of their leaders appear to believe that their past hegemony still prevails.  It doesn’t. But the threats they make are dangerous nonsense. President Trump seems to be overly-influenced by MI6 and Zionist powerbrokers and related Satanists that will do anything to invoke a nuclear world war. Neither the US or the UK could sustain a full war for more than 10 days.

Macgregor notes ‘the cartels on the Southern border are our existential threat, not Ukraine – the Cartels run everything in Meixico, not the President. It’s just one huge corrupt cartel in Mexico’. As for Ukraine ‘I can account for 1.2 million Ukrainians dead with less  perhaps 10,000 Russians dead – a ratio of more than 10:1.’

Col. Doug Macgregor: Mexied can Cartels’ Advanced Weaponry, and Why They’re a Bigger Threat Than Russia | Opinion – Conservative | Before It’s News

======================

SCOTT RITTER: Trump’s Munich Strategy

SCOTT RITTER Trump’s Munich Strategy  February 22, 2025

Editor’s note: This article is brilliant in its perspective and comparisons. Click on the link above to view some graphics in the PDF file.

At the security conference in Germany we just saw Trump make a classic adaptation of John Boyd’s OODA-loop to destroy his NATO and EU enemies.

Outside the 2025 Munich Security Conference, Bayerischer Hof, Feb. 14. (Courtesy MSC/Daniel Kopatsch)

“The man’s enlarged my mind. He’s a poet-warrior in the classic sense. I mean sometimes he’ll, uh, well, you’ll say hello to him, right? And he’ll just walk right by you, and he won’t even notice you. And suddenly he’ll grab you, and he’ll throw you in a corner, and he’ll say do you know that “if” is the middle word in life?

If you can keep your head when all about you are losing theirs and blaming it on you, if you can trust yourself when all men doubt you – I mean I’m no, I can’t — I’m a little man, I’m a little man, he’s, he’s a great man. I should have been a pair of ragged claws scuttling across floors of silent seas…”

Unnamed photojournalist, Apocalypse Now

By Scott Ritter
Special to Consortium News

Lately I have been asked to try and make sense of Donald Trump and the first three weeks of his presidency.

And, more specifically, to comment on the drama that unfolded in Munich these past few days.

As I stumble through the mental gymnastics of trying to explain the unexplainable, my brain takes me to the classic Francis Ford Coppola film, Apocalypse Now, and the character of the “unnamed photojournalist” played in manic fashion by Dennis Hopper.

In a world strewn with freshly killed villagers, with war-painted murderers dressed as soldiers posturing in the background, Hopper’s character tries to tell a disbelieving Captain Willard (played magnificently by Martin Sheen) that the madness he sees around him represents a portal to a higher plane of thinking.

Just don’t pay attention to the truth your eyes are dispatching to your brain.

“The heads,” the unnamed photojournalist tells Willard. “You’re looking at the heads. Sometimes he goes too far. He’s the first one to admit it.”

The unnamed photojournalist is derived from the character of the Harlequin in Joseph Conrad’s classic novel, Heart of Darkness, from which Coppola fashioned the warped narrative of Apocalypse Now.

The Harlequin is a Russian sailor who served as Kurtz’s only European companion in the months leading up to the arrival of Marlow’s steamship.  What Marlow sees as evidence of insanity, the Harlequin explains away as part of Kurtz’s grand design, incomprehensible to anyone who hasn’t lost his own mind in the detached reality of Kurtz’s universe.

When asked to explain Trump, I feel like I have been cast into the character of the Harlequin, asked to interpret the unnamed photojournalist’s ramblings to a world of disbelieving and unknowing Marlows and Willards.

Trying to explain what happened the past few days in Munich is like trying to explain an acid-infused trip down the rabbit hole with Alice.

You can’t.

Especially to those who didn’t drop the tab and join you on that magic carpet ride.

“Understanding Trump” is an exercise in futility for those who still choose to see the world through a prism of what passes for normalcy.

 

Trump’s motorcade arriving for the Daytona 500 at the Daytona International Speedway in Florida on Sunday. (White House Photo, Daniel Torok)

Who believes in norms defined by established practice?

There is nothing normal about Trump.

And he is breaking with established practice at a pace that belies comprehension.

There is no more room for established practice.

It’s a revolution, baby.

And if you do not understand that, then nothing makes sense.

I have been riding the Trump magic carpet for some time now, convinced that the alternative to this journey into America’s heart of darkness was nothing short of nuclear Armageddon.

I didn’t drop the acid.

I am the equivalent of Marlow and Willard, except I have the longevity of a Harlequin or the unnamed photojournalist when it comes to seeing patterns in the chaos.

I have been partaking in the Trump trip since 2015.

And here is my take.

Munich Security Conference 2025 

U.S. Vice President J. D. Vance addressing the Munich Security Conference on Feb. 14. (Courtesy MSC/ Lennart Preiss)

The Munich Security Conference (MSC) is an annual conference on international security policy that has been held in Munich since 1963.

Its motto is “Peace through Dialogue.”

While the MSC attracts a global audience, it caters almost exclusively to the trans-Atlantic crowd, the acolytes of the North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO) and the European Union (EU).

The role of the United States has been to serve as an overbearing mentor, nodding approvingly from the front rows of the audience, and dispatching high-level officials to speak to their European minions from the podium of power.

The MSC is an audition of sorts, where Europe’s political and security elites scramble to share the stage with a member of the American establishment who will pat them on the head, feed them a treat, and tell them what a good job they’re doing.

In the post-Cold War era, Europe allowed itself to be uniformly influenced by this master-servant dynamic.

The MSC was born from the pragmatic caution exhibited by its founder, Ewald-Heinrich von Kleist-Schmenzin, a co-conspirator in the plot undertaken by Count Claus von Stauffenberg to assassinate Adolf Hitler in 1944. Von Kleist envisioned the MSC as a forum to promote peace in Europe, to use dialogue as a mechanism to prevent a future European war.

Von Kleist’s vision, however, faltered in the face of America’s post-Cold War ambition to sustain its role as the world’s sole remaining superpower, using trans-Atlantic and European institutions such as NATO and the EU as facilitators for continued U.S. hegemony through the uninterrupted implementation of the “rules-based international order.”

The hypocrisy of the West — NATO, the EU and their overlord, the U.S. — was masterfully called out by Russian President Vladimir Putin in 2007, during his brilliant presentation at the MSC.

Putin addressing the Munich Security Conference in 2007. (Kremlin.ru, Wikimedia Commons, CC BY 4.0)

But the elites who gather at the MSC are not there to be lectured to, or to learn, but rather to promulgate the strategic objectives of the U.S. by disguising them as European initiatives born of European values.

Except, as anyone who has studied the dynamics of the MSC knows — there are no true European values anymore. The once laudable goal of avoiding a repeat of the Second World War on European soil has been replaced by a mindless, slavish echo chamber of American imperial warmongering.

Serbia. Libya. Afghanistan.

Ukraine.

The MSC has become nothing more than a rubber stamp for American foreign and national security policy.

European values today are nothing more than a veneer of artificiality, the equivalent of a spoon full of sugar to help Europeans swallow the bitter reality of their collective servility.

Any student of America, however, would have picked up on a growing discontent among the American people with the endless wars being promoted and promulgated by the so-called Military Industrial-Congressional Complex (MICC) that President Dwight D. Eisenhower warned about in his farewell address of January 1961.

The American establishment allowed itself to be consumed by the predatory practices of the MICC.

The American people did not.

And starting in 2016, the American people began to let the establishment know that they were not going to stand for these predatory policies, which infected every aspect of American life, anymore.

The Trump Revolution began in 2015, when he came down the escalator of his Trump Tower castle to announce his candidacy for the office of president of the United States.

And it hasn’t stopped since.

Trump destroyed the corrupt edifice of classic Republican politics by sweeping the Republican primary in 2016.

Trump at a campaign rally in Phoenix, October 2016. (Flickr Gage Skidmore)

His victory in the 2016 presidential election sent a shockwave through the establishment, which spent the next four years undermining the Trump Revolution from within and without.

And the next four years, under the auspices of its poster child, Joe Biden, the establishment used every tool in the establishment bag of dirty tricks, (including politically motivated prosecutions on multiple fronts and, possibly, assassination), to prevent a Trump resurrection.

But the revolution was real, something the establishment opted not to believe, and Trump — against all the odds — won a second term as the most powerful man in the world.

Except this time, he had learned the lessons of the past.

That he could only trust those people who came from his personal orbit, and not the past servants of the deep state.

That the institutions of power that were deeply cast within the body of the massive unelected bureaucracy that guided America regardless of who was at the helm of executive power were the enemy.

And that, as president, he had virtually unlimited power to enact the change the American people were demanding.

The OODA-Loop

Trump appears to have incorporated aspects of John Boyd’s OODA-loop into his strategic thinking.

Boyd was an Air Force fighter pilot who believed that if you took control of an aerial engagement — a dog fight — by making the opponent react to you, then you would win every time.

Boyd called this “getting into the decision-making cycle” of the enemy, which he broke down into a four-phase cycle he called the OODA-loop (Observe, Orient, Decide, Act).

If you could implement the OODA-loop faster than your enemy, then you were “inside” his decision-making cycle.

And they would die.

The key aspect of the OODA-loop is the “loop” — this wasn’t a one-time exercise, but a series of connected actions, each feeding off the other.

You took an action and then observed the enemy’s reaction. You orient on the reaction, and decide which option is best before acting.

The enemy now reacts.

And the cycle repeats.

Until the enemy dies.

The goal is not to let up once engaged, to keep the enemy reacting to your actions until you have them where you want them.

In Munich we see the classic adaptation of the OODA-loop by Trump to destroy his NATO and EU enemies.

Now, at this juncture, some might ask, “Wait a minute. How did NATO and the EU become the enemy of Donald Trump?”

The answer is quite clear — because they are an extension of the very establishment elites Trump has declared war on in America today.

These are the European elites who conspired against Trump during his first term, who pined for former President Barack Obama while delaying enacting Trump-mandated reforms in the hope that the American electoral cycle would purge Trump from the American political stage.

These are the people and institutions that doubled down on American warmongering, allowing themselves to sucked into a Ukraine trap that was designed to destroy Russia for America’s exclusive benefit, destroying Europe in the process.

The Europeans, ever the compliant minions, were too blinded by their willingness to serve to see that they were as much the sacrificial lambs as was Ukraine.

And, when it looked as if Trump was going to emerge victorious, it was the Europeans — in NATO and the EU — who conspired with the Biden administration to “Trump proof” policies in hopes that they could, once again, simply ride out four years of Trumpism while the U.S. establishment contained and undermined Trump from within.

But Trump had learned his lesson.

The revolution began on Day One by destroying the establishment Europe was counting on to contain Trump.

The Department of Justice, which had been so effectively weaponized during Trump’s first term and employed to destroy Trump in the intervening four years, has been castrated.

The intelligence community, which the senior Democratic senator, Chuck Schumer, once bragged had “six ways from Sunday” to destroy Trump, has been turned over to Tulsi Gabbard, who will bring it to heel.

The American foreign policy establishment has been exposed as a giant money laundering scheme focused more on regime change than foreign aid.

And the U.S. Congress is implicated in all of this.

Trump decapitated the very establishment Europe was counting on to contain him.

This is what happens in revolutions.

And then Trump turned his attention to Europe.

Keep in mind that in the world of Donald Trump, the Europeans — especially their twin institutions, NATO and the EU — are not allies, but enemies.

Trump’s new secretary of defense, Pete Hegseth, travelled to NATO and put Europe on notice that it was not business as usual, and that perceptions Europe had about key issues such as the war in Ukraine were, in fact, misperceptions.

Hegseth, center, arriving at NATO headquarters in Brussels on Feb 12. (DoD, Alexander C. Kubitza)

No NATO for Ukraine.

No return to the 1991 borders with Russia.

No American troops in Ukraine.

No NATO cover for any European “peacekeeping” force that might be deployed to Ukraine.

And Europe was paying for everything going forward.

Enter the OODA-loop.

Hegseth was the initiating action.

Europe scrambled to react.

Enter Vice President J.D. Vance.

Vance addressing the Munich Security Conference on Feb. 14. (Courtesy MSC/Marc Conzelmann/)

His speech at the MSC was not designed as a piece of rhetorical genius that would go down in history for its eloquence and intellectual concepts.

It was a turd in the European punchbowl, a deliberatively provocative punch in the face of political norms designed to inject chaos into the sense of order that Europe thrives on.

Even as Europe strove to respond to the provocation of Hegseth, it now had to adjust to the frontal assault on its sensibilities that J.D. Vance had unleashed.

The OODA-loop was in full operational mode.

Whatever the Europeans thought the MSC was going to be — perhaps the forum for a forceful rejoinder to the insults of Pete Hegseth — fell apart as they scrambled to respond to the new insults laid out by J.D, Vance, who openly questioned Europe’s role as a partner of the United States.

For the European elites gathered in Munich, who had spent their entire adult existence perfecting their roles — individually and collectively — as America’s compliant servants, to suddenly be told they were bad girls and boys whom America no longer identified with was too much.

Munich may be remembered by J.D. Vance’s unorthodox — indeed, revolutionary — presentation.

But the Munich experience is best encapsulated by the sight and sound of Christopher Heusgen, the chairman of the MSC, breaking down in tears as he closed the MSC, overcome by the reality that Europe was never more than a tool of American power, and now there is a different American master who has decided that Europe is no longer useful as a tool.

In the aftermath of Munich, Europe is scrambling to respond to the new reality manifested during the MSC.

Action-reaction.

The OODA-loop.

As French President Emmanuel Macron rallies his European allies to cobble together a coherent response to Trump’s Ukrainian apostacy, Trump dispatched a high-level negotiation team, led by Secretary of State Marco Rubio, to Saudi Arabia, where they will meet with a similarly high-level team from Russia, led by Foreign Minister Sergei Lavrov, to negotiate an end to the Ukraine conflict and a revival of U.S.-Russian relations that will spell the end of NATO and EU relevancy.

Neither the EU nor Ukraine was invited to the table.

Game. Set. Match.

How do I explain Munich?

It is the revolutionary application of Boyd’s OODA-loop, a masterful case-study in disruptive politics conducted in an atmosphere of chaos brought about by the disembowelment of deep-seated political establishments the world relied upon for stability.

It’s an acid trip down the rabbit hole chasing a White Rabbit that won’t stop to explain what’s happening.

It’s a magic carpet ride to the unknown, piloted by a man who long ago stopped caring about the things we all had grown accustomed to believing served as the core aspects of the lives we led.

It is the opening salvo of revolutionary change experienced by people who do not understand revolutions and are not prepared for one to break out all around them.

It’s beautiful in a horrible way.

It’s Donald Trump personified.

“Do you know that the man really likes you?” the unnamed photojournalist tells the unbelieving everyman, Captain Willard, in the final apocalyptic scenes of Apocalypse Now.

He likes you. He really likes you. But he’s got something in mind for you. Aren’t you curious about that? I’m curious. I’m very curious. Are you curious? There’s something happening out here, man. You know something, man? I know something you that you don’t know. That’s right, Jack . The man is clear in his mind, but his soul is mad. Oh, yeah.

He’s dying, I think. He hates all this. He hates it! But the man’s a – he reads poetry out loud, all right? And a voice – he likes you ’cause you’re still alive. He’s got plans for you. No, no. I’m not gonna help you. You’re gonna help him, man. You’re gonna help him. I mean, what are they gonna say when he’s gone? ‘Cause he dies when it dies, when it dies, he dies! What are they gonna say about him?

Welcome to the Revolution.

Scott Ritter is a former U.S. Marine Corps intelligence officer who served in the former Soviet Union implementing arms control treaties, in the Persian Gulf during Operation Desert Storm and in Iraq overseeing the disarmament of WMD. His most recent book is Disarmament in the Time of Perestroika, published by Clarity Press.

=========================

Trump vs. The Establishment, Who Will Win?

Trump vs. The Establishment, Who Will Win  By Paul Craig Roberts, 28 January 2024

From the first day of his return to office Trump has been locked in a life and death struggle with the American Establishment.  In Washington, D.C., either the Democrat mayor or the Democrat judges that sentenced Trump supporters to prison on false charges are delaying or trying to prevent the release of the pardoned prisoners. As of time of writing on Thursday January 23, not all of the pardoned held in D.C. have been released.

A Democrat Pennsylvania attorney general is trying to find a way to re-arrest the pardoned who live in Pennsylvania on state charges.

A federal district judge in Washington state has blocked Trump’s cancellation of birthright citizenship, an abusive process that allows immigrant-invaders to gain citizenship by getting into the US in order to give birth.  The judge claims, falsely, that this is a constitutional right that the US Constitution grants to immigrant-invaders. The US Constitution’s protections are limited to US citizens.

A number of Democrat governors and mayors have vowed not to comply and even to actively resist Trump’s border defense and deportation of illegal aliens.  Democrat Massachusetts governor Maura Healey said she would absolutely not comply with US Law.

Isn’t this what a Southern governor did 50 or 60 years ago when he stood in the schoolhouse door in defiance of President John F. Kennedy?  How is Maura Healey any different? Is it OK because it is a yankee and not a Southerner doing it?

Democrat Denver, Colorado, mayor Mike Johnston said he would call for civil disobedience to protest deportations.  Isn’t civil disobedience one of the charges leveled against the Trump supporters who protested the stolen 2020 presidential election?

The way the American system works is that the president can do whatever he wants as long as the Establishment agrees. But if the Establishment does not agree, the president cannot even keep his oath to defend the Constitution against enemies domestic and foreign.

The Establishment surrounds the President. The Establishment is the Senate, House, judiciary, media, Wall Street and corporations, CIA, FBI, civil service, universities. Trump’s only support is the people who control no institutions, not even local school boards. The US military has been so corrupted by Obama and Biden that the US military might be unreliable as a defense of American values and Americans’ rights. We are faced with the possibility that American soldiers can find themselves at war with Russian soldiers in order to defend Washington’s rule of tyranny over American citizens.  American Exceptionalism cuts both ways.  It means not only hegemony over foreign peoples but also over American citizens.

With Democrats promising non-compliance and with judges blocking Trump’s every action, we are witnessing the institutionalized establishment’s blatant actions to block any hindrance on their power. The Establishment allowed Trump to return to office, because they are confident that they can block him from success and thus demoralize Americans and end for all time challenges to their rule.

Trump’s attorney general has directed Department of Justice prosecutors to investigate state and local officials who are obstructing Trump’s enforcement of US immigration laws.  It was the 12 years of Democrat presidents in the 21st century who filled up our country with illegal immigrant-invaders, diverting resources belonging to US citizens to support for immigrant-invaders, while American war veterans were left homeless in the streets, who filled up the Justice (sic) Department with advocates for immigrant-invaders.

Ask yourself,  how are the prosecutors, recruited by Obama and Biden regimes to ride roughshod over traditional American citizens in order to advance Black Lives Matter, Antifa, sexual perverts, indoctrination of school children, DEI in place of merit, and “constitutional rights” for immigrant invaders, going to comply?  The answer is that they will “investigate” and conclude that there is nothing to investigate. They will, for example, resurrect the long dead 10th Amendment–the States’ Right Amendment destroyed by Abe Lincoln–and claim that the dissenting Democrat jurisdictions are merely exercising their 10th Amendment rights.

How are the DOJ prosecutors recruited by eight years of the Cheney/Bush regime going to comply when on their watch the Constitutional protections of US citizens became null and void in order to fight the completely invented “war on terror,”  which, in truth, was a fight for Greater Israel.

What Trump and his Attorney General need to understand is that there is no one in the Department of Justice who has an ounce of integrity and who is not anti-American.  The DOJ has not protected Americans’ constitutional rights for a quarter century and longer. Instead, the DOJ has been busy inventing rights for immigrant-invaders and criminals.

For Trump to move forward, the entire Justice Department has to be replaced. Trump has issued executive orders making it easier to fire civil service obstructionists of the president’s orders and the will of the people. But the civil service union is already at work relying on federal judges to block Trump’s executive order. The law suits will continue forever.  If Trump and his administration accept this prohibition on its ability to govern and keep its campaign promises, the corrupt American Establishment will have won.

Only Americans of my generation know that formerly, in those days when America was great, there were no public sector unions. There was no civil service union, no police union, no firefighters union, no teachers union. Public sector employees were employed to serve the public, not to extort the public by refusing to supply the services for which they were paid unless the public paid up more.

Somewhere along the way federal, state, and local governments found votes and campaign contributions ample reward for selling out the American people to public sector unions.  Now these unions are positioned to block Trump from making America great again.

Thomas Jefferson, the most pure of our Founding Fathers, said that every 200 years a nation has to renew itself with the blood of tyrants and patriots. He was correct in every respect except the 200 years. By 1860 when the US was not even 100 years old, the US Constitution was no longer respected by the Republicans in power. They wanted the tariff at all cost and sold out the US Constitution in order to get it by extraordinary violence and war crimes, all covered up by corrupt US historians who achieved approval and success by serving as court historians.

We have been witnessing, that tiny percentage of us that pays any attention, the Ruling Establishment’s unrelenting attacks on Trump’s appointees.  Tulsi Gabbard has been forced by the Establishment Senate to abandon her opposition to unlimited unconstitutional spying on American citizens by “security” and “intelligence” agencies in order “to protect” Americans by violating their Constitutional rights.   Amazing, isn’t it, that Americans are protected by the government’s violation of their Constitutional rights. Pete Hegseth’s appointment as Secretary of Defense is in trouble based on allegations by a vindictive former wife.

In my opening sentence I wrote that Trump was in his first hours already in a life and death struggle with the American Establishment.  Trump cannot win this war when the Justice (sic) Department, media, Federal judiciary, and US Congress are homes of America’s enemies.

Americans having neglected Thomas Jefferson’s warning and that of President Dwight Eisenhower, the current Trump regime is America’s last chance. Trump is faced with a powerful and utterly corrupt American Establishment that has been in power since they got the income tax and the Federal Reserve passed in 1913. Effectively, 1913 was the last year of American liberty.

An Establishment in power since 1913 is institutionalized and many times more powerful than a mere president.

Trump and his supporters need to understand that the Establishment is institutionalized in the bureaucracies of his own government.

For decades Americans have been suffering violence from their government. It is way past time to send the violence back, in a double dose, to the criminal American Establishment.

If Trump and his government cannot bring themselves to the real challenge, America is lost. Trump’s agenda will spend four years tied up in law courts.

Democracy is the most effective system ever invented, not for bringing change, but for blocking it.

The Establishment intends to block every Trump change.

===================

Donald Trump addresses World Economic Forum

From Redacted, 24 January  2025ov, 25 December 2024

President Trump participated in a virtual meeting at the Davos World Economic Forum and basically told them all that their globalist agenda is now non grata in the United States. It was beautiful.

If you’ve followed the WEF meeting agendas in the last 5-10 years, you would know that it has promoted war, censorship, and shrinking global business with cumbersome regulatory policies in the name of the green agenda. President Trump said that U.S. is not interested in this. He called it “the Green New Scam.”

He said that the U.S. has begun a “revolution of common sense” and then touted his recent executive orders to “save free speech,” focus on energy to grow businesses, and end the “discriminatory diversity equity and inclusion nonsense.”

He was asked about European Union regulations and basically told the room that they were an abomination for economic growth. Fact. He said that the only people who win from this are the consultants and told the room to stop hiring them. LOL!

He said that he intends to lower the corporate tax rate for businesses that manufacture in the U.S. to 15%, which is the opposite of what President Biden did. President Biden pressured other nations to bring their tax rate UP in order to avoid the “race to the bottom” so that companies would not move out of the U.S.

He spoke against the fines and lawsuits slapped on Apple and Facebook and called it an unfair tax. Recently, Meta CEO Mark Zuckerberg told Joe Rogan that the Biden administration was “the tip of the spear attacking its companies.” President Trump is making it clear that he will protect American companies abroad so foreign leaders should think twice before attacking.

The audience looked stunned and the applause was tepid as he dismantled their agenda, point by point. In a similar vein, Argentine president Javier Millei had a similar dismantling message but he delivered it in person. He spoke out about the radical transgender agenda as the agenda of perverts and invited “all mortals of the world to hear the sacred call of freedom.” He said that the “woke mind virus” is a global cancer that must be eradicated. The problem is that most Davos participants have that cancer. So what will they do now? Can someone go check on John Kerry?

====================

The Conclusion to the Fall of the Cabal

The Conclusion to the Fall of the Cabal – FallCabal.com . Part 1 of The Conclusion to the Fall of the Cabal. 9 January 2025
Welcome to The Conclusion to the Fall of the Cabal!
A brand new series about the identity of the Cabal.

 

The Conclusion to the Fall of the Cabal – Part 1: The Pyramid of Power
Part 1 – The Pyramid of Power
In this episode we discover the 3 nails of power that rule the world.
We dive into the first one of them and discover the power that financial institutions have over our lives.
Financially spoken, the One World Government is already up and running!
The Cabal is not one person nor a fixed group of persons. It consists of Committees, Groups, Think tanks, more commissions and NGO’s. They are always unelected and unaccountable for their deeds, but their decrees and treaties are binding worldwide.
How is that possible?
This first episode covers descriptions of the members of the Cabal and how this evil body evolved including the City of London, the Vatican City and the Washington DC, all of which are self-governing with their own rules and laws separate from the countries in which they reside.  Also discussed is the Bilderberg Group, the 13 all-powerful families, the Council for Foreign Relations and the Committee of 300. It also explains how politicians such as the Clintons and Tony Blair fit in.
Two more episodes will expand on this introductory episode.

The Conclusion to the Fall of the Cabal – FallCabal.com

==========================

President Xi Jinping supports overthrowing the New World Order

 

From RealNewsandHistory.com , 4 January 2025

Editor’s note: See full article with several graphics at Deep State Destroyed in Xi’s Hong Kong

Lots of butt-hurt from the “Human Rights” crowd over Xi Jinping’s final victory in the epic tug-of-war over Hong Kong waged between the White Hats of China on one side, and the CIA on the other. Before we get started with debunking Ms. Wang’s deceitful drama about the “lost freedom” of Hong Kong — an important contextual Q flashback about the good relationship between Commander Trump and the big bad Xi Jinping: is in order. . An excerpt from Q Post 140, November 11, 2017:

Q Post 140 What did POTUS receive while visiting China? Where did POTUS dine? What is the significance? What if China, Russia, and others are coordinating w/ POTUS to eliminate the NWO? Q

The former British colony of Hong Kong had also been a battleground in the factional war between Xi and China’s corrupt “Shanghai Clique.” The “spontaneous” Umbrella Revolution of 2014 (with offshoot protests lasting until 2021) was the last gasp of Deep State / Shanghai subversion in Hong Kong. Ms. Wong’s whine — though portraying the cleansing of Hong Kong as some sort of mass “anti-democratic” persecution — reveals for us the totality of Xi’s triumph: “Last week, Hong Kong enacted a draconian security law —another serious legislative assault on Hong Kong’s freedoms. Known as Article 23, the new law expands the National Security Law and criminalizes such vague behavior as the possession of information that is “directly or indirectly useful to an external force. … Hong Kong is a place where people live in fear.” . Globalese to English Translation: Xi ain’t putting up with the Deep State subversion of Hong Kong. .Over the course of the past 8 years or so, and in almost Trumpian fashion, Xi allowed his CIA-affiliated enemies to show their cards. He then”caught them all” and had them charged with subversion. Hong Kong is now at peace, and truly Chinese, as it should be — and as it was back in the days before the British and the “usual suspects” subdued China through opium addiction, backed up by “gun boat diplomacy.” (Opium Wars) That is what is meant by “human rights violations.”

CIA “student leader”: Josh Wong

2014 and beyond: Deep State media – in a frantic effort to hold on to their Hong Kong outpost – pushed the “spontaneous” CIA / Soros / Shanghai Clique “student-led” “Umbrella Revolution” protests hard. It failed.

The Shanghai Clique and the CIA stirred up the trouble in Hong Kong and worked to subvert Xi Jinping. The patient and cunning Xi (Trump’s ally) crushed them.

There are many ignorantly sincere mouthpieces from Conservative Inc. who had seized upon Hong Kong’s “democracy movement” for the purpose of espousing “anti-Communism” (Xi’s dynamic pro-business system is actually fascist, not Marxist!). Ignore these superficial provincial clowns who are so lacking in intuitiveness and inquisitiveness that they failed to take notice that in “standing with Hong Kong” — as they later “stood with the Ukraine” — they were making common cause with all of the various Rothschild-Soros Left fronts, the Council on Foreign Relations, Time Magazine, The Economist (UK), The New York Slimes, The Washington Compost, Barack Obongo, Nancy Pelosi, Killary Clinton et al. .After observing Xi for over a decade now– he is, as Q indicated, on the side of Trump & Putin in this epic war against The New World Order and also the Greater Israel project. In due time, Xi will also reclaim the libtarded Globalist-occupied island of Taiwan. Knowing Trump, he probably already made a deal with Xi — Chinese companies out of the Panama Canal Zone, in exchange for Taiwan returning to Chinese sovereignty where it belongs.

=============================

The Hidden History of the Incredibly Evil Khazarian Mafia

 

The Hidden History of the Incredibly Evil Khazarian Mafia  By Preston James, Ph.D, 10 March, 2022

Editor’s note: A PDF copy of this article can be downloaded using the link above.  This shows several graphics and videos not shown in the text below.

The secret History of Khazarian Mafia and its evil plan to hijack the whole world is now revealed for first time.

DISCLOSURE: This article deals with the very contentious hard public subjects of religion, racism, hate and bigotry. While, VT does NOT support racism, bigotry, violence, or hate speech, we are an open source uncensored journal and support the right of independent writers and commentators to express their voices. Reader discretion is advised.

What ‘Q’ Would Never Tell You…The Shocking Truth Behind the Conspiracy Theories

Editor’s Note: The history of the Khazarians, specifically the Khazarian Mafia (KM), the World’s largest Organized Crime Syndicate that the Khazarian oligarchy morphed into by their deployment of Babylonian Money-Magick, has been nearly completely excised from the history books.

The present-day KM knows that it cannot operate or exist without abject secrecy, and therefore has spent a lot of money having its history excised from the history books in order to prevent citizens of the World from learning about its “Evil beyond imagination”, that empowers this World’s largest Organized Crime Cabal.

The authors of this article have done their best to resurrect this lost, secret history of the Khazarians and their large International Organized Crime Syndicate, best referred to as the Khazarian Mafia (KM), and make this history available to the World via the Internet, which is the new Gutenberg Press.

 

It has been exceedingly difficult to reconstruct this hidden secret history of the KM, so please excuse any minor inaccuracies or errors which are unintentional and are due to the difficulty in digging out the true history of Khazaria and its mafia. We have done the best we can to reconstruct it.

It was Mike Harris that connected the dots and made the actual discovery of the presence of the Khazarian Mafia’s secret history and blood oath to take revenge on Russia for helping Americans win the Revolutionary War and the Civil War, and their blood oath of revenge against America and Americans for winning these wars and sustaining the Union.

At the Syrian Conference on Combating Terrorism and Religious Extremism, December 1, 2014 — in his Keynote address, VT Senior Editor and Director Gordon Duff disclosed publicly for the first time ever that World Terrorism is actually due to a large International Organized Crime Syndicate associated with Israel. This disclosure sent shock waves at the Conference and almost instantly around the world, as almost every world leader received reports of Gordon Duff’s historical disclosure that same day, some within minutes.

And the shock waves from his historic speech in Damascus continue to reverberate around the world even to this very day. And now Gordon Duff has asked President Putin to release Russian Intel which will expose about 300 traitors in Congress for their serious serial felonies and statutory espionage on behalf of the Khazarian Mafia (KM) against America and many Middle East nations.

We now know that the Khazarian Mafia (KM) is waging a secret war against America and Americans by the use of False-flag Gladio-style terrorism, and via the illegal and Unconstitutional Federal Reserve System, the IRS, the FBI, FEMA, Homeland Security, and the TSA. We know for certain that the KM was responsible for deploying an inside-job, Gladio-style False-flag attack on America on 9-11-01, as well as the Murrah Building Bombing on April 19, 1995.

The Hidden History of the Incredibly Evil Khazarian Mafia

by Preston James and Mike Harris

100-800 AD – an incredibly Evil Society Emerges in Khazaria:

Khazarians develop into a nation ruled by an evil king, who had ancient Babylonian black arts, occult oligarchs serving as his court. During this time, Khazarians became known to surrounding countries as thieves, murderers, road bandits, and for assuming the identities of those travelers they murdered as a normal occupational practice and way of life.

800 AD – The Ultimatum is delivered by Russia and other surrounding nations:

The leaders of the surrounding nations, especially Russia, have had so many years of complaints by their citizens that, as a group, they deliver an ultimatum to the Khazarian king. They send a communique to the Khazarian king that he must choose one of the three Abrahamic religions for his people, make it his official state religion and require all Khazarian citizens to practice it, and socialize all Khazarian children to practice that faith.

The Khazarian king was given a choice between Islam, Christianity, and Judaism. The Khazarian king chose Judaism and promised to stay within the requirements laid out by the surrounding confederacy of nations led by the Russian czar. Despite his agreement and promise, the Khazarian king and his inner circle of oligarchs kept practicing ancient Babylonian black magic, also known as Secret Satanism. This Secret Satanism involved occult ceremonies featuring child sacrifice, after “bleeding them out”, drinking their blood, and eating their hearts.

The deep dark secret of the occult ceremonies was that they were all based on ancient Baal Worship, also known as worship of the Owl. In order to fool the confederacy of nations led by Russia that were watching Khazaria, the Khazarian king melded these Luciferian black-magick practices with Judaism and created a secret Satanic-hybrid religion, known as Babylonian Talmudism. This was made the national religion of Khazaria and nurtured the same evil that Khazaria was known for before.

Sadly, the Khazarians continued their evil ways, robbing and murdering those from surrounding countries who traveled through Khazaria. Khazarian robbers often attempted to assume their identities after they murdered these visitors, and became masters of disguises and false identities — a practice they have continued even to this very day, along with their child-sacrifice occult ceremonies, which are actually ancient Baal Worship.

1,200 AD – Russia and the surrounding nations have had enough and take action:

About 1,200 AD, the Russians led a group of nations surrounding Khazaria and invaded it, in order to stop the Khazarian crimes against their people, which included the kidnapping of their young children and infants for their blood sacrifice ceremonies to Baal. The Khazarian king and his inner court of criminals and murderers came to be known as the Khazarian Mafia (KM) by neighboring countries.

The Khazarian leaders had a well-developed spy network through which they obtained prior warning and escaped from Khazaria to European nations to the west, taking their vast fortune with them in gold and silver. They laid low and regrouped while assuming new identities. In secret, they continued their Satanic child blood and sacrifice rituals and trusted Baal to give them the whole world and all its riches, as they claimed he had promised them, as long as they kept bleeding out and sacrificing children and infants for him.

The Khazarian king and his court Mafia plotted eternal revenge against the Russians and the surrounding nations that invaded Khazaria and drove them from power.

The Khazarian Mafia invades England after being expelled for hundreds of years:

To accomplish their invasion, they hired Oliver Cromwell to murder King Charles 1, and make England safe for banking again. This began the English Civil Wars which raged for nearly a decade, resulting in the regicide of the royal family and hundreds of the genuine English nobility. This is how the City of London was set up as the banking capital of Europe and launched the beginning of the British Empire.

From David Icke’s website www.davidicke.com. David Icke was the first ever to courageously expose the Rothschilds publicly in front of hundreds. This, of course, makes him an international hero and we need more with his kind of courage to break open the coverup hiding the Khazarian Mafia and bring an end to their worldwide illegitimate power.[/caption]

The Khazarian Mafia (KM) decides to infiltrate and hijack all World Banking using Babylonian Black-Magick, also known as Babylonian Money-Magick or the secret art of making money from nothing also using the power of pernicious usury to accumulate interest:

The KM used their vast fortune to enter into a new system of banking, based on secret Babylonian black-magic money-magic that they claimed to have learned from the evil spirits of Baal, in return for their many child sacrifices to him.

This Babylonian money-magick involved the substitution of paper credit certificates for gold and silver deposits, which allowed travelers to travel with their money in a form that offered easy replacement should they lose the certificates or have them stolen.

Interesting how the very problem that was started by the Khazarians also had a solution provided by them. Eventually, the Khazarian king and his small surrounding court infiltrated Germany with a group that chose the name “the Bauers” of Germany to represent them and carry on their Baal-powered system of evil. The Bauers of the Red Shield, which represented their secret blood-based child sacrifices, changed their name to Rothschild (aka “child of the rock, Satan”).

The Rothschilds as the front Men for the Khazarian Mafia (KM) infiltrate and Hijack British Banking and then hijack the whole nation of England:

Bauer/Rothschild had five sons who infiltrated and took over European banking and the City of London Central Banking System through various crafty covert operations, including a false report of Napoleon winning against the British, when actually he lost. This allowed the Rothschilds to use fraud and deception to steal the wealth of the English nobility and the landed gentry, who had made business investments with the City of London Banking institutions.

The Rothschilds set up a private Fiat banking system that specialized in making counterfeit money from nothing — charging pernicious usury for the British people, using what should have been their own money.

This was the black art of Babylonian money-magick; they claimed to insiders that such technology and secret money power was provided to them by Baal, because of their frequent child bleeding-out and sacrifices rituals to Baal.

Once they had infiltrated and hijacked the British banking system, they interbred with the British Royals and infiltrated and completely hijacked all of England and all its major institutions. Some experts believe that the Rothschilds genocided the Royal Family members by staging secretly-managed illicit and adulterous breedings with their own Khazarian men in order to replace the Royals with their own pretenders to the throne.

Khazarian mafia

The Khazarian Mafia (KM) wages an international effort to eradicate Kings who rule by the Divine Right of God Almighty:

Because the KM claims to have a personal partnership with Baal (aka the Devil, Lucifer, Satan) because of their sacrifices to him. They detest any kings who rule under the authority of God Almighty because most feel a responsibility to make sure their own people are protected from infiltrators and treasonous “Enemies within the Gates.”

In the 1600s, the KM murdered the British Royals and substitute their own fakes. In the 1700s, they murder the French Royals. Right before WWI, they murder, Austrian Archduke Ferdinand to start WW1. In 1917 they assembled their KM army, the Bolsheviks, and infiltrated and hijack Russia, murdered the Czar and his family in cold blood, bayonet his favorite daughter through the chest, and steal all the Russian gold, silver, and art treasures. Right before WW2, they murder the Austrian and German Royals. Then they get rid of the Chinese Royals and disempower the Japanese ruler.

The Khazarian Mafia’s intense hatred of anyone who professed faith in any God but their god Baal has motivated them to murder kings and royalty and make sure they can never rule. They have done the same with American presidents — running sophisticated covert operations to disempower them.

If that doesn’t work the KM assassinates them, as they did to McKinley, Lincoln, and JFK. The KM wants to eliminate any strong rulers or elected officials who dare to resist their Babylonian money-magick power or their covert power gained from the deployment of their human compromise network.

The Rothschilds create international narcotics trafficking on behalf of the KM:

The Rothschilds then covertly ran the British Empire and crafted an evil plan to recover the vast amounts of gold and silver the British had been paying to China for its high-quality silk and spices that were unavailable anywhere else.

The Rothschilds, through their international spy network, had heard of Turkish opium and its habit-forming characteristics. They deployed a covert operation to buy Turkish opium and sell it in China, infecting millions with a bad opium habit that brought back gold and silver into the Rothschild coffers, but not to the British People.

The opium addictions created by Rothschild opium sales to China harmed China so much that China went to war on two occasions to stop it. These wars were known as the Boxer Rebellions or the Opium Wars.

The money the Rothschilds gained from the sale of opium was so vast that they became even more addicted to the easy money than the opiate addicts were to the opium.

The Rothschilds were the funding source behind the establishment of the American Colonies, by incorporating the Hudson Bay Company and other trading companies to exploit the New World of the Americas. It was the Rothschilds who ordered the mass extermination and genocide of the indigenous people of North America to allow for the exploitation of the vast natural resources of the continent.

The Rothschilds also followed the same business template in the Caribbean and in the Asian sub-continent of India, resulting in the murder of millions of innocent people.

The Rothschilds start the international slave trade, an enterprise that viewed these kidnapped humans as mere animals — a view that the Khazarians would impose on all the people of the world who were not part of their evil circle, which some called the “Old Black Nobility”:

The Rothschild’s next big project was to start the worldwide slave trade, buying slaves from crooked tribal chiefs in Africa who worked with them to kidnap members of competing tribes for sale as slaves.

The Rothschild slave traders then took these kidnapped slaves on their ships in cramped cells to America and the Caribbean where they were sold. Many died at sea due to bad conditions.

The Rothschild bankers learned early on that war was a great way to double their money in a short time by lending money to both warring sides. But in order to be guaranteed collections, they had to get taxation laws passed, which could be used to force payment.

The KM Rothschild private Fiat Counterfeit Banksters plot eternal revenge against the American Colonists and Russia who assisted them in losing the Revolutionary War:

When the Rothschilds lost the American Revolution, they blamed the Russian czar and the Russians for assisting the colonists by blockading British Ships.

They swore eternal revenge on the American colonists, just as they had when the Russians and their allies crushed Khazaria in 1,000 AD.

The Rothschilds and the English oligarchy that surrounded them plotted ways to retake America, and this became their main obsession.

Their favored plan is to set up an American central bank, featuring Babylonian money magic and secret counterfeiting.

The Rothschild KM attempts to retake America in 1812 on behalf of the Khazarian Mafia but fails, once again because of Russian interference:

This failure enraged the Rothschild KM, and they once again plot eternal revenge against both the Russians and the American colonists and plan to infiltrate and hijack both nations and asset strip, tyrannize, and then mass-murder both nations and their populace.

The KM’s attempts to set up a private American central bank are blocked by President Andrew Jackson, who called them Satanic and vowed to route them out by the grace and power of Almighty God.

The Rothschild banksters regroup and continue their covert attempts to install their own Babylonian money-magick bank inside America.

Finally, in 1913, the Rothschild KM succeeds in establishing a major beachhead inside America — and an evil enemy of all American enter the gates of America:

In 1913, the Rothschild KM was able to establish a beachhead by bribing crooked, treasonous members of Congress to pass the illegal, Unconstitutional Federal Reserve Act on Christmas Eve without a required quorum. The Act was then signed by a crooked, bought off President, who was a traitor to America, like the members of Congress who voted for it.

The Rothschild KM then create an illegal taxation System in America:

The KM put an illegal, Unconstitutional tax system in place, in order to make sure that Americans would have to pay for high-level USG spending, approved by a bought-off, crooked Congress and Presidential puppets, put in place by corrupt KM campaign finance.

It is easy for the KM to garner enough money to elect anyone they want because when you control a bank that is a secret major counterfeiter, you have all the money made for you that you desire. At about the same time that they created their illegal tax system in America, they also bribed members of Congress to approve the Internal Revenue Service, which is their private collection agency incorporated in Puerto Rico.

Soon afterward, they set up the Federal Bureau of Investigation to protect their banksters, to serve their cover-up needs and prevent them from ever being prosecuted for their child sacrifice rituals, pedophile networks; and to also serve as a covert Intel operation on their behalf.

Note that the FBI has no official charter, according to the Library of Congress, and has no right to exist or issue paychecks.

The Rothschild KM deployed the Bolshevik Revolution in Russia to extract incredibly savage, bloody revenge on innocent Russians, which they had plotted for many years, ever since Khazaria was destroyed:

The Rothschild KM pre-staged and engineered the Russian Revolution by using its central banks to pay for the Bolshevik infiltration of Russia and their Revolution on behalf of the Khazarian Mafia (KM).

The Bolsheviks were actually created and deployed by the Khazarian Mafia (KM) as the essential part of their long-planned revenge on the Russian Czar and the innocent Russian people for breaking up Khazaria in about 1,000 AD for its repeated robbery, murder, and identity theft of travelers from countries surrounding Khazaria. This little-known fact explains the extreme violence taken out on Russia as long-standing revenge by the Rothschild-controlled Khazarian Mafia (KM).

In a well-planned savage and inhuman bloodletting that stunned the world, the Bolsheviks were unleashed in full fury on behalf of the KM to gain revenge on the Russians. This had been planned since the destruction of Khazaria.

The Bolsheviks, at the direction of the Rothschild KM, raped, tortured and mass-murdered approximately 100 million Russians, including women, children, and infants. Some of the torture and bloodletting were so extreme, we are not going to mention it here in this article.

But readers who want to know can do some in-depth internet research on the “Red Terror” or the “Bolshevik Cheka” or watch the classic movie “The Checkist (1992)”.

The Rothschild Khazarian Mafia (KM) once again decided to sheep-dip themselves and infiltrated and hijacked all Judaism:

The Rothschild KM created a master plan to control all of Judaism and mind-kontrol Judaics. The Rothschild KM has hijacked Judaism, patterned it off of Babylonian Talmudism (Luciferianism or Satanism), and gained control over the banking and Wall Street professions in general, Congress, the major mass media; along with most wealth and economic means of success.

Thus, the Rothschild KM could pass out wealth and success to those Judaics who drank their Kool-aide and use them as cutouts, assets, and Sayanims. In this manner, the Rothschilds hijacked Judaism.

Their financing of the Israeli Knesset and construction of it using Freemason occult architecture displayed their commitment to the occult and Babylonian Talmudism and all the evil accompanying it, including child sacrifice to their secret god Baal. They set up an NWO system called World Zionism which taught and inculcated susceptible Judaics with a paranoid group delusion of racial superiority, which assumed that all Gentiles were intent on mass-murdering all Judaics.

Freemasonry architecture was used in the building of the Knesset and the Israeli Supreme Court viewed through windows.

They called this racially-paranoid mass Judaic delusion of world conquest, “World Zionism”, which is really a form of covert Babylonian Talmudism or Luciferianism that had been unknown to mainstream Judaics. The system was designed to use Judaics as cover, but also to anoint them with Babylonian money-power, in order to use them as cutouts, and to later be sacrificed to Lucifer in two stages.

The first stage would be their planned WWII in Nazi work camps, cut off from supplies, resulting in the deaths of about 200,000 Judaics from starvation and disease, along with about 90,000 non-Judaic inmates from the same causes, according to respected Red Cross official figures. This number is 5% of what the Khazarian Mafia (aka the World Zionists) claim.

The second great sacrifice would be a final one, when their New World Order Luciferian King would be placed into power, and when all three Abrahamic religions would be eradicated — especially Judaism, which would be blamed for all the wars and destruction of the world.

By then, the Rothschilds would once again morph themselves into a complete new identity not associated with Judaism in any form, not even World Zionism.

It is important to realize that the Rothschild KM took Germany down to nothing after WWI, created a vacuum for Fascism, and then rebuilt it, creating Naziism and installing Hitler as a counter-force to their Russian Bolshevism.

Hitler became a problem for the KM when he broke free and begin acting in the interests of the German people and the free people of the world, and developed his own banking system free of the Rothschilds.

Hitler introduced a financial system that was free of usury and beneficial to the working class. This mandated the utter destruction of Germany and the German people because the Rothschilds and the Khazarians could never allow an economic system that did not depend upon usury to exist.

We see the same thing today with the Khazarian war against Islam because Islam forbids usury. That is why Israel is so vocal and aggressive about destroying the Islamic people of the world.

The KM expected this to be a large WWII and when they supported both sides, this could be used to industrialize the whole world and maximize their bankster money-power.

The Rothschild KM then bribed and induced Members of Congress to send American Soldiers to their pre-stage and engineered WWI:

As a continuance of their well-proven pattern of financing both sides in any war to maximize profits, the acquisition of more federal tax monies, and increased international power, the Rothschild Khazarians once again bribed, blackmailed, and induced members of Congress to declare war against Germany in 1917.

This was facilitated by a KM false-flag attack with the sinking of the Lusitania.

The Rothschild KM has since developed the usual pattern of covertly staging false-flag attacks as a standard operating procedure for inducing Americans to fight wars for the Khazarian Mafia.

After WWII was finished, the Rothschild KM deployed the Cold War and used this as an excuse to bring Nazi scientists and mind-kontrol experts to America under Operation Paperclip.

This allowed them to set up a worldwide spying and espionage system that far exceeded any of their prior efforts.

Under this new system, they continue to infiltrate and hijack all American institutions, including the various American church systems, Freemasonry (especially the Scottish Rite and York Rite), the US military, US Intel, and most private defense contractors, the Judiciary, and most agencies of the USG, including most State governments, and both major political parties as well.

The Rothschild KM sets up Nazi Work Camps as a pretext to later manipulate the Allies into granting them their own private colony in Palestine, using land stolen from the Palestinians:

The Rothschild KM was able to use their self mislabeled, so-called “holocaust” to serve as a mind-kontrol trigger to thwart and resist any criticism of their Zionist ways.

The truth of the matter was that the Rothschild KM set up the Nazi work camps to make huge profits for the corporations that ran their work camps and supplied their Nazi war machine.

Once the Rothschild KM gained their own private homeland in Israel in 1947 through their covert political manipulations, they began to secretly view all of Palestine as their New Khazaria, and began plotting how to genocide all the Palestinians and steal all of Palestine for themselves. Their plans include their fantasy of constructing a “greater Israel” by taking over the whole Middle East and manipulating dumb American Goyim to fight and die on their behalf, taking all the Arab lands for Israel and the Khazarian Mafia (KM), so they can asset strip their wealth and natural resources, especially their crude oil.

Recent peer-reviewed Johns Hopkins genetic research by a respected Judaic MD shows that 97.5% of Judaics living in Israel have absolutely no ancient Hebrew DNA, are therefore not Semites, and have no ancient blood ties to the land of Palestine at all. By contrast, 80% of Palestinians carry ancient Hebrew DNA and thus are real Semites, and have ancient blood ties to Palestinian Land. This means that the real anti-Semites are the Israelis who are stealing Palestinian lands in order to build Israeli settlements, and it is the Israelis who are the ones tyrannizing and mass-murdering innocent Palestinians.

The Rothschild KM decides to morph again and expand their ranks:

In the meantime, the Rothschild KM realized that they could not stay hidden much longer from the public unless they morphed again and expanded their secret leadership.

So they worked hard to further infiltrate and hijack Freemasonry and its secret offshoots and inducted top members into their pedophile network and child sacrifice rituals.

Also, key members of Congress were inducted into their secret satanic network by giving them special power, high USG, military, and Intel positions, accompanied by great monetary rewards and high status. Massive KM espionage fronts using Israeli-American “Israeli-first” dual citizens as cutouts were set up inside America to funnel the Khazarian banksters’ counterfeit money to politicians for their election campaigns, in order to own and control them when elected.

The Rothschild KM decides to Mind-kontrol the American masses to make it much easier to manipulate them into approving their illegal, Unconstitutional unprovoked, undeclared, unwinnable, perpetual wars needed to make huge profits and gain more world power:

The Rothschild KM decided to gain complete control over all public education by setting up the Department of Education and creating globalist and socialist curriculums based on political correctness, diversity, and “perversion is normal” teachings. Fluoride is added to the public water and toothpaste, and dentists are mind-kontrolled to believe that fluoride prevents cavities, and is not harmful to brain function or thyroid function, which it is.

The addition of fluoride to the public water supply and to toothpaste is to dumb-down Americans by on average lowering the operational IQ and making folks much more docile than they would normally be. Programs to develop and deploy vaccinations to dumb-down children and create huge numbers of future chronic health problems were initiated.

Doctors have been mind-kontrolled and misled by biased research that was cherry-picked, ignoring any studies that were negative — and that included most of them. All vaccine cell lines are contaminated with SV-40, a known carcinogenic slow-acting virus.

The KM used its monetary power to gain control over all of the allopathic medical schools, and set up and controlled the American Medical Association and other medical societies, in order to make sure their agenda based on lies and deceit was continued.

Part of this massive plan to dumb down and mind-kontrol the American masses was the KM’s buying up and consolidating all the American mass media into six controlled major mass media (CMMM), owned and controlled by their cutouts on their behalf. The CMMM functions as an illegal news cartel, and it should be broken up under antitrust laws and for inflicting espionage and illegal propaganda as a weapon of war against the American people.

The Rothschild KM Chieftains decide that it is time to use America to complete their final take-down and occupation of the Whole World by instituting a major False-Flag attack inside America to blame on the Islamics whom they want America to wrongly attack their behalf:

So the KM Chieftains use their top Israeli-American “Israeli-first” dual citizens living in America (aka, the PNACers and top NeoCon Cutouts) to plan a major nuclear attack on America on 9-11-01.

Bibi Netanyahu, the operational head of the KM, deployed the Mossad and these Dual Citizens to set up and institute this attack on America which was to be blamed by the CMMM on Muslims.

They informed their top Rabbis and “Friends of World Zionism” not to fly on that day and to stay out of NYC, as did “Larry Silverfish”, one of the primary men involved in the operation.

They used their main cutout in the DOD to lure the Able Danger investigators to the Pentagon Naval Intel meeting room, where they would be assassinated by a Tomahawk cruise missile that was fired from an Israeli Dolphin class Diesel submarine bought from Germany.

Thirty-five of the Able Danger investigators who were investigating and tracking the Israeli theft of 350 decommissioned W-54 Davy Crockett nuclear pits out of the backdoor at Pantex in Texas were murdered by this Tomahawk hit, which was timed with the detonation of bombs pre-planted in the Naval Intel wing, which was newly hardened to no avail.

The Israeli Mossad front company, Urban Moving Systems, was used to transport the mini-nukes made from the stolen W-54 nuclear pits from Pantex (and originally made at the Hanford processing plant), where they were stored in the Israeli Embassy in NYC and transported to the Twin Towers for detonation on 9-11-01.

Baal aka Moloch, Lucifer, Satan. Take your pick it’s the same evil spirit that wants to mass-murder all humans. In exchange for doing his “dirty work,” he rewards those who allow him to snatch their souls by giving them incredible riches, fame, and power. This is the secret blood contract called “selling one’s soul.”

The incredibly Evil Secret Agenda of the Khazarian Mafia (KM) is now revealed publicly for the very first time by VT’s own Gordon Duff. We now know that Bibi Netanyahu ran the nuclear attack on America on 9-11-01 and did it as an overall Khazarian Mafia (KM) Agenda.

Hold on to your chair, this is a very big secret and explains a lot of what has been going on inside America, all caused by Israel and the Khazarian Mafia (KM) which has infiltrated almost all of America’s institutions of Government and society.

Now for the first time ever, the very specific secret incredibly Evil Agenda of the Khazarian Mafia (KM) is going to be revealed, thanks to an interview that Mike Harris had with VT Senior Editor and Director Gordon Duff on his talk show “The Short End of the Stick” on 3-10-15.

I have heard a lot of shocking insider’s secrets over the years but this one really takes the cake and explains exactly what Israel and its minions in America have been to us on behalf of the Rothschild Khazarian Mafia (KM) that has screwed up almost every aspect of our lives creating a poor economy, lots of unemployment and underemployment, massive crime, alcoholism and drug, screwed up schools that dumb down the kids, various eugenics programs like fluoride in the public water and toothpaste, and mercury in vaccines which are a big fraud, and rampant political corruption.

This interview is now sending shockwaves around the world and when you consider the content that Gordon Duff disclosed for the first time anywhere publicly, you will be shocked. And you will understand that Bibi Netanyahu is the Operational Head of the Khazarian Mafia (KM) and was the one that ordered and supervised the Israeli Nuclear Attack on America on 9-11-01.

In this interview, Gordon Duff disclosed from a written transcript of what was said at a meeting between Bibi Netanyahu and an American traitor and some other spies in 1990. Gordon Duff disclosed that Netanyahu was a KGB spy like Jonathan Pollard. And we know now that Israel was started as a satellite of Bolshevik Russia and was quite unhappy when the Soviet Union fell.

Benjamin Netanyahu was meeting at Finks bar in Jerusalem, a well-known Mossad watering-hole. Here is what he said as taken directly from the transcript of the recording which was witnessed and has been 100% fully authenticated:

“If we get caught they will just replace us with persons of the same cloth. So it doesn’t matter what you do, America is a Golden Calf and we will suck it dry, chop it up, and sell it off piece by piece until there is nothing left but the World’s biggest welfare state that we will create and control. Why? Because it’s god’s will and America is big enough to take the hit so we can do it again, again and again. This is what we do to countries that we hate. We destroy them very slowly and make them suffer for refusing to be our slaves.”

This is exactly what the Rothschild Khazarian Mafia (KM) has been doing to America since it successfully infiltrated and hijacked America in 1913. Knowledge of what Bibi said on behalf of the Rothschild Khazarian Mafia (KM) should make us all furious and get motivated to drive these evil creatures out of America and take our great Republic back.

When Bibi Netanyahu mentions god’s will, the god he was referring to is Baal (also known as the Great Owl or Moloch), the god these Khazarians believe requires them to worship him by constant bloodletting and painful human sacrifice and mass-murder and that if they “sell their souls” to Baal (aka Lucifer or Satan) do this they will be rewarded with incredible riches, fame, and great power. When they “sell their souls” what actually happens is that their souls are snatched away and they become inhuman or soulless and take on the characteristics of Baal, that is they become increasingly psychopathic and evil.

What Bibi Netanyahu was discussing was the upcoming nuclear attack on America on 9-11-01, and when he mentioned “they will just replace us” he was referring to the top Circle of Twelve, the group he answers to that VT’s own Columnist and talk show host Stew Webb disclosed to the World by identifying 11 of the 12 who call themselves the “Illuminati” or “Disciples of Satan.” These men do semi-annual child sacrifices in Denver and eat the hearts of children, drink their blood after they pedophile them.

Folks, we must get this information out to everyone we can, then unite and drive these soulless Baal worshiping scum out of every nook and cranny of America and bring them all to justice and final judgment for all their incredible evil.

Anyone who understands what Bibi Netanyahu thinks of Americans as a golden calf to asset strip and slaughter should be enraged and driven to community organizing, and political action against Israeli espionage inside America through the Federal Reserve System, AIPAC, JINSA, the Defense Policy Board, the CFR and the like.

The Rothschild KM planted has 25 nukes in major American cities and other major cities in Europe in order to blackmail the associated government. This is referred to as their Samson Option, and was first discovered and disclosed by Seymour Hersh:

The Rothschild KM also gained some S-19 and S-20 Warheads from a corrupt Member of Congress assigned the task to buy up Ukrainian Mirvs on behalf of the USG in order to decommission them. Instead, he sold them to the Israelis and split the money with other key Congressmen involved.

This is high treason and a capital offense punishable by execution. Right after their attack on America, the Rothschild KM told the US Administration that they would detonate city-buster sized nukes in some American cities, including DC if the Administration refused to allow Israel to create their own large police state occupation force inside America, based on the consolidation of all American Law Enforcement and alphabets under one central Israeli control.

This new Israeli occupation force called Homeland Security (DHS) was initially run by dual citizens and perverts. Former DHS Director Janet Napolitano is being sued for sexual harassment of men working at DHS whom she ordered to move their offices into the men’s lavatory.

Dual Citizen traitor Michael Chertoff, (a name translated from Russian as “son of the devil”), was the criminal mastermind that set up DHS, along with the former head of the East German Stasi, Marcus Wolfe, who was hired as a special consultant and died mysteriously as soon as his mission was completed.

The Rothschild KM never thought they would get exposed for their nuclear attack on America on 9-11-11, but they made one of the biggest tactical mistakes in history and overplayed their hand from excess hubris, based on too much easy success due to their extreme money power in the past.

Soon mainstream America will know that Bibi Netanyahu and his Likudist Party deployed the attack on America on 9-11-01 on behalf of the Rothschild KM:

They thought that they had complete control over the CMMM and could prevent any of the secret IAEA and Sandia Labs investigations from ever being released to the American public.

They made a serious tactical error because now the truth about their role in the 9-11-01 attack on America is being published on the worldwide Internet, the world’s new Gutenberg Press. What the Rothschild KM did not understand was the power of the Internet and how truth nuggets published and broadcast on it resonate with the people of the world and spread like wildfire, at the speed of light. Truth is being diffused to the masses everywhere.

This incredible tactical error by the KM is so great that it will actually doom them to the complete exposure and eventual complete destruction they deserve. Bibi Netanyahu’s order to proceed and deliver the nuclear attack on America on 9-11-01 will go down in history as one of the KM’s biggest mistakes, and the one that will be blamed for their exposure and destruction by the world that is now ganging up against them.

The Russians have now leaked the IAEA and Sandia Labs and Able Danger files are given to them by Edward Snowden. Soon all of these files will be provided to all Americans and the world via the Internet, and this cannot be stopped.

A number of Russians in the High Military Command in Russia, and in the highest positions of leadership in the Russian government realize that it was the same Organized Crime Cabal that organized the Khazarians into Bolsheviks to mass-murder 100 million innocent Russians — and these men want payback.

That is why they are making sure that the Rothschild banksters will be put out of business, which will decapitate the Khazarian Mafia from its endless, elastic counterfeit money supply. This is why the BRICS Development Bank was created — to replace the US Petro Dollar as the world’s reserve currency, but this one, unlike the US Petro Dollar is backed by gold, silver, and real commodities, with NO counterfeiting allowed.

The CMMM is failing, and most Americans no longer believe any of their prime-time national stories, especially the under-thirty crowd, who cherry-pick facts from the Internet and construct their own beliefs.

So many Internet users now reject the CMMM that the truth about the Israelis attacking America on 9-11-01 is becoming easier each day to believe. Soon all of mainstream America will know that Bibi Netanyahu and his Mossad and dual citizens did the 9-11-01 attack on America.

The American Military High Command knows that Bibi Netanyahu ordered his Mossad and stateside Dual Citizens to attack America using nukes on 9-11-01 on behalf of the Rothschild Khazarian Mafia (KM):

Various deep cover covert operations are now being deployed globally to expose and decapitate the Rothschild KM from their endless, elastic money supply.

Their days of anti-human power are now limited. The secret, incredibly well-trained US team called the “Nuclear Snake-Eaters” is now hard at work searching all incoming Israeli diplomatic pouches and shipments; driving by and flying over synagogues and Israeli embassies and Mossad safe-houses with high tech gamma-ray and helium-3 neutron detectors, and using ultra-high-tech custom-tuned and -focused satellites to search for any stored nuclear pits, as well as working hard to recover all stolen nuclear pits by the Israelis anywhere in the world outside of Israel.

This super-elite team was alerted by Michael Shrimpton’s phone call to MI-6 notifying them that an Israeli “City Buster” was planted near the Olympic stadium. This call wrongly has landed him in jail. The City Buster was recovered by the “Nuclear Snake-eaters”, who entered England and recovered and disarmed a large city buster. Sadly MI-6 wanted this nuke detonated in order to gain more power for the Khazarian Mafia in England — their home base inside the City of London Financial District — since it has been losing power fast.

A secret name for these KM Chieftains which run much of the world out of the City of London is Gog and Magog, despite what so many historians believe is the secret name of Russia which it is not. It is the secret name of the top KM and apparently represents where they originally came from.

The secret team of super-elite “Nuclear Snake-eaters” is ready to be deployed to Israel anytime, should the nation collapse after most European corporations divest from Israel, and the US cuts off all aid, in order to comply with American law. It is illegal to give aid to a nation that has nukes, and which has not signed the Nuclear Non-proliferation Agreement. Israel has nukes detectable from satellite-based Helium-3 sensors and has never admitted it, nor has it signed the Nuclear Non-proliferation Agreement. We must all demand that our Congress and Administration obey the law and immediately cut off all aid monetary and military aid to Israel, and arrest all Israeli espionage front directors of AIPAC, JINSA, the Defense Policy Board, the “Joint” in NYC, and the ADL, etc.

It is unknown but suspected that a significant number of these stolen nukes have been already recovered. It has been reported by insiders that a very solemn message was communicated to Bibi Netanyahu and his Likudists, as well as all top members of Israeli espionage fronts in America, like AIPAC, JINSA, the Defense Policy Board, the ADL and the like.

What was this serious warning? If insider reports are accurate, these folks were told that if there is one more Israeli-based false-flag attack, those who ordered it or were involved will be hunted down under American National Security and eliminated, and the Israeli defense structures associated with such will be turned to dust.

The rest of Rothschild KM history will likely be determined by YOU:

The future of the Rothschild KM will likely be determined by VT readers and We The People who learn the secret, forbidden history of the Khazarian Mafia that was excised from the history books and libraries by the KM to protect their evil history that no one would accept if it was known.

So share this story with your family, friends, and associates and take it viral. Be clear about this — unless the KM is able to operate in abject secrecy, it will be attacked from all sides and destroyed forever. So take away their secrecy by exposing their hidden history for all Americans to know and understand.

That is why they have worked so hard to buy up and control the CMMM and public mass education including colleges and universities, to make sure the people of the world would never find out about their secret evil, which is so inhuman, so homicidal that the whole world would gang up on them and attack them from all sides at every level they exist at.

The big question remains: Was the true cause of leaders of the Khazarian Mafia’s incredible evil and savagery toward the human race a byproduct of nature or nurture? Some believe that this gross parasitism and inclination to mass-murder, engagement in pedophilia and child bloodletting, and child sacrifice is due to a toxic culture, best described as malignant Tribalism, characterized by a paranoid group racial superiority delusion.

Others think the leaders of the KM are the bloodline of Cain, that is, “children of Cain”, that are the Devil’s own and have absolutely no soul or human conscience but are pure predators like a wild beast — while at the same time being incredibly two-faced, that is able to put on a good con and a nice face on the outside. Perhaps it could be both factors. In any case, it is time to expose this evil, the greatest evil the world has ever experienced. It is time for the world to work together to deal with this challenge.

Mike Harris is the Financial Editor of VT, a radio host, a former GOP Finance Chairman, a Gubernatorial Candidate for Arizona, and a Senior Vice President of Adamus Defense Group, Switzerland. Mike is an expert in full-contact mixed martial arts. His long-term expertise in such has gained him a lot of respect and the nickname “Iron Mike”. Mike was a part of the VT group that attended the Damascus Conference to Combat Terrorism and Religious Extremism. Mike gave about twenty-five televised interviews that were broadcast to millions of viewers in Syria, Iraq, Lebanon, and Iran. In these interviews, Mike emphasized and supported the historical declaration by Keynote Speaker, VT Senior Editor, and Chairman Gordon Duff that the real problem behind World Terrorism is a large Organized Crime Syndicate.

For those who have time and interest in the Head of the Khazarian Mafia (KM) Snake.

 

Related Articles: The “Little Green Guy Book”

=============================

In Search of Empathy

 

In Search of Empathy  By Scott Ritter, 25 December 2024

Editor’s note: This thought-provoking article by retired US Arms Control inspector Scott Ritter explains his path to realising he was acting for the hegomonistic US Government and waring military was wrong and much of what he had worked hard for was false.  He is now a strong advocate explaining and advocating for the good of humanity, in particular concerning the Ukraine and Israel wars. Several graphics in Ritter’s article an be viewed by clicking on the PDF link above.

Reich Marshal Hermann Göring being sentenced for war crimes, Nuremburg, September 30, 1946

“In my work with the defendants (at the Nuremberg Trails of Nazis after WW 2) I was searching for the nature of evil and I now think I have come close to defining it. A lack of empathy. It’s the one characteristic that connects all the defendants, a genuine incapacity to feel with their fellow men. Evil, I think, is the absence of empathy.”

Captain G. M. Gilbert, US Army psychologist, Author of Nuremburg Diary

In September 1995 I was working for the United Nations Special Commission (UNSCOM), charged with eliminating Iraqi weapons of mass destruction. I was the primary liaison between UNSCOM and Israeli intelligence at the time and would make frequent trips to Israel which could last between a few days and a few weeks. During one of these visits, I invited my wife Marina to join me over the weekend. Marina is a devout Georgian Orthodox Christian and was thrilled about the opportunity to see the Holy Land firsthand. We walked the “Via Delarosa” (the “sorrowful way”) in Jerusalem, tracing Jesus’ journey to his crucifixion. We dipped our feet in the River Jordan at the spot John was said to have baptized Jesus. We toured the Sea of Gallilee, visiting the various sites of Jesus’ ministry as recorded in the Bible.

All these experiences resonated deeply with us both.

But it was the excursion my wife made to Yad Vashem, the World Holocaust Remembrance Center, located on Mount Herzl, in western Jerusalem, that made the deepest impression. It was there that Marina came face to face with photographs of some of the child victims of the Holocaust. Marina had given birth to our twin daughters in February 1993, and at the time of her visit to Vad Vashem our girls were 2 and a half years old—the same age as some of the children in the photographs on display at the center. Marina saw our daughters in the eyes of these children, and immediately broke down and cried.

She was overcome with empathy.

In the summer of 1997, I found myself in Baghdad at the head of an inspection team whose purpose it was to confront the Iraqi government with its inconsistent and often contradictory information about the disposition of weapons of mass destruction-related materials in the summer of 1991. Armed with defector reports and satellite imagery, I had been able to find caches of unaccounted missile production equipment, and unravel the deceit of senior Iraqi officials that had served as the foundation of their narrative for more than six years running. My inspection team was not very popular among the inner circle of Iraqi President Saddam Hussein. As a means of putting pressure on me and my team, the Iraqi government would air video clips of our inspection, accusing me and the other inspectors of working for the CIA, and blaming us for the ongoing suffering of the Iraqi people at the hands of western sanctions. This led to several death threats and at least one attempted assassination attempt on me and my team by disgruntled Iraqi civilians who took the accusations of the Iraqi government to heart.

Rather than back down or hide, my team and I took the opposite approach—we made our presence in Iraq as high-profile as possible, part of my “Alpha Dog” approach to inspecting, which had us figuratively “pissing on the walls” of Iraq in order to leave our mark, and to make sure the Iraqis knew who was in charge when it came to the implementation of our mandate.

The author walks next to his UNSCOM Nissan Patrol vehicle at the UN Headquarters, Summer 1997

At night, when the inspections were finished, and while the “news” of our efforts were being broadcast on Iraqi television, my team and I would drive to the center of town in our ubiquitous white Nissan Patrol SUV’s, with the black “UN” letters painted on the sides and our tactical markings displayed on the roofs and hoods in grey duct tape (these were the team designations for each vehicle—A-1 for “Alpha One,” etc. My vehicle was marked with a “W” for “Whiskey”). We would park on the side of the road next to whatever restaurant we had picked to dine in that night and walk in with all the cockiness of John Wayne and his cowboys (indeed, the head of the UN Humanitarian Mission in Iraq had recently called us “cowboys” in an interview he gave for Le Monde. We decided the title, meant to be an insult, fit us well).

One night, as we sat in a popular roast chicken establishment, the television started playing a “news special” which singled me out for attack. The inspectors and I watched the crowd as they watched the TV screen, where our photographs were displayed along with a running narrative of our many “crimes.” The mood in the restaurant darkened considerably, and someone recommended that we leave while the leaving was good.

“No,” I countered. “We paid for this meal, and we’re going to enjoy it. Fuck these people.”

I was in no mood for showing weakness. We had just spent a day parked outside the Iraqi intelligence headquarters, with our entry blocked by armed guards. At one point we were ushered inside the guardhouse while the police disarmed a man who had driven by with a loaded AK-47, intent on gunning me and the inspectors down.

No sooner than these words had left my mouth, I saw a woman rise from her seat at a table to our front. She was dressed in a black dress, with a black shawl covering her head. Someone at her table tried to pull her back to her seat, but she reprimanded them, and they let go of her arm. She turned and made her way toward my table, her eyes locked on mine.

“Boss,” one of the inspectors, a grizzled British soldier, said. “Incoming.”

“I got her,” I replied. I watched her closely as she drew near, my gaze fluctuating from her eyes and her hands, trying to ascertain her intent. I hadn’t reached a conclusion by the time she halted, standing over me as I sat there and wiped the chicken grease from my face with a napkin.

“You are Scott Ritter?,” she asked, her voice cracking with emotion.

“Yes, Ma’am,” I said, coming to my feet.

“And these are your men? Your inspectors?”

“Yes, Ma’am,” I replied.

“I see you on television every day. They say it is you I should blame for the death of my children.”

“Yes, Ma’am,” I stuttered, not knowing what else to say.

“They want me to hate you.”

“Yes, Ma’am.”

She stared at me, tears welling in her eyes. Her hands were wrapped in her shawl, and suddenly one darted out. If it had been a knife, she would have been able to stab me. But it was just her hand, which she laid on my arm.

“You are doing your job,” she said. “I know this. I know in your heart you mean me no harm. I know in your heart that you did not want my child to die.”

Tears started trickling down her cheek.

“I know you are someone’s son. That all of you,” she said, gesturing to the hard men seated around the table, “have mothers who love you, as I loved my child.”

She looked up at me. “I will pray for your safety, so that you can finish your work, and that sanctions can be lifted, so other mothers do not lose their children to disease.”

She squeezed my arm, and turned away, heading back to her table, where she sat down and sank her head into the arms of the lady seated next to her, sobbing.

I looked down at my unfinished meal, no longer hungry.

“Let’s go,” I said, the anger and cockiness that had defined my earlier tone gone.

We left, each of us reaching into our pockets to leave as large a tip as possible, as if we all were trying to atone for our sins by buying forgiveness.

The crowd in the restaurant let us leave without incident.

As I sat in the Nissan Patrol, heading back to our headquarters building where I would finish the daily inspection report, I could still feel the grip of the lady on my arm where she had squeezed me.

I tried to figure out why she did what she did.

She had every right to hate us. I know that if I was to come face to face with the man responsible for the death of my children, the meeting would not be described as peaceful.

But she chose peace.

She did so in a very public manner, singling me out for the entire restaurant to see.

I wonder what would have happened if she hadn’t stood up.

If she hadn’t confronted me.

What would the crowd have done? I had been caught in several public settings, including a restaurant, when the mood of the crowd soured. Things got real ugly, real fast.

But her intervention prevented that.

She intervened to protect us.

Because she was a mother.

And she knew we had mothers.

She had been overcome with empathy.

Earlier this year I had the opportunity to visit the Donbas region of Russia, including the city of Lugansk. Once part of Ukraine, these territories were caught up in the turmoil that gripped Ukraine following the coming to power in Kiev of anti-Russian Ukrainian nationalists following the US-orchestrated Maidan revolt of February 2014. The Russian-speaking population of the Donbas revolted against the new Ukrainian nationalists, who sought to impose a sort of cultural genocide by banning the Russian language, religion, culture and history. The revolt that followed lasted nearly eight years, culminating in the Russian military intervention in Ukraine and the subsequent annexation of four former Ukrainian regions, or oblasts, including the two—Donetsk and Lugansk—which together form the Donbas.

The memorial “To the children of the Lugansk Region,” Lugansk, Russia

While in Lugansk I was taken to a memorial dedicated to the children of Lugansk who perished in the fighting that has been raging since 2014. When the monument was installed, back in 2017, there were 33 angels depicted, one for each Lugansk child that had perished in the fighting. Since that time, 35 additional Lugansk children have perished, raising the total number killed to 68.

What struck me when visiting the memorial was how each child’s life resonated with the citizens of Lugansk, as if everyone in the city claimed the lost children as their own. I had witnessed this phenomenon before. Back in 2000, I visited Iraq for the purpose of filming a documentary on UNSCOM and the disarmament of Iraq. While there, I visited the site of the Martyr’s Place Elementary School where, on the morning of October 13, 1987, an Iranian SCUD missile strike killed 22 children and injured more than 160 others as they gathered in the school playground to start the day. At the entrance to the playground was a memorial depicting 22 bronze angels ascending to heaven.

At the time of my visit to Baghdad, some 13 years after the attack, the residents of the neighborhood surrounding the school were still emotional over the loss of life among the children. “They would be young adults today,” one elderly man said. “Just starting their lives.”

It is the loss of the children that hits a community hardest. Whether in Lugansk, Baghdad, or Ma’alot, a town in Israel where, in May 1974, Palestinian militants occupied the Netiv Meir elementary school, where they took some 115 persons hostage, 105 of whom were children. The Israeli military stormed the building, killing the three Palestinian gunmen as well as 31 hostages, 22 of whom were children. Israelis were still talking about Ma’alot when I visited in 1995, some 21 years later.

Some things cannot be forgotten.

And even though I was not a witness to any of these events, as a father of twin daughters I felt the pain of those who lost their little ones as if the lives lost were my own flesh and blood.

Because I had empathy.

If the lack of empathy is the principal characteristic of evil, then the ability to empathize must be the trademark of good.

This Christmas season finds the world engulfed in conflict, with tragedy playing out before our very eyes daily.

We wouldn’t be human if we start to become immune to the horror, our senses overwhelmed by the repetitive scenes of death and destruction that we are constantly confronted by. Being physically separated from violence, we have the option to tune out the unpleasant sights and sounds of human suffering.

After all, how many times can we see the torn, lifeless body of a child pulled from the rubble of Gaza and Beirut?

Or from the wreckage of homes in Ukraine and Russia?

Overdosing from senseless tragedy leads to the numbing of our soul, the hardening of our heart, the diminishment of our humanity.

But we must endure, for no other reason than to make sure that those young lives lost did not perish in vain.

We must learn and remember the names of those who have perished, not to serve as fuel for the furnace of hatred that drives one to seek revenge, but because we have a duty as humans to put ourselves in the shoes of those who have lost their loved ones in war, to feel their pain, to understand their loss, so that we know the importance of trying to bring the violence that took these lives to an end.

War is never the solution.

Peace is always the answer.

I often think back to my encounter with the Iraqi mother at the restaurant in Baghdad. It was an ugly time in my life, when I was overcome with a sense of duty that clouded my own humanity. I was so singularly focused on the task at hand—disarming Iraq—that I forgot that there was a human cost associated with my work and that of my inspectors.

I’ve told the story of this encounter a few times, but I always left out one part of the story, because the memory of it rips at my heart to this day.

After the lady squeezed my arm, and started to turn away, I reached out and laid my hand on her shoulder. She spun around and looked at me.

“What was your child’s name?” I asked.

Her eyes filled with tears, but she smiled slightly before answering. “Zaynab,” she said.

“Zaynab,” I repeated. “It’s a beautiful name.”

“She was a beautiful child,” the mother replied.

I don’t tell this part of the story because it takes away from the tough guy, Alpha Dog persona I had developed during that time.

Because when she turned and walked away, she left me standing alone, sobbing.

But we must confront these things.

Zaynab would have been in her late 20’s today, old enough to have found love, married, and began a family of her own.

But it wasn’t to be.

We must remember Zaynab, just as we must remember every child whose life was taken from this earth too soon.

We must empathize with those who have lost their loved ones because of the senseless wars fought by men.

We must make sure that the children who are alive today have the chance to grow up and raise families of their own.

Otherwise, we become the tools of evil, if not evil itself.

Merry Christmas.

==========================================

The great reunion: How science and spirituality are converging

The great reunion – How science and spirituality are converging  By Kasper Bjorkskov, 25 December 2024

 

Once upon a time, science and spirituality were close companions. In the ancient world, philosophers pondered the cosmos while also meditating on the soul. Questions about the stars and questions about the self were woven together into a single tapestry of wonder. But somewhere along the way, the two parted ways. Science took the path of empirical observation, seeking measurable truths about the physical world. Spirituality wandered deeper into the mysteries of consciousness, asking questions of meaning, ethics, and interconnectedness.

For centuries, they seemed like estranged siblings, speaking entirely different languages. Science, with its microscopes and equations, claimed the mantle of objectivity. Spirituality, with its prayers and meditations, remained cloaked in the subjective and the mystical. But what if they were never meant to be separate? What if their paths are not diverging but converging, leading back to a reunion where they complement and complete one another?

Our story begins with a principle shared by both traditions: interconnectedness. It is an idea ancient spiritual texts have long championed and one that modern science is now beginning to illuminate with startling clarity.

Act I: The Quantum Veil

It starts at the smallest scale of existence: the subatomic world of quantum physics. For much of history, we believed the universe was made up of tiny, solid particles—little building blocks like bricks in a wall. But then science peered closer, and the wall crumbled. What we found instead were particles that weren’t particles at all. They were waves of probability, existing in a haze of possibilities until they were observed.

Even stranger, these particles seemed to be connected in ways that defied logic. Quantum entanglement revealed that two particles, once linked, could influence each other instantly, no matter how far apart they were. Albert Einstein famously called this “spooky action at a distance,” but it’s a spooky action with profound implications.

This entanglement mirrors something long taught in Buddhist philosophy: nothing exists independently. Everything arises through relationships, through cause and effect. In other words, the universe is not a collection of isolated objects but a web of interconnections. What quantum physics is uncovering is not so different from what the Buddha taught centuries ago—that existence is relational, not individual.

Act II: The Patterns of Life

The story of interconnectedness deepens as we zoom out, moving from the microscopic to the macroscopic, where fractal mathematics begins to reveal the universe’s hidden patterns. Fractals are everywhere in nature: the branching of trees, the spirals of seashells, the veins in a leaf, even the blood vessels in your body. These patterns repeat themselves at every scale, creating a self-similar structure that is as beautiful as it is efficient.

Fractals also hold a clue to an ancient truth. The Hermetic tradition speaks of the Law of Correspondence: “As above, so below; as within, so without.” It suggests that the same patterns that govern galaxies also govern the human body and soul. Modern fractal mathematics shows this is more than poetic metaphor—it’s scientific fact. The universe, it turns out, is self-referential, its structures echoing themselves across scales.

This is where science and spirituality clasp hands. If the same patterns exist in the cosmos and within us, then we are not separate from the universe but reflections of it. Just as the stars spiral in galaxies, so do neurons fire in fractal networks within the brain. The macrocosm and the microcosm are one.

Act III: The Web of Life

While quantum physics and fractals show us interconnectedness in abstract terms, ecology brings the story home to the living systems around us. Imagine a forest. The trees seem like individual entities, but beneath the soil, their roots are intertwined in a vast network, exchanging nutrients and even communicating through fungal connections. Scientists call this the “wood wide web.”

This web of life extends beyond forests to encompass entire ecosystems. Bees pollinate flowers, which feed animals, which fertilize the soil, which grows more plants. It’s a delicate balance, a chain of interdependence where no species exists in isolation. This mirrors the Buddhist concept of interbeing: the idea that all living things are deeply connected.

But humanity, in its rush to dominate nature, often forgets this. We treat the planet as though we are separate from it, depleting resources and disrupting ecosystems. Science, however, reminds us that our fate is tied to the Earth’s. Harm done to the environment is harm done to ourselves. And so, ecology invites us back to an ancient spiritual wisdom: to care for nature is to care for our own souls.

Act IV: The Mind Unveiled

Finally, we turn inward, to the realm of the mind. For centuries, spirituality has been the custodian of the inner life, teaching that the mind and body are deeply connected. Modern neuroscience is now proving this to be true. Through the study of neuroplasticity, scientists have discovered that our thoughts and emotions physically shape our brains.

Meditation, a practice rooted in spiritual traditions, has become a darling of modern science. Studies show that regular meditation can reduce stress, increase focus, and even rewire the brain to be more compassionate. The networks of neurons in the brain, it turns out, are like fractals: endlessly branching, endlessly connected.

This convergence of neuroscience and spirituality offers a powerful insight: our inner lives are not just personal but universal. The patterns of our thoughts echo the patterns of the cosmos. Just as the universe is interconnected, so too are we—mind, body, and spirit.

The Reunion

And so, we find ourselves at the end of one journey and the beginning of another. Science and spirituality, once thought to be irreconcilable, are converging. Together, they reveal a universe that is profoundly interconnected, where every particle, pattern, and organism reflects the whole.

Quantum physics shows us the relational nature of existence. Fractal mathematics uncovers the universe’s repeating patterns. Ecology reminds us of the web of life. Neuroscience bridges the gap between the mind and body. And spirituality, with its ancient wisdom, gives us the ethical framework to interpret and act on these truths.

This reunion is not just a matter of intellectual curiosity—it is a call to action. To recognize interconnectedness is to take responsibility for our place in the cosmos. If everything is connected, then our actions matter, rippling outward in ways we can’t always see.

In the end, the universe is not a collection of isolated fragments but a single, unified whole. As science and spirituality join hands once more, they invite us to see the world anew—not as a set of separate parts, but as a story we are all a part of. As above, so below. As within, so without. Let us step into this story with wonder, with humility, and with hope.

==================

Transitioning from the Age of Kali Yuga to the next age of enlightenment

Transitioning from the Age of Kali Yuga to the next age of enlightenment  Posted on December 22, 2024 by State of the Nation

Editor’s note: This long and profound article explains the current transition from the Age of Kali Yuga, characterised by greed, warfare, and negativity into the next age of enlightenment characterised by goodness and positivity.  It is also a component of the current transition into a higher dimension as we leave the materialistic third dimension. Click on the link above to see the PDF version including several graphics.

KALI YUGA: Age of Quarrel and Conflict

The Darkest and Densest of the Four Ages

Cosmic Convergence Research Group

The Kali Yuga is perhaps the most misunderstood of the four major ages. It is well described by the Hindu scriptures and accurately defined in Indian cosmology. The purpose of this essay is to, first and foremost, dispel some of the misconceptions about the actual duration — from beginning to end — of the Kali Yuga.

Over millennia, incorrect scriptural interpretations originating in India have been passed down within the various Brahminic traditions on this subject. These misinterpretations and wrong understanding were then unwittingly disseminated by pundits and brahmins, scholars and laymen alike. Once codified, this incorrect information has been blindly accepted and repeated by the masses, especially the uninitiated who haven’t any idea of the proper context or the basic intellectual understanding.

As a general overview, there is usually common acceptance about the existence of four major ages, which always begins with the Golden Age. Known as Satya Yuga in India, satya means truth or truthfulness. Hence, the Satya Yuga, or Golden Age, is one in which truthfulness predominates across the land. When truth and justice are so predominant in every sphere of life, the world lives in peace and harmony, brotherhood and prosperity. Virtually every culture and civilization across the planet, down through history, speaks of a time when there existed a Golden Age. And so it was … until it was time for the transition into a less ‘perfect’ age.

The age following the Satya Yuga is known as the Treta Yuga, also known as the Silver Age. There is known to be a perceptible deterioration in the quality of life between these two ages, just as there is between all of the different ages. The Treta Yuga is in turn followed by the Dvapara Yuga, which is also known as the Copper Age. Just as each precious metal becomes less pure and refined, the names of these yugas conversely reflect the degradation of civilization as they inexorably unfold upon the earth plane.

The Kali Yuga: When War Becomes Commonplace

This brings us to the last of the four ages known as the Kali Yuga. Also called the Iron Age because of the pervasive use of steel and other products made of iron, the Kali Yuga is well known for the marriage of war and “iron weapons” of war. By the introduction of weapons made of steel into every theatre of war has the entire planetary landscape and seascape been irreparably transformed. Consequently, we see the rapid deterioration of the global environment unique to this Kali Yuga, especially wherever wars are waged, conflicts are fought and skirmishes occur every day.

The definitions of Kali are many and multi-layered. Kali, depending on the context, can mean quarrel, conflict, strife, discord or contention. Therefore, these attributes have come to represent a defining way of life throughout the Kali Yuga. As testimony (glaring), the headlines of virtually every newspaper or news website clearly illustrates this unfortunate, but quite inevitable, fact of life. The very fabric of society, after all, has been woven in such a way so as to ensure that war and strife would come to dominate the entire age. And so it has … as the history books of every nation graphically portray.

When did the Kali Yuga it begin? When does it really end?

The Indian scriptures are definitive about the beginning and conclusion of the Kali Yuga. The Puranas and Srimad Bhagavatam, in particular, make it clear that the Kali Yuga began with the death of Lord Krishna. Once that date is agreed upon, the end date can be easily extrapolated. What we do know from a variety of authoritative sources is that Lord Krishna lived and died toward the beginning of the fourth millennium B.C. Various dates have been presented by Indian historians and scriptural authorities which all seem to indicate Krishna’s day of passing from the Earth realm in 3113 B.C.

Regardless of the exact date of Lord Krishna’s death, this window of time permits us to throw a crucial stake in the ground—3113 B.C.  Because when you add 5125 years, the exact duration of the Mayan Long Count Calendar to 3113 B.C. you get the year 2012 A.D.  Which further validates that December 21, 2012 is not only the final day of the Mayan Long Count Calendar, it also marks the end of the Kali Yuga.  Furthermore, the December 21, 2012 date, although it now may appear to be unremarkable, might very well function as the official beginning of the Twilight of the Kali Yuga … … … when it is the darkest before the Dawn of the following Golden Age (also known as the Satya Yuga).

In view of the understanding that the Mayan Calendar (Long Count) does perfectly parallel the exact time frame measuring the Kali Yuga, it becomes imperative to correct the most profound misunderstanding regarding the length of the current Iron Age. Contrary to many misinformed sources which state that the Kali Yuga is a 432,000 year period, it is actually a five to six thousand year cycle which includes both a dawn and a twilight. This extreme disparity (between approximately 6000 and 432,000 years) is easily explained away by a gross miscalculation, which those who originally misinterpreted the holy books, performed. The relevant scriptures quite clearly delineate the necessary conversions between different systems of time which were not properly observed by those who made the original calculation errors within the Brahminic class of ancient India.

When looked at though the lens of common sense, it becomes obvious that Kali Yuga could not possibly endure for another 426,000 years. Given the profound, pervasive and irreversible damage to the planet in this current final stage, it is self evident that the Earth cannot sustain much more destruction. Particularly because the degeneration of every major age begins to accelerate as it nears the end, points of no return are appearing on the horizon which can never be re-visited. Lastly, anyone from whom the faculty of reason has not fled can see the proverbial writing on the wall everywhere they look—the End Times are upon us.

One last critical point concerning this timeline convergence matter is that Hindu calendrics and cosmology are very clear about the timing and identities of the ten major incarnations of Lord Vishnu, one of the three primary deities of Sanatana Dharma.  The Kalki Puranas, in particular, states that the temporal demarcation of the official end of the Kali Yuga is determined by the death of Lord Kalki who is the tenth and final incarnation of Lord Vishnu.  Those who knew Lord Kalki during his very public global ministry during the second half of the 20th century are very aware that his mahasamadhi (i.e. physical death) marked both the end of the Kali Yuga and beginning of the Twilight period.

Quite expectedly, the true facts and accurate figures, which tell the real story about the current condition of the Earth, are often ignored or distorted, withheld or worse. Even some of the most erudite among us continue to parrot the false understanding of 432,000 years. It’s as though the Kali Yuga itself ensured the perpetuation of this transparent falsehood in order to guarantee a quick and unanticipated ending … whenever that occurs.

Hence, we now see a vast majority of articles and essays on this subject which perpetuate the wrong end date for the Kali Yuga. What else could be expected during this age of falsehood? An age when the “fourth leg of the bull has been broken“, symbolizing the demise of truth and the reign of falsehood. Welcome to the Kali Yuga! An age literally defined by wars, rumors of war, and threats of war. In keeping with the age, most of those wars are actually started with a multitude of lies and falsehoods associated with the false flag operations that trigger them.

The internet is a great place to evaluate the current state of affairs regarding the Kali Yuga. Pick any topic, and then go and research it on the world wide web. The more sensitive, delicate or volatile the topic, the more difficult it will be to find an objective and truthful source of information. In every discipline, science or art, it has gotten increasingly more challenging to determine where to go to get the truth. Because of the dearth of true knowledge and the glut of false information, the status quo has evolved into the current predicament defined by chaos and confusion, crisis and conflict. The crucible of USA politics is a perfect example of how things have degenerated.

Every major Yuga transitions into the next accompanied by apocalyptic wars, natural cataclysms, social upheaval, economic calamity and government collapse.

As we survey some of the major events of the last century, it is very easy to identify major events which have analogues to the end of the last age — the Dwapara Yuga. Just as the Great War on the battlefield of Kurukshetra punctuated the Copper Age prior to the death of Lord Krishna, World Wars I and II of the 20th century seem to have provided a termination point for the Kali Yuga. That doesn’t mean, however, that the current civilization is out of the woods just yet. On the contrary, there are so many other wars, conflicts and skirmishes taking place across the planet that they could be construed — in the aggregate — as a quasi World War III. Certainly the millions who populate the entire Middle East would attest to this likelihood.

The last several decades have likewise seen a precipitous degradation of civilization which augurs a leveling of sorts. The tearing of the social fabric of cultures and nations everywhere is now occurring 24/7 as a result of so much sustained tension. There are so many wedge issues which have been driven into the political debates of the USA, for instance, that reconciliation is all but impossible at this point. The war between the red and blue states in America is a perfect example of the unbridgeable chasm which divides the citizenry of that country.

On the financial and economic front, the stock market crash of 2008 (and real estate crash of 2007) quite dramatically illustrate the inherent problems with that entire system. As the inequalities in both wealth and income grows larger between “the haves and have nots”, many other serious social problems only become more exacerbated. Poverty and malnutrition, drug and alcohol addiction, disease and epidemics, joblessness and homelessness, are just a few of the social ills which plague modern societies everywhere.

The most serious threats to civilization are not even taken seriously.

Of course, as we perform even a cursory retrospective over the past two or three decades, we have witnessed a good number of apocalyptic events. Particularly for those who witnessed 9/11 in NYC or DC, Hurricane Katrina in NOLA, the BP oil spill in the Gulf of Mexico, the Haiti earthquake, the Afghanistan War or the Fukushima nuclear disaster in Japan, is it clear that the world has forever changed in all of those places. When all of the earthquakes and volcanoes, hurricanes and tornadoes, mudslides and wildfires, droughts and floods are considered, it is clear that Planet Earth has entered a period of massive and unstoppable change.

As scientific advancement and applied technology continue to push the edge of the envelope, there are events, both seen and unseen, that further push the entire civilization toward a full-blown ELE (extinction level event). So much of what goes on in the arena of scientific research is simply not reported. The most serious repercussions of the misapplication of unsound and untested technology is often not even noted or recognized. As programs such as HAARP and Chemtrails, space-based weaponry and invasive space exploration, GMO agriculture and genetic engineering become more pervasive and accepted, the inhabitants of the whole planet are placed at great risk.

The increasing scarcity of clean water alone poses a HUGE problem for humanity. Because the true causes are not only never acknowledged, but are actually exacerbated around the globe, what kind of an outcome can the populations of the world expect? This developing environmental catastrophe alone will ultimately prove to be the most challenging, if not addressed in a meaningful way. And it must be confronted in the very near future in order to avoid the oft-predicted and dreaded point of no return.

An Ancient Perspective On The Kali Yuga

In order to really wrap your brain around just what is it that defines the Kali Yuga, the following excerpt ought to suffice. Bear in mind that this rendition was written thousands of years ago when the language was not sufficiently developed to describe modern things or happenings. As follows:

There are many similar descriptions of the Kali Yuga which go into much more detail than this short depiction. The more elaborate the description, the more striking and apt are the similarities to the very circumstances of our post modern age of 2012 and beyond. These long predicted portrayals of life on Earth often provide ample explanation to those who live in such exigent conditions; it validates the underlying reasons for their intractable hardships and numerous adversities. Here is an excellent reference which delves more deeply into this matter, for those who require more evidence that our times have been perfectly foretold by the ancients.

The Downfall of Society and Ruin of Civilization

There is one identifying feature of the Kali Yuga which modern popular culture illustrates with great clarity. That is the complete breakdown of the nuclear family and destruction of the traditional role of women in society. In a word, women, motherhood, the feminine energy, the Goddess, etc. have been degraded to the extreme. Truly, this social cataclysm has all but sealed the fate of today’s patriarchal societies.

When the true role of women is so trivialized and disrespected, that the entire intelligentsia and its various organs of media revel in it daily, the end is very near. This devolution has taken place so insidiously over so many decades that its encroachment on civil society has occurred almost unrecognized. The glamorization of women which occurred during the golden age of motion pictures greatly accelerated this process. So did the false feminist movement that liberated women from the kitchen and child-rearing and moved them to the corporate workplace.

How can the child, the teenager or young adult survive intact while weathering all the storms that are here and coming around the corner, when the family and its necessary support systems have disintegrated?

We hesitated to post the picture that follows as it conflicts with a longstanding and uncompromising policy not to contribute to internet degradation. However, this artwork is so revealing in its message, both graphically and subtly, that we felt not to do so would be to pass up a great teaching moment. This piece is actually one artist’s interpretation of the Kali Yuga. It vividly portrays the advancing debasement of women in Western society as well as the inevitable consequences for the children around the world.

PAINTING representing the Kali Yuga: Artist Max Sauco’s interpretation of the Kali Yuga

No … not a pretty picture at all!

Spiritual advancement comes quick and easy during the Kali Yuga

There are some very redeeming qualities about the Kali Yuga which cannot go unacknowledged, or unaddressed. Especially in light of the preceding exposition, it is necessary to end this essay with some very good news.

How many of us have experienced our dark night of the soul during the present lifetime?
How many have experienced many dark nights of the soul during our life?
Only the Kali Yuga produces both circumstances and predicaments that will push many souls into a phase of deep contemplation of the purpose of pain and suffering. Only the Kali Yuga can try men’s souls in a crucible the likes of which we see all around us. This fact alone motivates many to long for liberation; to yearn for peace of mind; to be forever freed from the cycle of birth and death.

Fortunately, the Highest Power introduced several escape mechanisms from the harsh realities of the Iron Age. He also sent many messengers in the form of saints, seers and sages whose function it is to educate, enlighten and empower those of us who seek such liberation. All one has to do is replace those regular mundane desires with divine spiritual desires. Then, when the disciple is truly ready, the master will appear.

Such is the blessing of the Kali Yuga. A time that even the ancients feared with great apprehension. When Kali himself appeared in the court of King Parikshit, the king who reigned during the transition between the Dwapara Age and current Kali Yuga, he held the two organs (two tongues) of man in each of his hands. When asked why the king’s court should be defiled by such an offensive sight, it was explained that all of Kali Yuga would be affected by man’s inability to control the gratification of these two organs.

The tongue in the mouth seeks constant pleasure through food and drink; and through too much talking, idle chatter, and gossiping. The tongue between the legs seeks the gratification that it brings over and above the purpose of procreation. If these two organs can be brought under control, then the individual can be redeemed … in this very lifetime.

Using the upper tongue to repeat the name of God brings only the highest state. Remaining celibate by taming the lower tongue has likewise permitted many a saint to attain Self realization. Both of these righteous actions can be performed with dramatic and quick results only during the Kali Yuga. Relative to the other three Yugas, both practices will produce sublime and nectarean fruit far beyond what would be expected. Such is the true glory of the Kali Yuga!

Conclusion:

Because it is self-evident that the original pure and pristine condition of the planet (think Garden of Eden) would start with the beginning of every Golden Age, it is also obvious that such an idyllic paradise would only deteriorate over the course of all four Yugas. Therefore, we see the inexorable decline during each Yuga, as we see the more precipitous decline occurring from one Yuga to the next.

How can this not be so? Now that the world has over 7 billion people, isn’t it logical that much more of the planet is being consumed leaving much more waste product to be somehow dealt with? As the population explosion continues to balloon, this predicament will only intensify. Particularly in light of so many untenable energy and industrial paradigms will many of the current environmental problems, resource competitions, and technology challenges be greatly exacerbated.

Technospheric breakdown alone will contribute significantly to the eventual breakpoint at which society begins to recognize the unsustainability of so many common conventions and practices, processes and procedures. All of this inevitable collapse is a part of the unfolding of the Kali Yuga. It is not to be feared or ignored; rather, it is to be understood as a necessary unfoldment of destiny — both individual and collective — which has a much higher purpose than just pain and suffering.

Herein lies the real gem of meaning of the Kali Yuga. However, it is only available for those who have eyes to see and ears to listen. So, dear reader, if that is you, then perhaps you will now begin to turn your tears of grief into tears of joy. All that is required is the longing and perseverance to do so. After all, Lord Kalki has come and gone signaling the end of Kali Yuga, so the time is short.

Cosmic Convergence Research Group
Submitted: January 31, 2014
cosmicconvergence2012@gmail.com

Author’s Note:

The Kali Yuga really does present an extraordinary opportunity for spiritual advancement and soul growth. Understanding the proper context is key to taking advantage of this fact. For those who come from the Christian tradition, the Book of Job provides an excellent allegory from which to derive inspiration and wisdom, courage and forbearance. Other religious traditions, including many of the mythological traditions, also offer outstanding examples of what qualities are required to thrive during this final epoch.

Everyone is now experiencing their own version of … the story of Job

As proof of why the Kali Yuga is such a great place to be at this point of human evolution, we need to look no further than the size of the global village. We are well over seven billion residents on Planet Earth; perhaps many of us saw the great opportunity before us and didn’t want to miss out. The Kali Yuga is one in which the karma of relationship is processed to the maximum degree. In other words preordained relationship karma, which we must each work out at some point of the soul’s destiny, presents itself with unparalleled speed and intensity.

Only during the Kali Yuga will we be able to experience so many ‘interesting’ relationships that are karmically ordained. Hence, we see so many relationships starting and stopping, budding and combusting, coming and going. Each one presents a unique opportunity to get it right this time, so that we can be free of the attachments and aversions that only relationship (especially intense ones) can produce. That’s why Kali Yuga is universally known as the Age of Quarrel — we’re all just trying to listen to each other … and be heard by our fellow man and woman.

Lastly, it is now high time for each of us to face our spiritual destiny like never before. In this particular regard, we highly recommend the following guidance:
A Surfer’s Guide to Riding the Wave of 2012 and Beyond

References:

While The Gods Play: Shaiva Oracles and Predictions on the Cycles of History and the Destiny of Mankind by Alain Danielou – Inner Traditions (August 1, 1987)

Recommended Reading:

Lord Kalki: His Appearance Signifies the End of the Kali Yuga

Global Population Explosion Marks the End of the Iron Age

AWESOME Earth Changes Coming Around The Corner

The Final Battle of the Iron Age

The ORACLES of Ardra

© 2014 Cosmic Convergence: 2012 and Beyond

Permission is granted to post this essay as long as it is linked back to the following url:
https://cosmicconvergence.org/?p=6028

 

=====================

Alien Tech Disclosure

Alien Tech Disclosure  From Forbidden News 16 November 2024

Editor’s note:  This article contains material that has been included in part on several other credible websites. Click on link above to see full PDF version.

Alien Tech Disclosure – Part 1 with Dan Willis | Unrestricted Warfare with James Grundvig

IN 1933, NAZI SS ENTERED ALLIED WITH THE REPTILIANS, WHO GAVE THEM ADVANCED TECHNOLOGY. THEY PLANNED “WORLDVIEW WARFARE” TO CONTROL PUBLIC PERCEPTION, TO HIDE THEIR SECRET OPERATIONS

 

Congress just returned from a six-week hiatus on Tuesday, November 12th and one of the first things they did was to have a hearing about “Unidentified Aerial Phenomena” – UAPs, the new term for UFOs that doesn’t seem to stick, that was invented by John Podesta and débuted in 2016 by Hillary Clinton .

Witnesses and US Representatives, alike voiced their frustration with the over-classification of this information, with Dr Tim Gallaudet, a retired Rear Admiral in the US Navy, stating that, “unelected officials in the US government do not have an exclusive right to this knowledge about the nature of reality,” and with former Pentagon official, Lue Elizondo testifying that the US Government operates secret UFO crash retrieval programs designed to identify and reverse-engineer alien craft.

Over the past decade, the DoD has implemented a program of gradual, “limited hangout”-type disclosure but today, you’re going to get the Full Monty.

UFOs are in the air and James Grundvig is joined by Dan Willis, who was one of the 21 members of the original 2001 Disclosure Project that was put together by Dr Steven Greer. I had the pleasure of Zooming with them both for several hours last Friday to see Willis’ presentation, Part One of which you will see here.

This is the most cohesive “Unified Theory” of the history of human-alien interaction, from the 20th Century onward that I have ever seen. (Stay tuned for Part Two, which is even much more lit!)

Share

It’s pretty head-spinning, as you let it sink in, even for someone like me, who has been studying this information for several decades. It explains so much about Modern History, it coheres many of these bits and pieces that we’ve noticed, over the years. It gives a whole new perspective on the entire pharmaceutical industry and to the COVID PSYOP and shot.

I remember, in 2001, being so excited by the Disclosure Project – when the internet was still wild and free – and I shared it with everybody I could. Recall, that this was on the heels of the 1990s, when the entertainment industry was, “All Aliens, All the Time”, with TV shows, like The X Files, and bestselling books, like ‘Abduction, Human Encounters with Aliens’, by Harvard University Psychiatry Department Chairman, Dr John Mack, when Harvard was still considered a respectable place.

The Disclosure Project press conference happened 4 months prior to the 9/11 False Flag, after which, a switch was flipped and suddenly, everybody stopped talking about UFOs and the narrative changed to “All War, All the Time”.

Now, they’re bringing them back, re-branded as “UAPs”. (Will people really start calling them that?)

Dan Willis says he became interested in the topic of UFOs in 1969, when he was a High Speed Code Operator in the US Navy, stationed at he Naval Communication Station in San Francisco, in charge of the Code Room, where he became privy to reports from a US Navy ship off the coast of Alaska, in which the crew visually witnessed a “brightly-glowing, reddish-orange, 70-foot diameter disc that emerged out of the ocean and then shot up into space..going over 7,000 miles per hour.”

He saw firsthand, how this report quickly become Classified as Secret, Priority Level and it was quickly sent to the Chief of Naval Operations in Washington DC, which left him wondering, “Why are they keeping it secret?”

Upgrade to paid

Dan Willis’ Part 1 of his presentation begins at 17:46 in this video, so you can skip ahead, to there.

The highlights of Dan’s PowerPoint Presentation are the following:

• The testimony of Bob Lazar, who worked over at the S-4 Facility within Area 51 has been 100% consistent for over 30 years. Bob Lazar was the first person to blow the whistle on a secret program to back-engineer alien craft, causing a panic at the base, which was put on lockdown, with the issuance of a National Reconnaissance Office (NRO), Special Security Advisory document, that was sent to all Area 51 Base Personnel. All of Bob’s public records were scrubbed by the military, in order to discredit all of his his claims.

• Dr Steven Greer obtained a copy of the NRO Special Security Advisory document, which had a distribution list that included Cosmic Ops and Magi Ops and it referred to the Unacknowledged Special Access Programs (USAPs) for the reverse-engineering of extraterrestrial craft at S-4 Facility at Area 51.

Image from Dan Willis’ slide presentation

• Greer took this document to the Pentagon, along with astronaut Edgar Mitchell and Commander Will Miller to meet with Vice Admiral Thomas Wilson, the head of Intelligence for the Joint Chiefs of Staff.

• Vice Admiral Wilson looked into these Unacknowledged Special Access Programs and he was not only denied access, he was threatened, that if he didn’t drop the matter immediately, he would lose rank and see an early retirement. We are talking about the head of Intelligence for the Joint Chiefs of Staff!

• Vice Admiral Wilson was so outraged to have been denied access to Unacknowledged Special Access Programs and by being threatened for doing so, that it was he who gave Greer permission to bring his witnesses to the mainstream media and to expose these illegal operations to the public. It was Wilson who had greenlighted the May 9, 2001 National Press Club event.

• As an aside, a 15-page document relating to all of this was entered into the public record during the May 17th 2022 Open House Intelligence Counterterrorism, Counterintelligence, and Counterproliferation Subcommittee hearing on UFOs (“UAPs”), which I reported on, at the time, because this 15-page document featured Bob Beckwith, who was a contact of mine for my first book, in which Beckwith described how he was involved in “sonar invisibility” tests in 1942 on the USS Martha’s Vineyard in Block Island Sound, where the crew told him that the ship had recently been involved in a Philadelphia Experiment-like scenario, where the testing of experimental technology caused the ship to teleport uncontrollably to multiple locations, with the tragic consequence of a sailor’s body becoming merged with the steelwork of the ship. Beckwith was told by the crew that they had to saw this poor man’s body out of the steelwork and to sand that part of the deck over and to cover it with a fresh coat of paint, which they showed to him. This story was similar to the popular reports about the USS Eldridge but it had occurred a year or two earlier. I am the only one, to my knowledge to have ever reported about Beckwith’s story about the USS Martha’s Vineyard in Block Island Sound.

• Continuing with Dan’s presentation: Clifford Stone was part of a crashed UFO retrieval team, such as what Lue Elizondo testified about on November 12th and he was part of a project that categorized 57 different species by 1989.

• When US astronauts went to the Moon in 1969 (yes), there were large Reptilian craft lined up on the far end of the crater in which they’d landed. Dan says that NASA was aware, beforehand that there is an extraterrestrial presence on the Moon.

• Willis says US astronauts went to the Moon but not all of it got recorded on tape.

• So Stanley Kubrick recreated the Moon Landing for US Government propaganda purposes and the film was full of inconsistencies but Dan affirms that the astronauts really did go to the Moon.

• Moreover, the Americans were not the first humans on the Moon. Dan says the Nazis went on the Moon in 1942 and elsewhere in our Solar System, after they were given free energy / anti-gravity technology by Reptilian aliens, who violated the Prime Directive by doing so. The Nazis had anti-gravity developed, as far back as 1934. We will discuss more about this, later on

• There is evidence of NASA’s 1969 Moon Landing from ham radio operators at the time, who had their directional antennas picking up the direct transmission, bypassing NASA and they heard Neil Armstrong remark about the massive craft he saw on the Lunar surface. Dan says he has a close friend, who was at a military affiliate radio station at the time that it was receiving these transmissions, who told him, “Yeah, I heard it”. Dan says he’s been trying to find somebody that’s got a recording of it, but apparently, “The web’s been pretty well scrubbed.”

• William Tompkins, who was working at the TRW facility saw the live video feed coming from the Moon. Dan says of Tompkins, “He had a photographic memory. He drew the huge – I mean, it dwarfed it, the Lunar Module – these huge craft that were lined up along the far side of the crater that NASA sanitized.” That is, airbrushed by people like Donna Hare, another Government Witness who testified at the Disclosure Project press conference in 2001.

• Dan affirms, “The truth is, we did go to the Moon. What we saw was, some of it was studio footage, and that we didn’t hear everything that the astronauts were saying, because NASA censored it. That’s the truth of what happened.”

• The next question, for me was, if they really did go to the Moon, did they really get there with this foil-wrapped tin can thingy?

Photo by Eric Long / National Air and Space Museum, Smithsonian Institution

• Presumably, they did NOT go to the Moon in this rinky-dink contraption. Dan doesn’t address this directly, but he says says that this “Breakaway” part of the US Government has been manufacturing Alien Reproduction Vehicles (ARVs) since the 1950s and that some of these were witnessed in 1988 at Norton Air Force Base by Dan Willis’ dear friend, the late Mark McCandlish.

• Mark McCandlish was going to testify – as he did, in 2001 – at the 2022 Senate UFO UAP Hearing, regarding the fact that the US already has this anti-gravity craft. But one month before he was to testify, he was found dead with a bullet in his head, claimed to be a “suicide”.

• Also suspicious about this is that Mike Turber, a US Air Force intelligence specialist had come out in 2019, saying that the “Tic Tac” that got saturated across the media by The New York Times, back in 2017 is made by Lockheed and it is US technology. But in 2022, Mike Turber came out with a video – within a week before Mark was suicided – saying, “I just want to come out and say that…I made it up.” Apparently, somebody paid Mike a visit.

• Regardless, both of these men’s earlier testimonies reveal that the US has anti-gravity craft and has been working with these for several decades, contrary to the narrative of these Senate UFO hearings, like that of last Tuesday.

• Here are the illustrations by Mark McCandlish of these ARVs, as well as an actual military photograph of one of these craft. Mark had a technical background and he explained to Dan that this is a Tesla configuration:

Image from Dan Willis’ slide presentation

• Dan explains that mercury vapor is ignited and it cancels the mass, allowing the craft to go faster than the speed of light and that it had a capacitor array on the base of the craft that shifted the charge [I’m guess, to steer it]. Dan says, “It’s kind of like taking a watermelon seed and squeezing it between your fingers. It shoots off at incredible speed.”

• In 2002, Scottish Hacker, Gary McKinnon got into the NASA computers and he saw the US Navy Solar Warden Program; the fleet-to-fleet transfers of non-terrestrial officers. He found battle fleet spaceships developed by the US Navy that had been launched back in the 1980s that were named after MJ-12 members, like the USSS LeMay and the USS Hillenkoetter. McKinnon said that he was looking for evidence of free energy suppression and a cover-up of UFO activity and other technologies potentially useful to the public. The Bush administration wanted to put McKinnon away for 70 years in prison for perpetrating the “biggest military computer hack of all time”. Luckily for Gary, then-Home Secretary Theresa May blocked his extradition to the United States in October of 2012.

• This, now gets into what Dan calls “The Matrix of Perception”, because the truth sounds like such a far-fetched science fiction movie, that it keeps its own best secrecy! Most people don’t believe that such a thing as Solar Warden could exist, because we’ve had multiple generations of perception management by the intelligence agencies, that centrally-control the Mainstream Media.

• Dan says the 2001 Disclosure Project press conference should have been a world-changing event but it wasn’t. Despite Dan’s having worked as a newsman at ABC, he didn’t know about Project Mockingbird and the stranglehold that it had – and that it continues to have on perception management.

• Dan then began to research the UFO phenomenon on his own. What he discovered seemed “science fiction-like”.

• With his high-level Security Clearance, Dan was able to pull out all of the classified research and documents. Although he can’t say, with 100% certainty what’s going on, an overall picture emerged for him of the Nazi infiltration of the US Government, aided by their sympathizers, especially by the Rockefellers, leading to the formation of the CDC, staffed by 1,600 “former” Nazi scientists and doctors.

Image from Dan Willis’ slide presentation

Dan Willis: I found out that [in 1933] the Nazi SS entered into an alliance with the Reptilian Draco, called the “Ciakaharr”, who violated the Prime Directive and gave the Nazis advanced technology. And this is what really stood out to me, is that there were documents that were recovered before the end of the War, that showed that the Nazis had this secret plan, called Weltanschauungskrieg, translates to “worldview warfare”.

They planned to infiltrate into the United States and create this Matrix of Perception, to control the public’s perceptions, in order to hide their secret operations.

And we know, from the partial release of the JFK Files, that were released back in 2017, that Hitler was alive and well…and Himmler never took the cyanide cap. His Döppelganger did, who did not have the fencing scar that Himmler did.

250,000 Germans, the Reich’s top scientists, over 100 U-boats, all escaped down to their Antarctic base, that they created, called Base 211 in Argentina, to operate from the underground…

Image from Dan Willis’ slide presentation

James Grundvig: And just for the audience, real quick, the Red Cross and the Vatican opened up a corridor into Western Ukraine for 50,000 other hardened Nazis. So this is not just escape to Antarctica and Argentina, but also escape to the other direction…All the Nazi-hunters for the Holocaust, we never heard about “Ukraine”; that never came up – not in my lifetime, and it never came up as “Antarctica”. Very interesting!

Dan Willis: Yeah, the Vatican all gave them these – from Malta – these passports for the Rat Lines to – yeah, that goes into a whole discussion, unto itself.

Now, Allen Dulles was infamous for this plan that they have of the infiltration. They have sympathizers in the US that worked with them. The intelligence network of Nazi Germany had all the intelligence on the Soviets, which Truman was afraid of, and so they hid the Nazi intelligence in the Bavarian mountains in these microfiche, which they brought on a trading table to bring in thousands of Nazi spies with the deal he made with General Reinhard Gehlen, head of Nazi intelligence, into the OSS, which turned into the CIA, which Dulles was responsible for actually creating – which, Truman didn’t want.

Image from Dan Willis’ slide presentation

Paperclip…They cleansed the dossiers of these scientists and so forth, that were once classified as a “Menace to the Security of the United States”, and they put them into key positions!

The Rockefellers, who were working almost in alliance with the Nazis, they actually rewrote – this is a bit illegal – rewrote the history of World War II, so, schoolchildren in the future, they wouldn’t have a clue what happened. So, they basically cleansed the history…I guess you can say it’s a Limited Hangout on the history of World War II, to hide Nazi escape and infiltration.

Image from Dan Willis’ slide presentation

So, the end of the war, the Nuremberg Trials, 1,600 of these Nazi doctors that were responsible for murder, human experimentation, eugenics, and everything; that never stood trial, are brought into the newly-formed Center of Disease Control with many of these former Nazis!..

Image from Dan Willis’ slide presentation

And IG Farben, Hitler’s largest financial backer, was split; part of 13 pharmaceutical corporations that are Big Pharma, today: Pfizer, Bayer, [Merck] and the others, they were all part of these 13 corporations, that most of us are familiar with; these names on our television set. (Laughs) They seem to fund most of the advertising for the Mainstream Media!

William Tompkins, a very credible witness, with much documentation to back his position, said that the Nazi scientists came in on [Project] Paperclip. They took over control of the highest positions of the US pharmaceutical industry, that are in control today.

Image from Dan Willis’ slide presentation

My great-grandfather was going up against Rockefeller, when he was starting his pharmaceutical empire, back in the beginning of the 1900s, where they were taking over control of the education for the doctors and everything. He was the president of Homeopathic Medical Society, going up against Mr Rockefeller.

Image from Dan Willis’ slide presentation

The Roswell Crash was actually a Trojan horse, to entice for a future technology exchange. After that, Truman had Forrestal set-up the first MJ-12 group. It was headed by Admiral Roscoe Hillenkotter. Here’s James Forrestal.

====================

Dr. Steven Greer UFO Secrets & Project

Dr. Steven Greer – UFO Secrets & Projects (Video) (rumormillnews.com)   19 September 2024

The Resilient Show 9/16/2024 interviews the most knowledgeable person in the world who is prepared to explain how most critical technologies have been kept hidden by the most powerful people in the world – the ultimate transnational treason. This is with the clear intention of controlling all aspects of our world and has been expanding for over 70 years.  For instance, most so-called UFOs (Unidentified Flying Objects) are actually made by private corporations and ‘flown’ all over the world, usually wrongly identified as alien vehicles. Greer covers a wide range of subjects including the use of zero point energy (see post on this website Free Energy) and its potential. The most frightening aspect is that the supposed government leaders know nothing about all this, or are bribed to keep quiet about it, and Greer has briefed many including US Presidents. Greer has released a website with trillions of data supporting his views.  Greer explains that the only reason he has not been assassinated (as have many others who try to reveal aspects of ZPE, UFOs etc.) is that he has a dead-man switch, ie if he dies massive amounts of incriminating information about highly placed people will be released, so he is viewed as more risky dead than alive. This video should be watched to the end and much of the subject matter he covers should be investigated further.

Dr. Steven Greer – UFO Secrets & Projects (Video) (rumormillnews.com) 

==================

Previous articles 

  • UN plans New World Order via climate change

‘Must see’ videos that explain the latest dystopian events and, more importantly, the rapidly growing signs that our world is shifting into a far superior higher dimension

This post presents links to the latest videos that explain recent events and discoveries driving our world towards totalitarianism, genocide and a dystopian future, but other events that project a future where ‘good’ beats ‘evil’.  Fortunately, many recent events that you will not see in the mainstream media indicate much of this evil is being revealed and replaced leading to a far better world that will be far better for the great majority of people in the world.

6 April 2025. Dr Lee Merrit explains in this 58-minute video how many major forms of cancer either are, or are caused by, parasites.  The evidence is compelling. There are many totally effective ways to remove parasites, such as Ivermectin and Chlorine Dioxide. It is perplexing that Allopathic medicine has not applied this solution instead of reinforcing the current highly toxic medications such as Chemotherapy and radiation.  One logical explanation is that doctors, hospitals and pharmaceutical companies make massive profits from the standard toxic approaches that often fail and are highly intrusive at best.

Dr. Lee Merritt: Cancer Is Parasites – The Scientific Evidence, And What To Do About It. (Video) | Alternative | Before It’s News

=======================

3 April 2025.  In this 2-hour interview Dr. Steven Greers exposes the Deep State, UFO Cover-Ups and Zero Point Energy.

In this explosive follow-up to one of the most-watched episodes of The Resilient Show, Dr. Steven Greer returns to join Chad Robichaux and to reveal urgent updates on UAPs, advanced technologies, and shadow government operations.

Dr. Greer dives deep into what he calls a transnational criminal syndicate controlling technology, global surveillance, and even misinformation campaigns tied to extraterrestrial threats.

From the truth behind government black sites to how whistleblowers are being silenced, this is a must-watch conversation on the future of humanity, disclosure, and freedom.

Topics include the deep state’s true identity, reverse-engineered UFOs, whistleblower protections, the failed Senate bill, and executive orders Dr. Greer is advising for President Trump.


Dr. Steven Greer: Exposing The Deep State, UFO Cover-Ups & Zero Point Energy | TRS 051

================================

24 February 2025.  Editor’s note: This video presents the best and most compelling speech by a highly credible economist on the subject of the US, EU, Ukraine and Russia. ‘Ukraine War is OVER’ Professor Jeffrey Sachs’ Explosive Speech to EU Parliament SHAKES US-led World Order. Economist Jeffrey Sachs drops a dire warning on the EU’s Parliament in a shocking development that brought real politics to a body that is rapidly crashing and burning. Will the MEPs heed his warning about the total destruction that lies ahead as the Ukraine war comes to a close? This speech and analysis reveals the truth! Jeffrey Sachs is an American economist, academic, and public policy analyst known for his work on economic development, poverty reduction, and sustainability. He has advised governments and international organizations, including the UN, on economic policies. Sachs played a key role in the transition of post-Soviet economies to market systems and was a leading advocate for the UN’s Millennium Development Goals. Currently, he is a professor at Columbia University and directs the Center for Sustainable Development. The second video expands the message in the first with a focus on the US and Russia relationship with Judge Napolitano interviewing Jeffrey Sachs.

‘Ukraine War is OVER’ Jeffrey Sachs Explosive Speech to EU Parliament SHAKES US-led World Order

Prof. Jeffrey Sachs : The UN and Russia

============================

4 January 2025.  SGAnon interviews retired Lieutenant Colonel Dr Sandy Miarecke who explains at length the history and progress of the movement to change the USA back from a supposed democracy that is has been a corporation since 1771 to a republic under the US Constitution. Dr Miarecki does point out that progress is accelerating and will move even faster after Donald Trump is inaugurated.  Elsewhere it has been forecast that all of North America will be amalgamated as one of seven new regions of the world.   SG Anon Shocking News 1.2.25 – What About the People of Canada | Prophecy | Before It’s News

==============================

31 December 2024.    A 90-minute video in which Michael Sandler interviews Dr Steven Greer, one of the most knowledgeable people in the world on the subject of Extra Terrestrials and related aspects. Greer explains that ‘flying’ vehicles have been produced by reverse-engineering crashed UFOs, These UFOs are now being used by those trying to take control of the world, often referred to as the Khazarian Mafia or Deep State. They plan to create shows of UFOs over much of the world intended to scare people into accepting them taking control of the world and supposedly protecting everyone from the invaders. People will be told by the corrupt controlled media that this is all part of an invasion by dangerous extraterrestrials.  Greer will introduce several high-level whistle-blowers before President Trump’s inauguration on 20th January 2025. These whistle-blowers will explain what is really happening and how this evil plan has been in preparation for decades. The video explains much more about this appalling, illicit and dangerous planned operation. Greer expects most people will be deeply shocked by what they are told and the evidence supporting it.  Much more is revealed in this must-see video such as serious issue that exploding nuclear weapons sends faster-than speed of light scalar radiation that disrupts other parts of the universe. These secret parts of the illegal corporate world with their military mindset and massive theft of government money have now achieved par with many alien races that, together with human being’s consciousness, our planet could be a major danger to them

? BREAKING NEWS! WHAT THE DRONES REALLY ARE! Dr. Steven Greer FULL DISCLOSURE LIVE! Michael Sandler

===========================

26 December 2024. A 15-minute video showing the beautiful Christmas lights and festivities in Moscow, Russia. Russia is probably the most Christian country in the world now.  A long, long way from the misinformation people in Western countries are fed by politicians and the mainstream media.  Russia now has one of the best-performing economies in the world and certainly has the most powerful military as demonstrated in Ukraine.  A fast-growing number of people consider President Vladimir Putin the best leader of any country in the world. So much for the US and EU sanctions. Russia is likely to be one of the leaders as our world shifts into a higher dimension in 2025:  DIFFERENT RUSSIA: Moscow Christmas Streets and Markets 2024 / A Magical Evening Walk [3 min video]

===================================

12 December 2024. This 44-minute video from MYLUNCHBREAK series presents compelling evidence that a massive civilisation preceded most modern ‘official’ recorded history. What if the world you thought you knew was built on a foundation of lies? This video uncovers a narrative that challenges everything—the buildings, the tunnels, the history, and the purpose behind it all. From monumental palaces to intricate underground systems, evidence of a civilization more advanced than our own lies hidden in plain sight. Are these relics of the past proof of something much larger, a truth intentionally kept from us?  The Civilization They Erased?

=========================

Infowars w/ Clif High: Imminent 9 December 2024.  This 49-minute video interview with Clif High explains how and why ‘good’ aliens are presently visiting our planet and making themselves known through numerous sightings. This is a prelude to massive changes in most aspects of our life including energy, perceptions and governance. Energy in the form of zero-point energy will be introduced – effectively infinite amounts of free energy from the aether. ZPE has been known since Nicola Tesla discovered it over a century ago, and it will result in all peoples in the world having free energy and transforming their societies. ZPE was known and used by previous societies.  Other new technologies will be released from the evil grip of the elite that will contribute to the imminent transformation of our world. Most people will be amazed, in particular those – the majority – suffering from cognitive dissonance. Is all or some of it true?  Only time will tell, but ‘watch this space’.

Alien Contact Will End All Religions& Reshape World – Dec 7. | Prophecy | Before It’s News

========================

5 December 2024.  MyLunchBreak present another of a long series of videos that show how much of our past has been erased from documented history.  Just look at the amazing structures and buildings such as the Chicago World Fair that clearly used vast amounts of electricity produced via a contract with Nicola Tesla, but was completely destroyed immediately after the Fair ended?  That does not make any sense. What if everything we thought we knew about money and the past is actually hiding a much bigger story? This video unravels a mystery rooted in the last 300 years that connects to an earlier, advanced civilization.  The Secrets Behind Money?

=======================

24 November 2024. Dr Sam Bailey has made an 18-minute video summarising the greatest fraud the world has ever known: the Covid-19 pandemic.  This is one chapter of a forthcoming book covering the whole subject of supposed viruses and the so-called epidemic. ‘So-called’ because the definition of a pandemic was changed some years ago to allow almost any outbreak of a disease- real or otherwise – to be classified by the WHO as an ‘epidemic’.  Unmasking the Viral Paradigm – Dr Sam Bailey

==================

This  10-minute video covers similar issues about Covid-19: “absolute criminal negligence” and “the greatest fraud of the century”:  (1) Australian Firefighters Alliance on X: “Esteemed Professor of Oncology Angus Dalgleish, interviewed today on SkyNews Australia. Professor Dalgleish talks to the Oncogenic risks of the mandated Covid products, directly calling into question the Cancer initiatives that have been fostered in Victoria for the firefighting ” / X

=============================

5 November 2024.  Dr. David Clements was a professional string theory physicist with advanced degrees from Cambridge and Oxford Universities. In 2000, Dr. Clements. received a remote viewing kit, which he used to teach himself to use with stunning accuracy. Through remote viewing, he established contact with extraterrestrials from the Pleiades, Arcturus, and Andromedan star systems. Later, he began communicating with highly advanced extraterrestrials called the Elohim who became a part of his extraterrestrial team of advisors and helpers. In Dr. Clements interactions with his extraterrestrial team, he has gained much information, healing, and insights into the functions of different technologies and bio-energetic fields, and how they impact the surrounding environment. In his second Exopolitics Today interview, Dr. Clements describes how his ET team helped him uncover fundamental principles behind awakening matter, photons and living energetic fields. He explains the process by which DNA codes can be imprinted to restore optimal health and awaken inherent abilities, and the different ways extraterrestrials have impacted humanity’s DNA codes throughout the ages. Dr. Clements further discusses several inventions he has pioneered to improve health, optimal living, and reconnecting with the heart center. Examples are given of how the inventions exert a bioenergetic field that positively impacts the surrounding environment, including food and water, which are essential for good health. Dr. Clements has generously offered a discount code for those purchasing any of his devices from his websites. Dr. David Clements websites: https://www.isee-infynergy.com .   infinitesourcecreations.com What I Discovered About Organic Technology Will Change Your Life Forever

=====================

3 November 2024. Dr Peter Ridd, well known for challenging the indoctination of teachers, academics and students at  James Cook University, Cairns, Queensland, Australia, and finally failing in court, explains the horrors of how modern universities indoctrinate trainee teachers into the modern woke world of DEI.  This results in our children being indoctinated in the far-left socialist / Marxist leanings of most Western governments such so-called global warming, diversity, colonisation and pharmaceutical fraud.  It is essential that an entirely different approach is taken to teacher training and in turn what and how our children are taught.  This ten-minute video is vital for those who value the future of our culture and have children considering going to university.  They corrupt our children. This is where culture wars start

=========================

12 September 2024.   RFK Jnr (Robert F Kennedy Jnr) explains how the US administration has orchestrated the ruination of the US and much of the world since the end of the Second World War. He explains about MKUltra, the CIA’s role and many pure evil plans they applied.  Unless the Western world’s media had been bought off they would have revealed most of this evil many years ago. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=mfsxk8fWokk .  This video was first publicized in Larry Hannigan’s newsletter which is essential reading for those who want to know what is really happening in the world – 2024/09/11th – The New Monkeypox scamdemic – Larry Hannigan
==================
11 September.  A 48-minute video with the Health Ranger where Pharmacist Ben Fuchs and Dr. Bryan Ardis reveal explosive truths about NICOTINE, reptile venom peptides in pharmaceuticals and more.  Pharmacist Ben Fuchs and Dr. Bryan Ardis reveal explosive truths about NICOTINE, reptile venom peptides in pharmaceuticals and more – Brighteon.com
Also:

This video interview explains how the deaths supposedly from COVID-19 were primarily caused by snake venoms deliberately fed to billions of people via the supposed vaccines and other mechanisms, as reported in a CNN article, January 2020.  They also discuss the mRNA spike protein technology that is the basis for COVID-19 ‘vaccines’, and the result of putting DNA plasmids based on factory-produced synthetic snake venom in your tap water. ‘What stops the “covid virus” and vaccine injuries dead in its tracks? NICOTINE.’  Governments, including Australia, are now planning to ban or further control nicotine products. Dr. Bryan Ardis & David Nino Rodriguez: Breaking! Exposing the Vaccine Agenda – Cancer & COVID Therapy Revealed in This Podcast (Video) | Alternative | Before It’s News (beforeitsnews.com)

Also:

Dr. Ardis reveals important information on the real dangers of COVID-19 and the shots. Starting at the 12th minute, he explains nicotine receptors and how venoms shut off nerve functions like taste, smell, diaphragm contraction, hearing and brain function. Nicotine impacts specific cognitive impairments like dementia, Alzheimer’s disease and even psychosis. Why did smokers benefit from nicotine for COVID-19, Dosages are noted at the end of the video. Episode – NICOTINE! UNDERSTANDING THE WEAPON AND THE TARGET!!! (thedrardisshow.com)

===========================

2 September 2024.  Whilst intending to show that China is the aggressor Australian Sky TV inadvertently shows the U.S. as the global war menace that it truly is | SOTN: Alternative News, Analysis & Commentary . https://stateofthenation.co/?p=248490   6:33 Jimmy Dore/SOTN 1 Sep 24

============================

29 August 2024.   This 9-minute video on Freedom Articles There is No Such Thing as a Jewish Race explains the history of Zionists who never were genuine Jews, but used views and prejudice towards Jewish people as a way to gain power including control of many governments and countries such as the USA and UK (recall the Balfour declaration). Zionists made a false conversion to Judaism when they were the controlling group in Khazia (now mainly Ukraine which is not technically an official country or state) and were directed to choose a religion by their Russian overlords.  The history is complex but readily available and, as usual, totally opposite what is read in the mainstream media.  There is No Such Thing as a Jewish Race – Part 1 (thefreedomarticles.com)

======================

25 August 2024. Two brilliant speeches – President Donald J Trump announces the Robert F Kennedy Jnr (Bobby) is joining him in his forthcoming administration as the next President of the United States of America (hopefully the US Corporation will be removed rapidly).  RFK Jnr explains the steps they will take to end the vile control by corporates and the corrupt state departments.  Not the applause – quite incredible.  An Era Of Healing Is Beginning With Robert F Kennedy Jr and Donald Trump (stopworldcontrol.com)

=====================

17 August 2024.   This video was banned but has now resurfaced.  It explains the background of Bill Gates and the massive amount of harm he has caused using his fortune made from Microsoft – with much help from several highly undesirable people.  He is one of the primary promoters of many toxic so-called vaccines that have led to the death of many millions of people.  (25) The Banned Video of Mr. Gates that every pro-vaccine pro-Gates person should see. (substack.com)

===========================

11 August 2024. Pfizer VP Blows Whistle: ‘Viruses Do NOT Exist. This excellent video on Rumble adds further evidence that the whole Covid pandemic/plandemic was a massive world-wide fraud. Considerable evidence is presented including a presentation by Dr Sam Bailey (drsambailey.com) that explains how no virus has ever been proven to exist using credible scientific methods. Pfizer VP Blows Whistle: ‘Viruses Do NOT Exist’ (rumble.com)

=======================

21 July 2024.  Well-known and respected website host and interviewer MelK interviews Colonel Douglas Macgregor about numerous aspects of the USA, past and present.  Macgregor, now CEO of Our Country Our Choice (ourcountryourchoice.com), describes in detail how the US is run by incompetent people who have almost ruined the country over half a century. The senseless wars, ruinous financial systems and overt bullying of many countries ignore the wishes of the US citizens.  Donald Trump achieved much but was misled in several key areas leading to bad choices. A complete change in regime and governance is essential to restore real democracy. New Mel K & Douglas Macgregor | Truth & Consequences: Changing Course to Save the Republic | Prophecy | Before It’s News (beforeitsnews.com)

============================

12 July 2024.    The Australia Corporation. Many people know that in 1973, the Australian government changed Australia from not a sovereign Commonwealth country to a corporation.  This was done in contravention of the Australian Constitution which requires any changes to be agreed upon by a full referendum that did not happen.  So Australia is now governed as a Corporation registered in New York, USA.  Therefore no supposed law since 1973 is legal.  Members of the Australian government sign allegiance to the supposed Queen of Australia, not Queen Elizabeth of England (or Charles III).  The White Rabbit (sobriquet) explains this and more better than most in the video.  She has been on the sharp end of many attacks and attempted assassinations. THE WHITE RABBIT – Australia: A Conspiracy of Silence (bitchute.com)

===============================

2 July 2024. Danny Haiphong interviews Scott Ritter who explains how Russia has changed dramatically under the leadership of President Vladimir Putin, advancing the country from a basket-case that followed the demise of the Soviet Union driven by clandestine people from the West. Russia is now one of the most successful countries in the world with high economic growth, amongst the highest-rated presidents, their highly-regarded Russian Orthodox Church and fast-increasing standard of living. The most extraordinary fact is that each time the US and allies take measures against Russia it results in major improvements for Russia’s economics, trading and finance as well as Russia’s standing with most countries in the world that have or plan to join the BRICS+ group.  Bing Videos

====================================

19 June 2024. Douglas MacGregor Unravels: President Putin’s Pushed NATO & Ukraine governments into their biggest nightmare ever.  The biggest losers are the great majority of Ukrainian citizens, millions of that have fled the country.  Russia does not want to take over Western Ukraine, simply remove the Nazi and corrupt influences and ensure the Ukrainians in Eastern Ukraine are allowed to join Russia, as they voted for. It is incongruous that the US and many European politicians still still support the corrupt Zelenski regime. Douglas MacGregor Unravels: Putin’s POWERFUL SLAP Pushed NATO & Ukraine Into BIGGEST Nightmare Ever (youtube.com)

===========================

7 June 2024:  This 7-minute interview describes the incredible success of the new President of El Salvador who genuinely represent the people of El Salvador.  At the end of Tucker Carlson’s interview, the President states the first item on his 3-part plan is to “seek God’s  wisdom”.     President of El Salvador just told Tucker that MS-13 participates in Satanic child sacrifice rituals | SOTN: Alternative News, Analysis & Commentary (stateofthenation.co)

=============================

4 April 2024. THE INDOCTRINATED BRAIN – TUCKER CARLSON INTERVIEWS – DR. MICHAEL NEHLS. A 45-minutes video The Indoctrinated Brain – Tucker Carlson Interviews – Dr. Michael Nehls (bitchute.com). This is a must-view interview covering subjects including neuroinflammation, the mental immune system, new nerve cells, brain fog, the need for a high level of Vitamin D, maintaining your Lithium level and Nehls’ Unified Theory of Alzheimer’s.  The book introduction on Amazon (his book The Indoctrinated Brain is available on Kindle) explains:  Global War on the Human Brain. Throughout the world, mental capacity is declining, especially among young people, while depression rates are rising dramatically. Meanwhile, one in forty men and women suffers from Alzheimer’s, and the age of onset is falling rapidly. But the causes are not being eliminated, quite the opposite. Can this just be coincidence? The Indoctrinated Brain introduces a largely unknown, powerful neurobiological mechanism whose externally induced dysfunction underlies these catastrophic developments. 
Michael Nehls, medical doctor and internationally renowned molecular geneticist, lays out a shattering chain of circumstantial evidence indicating that behind these numerous negative influences lies a targeted, masterfully executed attack on our individuality. He points out how the raging wars against viruses, climate change, or over national borders are—more likely intended than not—fundamentally providing the platform for such an offensive against the human brain that is steadily changing our being and is aimed at depriving us of our ability to think for ourselves. 
But it is not too late. By exposing these brain-damaging processes and describing countermeasures that anyone can take, Nehls brings light and hope to this fateful chapter in human history. Nothing less will be decided than the question of whether our species can retain its humanity and its creative power or whether it will lose them irretrievably.

29 March 2024.   London Real interviews Dr Steven Greer about a wide range of technologies, politics and secrecy surrounding space vehicles, free energy (zero point energy), anti-gravity and related aspects.  How most of the highest level politicians are not ‘read in’ (informed) about what these highly secretive corporations are doing and have been doing for the last 80 years, and how Ben Rich, head of the Lockheed Skunkworks said on his deathbed ‘we’ve been able to return ET home for decades’. Dr Greer is amongst the most credible people  in the world on these subjects:  The Truth About UFOs, Alien Technology & Extraterrestrial Contact – Dr Steven Greer (youtube.com)

27 March 2024.  A 23-minute interview with Colonel Douglas MacGregor, one of the most credible sources with regard to the war in Ukraine, updates the terror attack by heavily armed gunmen on the Crocus City Hall concert venue last Friday night. Claimed to have been carried out by Islamic State, overwhelming evidence shows the attackers were just mercenaries acting on behalf of Ukrainian forces that are, in turn, controlled by the CIA and UK’s MI6.  Col Doug MacGregor update on terrorism in Russia – www.cairnsnews.org

11 March 2024.  A must-see interview with Benjamin Fulford by Nino when Ben explains several world-changing events that are expected to occur shortly, quite likely starting March 15 with a massive earthquake off the California coast or even on land that will wipe out much of the Silicon Valley IT companies.  A total change to a new financial structure is expected too, possibly starting 15 March.  This aligns with expectations for a Quantum Financial System including a debt jubilee, a new Internet system and gold/asset-backed currencies replacing all fiat currencies.  Benjamin Fulford California Earthquake Nino Interview – Weekly Geo-Political News and Analysis

7 March 2024.    Interview by Clayton Morris, Redacted, with George Galloway who sensationally won a by-election in Britain, beating both the government and opposition parties by unheard-of margins.  Even the second place was taken by a virtually unknown.  This reinforces that the great majority of British people no longer support the two major parties in their drives for war against Russia, support for Israel and push for toxic injections.  GEORGE GALLOWAY WINS BACK PARLIAMANT SEAT—SENDS CRUSHING BLOW TO WEF RATS IN UK | SOTN: Alternative News, Analysis & Commentary (stateofthenation.co)

5 March 2024.  Scott Ritter and Judge Napolitano discuss NATO, Germany, France and the UK’s involvement in Ukraine and the ethics of targeting civilian infrastructure. In particular, they discuss the sensational revelation discussed in a meeting leaked to and revealed by Russia of German military discussing attacking the Crimean bridge with German missiles – a clear act of war as well as terrorism. A must-listen episode for anyone following the Ukraine and Israel crises. (302) Scott Ritter: How close are we to global confrontation? – YouTube

1 March 2024.  Another Tucker Carlson interview – this time a critical salutary 45-minute interview with a lady who grew up through the Mao Chinese Cultural Revolution.  She describes how the US (she does not describe the similar conditions evident in many other Western countries) started being indoctrinated from the 1960s gradually towards a cultural revolution based on Communist/Marxist principles and methods.  Similar to China the drive is from the top elitist intent on grabbing power through subtle indoctrination and deleting history. This is a very scary video.  The full details are in her book referred to in the video.  Tucker Carlson on X: “Ep. 77 The Cultural Revolution is here. Just ask Xi Van Fleet. She’s lived it twice. ” / X (twitter.com)  and Tucker Carlson On ‘X’ – Episode 77 (Video) (rumormillnews.com)

22 February 2024. Tucker Carlson is interviewed at a Middle East conference about his interview with President Putin and related factors, including the lack of democracy in the US.  His Putin interview was seen by over 200 million within 48 hours. Tucker Carlson: “I’m Exposing the Whole Thing, Even if it Gets Me Killed” | Alternative | Before It’s News (beforeitsnews.com)

10 February 2024.  Scott Ritter visited Russia in May 2023 and at Christmas and secured a unique 2-hour interview with Russian President Vladimir Putin.  Ritter is a highly-qualified ex-military professional and is amongst a handful of people who understand Russia and the Russian soul. Putin and his Foreign Minister Lavrov are now recognised by many countries as the two leading diplomats in the world today.  If one looks around we can see that the US and West have no equals. This 6-minute video explains the massive importance of this interview and should be compulsory listening, as well as the interview itself, for all people who have any interest in how our world can and should evolve, in particular every politician. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Bf1X4spqmNg  . Interview transcript PDF: Carlson and Putin Interview

10 February 2024. As background to the Carlson/Putin video it is important to recall the advent of the extreme US plan to achieve world dominance with the Project for the New American Century. This was released in September 2020 – exactly one year before the Twin Towers destruction 911 which was forecasted in the wording of the plan.  The plan included taking out 7 countries in 5 years.   The Desperate Failing Plan for a New American Century (rumble.com)

9 February 2024. The long-awaited interview – Tucker Carlson interviews Russian President Putin, 2 hours.  Anyone who listens to this with an open mind and without past prejudice should view President Putin as one of the best leaders in the world in company with Singapore’s Lee Kuan Yew.  No doubt those with typical Western indoctrination will be very negative. Exclusive: Tucker Carlson Interviews Vladimir Putin (youtube.com) .

8 February 2024.  US ex-military expert Scott Ritter says ‘The+ former Fox News talk show host-turned independent media phenomenon, Tucker Carlson, is in Moscow, where he has committed the mortal sin of interviewing Russian President Vladimir Putin. The interview is scheduled to air at 6 pm eastern time on Thursday, February 8. Let there be no doubt—Tucker Carlson has pulled off one of the most memorable journalistic accomplishments in modern history, and when the interview does air, it will—literally and figuratively—break the internet.  Tucker Madness is Good for America – petersenior42@gmail.com – Gmail (google.com)

7 February 2024.  US highest-rating media host Tucker Carlson has been in Moscow for at least 4 days, sparking rumours that he planned to interview the Russian president. He confirmed his intention in the video, which has received over 260,000 likes.  Carlson said “Western governments, by contrast, will certainly do their best to censor this video on other less principled platforms, because that’s what they do – they are afraid of information they can’t control,” encouraging Americans to watch the interview in order to educate themselves on the “history-altering developments” unfolding in Russia and Ukraine.

  1. Carlson reveals Musk’s Putin interview pledge — RT World News
  2. Tucker Carlson Explains Why He Is Interviewing Putin: “Most Americans Are Not Informed… We’re Here Because We Love The US” | ZeroHedge
  3. Tucker drops BOMBSHELL about his Putin interview, NSA is PISSED | Redacted with Clayton Morris 2024 | Prophecy | Before It’s News (beforeitsnews.com)

24 January 2024. Tucker Carlson interviews Ed Dowd about Covid: ‘We have a national security crisis: the employed of our country are dropping dead and getting disabled at a rate that is beyond the general population’. Edward Dowd: “Something HORRIBLE Is Going On but No One Wants To Talk About It” | EU | Before It’s News (beforeitsnews.com)

24 January 2024. This 13-min video contrasts the philosophical views of Vladimir Putin, a defender of social values, v. the morally corrupt New World Order: – Russia Wipes out Ukrainian Air Defense Positions in Odessa With Soviet P-35B Missiles – Source | VT Foreign Policy

17 January 2024.  Kerry Cassidy interviews the maker of a film that describes in great detail how the John F Kennedy assassination was a fake – JFK was not assassinated but actually faked his own death.  Many examples are described such as the ‘squib’  used – a packet that contains fake blood that Jackie Kennedy leant forward to retrieve after the faked gunshots (that did not feature on the recording of the event).  New Kerry Cassidy & Jay Weidner: What’s Coming Next – January Current Events 1/16/2Q24 | Prophecy | Before It’s News (beforeitsnews.com)

12 November 2023. Patriot Underground interviews SGAnon who explains a wide range of events, plans and expectations regarding the world-wide battle between Evil and Good, including aspects of the Deep State: New SG Anon & Patriot Underground: Critical Update – Sleeper Activation, White Hat & DS Infiltration & Geopolitical Maneuvering, Underground War, De-Dollarization | Prophecy | Before It’s News (beforeitsnews.com)

8 December 2023.  An amazing 91-minute interview in which Tucker Carlson agrees fully with most of Alex Jones’ revelations. Jones offered insight into the encroaching New World Order, which he explained was a globalist scheme to merge world governments and essentially desecrate American sovereignty. His comments centered on putting the puzzle pieces of U.S. federal corruption together with power players like the United Nations and how Americans’ own bodies have been put in jeopardy by things like the sinister prospective Pandemic Treaty. Jones also explained how many major events he forecasted correctly such as 911.  Watched by many millions to date on numerous alternative news channels – but not, of course, on any MSM: Tucker Carlson’s interview with Alex Jones goes viral (rsbnetwork.com)

11 November 2023. Scott Ritter explained the realities of the Israel/Hamas situation covering aspects that no one else has either realised or presented. This is a must-see.  Scott Ritter: “Why Israel is FINISHED! Prepare for MILLIONS to LEAVE to the WEST!” – YouTube

13 October 2023.  This hour-long video presentation by Matthew Ehret is by far the most comprehensive and accurate account of the current situation and past history of and surrounding Israel.  The supplementary reading adds much worthy material to the main video. Understanding the Geopolitical Dynamics Shaping the Middle East (From Khazaria to Present) (rumble.com)

9 October 2023. This 42-minute video presents David Icke’s explanations of what is happening with the war in Israel, how it came about and the overall rationale.  This is essential viewing and totally different – of course – from the ‘official’ story. David Icke – what’s REALLY happening in Israel – David Icke

A wider context is present in parts one and two of Reiner Fuellmich’s interviews with David Icke – all essential viewing: New Dr. Reiner Fuellmich & David Icke – The Real Dangers – Part 1 and Part 2 | Prophecy | Before It’s News (beforeitsnews.com)

30 August 2023. Numerous articles and videos present compelling evidence that the horrendous destruction of Lahaina on the Hawaiin Island of Maui was not a natural fire, rather it was a pre-planned attack using Directed Energy Weapons (DEW) and other means to ruin this quaint village and ensure as many people as possible died. At this time over 1,000 are still not accounted for. The following articles and videos present the evidence:

A comprehensive overview of a wide range of related factors by Kerry Cassidy.  Kerry is a very knowledgeable psych who has interviewed a huge number of credible ‘whistle-blowers’ over 18+ years.  Her views are very controversial but history has recorded she is invariably correct.  Starts at the 14-minute point: KERRY’S UPDATE: MOROCCO TRIP SAGA & US UPDATE, MAUI, WHITE HATS – PROJECT CAMELOT PORTAL

Another view showing the weird black fence being erected around  Lahaina –  Thoughts on our circumstances…: What the hell is going on in Maui and specifically in Lahaina? (abeldanger.blogspot.com)

This is one of the best summaries of the Lahaina horror story.  There is much more on Dave Hodges thecommonsenseshow.com including how Lahaina is one of the key US military surveillance and weapons bases. STUNNING REVELATIONS EMERGING FROM MAUI! | The Common Sense Show. Drone Footage the day after https://youtu.be/7PSYNqZqAVs – note, in particular, the numerous examples of untouched buildings and areas, eg 2 churches, many millionaire mansions and a plush new housing area, surrounded by devastation, including cars that resemble the streets of ‘toasted’ cars after 911 (eg the aluminium wheels melted). None of this can possibly happen naturally. Survivor’s Story, interesting comments https://www.youtube.com/live/FWAQOn3s9fw?feature=share. (32) Shocking Eye Witness of Lahaina Maui Fire from Front Street Police Blocked Off the Exits – Yo NB check the many videos noted on the right of the screen. https://wattsupwiththat.com/2023/08/16/the-real-cause-of-the-maui-wildfire-disaster/uTube – Whilst accurate, this clearly is just one element, as shown in many other videos, but NOT the whole story as suggested. Aloha DEW: Lahaina, Maui Hit by Directed Energy Weapons – Video #20 (rumble.com).   A broad cover of aspects that made no sense, and dodgy answered from officials – BURNED ALIVE! Elon Musk Demands Prosecution for Maui Massacre (Video) | SOTN: Alternative News, Analysis & Commentary (stateofthenation.co) .   Another comprehensive summary on SOTN: OPERATION MAUI DEW (video) | SOTN: Alternative News, Analysis & Commentary (stateofthenation.co)

============================

23 August 2023. Tucker Carlson interviews Colonel Douglas MacGregor about the war in Ukraine and relates this to the lies told by Western politicians and media on the subject.  They also cover the horrendous corruption in the US. But more citizens are at long last waking up.  (32) Tucker Carlson Talks To Colonel Douglas Macgregor About The Ukraine War – YouTube

30 July 2023 Col Douglas MacGregor explains how and why the US governments and military-industrial complex have been trying to change the world into a Marxist utopia for over half a century, and why they are currently trying to use Ukraine as a puppet to proxy to beat Russia into submission.  This is failing catastrophically, as all will realise very shortly.   (16) Douglas Macgregor: Russian Army DISBANDED! – YouTube

26/27 July 2023. This is one assessment of the attempted coup in Russia.  No doubt orchestrated by the UK MI6 and US CIA together with the Ukrainian Neo-Nazi government and oligarchs.  President Putin will overcome: Civil War in Russia? Wagner Troops Rebellion – Scott Ritter w/ Judge Napolitano (Video) (rumormillnews.com) .

Col Douglas Macgregor has a somewhat different view.  He thinks Prigozhin was trying to warn Putin that he needed to take more and firmer action and the apparent insurrection was not for real. They both agree only about 4,000 of Prigozhin’s men were marching towards Moscow and they all rapidly changed their minds. (22) Douglas Macgregor – The Offensive Will Continue. – YouTube

However, the most likely story is this – hilarious! It’s in major media that US authorities ‘knew in advance’ about the Russian ‘coup’ events, and were briefing some Congresspeople on it the week before. https://www.zerohedge.com/geopolitical/us-intelligence-knew-days-advance-wagner-rebellion-briefed-congress Prigozhin’s Wagner was regularly receiving Ukraine troops who were surrendering. It is a common suggestion now, that under a ‘white flag’, Prigozhin was approached by Western intelligence services, and offered more than a billion dollars in cash, to run a coup against Moscow, with the majority paid when Wagner was halfway to Moscow. The suggestion goes on to say, that Prigozhin informed his old friend Putin, and after the money was delivered, the ‘coup’ was called off … and Prigozhin & Putin have split the money.

=======================

15 June 2023. The world-famous investigator of all things to do with UFOs, in particular the appalling cover-ups and illegal technology developments by military industrial corporations, are exposed in this compelling  300-hour press conference. In the second, video Redacted host Clayton Morris provides a summary of the key points including the failed experiment in Antarctica that caused the massive earthquake in Christchurch, New Zealand.  (17) Monday, June 12, 2023! Dr. Greer’s Groundbreaking National Press Club Event! FREE to Watch! – YouTube .

Breaking! UFO Whistleblowers Drop Bombshell on D.C.! – Redacted News | Military | Before It’s News (beforeitsnews.com)

=======================

6 June 2023. The reality of the so-called Tiananmen Square massacre together with one of the most comprehensive and accurate backgrounds – ‘The new century of serfs and lords’. The deep state of China is mapped out around disgraced Communist Party chairman Zhao Ziyang and his nest of technocratic fifth columnists who tried to turn China into a slave colony under the thumb of the Trilateral Commission, CIA and other social engineers. Several of the  Tiananmen aspects were revealed by Julian Assange. The Tiananmen Square Hoax: Massacre or Failed Color Revolution? – Truth Comes to Light

==========================

5 June 2023. The most recent and best analysis demonstrating that the Japanese Hiroshima and Nagasaki bombs were not atomic or nuclear, but an appalling deception by the US:   (11) How to Fake the Atomic Bombs – by Sasha Latypova (substack.com)

===========================

22 May 2023. A very informative 27-minute interview with Juan O’ Savin (many people think he is John F Kennedy Jnr. who did not die in an air accident in 1999).  Juan clearly has an exceptional knowledge of world affairs, in particular the US, with respect to the appalling amount of corruption as well as the giant strides the Patriots are taking to remove this evil. Juan O’ Savin: HUGE Intel May 21 – Tribunals, Tribunals, Tribunals! (Video) | Alternative | Before It’s News (beforeitsnews.com)

=============================

20 May 2023. Here’s the full video of Dr David Martin’s recent testimony before EU Parliament about the history of bioweapons experiments using coronaviruses going back as far as 1965 and how COVID is but the latest episode in the long, premeditated march towards the lockdowns and the forced injections that were deployed against humanity: Dr David Martin to EU Parliament: Corona Virus Is a Bioweapon & Greatest Crime Against Humanity in World History – Forbidden Knowledge TV

==========================

11 May 2023.  Dr Scott Bennett is one of the most knowledgeable and credible specialists on US and related matters concerning politics, military and treasonous activities. Many articles explaining a wide range of past and current events are covered on the website Dr Bennett contributes to this excellent website: Welcome to Global Freedom TV!

This video present Scott Bennett’s recent views on the massive battle between the New World Order, Kadashian Mafia, US Democrats, UN, WHO and others against the forces for good (Patriots, White Hats etc.)

Breaking: US Army Psychological Warfare Officer Scott Bennett Issues Emergency Border Collapse Warning! – Alex Jones | War and Conflict | Before It’s News (beforeitsnews.com)

Also: Scott Bennett: White Hat Exposes All Truths (Video) | Alternative | Before It’s News (beforeitsnews.com)

==============================

11 May 2023. A four-minute video that explains the past evils of the British royal families, in particular the evil views, colleagues and statements from King Charles III: ??KING CHARLES & THE PLANS TO THROW THE POPULATION BACK TO THE 17TH CENTURY?? (bitchute.com)

===============================

4 May 2023 – Scott Ritter Extra Ep. 66: Ask the Inspector (Live from Irkutsk).  Scott Ritter describes what life and views are really about in Russia – the opposite of the lies and propaganda Western people read in their MSM.   Scott Ritter Extra Ep. 66: Ask the Inspector (Live from Irkutsk) – YouTube

================================

4 May 2023. Dr. Reiner Fuellmich conducts an exclusive interview with Barrie Trower, one of the best-known experts in the field of microwave radiation and frequencies, which have been researched and used as weapons in intelligence agencies since the early 1950s. Barrie Trower, a former career soldier in the Royal Navy and intelligence officer with MI5 and MI6 is a scientist and has also been a university lecturer. His knowledge in the field of microwave and 5G radiation is of considerable explosive nature and he feels obliged to bring it to the public, which, just like other whistleblowers, has already put him in life-threatening situations.

5G – Microwave as a Weapon – Part 1

https://rumble.com/v29987k-5g-microwave-as-a-weapon.html

In the second episode of ICIC titled “5G – Microwaves as a Weapon”, Dr. Reiner Fuellmich continues the revealing conversation with Barrie Trower, former career soldier in the Royal Navy and intelligence officer with MI5 and MI6 and one of the best known experts in the field of microwave radiation and frequencies. They delve into deeper areas of the uses of microwaves, frequencies, 5G, and biological and chemical weapons hidden from the gullible and unsuspecting public.

5G u Microwave as a Weapon – Part 2

https://rumble.com/v2a3cvq-5g-microwave-as-a-weapon-part-2.html

===================================

10 April 2023. An extremely moving and erudite 20-minute speech that explains that allowing others to take responsibility, as Himmler did during WWII, does not remove actual responsibility, as demonstrated during the Nuremberg trials. National Citizens Inquiry (NCI | CeNC) on Twitter: “#NCI Opening Statements | Day 3 Toronto Mr. Buckley’s opening remarks on Day 3 of the #Toronto hearings are a wake-up call to the potential dangers of losing personal responsibility and accountability. Are we being manipulated and controlled in Canada? Is our beloved nation… ” / Twitter .

For more see the website (20+) National Citizens Inquiry | Facebook

===========================

19 Mar 2023: Editor’s note: this 105-minute interview is one of the most interesting videos I’ve ever watched. Jean Claude and Janine interview Australia One leader Riccardo Bosi covering many aspects of the world situation and the basis of good and evil as well as a thought-provoking tarot reading for Bosi: AustraliaOne Party – Jean-Claude and Tarot by Janine Interview Riccardo Bosi (rumble.com)

===============================

19 Mar 2023:  Jean Claude (Jean-Claude@BeyondMystic (rumble.com) ) interviews Clif High and Rafi Farber about the current financial  and financial situation, including the coming financial crash and reversal of ‘woke’ism’. New Clif High: Trump Arrest Imminent! The End Game – The Last Round & Rafi Farber & Jean-Claude@BeyondMystic | Prophecy | Before It’s News (beforeitsnews.com)

==============================

13 Mar 2023: More on the bio-weapon horror story.  Russian military chief presents evidence that US Department of Defence and many Western bio-weapon laboratories are producing more deadly products – New Maria Zeee & Aussie Cossack: The Russian Military Just Dropped Huge Truth Bombs on the Entire World! You Will Be Shocked! | Prophecy | Before It’s News (beforeitsnews.com)

=============================

12 Mar 2023: Mel K interviews Australian Maria Zeee to discuss how the Australian Government has driven the country towards a dystopian future using the Covid19 fraud as a pretence, focusing on the weaponisation of the World  Health Organisation:   Mel K & Maria Zeee | The Weaponization of the WHO | 3-9-23 – The Mel K Show

‘PC’, ‘Woke’ Orwellian censorship – 1984, official lies, media lies, ‘socialism’, death of freedom

Many from the ‘Left’, progressives, Cultural Marxists and activists keep trying to stymie democracy and the individual with their shrill, often illogical, Orwellian and ideological views and variations of mind control.  Orwell’s 1984 Ministry of Truth is alive and well. The following articles provide evidence.

Links to more articles follow the four below

 

The ‘official’ lies about World War II

The ‘official’ lies about World War II  From RealNewsandHistory, 16 March 2025

Editor’s note: Click on the link at the end of this article to see the full article with graphics.

Enter the word “appeasement” into a Google Search browser, and then click on “Images.” You will see image after image after image of UK Prime Minister Neville Chamberlain, whose very name has long since become synonymous with “appeasement” and weakness in the face of a bully.

As the tiresome cliched story vomited out ad nauseam by the High Priests of circle-jerk Quackademia goes, Chamberlain “appeased” The Great One (that’s Hitler for all you newbies & normies) at the Munich Conference (September 1938) by handing over Czechoslovakia to his domination. War was thus temporarily averted, but Hitler was now emboldened by Chamberlain’s “appeasement.”

 

During this time, Jewish & Globalist warmongers in Great Britain are maneuvering Britain into a war against Germany. The Czechoslovakia-Sudetenland controversy is the perfect “hot spot” to get the war started.  In an attempt to force Hitler’s hand, Czech Marxists intensify their abuse of the helpless Germans.

Meanwhile, the degenerate, drunken, cigar chomping Winston Churchill denounces Neville Chamberlain, “You were given the choice between war and dishonor. You chose dishonor and you will have war.” Churchill said. British historian David Irving later discovered that the warmongering Czech government had been secretly funneling money to the warmongering Churchill, who was plotting to replace Chamberlain.

 

In Defense of Neville Chamberlain

====================

Leading KC slams infiltration of New Zealand’s sham ‘indigenous law

 Editor’s note: click in above link to see PDF copy that includes some pictures.

Leading KC slams infiltration of New Zealand’s sham ‘indigenous law’  From Cairns News, 28 February 2025

Rawiri Waititi MP, of the Maori Party, which he says, plans “not to be a part of this system but to create our own”.

NEW Zealand is a basket case example of the work of UNDRIP – the United Nations Declaration of the Rights of Indigenous People. The country is under attack by indigenous extremists who essentially want the nation ruled by an indigenous dictatorship.

This has been all but admitted in Parliament by Maori Party MP Rawiri Waititi, a tattoo-covered racist loon who likes to parade himself around with a cowboy hat and oversized tribal ornaments around his neck.

Waititi’s demands for an all-Maori electoral is based on his warped understanding of the Treaty of Waitangi, in which most of the Maori tribal chiefs of the early to mid-1800s knowingly ceded sovereignty to the Crown of England and it’s colonial representatives.

Waititi exploits the cultural-Marxist indigenist claptrap taught in NZ schools and universities – the idea that the English and other colonists were simply intent in undertaking genocide against the Maori population. It was the Maori themselves who undertook genocide against the earlier inhabitants, the Moriori, who were forced to flee to the Chatham Islands.

Indigenism was put on steroids by ex-Prime Minister Jacinda Ardern, and the country’s university law schools now require that students qualify not only in law, but “tikanga”, defined by Wikipedia as, quote: “a M?ori term for M?ori law, customary law, attitudes and principles, and also for the indigenous legal system which all iwi abided by prior to the colonisation of New Zealand.”

There was no indigenous legal system comparable to that which had been established in Britain over the centuries. Maori law was tribal law, enforced by the tribal leaders, who fought with other tribal leaders for territorial dominance.

NZ First leader Winston Peters and other Maori on the conservative side of politics, not having a bar of this modern indigenist baloney, ran a fairly successful election campaign on it and related issues, as did David Seymour of the libertarian Act Party, who wanted a restatement of Treaty of Waitangi principles put to a referendum.

Both parties went into coalition with the Opposition National Party who needed their numbers to run the Parliament. But the latter, especially its leader Christopher Luxon, were a bitter disappointment. Luxon has turned out to be little more than a globalist turncoat, a CEO-technocrat and banker’s yes man.

The best that Luxon’s team could do to stem the indigenist tide was to end the renaming of government departments in Maori. Even now, the foreign, English-speaking visitor to New Zealand is faced with a bewildering array of Maori language when trying to negotiate a government website or document.

Peters meanwhile has come out in strong support of a leading Kiwi KC Gary Judd, who filed a complaint against the compulsory teaching of Maori customs and language in law schools.

“Tikanga is not law. It is cultural indoctrination,” Peters posted on X last week. “A senior, highly respected King’s Counsel with decades of experience in our law courts, Gary Judd KC, has filed a complaint about compulsory tikanga M?ori studies for law students – highlighting the utter depths of absurdity this woke cultural madness has taken our society.

“The tikanga regulations will compel law students to be taught that a system, which does not conform with the rule of law, is nevertheless law which should be observed and applied. As Judd KC points out in his complaint, tikanga is not law.

“Law students should not be force fed this kind of woke indoctrination from some culture warrior’s slanted version of what tikanga means.”

Peters noted with disgust that the Dean of the AUT (Auckland University of Technology) Law School, Kylee Quince, funded by the taxpayer, “decided to typically stoop to a gutter level and call Judd an ‘old racist dinosaur’ who should ‘die quietly in the corner’.”

“This is from someone who is in charge of teaching our law students. How has this kind of insipid, cancerous, woke indoctrination taken a hold within our education system?” he asked.

Judd KC pointed out what is written in law, and said it was ridiculous to require students be indoctrinated with “irrelevant cultural interpretations having no reason, being part of a law degree.”

“Someone in Quince’s position, with this septic and out of touch modus operandi, raises the question of the proper use of taxpayer funding. She does not represent New Zealand or what we expect in our tertiary institutions,” said Peters.

Peters, at various speaking engagements around the country, has expressed alarm at the cultural revolution happening within NZ, the same cultural revolution being turned on its head by President Trump.

===============================

The Biden nuclear official who stole women’s luggage at airports

The Biden nuclear official who stole women’s luggage at airports  From CairnsNews.com, 22 February 2025

 Editor’s note: click on link above to view PDF file that shows graphics.  This would be hilarious if it wasn’t so serious.

Sam Brinton, who the Biden administration trusted with nuclear secrets. He was convicted on multiple charges of stealing women’s luggage at airports.

Date: February 22, 2025Author: Editor, cairnsnews6 Comments

A male with this appearance might normally be called a clown, but in the case of Sam Brinton, he was the ideal DEI appointment.

WELCOME to the sad story of Sam Brinton, who made some headlines in mid-2022 when he was appointed to lead nuclear waste policy at the US Department of Energy’s (DOE) Office of Nuclear Energy as a “nonbinary gender-fluid person who uses they/them pronouns”.

We have been led to believe by the governments of the global liberal order that such persons should not only be accepted but celebrated, and further, deliberately placed in prominent jobs to ensure workplace diversity, equity and inclusivity (DEI).

So enter Sam Brinton, apparent nuclear waste expert, who for some unknown reasons, thinks dressing up like a drag queen and calling himself “non-binary gender-fluid” is going to help his prospects in life.

Such persons, if seen on the street, would normally be dismissed as some sort of gag or joke, or a pitiable person with a personality disorder desperately seeking attention. Fox show host Greg Gutfeld was less gracious, describing Brinton as a “frickin nutjob”.

The matter of serious personality disorder should surely have been foremost in the minds of the people at the Office of Nuclear Energy who hired this clown. But no, Brinton was to be celebrated and promoted and a sure-fire DEI appointment.

But by July, only a month or so in his position as a leading US nuclear official, Brinton felt the urge to steal women’s luggage at airports. In October police charged Brinton with stealing baggage worth a total of $2325 from the luggage carousel at the Minneapolis-St. Paul Airport after flying in from Washington, D.C., on September 16.

Then in early December 2022, Las Vegas prosecutors charged Brinton with grand larceny of an item valued between $1,200 and $5,000. Police accused Brinton of stealing a suitcase with a total estimated worth of $3,670 on July 6, 2022, at Harry Reid International Airport in Las Vegas. The bag contained jewelry valued at $1,700, clothing worth $850 and makeup valued at $500.

Brinton was on an official taxpayer-funded trip to the Nevada National Security Site in Las Vegas at the time of the alleged Las Vegas theft.

Then, in February 2023, following reports of those two cases, a female Tanzanian fashion designer based in Houston told Fox News Digital that articles of clothing Brinton had been photographed wearing were in her luggage that went missing in Washington, D.C., in 2018. Brinton was arrested by Maryland and Metropolitan Washington Airports Authority police officers over the allegations.

The story did not appear to make it to news reports in Australia, probably because CNN only reported it once in December 2022, with the headline “Top Energy Department official no longer employed after luggage theft accusations”. CNN is the official ABC partner for US news.

In a recent interview CNN anchor Pamela Brown insisted she knew nothing about Sam Brinton after the congressman Tim Burchett mentioned his case.

“You talk about nuclear secrets, you had a person who was in charge of nuclear secrets, a man, who dressed up as a woman, would go into the airport and steal women’s luggage, was overseeing those nuclear secrets under the Biden administration and I never heard y’all say a peep about that,” Burchett said.

Meanwhile Australian politicians, journalists, academics and the gay and Jew lobbies will lecture us against the “immorality” of discriminating against people like Sam Brinton who exhibit extreme personality disorders while claiming to be “nonbinary gender-fluid” persons who should be referred to with the pronouns they and them – as if that confers some sort of special privilege.

In fact these politicians have made it illegal to express hate towards such persons – even when they steal your luggage or flaunt themselves before your children? Oh dear, how dare anyone “hate”. Perhaps we should confess any hateful thoughts we have before government tribunals as “hate crimes”.

It’s Orwellian to the core, but political clowns like Albanese, Dutton and their premiers would bend over backward and insert their own heads into their anuses if some gay or ethnic lobby group or media told them it was the right thing to do.

In December 2022, the DOE announced Brinton had departed the agency but declined to comment on the reason.

Brinton was able to escape jail time in all three instances but to enter an adult diversion program in relation to the Minnesota charge. Under the adult diversion program, Brinton was required to have a mental health evaluation, write a letter of apology to the victim, return any stolen property and complete three days of community service.

He was also ordered to pay $3,671 to a victim and $500 in additional fees, including a criminal fine, in the alleged Las Vegas theft. Clark County Judge Ann Zimmerman then handed Brinton a 180-day suspended jail sentence, a sentence that doesn’t need to be served, and ordered Brinton to “stay out of trouble.”

===============================

Vice President JD Vance’s Munich Speech

 

Vice President JD Vance’s Munich Speech reminds Western Leaders what it takes to uphold a Free and Just Democracy

Vice President JD Vance’s Munich Speech  From Sarah Westall, 17 February 2025

Below is the entire speech delivered by Vice President JD Vance in Munich on Friday, February 14th. The below speech is posted from Youtube which ironically has banned and cancelled thousands of channels, including mine while posting a hypocritically mission: “Our mission is to give everyone a voice and show them the world. We believe that everyone deserves to have a voice, and that the world is a better place when we listen, share and build community through our stories.”

Perhaps leadership displayed below by Vice President Vance will awaken the dormant principles of freedom, liberty and basic civility in the leaders at Youtube, Google, CBS (which aired the video below on Youtube) and many others. Upholding traditional American values of freedom relies on people waking up from their slumber and realizing what it truly means to be a leader in a “free” and civilized country.

Consider sharing this post

Share

Full Transcript:

One of the things that I wanted to talk about today is, of course, our shared values. And, you know, it’s great to be back in Germany. As you heard earlier, I was here last year as United States senator. I saw Foreign Secretary David Lammy, and joked that both of us last year had different jobs than we have now. But now it’s time for all of our countries, for all of us who have been fortunate enough to be given political power by our respective peoples, to use it wisely to improve their lives.

And I want to say that I was fortunate in my time here to spend some time outside the walls of this conference over the last 24 hours, and I’ve been so impressed by the hospitality of the people even, of course, as they’re reeling from yesterday’s horrendous attack. And, the first time I was ever in Munich was with my wife, actually, who’s here with me today, on a personal trip. And I’ve always loved the city of Munich, and I’ve always loved its people.

I just want to say that we’re very moved, and our thoughts and prayers are with Munich and everybody affected by the evil inflicted on this beautiful community. We’re thinking about you, we’re praying for you, and we will certainly be rooting for you in the days and weeks to come.

Thank you. I hope that’s not the last bit of applause that I get.

We gather at this conference, of course, to discuss security. And normally we mean threats to our external security. I see many, many great military leaders gathered here today. But while the Trump administration is very concerned with European security and believes that we can come to a reasonable settlement between Russia and Ukraine — and we also believe that it’s important in the coming years for Europe to step up in a big way to provide for its own defense — the threat that I worry the most about vis-a-vis Europe is not Russia, it’s not China, it’s not any other external actor. What I worry about is the threat from within. The retreat of Europe from some of its most fundamental values: values shared with the United States of America.

I was struck that a former European commissioner went on television recently and sounded delighted that the Romanian government had just annulled an entire election. He warned that if things don’t go to plan, the very same thing could happen in Germany too.

Now, these cavalier statements are shocking to American ears. For years we’ve been told that everything we fund and support is in the name of our shared democratic values. Everything from our Ukraine policy to digital censorship is billed as a defense of democracy. But when we see European courts cancelling elections and senior officials threatening to cancel others, we ought to ask whether we’re holding ourselves to an appropriately high standard. And I say ourselves, because I fundamentally believe that we are on the same team.

We must do more than talk about democratic values. We must live them. Now, within living memory of many of you in this room, the Cold War positioned defenders of democracy against much more tyrannical forces on this continent. And consider the side in that fight that censored dissidents, that closed churches, that cancelled elections. Were they the good guys? Certainly not.

And thank God they lost the Cold War. They lost because they neither valued nor respected all of the extraordinary blessings of liberty, the freedom to surprise, to make mistakes, invent, to build. As it turns out, you can’t mandate innovation or creativity, just as you can’t force people what to think, what to feel, or what to believe. And we believe those things are certainly connected. And unfortunately, when I look at Europe today, it’s sometimes not so clear what happened to some of the cold war’s winners.

I look to Brussels, where EU Commission commissars warned citizens that they intend to shut down social media during times of civil unrest: the moment they spot what they’ve judged to be “hateful content.” Or to this very country where police have carried out raids against citizens suspected of posting anti-feminist comments online as part of “combating misogyny” on the internet.

I look to Sweden, where two weeks ago, the government convicted a Christian activist for participating in Quran burnings that resulted in his friend’s murder. And as the judge in his case chillingly noted, Sweden’s laws to supposedly protect free expression do not, in fact, grant — and I’m quoting — a “free pass” to do or say anything without risking offending the group that holds that belief.

And perhaps most concerningly, I look to our very dear friends, the United Kingdom, where the backslide away from conscience rights has placed the basic liberties of religious Britons in particular in the crosshairs. A little over two years ago, the British government charged Adam Smith Conner, a 51-year-old physiotherapist and an Army veteran, with the heinous crime of standing 50 metres from an abortion clinic and silently praying for three minutes, not obstructing anyone, not interacting with anyone, just silently praying on his own. After British law enforcement spotted him and demanded to know what he was praying for, Adam replied simply, it was on behalf of his unborn son.

He and his former girlfriend had aborted years before. Now the officers were not moved. Adam was found guilty of breaking the government’s new Buffer Zones Law, which criminalises silent prayer and other actions that could influence a person’s decision within 200 metres of an abortion facility. He was sentenced to pay thousands of pounds in legal costs to the prosecution.

Now, I wish I could say that this was a fluke, a one-off, crazy example of a badly written law being enacted against a single person. But no. This last October, just a few months ago, the Scottish government began distributing letters to citizens whose houses lay within so-called safe access zones, warning them that even private prayer within their own homes may amount to breaking the law. Naturally, the government urged readers to report any fellow citizens suspected guilty of thought crime in Britain and across Europe.

Free speech, I fear, is in retreat and in the interests of comedy, my friends, but also in the interest of truth, I will admit that sometimes the loudest voices for censorship have come not from within Europe, but from within my own country, where the prior administration threatened and bullied social media companies to censor so-called misinformation. Misinformation, like, for example, the idea that coronavirus had likely leaked from a laboratory in China. Our own government encouraged private companies to silence people who dared to utter what turned out to be an obvious truth.

So I come here today not just with an observation, but with an offer. And just as the Biden administration seemed desperate to silence people for speaking their minds, so the Trump administration will do precisely the opposite, and I hope that we can work together on that.

In Washington, there is a new sheriff in town. And under Donald Trump’s leadership, we may disagree with your views, but we will fight to defend your right to offer them in the public square. Now, we’re at the point, of course, that the situation has gotten so bad that this December, Romania straight up canceled the results of a presidential election based on the flimsy suspicions of an intelligence agency and enormous pressure from its continental neighbours.

Now, as I understand it, the argument was that Russian disinformation had infected the Romanian elections. But I’d ask my European friends to have some perspective. You can believe it’s wrong for Russia to buy social media advertisements to influence your elections. We certainly do. You can condemn it on the world stage, even. But if your democracy can be destroyed with a few hundred thousand dollars of digital advertising from a foreign country, then it wasn’t very strong to begin with.

Now, the good news is that I happen to think your democracies are substantially less brittle than many people apparently fear.

And I really do believe that allowing our citizens to speak their mind will make them stronger still. Which, of course, brings us back to Munich, where the organizers of this very conference have banned lawmakers representing populist parties on both the left and the right from participating in these conversations. Now, again, we don’t have to agree with everything or anything that people say. But when political leaders represent an important constituency, it is incumbent upon us to at least participate in dialogue with them.

Now, to many of us on the other side of the Atlantic, it looks more and more like old entrenched interests hiding behind ugly Soviet era words like misinformation and disinformation, who simply don’t like the idea that somebody with an alternative viewpoint might express a different opinion or, God forbid, vote a different way, or even worse, win an election.

Now, this is a security conference, and I’m sure you all came here prepared to talk about how exactly you intend to increase defense spending over the next few years in line with some new target. And that’s great, because as President Trump has made abundantly clear, he believes that our European friends must play a bigger role in the future of this continent. We don’t think you hear this term “burden sharing,” but we think it’s an important part of being in a shared alliance together that the Europeans step up while America focuses on areas of the world that are in great danger.

But let me also ask you, how will you even begin to think through the kinds of budgeting questions if we don’t know what it is that we are defending in the first place? I’ve heard a lot already in my conversations, and I’ve had many, many great conversations with many people gathered here in this room. I’ve heard a lot about what you need to defend yourselves from, and of course that’s important. But what has seemed a little bit less clear to me, and certainly I think to many of the citizens of Europe, is what exactly it is that you’re defending yourselves for. What is the positive vision that animates this shared security compact that we all believe is so important?

I believe deeply that there is no security if you are afraid of the voices, the opinions and the conscience that guide your very own people. Europe faces many challenges. But the crisis this continent faces right now, the crisis I believe we all face together, is one of our own making. If you’re running in fear of your own voters, there is nothing America can do for you. Nor for that matter, is there anything that you can do for the American people who elected me and elected President Trump. You need democratic mandates to accomplish anything of value in the coming years.

Have we learned nothing, that thin mandates produce unstable results? But there is so much of value that can be accomplished with the kind of democratic mandate that I think will come from being more responsive to the voices of your citizens. If you’re going to enjoy competitive economies, if you’re going to enjoy affordable energy and secure supply chains, then you need mandates to govern because you have to make difficult choices to enjoy all of these things.

And of course, we know that very well. In America, you cannot win a democratic mandate by censoring your opponents or putting them in jail. Whether that’s the leader of the opposition, a humble Christian praying in her own home, or a journalist trying to report the news. Nor can you win one by disregarding your basic electorate on questions like, who gets to be a part of our shared society.

And of all the pressing challenges that the nations represented here face, I believe there is nothing more urgent than mass migration. Today, almost one in five people living in this country moved here from abroad. That is, of course, an all time high. It’s a similar number, by the way, in the United States, also an all time high. The number of immigrants who entered the EU from non-EU countries doubled between 2021 and 2022 alone. And of course, it’s gotten much higher since.

And we know the situation. It didn’t materialize in a vacuum. It’s the result of a series of conscious decisions made by politicians all over the continent, and others across the world, over the span of a decade. We saw the horrors wrought by these decisions yesterday in this very city. And of course, I can’t bring it up again without thinking about the terrible victims who had a beautiful winter day in Munich ruined. Our thoughts and prayers are with them and will remain with them. But why did this happen in the first place?

It’s a terrible story, but it’s one we’ve heard way too many times in Europe, and unfortunately too many times in the United States as well. An asylum seeker, often a young man in his mid-20s, already known to police, rams a car into a crowd and shatters a community. Unity. How many times must we suffer these appalling setbacks before we change course and take our shared civilization in a new direction? No voter on this continent went to the ballot box to open the floodgates to millions of unvetted immigrants. But you know what they did vote for? In England, they voted for Brexit. And agree or disagree, they voted for it. And more and more all over Europe, they are voting for political leaders who promise to put an end to out-of-control migration. Now, I happen to agree with a lot of these concerns, but you don’t have to agree with me.

I just think that people care about their homes, they care about their dreams, they care about their safety and their capacity to provide for themselves and their children.

And they’re smart. I think this is one of the most important things I’ve learned in my brief time in politics. Contrary to what you might hear a couple of mountains over in Davos, the citizens of all of our nations don’t generally think of themselves as educated animals or as interchangeable cogs of a global economy. And it’s hardly surprising that they don’t want to be shuffled about or relentlessly ignored by their leaders. And it is the business of democracy to adjudicate these big questions at the ballot box.

I believe that dismissing people, dismissing their concerns or worse yet, shutting down media, shutting down elections or shutting people out of the political process protects nothing. In fact, it is the most surefire way to destroy democracy. Speaking up and expressing opinions isn’t election interference. Even when people express views outside your own country, and even when those people are very influential. And trust me, I say this with all humor — if American democracy can survive ten years of Greta Thunberg’s scolding you guys can survive a few months of Elon Musk.

But what no democracy — American, German or European — will survive, is telling millions of voters that their thoughts and concerns, their aspirations, their pleas for relief, are invalid or unworthy of even being considered.

Democracy rests on the sacred principle that the voice of the people matters. There is no room for firewalls. You either uphold the principle or you don’t. Europeans, the people have a voice. Europeans, the people have a choice. European leaders have a choice. And my strong belief is that we do not need to be afraid of the future.

Embrace what your people tell you, even when it’s surprising, even when you don’t agree. And if you do so, you can face the future with certainty and with confidence, knowing that the nation stands behind each of you. And that, to me, is the great magic of democracy. It’s not in these stone buildings or beautiful hotels. It’s not even in the great institutions that we built together as a shared society.

To believe in democracy is to understand that each of our citizens has wisdom and has a voice. And if we refuse to listen to that voice, even our most successful fights will secure very little. As Pope John Paul II, in my view, one of the most extraordinary champions of democracy on this continent or any other, once said: “Do not be afraid.”

We shouldn’t be afraid of our people even when they express views that disagree with their leadership.

Thank you all. Good luck to all of you. God bless you.

===========================

The era of the West is over

 

The era of the West is over  From Herland Report, via CairnsNews.com, 9 February 2025

Globalists, who intend the destruction of sovereign nations, such as the US and Australia have labelled concerns with mass immigration to be racism as a way of discrediting the concerns and preventing discussion of the threat. 

Total destruction of sovereign nations: Immigrant-invaders, or as the euphemisms “refugees” and “asylum seekers” label them, are used to overwhelm ethnic nationalities and turn them into towers of babel in which there are no common interests, values, morals, religion, or culture.

A tower of babel is not a nation.  At best it is a geographical location, but it is not even that if it has no borders, which the US and Europe do not have, writes Dr. Paul Craig Roberts, chairman of The Institute for Political Economy, former associate editor of the Wall Street Journal, author of many books and a regular contributor to The Herland Report.

Total destruction of sovereign nations: Advocates of open borders say that the US is a nation of immigrants.  But they don’t say that it was controlled immigration consisting of immigrants from white European countries who as a condition of admittance had to learn English, pass an exam on the US Constitution, and integrate themselves into the existing society and culture.

They were not allowed to set up separate cultures, and businesses answered the phone only in English.  Additionally, the immigration was periodically halted in order to allow time for assimilation before accepting more immigrants.

Today millions of non-white people from unrelated cultures walk across the border every year.  Businesses answer telephones in Spanish and English.

Total destruction of sovereign nations: Federal agencies respond to 40 or more foreign languages.  Separate cultures with non-Christian religions exist as independent entities, and a system of preferences that favors non-white people has been institutionalized.

Number 1 Bestseller on Amazon: “The Billionaire World. How Marxism serves the Elite” is the latest book by Hanne Herland. Do not miss it! Buy it here!

In other words the society, politics, and culture of the ethnic nationalities that created what formerly was a nation are being erased.

Recently two federal judges born in India ruled against President Trump, a ruling that violates both the Constitution and powers of the President.

In education, health care, business, and government power is passing out of the hands of the ethnic majority that created the nation.  Great Britain has an Indian prime minister. The London mayor is a Muslim.

The CEO of IBM, Arvind Krishna is an Indian.  He pulled IBM ads from X, accusing Elon Musk of racism, and he announced that he will fire, demote, or strip bonuses from IBM managers who don’t hire enough blacks, Hispanics, and Muslims, or who hire too many Asians and whites.

The communications director of Red Hat, an IBM subsidiary, said that Red Hat had terminated employees because they weren’t willing to engage in racial discrimination through hiring and promotion quotas.

Hiring, promotion, and “inclusion” quotas are violations of Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, and they are unconstitutional under the US Constitution and its amendments, such as the 14th.

But notice that the Indian running IBM has no hesitancy about using his power to force IBM executives and managers to violate US law and Constitution in order to advance “preferred minorities” at the expense of members of the white ethnic majority and Asians.

This is what happens when a nation ceases to require assimilation.  The CEO of IBM is an unassimilated immigrant who has no respect for US law or the US Constitution.

An article by Ian Henderson in Chronicles magazine in July, 2022, showed that, unlike Western governments, both Russia and China protect the ethnic culture from immigrants and prevent cultural destruction by Woke ideologues and moral destruction by sexual perverts.

Henderson points out that the Chinese Communist Party (CCP) “strongly upholds traditional views on gender roles, race, sexuality, and family—more so than the Republican Party or mainstream conservatives in America.

Total destruction of sovereign nations: A major example of China’s conservatism is the CCP’s view on LGBTQ rights. Same-sex couples are unable to marry or adopt, and households headed by such couples are ineligible for the same legal protections available to heterosexual couples, and no anti-discrimination protections exist for LGBTQ people.

Contrast these policies with the views of mainstream American conservatism, which now seems deeply committed to gay marriage, an institution enthusiastically endorsed by the likes of National Review and the National Conservatism Conference.”

“In short, Chinese leaders seek to promote masculinity and strength, and to uphold and expand their inherited Han civilization.

They feel they cannot do that with homosexuals, transgenders, or feminists running government institutions and the military—or even exerting influence over forms of entertainment.”

“Another way that the CCP tries to protect its youth is by a recently mandated limit of three hours per week for online gaming and by prohibiting it altogether during school days. The CCP has further mandated that game developers must submit new titles for government approval before their release, and the developers are encouraged to include nationalistic themes.

“Instead of allowing their youth to descend into unlimited virtual gaming, the government has financially backed fitness and discipline camps (akin to Boy Scouts on steroids) for elementary, middle, and high school–aged boys. While this may seem drastic, the CCP leadership sees these moves as necessary to prevent China’s youth from becoming like the West’s increasingly feminized and entitled generation, who prioritize trans rights, political correctness, and diversity over the preservation of national identity and inherited social mores.”

Russia also “has strict laws limiting homosexual expression and supporting traditional gender roles, Christian morals, and national identity.” Russia’s strong immigration laws have widespread support.

In short, “Self-hatred in the form of questioning societal mores, gender roles, the concepts of parenthood and family, national identity, and so forth, seems to be a uniquely Western, postmodern phenomenon. After centuries of the glacial advance of liberalization, the West’s embrace of cultural Marxism, guilt, and self-hatred sprang into existence with the countercultural movement of the 1960s, snowballing into feminism, LGBTQ rights, and the rejection of the nuclear family. This upheaval, coupled with almost unrestricted immigration, degraded the religious and cultural components of the older Western order and brought forth a disjointed, multicultural America.”

In contrast to the enfeebled, feminized, deracinated culture that characterizes the entirety of the Western world, China and Russia uphold a strong, masculine, traditional culture and protect it from deracination.

It is completely obvious that the era of the West is over.

========================

PEACE Hero John Pilger: Afflicter of the Powerful

 

PEACE Hero John Pilger. Afflicter of the Powerful  From Joe Lauria, Consortium News, 2 January 2025

Editor’s note: Click on link above to view the PDF file that includes graphics not shown in the text below. The article notes Julian Assange should be viewed in the same light as another of the best journalists in recent times.

John Pilger is one of the world’s greatest Peace Heroes, journalists, authors, and film makers, from way back, deserving of recognition and press!

 

https://scheerpost.com/2024/12/31/john-pilger-afflicter-of-the-powerful/

John Pilger: Afflicter of the Powerful

John Pilger in his film, Palestine Is Still the Issue (johnpilger.com)

By Joe Lauria / Consortium News

During a lifetime of extraordinary journalism on both paper and the screen, John Pilger, who died one year ago on Monday, showed the world the suffering caused by U.S.-led aggression in mostly poor nations that had the temerity to hinder Washington’s path to global dominance.

In his many extraordinary films, books and articles, Pilger filled in what corporate media purposely left out: the industrial-scale human casualties of governments that dare call themselves democracies.

Pilger was simply doing his job as a reporter. What made him stand out exceptionally were herds of journalists not doing theirs.

And what is their job? To reveal the depravations of the powerful that result in the deprivations of the weak.  If there was an essence to Pilger’s work it was this: he connected Whitehall, White House and Wall Street decisions to the wasting of innocent lives a world away.

This is searingly portrayed in a scene from his film Year Zero: The Silent Death of Cambodia (1979) about the aftermath of the Khmer Rouge’s genocide. Pilger says:

“These children are the end of a process begun by impeccable politicians who took their decisions at great distance from the results of their savagery. Their style may have been different from Pol Pot, but the effect was the same. The bombs are like falling rain, wrote a child in 1973, a year in which the tonnage of bombs dropped on Cambodia exceeded by half the entire tonnage dropped on Japan in World War Two. …

William Shawcross, the British author, interviewed Prince Sihanouk last year. The two men, said Sihanouk, who are responsible for the tragedy in Cambodia today are Mr. Nixon and Dr. Kissinger. By expanding the war into my country, they killed a lot of Americans and many other people, and they created the Khmer Rouge.”

Corporate media masterfully obscures the link between the decisions of the people’s elected and unelected leaders, and the human destruction that follows. Omission, as Pilger pointed out many times, is at the heart of successful propaganda, especially as it is practiced by mainstream journalists and historians.

In his 1989 book, A Secret Country, he wrote:

“With the Aborigines written out, the Australian story seems apolitical, a faintly heroic tale of white man against Nature, of ‘national achievement’ devoid of blacks, women and other complicating factors. With the Aborigines in it, the story is completely different. It is a story of theft, dispossession and warfare, of massacre and resistance. It is a story every bit as rapacious as that of the United States, Spanish America, and colonial Africa and Asia.”

Perhaps a majority of Australians, Britons and Americans don’t want to know what’s omitted about the suffering caused by the leaders they vote for. But Pilger made them know. He revealed the gory consequences for the “other side” of the glory of war.

He answered the question too often not asked: What are Western taxpayers paying for in their involuntary contributions to their nations’ war machines? Since Vietnam, where John broke the story of U.S. grunts rebelling against their officers, (Vietnam: The Quiet Mutiny, 1970) until today, it has not been the triumph of aggression in winning wars.

Instead, citizens pay for massive deaths of peasants in dirt villages and workers in shanties in the interests of massively rich arms manufacturers, corporate predators and the politicians they buy off.

These are the victims Pilger gave voice to in his reporting: Vietnamese, Cambodians, Palestinians, Iraqis, First Nation Australians, Timorese, Chagossians and Marshall Islanders, the latter victims of U.S. experiments in radiation.

Add to the list Western workers after nearly half a century of the Thatcher-Reagan neoliberal revolution. From the start, Pilger saw the damage it would cause.  In an op-ed for The New York Times as early as 1980, he wrote:

(Click on image to see the full article)

He had already brought a working man’s story into the drawing rooms of the British middle class and elite who typically shunned such men in his 1971 film Conversations With a Working Man, chronicling a day in the life of a proud trade unionist before Thatcher’s devastation.

He was still telling the story of neoliberalism’s assault on British society nearly 50 years later in his 2019 film The Dirty War on the NHS.

US Dominance of Australia

Pilger was also keenly aware of the servile relationship of his native Australia to the United States.

The subservience of the Anthony Albanese government to the United States in its continuation of the AUKUS project, in which Australia will fork out billions of dollars for submarines it does not need, in order to protect itself from an enemy it does not have, would come as no surprise to readers of Pilger’s 1989 A Secret Country:

“Australia still has not gained true independence, as the historical record shows. We Australians  remain one of the most profoundly colonised of peoples and Australian sovereignty the goal of dreamers: a goal which other, usually poorer, countries have achieved, after struggle and bloodshed. It is a melancholy irony that Australians, proportionate to their numbers, have shed more battlefield blood than most, and that so much of this sacrifice has not been in the cause of independence, but in the service of an imperial master.

The Australian is to fight other people’s wars, against those with whom Australians have no quarrel and who offer no threat of invasion.”

First for Britain in the two world wars, and then for the U.S. in Vietnam, Afghanistan, Iraq and now apparently against China.

When a prime minister opposed Australia fighting in Vietnam and withdrew the troops, and for other sins of independence, he was overthrown by the C.I.A. and Buckingham Palace. Gough Whitlam was forced out in 1975, an event Pilger wrote about for years, including in Consortium News. 

An Unfortunate Need for Courage

There would be no need to affix the adjective “courageous” before “journalist” if Western governments functioned the way they purport to. But they don’t and no one in the past half century save Julian Assange deserves the adjective more than Pilger.

His courage was saying the unsayable in Western journalism. That there are unsayable things in the West is itself an indictment of the West’s hypocrisy, which no one in the past half century exposed more thoroughly than Assange and Pilger.

Like Assange, Pilger was hated and feared by Western rulers because he dared rip the cover off their lie of a being a benign influence in the world spreading democracy, rather than the death and destruction they feel are needed to secure their dominance.

A Master

Of course Pilger’s work isn’t special only because his craven and lazy competitors made him stand out. He didn’t only do the job they refused to do. He did it in a way they couldn’t, even if they’d wanted to.

What separated Pilger from today’s citizen journalists and Assange, whose courage in publishing damning documents landed him in prison, was that Pilger was a master researcher, writer, on-camera reporter, interviewer and interviewee — all the skills of traditional journalism with none of the political baggage of a corporate reporter.

Writer

He was an exceptional writer and stylist. Consider this description of his hometown:

“Not long ago Sydney was an impoverished city, whose working conditions were at times worse than the worst in England. The sweatshops of east Sydney, with their low wages, long night shifts and unsafe practices–unguarded machinery and floors so hot the soles peeled from your boots–produced an hypnotic routine from working lives.

Smoke from industrial chimneys blotted blue skies and congealed winter afternoons into premature night; and the silhouettes that moved along ribbons of tenement houses in the inner city might have been painted by L.S. Lowry. The repossessors, the bailiffs, the Dickensian sharpies, the man who sold props for backyard wash lines, were from lives on the edge.

At Central Station the rural poor, white and black, spilled out of the overnight mail trains that come from “out west,” the northern rivers and the southern tablelands, and dragged their cardboard cases, tied with string, to the hostels and a cheap hotel known as the People’s Palace. Here there were army surplus stores and greasy-spoon Chinese restaurants with newspaper tablecloths and tiled pubs from which people staggered or were thrown. …

Bondi was men coughing up their innards in a rush-hour tram because an entire Australian division was mustard-gassed on the Western Front. … Bondi was domestic trench warfare, with bodies thudding against thin walls, and a woman in an apron led bleeding to an ambulance: street entertainment for the young.” (A Secret Country)

Interviewer

Pilger was the consummate outsider confronting the insider on behalf of a fearful, confused and largely muted public. Consider this extraordinary interview he conducted with former C.I.A. agent Duane Clarridge.

Pilger spoke with a moral authority on camera, laced with appropriate irony and sarcasm. His films have a distinct language derived from the dramatic pace in which his stories unfold.

Interviewee

He was no pushover when being interviewed by the mainstream, as seen in this clip from TV New Zealand.

The Closing Space

John Pilger never changed, but the mainstream media did. It seems almost unfathomable today that he was permitted anywhere near a mainstream newspaper or television studio.

He said over and over again that in the days in which he began in journalism — from the early 1960s through the 1990s — there was a space in the mainstream for journalists like him. But it began closing 30 years ago and is now completely closed off.

Journalist Mick Hall wrote on CN:

“We live in a time of state surveillance and creeping restrictions on freedom of speech, where whistleblowers are criminalised and journalists like Julian Assange face persecution and life imprisonment. Self-censorship is strictly adhered to by media outlets, as narratives are shaped by a technocratic elite. Gone are the days when John Pilger was able to have a story attacking George W Bush and Tony Blair’s invasion of Iraq on the front page of the UK tabloid, the Daily Mirror.”  

John Pilger & Consortium News 

John recognized the greatness of Consortium News‘ founder, Robert Parry, and became a long-time friend of the publication. When I became editor in 2018 I invited him to join the newspaper’s board and was delighted when he accepted. Consortium News published many of his articles and he had very kind words for us.

Four months before he died, John tweeted:

“Having reported from across the world, I have rarely known anything approaching the dynamism and high standards of … Consortium [News]. If you yearn for an ‘old fashioned’ newspaper of the left, one with real news and authentic ethics, please support.”

Gary Webb Award

For his lifetime of extraordinary achievement Consortium News presented John with the Gary Webb Freedom of the Press Award. I was able to inform him of it just months before he died.

In presenting it to Jane Hill, a book editor and Pilger’s partner, on the stage of the British Film Institute on Oct. 28, I read the citation:

“Gary Webb, Freedom of the Press Award, 2023 winner John Richard Pilger, Journalist, Filmmaker, Author, For a lifetime of exposing injustice, afflicting the powerful and defending press freedom in his films, books and articles. Presented by the Consortium for Independent Journalism, publishers of Consortium News.”

Jane said:

“Thank you Joe.  John’s son Sam, his granddaughter Matilda and I are really proud to receive this from you. It’s a great honor, and it’s something we’ll absolutely cherish. News that he had won this prize came, as you know, not long before his death. And at a time of very great personal struggle. So it was a dark time.

“And I can’t tell you how uplifting it was and how moved and proud he was to receive the news that he had won this prize. And it was both because it was in the name of Gary Webb, a journalist, a courageous journalist he really did admire, and also because it was coming from Consortium News. I think John said to me many a time that Consortium was one of the last outposts of independent journalism.

It was a place unafraid to publish information and viewpoints increasingly excluded from the mainstream. So thank you, Joe. And as John would say, all power to you.”

About the origin of the award, Robert Parry wrote: The award is named in honor of investigative reporter Gary Webb who in 1996 courageously revived interest in one of the darkest scandals of the 1980s, the Reagan administration’s tolerance of cocaine trafficking by the C.I.A.-organized Nicaraguan Contra rebels who were fighting to overthrow Nicaragua’s leftist Sandinista government.

The Contra-Cocaine scandal was originally exposed by Associated Press reporters Robert Parry and Brian Barger in 1985, but the major U.S. newspapers accepted the Reagan administration’s denials and treated the story as a “conspiracy theory.”

So, when Webb revived the story in 1996 for The San Jose Mercury News and described how some of the Contra cocaine fueled the spread of crack across urban America, the major newspapers again rallied to the defense of the Contras and the Reagan administration’s legacy.

The assault on Webb was led by The New York Times, The Washington Post and The Los Angeles Times – and was so ferocious that Webb’s editors at the Mercury News sacrificed him to protect their own careers. Webb found himself cast out from the profession that he loved.

It didn’t even matter that an internal C.I.A. investigation by Inspector General Frederick Hitz confirmed, in 1998, that the C.I.A. was aware of the Contra cocaine trafficking but had put its goal of ousting the Sandinistas ahead of any responsibility to expose the Contra criminality.

Because of the false impression that Webb had manufactured a fake story, he remained unemployable in mainstream journalism. In 2004, with his life in tatters and his financial resources spent, Webb took his own life, a tragic casualty in the difficult fight for a truly free press in America, a press that doesn’t just rubber stamp government propaganda and accept official lies as truth.

Watch the presentation of John Pilger’s Gary Webb Award:

Please share this story and help us grow our network!

Joe Lauria

Joe Lauria is editor-in-chief of Consortium News and a former U.N. correspondent for The Wall Street Journal, Boston Globe, and numerous other newspapers, including The Montreal Gazette and The Star of Johannesburg. He was an investigative reporter for the Sunday Times of London, a financial reporter for Bloomberg News and began his professional work as a 19-year old stringer for The New York Times.  He can be reached at joelauria@consortiumnews.com and followed on Twitter @unjoe

Editor’s Note: At a moment when the once vaunted model of responsible journalism is overwhelmingly the play thing of self-serving billionaires and their corporate scribes, alternatives of integrity are desperately needed, and we are one of them. Please support our independent journalism by contributing to our online donation platform, Network for Good, or send a check to our new PO Box. We can’t thank you enough, and promise to keep bringing you this kind of vital news.

Donate Online

Send a Check

You can also make a donation to our PayPal or subscribe to our Patreon.

 

Attachments area

Preview YouTube video John_Pilger – Cambodia (Year Zero)

John_Pilger – Cambodia (Year Zero)

============================================

Gold, Kamala, Trump, Control, Cash, Murder & Water – Catherine Austin Fitts

Gold, Kamala, Trump, Control, Cash, Murder & Water – Catherine Austin Fitts  By Greg Hunter On October 19, 2024 In Market AnalysisPolitical Analysis

By Greg Hunter’s USAWatchdog.com (Saturday Night Post)

Catherine Austin Fitts (CAF), Publisher of The Solari Report, financial expert and former Assistant Secretary of Housing (Bush 41 Admin.), gives her take on gold, Kamala, Trump, control, cash, murder and water.  On gold’s rocket rise, CAF says, “Gold is very important.  We divide gold into two positions:  Your ‘core’ position and your ‘investment’ position. . . . Right now, gold looks phenomenally attractive as a core position.  It is also attractive as an investment position.”

Why the big move up now?  CAF says, “Part of it is the incredible monetary policies and the monetary inflation coming from the central banks.  The other is too many people are watching government implode in a variety of different ways, and people are saying I want a core position in gold.  We are also seeing the BRICs . . . and seeing states in the US move to put gold and silver in a position to be used as a currency.  So, we are watching people put monetary reserves in gold and monetary liquidity in gold.  That is happening steadily, and more and more people are saying they need a percentage of their assets in gold. . . . We are in a long-term bull market in gold.”

On Kamala Harris, the operative word is “meltdown.”  CAF says, “Kamala is in, what we call in a campaign, a ‘meltdown.’  If you look at the current meltdown, I am baffled because why would somebody with her characteristics be made the nominee?  You are talking about major donors putting major money behind her.  Why would they spend that much money if there were serious holes in her vetting and she is inclined to melt down this way?  It’s kind of baffling.”

On Trump, what is the first thing he should do if re-elected?  CAF says, “He should stop the poisoning of the American people.  This is one of the reasons we did this issue on water.  The American people are being poisoned. . . . I travel a lot by car.  I see deterioration in the air, in the water, in the food–they are being poisoned.  And, of course, the big one is the CV19 vaccines.  Vaccines are poisoning Americans.  There was just a big ruling against putting fluoride poison being added to municipal water supplies.  One of the things you can do is to march down to your city or county and tell them to stop wasting money on putting poison in your water.  If you reverse that, it is one important action you can take.”

The Deep State and central bankers want total control of your money and your life.  Fitts says this is why she started pushing the use of cash instead of digital transactions.  She calls it “Make Cash Great Again.” . . . If we don’t fix the finances from an actuarial standpoint, they are going to continue to delay benefits or lower life expectancy, and that is what they are doing.  They are balancing the books by lowering life expectancy.”

One way to lower life expectancy is to inject people with a so-called vaccine that is really a bioweapon that murders and disables people.  That is exactly what happened with the CV19 vax, and the deaths or murders are still piling up.  CAF says, “You can cut back on the fraudulent rackets, or you can cut back on the people.”  They are cutting back on the people by any measure.

There is much more in the 54-minute interview.

Join Greg Hunter of USAWatchdog.com as he goes One-on-One with the Publisher of The Solari Report, Catherine Austin Fitts, for 10.19.24.

 

===========================

The current woke and evil world, as seen from Australia

 

The current woke and evil world, as seen from Australia  By Max Bolte, 7 October 2024

 

How much longer is the woke world going to put up with this nuclear madness direction that the axis of evil Zionist Jew-controlled New York/Washington/City of London/ Israel/Brussels/Switzerland/Paris/Canberra/Amsterdam war mongering evils are taking us? In Australia Albanese, Dutton, Simon Birmingham and their cohorts  have sold their souls to the Zionist devil in supporting the 1917 Balfour Agreement sellout of the Palestinian Arabs and the 2014 Jew takeover of Ukraine. The 2023 October 7th ” invasion ” was a Netanyahu planned invasion – the Israeli Defence Force machine gunned their citizens – their soldiers were stood down. In Ukraine Zelenski, a Jew, was installed as President and since March 2022 has sent over 400,000 patriotic Ukrainian Orthodox Christian soldiers to their death as cannon fodder – the Kazarian (Zionist) Jews want Ukraine as their second homeland. The EVIL of these nonhumans running the World into a giant bloodbath calamity knows no bounds. These EVILS and their shills [Biden, Harris, Trump [possibly one of the fake ‘Trumps’?], Vance, Boris Johnson (a Jew), new British Prime Minister Keir Starmer (also a Jew), Albanese, Dutton and Co are less than 0.1% of the world population]. This orchestrated evil hasn’t just started with the execution of JFK, the Oklahoma City Bombing, WACO, Port Arthur mass murder (the Queen gave John Howard a medal – he disarmed Australians), 9/11, dozens of political assassinations – it goes back centuries, run by the same culprits.

– Boer War for South African gold and diamond riches – thousands dead, soldiers and Boers so the Rothschilds (head of Zionist Jew Cabal) and the British Royal Family can get control of the bonanza.

– WW1 – another Rothschild (Zionist) orchestrated operation – over 100 million killed

– 1917 New York Jew funded Russian Revolution – between 1917 and 1957

66 million Russian Christians murdered by the Jew controllers in the most gruesome ways along with patriot leader the Tsar and his family.

– WW2 – yet another Rothschild operation – another 100 million plus killed in their world control agenda – 1.6 million surrendered German soldiers murdered on the orders of Swiss Jew General Eisenhower in American prison camps.

– in 1946 Jew shill Lyndon Baines Johnson (later became US President after the JFK assassination – how convenient) was sending loads of  machine guns and weaponry to Palestine in advance of the Jewish invasion.

– in 1948 Australia let in boatloads of Jews, some with bags of cash as reward for murdering Palestinians and over the following 76 years they have taken control of Australia, using bribery, blackmail and whatever else. They control the Liberal National Party, the Labor Party and quite a few senior public servants who have sold their souls to the devil also – you don’t get any promotion unless you are all part of it. The Freemasons are right in at the top of the pyramid. The senior police of Australia’s forces and senior executive positions are all approved by the Freemasons and all part of the Cabal. Some of these idiots don’t realise the depths of evil they are part of. They use whatever resources they have to influence every sphere of importance.

These same vermin have moved into the Northern Rivers, in stealth, over the last 30 years and quietly asserting their influence.

I have just spent 3 weeks touring rural NSW. The peace and serenity of the countryside was intoxicating. These evil forces running the world are hellbent on turning the whole beautiful world into yet another World War apocalypse.

On several occasions I have invited a conversation, over a coffee, on these seriously pressing issues, but to no avail. Only a handful of aware patriots, such as the White Rabbit, seem to have any guts and commitment.

Meanwhile, the Palestinians are getting slaughtered in their hundreds every day – the Israelis are restraining themselves – they would like it to be thousands. You can thank Lord Balfour, England and the Jew Rothschilds for all the death and misery of Palestinians since the secret signing of the sellout Agreement in 1917.  In Ukraine, Zelenski is sending hundreds of the cream of the Orthodox Christian patriot population to their slaughter everyday in a war that could have been stopped and never started in March 2022. The major powers of NATO, the USA, England, France, Germany and several backroom countries have pushed Russia into this conflict which should never have started, if they had just heeded Putin over the previous 8 years. Millions of dead doesn’t mean anything to these germs – as long as they achieve their goals. History repeats itself. I don’t see too many princes lining up on the frontline and going over the top. I guess you could say it (“WAR”) is just one more DEPOPULATION TOOL they have in their basket of many tools they are using on their trusting loyal citizens.

Max Bolte BScAgr, former Liberal Candidate for the seat of Redlands, Qld, Foundation President of Redlands Rugby Club. Disgusted that the Liberal Party can pick scoundrels like Howard, Morrison and Dutton as their leader. Disgusted that the Labor Party could give powerful positions to such incompetents (or worse) as Albanese, Bowan and Rowland.

 

=========================================

How News Corp’s lies and deception

 

How News Corp’s lies and deception  By Shane Dowling, Kangaroo Court of Australia, 29 September 2024

Edotor’s note: Click on link above to view PDF download that shows graphics in this article.

Lachlan Murdoch explains how News Corp’s lies and deception works with help from Rick Morton and Anthony Klan

Rupert and Lachlan Murdoch controlled News Corp and Fox News are well known for being propaganda businesses masquerading as news businesses but having that in effect said by Lachlan Murdoch and 2 of his former journalists has a lot more power than others saying it.

In the below article and videos you will see Lachlan Murdoch on video talking about how he controls “the positioning and the messaging” of the news at News Corp and Fox.

You will also read what former News Corp journalist at The Australian, Rick Morton, said about News Corp in 2019 which ended his career at the company within days.

There is also video of former News Corp journalist at The Australian, Anthony Klan talking about how News Corp manipulate the media and readers. What is interesting is that Anthony Klan is using the same News Corp strategy now in a financial fraud scam trying to control the narrative, and profit from, his reporting on the NACC / Robodebt scandal.

With the federal election coming up it is worth having a look at not only how News Corp operate but also how they influence new media, independent journalists and social media.

We often read and hear about News Corp infiltrating and influencing the ABC and other media. But the News Corp culture and tactics is also infiltrating independent media and will continue to do so given thousands of journalists were trained by Murdoch’s News Corp.

So, it is up to us to be aware of News Corp’s expanding influence and deal with it when need be.

Lachlan Murdoch – He is the executive chairman of Nova Entertainment, chairman of News Corp, executive chairman and CEO of Fox Corporation.

In 2023, he was listed 33rd on the list of Australia’s wealthiest people, with his wealth estimated at A$3.35 billion (US$2.1 billion).

As of September 2024, the Murdoch family is involved in a court case in the US in which Lachlan’s brother James, his sister Elisabeth and half-sister Prudence are challenging their father’s bid to amend the family trust to ensure that Lachlan retains control of News Corp and Fox Corp. (Click here to read more)

In January 2023 I published an article titled “Lachlan Murdoch’s big mouth set to cost Rupert Murdoch, Fox and himself $billion in the Dominion defamation case” which has a video of Lachlan Murdoch being interviewed at the New York Times Deal Book Conference in November 2018. I said in the article in relation to the video:

One of Rupert and Lachlan Murdoch’s defences from any personal liability in the court cases is that in their management roles, they do not tell journalists what to say.

But in the below video, Lachlan Murdoch says that he “works closely with the managers of those newsrooms and it’s important they get the positioning and the messaging right”. Those “managers” would be the editors who work directly with the journalists overseeing what the journalists write.

So, Lachlan by his own admission is only one step away from directly telling the journalists what to write.

Lachlan also says he works closely with the managers of the Newspapers. So why doesn’t Lachlan leave it to the managers of the newspapers to work closely with the editors? Why does Lachlan override the managers of the newspapers and give direct instructions to the editors?

It’s because Lachlan and Rupert want to give direct instructions on what is and isn’t written or said because they are running a propaganda business masquerading as a news business.

That is proven by Lachlan’s line where he says, “and it’s important they get the positioning and the messaging right”. A news business reports the news, so they don’t need to worry about “positioning” and “getting the message right”.

Lachlan then says, “we don’t always get it right”. Well, they would get it right if they focused on reporting the news and not worrying about the “positioning” and “getting the message right” for Rupert and Lachlan’s propaganda.

In the video one person asking a question points out that Lachlan Murdoch told the audience he is left-leaning which is a blatant lie. Lachlan is not left or right, he is a criminal who says anything to make a dollar.

Lachlan says at the end of the video we have to get along and be more tolerant of others yet it’s Lachlan and his father Rupert who sell and promote hate and division via their media.

Like most criminals, Lachlan Murdoch is not overly bright, he just has a lot of money which gives him access to a lot of advisors and speech writers so in public he generally doesn’t seem as stupid as he really is. (Click here to read more)

The video below is Lachlan Murdoch being interviewed at the New York Times Deal Book Conference in November 2018. I published the video on the 28th of January 2023. (Click here to watch the below video on the Kangaroo Court of Australia YouTube channel)

Rick Morton – Former News Corp journalist at The Australian

Rick Morton’s career at News Corp ended after he gave a talk on the 8th of May 2019 to journalism students at the University of Technology, Sydney. The talk was published as a podcast by UTS. (Click here to listen to the podcast)

The Guardian reported on the 10th of May 2019:

News Corp journalist has gone on the record with critical remarks about his own paper, the Australian, saying “the craziness has been dialled up” in recent months.

The paper’s social affairs writer, Rick Morton, told journalism students at the University of Technology, Sydney, that senior writers know what the editorial line is and write stories to fit.

Asked whether the Murdoch paper’s journalists were uncomfortable with the Australian barracking for the Coalition in the election, Morton said they were “more uncomfortable certainly now than at any time I’ve been there in the past seven years”.

“There is a real mood that something has gone wrong,” “People will tell you going back a decade it used to be a very great paper, and in many ways it still is, but some of the craziness has been dialled up.

“We know what the empire is, we know what the papers do, but something has changed in the last six months. I don’t know what it is. Death rattles or loss of relevance? And journos pretty much spend all day talking about it.”

Morton said editors did not give explicit instructions, but senior writers wrote within accepted parameters or found stories that were so good the paper had to run them despite their slant.

“We kind of know what the editorial line is at the paper,” he said. “The people at the top know what it is and there are key staff … who are old enough and ugly enough to deal with the awful truth that occasionally there is a line that will come out of [news] conference.

“It’s not always a Murdoch line; it’s just that Murdoch hires editors who are very much like him.”

Morton said orders did not come from Murdoch directly except when he was in Australia, and then “he will tell you what interests him”.

“If you’re senior you will know what the line is roughly and you will file stuff that fits; everyone else is just left alone to their own devices.

Reporters were often confronted with their copy being changed and inaccurate headlines on their stories, he said.

“Often times the headline bears no resemblance to the story filed,” he said.

“I’ve seen it happen to other journos who wake up in the morning and their copy is changed. Or the headline is screaming with something they didn’t write.”

Morton said front page stories were spiked if they didn’t fit the “tone” of the paper’s election coverage.

“It’s a constant battle, it doesn’t happen as often as people think it does but it does happen.

“It is a moral quandary that I have wrestled with for the entire seven years I’ve been at the Oz.

“Am I lending credibility to a horrible machine? I don’t know? Does my journalism change things in people’s lives for the better? That I do know.” (Click here to read more)

The AFR reported the 18th of May 2019 was the last time The Australian published any articles by Rick Moreton which was a week after the UTS talk.

Lachlan and Rupert Murdoch obviously have glass jaws and can’t handle the truth.

Rick Morton now works at The Saturday Paper and I wrote about him having a fallout with another journalist, over ethics, in an article titled “Robodebt crook Renee Leon organises free promotion and defence from her friend Chris Wallace in The Saturday Paper” published on the 26th of September 2024. (Click here to read the article)

Anthony Klan – Former News Corp journalist at The Australian

I published an article about Klan on the 12th of September 2024 titled “Independent journalists Anthony Klan, Michelle Fahy and Elizabeth Minter running a scam with their dodgy reporting on the NACC / Robodebt scandal”. (Click here to read the article)

In the article I accused Anthony Klan of suppressing key evidence of the NACC / Robodebt cover-up from his audience so he could try to control the narrative of the story to make it look like he was the hero journalist exposing the key evidence. I also accused Klan of reporting lies and stealing content from me and likely others.

As you will see in the below video Klan says News Corp uses “suppressing information from the public” as a strategy which Klan has also been doing recently.

The 12th of September article on Klan’s corruption and lies and my ongoing investigation into his handiwork led to this article.

Anthony Klan worked for News Corp for 14 years or 15 years (he uses both as per below) from 2005 to 2019 and tweeted on the 10th of June 2019 that he had resigned from News Corp’s The Australian the previous month which is about the same time Rick Morton left The Australian.

Klan said in the message regarding his resignation from News Corp, “Hi all, a month ago I resigned from The Australian after 15 years. I had, and have, serious misgivings about the direction that is now being taken. Australia faces unprecedented external threats. To do otherwise, I felt, would be treasonous.” (Click here to see on Twitter)

Klan also tweeted on the 24 May 2024 the below message: (Click here to see on Twitter)

Five years after leaving News Corp’s The Australian Anthony Klan said in the above message he “adored” his 14 years there.

What did he adore? The lying to the public? The deceiving the public? The undermining of democracy? Being in “the pocket of the lobbyists of the minerals, the mining, the gas and of the big banks”?

In 2019, when Anthony Klan left News Corp, he said it was because it “would be treasonous” to stay and he had “serious misgivings about the direction that is now being taken”. But now he is saying he “adored” being there.

Most liars don’t have good memories and forget what previous lies they told. Why Klan left News Corp is something we will probably never know, but it certainly wasn’t because of ethical reasons.

The below video is from an interview Anthony Klan did on Aljazeera TV in 2020.

Video Player

00:00

01:49

Klan says in the above video:

“When I started at the organisation I believed it was 90% ideology at least, but now I’ve come to the opinion it’s 10% ideology and the rest of it is money and vested interests,”

Klan also says News Corp are “suppressing information from the public” and is “incredibly in the pocket of the lobbyists of the minerals, the mining, the gas and of the big banks”.

Anthony Klan’s lies an deception

Anthony Klan spent 15 years lying and deceiving the public and “suppressing information from the public” on behalf of News Corp yet he wants us to believe, “When I started at the organisation I believed it was 90% ideology at least, but now I’ve come to the opinion it’s 10% ideology and the rest of it is money and vested interests”

Klan also says News Corp is “incredibly in the pocket of the lobbyists of the minerals, the mining, the gas and of the big banks”. But it has been like that for decades and certainly for the whole 15 years Klan worked at News Corp.

News Corp was the same in the 1970s

The Guardian reported in May 2019

After the dismissal of Gough Whitlam’s Labor government in 1975, the Australian’s journalists went on strike during the subsequent election campaign over what they saw as the newspaper’s biased coverage. (Click here to read more)

Kevin Rudd’s 2010 super profits mining tax cost him the Prime Ministership and the loudest critic was News Corp who were, and still are, getting paid $millions by the mining companies for adverting. But apparently Anthony Klan didn’t notice that.

Why didn’t Anthony Klan say in 2010 or 2011 that News Corp was “incredibly in the pocket of the lobbyists of the minerals, the mining, the gas and of the big banks”?

Because Anthony Klan was also “in the pocket of the lobbyists of the minerals, the mining, the gas and of the big banks” via his weekly paycheque from News Corp.

And Anthony Klan stayed in their pockets for another 8 years after the mining companies, with the help of News Corp, got rid of Rudd.

So no, Anthony Klan is not a whistleblower on News Corp corruption. Klan is a long-term crook, who left News Corp for an unknown reason, who is now trying to cleanse his reputation by ratting on his fellow crooks at News Corp.

But Anthony Klan has already been caught out recently trying to use the News Corp business tactics, he learnt and used at News Corp for 15 years, in his own small media business.

News Corp’s influence on independent media and journalists

Anthony Klan isn’t the first and won’t be the last journalist to leave News Corp and continue with a life of crime and corruption.

There are and will be many other ex News Corp journalists and journalists from other media companies who will claim to be independent journalists but will lie and deceive, just as much as the Murdochs do, as they try to build their profile and small media business. So keep an eye out.

I never came up with the phrase the Murdoch’s are running a “propaganda operation masquerading as a news service“. University of Melbourne academic Denis Muller used the phrase in an article for The Conversation which means even University students are now learning about what News Corp really is.

I could say a lot more but the Murdoch’s and News Corp’s influence on independent media and journalists will grow and needs to be reported on a regular basis to try to keep it in check. So, I will save further comment for another article in the future.

Please use Twitter, Facebook, email and the other buttons below and help promote this article.

Kangaroo Court of Australia is an independent website and is reliant on donations to keep publishing so please click on the Patreon button below and support independent journalism.

=========================================

Covid, 9/11 & Forever War

 

Covid^J 911 ^0 Forever War September 12, 2024

From the war on terror to the “pandemic”, the elite are constructing fake threats to start wars that never have to end. 

by Kit KnightlyOffGuardian
originally published September 13, 2021

“The war was not meant to be won. It was meant to be continuous.”

George Orwell, 1984

Our 9/11 coverage this year, the 20th anniversary, has been focused on viewing the attacks of 2001 through the lens of the Covid “pandemic” rollout.

The point is not that both Covid19 and 9/11 are necessarily part of the same grand plan, were carried out by the same people, or were in any way directly connected. Rather, they are thematically connected, on the meta-level.

They spring from the same collective urge all rulers and governments harbour, and are employed to the same end.

They are different tools designed to achieve the same end. Different approaches to the same problem. Different evolutionary stages of the same animal: The decades-long change in the core aims of warfare and even the very meaning of “war” itself.

War has always been vital to the preservation of the state. Wars make rulers rich, and people scared. They unite nations behind leaders, and distract from domestic political issues.

But, as nations become more powerful, weapon technology more advanced, and global power centralises in giant corporations rather than nations, war – in the traditional sense – becomes more expensive, more dangerous, and largely meaningless.

Essentially the old-fashioned motivations for warfare no longer apply, but the ancillary domestic benefits of war-like policy remain. While the state, and their corporate backers, no longer need to take part in pitched battles over the best farmland, they do still need their subjects to believe they are under attack.

In short, by necessity, “war” has gradually shifted from genuine inter-state conflicts over control of resources, into a top-down tool of psychological manipulation.

And the first stage of that evolution was 9/11.

9/11 and the war on terror

9/11 was an inside job. Any objective examination of the evidence can only lead to that conclusion. (I’m not going to lay that out here, we have dozens of articles detailing that. That’s not what I’m writing about today.)

The US government blew up their own buildings, killed their own civilians, terrified their own people. The ruling class engaging in what Orwell called “war against their subjects”, in a very literal sense.

Much like the Reichstag fire in Nazi Germany, this staged “attack” was done to create a war-like mentality. To make people believe they were under threat, and serve as the basis for new “temporary emergency powers” for the government.

But 9/11 went further, serving as the casus belli for a war: “The war on terror”.

The War on Terror was a new kind of war, yes it was used as a starting point for more traditional wars in Afghanistan and Iraq, and then proxy wars in Syria, Libya and Yemen, but its main target was actually domestic. A nationwide psy-op war designed to keep 350 million people in a semi-permanent state of fear.

It was the natural next step in the Orwellian redefinition of “war” as a concept.

If the primary aims of your war are a) To maintain domestic control of your population, and b) To funnel tax-payer money into bloated contracts with the private sector, then do you really need to declare war on a foreign country?

In fact, do you need an actual physical “war” at all? Isn’t the idea of a war just as good?

And if all you need is the idea of a war, what better way than to declare war on an idea. Why not make your enemy an abstract concept?

Because the great thing about going to war on an abstract concept is you can’t ever lose, and you never have to win. The war can go on forever.

This idea was first trialled with “the war on drugs”. But that didn’t work because a) people actually quite like drugs and b) Drugs are a vital income stream for the deep state. So it fizzled.

The war on terror is better. Since “terror” is an abstract noun with no solid reality, it can mean anything you want it to mean. “The war on terror” can be domestic or foreign, political or military, overt or covert or both. It can’t be won, it can’t be lost, and it only ends when you say it does.

It’s perfect.

Well, almost perfect.

There are still a few issues.

For example, it’s actually quite difficult to keep people afraid of an abstract concept. You need real-world reminders. Essentially, for the war on terror to continue, you need to keep reminding people terror is out there. Which means terrorism needs to happen. Which means either letting it happen or making it happen (the vast majority of the time it’s the latter).

If you’re staging terror attacks they either have to be real, resulting in real victims and real grieving families asking real questions…or they’re fake, meaning paying actors. Either way is logistically complicated, difficult to control and potentially embarrassing.

There’s also the problem of the terrorists themselves. You’ve publicly declared war on them…but they’re also very useful. There’s a reason you’ve funded them for decades. The inevitable result is you end up with “good terrorists” in country A, and “bad terrorists” in Country B. And when they are revealed to be essentially exactly the same, well that looks bad.

But the biggest problem, really, is that it caps your ambition.

You may have chosen an abstract concept as the target of your war, but that concept needs to take human form somehow. And any human enemy can only be so scary, and can only do so much damage. There’s no way you can frighten everyone at once that way.

Plus, picking a human enemy – along racial, national, ethnic or ideological lines – is inescapably divisive. You can’t ever unite everyone behind that flag.

In short, a war on terror and terrorists is fine if you want to rule a country, but what if you want to rule a planet?

Well, what you need then is a new enemy. An enemy that can be anywhere and everywhere, and that definitely isn’t human.

The war on Covid

The Covid19 “pandemic” has been pitched to the public as a war from the beginning.

As early as March 2020, the UN Secretary General was urging countries to “declare war on the virus” and already calling Covid “the greatest threat since World War II”. A sentiment UN spokespeople have repeated. A lot.

National leaders were just as eager to equate Covid as a new grand cause, in line with the fight against fascism.

Italy’s Prime Minister referred to the nation’s “darkest hour”. New South Wales premier Gladys Berejiklian told the press “this is literally a war” just last month.

In the UK, the government made numerous transparent attempts to instil a Churchillian “spirit of the Blitz” atmosphere. Unashamedly working World War II parallels into all their Covid messaging, the Queen’s cloying public speech of shamelessly using the line We’ll Meet Again.

In America, ever the hub of military metaphors, Trump called himself a “wartime President” fighting an “invisible enemy”. Former Governor of New York Andrew Cuomo referred to healthcare professionals as “soldiers” in the battle against Covid.

Worldwide, pundits frequently compare Covid to the war on terror, and Covid to terrorists. The war metaphor has been ubiquitous in speeches, headlines and TV spots.

The message is clear and simple: The virus is our enemy. We are at war.

And this war really is perfect.

It has all the benefits of a real war, and none of the drawbacks. All the ephemeral malleability of the “war on terror”, and none of its potential complications.

Think about it…

In the name of Covid we have seen taxation, censorship, surveillance, state expenditure to the private sector and state powers all increase. These are all the cliche “emergency powers” the state seeks out in wartime.

And they’ve achieved it with a simple three-stage trick.

First, take a virus, give it a name and attribute to it the exact same symptoms of every other cold and flu virus. You just created a new disease.

Second, take a test that can “find anything in anybody”, run it on everyone who goes into hospital (especially the terminally ill) and change the legal definition of “cause of death”. You just created “deaths” from your new disease.

Third, start running that same test on everyone, multiple times a week. You just created millions upon millions of “asymptomatic cases”.

Combine these three, and you have created a “pandemic”.

They created an enemy out of thin air, through a wave of propaganda and statistical manipulation. “Covid” is nothing but a filter, a lens placed in front of the public eye that distorts reality without actually changing anything at all.

Just as with the “war on terror”, the real threat is almost entirely imaginary, but this time the optics are so much better. Instead of worshipping the troops, we now pay homage to “healthcare heroes”, the “soldiers on the frontline against the virus”. No bombs, no violence, just dancing nurses.

And what can’t happen with Covid? Simple, anything they don’t want to happen. Because of the very nature of the manufactured pandemic, they have total control of the narrative.

They can control the “cases” through the tests. They can control the “deaths” through the definition of “cause of death”. They can just tweak the meaning of a word here and there, and start and stop the “pandemic” on a whim. They can slow down the “spread”, or speed it up. Introduce a new test or treatment or “cure” it, then create a new variant to bring it back.

This war doesn’t even really exist, so it never has to end and they definitely can’t lose.

Meanwhile, every new law that passes expands the power of the state over the citizen, and every step of the way there new bloated private sector contracts up for grabs. Testing and tracing and PPE. Vaccines and ventilators and quarantine hotels. Public money is pouring into private hands.

And the best part? It’s all being done in the name of “helping people”.

Following 9/11, the Patriot Act empowered mass surveillance, detention without charge and huge infringement of civil rights, because people might be terrorists.

Now, allegedly anti-Covid “public health measures” are allowing the exact same things…because people might be sick.

The state has transformed. What was once considered paranoid and aggressive, is now simply beneficent and paternalistic.

That’s the genius of the War on Covid.

The real forever war

So…how are Covid and 9/11 linked?

One flows directly into the other. They form a continuum of control narratives designed to frighten people into accepting draconian limitations on their freedom, whilst justifying a permanent society-wide warlike mentality.

“The war on terror” and the “war on Covid” are twin psy-ops that show the transformation of “war” from a foreign policy into a purely domestic one.

Orwell described it perfectly in 1984:

War, it will be seen, is now a purely internal affair. In the past, the ruling groups of all countries, although they might recognize their common interest and therefore limit the destructiveness of war, did fight against one another, and the victor always plundered the vanquished. In our own day they are not fighting against one another at all. The war is waged by each ruling group against its own subjects, and the object of the war is not to make or prevent conquests of territory, but to keep the structure of society intact.

In just the last two years we have all seen the truth of this. Covid has shown us supposedly enemy nations suddenly come to an accord and demonstrate almost total unity of purpose to spread one big lie.

The global capitalist hegemony doesn’t need to conquer land or steal resources anymore. They already own everything worth owning, all they need now is to control their workers and preserve the inequality they have created.

That’s the real war being waged here. Not the ridiculous war on terror. And not the laughable war on Covid. No, the real “forever war” is what Niels Harrit calls the vertical war, waged by the very top against everyone below them.

Covid is the most recent and most overt expression of this, but for years now the corporate media has been the spokesperson of the authoritarian heart of the state.

I have written before that we are entering the era of “progressive” statism. Where tyranny is sold as a regrettable inevitability and our leaders are portrayed as a new breed of reluctant dictators, sculpting dystopian political landscapes out of necessity, and with only the purest intentions.

We’re told that our caring masters aren’t controlling or dictatorial because they want to be, but because they need to be, for our sake.

The “great reset” is not a malign “conspiracy theory”, it’s just our kindly overlords child-proofing the world to protect us from ourselves. Tearing our society down so they can build back better into a neo-feudal utopia, where nobody owns anything and everyone is happy and everyone does what they’re told…or else.

This “pandemic” is the thin end of a rapidly widening wedge. Next comes the flu and obesity and global warming. No more meat. No more sugar. No more vacations. They’re bad for you, and bad for the planet, and bad for the polar bears.

Ban homeschools and protests and misinformation. Ban the wrong kind of books and the wrong kind of speech and the wrong kind of thoughts.

Wear the mask and take the jab and live in the pod and eat the bugs.

Global hegemony isn’t going to come about via traditional warfare or Imperial conquest, instead it is being shaped by a conglomeration of restrictions on individual freedom.

That’s the war that links 9/11 and Covid. The real war, and it’s not against drugs, or terrorism or even Covid…it’s against us.

 

Connect with OffGuardian

========================

A Brutal Russian Take on Zionism

A Brutal Russian Take on ZionismFrom Henry Makow, HenryMakow.com, 11 July 2024

 

The real issue is Jewish Power posing both as Right and Left, nationalist and globalist, Zionist and Communist. 

In 1991, Vladimir Stepin wrote: “The Jews must have, and will have, undivided, absolute power over the whole world. The only point is that the money and the power, but particularly the power, will be achieved soundlessly, without attracting attention, and without occupying the leading roles until the very end.”

This is why resistance — “anti-Semitism” — is banned.

“We have already…possessed the minds of the goy communities…[they are] looking through the spectacles we are setting astride their noses.” (Protocols of Zion, 12)

from Feb 22, 2019

The Nature of Zionism (1991)

by Vladimir Stepin

(Excerpts by henrymakow.com) 

The foundations of Zionism were formulated in ancient times, some three thousand years ago, and they are:

  1. The Jews are God’s chosen people.
  2. All other peoples are merely two-legged animals (goys).
  3. The Jews have both the right and the obligation to rule the world.

The second and third points of this three-in-one formula actually follow from the first. The formula, which was the brainchild of an undoubtedly talented politician, was among the foundations of the religion of Judaism (see the Book of Deuteronomy in the Old Testament).

At that time people understood very well that if one is to lend force to one’s intentions, one must express them as religious ideas. And one must also strengthen not only the religion but also its influence on people. …

 

Another point is that the power of this formula lies in that it legitimizes and sanctifies the idea of robbing other nations. Why need we care about two-legged animals? If we are the chosen people and it is our inalienable right, and even our duty, to rule other peoples, then God himself ordered us to grow rich at their expense, as the saying goes.

In this way, nationalism is placed on a material basis. Rob and rule! Rule and rob! Money and power! From the time the above-mentioned formula begins to operate, this becomes both a means and an end, but it nevertheless also becomes a more important means, a means for attaining the main objective contained in the third item of the formula: the Jews must have, and will have, undivided, absolute power over the whole world. The only point is that the money and the power, but particularly the power, will be achieved soundlessly, without attracting attention, and without occupying the leading roles until the very end.

ZIONISTS SET UP CONCENTRATION CAMPS FOR NON-JEWS ACCUSED OF ANTISEMITISM WHICH THEY ORGANIZED

During the civil war in Russia, the Zionists also performed another task. Using some units of the Red Army – Trotsky was the chairman of the country’s Revolutionary Military Council – they organized the Jewish pogrom in Seversk. The result of this was the “Law on Those Involved in Pogroms” of 27 July 1918.

In accordance with this law, a monstrous Zionist terror raged in Russia for ten years: a person accused of antisemitism was, without any argument being allowed, declared to be involved in pogroms and placed against the wall to be shot. Not only anti-Zionists, but the best representatives of the intelligentsia of Russia, could be accused of being antisemitic, and so too could anyone one felt like accusing of it. People saw who was exercising power in Russia and expressed their discontent with it. 90% of the members of the Cheka – the Soviet security organ, 1918-1922 – were Zionists.

Apart from the law on those involved in pogroms, the Zionists practised genocide against the ethnic groups inhabiting Russia, and they did so by accusing people of counter-revolutionary activities, sabotage, and so on, irrespective of whether or not the people in question really had conducted such activities. It was standard practice merely to put them against the wall to be shot.

The major operations conducted by the Zionists included setting up a system of prison camps. Skilfully using as a pretext the interests of discipline and orderliness, Trotsky and Dzershinzky organized the concentration camps in 1918. These were monstrous machinery for exterminating the people of Russia, machinery of oppression and intimidation, machinery of undivided power.

[MAKOW- If I were a betting man, I’d say Zionists put Hitler into power.]

MONEY IS POWER

The Zionists’ money is their most important tool. Money is power – that is a well- known truth. But does everyone know that in the USA, for example, over 70% of the capital belongs to Zionists, and that their capital prevails all over the world? They have been accumulating it for centuries. The gold of all times and nations is amassed in the vaults of their banks. Both in the past and today, the Zionists’ finances have not only served the basic function of finance, namely the principle that money brings more money, but have also been …used to finance one measure or another, to provide loans, to organize conquests, wars and coups, to bribe persons in office, to bribe and finance leaders, groups, parties, to hire armies and bands, to develop trade and industry, to raise matters up or to bring them to destruction – all depending on the tasks being pursued by the Zionists.

In this connection, the corrupting power of money is colossal. A person who has become keen on the idea of accumulating money in order to obtain some benefits or other is already to some extent in the clutches of Zion. By operating with benefits and money, the Zionists can easily make such a person do the things they require: making jobs available, carrying out measures necessary to the Zionists, exerting pressure on unwelcome persons, taking part in financial machinations, and the like. When such a person enters into financial contact with Zion, he quickly understands its strength and bases himself on it. It is not difficult to continue to work on such a person in the spirit required by Zion and turn him into a reliable and obedient tool of Zionism.

FREEMASONRY

Zion has many arms, and one of them is Freemasonry. Freemasonry practically came into being along with Zionism and is its fellow-traveller.

The Freemasons fulfill approximately the same role for Zionism as the Jesuits do for Roman Catholicism. The early Freemasons were the builders of the Temple of Solomon. Large numbers of secret Freemasonic lodges have at all times served as a means of fooling people by promising to build a better world, a world of goodness, charity, equality and justice, but in actual fact as a means of enticing people into the nets of Zion, of placing them under Zion’s command and, through those people, directing countries and events. There is a distinction between Jewish and Gentile Freemasonic lodges and organizations.

The Gentile ones are of course lower in rank, but it is precisely through them that Zion exercises direct control. Influential politicians, public figures, scholars, persons active in literature and art, military men, members of the administrative machinery, and the like, are drawn into the Gentile lodges and organizations, and it is through such people that Zion’s decisions are put into effect.

Freemasonry is strong. But it is still only one of the arms. The head is Zion. Freemasonry must be combated. But the main blow ought to be dealt against Zionism, which controls Freemasonry. At the same time, one should bear in mind that, even without Freemasonry, Zion, by using its own strength, has achieved, is achieving and will achieve its own objectives if it is not stopped.

Related– The Zionist Protection Racket    

Global Zionism Exposed: Fourth Beast Rising – YouTube

 

Note — Leyba Davidovich Trotsky, whose real name was David Bronstein, said: “We must turn Russia into a desert populated by white negroes upon whom we shall impose a tyranny such as the most terrible Eastern despots never dreamt of. The only difference is that this will be a left-wing tyranny, not a right-wing tyranny. It will be a red tyranny and not a white one.”

“We mean the word ‘red’ literally because we shall shed such floods of blood as will make all the human losses suffered in the capitalist wars quake and pale by comparison. The biggest bankers across the ocean will work in the closest possible contact with us. If we win the revolution, we shall establish the power of Zionism upon the wreckage of the revolution’s funeral, and we shall become a power before which the whole world will sink to its knees. We shall show what real power is. By means of terror and bloodbaths, we shall reduce the Russian intelligentsia to a state of complete stupefaction and idiocy and to an animal existence… At the moment, our young men in their leather jackets, who are the sons of watchmakers from Odessa, Orsha, Gomel and Vinnitsa, know how to hate everything Russian! What pleasure they take in physically destroying the Russian intelligentsia – officers, academics and writers!…”

 

Taken from the “Memoirs” of Aron Simanovich, a jeweller at the court of the Tsar’s Imperial Majesty.

 

From the newspaper “Russkoye slovo”, No. 1.

=============================================

What Nobody Told You About Julian Assange

What Nobody Told You About Julian Assange  David Sorensen, StopWorldControl.com. 26 June 2024

Editor’s note: this very important article is easier to read in the PDF document from the link above. This document includes several graphics.

 

The news is roaring around the world: Julian Assange, the man who lifted the lid on the unspeakable crimes of the US Deep State, and revealed them to humanity through WikiLeaks, has been released from prison, after five years of being in solitary confinement.

 

Julian Assange singlehandedly kickstarted the greatest awakening of the human race since the beginning of time, by revealing to the entire world how the US government is so evil, it is hard to comprehend. The WikiLeaks files revealed for example how Hilary Clinton and Barak Obama are involved in systematic child abuse, among countless other crimes.

 

See for example this email communication between Stratfor employees, talking about children being brought in to the White House by Obama for a ‘party’. The words ‘pizza’ and ‘hot dogs’ were revealed by the FBI to be code words for girls and boys.

 

 

According to WikiLeaks the company Stratfor is an intelligence agency that provides confidential intelligence services to large corporations, such as Bhopal’s Dow Chemical Co., Lockheed Martin, Northrop Grumman, Raytheon and government agencies, including the US Department of Homeland Security, the US Marines and the US Defense Intelligence Agency.

 

The leaked emails reveal how they participate in parties involving children. 

 

After releasing this kind of information to the world, it is nothing less than a miracle that Julian is still alive. This raises a significant question, concerning what really happened to him. Was he truly arrested by the cabal, or was he being protected by the good side?

In every real world scenario these kinds of men are executed by the Deep State, and the official story to the public usually reads ‘suicide’. That he is alive and well, and even was set free, speaks volumes to those who don’t have their ears stuffed.

 

 

What is even more significant, is that there is post by the high level military operation entities, who sign their intel drops with the letter ‘Q’, that says ‘June Julian Assange’. Or in short JUNE JA.

This means they knew years ago that Assange would be set free again in the month of June. 

 

Was Julian Assange 

Really In Prison?

 

 

As I am writing this, I decided to check something, and to my amazement I find a Q post that literally says Julian Assange has always been protected. That is a direct confirmation of what I felt in my gut. It’s quite amazing that this comes to me during the very seconds that I am writing this.

 

 

This means that for the public Julian Assange was finally released from prison, but in reality he is finally being released from his protection… to continue his mission.

That signals several things that are highly encouraging. First of all it means that a lethal threat to his life has been eliminated. In other words: entities who would previously have been able to kill him, are no longer around. That is incredibly hope giving. The good side would never release Assange from protection, if there was still a risk that he would be murdered.

 

Could it be that Q managed to take out MS13, the worldwide network of murderers, used by the cabal to take out their opponents? Q did say that MS13 was their priority! (See Q drop 6, Oct. 29, 2017)

That would explain why we are still alive, as well as millions of other brave truth speakers worldwide. A decade ago we would all have been dead by now… Something indescribably profound is shifting in our world, and we haven’t seen anything yet!

Another element of powerful hope in the release of Julian Assange is that he is not being released to work as a lonely journalist again, but this time he is supported by the largest military intelligence operation of all time, to take down the evil in our world. This is extremely exciting….

Of course, for the eyes of the public, he will continue to be presented as a lone journalist, but those who have brains to think, eyes to see and a spirit to sense, will know that something far greater is going on, beyond the view of the masses.

 

Is There Really An Operation To Save The World?

 

 

I have explained in great detail in the past how there is hope for this world, as there is an unprecedented divine military intelligence operation ongoing, globally, led by deeply devoted followers of Jesus Christ, who have been working for decades to save humanity from the satanic cabal. See this post about Q.

Many of us are so severely infested with negativity, that our minds and hearts have no ability to believe that something so good could even exist. But I can say with all sincerity, that I have been observing their actions the past years, and I am fully convinced that this operation is legit.

Here are a few examples of what they are accomplishing:

 

 

Left the original Vladimir Putin, a traitor of Russia and WEF criminal. Right the man who replaced him, and who powerfully opposes the WEF and the globalists.

 

 

Back in 2012 the criminal puppet of the World Economic Forum, Vladimir Putin, who was selling out Russia to the satanic elites, was removed and replaced a few months later by a man who is in every way his exact opposite. A fierce enemy of the elites, and a devoted Christian, the new ‘Putin’ started exposing the satanism of the Western leaders, and opposed their agenda of LGBTQA+, transgenderism and pedophilia.

The man who currently plays the role of Putin invaded one of the central operation centers of the cabal in Ukraine, which was a hub for child trafficking, bioweapons, drug dealing, organ trading, and money laundering, as well as horrors I cannot even describe here, as you wouldn’t believe it.

The invasion of Ukraine by ‘Putin’ is such a threat to the world of the satanic elites, that they are still trying to get it back, by sending innumerable troops, weapons and funds from almost every nation of the world to Ukraine. They are in total panic, and George Soros said publicly the fall of Ukraine will be the end of their civilization. That says it all.

You can read more about the truth about Ukraine in our report, which caused us to be censored by the highest authorities of the internet who demanded the removal of our website… because of this report!

 

 

The military intelligence operation has also been exposing to the entire world how deeply nefarious and totally criminal the CIA, FBI, DOD, DOJ, FDA, CDC, and all other three letter agencies are. They have systematically been unveiling the intensity of the corruption of the entire US government, not just to wake up the American people but to effectively wake up the entire world.

 

Thanks to this highly effective military operation there are now hundreds of millions of people, in every nation of the world, fully aware of the unspeakable evil of their governments.

They also have been exposing how wicked the news media is, opening the eyes of billions worldwide to the reality of mind control through criminal news media. As a result millions are thinking for themselves again, instead of blindly absorbing every lie from the news.

And these are just a few examples. I can say a thousand times more. But I just want to provide some examples. It is therefore utterly irrational and a sign of either severe dishonesty or extreme brainwashing to deny this obvious operation, that is strategically saving humanity from the worst evil in all of history.

 

Most Successful Military Operation In History

 

 

The greatest accomplishment of this Christian military intelligence operation at the highest level worldwide, is that they woke up countless millions of people, and activated them to become citizen soldiers, who expose the deceptions, and wake up humanity.

This operation started in 2017 and has been the most successful military operation in all of history, as they managed to train and deploy many of humanities most intelligent, creative and bright civilians, who started exposing every work of evil to the human race.

 

The docuseries The Fall of the Cabal is a central example of this. The maker of these documentaries and our dear friend Janet Ossebaard lost her life, as the forces of darkness managed to infiltrate her life on the most personal and intimate level, and drained her to the point of suicide. But Janet heard the clarion call of Q, and created the worlds most powerful documentaries, that exposed every aspect of the satanic works of the Deep State and Cabal, to hundreds of millions of people.

 

You can see the entire series The Fall of the Cabal on our website.

The release of Julian Assange is a milestone in the history of mankind and it’s once again a clear part of this magnificent divine operation to save our world form the grip of satan.

Some Christians say this cannot be, as they know Jesus Christ is the One saving humanity. But they forget that He said we are His body, He dwells inside of us, and works through us to accomplish this deliverance.

 

Join Hands And Stand As One

 

 

This does not mean there is no war raging, in full force. The Satanic elites are still trying frantically to submit all of mankind to their diabolical tyranny, and they are preparing a new plandemic, global famine, vaccine mandates, lockdowns, climate disasters, cyber attacks, large scale blackouts, food poisoning and so much more. But we are not alone in our battle against this great evil.

 

I ask all who read this to please stop standing at the sidelines, and do whatever you can to be part of this army worldwide of hundreds of millions of people who stand up against the forces of darkness, and join hands to stand as one, with all our differences in culture, faith, and opinions.

We can lay it all down, and say: we are ONE against this monster. Don’t fall for the many strategies to divide us. 

 

Have a heart of grace and unity towards all who stand with you. Don’t fight the wrong enemy. Stand together against this demonic force that is out to destroy all of us.

I believe a major victory will become obvious in the near future. We will use the next plandemic to expose them even more and wake up humanity more than ever. We keep revealing blazing truth, to hundreds of millions of people.

Please stand with us through this most critical time in all of human history. We will witness the end of the reign of evil and the birth of a new era, where the love of our Creator will increasingly become the very foundation of all human existence.

Don’t fight this, but be part of it.

If you can, then please support our mission, as it is truly needed. Together we will see things happen that we never dreamed to witness during our lifetime. Support us here.

Pray for us, support us please, and keep spreading our documentaries and reports to the world.

David Sorensen

StopWorldControl.com

========================

We Approach ‘State’ Singularity

We Approach ‘State’ Singularity  From Zerohedge, 19 June 2024

Authored by Bruce Pardy via The Brownstone Institute,

Many citizens of the West believe that they live in free societies, or something close…

But as time goes on, public authorities increasingly insist on having a say in everything…

People cannot build things on their own land without permits. They cannot run businesses without approvals and inspections. They cannot give advice without professional designations. They cannot educate their children outside of state-mandated curricula. They cannot hire employees without triggering a myriad of workplace and tax requirements. They cannot produce and sell milk, cheese, or eggs without a license. They cannot earn money, spend money, or hold property without being taxed, and then taxed again. 

Jeffrey Tucker recently described three layers of omnipotent managerial technocracy. 

  • The deep state, he suggested, consists of powerful and secretive central government agencies in the security, intelligence, law enforcement, and financial sectors.
  • The middle state is a myriad of ubiquitous administrative bodies – agencies, regulators, commissions, departments, municipalities, and many more – run by a permanent bureaucracy.
  • The shallow state is a plethora of consumer-facing private or semi-private corporations, including banks, Big Media, and huge commercial retail companies, which governments support, protect, subsidize, and pervert. The three layers work together.

For instance, in the financial sector, as Tucker illustrates, the deep state’s Federal Reserve pulls the powerful strings, the middle state’s financial and monetary regulators enforce myriad rules and policies, and the shallow state’s “private” titans like BlackRock and Goldman Sachs dominate commercial activity. It’s a system, Tucker writes, “designed to be impenetrable, permanent, and ever more invasive.”

We are approaching state singularity: the moment when state and society become indistinguishable. 

In physics, a “singularity” is a single point in space-time. Inside black holes, gravity crushes volume to zero and mass density is infinite. In computer science, “technological singularity” is unitary artificial superintelligence. At the singularity, everything becomes one thing. Data points converge. Normal laws do not apply.

At state singularity, the state becomes society and society is a product of the state.

Legal norms and expectations become irrelevant. The state’s mandate is to do as it judges best – since everything and everyone are expressions of its vision. Powers are not separated between the state’s branches – the legislature, the executive, the bureaucracy, and the courts. Instead, they all do whatever they deem necessary. The bureaucracy legislates. Courts develop policy. Legislatures conduct hearings and prosecute cases. Government agencies change policies at will. The rule of law may be acknowledged as important in principle while it is rejected in practice.

State singularity is the ultimate collectivism. It resembles old-style fascism and communism, but it is neither. Fascist states enforce an idea, often nationalist in sentiment (“The motherland for the superior race”), and recruit private actors, especially corporations, to the cause. Communist regimes champion the working class and outlaw private property (“Workers of the world unite”). Singularity, in contrast, is not propelled by an idea other than singularity itself. To justify its own hegemony, the state champions a variety of other causes. In the modern era, social justice, climate change, transgender rights, feminism, economic reform, and many more have served to extend the state’s reach. Problems are rarely solved, but that is not the reason for taking them up.

State singularity develops gradually and insidiously. Whereas fascist, communist, and other centralized power regimes often result from deliberate political revolution, in the West omnipotent managerial technocracy has grown, spread, and infiltrated the nooks and crannies of social life without sudden political upheaval. Like a form of institutional Darwinism, public agencies, no matter their formal purpose, seek to persist, expand, and reproduce.

At the singularity, all solutions to all problems lie with government in its various forms. More, never less, programs, rules, initiatives, and structures are the answer. Like black holes, state singularities absorb and crush every other thing. Corporations serve state interests and participate in managing the economy. Singularities destroy voluntary community organizations by occupying the space and placing obstacles in the way. Both the left and the right seek to harness state power to craft society in their image.

In a singularity, one cannot propose to eliminate government. Doing so would be contrary to prevailing ideology and vested interests, but more fundamentally, the idea would be incomprehensible.

And not just to officials. Citizens dissatisfied with the services they receive want more service and better policy. When schools sexualize their children, they demand changes to the curriculum instead of the end of public schools. When monetary policy makes houses expensive, they demand government programs to make them cheap instead of the end of central banks. When government procurement is revealed to be corrupt, they demand accountability mechanisms instead of a smaller government. State singularity is found not just in the structures of government but in the minds of the people.

Modern states have capacities they have never had before. Technological advances are providing them with the ability to monitor spaces, supervise activities, collect information, and require compliance everywhere all the time. In the collectivist regimes of old, governments knew only what human eyes and ears could tell them. Soviet authorities were tyrannical, but they could not instantaneously monitor your cell phone, bank account, fridge, car, medications, and speech.

We are not at the singularity yet. But have we crossed the event horizon? At a black hole, the event horizon is the point of no return. Gravity becomes irresistible. No matter or energy, including light, can escape the pull to the singularity at the core of the abyss.

Our event horizon beckons. We cannot evade it by merely slowing down on the path that we are on. Liberation requires escape velocity in the other direction.  

===================

Democracy won’t work whilst most media lean far left

Democracy won’t work whilst most media lean far left  By Dr Muriel Newman, NZCPR Founding Director, 27 September 2023

As the election closes in, there appears to be an overwhelming mood for change.

New Zealanders have had enough. The chickens are coming home to roost for Labour as disgruntled voters, sick and tired of the incompetence, the lies and deceit, search for alternatives.

Election campaigns can be noisy affairs, and this one is no different. Given the unprecedented manner in which Labour has crushed democratic rights and imposed their destructive agenda onto the country, protesters are out in force, expressing their concerns directly to those who are seeking their vote.

But is it really any worse than it’s ever been?

In the nine years I was in Parliament and the four election campaigns I was involved in, shouting, yelling, heckling, pushing, and shoving, were all part of the rough and tumble of politics.

It wasn’t out of the ordinary to have to break through lines of protestors to get into an event, and I well remember giving one speech to an audience, where the barrage from opponents was so loud, even I couldn’t hear the address!

What seems to be different this time around, is that the media are also copping the wrath of a disgruntled public. And it’s not hard to see why.

When Jacinda Ardern was elected leader of Labour just before the 2017 election, the gushing media coverage was so extreme it was given a name: “Jacindamania”. From that point on, any semblance of media impartiality was swept aside, exposing the strong political bias of mainstream journalists.

That bias was revealed by journalists themselves in the “Worlds of Journalism Study 2.0. Journalists in Aotearoa/New Zealand” published last October by Massey University. In this third such survey undertaken by the Worlds of Journalism Study group – a collaboration of academics from more than 120 countries – a snapshot of the 1600 journalists who work in print, digital and broadcast media, is provided.

Almost 60 percent of the workforce are women, 10 percent are Maori, and as far as age is concerned, the profession is split between those in the younger 25 to 30 age group, and older 50 to 65 year-olds.

When it comes to political bias, the results are definitive – journalists overwhelmingly identify as left wing: “There are very few strongly right-wing journalists, but a substantial number of moderately or strongly left-wingers.”

The survey reveals 5 percent describe themselves as “extreme left” and 15 percent as “hard left”. Of the rest, 22 percent say they are “left”, 20 percent are “mild left”, and 23 percent are “middle left”, while 6 percent identify as “middle right”, 4 percent “mild right”, and only around 1 percent all up say they are “right”, “hard right” or “extreme right”.

In other words, nine out of ten New Zealand journalists are socialists, with one in three hard-core. Only one in ten journalists claim to have no socialist inclinations.

When it comes to ethics, the survey shows there’s been a significant shift in attitude, with journalist support for adhering to their professional code of ethics dropping 28 percent since the last survey in 2015.

And when it comes to the role of journalists, there is now a growing disconnect between what the public expects from the media and what journalists believe their role to be.

While the public wants journalists to report the news in an unbiased manner, presenting both sides of the argument on contentious issues so they can make up their own minds, that’s no longer how most journalists see it.

They regard ‘educating the audience’ as their most important role, followed by ‘countering disinformation’. But in some cases, this has led to a concerning development: hard-core left-wing journalists describing information they disagree with as “fake news” or “disinformation” in order to discredit those with alternative views.

Journalists still regard monitoring and scrutinising political leaders as important, but letting people express their views has declined significantly. Also dropping is the notion of ‘being a detached observer’ and ‘providing analysis of current affairs’.

The role that rose the most sharply, albeit from a low level, was ‘supporting government policy’.

In other words, the gulf that has opened up between what the public has traditionally expected from the media and what the media themselves believe their role to be, is no doubt responsible for the decline in public interest in the mainstream news.

Making things worse is the fact that journalists overwhelmingly believe the Treaty of Waitangi should be a key part of their reporting.

The survey, which was carried out just after Stuff announced its absurd apology to Maori for its historic news coverage – and other organisations such as Radio New Zealand and TVNZ had started to become more ‘inclusive’ – says this: “Asked to what extent did the Treaty apply to what they wrote, almost a third (31%) said it applied to everything. Another 43% said it applied to most things, such as any stories that involve legislation or politics, culture or society in which the treaty is referenced. A minority (16 percent) thought it only related to some things, such as stories for Maori about Maori issues, while 2% thought it had no relevance to journalism.”

It’s no wonder the media are seen to be increasingly out of step with society.

This week’s NZCPR Guest Commentator, freelance journalist and former newspaper editor Karl du Fresne, believes these developments are the consequence of the transfer of journalism training from the newsroom to the lecture room:

“Earlier generations of journalists learned on the job from other journalists. Many of my contemporaries came from working-class backgrounds. They didn’t go to university and were proud to regard journalism as a trade rather than profession. The importance of neutrality, fairness and balance was drummed into them. They had no delusions of grandeur.

“But from the 1970s on, journalism was subjected to academic capture. Budding journalists were inculcated with a highly politicised vision of journalism’s purpose. They were encouraged to acquire degrees that were often based on esoteric theories far removed from the simple, practical concerns of good journalism. Over time, that has had the fatal effect of creating a widening gap between journalists and the communities they claim to serve. Even more dangerously, it has led journalists to think they are wiser and smarter than the people who buy newspapers and watch the TV news, and even morally superior to them. As the Marxist American journalist Batyar Ungar-Sargon puts it, they climbed up the status ladder and became part of the elite.”

To make matters worse, most mainstream media organisations accepted handouts from Labour’s $55 million Public Interest Journalism Fund, and as a result, became echo chambers for government propaganda. This was especially the case with regards to promoting Labour’s fraudulent Treaty ‘partnership’ claim that underpinned their whole unmandated race-based He Puapua agenda.

With tens of millions of dollars of additional taxpayers’ money also poured into the media through Government advertising and sponsorship, it’s no wonder the public became worried the media had been ‘bought off’ and could no longer be trusted as a reliable source of information.

There have been stand-out pockets, of course – mainstream journalists who continued to speak the truth and hold the Government to account – but they are few and far between. As a result, alternative media channels have emerged to fill the vacuum.

As Karl says, people no longer look to our mainstream journalistic institutions to reflect the society they live in. “The crucial nexus between media institutions and the community they purport to serve has been strained to breaking point. In fact the media often seem implacably opposed to the society they live in and determined to re-shape it, whether people want it or not.”

With journalists now advocating politics rather than merely reporting it, it’s little wonder that they are now being berated with the same contempt the public has for politicians.

While thankfully the media lovefest with Jacinda Ardern began to wane before she actually left Parliament, the impact of her incompetent leadership on our society has been devastating.

More than anything, what Labour’s time in office has taught us is that for our democracy to function properly, we need balanced journalism.

And if anyone needs further explanation, look no further than Three Waters.

Three Waters was the brainchild of Local Government Minister Nanaia Mahuta, and her Maori Caucus colleagues. Their primary motivation was to pass control of fresh water to Maori, but to dress it up as necessary reform for the public good.

If journalists had been doing their job of holding the government to account, the policy would have never withstood their scrutiny.

Let me explain.

Water supplies in New Zealand have traditionally been regulated by the Ministry of Health. Their annual water quality audits showed excellent results – as did the regular surveillance reports from the Institute of Environmental Science and Research (ESR).

But to create an imperative for reform on the scale Labour needed, a water quality crisis had to be created.

Minister Mahuta did this by resurrecting a report that had been prepared for Helen Clark’s Labour Government in 2006. ESR scientist Andrew Ball had been contracted to provide information on the incidence of endemic waterborne gastro-intestinal disease in New Zealand. While he found no real problem with water quality – “the size of most outbreaks is small, averaging nine cases per outbreak in 2000-2004, and is smaller than any other countries for which data are available” – there was insufficient local data to calculate the incidence of endemic disease.

As a result, Dr Ball used UK statistics to estimate between 18,000 and 34,000 infections a year in New Zealand, but he qualified his findings with a disclaimer: “The reliability of this method is questioned by the author.”

In other words, even he knew these estimates were not accurate.

Unfazed, Minister Mahuta used that old report to claim – as a mantra – that the main reason for the Three Waters reforms was that “At least 34,000 New Zealanders become ill from drinking tap water every year.”

We exposed the Minister’s claims as rubbish, knowing that if 34,000 people each year got sick from drinking tap water, we would all know about it because the issue would never be out of the news headlines.

The recent water contamination problem in Queenstown, where 30 or more people are reported to have become ill from drinking tap water, which dominated the news for days, has demonstrated what a huge lie the Minister’s 34,000 claim has been.

And the point is this – if the media had questioned the Minister about her ridiculous claim instead of regurgitating her lies, the whole senseless Three Waters scheme would never have got off the ground – saving the country billions of dollars that will have been utterly and completely wasted once the scheme is cancelled by the new government.

The Ardern legacy is about to come to an end and a new government will need to set about correcting a multitude of wrongs. But the media should also reflect on the status of its industry and what it needs to do to restore public trust. The damage done is such that restoring their reputation will be no small task.

Predominantly journalists need to go back to their role as neutral observers and reporters of the news. And with regards to contentious issues, they need to return to providing a balance of perspectives so that their audience has reliable information on which to make up their own mind.

In particular, they need to recognise the dreadful division within our country that Labour has created – with their assistance – and they need to help rebuild our society and heal the harm.

In summary, we don’t need the media to advocate political agendas  – we have politicians for that. But what we do need is balance and truth in the news. Is that too much to ask?

======================

More must-read articles. Currently focused on the COVID-19, the so-called ‘vaccine’, the mythical ‘virus’, future medical technologies but focusing more now on positive stories that suggest we are moving into a far better world.

This post discusses the massive global virus fraud, including COVID-19 and related issues such as future medical technologies but is now focusing more on positive stories that suggest we are moving into a far better world.. Note: The full text of the list of links are below. Many more articles are linked at the end of this post.  

Jacinta Price’s story. Australia’s next Prime Minister?

Jacinta Price’s story. Australia’s next Prime Minister ?  By Cameron Stewart, The Australian newspaper, 7 February 2025

Editor’s note. This very moving story is a ‘must read’ – to the end.  It explains this amazing woman’s story from an appalling childhood, an awful early life including drug addiction, starting a successful career then moving into politics and major successes. Many say she should be Australia’s next Prime Minister,  noting there will be an election this year. Click on the link above to view several photographs.

The Weekend Australian Magazine

197 Comments

Jacinta Nampijinpa Price is trying to shed her armour. If only for a day. She is reclining in a rocking chair on a veranda overlooking lush rolling hills near Tamworth in central NSW while her energetic Scottish-born musician husband Colin Lillie darts about ahead of his gig at the Tamworth Country Music Festival. This is Price’s happy place, where she and Colin can revel in their shared love of music and leave behind the bloodsport of federal politics.

“Here I am just Colin’s roadie,” she says of their ­annual visit to the festival. Nearby is the caravan they’re staying in, perched on the hill and notable for the Australian flag flying from a pole above it. It’s a few days before Australia Day and Price’s efforts to escape the world – or “take off her armour”, as her husband puts it – are failing. Her phone is buzzing with media ­requests to talk about her well-known pride in Australia Day. It’s the topic which, back in 2016, first catapulted Price to national attention when she wrote an ­impassioned defence of the national day in a social media post.

“I love this country for what it has given me,” she wrote back then. “I feel people choose to be a slave to an ideology that paints whites as ­oppressors and racists, and blacks as victims to be mollycoddled. I feel that Australia Day, ­nowadays, at the heart of it, is being used as a political platform for this ideology.”

“WHAT?”, others screamed in horror. An ­Indigenous woman embracing Australia Day? The day of invasion, of white colonisation? How could she say such a thing? Where is her black armband? Why is she so proud of this country? Who is this Jacinta Price?

Almost a decade on, Price is no less provocative. Now a household name after her high-­profile role for the No campaign in the Voice referendum, people either love her or hate her with not much in between. But controversy has not stopped the relentless march of this 43-year-old Warlpiri-Celtic woman through the ranks of conservative politics. Good luck trying to pigeonhole her. She is a revisionist, a radical and a conservative all at once. She says things that no other politician would dream of saying. She has a vision of Indigenous Australia that up-ends decades of conventional progressive wisdom. She repudiates the narrative of invasion trauma and states that Aboriginal domestic violence is ingrained in traditional culture and must be tackled as such. You could hear a pin drop around the country last year when told the National Press Club she believed colonisation has had a “positive” impact on Indigenous Australians because “we’ve got running water, we’ve got readily available food. I mean, everything that my grandfather had was because of the whitefellas”.

Price as a child in the 1980s. Picture: Supplied

No prominent Indigenous leader has ever said such a thing. Fellow Indigenous leader Marcia Langton has declared her a “gothic personality” with a “dangerous agenda”. Langton once said she suspected Price was “useful coloured help”, brought in by “conservative outfits” to “help in rescuing… [their] racist image”.

Price calls Langton’s claim insulting, and is unrepentant. “What Marcia did was highlight one of the issues that drove me into politics in the first place: the widespread and deeply ­entrenched view that Aboriginal people all have to think the same way – that we’re not entitled to our own opinion, and if for some reason we don’t subscribe to the view that we’re all victims of colonisation, then we are to be pilloried,” she says.

If the upcoming election falls the way of the Coalition, Price will be the Minister for Indigenous Affairs in the Dutton Government, and the Minister for Government Efficiency, a newly created post – and potential flashpoint – that could afford her sweeping powers to overhaul the bureaucracy. It would mean Australian policy towards First Nations people, and potentially Canberra, will never be the same again.

Thump.

My head.

Blood. Warm and sticky. Trickles down my face.

F..king bastard.

My head.

My f..king head.

It hurts so much.

Run, Jacinta, run.

For your f..king life.

Never look back.

So starts Price’s new memoir Matters of the Heart. She was in her mid-twenties, a divorced single mum with three young boys living in Alice Springs, when she met a non-Indigenous man named Jai. “This relationship set off major alarm bells from day one, but I didn’t hear them, or perhaps I didn’t want to hear them. I was vulnerable, I had money in the bank, and I was looking for love. I was an easy target for a charlatan. Come in, spinner,” she writes.

She caught Jai cheating on her and when she confronted him, he bashed her while she was in her bed, tried to choke her and rape her and then smashed her in the head with a bedside light before she bolted out the door and into the street with blood flowing from her head. Jai was eventually charged with aggravated assault. For Price, who had grown up with “stories of rape, domestic violence and the murder of young girls and women everywhere”, the fact that she had narrowly escaped from such brutality shook her to the core.

“I went through a stage where I just felt such an emptiness. My self-esteem was completely shattered. Everything that I thought about what it meant to be a good human being, a good wife, a good partner and seeing the good in ­others was just shredded,” she says as she looks out over the Tamworth hinterland.

But worse was to come. “It would be easy for me to gloss over this period, perhaps to briefly touch on it and move on, but there is no point in me telling my story if I’m not completely honest. And that means sharing the darkest period of my life. It’s a time I’m not proud of, but one that very much shaped who I am today.”

After her relationship with Jai, Price and her former first husband, Simon Castle, a childhood sweetheart with whom she had three young boys, agreed on a custody arrangement of two weeks on and two weeks off. But Price says she fell into a “Jekyll and Hyde” life of being a responsible mum for two weeks and then hitting the party scene for the next two. “Without the boys buzzing around, the house was uncomfortably quiet and lonely. When they were babies I had craved time to myself, but now I didn’t like being alone and made sure there was always someone around.” she writes.

‘I hated who I’d ­become – I didn’t feel like myself and I wasn’t happy.’ Picture: James Horan

“Sometimes we’d go out to the pub and have enough drinks to take the edge off my creeping anxiety – and when the weekends arrived, with no kids to look after, the girls and I hit the town. I’d never had this much freedom in my life, and I was making up for lost time. I could go ­anywhere and do anything I liked without the responsibility of mouths to feed, clothes to wash and kids to bathe. On the dance floor, I lost myself – I felt like I was 17 again.”

Price says that for “a few brief hours, alcohol magically washed away my fears and the ­persistent feelings of failure and self-loathing. I fell under its spell regularly.”

“Pills washed down with a lot of alcohol kickstarted benders that ended some time on Sunday afternoon, leaving me just enough time to get cleaned up and sobered up before fronting up to work on Monday. Some weekends my friends and I didn’t sleep at all,” she writes.

“At the time, I foolishly thought that the drugs like ecstasy were helping me shake off the darkness that constantly shadowed me. I revelled in the high that came from a tablet, but in truth each hit was contributing to a cycle of depression and anxiety, and each high was ­followed by a crushing low. I was caught in a dangerous cycle.

“I wanted to change. I hated who I’d ­become – I didn’t feel like myself and I wasn’t happy. With the support of my doctor, I entered a drug and alcohol rehab program, [which] involved intensive counselling, to identify and deal with the underlying emotions and feelings that were triggering my behaviour: my grief and feelings of failure after my marriage ended; the shock and fear I felt after Jai’s violent attacks; the loss of my identity and self-confidence.”

She says she is proud of how she came out of the spiral and reclaimed her life. But it made her reflect more on her childhood, her family and the scourge of domestic violence for all women. “It’s OK to be able to stand in front of the Australian people and to talk about your beliefs and how you think we can fix problems and that sort of thing. But it’s another thing to be able to say, ‘Look, I’ve been there. I’ve walked that road too’,” she says.


Although marked by the pain of losing her older brother, Linawu, to leukemia when he was just 10 years old, Price says she had a ­“wonderful” childhood growing up in Alice Springs
and at her mother’s hometown of Yuendumu, 300km to the northwest. But she says that as she grew older she came to realise the darkness that lurked within her community and even within her own extended family.

Her mother, Bess Price, a Walpiri community leader and a former Country Liberal Party politician for the Northern Territory electorate of Stuart, gave birth to Linawu at age 13 and went to live with his father in Yuendumu who subjected her to alcohol-fuelled beatings. “She still has a scar on her chest from his teeth after one attack, and lasting damage to one foot from when he used a house brick to crush her toes,” her daughter writes. Bess Price became an early critic of the high levels of violence and sexual abuse in Indigenous communities and later married Jacinta’s father, Dave, a white teacher from Newcastle, of Irish background from a staunch Catholic family. “I have many happy early memories of times at Yuendumu,” Price recalls. “As a child I was introduced to the wonderful aspects of our ­traditional culture and customs, and wrapped up in the love of a big, often crazy, Aboriginal family. But I was also acutely aware that ­Yuendumu had a dark side.

As a toddler (front) near the country Nampijinpa Price’s grandfather was born on – Juka Juka, the desert around Yuendumu – with family. Picture: Courtesy of Jacinta Nampijinpa Price

“I can’t pinpoint exactly when I first became aware of the violence or the drinking, because they were just always there: aunties would stay over at Mum and Dad’s to escape abusive husbands, or there’d be chatter about young girls being sent off to older men. On nights we stayed at Yuendumu, we heard the screams and saw the fights – and then we’d wake up the next morning and get on with life.”

Price also can’t pinpoint exactly when these experiences led her to openly question aspects of traditional culture. But there are clear markers. One was when she heard the story of her aunt Marion, who, on a Sunday in 1982, was seen getting into a car at Yuendumu with five men, each well known in that community. ­Marion, who was 14, was never seen again. The men in Yuendumu refused to speak and no charges were ever laid. “Marion had become yet another victim of a culture of silence that has protected perpetrators in Indigenous ­communities for decades,” writes Price.

Another of her aunts was repeatedly raped by an older man with such violence that she could never have children. In 2014 another aunt, her mother’s last surviving sister, Rosalie, was stabbed to death by another woman at a Warlpiri camp near Katherine.

The more Price looked at these tragedies, the more she came to believe that communities needed to bear more responsibility for their own behaviour and not simply blame white ­colonisation or other outside forces. “It’s important to understand the cultural laws and norms that enabled the disappearances [like Marion], because some of them are still in force today,” Price writes. “Warlpiri culture … is ­deeply patriarchal. Men are considered superior to women, occupying a privileged position in society, and the interests of the collective outweigh the rights of the individual. These principles, which are thousands of years old, are still being used to oppress women now.”

Despite the trailblazing example of her mother, Price says she never seriously considered a career in politics while growing up. At school in Alice Springs she played music and flirted with the idea of becoming a police officer, but all of her plans were upended when, in year 12, she fell pregnant to her then boyfriend Simon; the due date was the day of her year 12 formal. Almost a year later the new ­parents got married and moved out together; Price worked at a local gallery, while Simon worked as a bricklayer. By June 2003 Price had given birth to her third boy. She had just turned 22. But the marriage soon began to fray, and in 2006 she and Simon ­separated. She moved out and took the children with her.

“Becoming a single mum to three boys is by far the hardest thing I’ve ever done,” she writes. “I really hadn’t anticipated how deeply the loss of my marriage would affect me. Financially, it was crushing: I was still contributing to a mortgage on a home I didn’t live in, while trying to scrape together every dollar to find a place to live and support myself and my boys.”

Price’s next chapter was her darkest. She and the boys moved briefly to Darwin with her new boyfriend Jai. After Jai bashed her, she broke up with him and they returned to Alice where she fell into drug and booze fuelled depression.

Price was determined to rebuild her life in Alice, working at an arts organisation that promoted Aboriginal artists. She started playing AFL and formed a band with friends called Catch The Fly. (In 2013 she released an album, Dry River, produced by Bill Chambers, father of country singer Kasey Chambers.) She then got a job with Imparja Television as a co-host for their children’s show Yamba’s Playtime, a hugely popular program across central Australia about the adventures of Yamba the giant red honey ant. “Landing that role was a dream come true for me, and the beginning of one of the happiest periods of my life,” she says.

Price as host of Yamba’s Playtime. Picture: Christine Ansorge

Senator Jacinta Nampijinpa Price, Shadow Minister for Indigenous Australians, in Tamworth NSW. Photo: James Horan/TWAM

Price had another stroke of good luck at that time when she bumped into a Scottish man in Alice Springs Hospital, where both were taking their sick kids. They chatted briefly, then bumped into each other in the street a few months later. Then one day Price walked into a popular Alice Springs music bar with some friends without knowing that that same Scotsman, a musician named Colin Lillie, was playing there that night. “At first I didn’t see Colin, but he saw me. He remembers me wearing knee-high brown leather boots over my jeans, and a camel-coloured winter jacket. My hair was long and loosely curled. He turned to his mate and asked, ‘Who’s that woman?’”

“That’s Jacinta Price – she’s on TV and she’s famous,” he was told. Colin absolutely swears that he turned to his mate and declared, “I’m going to marry her.”

They began dating, cautiously at first, as both were still stitching their lives back together. Colin, now a successful musician, was the son of a domineering, alcoholic father from a remote village in Scotland. At the time he met Price he was three years sober and father to a four-year-old son.

With Colin (at centre) and children (clockwise from top left) Ethan, Leiland, Kinkade and Declan. Picture: Courtesy of Jacinta Nampijinpa Price

“On the face of it, you might not expect an Aboriginal woman from the Australian ­Outback and a bus driver’s son from the north of Scotland to have too much in common,” says Price, who has previously been reluctant to talk in detail about the relationship. “As it turned out, we had both grown up surrounded by drunkenness and violence, in communities clouded by hopelessness and despair.”

They moved in together, with her three children and his one, and in January 2023 – 10 months before the Voice referendum – they held a secret wedding on the beach at Queensland’s Stradbroke Island with their kids and a handful of friends. “Our wedding was small, ­intimate and absolutely perfect,” she recalls. “I was so proud to be Mrs Lillie.”

Price says her pathway into politics was ­unplannedand was never on her “to-do list”. “[But] with an example like Mum in my own family, maybe I was always going to end up in politics,” she says. She was already forming strong political views without fully realising it. She remembers being hugely relieved in 2007 when, two months after the Little Children Are Sacred report was published describing the rape and murder of children, including babies, in Indigenous communities the Howard ­Government introduced the Intervention, ­restricting alcohol and pornography in remote communities. “The usual critics hated the ­Intervention and decried it as racist, but the ­silent majority of us in Alice Springs were bloody grateful that someone was actually doing something,” she recalls.

Yet it was not until 2015 that friends persuaded Price to dip her toe into politics, by running for, and winning, a seat on the Alice Springs Town Council. Shortly afterwards, in early 2016, she penned that incendiary social media post about Australia Day which changed everything. “After 24 hours, my post had been read by more than 130,000 people and had been shared more than 10,000 times,” she recalls. “I’d unwittingly tapped into something important, and without any warning it changed my life: suddenly the media was contacting me and I was inundated with requests to speak. In an instant, I had a national platform.”

Price was in hot demand because, in her own words, there “weren’t too many black voices in the media providing a different view to that ­offered by the city-based academic activists”.

She says being a victim of domestic ­violence made her more determined to speak out. “I thought, ‘Stuff it, I’m not going to remain silent and I don’t care who I piss off in doing so’.”

She believes too many Indigenous leaders seek to blame others for the problems of Aboriginal Australians rather than looking in their own communities. “We’ve got a lot of crap that needs cleaning up in our own backyards,” she says. “Our children experience the highest rates of sexual abuse, our women suffer the highest rates of domestic and family violence, and yet if I criticise this some Indigenous people say, ‘Oh, you’re making us look bad’ or ‘You’re emboldening racists.’ We’ve got to get off our backsides and actually support the victims and hold ­people accountable for their crimes.”

With Warren Mundine at a Voice to Parliament No rally at Riverside Theatre, Perth Convention and Exhibition Centre. Picture: Philip Gostelow

Marcia Langton ­disagrees with Price’s claims, saying it is “self-serving” to point the finger at Indigenous ­communities when domestic violence is ­endemic and spread across society. “With more than 100 women of all cultural backgrounds murdered in Australia in the last 18 months, the women of Australia deserve better than her self-serving, attention-seeking campaign,” Langton says. “The evidence shows that this ­violence is universal and cannot be explained by her simple theory.”

However, as Price points out in her book, “The Australian Institute of Health and ­Welfare reports that in 2022-23, Indigenous women were 34 times more likely to be hospitalised as a result of domestic violence than non-Indigenous women.”

Price decided that if she was going to effect meaningful change she needed to be in Canberra. In early 2018 she was preselected as the Country Liberal Party candidate for the seat of Lingiari but lost in 2019 to the Labor incumbent Warren Snowdon. Two years later she won preselection as the CLP’s candidate for the Senate, and at the 2022 election she became a Senator for the Northern Territory.

Dressed in a cream, soft plum and dusty pink fabric designed by artist Eunice Napanangka Jack from Ikuntji Artists – the first art centre established by women in the Western Desert Art movement – Price used her maiden speech to deliberately rile black-armband activists by saying she “always was and always will be … a proud Australian”. She also railed against what she described as empty symbolic gestures, like the Walk for Reconciliation across Sydney Harbour Bridge or the endless Welcome to Country rituals.

Subsequently, she emerged as the most high-profile opponent of the Indigenous Voice to Parliament, which Anthony Albanese had proposed during the election campaign. “The Voice, as I saw it, was just one more symbolic gesture – a gesture Indigenous people didn’t need, and one that could actually do us harm,” she writes. “A single ‘Voice’ representing ­Indigenous people was insulting.”

‘Australians have an acute bullshit barometer: we can sniff it in the wind, and we don’t like it.’ Picture: James Horan

Her argument was that it would do nothing to actually improve the lives of Indigenous ­people, and it divided people by race. In any case, she said, it was “plain wrong” to suggest Indigenous Australians did not already have a voice. “When I joined the Senate in 2022, I was one of 11 Indigenous voices in the federal parliament, a record number. Together we made up 4.8 per cent of federal parliamentarians, at a time when Indigenous people were 3.2 per cent of the Australian population.”

Price soon became the public face of the No vote along with another Indigenous leader, Warren Mundine, revealing in her book that she approached the powerful Advance lobby group to join the anti-Voice campaign. But it was a brutal arena to be a gladiator in. Price was detested by the Left and especially by many other Indigenous leaders who saw her as a traitor to her people. “The campaigning was sometimes nasty, even vicious, and some of the attacks on me were deeply personal,” she recalls. “At one point I had to change my phone because my number had been publicly exposed, and the campaign team were constantly intercepting vile, hateful and physically threatening emails, letters and social media comments, trying to protect me from the worst of them.” Soon Price needed an Australian Federal Police security detail wherever she went.

“For every person who said something nasty to me publicly, there were plenty more doing it online and on social media, hiding behind fake names. My parents became a target, too: their home was vandalised, pelted with eggs and paint, bottles were smashed across their driveway and terrible things were said to them.

“And then there were the very public, very personal attacks by people like Noel Pearson, who suggested I was caught up in a ‘tragic ­redneck celebrity vortex’, and Marcia Langton, who said that if you started pulling arguments for the No case apart, you’d always get down to ‘base racism’, or ‘just sheer stupidity’.

“I took great exception to that. I’ve always believed that Australians have an acute bullshit barometer: we can sniff it in the wind, and we don’t like it. Australians are not racist, and we are not a racist country,” writes Price.

Former prime minister John Howard says he admired the way Price tackled the Voice debate. “Hers was not the language of complaint,” he writes in a foreword to her memoir. “She did not accuse her fellow Australians of inherent discrimination and bigotry … Rather, she appealed to the common aspiration of all decent-minded people to remove the barriers and dissolve the differences which unfairly impede so many of our Indigenous brothers and sisters.

“[Her] story is an optimistic and positive one. It is the story of a person who … has worked, lived and married across racial boundaries. This is of course the antithesis of how life in Australia is depicted by those who argue that the history of this country is steeped in racism and discrimination against minorities.”

Price says when the Voice referendum results came in, she felt relief and gratitude above all. She says she just wanted life to go back to normal. “But life wasn’t the same, and it will never be the same again,” she says. “My family had front-row seats to an extraordinary chapter in our nation’s history, during which we saw the very best and the very worst of humanity.”

The morning after the referendum result, Price says that she, Colin and the boys had breakfast at a coffee shop in Brisbane, where she saw a group of people at a nearby table whispering and staring at her. Then, to her amazement, they stood up and clapped. It was a reaffirming moment after such a brutal campaign. (She says she was quickly brought back to Earth by her boys: “Mum, you might have saved Australia … but can I have fifty bucks?”)

It was months later, at the most unexpected time, when the emotional cost of being the face of the most divisive referendum in a generation finally caught up with her. Price was in Edinburgh, Scotland, driving down the city’s famed Royal Mile, when she suddenly felt the heaviness in her chest lift. “[It was] an almighty physical and emotional release. Tears. Floods of them. The pressure of the last 12 months of the Voice, the build-up of anger, sadness and despair, and my relief at the result all rushed to the surface from deep within, and I couldn’t stop crying.

“It was in that moment, in the car with Colin, crying my eyes out, in the silence and serenity of Edinburgh, that I found myself again,” she says. “I was just Jacinta.”

So why write a memoir now, on the eve of an election? She smiles and says her aim is to give “Australians more of an understanding as to why I am passionate about the issues I have advocated for. I wanted to give a more personal perspective, you know, Jacinta the human, the mother, the daughter, the sister, the child, as opposed to the politician.”

Price uses the book to make a series of promises, saying she will “support Australians on the basis of need, not race”.

“Aboriginal communities need to reject outdated beliefs and cultural practices too, leaving the entrenched misogyny of the past behind. It’s time that we stopped treating women and girls as possessions to be traded,” she writes. “It’s also high time we stopped romanticising ‘the world’s oldest living culture’, and work out how our culture can adapt to a changing world, not just to survive but to thrive.”

Price has pledged to call for a royal commission into the sexual abuse and domestic and family violence suffered by Aboriginal women. “We must understand the full truth of what is happening in our communities, and what has happened in our communities. We must find the courage of our voices, no more silence.”

This memoir is clearly aimed at underpinning the next chapter in Price’s political journey. If the Coalition wins government, she’ll be a cabinet minister by mid-year. But many ­wonder whether an even higher office one day beckons. Does Price see herself, like some of her backers do, as a potential prime minister?

“Yeah, that’s a big call,” she says. “I mean, I’m absolutely grateful and humbled by the fact that a lot of Australians … you know, I hear that on a regular basis, but I’m like, you know, there’s a lot involved with becoming the prime minister. And do I really want the top job? I mean, my life already doesn’t really belong to me.”

She says her only aim right now is to make the changes that will improve the lives of Indigenous Australians. “I’d say, ask me once I’ve achieved those, how I feel about that. Yeah, that’s what I’d say.”

Then she pauses before adding: “On the other hand, part of me is quite a spiritual thinker, and if I’m called to that [higher office], then I’m obliged. Yeah.”

Matters of the Heart by Jacinta Nampijinpa Price (HarperCollins) is out on Wednesday

Cameron StewartChief International Correspondent

 

 

Post

Viewing Optionsarrow_drop_down

  • All Comments 0

Peter

just now

Editquery_builderPENDING

Re: ‘But many ­wonder whether an even higher office one day beckons. Does Price see herself, like some of her backers do, as a potential prime minister?’ I’d vote for Jacinta as PM.

Reprobatus

4 hours ago

Here we have person, with much life experience,  a positive outlook despite going through so much,  compassion, motivation to help others, be a voice for those that need to be heard, hounorable and definitely deserving. We are fortunate to have Jacinta in our parliament. I wish her and the coalition all the best in the upcoming Federal election.

Likedthumb_up206

Replyreply

Reportflag

Rebecca

3 hours ago

And so intelligent and articulate and informed and strong! Amazing woman and story.

I did not think I could be more impressed with this woman but I am!

Likedthumb_up93

Replyreply

Reportflag

Charles J

2 hours ago

She is an amazing credit to her parents. They did an excellent job.

Likedthumb_up37

Replyreply

Reportflag

CoolCat

4 hours ago

To be clear, only a few noisy activists hate her, she is loved by many more, and more to come.

Likedthumb_up175

Replyreply

Reportflag

Ken

1 hour ago

She really is.  Also Warren Mundine is wonderful too.

Likedthumb_up22

Replyreply

Reportflag

Alan

4 hours ago

The contrast between Jacinta Price’s honesty, common sense & bravery in confronting woke stereotyping, & Lydia Thorpe’s attention-seeking nonsense could not be greater. For the good of our country I hope she is a future Prime Minister

Likedthumb_up166

Replyreply

Reportflag

Evan

4 hours ago

Good on her for coming clean!  More so is she is using her second chance to make important and pragmatic contributions to improve the welfare of her mob.  All power to this potential future Australian PM.

Likedthumb_up146

Replyreply

Reportflag

Andrew!

4 hours ago

Nothing but respect for this brave woman

Likedthumb_up139

Replyreply

Reportflag

Simon

4 hours ago

Honesty, integrity, courage and sincere compassion – that what I hear when Jacinta speaks.

Likedthumb_up135

Replyreply

Reportflag

Nancy

4 hours ago

What this country needs now is a lot more Jacintas.
Thankyou, 

Likedthumb_up127

Replyreply

Reportflag

Rick

3 hours ago

@Nancy Well said Nancy, and I would add that we expect Jacinta to do it on her own. Each and every one of us has to do whatever we can to support her. She can’t wave a magic wand to fix these problems and she will need our support in government to overturn decades of bad policy.

Likedthumb_up53

Replyreply

Reportflag

Pat

2 hours ago

Full of admiration. Tears in my eyes. What a contrast to our current crop of Labor “leaders” who are mostly union hacks.

Likedthumb_up120

Replyreply

Reportflag

Steve Blaxland

4 hours ago

JP is a heroine of mine.  I became very emotional reading this article. She has achieved so much despite adversity of the most serious king.  I am not going to condescend to Politics but I would say that her real life experience puts her in a special position to help Australians, all Australians..  She is a realist and a “doer”, not a complainer.  Her presence in Parliament is much needed.
Steve Blaxland

Likedthumb_up118

Replyreply

Reportflag

Suzanne

3 hours ago

She is already an inspiration to all Australians. After spending 35 years on the Tiwi Islands and NT, my own views had to be kept private for so long, given the largely southern consensus. She crystallises them with her authenticity. Thank you Jacinta!

Likedthumb_up105

 

======================

Movie -Witness Statement: Overwhelming evidence for Australian Covid vaxx injury prosecutions

The ongoing Covid vaccine epidemic and now more than 100,000 unnecessary vaccine deaths in Australia was brought to you by Liberals, Nationals, Labor and Greens. And you are going to vote for them?

First Release

The Greatest Crimes in Australia’s History – The Story is Confronting

Witness Statement 1 January 2025, has been released, telling the story of the most serious crimes ever committed in Australian history.

The documentary addresses all Australian Police, State and Federal, and calls on them to identify and investigate alleged crimes and pursue prosecution of the offenders, without fear or favour.

The film outlines numerous facts supported by indisputable data and evidence, of alleged criminal actions perpetrated on the people of Australia through the approval, promotion, mandating and injection of Covid-19 vaccines.

It presents data, information, expert testimony and referenced evidence, in relation to the victims, the alleged crimes, the alleged offenders, the weapons used, possible motives, and the intent and means of the offenders.

Numerous facts predominantly from Australian sources support the argument, including from our own Prof Ian Brighthope, Dr Phillip Altman, and Dr Jeyanthi Kunadhasan. Other foreign experts contribute including the famous English cancer specialist Professor Angus Dalgleish, the UK cardiologist Dr Aseem Malhotra, Dr Paul Marik, Dr David Martin and Dr Peter McCullough from the United States, and many more.

You will also hear from many of the brave Australian politicians who tried to expose the truth about the Covid-19 pandemic and vaccines, including Senator Malcolm Roberts and Senator Gerard Rennick, as well as current and former members of parliament, Russell Broadbent, Craig Kelly and George Christensen.

The facts presented clearly show that there were many serious departures from reasonable standards of conduct and care and unlawful actions, which caused significant harm to Australian men, women and children.

But the film is also a beacon of light for those who have not yet been exposed to truthful media reports about the true risks and harms of the Covid-19 injections. These are not conventional vaccines. They are according to global experts, not vaccines, but gene therapy bioweapons.

The truth is already in the public domain, but sourcing the information can be challenging for those who don’t know where to look. This documentary strings the publicly available data together in a way that is easy to access and understand.

After watching this documentary, the misleading slogan ‘Safe and Effective’, will ring untrue – loud and clear – as the lies are exposed.

The documentary is lengthy at 2.5 hours, but it is presented in 9 parts, so that you can pause after, or during, each section to reflect and consider the information carefully. Once you press play, you will want to watch to the end.

The documentary has been mailed to the Federal Attorney General, Mark Dreyfus, and all State and Territory Police Commissioners, with a call to action to watch the documentary and take action to investigate the alleged crimes and prosecute the offenders.

A link to the film will also be emailed to our elected representatives at Council, State and Federal level, to ensure that they too can be informed of the facts and take action to protect the people from further harm.

Cairns News

There is sufficient evidence in this video for a junior constable from your local police station to mount a prosecution of all those involved in committing genocide against the Australian population using a bioweapon developed in a laboratory with gain-of-function research.

It is not and never has been a vaccine – it is a gene-altering inoculation with long-term, harmful consequences for the human body. Please note there have been a number of remedies developed and now on the market but you wont find them at your local pharmacy. They too are complicit.

Send this video to everyone in your address book and hand it to any police officer, solicitor and barrister you may know. It is waste of time giving it to any main stream media such as News Ltd, Fairfax or the ABC. They too are implicated.

Somewhere, someone you know has either been killed or injured by a Covid vaxx or they know somebody who has.

===========================================

The false Covid PCR test was a key part of the massive Covid fraud

 

Editor’s note: much of the information in this article are well-known.  But considerable additional material validate the false role of the PCR test in the massive world-wide fraud that was Covid-19. Additional diagrams and links can be see by clicking on the link above.


The false Covid PCR test was a key part of the massive Covid fraud  From Global Research, 17 January 2024


Video: The Mysterious Death of the Inventor of the PCR Test, Nobel Laureate Dr. Kary Mullis


Dr. Fauci’s Most Notable Critic


By Dr. Kary B. Mullis, Greg Reese, and Prof Michel Chossudovsky
Global Research, January 14, 2025


Free World News 22 May 2021


“The PCR is a process. It does not tell you that you are sick.” –Dr. Kary Mullis, (image right) Nobel Laureate and Inventor of the RT-PCR, passed away in August 2019.
“…All or a substantial part of these positives could be due to what’s called false positives tests.” –Dr. Michael Yeadon, distinguished scientist, former Vice President and Chief Science Officer of Pfizer
“This misuse of the RT-PCR technique is applied as a relentless and intentional strategy by some governments to justify excessive measures such as the violation of a large number of
constitutional rights, … under the pretext of a pandemic based on a number of positive RT PCR tests, and not on a real number of patients.” –Dr. Pascal Sacré, Belgian physician specialized in critical care and renowned public health analyst. “I have seen massive efforts made to deliberately inflate Covid death numbers by relabelling cancer patients and stroke victims and all manner of normal regular deaths as Covid, in fact virtually anyone getting into an ambulance. The methods used to do so were totally flawed, PCR
tests for example being run on 45 cycles we all know to be worthless, yet people are being euthanised on this basis and sometimes only on the basis of a chest x-ray alone.” –John
O’Looney, Funeral Director, Milton Keynes, U.K.
From the outset of this crisis in January 2020, all far-reaching policy decisions upheld and presented to the public as a “means to saving lives” were based on flawed and invalid RT PCR positive cases.
These invalid COVID-19 “estimates” have been used to justify confinement, social distancing, wearing of the face mask, the prohibition of social gatherings, cultural and sports events, the
closure of economic activity, as well as the enforcement of the mRNA “vaccine” launched in November 2020. There is no such thing as a “COVID-19 confirmed case”.– Michel Chossudovsky, Professor of Economics (emeritus), University of Ottawa.
***
The late Dr. Kary Mullis, the inventor of the PCR test, has been blowing the whistle on Fauci and big pharma for 30 years.
Outstanding video production and analysis by Greg Reese
VIDEO. The Polymerase Chain Reaction Test by Greg Reese
May the Late Dr. Kary Mullis’ Legacy Live.
*
The slanted methodology applied under WHO guidance for detecting the alleged spread of the virus is the Reverse Transcription Polymerase Chain Reaction (RT-PCR) test, which has been routinely applied all over the world since February 2020. (This Text below is an excerpt from Michel Chossudovsky’s book, August 2022)
The Reverse Transcription Polymerase Chain Reaction (RT-PCR) test by Michel Chossudovsky The RT-PCR test has been used worldwide to generate millions of erroneous “COVID-19
confirmed cases”, which are then used to sustain the illusion that the alleged pandemic is real.
This assessment based on erroneous numbers has been used in the course of three and and a half years to spearhead and sustain the fear campaign.
“Confirmed” is a misnomer. A “confirmed RT-PCR positive case” does not imply a “COVID-19 confirmed case”. “Positive RT-PCR is not synonymous with the COVID-19 disease! PCR specialists make it clear that a test must always be compared with the clinical record of the patient being tested, with the patient’s state of health to confirm its value [reliability]. (Dr. Pascal Sacré) The procedure used by the national health authorities is to categorize all RT-PCR positive
cases as “COVID-19 confirmed cases” (with or without a medical diagnosis). Ironically, this routine process of identifying “confirmed cases” is in derogation of the CDC’s own guidelines:
“Detection of viral RNA may not indicate the presence of infectious virus or that 2019-nCoV is the causative agent for clinical symptoms. The performance of this test has not been
established for monitoring treatment of 2019-nCoV infection. This test cannot rule out diseases caused by other bacterial or viral pathogens.” (emphasis added) The methodology used to detect and estimate the spread of the virus is flawed and invalid.
False Positives
The earlier debate at the outset of the crisis focused on the issue of “false positives.” Acknowledged by the WHO and the CDC, the RT-PCR test was known to produce a high percentage of false positives. According to Dr. Pascal Sacre?: “Today, as authorities test more people, there are bound to be more positive RT-PCR
tests. This does not mean that COVID-19 is coming back, or that the epidemic is moving in waves. There are more people being tested, that’s all.”
The debate on false positives (acknowledged by health authorities) points to so-called errors without necessarily questioning the overall validity of the RT-PCR test as a means to detecting
the alleged spread of the SARS-CoV-2 virus. The PCR Test Does Not Detect the Identity of the Virus The RT-PCR test does not identify/detect the virus. What the PCR test identifies are genetic
fragments of numerous viruses (including influenza viruses types A and B and coronaviruses which trigger common colds).
The results of the RT-PCR test cannot “confirm” whether an individual who undertakes the test is infected with SARS-CoV-2.
Failures of the PCR Test, Ridiculously Low Numbers
Even if the 2019 nCoV had been detected and duly identified, the numbers of PCR-RT confirmed (cumulative) positive cases in the period leading up to to March 11, 2020 used as a justification to enforce the Lockdown of more than 190 countries were ridiculously low. The 80,981 cases for China also pertains to confirmed (cumulative) PCR positive cases. Note the new cases in China (PCR positive) on March 12, 2020 are of the order of “321 new”
Image: Total cumulative cases on March 12, 2020 (Source: WHO)
For Further Details see:
The WHO Confirms that the Covid-19 PCR Test is Flawed: Estimates of “Positive Cases” are Meaningless. The Lockdown Has No Scientific Basis By Prof Michel Chossudovsky, December 10, 2023 There Never Was a “New Corona Virus”, There Never Was a Pandemic, By Prof Michel Chossudovsky, November 03, 2024
The WHO on January 13, 2021, acknowledged that the PCR test was invalid. The official text of the WHO entitled “Nucleic Acid Testing (NAT) Technologies that Use Polymerase Chain
Reaction (PCR) for Detection of SARS-CoV-2? is featured in the Annex below.
The WHO’s Mea Culpa by Michel Chossudovsky
WHO guidance Diagnostic testing for SARS-CoV-2 states that careful interpretation of weak positive results is needed (1). The cycle threshold (Ct) needed to detect virus is inversely
proportional to the patient’s viral load. Where test results do not correspond with the clinical presentation, a new specimen should be taken and retested using the same or different NAT
technology. (emphasis added) WHO reminds IVD users that disease prevalence alters the predictive value of test results; as
disease prevalence decreases, the risk of false positive increases (2). This means that the probability that a person who has a positive result (SARS-CoV-2 detected) is truly infected with
SARS-CoV-2 decreases as prevalence decreases, irrespective of the claimed specificity.”
“Invalid Positives” is the Underlying Concept
This is not an issue of “Weak Positives” and “Risk of False Positive Increases”. What is at stake is a “Flawed Methodology” which leads to invalid estimates.
What this admission of the WHO confirms is that the estimate of covid positive from a PCR test (with an amplification threshold of 35 cycles or higher) is invalid. In which case, the WHO recommends retesting: “a new specimen should be taken and retested…”.
The WHO calls for “Retesting”, which is tantamount to “We Screwed Up”.
That recommendation is pro-forma. It won’t happen. Millions of people Worldwide have already been tested, starting in early February 2020. Nonetheless, we must conclude that unless
retested, those estimates (according to the WHO) are invalid.
From the outset, the PCR test has routinely been applied at a Ct amplification threshold of 35 or higher, following the January 2020 recommendations of the WHO. What this means is that
the PCR methodology as applied Worldwide has led to the compilation of faulty and misleading Covid statistics.
And these are the statistics which are used to measure the progression of the so-called “pandemic”. Above an amplification cycle of 35 or higher, the test will not detect fragments
of the virus. Therefore, the official “covid numbers” are meaningless.
It follows that there is no scientific basis for confirming the existence of a pandemic. Which in turn means that the lockdown / economic measures which have resulted in social panic, mass poverty and unemployment (allegedly to curtail the spread of the virus) have no
justification whatsoever.
According to scientific opinion: “if someone is tested by PCR as positive when a threshold of 35 cycles or higher is used (as is
the case in most laboratories in Europe & the US), the probability that said person is actually infected is less than 3%, the probability that said result is a false positive is 97% (Pieter Borger, Bobby Rajesh Malhotra, Michael Yeadon, Clare Craig, Kevin McKernan, et al, Critique of Drosten Study)
As outlined above, “the probability that said result is a false positive is 97%”: It follows that using the >35 cycles detection will indelibly contribute to “hiking up” the number of “fake positives”.
At the time of writing (mid-March 2021), despite the WHO retraction, the PCR test is being used extensively to hike up the numbers with a view to sustaining the fear campaign, justifying the
ongoing lockdown policies as well as the implementation of the Covid vaccine.
Ironically, the flawed numbers based on “invalid positives” are in turn being manipulated to ensure an upward trend in so-called “Confirmed Covid -19 Cases”.
Moreover, those PCR tests are not routinely accompanied by a medical diagnosis of the patients who are being tested.
And now, national health authorities have issued (fake) warnings of a “Third Wave” as part of their propaganda campaign in support of the Covid-19 Vaccine.
The WHO confirms that the Covid PCR test procedure as applied is invalid. There is absolutely no scientific basis for implementing the Covid Vaccine.
Both the WHO and the scientific assessment of Pieter Borger, et al (quoted above) confirm unequivocally that the tests adopted by governments to justify the lockdown and the destabilization of national economies are INVALID.
Invalid Data and the Numbers’ Game
It should be understood that these “invalid estimates” are the “numbers” quoted relentlessly 24/7 by the media which have been used to feed the fear campaign and “justify” ALL the policies put forth by the governments:
? lockdown,
? closure of economic activity,
? poverty and mass unemployment,
? bankruptcies
? social distancing,
? face mask,
? curfew,
? the vaccine.
? the health passport
Invalid Data. Think Twice Before Getting Vaccinated
Michel Chossudovsky, November 9, 2024

==========================

Non-Enforcement of Pharmaceutical Law Revealed Intent to Harm

Non-Enforcement of Pharmaceutical Law Revealed Intent to Harm  By Sasha Latypova, 11 January 2024

Editor’s note: Several graphics are not shown in the text below.  To view these click on the link above to view the PDF file.

In early 2020, I grew increasingly alarmed by the government’s nonsensical and counterproductive actions marketed as “covid response”.  The realization that something truly fraudulent was occurring came to me around spring-summer of 2020 when the suppression of hydroxychloroquine and other early effective covid treatments by the government became obvious.

The HHS (CDC & FDA) went on massive social media campaigns demonizing generic drugs such as hydroxychloroquine and ivermectin, calling them “fish tank cleaner” and “horse dewormer” – which was simply shocking to me as I have never witnessed the health authorities lying so openly and brazenly. The CDC’s own research, published in 2005, concluded, “Chloroquine is a potent inhibitor of SARS coronavirus infection and spread”[1]. The U.S. had stockpiled hydroxychloroquine for exactly this sort of emergency.

Due Diligence and Art is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.

Top of Form

Subscribe

Bottom of Form

The HHS and state agencies and their “fixers” in academia and mass media were promoting outright lies about this well-characterized generic medicine with a long history of safe use.  A turning point for me was when a study by a US tech company called Surgisphere[2] claiming to have collected all data for all covid patients at the time (tens of thousands in all countries of the world) was published in Lancet claiming that hydroxychloroquine caused numerous cases of lethal arrhythmia. The group claimed to have compiled an enormous dataset from all over the world in a matter of weeks!  Sure enough, in about 14 days Lancet retracted the study as it was fraudulent, and no such dataset ever existed. But by then the mainstream media ran the fake headlines which were never retracted. I decided to investigate the data for myself, and turned to the only dataset that was available to me – Vaccine Adverse Event Reporting System (VAERS)[3].

Vaccines in general are regulated as pharmaceutical products, meaning that they have a requirement to comply with the current Good Manufacturing Practices[4] – a set of regulatory laws governing quality control, safety, and accurate labeling of pharmaceuticals.  A consumer or a healthcare provider usually cannot detect (through smell, touch, or sight) whether a drug product is safe or if it will work, and therefore safety testing and assurance processes are needed.  This formal system of controls at a pharmaceutical company, if adequately put into practice, helps to prevent instances of contamination, mix-ups, deviations, failures, and errors. More importantly, if the process of manufacture of a substance cannot be assured, that substance cannot exist as a pharmaceutical – reliable, predictable, and controllable by precise dosage. If a company is not complying with cGMP regulations, any drug it makes is considered “adulterated” under the law – a de facto potential poison, whether purposeful or accidental. Most product recalls are voluntary by the manufacturers; however, the FDA has power to enforce cGMP compliance and force recalls, product seizure and a variety of other regulatory actions to ensure compliance.

I needed a historic comparator, and I decided to study the patterns of VAERS data for Covid 19 injections in comparison to the historical flu vaccines from a variety of manufacturers. I compared the covid injections to flu vaccines in terms of the total numbers of serious adverse events and deaths and, in addition, looked at how many we reported per each lot number.  It was an important question, as from my experience in the pharma industry, this analysis would be an important indicator of manufacturing quality control.  I later met and collaborated with a group of citizen analysts around this topic, including Dr. Mike Yeadon, a former senior R&D executive from Pfizer and some of the earliest, and Craig Paardekooper, a British pharmacy student.  Craig made many analytical discoveries in VAERS lot data and started the “How Bad is Your Batch” website dedicated to this issue[5].  The website became an invaluable resource for all questions related to injection batches and by the end of 2022 received over 100 million visitors from all over the world.  We called our group “Team Enigma” in honor of the analysts that cracked the Nazi code during World War II.  I started video recording presentations of our data and posting them on alternative media channels as mainstream social media was in full-on suppression mode.[6]

I queried VAERS data many times over 2021-2022 using historical data from seasonal flu vaccines lot-to-lot as a comparator.  Right away it was obvious that the difference was astounding: covid injections had 15-41 times more serious adverse events and 40-152 times more deaths per lot.  Even more troubling was the incredibly high lot-to-lot variation for covid shots compared to the flu vaccines, even after adjusting for the lot sizes in doses. It is expected that for a product manufactured in compliance with the cGMP all manufacturing lots will have very similar rates of adverse events, very close to zero, and that held largely true for the flu vaccine data.  In contrast, the covid shots varied roughly 1000% lot-to-lot.  Some lots had very few reports, and some had 5000-6000 reports, including 1,000-2,000 serious reports and hundreds of deaths.  The variability was not explained by the sizes of lots, nor by any normal demographic data adjustments such as age or gender of the recipients. It was clear that the manufacture was recklessly uncontrolled. When a pharmaceutical product is made without adherence to the manufacturing quality regulations, any product thus produced is a potential poison, and is deemed as such by law – a de-facto adulterated product[7].

Over time direct evidence of non-compliance with cGMP became available, validating my earlier conclusions.  Evidence included the European Medicines Agency (EMA) “rolling review” of Pfizer’s Chemistry and Manufacturing Controls (CMC) documentation. The discussions around this issue are recorded in numerous documents that were leaked from EMA at the end of November 2020, including email exchanges between EMA staff and management. Authenticity of the documents and emails was independently verified by the British Medical Journal.[8]

The EMA reviewers noted lack of cGMP compliance as “Major Objection #1,” in addition to more than 100 additional Major Objections and Critical Observations. Yet, all regulatory objections were disregarded, and the product went on the market in Europe and worldwide shortly after. 

Despite obvious safety signals including Pfizer’s own pharmacovigilance report showing 1200+ deaths[9] within first 2 month of mass vaccinations, thousands of death reports in VAERS, and millions of reported injuries in other government tracked databases like V-Safe[10], there were no recalls or investigations by the manufacturers or health agencies.  Not a single health official “noticed” it, and furthermore, when questioned, mounted a wall of denial in response.     

Historically, a handful of reports of deaths associated with the use of the product is all that’s needed to initiate a pharmacovigilance action – a recall of a batch of product, investigation, or an entire product recall – all these measures are available and have been successfully used in a variety of product contamination and adulteration cases[11].  After thousands of deaths are recorded with the use of a product and no action is taken by anyone – manufacturer, regulators or law enforcement authorities, the situation should be considered intentional. The flat refusal to acknowledge deaths and injuries by the government officials and pharma companies signaled the intent.  The intent to harm.

The “Pseudo-Laws”: EUA Countermeasures Under Public Health Emergency.

In mid-2022 I ran across a brilliant analysis titled “American Domestic Bioterrorism” posted online by my now friend and colleague Katherine Watt, a paralegal and an independent journalist researching US law history.[1]  Her writing provided the critical piece of the puzzle I was looking for: it explained how the criminal cartel, including actors in the US government, military, and private companies “legalized” and implemented the covid atrocity. 

Katherine found a crucial provision in US law: 21 USC 360bbb-3(k) which stated that use of EUA-covered medical countermeasure (MCM) products including masks, diagnostic tests, bioagent injections, and other drugs, devices and biologics, once so classified by the HHS Secretary and his/her delegees, “shall not be considered to constitute a clinical investigation.”

This provision and the entire structure of the EUA Countermeasures law uncovered by Katherine revealed how the US Government systematically removed all consumer safeguards for the products designated as military “countermeasures” under contrived, arbitrary, self-proclaimed conditions of “public health emergency”, and then lied to the public pretending that these were properly approved safe and effective pharmaceuticals. 

Under federal law, FDA must approve any new drug product prior to a manufacturer introducing it into interstate commerce.[2]  This process requires manufacturer to open an Investigational New Drug (IND) application and obtain an exemption from the FDA for its use in regulated clinical research (trials).  This regulated process is therefore referred to as an “investigational” regulatory pathway.  It requires a manufacturer to conduct regulated clinical research (trials) under the IND, obtaining Institutional Review Board’s (IRB) approval for clinical trial protocols, independent safety monitoring oversight, and informed consent from clinical trial volunteers.  In addition, manufacture of the drugs and biologics subject to the investigational status is regulated by the current Good Manufacturing practices (cGMP)[3]

EUA Medical Countermeasures are a radically different, non-investigational drugs, biologics and devices deployed under FDA’s authorization power known as the “Emergency Use Authorization” (EUA) process[4].    The EUA process is used only when the United States Secretary of Health and Human Services declares an emergency[5] and the EUA law covers only instances of an attack with a chemical, biological, radiological, or nuclear (CBRN) agent(s).  The EUA law does not anticipate issuing EUAs for products to treat or prevent viral or bacterial outbreaks.

By law, the EUA process is non-investigational[6]: while the manufacturers may choose and FDA may ask to undertake some of the activities typically expected from an investigational clinical trial and manufacturing validation process, none of the typical regulatory standards are applicable in an enforceable way. 

FDA has the discretion to issue an EUA if the applicant shows, or HHS Secretary thinks that its product “may be effective” in treating the relevant disease or condition[7].   No other criteria for approval apply in an enforceable way.   Thus, the FDA will approve EUA products on incomplete information so long as the applicant shows that the “known and potential benefit of the product” merely “outweigh[s] the known and potential risks”[8] and considers it unlikely that “comprehensive effectiveness data” will be available before an EUA grant. 

In contrast, for an investigational drug (under normal regulatory approval process) the FDA “shall” deny approval if the applicant “do[es] not show that such drug is safe.”[9] 

Therefore, the EUA status of an MCM precludes collection of the regulated clinical trial data and thus precludes reliable, valid scientific knowledge of risks and benefits associated with the EUA Countermeasure while it remains non-investigational.

There is no strict requirement for an investigational new drug regulation (IND), nor institutional review board (IRB) approval of a clinical trial protocol and no informed consent. This fact was revealed in an FDA Vaccines and Related Biologicals Advisory Committee meeting on October 22, 2020, where Doran Fink answered questions on behalf of the Operation Warp Speed[10].  When asked whether the vaccines under OWS were going to use Expanded Access Use (an investigational pharmaceutical pathway to approval), his answer was clear – they were not, because an investigational pathway required informed consent, something that would pose “operational complexity” for mRNA shots. Here is his exact statement from available transcript: “The differences between expanded access use and Emergency Use Authorization are that expanded access use is done — or is carried out under FDA’s investigational new drug regulations. So among many other things, those regulations require use of an institutional review board and also obtaining informed consent from recipients of the investigational vaccine according to regulations for clinical investigations — research use of investigational vaccines. And so operationally speaking, an expanded access protocol would add some complexity, and that is why Emergency Use Authorization is being considered primarily as the mechanism for addressing the public health emergency that has been declared.”

In fact, the EUA process precludes meaningful informed consent from the recipients of the product altogether.  Congress mandated that FDA directly inform health care professionals and product recipients of any “significant known and potential benefits and risks.”[11]  However, given that formal regulated clinical trials are neither required nor possible for a non-investigational EUA product, there is no effective way to collect and collate reliable and scientifically valid information on risks and benefits of an EUA, thus making the informed consent mandated by Congress meaningless and unobtainable. 

Furthermore, there are no required standards for quality-control in manufacturing; no inspections of manufacturing procedures; no lot-release testing and no prohibition on wide variability among lots; no prohibition on adulteration; and no required compliance with Current Good Manufacturing Practices. EUA products, even though unregulated and non-standardized, “shall not be deemed adulterated or misbranded.”[12] 

Thus, I was able to confirm that covid countermeasures are exempt from normal regulations and consumer protections that apply to medical products: 

  • To the extent that “use” of Covid-19 products “shall not constitute clinical investigation,” use of such products is authorized even if there is no safety or efficacy data, even if such products are toxic and ineffective. 
  • Investigators, researchers, physicians, nurses, pharmacists and other individuals involved in product dispensing, use, or administration to human beings apparently have no legal obligations to comply with laws and regulations that applied previously to use of experimental, investigational, unapproved or approved biological products or devices, including compliance with informed consent laws, medical monitoring of recipients during product use and post-administration monitoring and reporting of adverse effects.
  • Recipients of such products are not legally recognized as experimental subjects or patients receiving experimental, authorized, or approved products, because “use” of the products “shall not constitute clinical investigation.” There is no stopping condition, because there is no legally relevant “clinical investigation” to be stopped.
  • On the basis of a self-declared “public health emergency” and self-declared classification of products as “emergency use medical countermeasures,” including an unreviewable determination as to the relative risks posed by a communicable pathogen as compared to “medical countermeasure” products, the Secretary of Health and Human Services can suspend informed consent obligations and rights, on behalf of the entire American population.
  • “Vaccinators” are thereby authorized by the HHS Secretary to withhold information about product ingredients; vial contents; potential individual risks and benefits based on individual health conditions; treatment alternatives; and the option to accept or refuse the products.

The FDA and other governments’ drug regulatory agencies have not withdrawn authorizations or approvals of the covid countermeasures, despite millions of documented injuries and deaths during the initial deployment phase, because the products are not legally recognized as medicines.  Instead, they are weapons, biological and chemical and psychological/informational weapons of mass destruction presented to the public under the guise of “public health”.

The “Theater” of a Military Operation

While misrepresenting the covid illness as a “zoonotic viral respiratory infection”, from early 2020 the US Government organized itself for an act of war.  Specifically, on March 13, 2020: “PanCAP Adapted U.S. Government COVID-19 Response Plan” (PanCAP-A) stated that United States policy in response to SARS-CoV-2 was set not by the public health agencies designated in pandemic preparedness protocols (Pandemic and All Hazards Preparedness Act,[13] PPD-44,[14] BIA), but rather by the National Security Council (NSC).  NSC does not have regular attendees from public health agencies and its focus is national security, intelligence and foreign policy matters. 

While the Operation Warp Speed[15] was presented to the public as a “collaborative” “all of government” effort of the DOD and HHS, the DOD was formally the Chief Operating Officer (general Gustave Perna was named as the COO), while HHS had only the Chief Science Advisor position.[16]

 

Notably, the next senior most layer of the organization was controlled by the US Government while the pharmaceutical companies were the third level down in this organization.  The unclassified October 2020 documents from Operation Warp Speed presentations at the FDA’s Vaccines and Related Biological Products Advisory Committee revealed control of the US Government over nearly all product design and implementation aspects of the development and clinical trials for Covid countermeasures.  

On 5 March 2020, the U.S. Army’s Brigadier General Michael J. Talley announced at a press briefing that the DoD would lead a “whole of government approach” as part of its medical countermeasures response to protect “the citizens of the world”.

 

US has separate branches of government and separate federal agencies for many reasons. Importantly, this was envisioned by the framers as a system where federal agencies’ authorities are limited, and where different branches of government serve as checks or limits to each other. All those reasons apparently could be disregarded in an instant, under a manufactured “emergency”.

At the time of the OWS announcement I thought it was odd that there was a need to bring DOD into this activity at all. What do they know about making drugs? What do they know about pharmacy distribution chain in the US (which is fast, traceable, regulated by the states, very experienced, and is already established everywhere)? I later learned about the real role of the DOD in the “covid” exercise.

Debbie Lerman, a journalist writing for Brownstone Institute[1], revealed that one of the main reasons this “partnering” between HHS and DOD was the use of Other Transaction Authority (OTA). The OTA method of contracting allows federal agencies to order otherwise-regulated products bypassing any such regulations, as well as financial accountability mechanisms that cover standard government contracting, and other laws that regulate disclosure and Intellectual Property (IP) derived from publicly funded research.[2]  Quite reasonably, different federal agencies have different scope of the OTAs. The scope of HHS’s OTA did not permit manufacturing pharmaceuticals at scale, especially not before satisfying regulatory requirements for safety.  OTA was written and codified as a way for the military to acquire weapons and other necessary equipment without a lot of bureaucratic red tape. It covers research and development, prototypes, and subsequent manufacturing. The only OTA for a public health agency is for the HHS and it only covers Research & Development, not prototypes or manufacturing.

Even the R&D OTA given to the HHS still requires products to be manufactured “in a form that satisfies the regulatory requirements” for drug and vaccine safety. There was no way HHS could have used its very limited OTA to sign contracts for hundreds of millions of novel medical products.

So, what did HHS do?

Acting as separate federal agencies within the limits of their authorities, neither HHS nor DOD would have been able to order 100 million doses of unapproved, untested, previously thoroughly failed “vaccine”. They “partnered” to break the constraints of their authorities.

Another very useful insight on EUA Countermeasures law was that the utilization of EUA in this “partnering” scheme is evidence that the relevant US Government officials never believed covid was a naturally occurring viral pandemic. They knew it was a chemical, biological, radiological, or nuclear (CBRN) agent or combination of such agents. That is because the EUA law does not include naturally occurring viral outbreaks. The fact that the senior government executives lied about the “wet market zoonotic jump”, utilizing massive network of DHS and intelligence contractors to censor any social media mention to the contrary, prosecuting and smearing any credentialed person who pointed to the holes in their narrative, performing endless clown-show Congressional hearings about whether it was a zoonotic jump or a Wuhan leak, and currently continue to pretend covid was a viral pandemic only points to one thing – this attack being perpetuated by those who lie and cover it up, i.e. the US Government officials themselves.

In essence, the covid response used the pretext of a possible ‘biological attack’ to justify pre-planned “rapid response partnerships” between government and biodefense contractors in industry and academia to facilitate the international deployment of emergency medical countermeasures (MCMs), allegedly to protect American civilians and “the citizens of the world”.

A leaked audio recording from an executive meeting at AstraZeneca from December 2020 became available[3].  The speakers included the CEO, Pascal Soirot and a Vice President responsible for the monoclonal antibody program, Mark Esser.  Esser stated that the relationship between AstraZeneca and DOD started in 2017, when DOD approached the company with a proposal to rapidly (within 60 days!) develop countermeasures to novel viruses “identified” by the DOD.  Esser stated that he had thought the idea was “more science fiction than science” at the time, but the company went along with it.  Of course, the company wanted the DOD grants, and thus the pharmaceutical professionals reasonably questioning the unheard-of recklessness in product development were quickly silenced.  Esser further stated that AstraZeneca and other members of the consortium received a phone call from the DOD on Feb 4, 2020, notifying them that covid was classified as a “national security threat” – a vague designation, with no hard definitions in law which is used by the military-intelligence apparatus to justify exceeding their authorities and violating real laws. 

The military-pharma consortium that had made the investments into MCMs as early as 2017 was looking to cash in on their investments via a faked public crisis, a pandemic that had nothing to do with zoonotic viruses, but rather a false-flag attack with a non-lethal CBRN agent, followed by the government “public health measures” and “countermeasures” – mass unvalidated PCR testing, covid hospital murder protocols, lockdowns, then toxic shots. 

At the same DOD press conference on March 5, 2020, Army Col. Wendy Sammons-Jackson, director of USAMRDC’s Military Infectious Disease Research Program stated that her group had received the pathogen and was growing and culturing the stock of it.  At the time of this conference, there were practically no cases of covid in the US (fewer than 20) and no deaths.  Why was the army making “more pathogen for stock”?  This was justified to the public as necessary for making “countermeasures”, however the DOD was producing a much larger quantity of what they were calling the “virus” vs the actual virus or toxin that was circulating in the US – orders of magnitude more! 

 

The cases and deaths began increasing after the DOD obtaining and making the stock of the pathogen, and after the lockdowns were announced on March 16, 2020.  The “pandemic” was the result of the DOD and US Government activity, not a response to a natural event:

 

Hundreds of Covid countermeasures contracts became available via FOIA and SEC disclosures in redacted form.[1]  These contracts allocated billions of dollars via DOD and Assistant Secretary of Pandemic Preparedness and Response at BARDA (Robert Kadlec under Trump Admin) to hundreds of companies – pharma, medical device, diagnostics, distribution, services and censorship/propaganda activities to maintain the fear, misery and isolation among the public so that they would view the covid vaccines as the only way back to “normal”.

 

These contracts specified the scope of deliverables as “demonstrations” and “prototypes” only.  The contracts included the removal of all liability for the manufacturers and any contractors along the supply and distribution chain under the 2005 PREP Act and related federal legislation.

The contracts described covid countermeasures as intended for “civil and military application.”

The true nature of DOD’s involvement in the development and deployment of the injections was initially revealed publicly when Pfizer was forced to produce their DOD contract for “vaccine” in a motion to dismiss the whistleblower Brook Jackson v Ventavia case under False Claims Act in April 2022[1].

Pfizer’s motion boiled down to the plea of “we did not defraud the Government. We delivered the fraud that the Government ordered!”  While morally abhorrent, the motion was legalistically correct: it was the Pentagon who ordered undisclosed “countermeasures” and “large scale manufacturing demonstrations” from pharma companies using the OTA/Defense Production contracting method.  Besides numerous other problems with this, the word “demonstration” itself has an important meaning – it means a fake, something that is not real and is designed to fool the willing or unwilling target.

The Bait and Switch: Removal of the Pharmaceutical Consumer Safeguards for Covid Countermeasures

The officials lied about “FDA approved” status of Covid-19 injections. That lie enabled them to use the PREP Act liability shield since the actual distributed and injected substance was the Emergency Use (EUA) version of the product.  At the same time, they were forcing vaccination mandates (impossible with experimental substances), by claiming that the two versions were “the same but legally distinct”. The details of the scam became available via the declaration by Peter Marks, Director of CBER at FDA. This declaration was filed in the court case where servicemembers were suing Secretary of Defense and the DOD for covid vaccination mandates.

Marks confirmed that the single criterion for EUA countermeasures was “maybe effective” decision of the HHS Secretary alone.  He further stated that the FDA decided the EUA version must remain in circulation along with the “approved” version (which was never shipped in the US according to the shipping data made available by FOIA).  This was an unprecedented move – EUA and fully licensed versions of the same product cannot not co-exist.  This is because the key condition for an EUA is absence of an approved product for a severe, life threatening “emergency”.  Yet, Pfizer had shipped billions of doses of Comirnaty outside of the US, and yet for some mysterious reason – not in the US.  It was never “available”, except a tiny amount of 35,000 Comirnaty-[falsely]labeled doses that appeared in the US in August 2022 to maintain the pretense of availability.  

Marks further explained that the BLA manufacturing sites have lot-release requirements, while the EUA ones do not.  The lot release requirement is critical for assuring product quality, purity, stability, conformity to the label and other critical consumer safety parameters.  Then he asserted that both BLA and EUA sites must adhere to the cGMP requirements but forgot to mention that for EUA manufacturing there is no way to verify or enforce the cGMP requirement.  No enforcement means there is no real requirement.

Marks’s next statement was a breathtaking somersault – on the basis that maybe the same manufacturing facilities are used to make the non-existent-in-US BLA product (Comirnaty) as well as the EUA version, the FDA decided that lying to the people by withholding the information that the product they are receiving is EUA and thus cannot be forced on them was totally ok.  This was communicated to all vaccinators in the United States.  In this stunningly deceitful move, the FDA re-wrote the US law, exercising an authority that it never possessed. It is not legal for a pharmaceutical manufacturer to ship a drug labeled XYZ from the facilities that are authorized by the FDA to produce ABC and not XYZ.  Simply claiming that they are “the same” does not solve this issue.  Yet, the head of the Biologics division has instructed the healthcare providers to participate in this lie.

The covid “pandemic” and the “response”– the “public health” measures and the Operation Warp Speed – all of it was theater: lethal falsehoods wrapped into a veneer of on-paper-legal activities designed to fool the public into believing that the usurpation of government by “science experts” and removal of the human rights was justified by the Public Health Emergency of International Concern (PHEIC, pronounced “fake”), and that the poisonous weaponized bio-chemical injections were “safe and effective vaccines”.  The injections marketed as vaccines were bioagents deployed by actors within the US Government and pharmaceutical/bioweapons industry, intended to injure and kill American people as targets, and exported to other countries’ governments to injure and kill their people.  All while reaping extraordinary profits and power from DOD/USG financial stakes in the MCM industry, and subversion of the Constitutional lawful governance and separation of powers under contrived, faked, state of emergency.

[1] https://www.iambrookjackson.com/_files/ugd/9df0bc_b7e94cf398e74b35a9182f27e685348b.pdf

[1] https://www.keionline.org/covid-contracts

[1] https://brownstone.org/articles/covid-mrna-vaccines-required-no-safety-oversight-part-two/

[2] https://www.keionline.org/bn-2020-3

===========================

New Dutch health minister admits Covid is a military operation

New Dutch health minister admits Covid is a military operation  By Outraged Human Global Research 8 November 2024

 Editor’s note: Click on link above to view full PDF file including several videos.

Dutch Minister of Health Acknowledges that The Pandemic Policy is a Military Operation. “The Ministry of Health Obeys NATO and NCTV”

New Dutch health minister admits: “We must follow NATO, US and NCTV orders; Covid is a military operation”

By Outraged Human

Global Research, November 08, 2024

Dutch Health Minister Fleur Agema has acknowledged in parliament that the Dutch pandemic policy is taking place “under the direction of National Coordinator for Security and Counterterrorism (NCTV) and Defense” and must comply with “NATO obligations”. In doing so, she confirmed what researchers such as Cees van den Bos previously revealed on the basis of Wob documents: the corona policy was a “coup d’état” by the NCTV. Family doctor Els van Veen says she finally understands what happened to her, and other critical doctors, during the corona crisis: “It was a military operation, the Minister of Health obeys NATO and NCTV”.

On Thursday 24 October, Fleur Agema had a first: she was the very first health minister in parliamentary history to explain her actions by “NATO obligations.” And not once, but six times, as Member of Parliament Pepijn van Houwelingen (FVD) did. A three-minute video, in which Agema tells the Chamber that pandemic preparedness is related to treaty obligations and that the intelligence service NCTV is in charge, went viral on X. Van Houwelingen immediately promised to answer Chamber questions.

Agema made her remarks during a debate on “resilience.” She said the Netherlands must be prepared for any kind of disaster, such as “hybrid threats, military threats, natural disasters or a new pandemic.” A “substantial strengthening” of the country’s resilience is needed, she said, adding:

“Under the direction of the NCTV and the Ministry of Defense, we will come up with a plan of action in the spring.”

She said shortly after taking over as minister that she had been briefed on resilience and the Nato commitments:

“Since that briefing, I have been with my ministry taking stock of what we need to meet those Nato commitments. We are doing that under the leadership of the NCTV. A number of ministries are involved in this. I have asked if there is an overlap between pandemic preparedness and resilience of care and there is. She added: “You want to have the same tools as we would have had in relation to the corona crisis.”

One of the first to comment on Agema’s appearance on X was Woo researcher Cees van den Bos. Under the heading “the coup d’etat,” he characterized the NCTV as a “bamiluk” of NATO:

“This country will only be free if the NCTV is completely abolished and these kinds of shadow governments never get a foothold again. This is the biggest obstacle that stands in the way of a democracy,” he said.

He added that there is no control over the NCTV:

“The NCTV has carte blanche, as has been shown during corona.”

According to Van den Bos, people who think corona is over (“let’s stop talking about it”) are waiting for another hard “reality check.” He thanked Agema for her “candor.”

Van den Bos previously pointed out – also in this newspaper – that the NCTV was in charge during the coronavirus crisis, in the person of Pieter-Jaap Aalbersberg, who had succeeded Dick Schoof as NCTV boss in early 2019. At the end of 2022, Van den Bos accused the NCTV of having committed a “coup d’etat.” The crisis management was almost everywhere in the hands of the military and intelligence services, and in our country it rested with the NCTV. In addition to the day-to-day management of the crisis organization, the NCTV even counted it as its task to coordinate the parliamentary process (“timing and mutual congruence”). The intelligence service set up a separate team for this, according to a report from mid-March 2020. Commenting on the parliamentary vote, it said: “Ambition and agreement are not surprising.” It was likely intended to prevent unexpected motions or amendments to new legislation.

In early 2023, journalist Elze van den Hamelen described NATO’s role in this newspaper, based on investigative work by Van den Bos: “The documents show that since at least 2019, more than a year before the coronavirus pandemic, the government has set up a large organization to “combat disinformation.” The initiative for this came from NATO and the EU, Van den Bos shows:

“It was a military operation aimed at its own population. Not to turn people off, but to influence their behavior.”

During the coronavirus pandemic, NATO set the guidelines for the covid response and coordinated the “Stratcom” (strategic communications). “The guidelines were circulated through the member states’ foreign ministers.” Does this explain why Sweden, which only joined NATO this year, was the only country in Europe to adopt a more lenient policy during the coronavirus crisis?

Earlier, the leader of Verheid, Willem Engel, had made similar revelations. At his trial in Rotterdam on 22 November 2022, in which he was accused of “sedition,” Engel gave an extensive speech in which he showed how the government has worked to combat critics of the coronavirus policy. According to him, this involved agencies from four ministries: NCTV (Justice), AIVD (Interior), MIVD (Defense) and PCD19 (VWS).

“They formed a crisis team that worked together with other government agencies, such as the OM, mayors, and the judiciary, and with the media,” he reported in De Ander Krant on 27 November 2022. “They are using a military method that amounts to mapping, suppressing and disrupting.”

Critics from the medical world have meanwhile reacted sharply to Agema’s revelation, including medical ethicist Wendy Mittemeijer:

“For the first time in four years, I hear a public admission that the NCTV was in charge during the corona crisis, and that it had to be carried out. It was a military operation. This was not allowed to be said for four years. That was a conspiracy theory. I appreciate the honesty of the minister, that this is being admitted and that he was not in charge.

NATO Exercises Defying Coronavirus Reveal Desperation

General physician Els van Veen experienced the policy to heart: “Almost five years after the beginning of corona, I understand much better what happened,” she reported on October 27th. After this video and this explanation, I actually understand everything. Hence the censorship of critics and especially critical doctors. Hence, the police visit in 2021, ostensibly because of a tweet about tick boxes. Hence letters and an investigation by the Inspectorate, based on anonymous and unfounded reports that I was spreading disinformation. Hence that the government and VWS do not want to release the WOB documents, that they have been black-painted, that minutes of the OMT are guarded as if they were state secrets. The NCTV governs this country, but it does so with a closed eye.”

What she saw several times in the Museumplein, according to her, also fit a military operation: ‘That demonstration was banned, that innocent civilians were crushed by the ME, that police dogs were bitten, that water cannons were used. We were mistreated by the police, by the judiciary and so, I understand now, with the approval of the NCTV and Mr. Aalbersberg. It was a military operation.’

Her post generated some 225,000 views and numerous reactions within two days, including a comment from Stefan Homburg, emeritus professor of public finance at Leibniz Universität Hannover and one of Germany’s leading coronavirus critics. Last July, he spoke, along with journalist Aya Velázquez, at the press conference in Berlin where the leaked data set of the meeting minutes of Germany’s Covid Crisis Team (the “RKI protocols’ named after the Robert Koch Institute, which is similar to our RIVM) was presented. Homburg argues that Van Veen’s post “perfectly matches the German experience: As we discovered in the leaked #RKIFiles, a NATO general (Holtherm) was in command of the so-called “pandemic.”

The news of Agema also fits in with what Robert F. Kennedy Jr. has repeatedly stated about the production of the coronavirus vaccines in the US. According to him, this was a military operation, with close involvement of the US Department of Defense (DOD) and the military-industrial complex. Defense, according to him, was in full charge and paid pharmaceutical companies for their brand names, so people would think they were getting something from Pfizer or Moderna.

.

Read on X

.

.

Watch on X

.

The minister openly stated that both Covid and the current “pandemic preparedness’ is a military operation that has nothing to do with healthcare in the traditional sense of the word: “Covid policy is a child of NCTV and NATO.”

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Don’t Miss Out on Global Research Online e-Books! 

Featured image is from the author

=================================

German Government Admits There Was No Pandemic

German Government Admits There Was No Pandemic  By Baxter Dmitry, Global Research, 27 July 2024

Introductory Note

What is significant is that the German Health authorities based on official data have now been obliged under Freedom of Information to reveal the devastating nature and impacts of the Covid lockdowns imposed on 190 countries, starting March 11, 2020.

Most of the independent studies including those conducted by Global Research have been the object of censorship.

Of Significance,  the official documents of Germany’s Ministry of Health are consistent with the independent reports published in the course of more than 4 years pertaining to the COVID-19 lockdowns, the mandatory wearing of the face mask, and the experimental mRNA vaccines.

Michel Chossudovsky, Global Research, April 4, 2024

 

***

Huge news out of Germany as the federal government have been forced to admit that so-called “conspiracy theorists” were right about everything during the Covid pandemic.

In fact, according to the German government data, there was no pandemic at all, just a tightly choreographed military grade psy-op to brainwash the masses into accepting an experimental vaccine with disastrous consequences.  

These secret German government documents obtained via a Freedom of Information request and subsequent lawsuit have blown the lid of the global elite’s Covid lies and it’s vitally important that as many people as possible are made aware of the truth.

More and more people all over the world are waking up and seeing the global elite for what they always have been: deranged psychopaths hell bent on destruction and domination.

Germany is no different. The German population suffered some of the most brutal lockdowns and vaccine mandates in all of Europe and now the people are rising up and demanding accountability.

Step forward Paul Schreyer and Multipolar magazine who launched a Freedom of Information request and then launched a lawsuit against the German government when they tried every trick in the book to keep the secret documents under lock and key.

As Professor Steven Homburg explains, the results are stunning, and represent total vindication for everyone who dared to question the narrative of lockdowns and mask and vaccine mandates.

The secret government documents – all 2,000 pages of them – reveal that we were right about nearly everything and the so-called “pandemic” was all fraud.

These facts are damning and prove the official narrative about Covid, pushed by world governments and mainstream media, is completely bogus.

Which makes the tyranny we experienced during the so-called pandemic even harder to swallow, as Professor Homburg explains.

The data also reveals that Sweden, which was the only European country free of masks and lockdowns, performed much better than Germany. Which raises the question, what were the tyrannical lockdowns and mandates really about?

Professor Homburg has the answer – and as it turns out, we were right all along.

Breaking down vaccine hesitancy through brutal lockdowns was always the goal of the global elite. Unfortunately, for those who did not see through the psy-op at the time, the health consequences are dire. Serious questions must be asked.

Unfortunately for the vaxxed, the bad news doesn’t end there. Japanese researchers have linked Covid vaccines to hundreds of diseases.

While a new study out of the US has found that those who have been vaccinated and boosted can expect to meet their maker far sooner than they would have expected.

A disturbing new study has revealed that people who have been “fully vaccinated” with Covid mRNA injections can expect to lose a staggering 25 years from their life expectancy.

Researchers analyzed data from the CDC, Cleveland Clinic Data, and insurance company risk assessment data and uncovered a disturbing trend of plummeting life expediencies among those who had multiple doses of mRNA.

Unfortunately for the vaxxed, the news gets even worse. The chronic damage to health caused by each dose of mRNA does not lessen over time, as previously believed.

In reality, the negative health effects appear to continue indefinitely.

According to the researchers, CDC All-Cause Mortality data reveals that each jab increased mortality by 7% in the year 2022 compared to the mortality in 2021.

This means that people who have had 5 doses – that’s two doses and three boosters – were 35% more likely to die in 2022 than they were in 2021.

Correlating with the German information, the study also confirmed that people who are not vaccinated were no more likely to die in 2022 than in 2021.

These numbers are damning. But anybody paying attention can see that something is very wrong with the vaccinated. They are dropping like flies with heart problems and turbo cancer all over the world.

Professional athletes are supposed to be among the healthiest people on the planet but in the past few years thousands have collapsed with sudden and inexplicable heart conditions.

Fully vaccinated professional athletes are continuing to drop like flies, with four professional soccer players have collapsed suddenly, clutching their hearts, in the last week alone.

Egyptian star Ahmed Refeat became the third professional soccer play to suffer cardiac arrest in front of live TV cameras, with doctors later admitting they “hadn’t seen something like this before.”

Orlando Pirates midfielder Makhelene Makhaula was the second football star to collapse on the field this week, as medical staff were seen desperately attempting to revive the South African star.

Listen as the stunned announcer admits, in his own words, that footballers are dropping like flies all over the world since the vaccine roll out.

On Sunday in the Argentinian top flight, Estudiantes’ Javier Altamirano suffered a seizure and collapsed suddenly in the big match against Boca Juniors, one of the biggest clubs in South America.

It’s not just professional athletes dropping like flies. People from all walks of life, including popular social media influencers, are being struck down with heart conditions and rare forms of cancer at unprecedented rates.

An ethical media would be highlighting these incidents on the front pages, putting their resources into investigating why so many young and healthy people are suffering from cardiac arrests, strokes, and rare forms of cancer.

Instead, the media is attempting to normalize the phenomenon and convince you that professional athletes and young people having heart attacks is par for the course.

However, anybody capable of independent thought understands this situation is far from normal.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Baxter Dmitry is a writer at The People’s Voice. He covers politics, business and entertainment. Speaking truth to power since he learned to talk, Baxter has travelled in over 80 countries and won arguments in every single one. Live without fear.
Email: baxter@thepeoplesvoice.tv

=================

Government & Media Pretending Massive Health Crisis Not Going On

Government ^0 Media Pretending Massive Health Crisis Not Going On  By Greg Hunter’s USAWatchdog.com 14 April 2024

Former Wall Street money manager Ed Dowd is still a skillful number cruncher.  His recently updated and wildly popular book “Cause Unknown: The Epidemic of Sudden Deaths in 2021, 2022 and 2023” has been correctly documenting the huge numbers of deaths and injuries caused by the CV19 bioweapon vax.  Many are waking up to this crime against humanity, but many remain in the dark because the government and Lying Legacy Media (LLM) continue to cover up the worst murder and disability fraud in world history.  Dowd says, “At this point, it’s overwhelming and has become almost comical. . . . This is asymmetric information.  So, we have governments and media continuing to pretend a massive health crisis with chronic illness, deaths and disabilities is not going on.  The data would suggest otherwise. . . . The data we have made public is free, but some people want projections and decision-making ideas.  These are things we might end up starting a business from.  I would have never thought we could.  This is what asymmetric information does, and the government and the media are suppressing this information.”

A quick look at the overall casualties from the CV19 vax reveal an unparalleled medical disaster.  Dowd explains, “I went before Senator Ron Johnson in February to talk about the ‘pandemic scorecard,’ which is abysmal.  Ever since the CV19 vaccine came on, we have had 1.1 million Americans die excessively, 4 million permanently disabled and another 28 million injured.  It’s 33 million people who have been negatively affected now.  The question you have to ask is why are these institutions not screaming from the rooftops?  I think the reason why is, it’s all because of the (deadly) vaccine.  It’s all circular, and I think it’s a joke at this point.”

Is the worst over?  The short answer from Dowd is No.  Dowd contends, “Let’s just look at the disability data.  We surged to a new high in June of 2023.  We have not gone to a new high since.  It kind of backfilled a little bit, but the last two months we have seen back-to-back increases.  This is a called a plateauing effect.  If it was all clear, I would like to see that number come down.  Unfortunately, it’s not.  It can start to go back down, or it can have another consolidation and another spurt upward.  The bad news is it is plateauing at a new high level.  The good news is it has not gone up to a new level, but if it does, we have problems.”

One big problem Dowd has spotted is an explosion of cancers and, yes, you cannot get the truth about this either.  Dowd says, “The fact that people will not even say that cancers are on the rise is pretty comical to me.  Doctors were reporting it anecdotally, and now we have the data to prove it.  This is where we are.  In 2022, I said that ‘60,000 millennials died excessively between March of 2021 and February of 2022.  That was a Vietnam War.’  That tweet went viral, and Reuters and AP fact checked me and said no, our experts say that’s not true.  Now, even the establishment is saying there is excessive all-cause mortality.  So, we are now in a stage where cancers are not rising.  They are now denying that.  The lies are just unreal.”

There is much more in the 36-minute interview.

Join Greg Hunter of USAWatchdog.com as he goes One-on-One with money manager and investment expert Ed Dowd, author of the recently updated book called “Cause Unknown: The Epidemic of Sudden Deaths in 2021, 2022 and 2023” for 4.13.24.

(Tech Note: If you do not see the video, know it is there. Unplug your modem and plug it back in after 30 sec.  This will clear codes that may be blocking you from seeing it.  In addition, try different browsers.  Also, turn off all ad blockers if you have them.  Finally, clear your Cashe and that might help too.  https://its.uiowa.edu/support/article/719    All the above is a way Big Tech tries to censor people like USAWatchdog.com.)

========================================

How and who pulled off the COVID-19 scamdemic

 

https://www.bitchute.com/video/5DX1ipwGyji9/ 29 February 2024
 
This 34-minute video is from Dr David Martin, the entire story of how and who pulled off the COVID-19 scamdemic: https://www.bitchute.com/video/5DX1ipwGyji9/
 

David E. Martin PhD is the developer of several innovation-based quantitative indices of public equities and founder of the Purple Bridge Funds and M-CAM International. He has worked closely with the United States Congress and numerous trade and financial regulatory agencies in the United States. Dr. Martin is also a Batten Fellow at the University of Virginia’s Darden Graduate School of Business Administration.


Since 1999, Dr. Martin has been actively tracking patent applications and approvals for the purpose of identifying suspicious activity. In the 34-minute video linked above he shares the findings from his research regarding the laboratory development of a pathogenic coronavirus that started in 1999 and released initially upon human populations in the SARS CoV-1 in 2002-2003, then again in MERS (Middle East Respiratory Syndrome in 2012, and then again in SARS CoV-2 which was renamed COVID-19, as shown below with evidence from the primary development lab in Wuhan China.


His research proves that all of these pathogenic variants of the coronavirus were laboratory-developed, man-made bioweapons. And they’ve all been funded by the NIAID under the direction of a self-proclaimed Jesuit, Dr. Anthony Fauci.

=========================

Previous articles

August 2016

  • The monumental stupidity of the failed war on drugs  By Mike Krieger, Liberty Blitzkrieg blog, from Zerohedge, 25 August 2016
  • The Genocide of a Land  By Paul Craig Roberts, 23 August 2016
  • Prohibition – it should be banned  By Lizzie Marvelly, NZ Herald, 20 August 2016
  • Globalization on Its Head  From Mauldin Economics’ newsletter, 8 August 2016

July 2016

  • A Stark Warning About the Coming Revolution From Inner Circle, 28 July 2016
  • Why Sajid Tarar thinks Donald Trump is the leader Muslims need  By Michele Manelis of news.com.au
  • There’s a revolution happening all over the world  By Julian Tomlinson, the Cairns Post, 7 July 2016
  • Australia, disruption ahead as voters reject political contortions  The Australian editorial, 4 July 2016

June 2016

  • Gorka’s plan to defeat ISIS  By Dr Sebastion Gorka, 27 June 2016
  • Shut down the sheiks who incite violence by Muslims  By Janet Albrechtsen, The Australian, 18 June 2016
  • Making rational instead of political decisions  By Bjorn Lomborg, The Australian, 17 June 2016
  • New conservatism of Western progressives is killing humour  By Bill Leak, The Australian, 11 June 2016
  • Anti-establishment Trump a voice for the West’s silent majority  By Maurice Newman, The Australian, 8 June 2016
  • Predicting the Efficacy of a Coming Revolution  By Jeff Thomas, Casey Research, International Man, 7 June 2016

May 2016

  • The impact of immigration on Auckland NZ housing and infrastructure  By John Rofe, 26 May 2016
  • Why Islam needs a reformation  By Ayaan Hirsi Ali, The Wall Street Journal, 21 March
  • Russia’s Palmyra concert reveals what the West lacks  By Tim Black, editor of spiked review, 14 May 2016

April 2016

  • Leftists erode our social fabric  By Maurice Newman, The Australian, 29 April 2016
  • Union power in NZ and Australia is ruinous  By Dr Muriel Newman, NZCPR, 29 April
  • Black hole revelation may upset understanding of the universe  By Oliver Moody, The Times, 25 April 2016
  • Where Is Australia’s John Galt  By Merv Bendle, Quadrant Online, 15 April 2016
  • Muslim integration ‘I should have known better’  By Raheem Kassem, Breitbart, 12 April 2016
  • The West’s Slow-Motion Lobotomy  By Merv Bendle, Quadrant Online, 3 April 2016

March 2016

  • Australian watchdogs asleep at the wheel  By Hedley Thomas, The Australian, 13 April
  • The Enemy is standard Islam, not ‘radical’ Islam  By Peter Smith, Quadrant Online, 28 March 2016
  • ISIS is faithful To Islam  By Patrick Buchanan, Zerohedge, 26 March 2016
  • Apartheid by stealth, in New Zealand of all places  By Dr Muriel Newman, NZCPR Weekly, 25 March 2016
  • Federal election 2016, Voters doubly disillusioned  By Maurice Newman, The Australian, 23 March 2015
  • North Korean Strategy, the rationale for appearing irrational  By George Friedman, Mar 21, 2016
  • Same-sex marriage imposition  By Janet Albrechtsen, The Australian, 16 March
  • Putin And The Press, The Demonology School Of Journalism  By James Petras, Eurasia Review, 14 March 2016
  • Emperor Xi Jinping must offer hope, rather than personality cult  By Jasmine Yin, The Australian, 9 March 2016
  • Beijing and the South China Sea  By Alistair Pope, Quadrant Online, 7 March 2016
  • Could there be an Australian Donald Trump?  By Robert Gottliebsen, The Australian, 3 March 2016

February 2016

  • Ukraine Collapse Is Now Imminent  From Zerohedge, 31 February 2016
  • The New Mind Control  By John Mauldin, 26 February 2016
  • Multiculturalism has proven divisive, not coalescent, so let’s ditch it  By Janet Albrechtsen, The Australian, 24 February 2016
  • China is moving towards one-man rule  By Michael Sheridan, The Times, 22 February
  • The disenfranchised find their voices, led by Trump  By Merv Bendle, Quadrant Online, 19 February 2016
  • Loathing of the political elite  By Nic Cater, The Australian, 16 February 2016
  • Real-time language translaters coming soon  By James Dean, The Australian, 8 February 2016
  • Blockchain, and how it will change everything  By James Eyers, Sydney Morning Herald, 6 February 2016
  • Zeka, another apocalyptic narrative du jour  By Tom Slater, Spiked Online, 6 February
  • Neo-puritans strive to find offence — anywhere  By Janet Albrechtsen, The Australian, 3 February 2016

January 2016

  • Donald Trump’s policies, as opposed to media hype – Peggy Noonan, WSJ, 29 January
  • Social agendas are sure to wreck the military  By Greg Sheridan, The Australian, 29 January 2016
  • War on cash, Governments and Banks want complete control  From Zerohedge, 25 January 2016
  • CEOs are the next corruption target  By Robert Gottliebsen, The Australian, 22 January
  • Why is the NZ government planning to bring in apartheid  By Dr Muriel Newman, 21 January 2016 –
  • Political Correctness exposes the West  By Janet Albrechtsen, The Australian, 20 January
  • The new Kafkaesque Europe  By Brendan O’Neill, Editor, Spiked Online, 16 January
  • The US role in ISIS and Mosul  From Zerohedge, 14 January 2015
  • When faith takes up arms, silence is no option  By Henry Ergas, The Australian, 11 January 2016
  • Understanding Iran v Saudi Arabia and the exhaustion of politics  By Brendan O’Neill, Editor, Spiked Online, 9 January 2016
  • Understanding North Korea and its nuclear tests  From Associated Press, 7 January
  • Australian unions, “louts, thugs, bullies, thieves, perjurers etc.” protected by the Labor party  By Henry Ergas, The Australian, 6 January 2015

December 2015

  •  Islamic State v Islam  Article by Tom Harley, The Australian, 30 December 2015, a counter view by ‘Andrew’ and a full response by Andrew Bolt, Herald-Sun
  • 2015, the year of speaking twaddle  By Professor Judith Sloan, The Australian, 29 December 2015

November 2015

  • Islamist extremism is the ideology that must be defeated  From The Australian, 22 November 2205
  • Paris, IS and the resurrection of old Europe  By George Friedman, from Mauldin Economics, Outside the Box, 19 November 23015
  • Hard left student authoritarian demands  From Zerohedge
  • Salus populi suprema lex esto, said the Romans  By Henry Ergas, The Australian, 16 November 2015
  • For liberals, doomsday is the religion of choice  Brett Stephens, Wall Street Journal, 9 November 201
  • Yet another last chance to save the planet  Rodney Hide, NZ Herald, 8 November
  • THE CLIMATE WARS, and the damage to science  By Matt Ridley, GWPF, 6 November

October 2015

  • THE DANGERS OF JUNK SCIENCE  By Dr Muriel Newman, NZCPR, 30 October 2015
  • Challenging Chinese coercion  The Australian editorial, 29 October, 2015
  • Misjudging Putin’s Russia  By Marin Katusa, Zerohedge
  • Stultifying academic groupthink  Editorial, The Australian, 23 October 2015
  • Rape, Islam and the deafening silence  By Christie Davies, Quadrant Online, 20 October 2015
  • Surgeons’ culture of concealment  By Hedley Thomas, The Australian, 17 October 2015
  • Media distortions and lies  By Bjorn Lomborg, The Australian, 13 October 2015
  • Big lies as the UN suppresses truth with ideology  By Jennifer Oriel, The Australian, 5 October 2015
  • Syria, another failure by the US-led alliance  By Tom Switzer, The Australian, 1 October

September 2015

  • President Putin address to the UN General Assembly, 280915
  • Learn the lessons from Iraq, Libya and other fiascos  By Tara McCormack, Spiked Online, 26 September 2015
  • A failure in our democratic system  The Australian editorial, 24 September 2015
  • A Marxist clothed in white papal robes  By Susan Warner, 23 September 2015
  • Modern politics are too polarised.  By Nick Cater, The Australian, 22 September 2015
  • Oxfam’s real agenda – destroy Australian coal industry  By Henry Thomas, Quadrant Online, 14 September 2015
  • Sweden’s ugly immigration problems  By Margaret Wente, The Globe and Mail, 14 Sept
  • The Human Cost Of Socialism In Power  By Richard Ebeling, 12 September 2015
  • Another explanation of the 911 tragedy  By Paul Craig Roberts, 12 September
  • Syria, should USA and Russia join forces to defeat ISIS  From the Times of Oman, 9 September 2015

August 2015

    •  A sea of frothing, sweary, often pompous, intolerance  By Tim Black, Spiked Online, 29 August 2015
    • Labor promises will lead us to become another Greece  By Maurice Newman, The Australian, 24 August 2015
    • The Empire of Offence laying free speech to waste  By Brendan O’Neill, The Australian, 22 August
  • Same-sex marriage and the new Dark Age  By Brendan O’Neill, The Australian, 19 August 2015
  • Academia’s PC police  By Nick Cater, The Australian, 18 August 2015
  • Shadow Boxing with Keynesianism  By Peter Smith, Quadrant Online, 16 August 2015
  • Obama’s road to disaster  By Greg Sheridan, The Australian, 8 August 2015
  • Australia’s supposed Aboriginal ‘stolen generation’  By Dallas Scott, 5 August

July 2015

  • What next for the EU?  By John Mauldin, 26 July 2015
  • Obama’s blunder gives us a nuclear Iran  By Greg Sheridan, The Australian, 16 July
  • Has Germany just killed the golden goose  By Raul Ilargi Meijer, 14 July 2015
  • History lesson, why democracy has always failed in the past  By Patrick Buchanan, 13 July 2015
  • The EU’s contempt for democracy  By Brendan O’Neill, Spiked 11 July 2015
  • Greece, Take Back Your Democracy With Your Head Held High  Address by UKIP’s Nigel Farage, 9 July 2015
  • We need a better model for democracy  By Greg Rudd, The Australian, 7 July 2015
  • Why Greeks should embrace a future a Euro exit  By Tim Black, Spiked Online, 4 July
  • Xi’s Anti-Corruption Campaign Is Key to China’s Prospects  By George Magnus, 2 July

June 2015

    • Papal prescription for flawed economic order  The Australian editorial, June 27, 2015
    • Nature Rebounds, Jesse Ausubel, 2015 Jesse H. Ausubel 2015
    • Interview with President Putin  Via interviewer Charlie Rose, 24 June
    • The Pope joins the EU in a sad world of make-believe  By Christopher Booker, The Telegraph, 23 June
    • The Climate Wars’ Damage to Science  By Matt Ridley, Quadrant Online, 20 June 2015
    • Yet another papal failure  By Julia Hartley-Brewer, The Telegraph UK, 19 June
    • Britain’s Royal Society abandons science, now a lobby group  From Breitbart, 17 June
    • China’s mocks G7, a gathering of debtors, disastrous confrontation  From Zerohedge, 16 June
  • “The US is destroying Europe”  From Zerohedge, 11 June

May 2015

  • Deradicalisation of radical Muslims is not a viable option  By Clive Kessler, The Australian, 30 May
  •  “War is just a racket”, General Butler, 1933  By Paul Craig Roberts, Zerohedge, 25 May
  • The fury of the elites  By Brendan O’Neill, Spiked, 16 May 2015ay 2015
  • Australian universities’ shift to green left ideology  By Nic Cater, The Australian, 12 May 2015
  • Establishing a nanny state in NZ  By Sir Bob Jones, 12 May 2015
  • University shame  By Henry Ergas, The Australian, 11 May 2015

April 2015

  • Which is worse, Islamist terror or the Cold War  The Australian Editorial, 29 April 2015
  • Democracy in decay  By Maurice Newman, The Australian, 22 April 2015
  • Deep green parlour-pink anti-development government  By Greg Sheridan, The Australian, 16 April 2015
  • Is inequality a bad thing  By Pater Tenebrarum, 13 April 2015
  • Understanding China  By Maurice Newman, The Australian, 9 April 2015
  • Heretical thoughts about science and society  By Freeman Dyson, 8 July 2007
  • The Squirrel and The Grasshopper  An old story updated, 7 April 2015
  • Obama’s Iranian nuke deal a dismal outcome  By Greg Sheridan, The Australian, 6 April 2015
  • Lattebelt luvvies put Greens in power  By Nic Cater, The Daily Telegraph.  1 April 2015

March 2015

    • Political correctness stifles vital debate  By Nic Cater, The Australian, 24 March 2015
    • Australian politics heading towards Greece  By Henry Ergas, The Australian, 23 Mar
    • The political system is broken  By Paul Kelly, The Australian, 19 Mar
    • Australia, the prejudice of the Left  By Maurice Newman, The Australian, 17 March
    • The liberal elite versus the hoi polloi  By Brendan O’Neill, Spiked, 16 March 2015
    • The massive EMP threat  By F. Michael Maloof, 13 Mar 2015
    • Australia is slipping downhill  By Rowan Callick, The Australian, 12 Mar 2015
    • United Nations – hypocrisy, twisted priorities and ineffectiveness  By Chris Kenny, The Australian, 10 Mar 2015
    • Bellicose NATO, Berlin stunned  From Zerohedge, 9 Mar 2015
    • London property boom build on dirty money  By Jim Armitage, Independent, 6 Mar
  • Battlefield of ideas is where fanatics will fall  By Janet Albrechtsen, Australian, 4 Mar

February 2015

    •  
    • What ISIS Really Wants  By Dr Muriel Newman, NZCPR, 26 Feb 2015
    • No end to Age of paternalism  By Nick Cater, The Australian, 24 Feb 2015
    • The bigotry of the elite  By Brendan O’Neill, Editor of spiked. 21 Feb 2015
  • The US’s suicidal strategy on Ukraine By Chris Martenson, 19 Feb 2015
  • The US’s suicidal strategy on Ukraine  By Chris Martenson, 19 Feb 2015
  • We, the people, are the threat to fiscal reform  By Janet Albrechtsen, 18 Feb 2015
  • Message to Indonesia, the meaning of Sovereignty  By Greg Craven, 17 Feb 2015
  • Cagey about condemning the Islamic State  By Brendan O’Neill, Spiked.  14 Feb 2015
  • Ukraine Proxy Wars  From Zerohedge, 13 Feb 2015
  • 42 ADMITTED false flag attacks  By WashingtonsBlog, 12 Feb 2015
  • Obama administration supports Muslim terrorists  By Jerome Corsi, 11 Feb 2015
  • Obama’s plan to regulate the internet sounds Orwellian  By Chriss Street, 10 Feb 2015
  • Obama Yawns at Evil  By Mark Steyn.  7 Feb 2015
  • Scientists losing credibility  By Jo Nova, 5 Feb 2015
  • The Chinese economy, dangers ahead  By Craig Stephen,  Market Watch, 4 Feb 2015
  • UN plans New World Order via climate change  From United Nations Regional Information Centre for Western Europe, Tuesday 03 Feb 2015
  • The end of the American dream By Michael Snyder, from Zerohedge, 1 Feb 2015

January 2015

    • The only thing necessary for evil to triumph  By Paul Rosenberg, Jan 30, 2015
    • Ron Paul, failures of the Fed and fiat currencies By Ron Paul , 29 Jan 2015.
    • British Greens are even nuttier than ours  By Hal GP Colebatch, The Australian, 28 Jan.
    • Understanding the Greek mess  By Greg Canavan, The Daily Reckoning, 27 Jan 2015 
    • How President Woodrow Wilson ruined the Western World – By David Stockman, Contra Corner blog, 26 January 2015
    • Shock Waves from Zurich …  By Henry Ergas, The Australian, 19 January 2015.
    • The Digital Arms Race….By Jacob Appelbaum et al, Spiegel Online, 18 Jan 2015. 
    • The party’s (nearly) over  By Vern Gowdie, the Daily Reckoning, 16 Jan 2015.
    •  My predictions for 2015…By Ron Paul, Ron Paul Institute. 14 Jan 2015.
    • Restore the right to offend……By Brendan O’Neill, The Australian, 10 January 2015.
    • An evolutionary disaster in Africa……By Kevin Myers, Irish Sunday Times, 11 Jan 2015.
    •  Je Suis Charlie ….  By Ayaan Hirsi Ali, The Australian, 10 January 2015.
    • The Left’s Unholy Alliance with Islam. By Frank Pledge, Quadrant Online, 8 January 2015.
    • With Nero in the (US) house we should be worried By Maurice Newman, The Australian, 7 Jan 2014.
    • Russia’s startling proposal – EU invited to join EEU…….From Zerohedge, 5 January 2015.
    • Predicting a bear or bull market for 2015 ….By Vern Gowdie, Daily Reckoning, 5 January 2015.
    • The EU’s Keynesian fallacies ….By Patrick Barron via Mises Canada, 4 January 2015.
    • And now for the good news from 2014….By Brendan O’Neill, Spiked. 3 Jan 2015.
    • Beware red tape…..  By John Lloyd, The Australian, 2 January 2015.
  • Australia’s anti-military  …A reader’s comment in Quadrant Online.  1 January 2015.

 

Will free energy arrive before current electricity systems fail?

Modern society growth is proportional to available energy, so the availability of cost-effective energy for everyone is clearly critical.  This post presents a range of issues with regard to the science, views and potential for free energy and so-called renewable energy.

Scroll down to see additional articles at the end of the post.

Is the Deep State preventing release of free energy technology?

Free Energy: Clayton Morris of Redacted interviews Ashton Forbes, 31 December 2024

This 53-minute video interview describes the whole convoluted series of events concerning the apparent disappearance of Air Malaysian flight MH370 and zeropoint energy: (1909) “We’ve DISCOVERED Time Travel but it’s NOT what you think” Ashton Forbes | Redacted w Clayton Morris – YouTube

Wikipedia describes MH370 as: ‘Malaysia Airlines flight 370 was a Boeing 777 passenger jet that disappeared on March 8, 2014, during a flight from Kuala Lumpur to Beijing12The disappearance of the plane with 227 passengers and 12 crew members on board led to a search effort stretching from the Indian Ocean west of Australia to Central Asia1The disappearance of flight MH370 remains one of aviation’s most perplexing and long-running mysteries that continues to attract plenty of conspiracy theories and angles‘.  The description Conspiracy Theory provides the clue: this is a fictional account from officialdom.

Ashton Forbes describes how MH370 was surrounded by 3 flying objects that ‘removed’ it. A video shows the 3 objects circling MH370 before the plane appeared to disappear. This was carried out for the White Hats because MH370 was carrying 20 engineers and a massively important new quantum computer chip en route to China.

Forbes continues to explain a series of developments along the path to free energy,  or zeropoint energy.  This includes the development and demonstration of low energy nuclear reactions (LENR) or Cold Fusion by Pons and Martin Fleischmann followed by 60 separate demonstrations that this technology worked before it was prevented by the usual Deep State powers.

Forbes explains the complexities of plasma and many steps that lead to an understanding of the existance of zeropoint energy and the way this could be implemented, as discussed in other articles in this post.

============================

Thomas Bearden: Scalar Physics for Anti-Gravity and Transmutation of the Elements

Editor’s note: there are numerous articles published that decry and deny all aspects of Bearden’s views and work. These are mostly written by people who have been indoctrinated into standard ‘scientific’ thinking rather than based on real scientific evidence.  Naturally, the world-wide power industry is scared that they will be replaced when ZPE becomes available, which it will quite soon together with the other 6,000 patents held and kept secret by the US and UK governments. Numerous engineers who have produced above-unity power systems have been ‘removed’ in the last century of so, such as Nicola Tesla.

Thomas Bearden. Scalar Physics for Anti-Gravity and Transmutation of the Elements  Thomas Bearden: Scalar Physics for Anti-Gravity and Transmutation of the Elements. 18 September 2024

The late Lt. Col. Thomas Bearden left behind a treasure trove of knowledge and ideas related to scalar physics and engineering of the quantum vacuum. 

In this video, Bearden shares his knowledge of scalar physics and demonstrates how far ahead of his time he really was. Nearly four decades later, the public at large is still mostly unaware of the existence of scalar physics, zero-vector systems and the advanced technology with which it is associated. 

Get ready for a fairly technical but immensely interesting ride!

A two-hour excellent video by Bearden is worth watching to the end – https://youtu.be/_fuP1kW9RE8

Three Types of Electromagnetics

According to Bearden, there are three types of electromagnetics: 

Classical Electromagnetics:

This is the only kind of electromagnetics that is used in mainstream commercial and industrial applications. In this type of electromagnetics:

  • Potentials are just mathematical conveniences.
  • Actions are caused by nonzero force fields.
  • No action occurs when force fields are zero.

Quantum Mechanical Electromagnetics:

This approach is directly opposite of that of classical electromagnetics:

  • Potentials are real.
  • Statistical substructure.
  • Force Fields by differentiations.
  • Action occurs when force fields are zero.
  • In field-free regions: E-field is zero / B-field is zero.
  • Potentials still exist: cause real effects / interference is key.

In quantum electromagnetics, potentials are quite real and can produce very real effects in charged particle systems. This effect was recognized in a 1959 paper describing what was called the “Bohm-Aharonov Effect”. Nonetheless, it has remained largely ignored.

As Bearden points out, with this type of electromagnetics we can produce quantum effects in macro systems. And we can even produce action at a distance

Scalar Electromagnetics (Artificial Potentials): 

  • Potentials are real.
  • Force fields zeroed externally are internally active.
  • Zeros differ individually.
  • Scalar interferometry.
  • Scalar resonance.

Scalar physics come into play when you reduce classical electromagnetic activity to zero. This is done by opposing the vectors 180 degrees out of phase with one another. The vectors now sum to zero, but they are still present in the substructure of space. According to Bearden, a zero vector is not nothing. Contrary to popular thought, a zero-vector can be a system of incredibly active forces, yet also be undetectable by conventional electromagnetic instruments.

Various unorthodox scientific researchers have been using these principles for decades, but conventional science knows little if anything about them. 

The Zero-Vector and Maxwell’s Equations

This idea of zeroing-out the vector is particularly relevant to the Maxwell Equations; specifically, the B-Field equation from Maxwell. 

Academia will tell you that the B Field equation, when zeroed out, equals zero because it cannot be measured. But according to Bearden, this is false and appears to remain largely unrecognized by the larger scientific community.

As such, as Bearden states, this serves as the foundation for a new form of electromagnetics, one with a:

  • Zero-vector envelope.
  • Deliberate, ordered substructure that:
  • Has a specific pattern.
  • Is deterministic.
  • Constitutes “hidden variables.”
  • That depends on phasing.

The Physics of the Wave Function

Bearden characterizes scalar physics as a physics of the “virtual world” of quantum physics where virtual particles appear and disappear, where potentials exist before they appear in the physical world.

In case this idea isn’t fully sinking in, what Bearden is saying is that manipulation of the zero vector system offers us the ability to deliberately engineer and affect the probabilities of quantum mechanics, to more deliberately collapse the wave function, so to speak.

This almost sounds like having the ability to rebuild and engineer the wave function and its collapse.  

This new form of engineering, according to Bearden, involves the following:

  • Creation of an artificial spacetime stress using opposing E-fields or B-fields.
  • This produces a sum-zeroed force field.
  • The resulting field is also called a scalar field or a zero vector field.
  • The E and B field components still exist and are active.
  • The resulting envelope is zero-vector or scalar.
  • This produces a dynamic substructure.
  • This process is capable of engineering Bohm’s hidden variables.
  • This process bends spacetime.

According to Bearden, with the advent of scalar engineering, what were previously considered to be statistical probabilities now become partly deterministic.

Kaluza’s Extra Dimension: Hyperspace

Theordor Kaluza successfully united electromagnetics with the gravitational field in 1921. But to do this, he had to add a fourth spatial dimension, which is invisible to us. From this sprang another idea: 5-dimensional gravity.

You might think of this as hyperspace. The 5-dimensional gravitational field intersects our physical fields of electromagnetism and gravity. 

According to Kaluza, an “electromagnetic wave is nothing other than a ripple in the fifth dimension.”

The Kaluza-Klein Geometry principle proposes 11 dimensions, ten dimensions of space, and one dimension of time. In this view, all dimensions, except for the three dimensions of ordinary space, are rolled up in tiny circles around every point. 

Using this 4th dimension proposed by Kaluza, as well as the Kaluza-Klein Geometry principle, science was now able to integrate many of the odd particles and forces proposed elsewhere, making a unified field theory of all forces of nature possible.

An Emerging Physics of Anti-Gravity and Transmutation of the Elements

Bearden maintains that it is possible, when creating a zero vector system, to directly affect the curvature of spacetime–gravity.

This is essentially the direct conversion of electromagnetic energy into gravitational energy and vice-versa, aka anti-gravity technology.

According to Bearden, using electromagnetics and scalar physics, we can now warp and engineer spacetime at will. And the literature that serves as the basis for this ability has been known publicly since 1921, with the publishing of Kaluza’s paper.

Oh, and don’t forget the fact that Bearden was talking about all this more than three decades ago. So, what we’re capable of now is likely even more difficult to believe.

Bearden views the entire universe as being connected by scalar waves faster than the speed of light

Serbian-American inventor Nikola Tesla, who was secretly working with scalar waves more than a hundred years ago, measured cosmic ray velocities from Antarus at more than 50 times the speed of light.

Mass, in Bearden’s view, is nothing more than trapped scalar resonance, again, pointing to a universe that is scalar in nature.

According to Bearden, scalar waves bypass the electron shell and directly interface with the nuclei and internal components of the proton and neutron.  

This means that scalar waves are not electromagnetic in nature but are essentially nuclear waves, making it possible, according to Bearden, to directly engineer the nucleusTransmutation of the elements is possible, says Bearden, through this kind of scalar wave nuclear engineering.

In fact, in his view, the great cosmic engines of the universe exist dynamically inside vector zeros, a scalar universe.

=====================

Not all “fossil fuels” are from fossils, so where do they come from?

Not all “fossil fuels” are from fossils^J so where do they come from  By Rhoda Wilson, Expose-news.com, 15 January 2024

Editor’s note: This article is not about ‘free energy’ as such, but proving the falsity of the source of ‘fossil oil’ is a key part of shifting towards the ‘great reveal’.

Nearly everyone thinks that “fossil fuels” come from fossils or ancient organic material forests, jungles, plankton or dinosaurs held under the ground for millennia that transform into oil, gas and coal.

But, if hydrocarbons, or “fossil fuels,” are made from fossils, why are they found deep under the oceans and at the top of the Earth?  Or why does one of Saturn’s moons have more natural oil and gas than on Earth?

So, if all hydrocarbons are not from fossils where do they come from? And what does it tell us about climate change policies being proposed and implemented?

These questions are central to proposals for the future of energy usage in the world.  To provide some answers, Dr. Willie Soon joined Tucker Carlson to discuss fossil fuels in space, the false climate change narrative, global warming throughout history, forces that are ruining science and evidence that God exists.

Dr. Willie Soon is an American astrophysicist and geoscientist.  He is a co-team leader at CERES Science and is a leading authority on the relationship between solar phenomena and global climate.  For more than 32 years he has been studying the Sun-Earth relations in terms of not only meteorology and climate but also in terms of orbital dynamics of Sun-Earth-other planets interactions, magmatic (volcanoes) and tectonic (earthquakes) activities.

In a recent interview with Tucker Carlson, Dr. Soon explained that a lot of what we’ve been told about energy and climate is false.?“I would [say] about 80 to 90% of the papers published in so-called ‘climate science’ today should not be published,” he said.

At the end of the interview, he briefly spoke about examples of the evidence of God he sees in the field of mathematics.

For the sake of brevity, we have limited our article to the first part of the discussion which was about how hydrocarbons are produced.  You can watch the full interview below. For Dr. Soon’s commentary on the interview, which provides links to relevant science papers and a pdf of background material, follow THIS link.

Tucker Carlson: Episode 62 | Dr. Willie Soon -Truth About Fossil Fuels, 11 January 2024 (49 mins)

If you are unable to watch the video above on Rumble, you can watch it on The Tucker Carlson Encounter HERE and YouTube HERE.

We should not to assume all of the hydrocarbons on Earth are “fossil fuels.”

There are two basic theories for the origin of crude oil: biotic and abiotic.

The biotic theory is that oil and gas drilled out of the earth come from the remains of plants and animals trapped underground millions of years ago.  These “fossil fuels” took aeons to form and we are using them up far faster than they can be replenished.

The abiotic theory is an opposing view that has substantial evidence to back it up.  As we noted in a previous article, this theory goes back centuries and includes as one of its prominent champions Dimitri Mendeleev, best known for inventing the periodic table.

As with all theories, it is never as clear-cut as either one or the other.  While Dr. Soon agrees that hydrocarbons are formed from fossils, he says that there is considerable evidence that this is not the only way that hydrocarbons can be produced.

As Dr. Soon noted, we do not yet know what percentage of the Earth’s hydrocarbons were formed from biological fossils and what percentage were formed from non-biological (abiogenic) processes.

This does not necessarily mean that our accessible hydrocarbon reserves are limitless. But on the other hand, the widespread debates over “limited resources” and “renewable energies” are often unscientific and unrealistic.

On Titan, the largest moon for Saturn, where the temperatures are -290 degrees Fahrenheit (-179 degrees Celsius), the NASA European Space Agency and the Italian Space Agency found an ocean of methane in liquid form.

Methane is a hydrocarbon that is a primary component of natural gas.  Climate alarmists label it as a “powerful greenhouse gas.”

As Dr. Soon asked: With Titan’s temperature being -290oF while having an ocean of “powerful greenhouse gas,” where is the global warming?

There are no fossils found on Titan.?The ocean of methane found on Titan proves beyond doubt that the abiogenic theory is true, Dr. Soon said.  As additional proof, Dr. Soon described an experiment conducted in 2009 in Sweden.  It demonstrated that if methane (“CH4”) is subjected to high pressures and temperatures to simulate the conditions of the Earth’s mantle, complex hydrocarbons can be formed, such as benzene and ethane.

Titan is not the only planet on which hydrocarbons have been found.  For example, methane has been found in Jupiter’s atmosphere and benzene has been found in the rocks on Mars.  Complex hydrocarbons called polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons have been found in interstellar space and intergalactic space. “It’s everywhere,” Dr. Soon said.

The narrative that so-called “fossil fuels” for which their existence is limited by the amount of fossils, or by the amount of decaying organic material, is not true, he said.

So why do people believe that hydrocarbons are a limited supply of “fossil fuels”?

“The world is full of untruths and half-truths,” Dr. Soon said. “We are not limited and bounded by availability of, let’s say, gasoline, petroleum or coal.”

At COP28 in Dubai, “they just declared that we should stop using fossil fuel, basically petroleum natural gas and even coal,” Dr. Soon said. “I mean these people are insane now, really insane. I think they’re going to harm [many] people with their [self] delusion.”

“It’s always about this minority, the tyranny of the few, always robbing the whole senses, the good senses of the good people.”

Further reading:

Charles “The Great Reset” King demands $5 trillion per year to tackle climate change

============================

The nature of reality through the unification of physics and science

The nature of reality through the unification of physics and science 24 December 2023

Editor’s note: the diagram Technical Applications towards the bottom of the ISF website explains some of the vast potential for applications of this new understanding of the Zero Point Energy technology.  This discovery is not new – rather it is the culmination of several deep thinkers who realised that the various universal theories of science were simply false interpretations of a series of components. Colonel Tom Bearden explained much (see following posts) but this scientific revelation provides a genuinely unified theory and explanation that has eluded science to date. The information below is a critical part of disclosure, including how our world can evolve using free energy that is not controlled by oligarchs and secret military establishments.

A Message from Nassim Haramein

We live at a critical time in history.

It is a time when humanity and our evolution have exceeded the capacity of our biosphere to remain sustainable. New technological developments in energy production and transportation are critical at this point in order to overcome the ecological challenges the world is facing today.

The International Space Federation marks a new step in human evolution.

A deeper understanding of the nature of reality through the unification of physics and science generates a direct engineering path to significant energy production: from the structure of quantum vacuum fluctuations and the alteration and control of the spacetime curvature to yield gravity control.

These discoveries open up a beautiful and bright future for humanity to thrive and harmonize its technology with the fundamental wheelworks of nature.

Understanding the deep underlying nature of gravity and the control thereof will lead humanity in becoming a true space-bound civilization; exploring and establishing multiple different worlds, and having access to an almost infinite amount of resources.

This is the true future of humanity.

About Nassim Haramein

 

Nassim Haramein has spent more than 30 years researching and discovering connections in physics, mathematics, geometry, cosmology, quantum mechanics, biology and chemistry as well as anthropology and archeology. These studies led Haramein to groundbreaking theories, published papers and patented inventions in unified physics, which are now gaining worldwide recognition and acceptance. Haramein’s findings are based on a fundamental geometric quantization of spacetime, formalizing a unification between the quantum scale and cosmological-sized objects, including the universe itself. Haramein’s seminal paper “Quantum Gravity and the Holographic Mass” was published in the peer-reviewed journal Physical Review & Research International in 2013. Utilizing a generalized holographic principle, the paper predicted a precise value of the charge radius of the proton which disagreed with the Standard Model by 4%. — Read more at ResonanceScience.org

 

A 115-minute video discussing the International Space Federation’s findings:

Building a NEW FUTURE for Humanity | Quantum Vacuum Energy & Gravity Control (youtube.com)

The International Space Federation (ISF) is humanity’s first space exploration organization based on the development of gravity control as propulsion
& quantum vacuum energy as a power source.

International Space Federation | ISF | Exploring space for humanity

 Paper explaining the technical background to ISF’s findings.

The complete paper can be downloaded from the ISF website, as above.

The Origin of Mass and the Nature of Gravity

Nassim Haramein, Cyprien Guermonprez, Olivier Alirol

Abstract

 From the early explorations of thermodynamics and characterization of black body radiation, Max Planck predicted the existence of a non-zero expectation value for the electromagnetic quantum vacuum energy density or zero-point energy (ZPE). From the mechanics of a quantum oscillator, Planck derived the black body spectrum, which satisfied the Stefan-Boltzmann law with a non-vanishing term remaining where the summation of all modes of oscillations diverged to infinity in each point of the field. In modern derivation, correlation functions are utilized to derive the coherent behaviour of the creation and annihilation operators.

Although a common approach is to normalize the Hamiltonian so that all ground state modes cancel out, setting artificially ZPE to zero, zero-point energy is essential for the mathematical consistency of quantum mechanics as it maintains the non-commutativity of the creation and annihilation operators resulting in

the Heisenberg uncertainty principle. From our computation, we demonstrate that coherent modes of the correlation functions at the characteristic time of the proton correctly result in the emergence of its mass directly from quantum vacuum fluctuation modes. We find as well that this energy value is consistent with a Casimir cavity of the same characteristic distance. As a result, we developed an analytical solution describing both the structure of quantum spacetime as vacuum fluctuations and extrapolate this structure to the surface

dynamics of the proton to define a screening mechanism of the electromagnetic fluctuations at a given scale.

From an initial screening at the reduced Compton wavelength of the proton, we find a direct relation to Einstein field equations and the Schwarzschild solution describing a source term for the internal energy of the proton emerging from zero-point electromagnetic fluctuations. A second screening of the vacuum

fluctuations is found at the proton charge radius, which accurately results in the rest mass. Considering the initial screening, we compute the Hawking radiation value of the core Schwarzschild structure and find it to be equivalent to the rest mass energy diffusing in the internal structure of the proton. The resulting pressure gradient or pressure forces are calculated and found to be a very good fit to all the measured values of the color force and residual strong force typically associated to quark-antiquark and gluon flux tubes confinement.

As a result, we are able to unify all confining forces with the gravitational force emerging from the curvature of spacetime induced by quantum electromagnetic vacuum fluctuations. Finally, we applied the quantum vacuum energy density screening mechanism to the observable universe and compute the correct critical

energy density typically given for the total mass-energy of the universe.

Introduction

General relativity demonstrates a relationship between mass-energy and the structure of spacetime that has real physical effects called gravity where massive objects, made of elementary particles producing their mass, curve spacetime resulting in a gravitational force. However, application of the same principles at the particles level yields gravitational forces that are so infinitely small that they are found to be insignificant. Yet, at the proton nuclear scale, extremely large confining forces are found which would require extremely high energy levels (or masses) to produce such a force in the context of general relativity. In fact, those very high levels of energy were actually predicted by early quantum field theory (QFT) resulting in the so-called ’bare mass’ of particles but renormalized by modern quantum electrodynamics (QED) and quantum chromodynamics † International Space Federation laboratory Email: research@spacefed.com

(QCD) utilizing quantum vacuum fluctuations as a shielding mechanism [1]. Consequently, one could ask the question in a different way than generally approached, that is, instead of why gravity is so weak, that has no meaning at the quantum level, but why is the proton mass, which is most of the mass of the material world, so small? This change in reasoning was eventually mentioned by others such as Franck Wilczek [2].

Furthermore, from deep studies of QFT and the divergence of the bare mass, one can ask a more fundamental question: is quantum vacuum fluctuations responsible for the bare mass shielding or is it the source of mass

itself and resulting forces?

The general idea that mass is some kind of immutable value independent of forces and energies was dispelled in the early 1900 by the event of special and general relativity, when it was found that there is a fundamental equivalence between the concept of mass, energy and the geometry of space. General relativity establishes fundamental gravitational forces, which agglomerate particles and organized matter such as galaxies, stars, solar systems and planets, as the result of the curvature of the structure of space itself. However, this curvature results from an undefined source of energy, called mass, emerging from quantum entities we called particles. On the other hand, we have developed theories that describe these particles and energy structures as quantities emerging from very high energetic fields resulting from a fundamental oscillation of space itself we call quantum vacuum fluctuations, or ground state. These fields of ’virtual’ particles are at the source of many of our modern particle theories of QFT, one of them being the Higgs field with a non-zero vacuum expectation value producing mass which only predicts ? 1 ? 5% of the mass of the proton [3, 4], or for the explanation of orbital perturbation of an electron as in the Lamb shift. Consequently, both cosmological gravitational theory and quantum theory imbues very physical values to the structure of space itself with effects which have very fundamental and measurable attributes and which is intrinsically related to the concept of mass-energy.

Vacuum fluctuations or zero-point energy are predicted by the most precise theories in modern physics such as QFT, QED and QCD. However, the description of the electromagnetic vacuum fluctuations is still debated since the progressive and longstanding development from the early works from Planck and Einstein in early 1900 to recent publications providing further insights on the calculation of the vacuum fluctuations energy density as well as demonstrating its necessity for the mathematical consistency of quantum mechanics [1] and matter stability [5]. Confusion around vacuum fluctuations or zero-point energy (ZPE) arises from its many different uses throughout physics. Yet, their effects are measured experimentally (Casimir effect [6–8], Lamb shift [9], Vacuum Birefringeance [10], etc.) and ZPE is considered as the source of creation and annihilation for real (spontaneous emission [11], electron-positron [12], Schwinger effect [13]) or virtual pairs (dressed particles, Feynman diagrams) of particles, and it corresponds to a ground state energy fields (Black body radiation [14]) or even a background field interacting with particles as in Lamb shift or electron self-energy (QED loop).

Here, we demonstrate that energy densities and thus masses are emerging properties of the fundamental dynamics of electromagnetic vacuum fluctuations. We reconcile these two views of the structure of space and demonstrate that mass-energy is an emergent property of spacetime at the quantum level that unifies gravity, the strong force at all scales under one mechanism 1 . 1 Note to the reader: In this paper, we keep all units and do not utilize the common convention of reducing all the physical constant to one (where G = c = ? = 1 ). While mathematically it could be convenient, it represents a loss of information and can lead to confusion [15]. Also, in certain cases, we do not reduce equations so that the physical meaning can be extracted clearly.

========================

The Man Who Created A Vehicle That Ran On Water

 
The Man Who Created A Vehicle That Ran On Water, The Connection To Tesla & Free Energy, & His Murder To Squash His Invention! (VIDEO)
 

Stanley Meyer was an inventor and genius who made a water car back in the 90?s and many believe that his technology would change the world. How? well the claims are that the car could literally run on water. it would do the electrolysis process on board and generate power from water. Meyer unfortunately lost his life, but for some his death had to be murder.

 

=========================

 

Devastation when the lights go out permanently

Devastation when the lights go out permanently  By Peter Campion, 7 August 2023

Editor’s note: The scenario described in this article for Australia could apply in most countries transitioning to so-called ‘renewables’.

Everything that 26.5 million Australians rely on for their daily existence, in turn, relies on electricity as a dependable and continual service. Electricity is not a product. We can’t simply go to the shops, buy two days’ worth of electricity, tuck it under our arm, and head home. It’s a service that we’ve come to expect to be available at our homes and businesses at the precise moment we flick that switch. Our entire economy and society are structured around electricity being a service reliably delivered exactly when required.

When the electricity supply is interrupted for a few seconds or minutes we are merely inconvenienced, but blackouts lasting several hours have a significant impact – particularly for the sick and the elderly who rely on electricity being available at all times to keep complex health issues stable. This is why hospitals and care homes have emergency generators.

Longer blackouts cause increasing problems, but few people take the time to consider the escalation of these issues over days or weeks. These problems vary in impact depending on the geographic location of those affected. Most Australians live in our major cities, and that’s where the impacts will be greatest. That’s why grid managers work hard to avoid blackouts affecting cities, particularly areas including high-rise towers which are totally dependent on reliable electricity for access and ventilation.

The blackouts most of us have experienced are almost always local distribution equipment failures or load-shedding, during which the main electricity grid and its phase-locked baseload generators, fuelled by hydrocarbons or by falling water, are still functioning normally and supplying electricity across most of the network. None of us have experienced a full blackout of the entire grid – called a “system black” event.

The closest to a system black event that modern Australia has experienced was the statewide blackout in South Australia in September 2016. Storms brought down a powerline, which caused other powerlines to trip out. That resulted in voltage dips which triggered protective equipment at inverter-based generators (wind farms) to isolate them and that in turn overloaded the interconnector to Victoria’s hydrocarbon-fuelled power plants. That crashed the grid for 1.7 million people.

Authorities rebooting the SA section of the east coast grid claimed they’d achieved a world-first “black start”, but it wasn’t that at all as it was enabled by the return of stable, synchronous electricity from Victoria’s hydrocarbon-fuelled power plants. That allowed SA’s small gas turbine generators to rejoin the grid and eventually the asynchronous inverter-based generators (solar and wind) could be added back in. Solar and wind cannot achieve a black start as they can’t initiate the stable frequency required (50Hz) and can’t be dialled up as needed to keep demand and supply matched as consumer areas are reconnected.

What would our society look like over the course of the first week of a major system black event affecting the entire east coast grid? A system black event that was triggered by one of the two major risks listed later in this article could take months or years to rectify, but the first week will wreak the most havoc.

When the power goes down, properly maintained emergency generators will start automatically in many larger buildings and some private homes. However, their fuel supplies are finite and, in most cases, will be exhausted in less than 24 hours. Refills won’t be available as service stations don’t usually have emergency generators and so won’t be able to pump or sell fuel.

The battery back-ups on mobile phone towers and emergency lighting systems will run flat in 12 to 24 hours.

Streetlights and traffic signals are commonly grid-dependent and will cease operating at the commencement of the blackout.

City streets will quickly become gridlocked, impairing residents’ ability to evacuate by car.

Telephone and internet networks’ batteries and emergency generators will stop working within 24 hours, making it impossible to request assistance from police, fire, and ambulance services. In the absence of street lighting and law enforcement, crime will skyrocket. Only well-trained, armed citizens will enjoy any personal safety.

Tap water won’t be available as city water reticulation relies on pumps. Drinking water will only be available as bottled water on hand as shops won’t be open. No piped water means no toilet flushing, and hygiene issues will emerge within 24 hours.

No rubbish collection will see waste accumulating on the streets by day two. The insect and rodent populations will flourish and contribute to health issues.

Refrigerated food will be spoiled by day two and food supplies will be limited to tinned or dried food on hand.

Health services can be expected to collapse on day two and hospitals will descend into chaos. Those reliant on prescription drugs will have only their on-hand stocks.

On day three, city residents will be desperate for water and urgently in need of food. Those who have not become victims of crime will be evacuating outwards from the city centre on foot, hoping to find water and food in the suburbs.

Things won’t be much better in the suburbs, except that residents with yards will at least be able to bury their waste and the roads won’t be as gridlocked. Suburban residents will also be without water, food, and communications, and by the end of day three, with desperate city residents flooding their neighbourhoods, they’ll be taking to their cars and fleeing into the rural areas.

Most city and suburban residents assume food can always be found in rural areas when in fact it is mostly stored in urban warehouses. Very few city or suburban residents have the skills or knowledge to find food in the bush. Food in farming areas will mainly exist as livestock or immature crops. Very few city or suburban residents have the tools, skills, or knowledge to kill, clean and prepare livestock for consumption – and taking livestock without consent will invite deadly responses from armed farmers.

By the fourth day of a grid-black event, the death toll from crime is likely to be hundreds of thousands. The death toll from thirst will be in the millions.

By the end of the first week of a system black event, disease will be rife due to the masses of dead lying rotting in the streets and the complete breakdown of healthcare. Those who survived the initial exodus from the cities and suburbs and who found a source of food and water will be at risk from disease spread by insects and rodents.

What can cause a system black event across the entire grid? There are two major risks. The first is government policy.

Our globalist-controlled corporate governments are hell-bent on eliminating our heavy-duty hydrocarbon-fuelled generators that can operate indefinitely with adequate fuel and maintenance. They’re rushing to replace them with light-duty wind- and solar-powered generators that only operate when it’s windy or sunny and which have comparatively short lifespans. We’re one or possibly two coal-fired power plant closures away from a system black that cannot be reversed except by isolating small areas in the vicinity of hydrocarbon-fuelled generators from the rest of the grid and only powering those. Even that option can only work while the fuel supplies last. Diesel fuels power coal-mining machinery and a system black will interrupt the diesel supply chain.

In a government-policy system black, we can expect Chinese troops in blue UN helmets to arrive in week two because this is what is being engineered by the globalists and their co-conspirators in our governments.

The second major threat to electricity as a continual service is large solar flares, which are inevitable in our electromagnetic universe.

Solar flares the size of the 1859 Carrington Event, an X50 flare, which burnt out the telegraph system of the time, occur every 150-200 years. 1859 was 164 years ago. We’re due an X50 flare at any time. An X50 or higher solar flare will energise Earth’s ionospheric and terrestrial electrical currents to the extent that every transformer and generator on the planet will overload and burn out. The return of electricity as a service would then be measured in generations, not years.

Larger flares occur on longer timescales. We don’t know when the larger events in the past occurred because our pre-industrial society wasn’t electrified, however, in the satellite era we can calculate when the next X100 to X1000 flare is due, and indications are that it will be between the late 2030s and the late 2040s.

No amount of planning and preparation can save an operating grid from X50-plus flares, but replacement equipment could be being stockpiled for the same money we’re squandering on wind and solar.

The primary responsibility of policymakers must be to ensure electricity remains a dependable and continual service to prevent a mass die-off of Australians. Our policymakers have enacted legislation that ratchets renewables content up over time, which will inevitably lead to a system black event. They aren’t considering solar flares at all.

A mass die-off of Australians is now inevitable because our staggeringly negligent and/or criminally complicit policymakers failed to learn enough about basic electrical engineering and astrophysics or have sold us out to the globalists.

=============================

Thomas E. Bearden (In Memoriam)

 

Thomas E. Bearden (In Memoriam)  By Ulrike Granogger, Solari Report, 9 April 2022

Lt. Col. Thomas Eugene Bearden (December 17, 1930 – February 3, 2022)

“Consciousness is time, specifically time delay.” ~ Tom Bearden

Editor’s note: Lt Col Thomas Bearden has always been one of my superheroes.   I have no doubt ZPE (Zero Point Energy or some equivalent over-unity energy system) will be available within a few years, together with the forthcoming revolutions in medicine/health, finance and governance.  There are numerous books, articles and videos about Tom Bearden and his work such as the video in this article: https://principia-scientific.com/us-navy-secretly-designed-super-fast-futuristic-flying-triangle/?utm_source=feedburner&utm_medium=email 

Here’s an old video c2002 in which he describes the whole issue:  https://principia-scientific.com/us-navy-secretly-designed-super-fast-futuristic-flying-triangle/?utm_source=feedburner&utm_medium=email

By Ulrike Granögger

A great scientist, revolutionary thinker, and meticulous researcher—a man who forever changed the discussion of alternative physics—has left this world: Thomas Eugene Bearden, retired Lieutenant Colonel of the U.S. Army, died on February 3rd, 2022 at age 92.

It is impossible to enumerate all the areas of contribution that he made during decades of experiments and publications. His explanations and findings on Maxwell’s equations of electromagnetism, scalar electromagnetic potential, the nature of the vacuum, magnetic motors and over-unity devices, as well as pioneering information on the secret military technology of so-called “Woodpecker” (ELF mind-control) signals are all elements of the Bearden scientific cosmos.

The key to over-unity systems (devices that produce more energy than they receive as input), Bearden said, can be found in the original Maxwell equations that are based on quaternions rather than vectors; they were dramatically “truncated” or simplified later by Heaviside and Lorentz, who reduced all information on potentials in the original discovery. (See correspondence on the historical context of the truncations of Maxwell’s equations.)

The rediscovery of the potentials opens to the understanding of vacuum fluctuations as well as to “time-reversed”, phase-conjugate mechanisms that Bearden claimed were first discovered and applied by the Russians in advanced weapons technology. He regarded time as a special form of highly compressed energy.

“Energy is any ordering, either static or dynamic, in the virtual particle flux of vacuum.” ~ Tom Bearden

Tom Bearden invented and patented a free energy device called the “Motionless Energy Generator” (MEG), and for over 20 years, worked with John Bedini on the theory and practicalities of a free-energy motor. Together they published a practical guide to over-unity generators in the book Free Energy Generation. Bearden was convinced that there is a solution to the energy demands of the world that would also free humanity from submission to energy monopoly.

Bearden’s most important publications include Towards a New Electromagnetics – Parts I-IV, The Excalibur Briefings (on paranormal phenomena), Energy from the Vacuum, and, in my view one of the pivotal publications, Gravitobiology: A New Biophysics, which covers, among other topics, the work of V.P. Kaznacheev and provides a first understanding of what we now call the wave genome.

Even though T.E. Bearden’s work is still shunned by orthodox science institutions, all members of the alternative energy and science community, whether they agree with his conclusions and definitions or not, will honour his ground-breaking contributions and lifelong pursuit of a new view of physics and science in harmony with the laws of nature for the benefit of mankind.

=======================

New Technology, It’s All About to Change

 

New Technology, It’s All About to Change  By Zach Zorhies

Editor’s note: this article should be read in conjunction with others in this post. Whilst it provides a useful update, it does not cover several key components.

For centuries, our primary energy source has been hydrocarbon-based, and since the 19th century, most of that has been in the form of petroleum. In 1975, the US dollar was cemented as the world’s main reserve currency with the establishment of OPEC and the petrodollar system, which obliged the main petroleum-producing countries to accept payment for their oil in USD and to invest their surplus oil proceeds in US government debt securities.

 

Many believe that the true motive for the Iraq War was because Saddam Hussein converted all of Iraq’s oil transactions in the Oil for Food Program to euros and that the Deep State-controlled Bush Administration sought to maintain the USD as the international reserve currency and to block a more widespread adoption of the euro as an oil-pricing standard. After the US’ 2003 invasion, Iraq returned the denomination of its oil sales to the US dollar, despite the dollar’s decreased value.

 

Yet today, the fact that China, Venezuela and Iran freely bypass the USD in their oil transactions without triggering similar reprisals indicates that the dollar is no longer worth defending and that its status as the world’s reserve currency is coming to end. Perhaps more importantly, this indicates that petroleum as a primary energy source is coming to an end. At the fire sale price points we’ve been seeing for the stuff, it will no longer be worth it to take it out of the ground.

 

Many of us are aware that there are alternative energy technologies that have been actively suppressed to maintain the global economic control system and energy paradigm. This interview with Zach Vorhies gives us a glimpse at how the Deep State operates in this arena today. With the fresh eyes we now have from the Great Awakening, after being brutalized for four years by the political – and now biowarfare – antics of the Deep State, we can really see it in the suppression of all-important clean, cheap energy technologies.

 

Zach Vorhies, who was a Senior Engineer at Google-YouTube for 8 years is back on the X22’s Spotlight to talk about the dawn of widely-available clean, cheap energy within the next decade. The topic of cold fusion hit his radar while he was working at YouTube and he saw that Google executives, including current CEO, Sundar Pichai lied to Congress when they denied blacklisting any websites. Vorhies had seen in Google’s corporate intranet that several websites were blacklisted in the wake of the Las Vegas shooting. One site however, had nothing to do with the Las Vegas Massacre, Andrea Rossi’s independent cold fusion website, E-Catworld.com, about which FKTV published about a few times, back in 2011.

 

Further digging led Vorhies to the discovery that Google had their own secret cold fusion laboratory, which has since been made public. So, not only has Google been blacklisting businesses that are competitors of their strategic ventures, they’ve been actively suppressing vital information about an important alternative energy technology, while attempting to develop it as their own intellectual property.

 

Zach tells of arranging to meet with the head of Google’s cold fusion lab to make an introduction to Rossi, only to be met with a total psychopath, an executive from a cryptocurrency company that Google had acquired who was heir to an old railroad fortune and a Rockefeller crony. A more classic Deep Stater could be scarcely imaginable.

 

Zach has since become an avid follower of Ken Wheeler, who has further developed Nikola Tesla’s Aethereal Mechanics (explained in more detail in the interview transcript below) and developed SunCell® technology, which is able to tap energy from the Dark Matter found in the water molecules that are freely available in atmospheric humidity.

 

Unlimited energy would mean a whole new world. As Zach says here:

 

“This makes wind obsolete. This makes solar obsolete. This makes nuclear uranium fission obsolete. This makes all the other energy systems that we’ve used obsolete…we can imagine part of it but the new things that will come are the ‘unknown unknowns’. We can’t even imagine what it would look like in a society with unlimited energy…And not only people – but entire nations…With decentralized abundant energy, everywhere the Globalists lose their main control over the world.”

 

A full transcript of this interview appears in the 43-minute video: https://forbiddenknowledgetv.net/ds-kept-technology-from-the-people-its-all-about-to-change-controlled-no-more-zach-vorhies/

===================

Extracting Energy From The Quantum Vacuum: Can Zero-Point Energy Power Our Planet?

Extracting Energy From The Quantum Vacuum, Can Zero-Point Energy Power Our Planet  By Arjun Walia, Collective Evolution – CE, 24 September 2019

  • The Facts:

Quantum mechanics has discovered that “empty” space is not empty, and that it’s full of energy. Can this energy be utilized and drawn upon to provide power and replace our energy industry?

  • Reflect On:

What would be the implications of new energy technology that allowed everyone on the planet access to clean energy?

The famous world-renowned American theoretical physicist John Wheeler once told the world that, “No point is more central than this, that space is not empty, it is the seat of the most violent physics.” Notice the importance he put on the fact that space is not empty, and that there is no point “more central” than that. The fact that space is not empty has huge implications, some of which we will explore in this article.

Nikola Tesla said that “The day science begins to study non-physical phenomena, it will make more progress in one decade than in all the previous centuries of its existence.” There is no doubting this statement given the fact that to our senses, an atom, the bits of matter that make up what we perceive to be our physical material world, is 99.9 percent empty space. But again, it’s not empty, it’s actually full of energy. The field of quantum mechanics was key for questioning the perceived material foundations of reality by showing that atoms and subatomic particles are not really solid objects.

This empty space that exists all around us, this non-perceivable “substance,” for lack of a better term, has been written about for thousands of years. I’d like to use an example from ancient Greece.

And they allowed Apollonius to ask questions; and he asked them of what they thought the cosmos was composed; but they replied; “Of elements.” “Are there then four?” he asked. “Not four,” said Larchas,  “but five.” “And how can there be a fifth,” said Apollonius, “alongside of water and air and earth and fire?” “There is the ether,” replied the other, “which we must regard as the stuff of which gods are made; for just as all mortal creatures inhale the wire, so do immortal and divine natures inhale the ether.” “Am I,” said Appollonius, “to regard the universe as a living creature?” “Yes,” said the other. – The Life of Apollonius of Tyana, Philostratus, 220AD (source)

In the past, many referred to this “empty space” as ether or aether.

All perceptible matter comes from a primary substance, or tenuity beyond conception, filling all space, the akasha or luminiferous ether, which is acted upon by the life giving Prana or creative force, calling into existence, in never-ending cycles all things and phenomena.”– Nikola Tesla, Man’s Greatest Achievement, 1907

Today, physicists seem to refer to it as the “Quantum Vacuum” or “Zero-Point” energy field.

So, the next question becomes, can we tap into this energy field? Can we use it to power our world and have “free” energy? Please keep in mind here that the term “free” energy is often misused. Free energy has nothing to do with money, it is called free energy because the quantum vacuum is limitless, it never runs out, it’s not a finite resource but rather an infinite resource.

“Ere many generations pass, our machinery will be driven by a power obtainable at any point in the universe. This idea is not novel. Throughout space there is energy… It is a mere question of time when men will succeed in attaching their machinery to the very wheel work of nature.” – Nikola Tesla (source)

Can We Tap Into The Quantum Vacuum?

The idea that space is full of energy is not a theory. A man by the name of Hendrik Casimir proved that empty space actually contains fluctuations of electromagnetic waves. He suggested that two metal plates held apart in a vacuum could trap the waves, creating vacuum energy that could attract or repel the plates. As the boundaries of a region move, the variation in vacuum energy (zero-point energy) leads to the Casimir effect. Recent research done at Harvard University and Vrije University in Amsterdam and elsewhere has proved the Casimir effect to be correct. (source)

How much energy is available? According to two of the most prominent researchers in the field, Eric W. David and H.E. Puthoff from the Institute for Advanced Studies at Austin, the energy density in the quantum vacuum is “enormous.” (source)

A number of studies have brought up the topic of extracting energy from the quantum vacuum, for example, a paper titled “Extracting energy and heat from the vacuum” by Puthoff  in conjunction with Daniel C. Cole, Ph.D. and Associate Professor at Boston University in the Department of Mechanical Engineering stated a number of years ago that:

Relatively recent proposals have been made in the literature for extracting energy and heat from electromagnetic zero-point radiation via the use of the Casimir force. The basic thermodynamics involved in these proposals is analyzed and clarified here, with the conclusion that yes, in principle, these proposals are correct.

The truth is, “the concept of the conversion of energy from vacuum fluctuations is in principle not falsifiable.”

But, according to mainstream academia, “Even though experimental efforts at energy extraction from the vacuum have been proposed or are already under way at various laboratories, definitive theoretical support underpinning the concept of useful extraction of energy from quantum fluctuations is not yet in place. (source)

Is this really true? Or is it simply one of many examples of scientific suppression?

The reality of scientific suppression is no joke, it’s actually quite evident, and there are many examples. A great example is the “Invention Secrecy Act,” which was written in 1951. Under this act, patent applications on new inventions can be subjected to secrecy orders. These orders can restrict their publication if government agencies believe that their disclosure would be harmful to national security.

Today, the term “national security” is a complete joke. It’s become an umbrella term used to classify any information or technological development that threatens big corporate interests or any agenda/plan the global elite has for the human population.

Steven Aftergood from the Federation of American Scientists reports on a list that was obtained from invention secrecy orders from 1971:

“The 1971 list indicates that patents for solar photovoltaic generators were subject to review and possible restriction if the photovoltaics were more than 20% efficient. Energy conversion systems were likewise subject to review and possible restriction if they offered conversion efficiencies in “excess of 70-80%.” (source)

Could zero-point energy propulsion systems and energy generators be on today’s secrecy lists?

There is significant evidence that scientists since Tesla have known about this energy, but that its existence and potential use has been discouraged and indeed suppressed over the past half century or more. – Dr. Theodor C. Loder III, Professor Emeritus of Earth Sciences at the University of New Hampshire (source)

Before his passing, Dr. Brian O’Leary, a former NASA astronaut and Princeton Physics professor told the world that:

These concepts have been proven in hundreds of laboratories all over the world, yet never see the light of day. If the new energy technologies were set free worldwide the change would be profound. It would affect everybody, it would be applicable everywhere. These technologies are absolutely the most important thing that have happened in the history of the world. – Dr. Brian O’Leary, Former NASA Astronaut and Princeton Physics Professor (source)

Furthermore, there are strange things happening within the world of Unidentified Flying Objects (UFOs) and the people involved. Take Steve Justice, for example, the recently retired Director of Advanced Systems at Lockheed Skunkworks who is  on board with To The Stars Academy, a UFO initiative headed by former Blink 182 rockstar Tom Delonge, bringing together some very interesting people like Justice to raise awareness about the reality of UFOs. UFOs have been photographed, video taped, and tracked on radars performing maneuvers that defy our known laws of physics. Their goal, or one out of many, is to bring forth these technologies that have been locked up in the black budget world in order to help humanity thrive.

Is this not enough evidence showing that there is something fishy going on? Take a read of the statement below by Justice. While discussing the concept for the craft that To The Stars plans to build, he stated that:

This is a concept for an international point-to-point transportation craft that will erase the current travel limits of distance and time. It mimics the capabilities observed in unidentified aerial phenomenon by employing a driver system that alters space-time metric. We have glimpses of how the physics of this works, but we need to harvest technologies from the Science Division to “realize” the capability.

This quote was on the To The Stars website for more than a year. I’ve used it in multiple articles and have seen it many times. The site has since been changed, and it’s no longer up there. To give it more credibility, To The Stars has been quite open about crafts that alter the space-time metric, and this quote was also used by multiple mainstream media outlets like the New York Times and Scientific American in regards to Justice speaking about these crafts.

Even renowned UFO researcher Leslie Keen, in an article for the Huffington Post, emphasized:

Steve’s objective is to harvest this advanced technology to build a vehicle that will allow for almost instantaneous travel through land, air, oceans and space, by engineering the fabric of space-time. Such a vehicle could also float, like something from science fiction. Steve says we have had glimpses of the science that could make this possible.

Right now, on the site, an important point made states: “As noted in our October 2017 TTSA kickoff webcast, technologies that would allow us to engineer the spacetime metric would bring capabilities that would fundamentally alter civilization, with revolutionary changes to transportation, communication, and computation.”

Based on the quotes given by Justice, he is admitting to the fact that there are technologies available in the “Science Division” that have been kept from humanity, and that it’s known within this division that some of these UFOs actually employ “a driver system that alters space-time metric.”

The statement by Justice echoes the statements made decades ago by Ben Rich, the second Director of Lockheed Skunkworks from 1975-1991.

“We already have the means to travel among the stars, but these technologies are locked up in black projects, and it would take an act of God to ever get them out to benefit humanity. Anything you can imagine, we already know how to do it.”

“We now have technology to take ET home. No it won’t take someone’s lifetime to do it. There is an error in the equations. We know what it is. We now have the capability to travel to the stars.”

“There are two types of UFOs — the ones we build and the ones ‘they’ build.”

You can read more about the sources for these quotes from Ben Rich here.

This begs the question, was Apollo 14 astronaut Dr. Edgar Mitchell correct when he stated flat out that, “yes, there have been crashed craft, and bodies recovered”? Have covert black budget programs obtained extraterrestrial crafts and reverse engineered them?

Earlier in this article, I cited a paper published by Hal Puthoff and Eric Davis illustrating that the energy density in the quantum vacuum is “enormous.” Davis is a very well-known scientist. For many years, he was a member of the National Institute for Discovery Sciences (owned by Robert Bigelow) and the Chief Science Officer of EarthTech Int’l, Inc. and the Institute for Advanced Studies at Austin, and he is now the Owner/Chief Executive/Chief Scientist of Warp Drive Metrics, which consults and contracts for the Department of Defense. He is also an Adjunct Professor in the Early Universe, Cosmology and Strings Group at the Center for Astrophysics, Space Physics & Engineering Research at Baylor University in Waco, TX.

By the way, Robert Bigelow has been quite outspoken about the knowledge he has that we are not alone and that extraterrestrial beings are “already here.”

Puthoff is also a very well-known scientist who has done a lot of work for the Department of Defense.

A recently leaked document has exposed notes regarding a meeting Davis had with Admiral Thomas Ray Wilson, who was the Director of the Defense Intelligence Agency, in which they discussed an extraterrestrial space craft. This meeting was also confirmed prior to this leak by astronaut Edgar Mitchell, who was also in attendance.

The documents point towards a program that involves the crash retrieval of extraterrestrial crafts that are “not made of this earth, not made by man.” You can view the entire document here and read more about it and watch a discussion CE founder Joe Martino and I had about it on CETV here.

I also recently published an article about a former member of the Air Force Office of Special Investigations, Richard Doty, whose identity has been verified by Hal Puthoff, stating that multiple extraterrestrial crafts are in the hands of the US government and that many of them use zero point energy for their propulsion systems.

Furthermore, there are multiple patents and multiple inventors who claim to have invented electrical generators that are powered by zero-point energy.

One example is Parahamsa Tewari, who invented such a machine, but has since passed. He is pictured below with Brian O’Leary, and you can find out more about his life’s work here if you’re interested.

A century from now, it will be well known that: the vacuum of space which fills the universe is itself the real substratum of the universe; vacuum in a circulating state becomes matter; the electron is the fundamental particle of matter and is a vortex of vacuum with a vacuum-less void at the center and it is dynamically stable; the speed of light relative to vacuum is the maximum speed that nature has provided and is an inherent property of the vacuum; vacuum is a subtle fluid unknown in material media; vacuum is mass-less, continuous, non viscous, and incompressible and is responsible for all the properties of matter; and that vacuum has always existed and will exist forever….Then scientists, engineers and philosophers will bend their heads in shame knowing that modern science ignored the vacuum in our chase to discover reality for more than a century. – Tewari

The words above come from the late Parahamsa Tewari, who recently had a paper published in Physics Essays. The paper is entitled “Structural Relation Between The Vacuum Space and The Electron. You can access the full study here. Tewari also points out that dark matter has been mistaken for what it really is, as he describes in his “Space Vortex Theory”:

The interesting part about Tewari is that, from his theory, he took it out of the theoretical realm by generating machinery based on the science, in the form of an electrical generator. Again, you can learn more about that at the link to his website above the picture.

The Takeaway

The takeaway here is to realize that extracting energy from the Quantum vacuum is, within the mainstream, only theoretically possible, but there is an enormous amount of evidence suggesting that it’s already been done and that this type of activity and technological breakthrough has been kept hidden from the human race for many years.

Our potential as a species is huge. We seem to already have the energy solutions we need. But if that’s true, we need to ask ourselves, why are they not being implemented, and what systems are in place that prevent the solutions from coming out?

Discovering solutions is not the issue–the issue is with greed, ego, manipulation, and selfishness. Until our race transitions from the majority of people being self-serving to the majority being in service to others, we cannot progress as a society. Human consciousness needs to change, not technological development. Our intelligence is great, it’s the intention behind what we do and the technological breakthroughs we make that really matters.

Related CE Article: Scientists Call Out “Dark Matter” – Have We Been Wrong About It All Along? 

=====================

Could energy be free?

Could energy be free A series of articles about ‘free energy’, 30 Sept 2017

Interim conclusions:

  •  The technology for ‘free’ (over-unity) energy has been demonstrated beyond doubt to be known by some ‘black’ government departments and subcontractors, but is currently kept secret.
  • Numerous crimes have been committed by deep state government groups and associated military/industrial organisations to protect their industry and advantages.
  • The technologies for ‘free energy’ include zero-point (sub-atomics / quantum) as well as received electro-magnetic energy.
  • ‘Science’ has made fundamental errors, deliberate and otherwise, including defining energy systems as ‘closed’.
  • Open experiments to produce ‘free’ energy have to date been suppressed covertly by energy industry leaders.
  • Access to ‘free’ energy will eventually enable massive improvements throughout all parts of the world, far greater than the industrial revolution.

 Introduction

Modern society growth is proportional to available energy, so the availability of cost-effective energy for everyone is clearly critical.  This post presents a range of issues with regard to the science, views and potential for free energy and so-called renewable energy.

Of the seven largest markets in the world; energy, agriculture, telecoms, auto, chemicals, packaged foods, and pharma, the energy market surpasses all others by a minimum margin of $3.3 trillion dollars per year. The growing demand for energy drives market size projections to $10.4 trillion per year by 2020, helping energy maintain its dominant position in the world markets.   The 2013 world GDP was USD75.59 trillion, so energy comprised about 15%.

Numerous organizations are working flat-out to develop low-cost devices that could provide almost-free energy that potentially could destroy or replace most of the current energy industry.  Question: how do you think energy industry leaders are reacting?  Read banker J P Morgan’s reaction to Nicola Tesla’s inventions below, and view Thomas Bearden’s videos, also below.

However, most of the official scientific views of ‘free energy’, Tesla’s demonstrations, zero-point energy and the like are dismissive.   But then, recall everyone ‘knew’ the sun went around the earth, and peptic ulcers were caused by stress and acidity – until 2 doctors, who had been scoffed at for 20 years – proved these ulcers were caused by bacteria, and won Nobel prizes.  Science has an alarming history of ‘getting it wrong’. As Einstein said, it only takes one person to prove I’m wrong’.

There is considerable evidence that some US ‘black’ government departments have been aware of the ability to produce ‘free’ energy for many decades. This is discussed below, in particular by Dr Greer.

Caveat

The reader is advised that most of what is presented in this section is very different from what he/she is likely to have been taught, read and viewed.  Rather than scoffing, which is a natural reaction, it would be better to maintain an open mind and consider the degree that past information on this and allied subjects may have been manipulated for entirely different ends.

A broad introduction to subject of ‘free energy’ is presented by the Sirius project.  Dr Carol Rosin interviews Dr Steve Greer to discuss an update on Sirius Disclosure (34 mins intro, implementation at 77 mins, ends 94 mins) – audio interview.  Note: there are many more later presentation covering major progress.  Also the following video interview with Dr Carol Rosin: Von Braun’s legacy – 34 min 2013 YouTube

  •  
  • https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gP8ftWzFYI4&list=PLnrEt2fIdZ0aBgPuVF0C_T559Y

Zero Point Energy

 Recent article (170930) explaining the current situation and issues surrounding ‘free energy’. Note in particular the third video.  ZPE / ‘free energy’ has been demonstrated for over a century, but bankers (J P Morgan / Nicola Tesla), the international energy industry (estimated to be worth well over $200 trillion) all conspire to steal the technologies, experiments etc. and prevent the world from getting free energy.

  •  
  • Lieutenant Colonel Thomas Bearden, US Army, PhD, probably THE world guru on the subject, explains how energy can be extracted from the ‘zero points field’, the ‘dipole’ effect and how and why this form of free energy has been buried by various black government, financial and industrial operations as well as the scientific community and non-availability of patents for ‘perpetual motion machines’. A 2013 video presents the science, issues and economics in fairly simple language.  An earlier similar video below.  The third bullet provides Tom Bearden’s incredible CV.
  • Another video recorded around 2002, but similarly valid in now, presents a similar series of issues. The main difference is that his point regarding ‘money-printing’ has extended his forecasted deadline – 47 minutes
    • https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Wleifp3Fbe0
  • Thomas article:  Clean Electrical Energy from the Active Vacuum 2002. This long and very technical article explains most aspects in detail.
    •  
  • Also a selection of videos from Beardon’s website. Check too a range of other YouTube videos in Beardon’s name.
  • A 6-minutes video https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=iKFEmMotPNo, followed by a 50 min video that explains many associated factors.
    • https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hJY8XqFnAyg&ebc=ANyPxKoiO2_L3WFfQZyyXFBfL8GqxZ_cFZPrZTreDPlVY5OmjBo2cSRCdlSWUGDYCAqgVu8dBTQJ5uNoF6tJPFEI-PTeWJ4Vow
  • The history of free energy, suppression, economic cartels in energy preventing free energy, assassination etc.  and how it works – over-unity power systems, Lt Colonel Thomas Bearden note quotes etc.  This old video ~2003 – predicts the world will be into mass war in 2007/08 or sooner if new energy generation is prevented – his logic remains, but the various institutions, cartels etc. have managed to delay free energy for another decade since. By Eugene Mallove RIP.
  • Description of zero-point energy by Dr Hal Puthoff – (watch Dr Mallove’s 3 videos at the end of first video)
  • A gateway to ZPE and a new ‘particle’?
    •  

 

The Perpetual Motion Machine science scam

Science skeptic and writer, Martin Gardner has called claims of such zero-point-energy-based systems, “as hopeless as past efforts to build perpetual motion machines.”  Perpetual motion machine refers to technical designs of machines that can operate indefinitely, optionally with additional output of excessive energy, without any cited input source of energy, which is in violation of the laws of thermodynamics.

But technical designs to harness zero-point energy would not fall into this category because sub-atomic zero-point energy is claimed as the input source of energy’.  The issue is, what boundaries comprise the overall system in which the energy resides?

‘Science’ considers all energy systems are ‘closed’; that is, no energy can come in or out of them.  Closed system thermodymamics is taught as gospel by conventional academics and forms the foundation of our civilization and all current technologies. The problem is, there is no such thing as a closed system. All systems have varying degrees of interaction with their environments, both macro, micro, nano and sub-atomic (quantum).  ZPE, for instance, considers energy from sub-nuclear ‘fields’.   Electro-magnetism comes in and goes out from everywhere in the universe (albeit in rather small amounts after applying the cube rule to distant sources).

Another key factor is those who control all energy in the world are less than keen on experiments with above-unity power system, so they do everything they can to stop them (e.g. JP Morgan and Tesla).

‘Science’ appears to have made a colossal mistake in simplifying Maxwell’s equations (see Tom Beardon’s article) and losing a key component that provided for over-unity power generation. But science in universities etc. get all their funding from governments who stick with the PC view, including science.

However, there are cracks appearing in the armor.  One article noted ‘As to whether zero-point energy may become a source of usable energy, this is considered extremely unlikely by most physicists, and none of the claimed devices are taken seriously by the mainstream science community. Nevertheless, SED interpretation of the Bohr orbit (above) does suggest a way whereby energy might be extracted. Based upon this a patent has been issued and experiments have been underway at the University of Colorado (U.S. Patent 7,379,286).’

There are many other views and experiments to develop over-unity power system (the system generates more power than it consumes) deploy various electro-magnetic forces, often based on Tesla’s experiments.  Some have been demonstrated to be successful, but without full explanations are to how or why they work. There are many examples of these experimenters being either bought off or possibly assassinated.  It is assumed those controlling various aspects of the power industry are responsible for such repression.

Nikola Tesla

 A Device to Harness Free Cosmic Energy Claimed by Nikola Tesla: “This new power for the driving of the world’s machinery will be derived from the energy which operates the universe, the cosmic energy, whose central source for the earth is the sun and which is everywhere present in unlimited quantities.” It is not clear how or whether this related directly to zero-point energy.  It is fully documented that banker JP Morgan believed it would work and preclude his profiting from selling energy; he sabotaged Tesla’s progress and stole Tesla’s patents.  Acknowledged as the greatest inventor ever, as a result, Tesla died a pauper. First a long interview with Tesla from ~1900, with a link to a 1916 interview.

    • http://beforeitsnews.com/eu/2016/07/the-nikola-tesla-interview-hidden-for-116-years-2608426.html?currentSplittedPage=0
    • https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=btXU4FwygJk
    •  
    •  
  • The ‘science’ of frequencies, and their relevance. Nikola Tesla, the great genius and father of electromagnetic engineering, had once said, “If you only knew the magnificence of the 3, 6 and 9, then you would hold a key to the universe”. The 3, 6, and 9 are the fundamental root vibrations of the Solfeggio frequencies. Albert Einstein stated: “Concerning matter, we have been all wrong. What we have called matter is energy, whose vibration has been so lowered as to be perceptible to the senses. There is no matter.” All matter beings vibrate at specific rates and everything has its own melody. The musical nature of nuclear matter from atoms to galaxies is now finally being recognized by science.
    •  
  • Tesla: his background, genius and how his advances were stolen. To what effect now?
    •  

Dr Steven Greer (also covered in part below in Extra-terrestrials and UFOs)

 Steven Greer, re new/free energy/East Trinity summary 2009.

    • https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4jfTK5KFHXQ Also
  • Greer video, 16 mins, in which he explains a conversation with a billionaire who would not back Greer’s free energy device because GM already had this, but an executive who was planning to release it to produce free-energy cars was murdered 2 weeks after he presented his plans. The 85-year old billionaire said he was not afraid for himself, but for his family.  NB this is the fifth video in a 5-part series.
    •  
  • The potential for ‘free energy’ is discussed at https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Zero-point_energy – Utilization Controversy section.  Zero-point energy, also called quantum vacuum zero-point energy, is the lowest possible energy that a quantum mechanical physical system may have; it is the energy of its ground stateDespite the scientific stance to typically discount the claims, numerous articles and books have been published addressing and discussing the potential of tapping zero-point-energy from the quantum vacuum or elsewhere. See 44 references with links.

==================

Inherit the Wind (and not much else)

Inherit the Wind (and not much else)  By David Archibald, Quadrant Online, 8 Feb 2015

 The RET Scheme, a monstrous mis-allocation of resources, continues to make Australia poorer for no good reason.  Those who concocted and voted for it seem determined to hobble the nation’s prospects while slipping some $5 billion every year into the pockets of rent-seeking saboteurs

One Senate inquiry is addressing Australia’s drift towards a fuel crisis, a sin of omission on the part of the Rudd/Gillard government and the current Liberal one.  Another Senate inquiry is investigating a sin of commission that started under John Howard’s watch and continues to this day, namely the proliferation of wind turbines under the RET Scheme.

Submissions to the latter inquiry are online here.  I commend submission Number Five by your humble correspondent. It is reproduced below:

No electric power producer would take power from a wind turbine operation if they had the choice.  All the wind turbines in Australia have been forced upon the power companies that take their output.

Why do we have wind turbines?

So the question has to be asked, why do we have wind turbines in the first place?

Wind turbines are commonly considered to produce renewable energy.  This is distinct from energy sources that are once-through and thus finite. The rationale for renewable energy is that its use reduces the consumption of fossil fuels by substitution.  The rationale for that, in turn, is that fossil fuels contribute to the warming of the atmosphere through the greenhouse effect.  This last rationale goes to the source of the wind turbine problem.  So it is apposite to examine that claim.

While climate change is real in that the climate is always changing, and the greenhouse effect of carbon dioxide is real, the effect at the current atmospheric concentration of carbon dioxide is minuscule.

The greenhouse gasses keep the planet 30°C warmer than it would otherwise be if they weren’t in the atmosphere.  So the average temperature of the planet’s surface is 15°C instead of -15°C. Of that effect, 80% is provided by water vapour, 10% by carbon dioxide and methane, ozone and so on make up the remaining 10%.  So the warming provided by carbon dioxide is three degrees.

The pre-industrial level of carbon dioxide in the atmosphere was 286 parts per million. Let’s round that up to 300 parts per million to make the maths easier. You could be forgiven for thinking that if 300 parts per million produces three degrees of warming, the relationship is that every one hundred parts per million produces a degree of warming. We are adding two parts per million to the atmosphere each year, which is 100 parts per million every 50 years and, at that rate, the world would heat up at a fair clip.

The relationship is logarithmic

But the relationship isn’t arithmetic, it is logarithmic. The  University of Chicago has an online program called Modtran which allows you to put in an assumed atmospheric  carbon dioxide  content and it will  tell you how  much  atmospheric  heating that produces. It turns out that the first 20 parts per million produces half of the heating effect to date. The effect rapidly drops away as the carbon dioxide concentration increases.

By the time we get to the current level in the atmosphere of 400 parts per million, the heating effect is only 0.1°C per one hundred parts per million. At that rate, the temperature of the atmosphere might rise by 0.2°C every one hundred years.

The total atmospheric heating from carbon dioxide to date is of the order of 0.1°C.  By the time humanity has dug up all the rocks we can economically burn, and burnt them, the total heating effect from carbon dioxide might be of the order of 0.4°C. This would take a couple of centuries.  A rise of this magnitude would be lost in the noise of the climate system.  This agrees with observations which have not found any signature from carbon dioxide-related heating in the atmosphere.

Carbon dioxide level is dangerously low

The carbon dioxide level of the atmosphere is  actually  dangerously  low,  not  dangerously  high.   During the glacial periods of our current ice age, the level got as low as 180 parts per million.  Plant growth shuts down at 150 parts per million. Several times in the last three million years, life above sea level came within 30 parts per million of extinction due to a lack of carbon dioxide. The more humanity can increase the atmospheric concentration of carbon dioxide, the safer life on Earth will be.

Further to all that, belief in global warming from carbon dioxide requires a number of underlying assumptions.  One of these is that the feedback loop of increased heating from carbon dioxide causes more water vapour to be held in the atmosphere which in turns causes more heating, a runaway effect.  And that this feedback effect only starts from the pre-industrial level of carbon dioxide in the atmosphere – not a higher level or a lower level, but exactly at the pre-industrial level.

Some estimates of the heating effect of atmospheric carbon dioxide are as high as 6.0°C for a doubling of the concentration from the pre-industrial level.  For this to be true, atmospheric heating of at least 2.0°C should have been seen to date. In the real world, there has been a temperature rise of 0.3°C in the last 35 years, as measured by satellites.  This is well short of what is predicted by global warming theory as practiced by the CSIRO, Bureau of Meteorology and others.

This is also a far more plausible reason for the warming of the planet during the current Modern Warm Period which followed the ending of the Little Ice Age in 1900.  The energy that keeps the Earth from looking like Pluto comes from the Sun and the level and make-up of that energy does change. The Sun was more active in the second half of the 20th century than it had been in the previous 8,000 years.  As shown by the geomagnetic Aa Index, the Sun started getting more active in the mid-19th century and the world’s glaciers began retreating at about the same time.

It is entirely rational to think that a more active Sun would result in a warmer Earth, and this is borne out by empirical observation. To wit, the increased Antarctic sea ice cover observed during the satellite period.

Arctic sea ice extent retreated for the last 20 years of the 20th century.  That is compatible with global warming for any reason.  At the same time, Antarctic sea extent increased by an amount similar to the Arctic sea ice loss. This is not possible if we accept that global warming is due to carbon dioxide.  It also means that global warming due to carbon dioxide did not cause the bulk of the warming in the rest of the planet because carbon dioxide’s effect was overwhelmed in Antarctica by some other force.

Increase in Antarctic sea ice extent

The increase in Antarctic sea ice extent is entirely consistent with increased global temperatures due to high solar activity, as explained by Henrik Svensmark’s theory, which holds that high solar activity produces a lower neutron flux in the lower troposphere from intergalactic cosmic radiation, in turn providing fewer nucleation sites for cloud droplet formation and, thus, less cloud cover. Sunnier skies over Antarctica in turn mean that more solar radiation is reflected by high-albedo snow and ice instead of being absorbed in the cloud cover.  Thus Antarctica has cooled.

The rest of the world has enjoyed the best climatic conditions, and thus agricultural growing conditions, since the 13th century.  But what the Sun gives it can also take away.  Solar physicists have been warning for over a decade  that the Sun is entering a prolonged period of low activity similar to that of the Maunder Minimum from 1645 to 1710. Most recently, Livingstone and Penn have predicted a maximum amplitude for the next solar cycle, Solar Cycle 25, of 7.  By comparison, the previous solar cycle, Solar Cycle 23, had a maximum amplitude of 120.

The longest temperature record on the planet is the Central England Temperature Record from 1659.  Using the solar-based forecasting model developed by Dr David Evans and the Livingstone and Penn estimate of Solar Cycle 25 amplitude of 7, a prediction can be made of the effect on the Central England Temperature out to 2040.  The reduction in solar activity now being observed will result in temperatures returning to the levels of the mid-19th century at best, with the possibility of revisiting the lows of the 17th and 18th centuries.  Peak summer temperatures may not change much but the length of the growing season will shorten at both ends, playing havoc with crop yields.

The notion of global warming

The notion of global warming has resulted in an enormous mis-allocation of resources in some Western societies, but we can be thankful for one thing.  If it had not been for the outrageous prostitution of science in the global warming cause, then the field of climate would not have attracted the attention that has determined what is actually happening to the Earth’s climate.  Humanity would otherwise be sleepwalking into the severe cold period in train.

As demonstrated above, there is no moral basis for Australian society’s investment in wind turbines if the purpose of that investment is to reduce carbon dioxide emissions through a form of renewable energy.  Global warming due to carbon dioxide is of no consequence and the world is cooling anyway.

Wind turbines

WIND TURBINES may lack a moral purpose, but might there be some other good involved?  Let’s examine the claim that wind turbines provide renewable energy, thus reducing our depletion of finite energy resources.

Wind turbines are made using energy from coal at about 4 cents per kWh and provide energy thought to cost of the order of 10 cents per kWh.  In effect, they are machines for taking cheap, stable and reliable energy from coal and giving it back in the form of an intermittent and unpredictable dribble at more than twice the price.

That is one thing.  But what stops wind turbines from being renewable is that the making of wind turbines can’t be powered using energy from the wind turbines themselves! If power from wind turbines costing 10 cents per kWh was used to make more wind turbines, then the wind turbines so produced would make power at something like 25 cents per kWh.  The cost would compound away and any society that attempted to run itself on wind energy would collapse. Wind energy as a component of a power system relies upon transfer of energy at its inception from another source.  It is not renewable energy.  It is no consolation that solar power from photovoltaic panels is much worse in this respect.

That wind energy is renewable energy is the second lie on which the RET scheme is based, the first being that renewable energy is a palliative against global warming.

There is not much more that needs to be said. The RET Scheme is a monstrous misallocation of the nation’s resources and continues to make the Australian people poorer for no good reason.  Those who concocted it and voted for it have sold the Australian people into the servitude and oppression of rent-seekers to the tune of $5 billion per annum. The science and economics it is based on are no better than voodoo and witchcraft.  The wind turbines scattered around the Australian countryside are a physical manifestation of the infestation of the body politic by the self-loathing, millenarian cult of global warming.

The RET Scheme draws resources from better schemes

Unfortunately, the RET Scheme and its ilk have drawn resources from the development of energy sources that would power Australia cheaply, efficiently and with enough of a return on energy invested to maintain Australia’s high standard of living into the next millennium.

The same kind of intense interest from the wider scientific community that determined what is really happening with climate has also determined that the optimum nuclear technology for society to adopt is the thorium molten salt reactor.  Any middle-ranking industrial power, such as Australia, could develop this technology, and should do so.

Much time and treasure has been lost chasing the phantom menace of global warming.  The sooner the RET Scheme is put to rest, the sooner that the nation’s efforts can be properly directed towards our security and welfare in developing the best possible energy source if the nation is to survive and prosper.

David Archibald is a visiting fellow at the Institute of World Politics in Washington DC where his research interest is strategic energy policy.  The Institute is a graduate school for US security agencies, State Department and Department of Defense. He has published several books and a number of papers on climate science.  He has lectured on climate science in both US Senate and Congressional hearing rooms. His most recent book is Twilight of Abundance (Regnery, 2014)

============================

Energy plan puts public service before public good

by Alan Moran, Director, Deregulation, Institute of Public Affairs (IPA) March 14, 2014

THE energy white paper under preparation proclaims that government has a role in the energy industry. But it is one that is best limited to controlling natural monopoly elements within the industry. It is certainly not to provide some blueprint for the future.

A history of public ownership

Energy has an ongoing history of public ownership, at least in part stemming from misplaced notions that it is a natural monopoly and a necessity requiring government interventions. The outcome has been deleterious and has been compounded by a determination of governments to use the industry to accommodate its social, environmental and industry policies. This has transformed an inherently low-cost industry into one that now has among the world’s highest prices.

A worrying feature of the review is a prominent role given to the supposed need to maintain analytical capability within the government. This appears to be a priority to protect departmental personnel jobs that sits badly with the market-driven industry the white paper claims to be championing. The priority may be partly due to an excessive number of goals that the white paper’s “issues paper” specifies. These encompass supplying and using energy:

  • To put downward costs of business and households.
  • To grow exports.
  • To promote low emissions energy technologies.
  • To encourage the more efficient use of energy.

Whatever may be said of the first two of these stated goals, the third and fourth are in conflict and have spawned the egregious interventions in energy policy that have created a need for a white paper. The fourth also adopts the discredited hubris: “I’m from the government and I’m here to help you.”

Markets develop from the interactions of consumers with businesses, which seek to sell their goods, access inputs and reduce risks. Government’s role is to allow these processes to be pursued and to uphold the law.

A plethora of goals

Rather than a plethora of goals, the white paper should have a single focus: to allow the market to bring about efficient production of energy with interventions limited to addressing natural monopoly situations. Anything beyond that will perpetuate the weaknesses presently evident.

Energy is a vital factor in the direct wellbeing of consumers.

More important still for Australia, it is a key component of economic development. Our minerals and agricultural processing industries are natural fits to the resource endowment that ­Aust­ralia has and cheap energy is both part of that endowment and crucial to its development.

Irresponsible government actions

Irresponsible government actions have impaired the value of our energy resources. This can be seen in four key areas:

  • Retaining ownership of energy businesses in networks where such ownership is verifiably inefficient and always likely to remain so.
  • Placing taxes and regulatory imposts on energy suppliers to force them into costly measures in pursuit of government-determined efficiency, consumer consultation and greenhouse-re­­­d­­uc­­­­ing measures.
  • Impeding access to land for gas exploration and development.
  • Suppressing prices to certain customer groups, thereby weakening incentives to supply and maintain industry resilience.

Policies to rectify these impairments often entail government action, which are the cause of the problems in the first place.

In the past, as with the post-­Hilmer competition policy ­pay­ments, governments were re­warded (and occasionally punished) with regard to an agreed set of principles.

But the use of government to combat government deficiencies is oxymoronic.

Indeed, if a previous commonwealth government had attempted more forcefully to exert pressure on states to promote a goal it favoured, energy saving measures, the outcome would have been even more perverse than that which has eventuated.

The white paper’s aforementioned issues paper continues to promote market interventions in many places associated with green energy and energy efficiency.

It also has to be said that providing incentives for governments to do things that are in the interests of their own consumers is logically questionable.

A useful starting point

A useful starting point for policy, in line with the government’s deregulation initiative, is to announce the early sun-setting of all regulatory measures and discriminatory charges and taxes on energy supplies at the commonwealth level. This would be accompanied by an invitation to state governments to adopt similar programs. In the absence of such a measure the best that can be hoped for is to have the process unveil costs of poor decisions in the past as counsel for future decision-makers.

===============================

Additional articles

Inherit the Wind (and not much else) By David Archibald, Quadrant Online, 8 Feb 2015

Empires rise and fall. Why, and what’s next?

The US was the dominant world power after WWII but has been failing, compounded by lies and desperate plans for hegemony compounded by declining culture and values. Lies told about WWII and its aftermath all contribute to the current deception. Previous empires such as the UK and Roman empires failed in a similar manner.  Watch Russia and China ascend in unison. Many factors were and are involved such as those covered in this post.

Scroll down to read the most recent articles.  Links to previous articles  follow.

These Are Dangerous Times

 

These Are Dangerous Times  By James Howard Kunstler, 12 Nov 2024

Mysteries Revealed

“People in the media are aware of how illegitimately they’ve done their jobs that they think they’re on the verge of being locked up”

– Scott Adams

You must admit, it’s a little spooky how quickly and rigorously Mr. Trump intends to deconstruct those parts of the government at war with the people:

  • clean out “rogue bureaucrats,”
  • firehose the malignant agencies,
  • release and expose their document trails on spying, censorship, lawfare, and abuse-of-power.

The consequence would be the return of consequence in our national life.

It’s been absent for so long you can hardly imagine its power to get people’s minds right.

There are already reports of frenzy among the culpable DOJ lawyers, and FBI Director Wray is set to resign before Mr. Trump can fire him. Attorney General Merrick Garland has gone radio-silent for his own good since Election Day. Expect many abiding mysteries to get unraveled, such as exactly how many federal agents did work the crowd around the Capitol on J-6, 2021 — which Mr. Wray has pretended to not be able to discuss “due to ongoing investigations.” Expect to learn more about the pipe-bomb caper at the DNC HQ a few blocks away that same day. Prepare to be amazed at how deeply criminal these schemes were. You must wonder if the document-shredding party is already underway, despite calls to preserve all the emails, memos, and texts.

Then there are the poisoned realms of the intel blob located at CIA, DHS, State, DOD, and elsewhere being subject to inquiry and overhaul.

Think: John Brennan, James Clapper, Bill Barr, Michael Atkinson, Mayorkas, Judge Boasberg, Mary McCord, Col. Vindman, Senator Warner, Avril Haines, Victoria Nuland, Samantha Power, Gina Haspel, Marie Yovanovitch, Jen Easterly, all their deputies, and many more unknown to the public. Some of these names may yet seem obscure to you. They were all neck-deep in what looks a lot like sedition, treason, real conspiracies, not theories. Even state officials such as New York AG Letitia James, Manhattan DA Alvin Bragg, and Fulton County, GA, DA Fani Willis, would be subject to federal charges under 18USC Section 242: willful deprivation of constitutional rights acting under color of law. That is exactly what the Trump lawfare cases amounted to.

And then, of course, there are the long-running rumors of pedophilia and human trafficking networks among the elite, the Jeffrey Epstein list and the P. Diddy list. If these things exist, and they are released, history would shudder.

Think: the Clinton Foundation.

These people are looking ahead 70 days with visions of shoes dropping and hammers falling. If the mysteries are revealed, it’s hard to imagine that criminal proceedings would not be far behind. You can also imagine that the motivation across a broad and powerful elite class runs white-hot to stop Mr. Trump from entering the Oval Office. So, these days ahead will be fraught with threats, schemes, plots, ploys, and deceptions. The paranoia must be out of this world among people who still have the resources and hold the levers-of-power needed to undertake nefarious deeds.

There is chatter about “a coup” being considered among as-yet-unnamed parties in the Pentagon to prevent Mr. Trump from rising back into power. It’s unclear how that would work among our high command of transsexual generals and admirals and their hapless DEI adjutants. The strata of colonels benath them might have different ideas. But it could be the starting gun for actual civil war. We would find out what the Second Amendment is all about. “Joe Biden” likes to say that the citizenry can’t go up against his F-16 war-planes, but he evidently does not understand how much mischief can be made with small arms — rifles, grenades, rockets, drones — despite examples of it all over the world lately. That is hypothetical for now, of course.

In short, these are dangerous times.

Mr. Trump would be advised to stay out of airplanes until inauguration day and to be extra-careful who he puts himself around, especially in public. You also must expect more lawfare of the most extreme sort going forward to January, every possible stone unturned to find procedural tricks to prevent certification of the election. Do you think Norm Eisen, Marc Elias, and Andrew Weissmann just laid back and watched football this weekend? They are probably quarterbacking efforts to finagle ballots for the remaining contested seats in Congress, in order to game-out Rep. Jamie Raskin’s well-publicized block-Trump play this coming Jan. 6.

These are the darkest and most explosive parts of Mr. Trump’s admirably deep to-do list for fixing the many things that have stopped working in American life. The simplest picture of our current predicament, and why people voted as they did, is of “things going in the wrong direction,” Well, what direction is that, exactly? The tyranny of giant forces over our little lives and communities. It’s a leviathan government seeking to invade and dominate everything — and to do it with maximum malice when resisted. It has left American men and women mentally disordered, demoralized, stolen their sense of purpose, deprived them of roles in society that provide meaning, alienated them from each other, and from their history. And it has left them, as Robert Kennedy points out, catastrophically unhealthy.

All of which is to say, we have more to clean up and reorganize than just our government. We’re going to get it done, you may be sure, even if the zeitgeist has to drag us kicking and screaming out of the malaise we’re stuck in. All of this points to some very different new arrangements to be made in our everyday life, beginning with the realization that the era of getting something-for-nothing is over.

*  *  *

Note to Readers: We are finally rebuilding the Kunstler.com website on Substack — which was taken-down a month ago on another host platform by nefarious parties

====================================

The City of London and its control of the world

 

Editor’s note: This article was written some 2 years ago but remains one of the most comprehensive accounts of the enormity of control exerted by the City of London, a separate state in the UK.  The City of London is one of 3 separate states that in effect control most of the world together with the Vatican and Washington DC.  The degree to which Russia and the BRICS group have separated themselves is not clear at present, nor the degree to which the ‘White Hats’ will demolish them when the inevitable reset happens. The original article has several graphics that can be viewed by downloading the PDF copy in the link above.

The City of London and its control of the world  By Larry Romanoff, November 26, 2022

 

You may be surprised to learn that the city of London and the City of London are two very different things, related to each other mostly by historical accident and geographical proximity, and co-existing today in a rather complicated power system in which the City of London appears gloriously victorious.

 

 

 

First, the City of London, a small area of about one square mile in size, was established as a haven by the Khazar “Jews” during their extermination from Khazaria nearly 1,000 years ago, and was named ‘London‘ at the time. And yes, I know the Romans had been there first. The city of London, with the Bridge and Harrods, and the fish and chips and the people driving on the wrong side of the road, was established much later, adopted the same name, and gradually expanded with population until it completely surrounded the Jewish enclave of the City of London. You can see the positions and relative sizes from the map. When you read about “The Lord Mayor of London”, you are not reading about the chief executive of the city, but about the chief executive of the City. The  City of London Corporation, with its square mile directly in the center of London, obviously owns some very expensive real estate, this in addition to a great deal of other property also in the city center, but this amounts to only perhaps $10 billion in total and, as we will see, is trivial.

 

 

The City of London is effectively an independent city-state * existing inside greater London.[1][2][3] However, its nature is unique and complicated. It is not so neat and tidy as is the Vatican for example, which is clearly a separate sovereign entity nestled within the city of Rome. Still, the City of London has its own government and police force, makes its own laws and levies its own taxes. It has its own flag, crest, and ceremonial armed forces. I have seen one reference stating that the City also has its own port. I could not find an independent confirmation of this, but it would fit the pattern and the City does have some responsibilities for London ports, so this is plausible. If true, it would be stunning because that would mean that the City could bring in products of any kind including currency, precious metals, cocaine, and also people, without the permission or even knowledge of UK customs and immigration or the UK government.

 

* In performing a search the other day, I was first met with a notice in capital letters telling me “The City of London is not a sovereign state”, followed by a small avalanche of websites all doing “fact-checking” and “misinformation-debunking” to assure me the City of London was NOT an independent anythingThere is hardly a sign more certain that we are onto something important, than when 25 Jewish websites leap up to tell us “There’s nothing to see here”.

 

 

The City is the center and home base of the world’s banking and insurance industries. It is the home of the Bank of England (which was supposedly privatised but is still Rothschild-owned), the home of Lloyd’s of London,[4][5] and the literal head office of many of the world’s major banks (some of which you know and many of which you have never heard of). It still contains the home office of the former British East India Company,[6][7][8] which was always a Khazar Jewish company and undoubtedly the greatest criminal organisation in the history of the world – up to that time – and whose archives are still closed to the world for good reason. The City of London is also the home of the oldest Masonic Temple in the world. Our history books tell us that the origins of the Freemasons are lost to history, but that’s not really true. Freemasonry was a Jewish cult that was formalised in the City in the early 1700s.[9]

 

The legal-political relationship between the City of London and the UK is a bit murky. On one hand, the City is at least theoretically subject (or can be made subject) to at least some UK legislation, although in practice this seldom if ever has happened for reasons I will describe below. On the other hand, the City is so sovereign that the King of England himself is forbidden by both UK and City law to even enter the City of London without first obtaining a “special invitation“, which process is too complicated to bother discussing. The invitation ceremony is not required by law, but the invitation itself is.[10]

 

Readers may not be aware that democracies can have “flavors”, the UK version being one such with a very distinct flavor. In this case, on the floor of the British Parliament, directly facing the Speaker of the House, is a special chair.[11] Think of it as a kind of throne. The person occupying this chair is a representative of the City of London, attended by six lawyers. His purpose is to monitor all debate in the British Parliament and to scrutinise in exhaustive detail all proposed and drafted legislation to determine any possible effect on the “interests” or operations of the City of London, and to take appropriate action if such interests are affected. The “appropriate action” inevitably results in the legislation being killed. This is not necessarily done by force, but by what we might term “lobbying“, sometimes by extortion, and often simply by an all-pervasive influence on British Politicians.

 

Lobbying and/or Extortion

 

There are many news articles available on the kind and extent of the lobbying done by the City to ensure compliance from the UK Parliament. The City’s financial services group spends well over $100 million per year on wining, dining, bribing, and sexually satisfying, UK politicians and regulators. One place for dining is the opulent Guildhall, which even high-level guests describe as “intoxicating” because of the sheer power sitting in that room.

There are well over 100 different City organisations and more than 800 people involved in securing stability, secrecy and a tax-free status for the City’s operations.[12][13] These groups are repeatedly successful in reducing banking and insurance taxes that save them billions. They are also notably successful in killing proposed legislation for any kind of oversight or “watchdog” effort wanting to police not only banking activities but also quoted companies on the London Stock Exchange. They have even successfully killed a pension plan intended for low-paid and temporary workers. I have no idea how or why this proposed legislation would have affected the “interests” of the City, but they felt it did, and the legislation was scrapped.[14][15]

 

Many believe the City puts its interests above those of the nation, and of course they are correct, evidenced by a long string of such legislative “victories” over Parliament. “For almost 1,000 years, the City of London Corporation has resisted virtually every attempt by monarchs, governments or subjects to rein in its vast financial wealth and influence. Such is the Corporation’s political and economic influence that today some suggest the British state, rather than controlling the Corporation, is in fact subservient to it.“[16] According to the Financial Times, “. . . because the corporation is entitled to special tax and legal privileges, this renders it an offshore island inside Britain and a tax haven in its own right, and gives those who own businesses within its borders a distinct upper hand over everyone else.”[17] But it is also true that the Jews in the City have UK politicians so much in their pockets that even the UK Prime Minister will lobby against any regulation that might handicap the City’s financial crimes.[18] The UK Labor party tried at one time to obtain election within the City, to have the power to repair some excesses from the inside, but failed.[19]

 

The City, Tax Havens, and Money Flows

 

The City of London is indeed a “tax haven”. This is not particularly germane to our main topic so I won’t dwell on it other than to state that the Jewish bankers who run the City do so in conjunction with almost all the world’s tax havens, with money flowing through those labyrinths in ways to disguise forever the source and ownership of funds. It is not a secret requiring quiet discussion that nearly all the world’s narcotics money comes home to the City to be laundered by the Jewish banks, notably the HSBC but others too. Equally, it is widely acknowledged that dictators, oligarchs, legal and illegal arms dealers, bank robbers, jewel thieves, sex slavery kingpins, and criminals generally will naturally funnel their money to the Jewish banks in the City for laundering, for anonymity, and for privacy and security. For hundreds of years, the City has been the safe depository of Jewish funds obtained from slave trading, tax farming, looting, opium and narcotics trafficking, and also the temporary haven for funds when Jews were expelled from various countries over the centuries.

 

To be sure, not all the money flowing through the City is from illegal criminal activity. About half of the daily $4 trillion in normal foreign exchange trading flows through the City’s Jewish banks, as do nearly 50% of the world’s derivative trading and 70% of Eurobond trading. And the London Stock Exchange is still the fourth-largest in the world, with much of this processing being legitimate and thus providing a good cover for the balance.

 

However, due to the unique relation between the City of London and the UK, the tens of trillions of dollars that flow into and out of the Jewish banks in the City each day do not appear in UK capital flows or transaction records and there is thus no way to know how much money enters, passes through, and leaves the City, nor is there any way to know the source or application of those funds. Whatever the original intent of the financial design of the City by its Jewish owners, one clear result is that the entire design is tailor-made for the benefit of organised crime of every nature. Currencies, gold and precious metals, financial certificates, are run through an enormous labyrinth of tax havens and then simply disappear into the black hole of the City’s Jewish banks, the secrecy fully-protected by the City’s “unique relationship” with its host country.

 

“Behind it all lies the City of London, anxious to preserve its access to the world’s dirty money. The City of London is a money-laundering filter that lets the City get involved in dirty business while providing it with enough distance to maintain plausible deniability . . . a crypto-feudal oligarchy which, of itself, is. . . captured by the international offshore banking industry. It is a gangster regime, cloaked with the “respectability” of the trappings of the British establishment. . . . guaranteed protection. No matter just how nakedly lawless their own conduct.”[20] “The City is often now described as the largest tax haven in the world, and it acts as the largest center of the global tax avoidance system. An estimated 50% of the world’s trade passes through tax havens, and the City acts as a huge funnel for much of this money.”[21] Here is an important website that contains many links related to the City of London and its use of tax havens to launder money.[22]

 

The Hydra

 

The hydra was one of the most fearsome monsters in Greek mythology, a multi-headed snake descended from a long line of terrible beasts, possessing deadly poisons and with the power of regeneration. A rather accurate description of the City of London today and its Jewish Khazar denizens, at least by some measures. The City of London is also the mother of all tax havens and is unquestionably the home of all the world’s dirty money today.

 

Here are several references that describe the City of London as “A Global Spider’s Web of Deceit“[23], one by the UK Guardian claiming that “Shrinking the City is the only way to stop the world’s criminals flourishing in the UK“[24], and two others of interest.[25][26]

 

George Monbiot wrote an excellent article for the UK Guardian[27] where he quoted Nicholas Shaxson’s Treasure Islands, stating that “the Corporation exists outside many of the laws and democratic controls which govern the rest of the United Kingdom. The City of London is the only part of Britain over which parliament has no authority.“ His last comment may not be entirely true although it does work that way in practice. Monbiot says further that “the Corporation acts as the superior body” (superior to the UK Parliament), and that part is definitely true. Monbiot begins by writing, “[The City is] the dark heart of Britain, the place where democracy goes to die, immensely powerful, equally unaccountable.”

 

Monbiot cites Clement Attlee’s lament that “over and over again we have seen that there is in this country another power than that which has its seat at Westminster.” He continues that “The City has exploited this remarkable position to establish itself as a kind of offshore state, a secrecy jurisdiction which controls the network of tax havens housed in the UK’s crown dependencies and overseas territories. This autonomous state within our borders is in a position to launder the ill-gotten cash of oligarchs, kleptocrats, gangsters and drug barons.” All of that is very true, and the power of the Jews within the City have made impossible any effective regulation of global finance, American firms like AIG and Lehman Brothers simply moving to the City of London to carry out their off-balance-sheet criminal machinations that bankrupted so many people. American and other firms have often utilised the “services” of the City to evade the financial laws of their own governments. The City is, in real terms, a vast criminal enterprise run by gangsters.

 

It doesn’t seem widely-known that immediately prior to its financial collapse Lehman were selling their corporate bonds “backed by the full faith and credit of Lehman Brothers”, to unsuspecting investors who had no idea the bankruptcy was already virtually in motion. I don’t know where all these bonds were sold, but I know that billions of dollars of them were disposed of in Hong Kong, the money from these sales apparently disappearing into the bowels of the City of London.

 

Joseph Stiglitz also railed against the Jews in the City, telling UK legislators, “. . . these people are just using your rule of law to protect money they have stolen in other countries . . . From a global point of view, you are aiding and abetting theft.”[28] A British MP said that the City of London is “a magnet for dirty money”.[29] At the same time, the government’s Anti-fraud Minister resigned because the Jews in the City had once again killed legislation to combat economic crime by the City, saying that “nobody [in the UK government] cared about stopping kleptocrats, oligarchs and organised crime lords stashing their loot in the UK.” And another article telling us how the City remains a safe haven for all the world’s dirty cash.[30] Here is another interesting article from the UK Guardian, with a 5-step guide telling how the Jews in the City can help you get away with stealing millions.[31]

 

One indication of this is the UK’s Official UK Companies Register that is littered with fake names, because no identity checks are required. One corporation is registered, for example, in the name of “Holy Jesus Christ”, with his stated occupation as “creator“, his nationality as “Angelic” and his country of residence as “Heaven“. Another is in the name of “Adolf Tooth Fairy Hitler“, with a City sales firm in the name of “Donald Duck“, and so on. The UK government claims it hasn’t the resources to police the corporate registry, but the truth is they permit it to continue because it serves nicely the purposes of the gangsters in the City.[32] Controlling legislation was proposed, but the Jews in the City had it killed.

 

An article in the Eurasia Review called the City of London ”A Parasites’ Paradise, Or The Best Criminal Sanctuary Money Can Buy”.[33] “London has become the center of global financial capital by engaging in long term large scale active collaboration with multi-billion-pound drug, arms, people smuggling and sex-slave cartels. The [Jews in the City] specialize in laundering funds from the Mexican, Colombian, Peruvian, Russian, Polish, Czech, Nigerian narco-kings. . . white slavers have their “private bankers” at prestigious City banks . . . kleptocrats, lifelong billion-dollar tax evaders, fleeing from their pillaged homeland.” It continues that “The City Boys” welcome “every gangster / oligarch”. It continued by stating, “The London Sanctuary for the world’s richest plunderers and parasites offers unprecedented services, especially protection from extradition and criminal prosecution at the site of their crimes.”

 

“Nowadays, . . . the City of London is an anachronism of the worst kind. The Corporation, which runs the City like a one-party mini-state, is an unreconstructed old boys’ network whose medievalist pageantry camouflages the very real power and wealth which it holds. The City of London Corporation ranks as a political power without rival in Britain, possibly in the world. It has used its power to exert enormous political influence to resist regulation and extract tax exemption. It has fostered criminality by ensuring that the City ranks amongst the least accountable of financial centers on the face of the earth.” The TaxJustice website calls the City of London “A state within a state; the most powerful self-interested political lobby in the world.”[34]

 

There is much more, including the Rothschild Bank’s financing of Zionism and the atrocities continuing in Palestine since prior to the founding of Israel, all through and under the auspices of the Jews in the City of London.[35][36][37] Also, Sinhalanet had an article you might find interesting, in which it is claimed that “three corporations run the world: City of London, Washington DC and Vatican City”,[38] and that together they control politicians, economies, and 80% of the world’s wealth.[39]

 

The King of England Meets His Master

 

North Americans seldom pay much attention to news details in the UK and might not be aware of the recurrent brief media campaigns about “Should the Monarchy be Abolished?” These normally emerge abruptly without warning or apparent cause, listing all the usual issues of a monarchy being an anachronism, the British Royal Family being a useless appendage to government, a needless expense, and so forth. They disappear equally suddenly, all the UK media silencing their peeps at the same time. These little campaigns are not accidents; they are “reminders” or, in some cases, a warning, by the gnomes controlling the City of London that they have the power to work the UK public into a frenzy on command and also the influence to introduce and push through Parliament a vote that would indeed disband the monarchy. This would leave the “King” and all his princelings not destitute or homeless, but alone, shunned, and unemployed.

 

Look at the photo of (then) Prince Charles and Evelyn de Rothschild, with smug Rothschild poking Charles in the chest. That is a very aggressive gesture, and not something one would do to a superior. Can you picture yourself walking up to your boss or the Chairman of the Board, poking him in the chest and saying, “I have something to tell you”? Definitely not. We would do this only to a distinct inferior, and someone we were bullying, almost treating with contempt. The gesture is not only to accentuate a point but is a kind of threat, one we might imagine a policeman making when issuing an order. From the photo, the relation between these two men is quite clear. We can’t know the topic of conversation but Rothschild is essentially telling Charles “this is how it is, and you don’t have to like it”.

 

But why wouldn’t Rothschild poke that little twerp in the chest? Charles is nothing to him, a convenient nuisance, a bit of a public shield, but no more. Rothschild has wealth that Charles can barely fathom, and power exceeding that of Charles by orders of magnitude, including over the UK Parliament and UK public opinion. Both men know Rothschild could dethrone the “King” at any time, that Charles as a Royal exists only at the Jews’ pleasure. Charles, the supposed “King of England”, can’t even enter Rothschild’s home or place of business without a specific invitation. How subservient can you be? It is the several Rothschilds, Sebag-Montefioris and others similar who are considered the real “royalty” of England, Charles, Andrew, Edward, being puppet-caricatures.

 

Who Owns the City?

 

Well, the entity is described as “The Corporation of The City of London” but, since this is a privately-owned company, we have no shareholder list. I am told there are 13 Jewish families who are central to this enterprise, the Rothschilds being the first among these. The City may well operate as a corporation in some senses, but could be more accurately described as a typical organised-crime family who are Lords of their own mini-state and effectively operate with virtually absolute impunity throughout the world. This impunity resolves primarily from their financial power, but secondarily from the political power and influence obtained by that financial power. It is hardly a secret that national governments like the US, the UK, France, Italy, Germany, the Netherlands, Canada and others are fundamentally and essentially Jewish-controlled states, with that control emanating from the City of London.

 

If we think of Jeffrey Epstein and his sex-entrapment enterprise that flourished for decades, it makes sense that the City of London would have been the source of the planning and financing. Epstein’s operation was definitely Jewish and worldwide, and there is no other candidate body in the world with an interest in controlling the politicians of all nations, at least not by that dirty means. If we think of the world’s mass media which is largely and increasingly Jewish-owned, and which is vitally necessary for the propaganda to control the standard narrative, it makes sense that increasing media control would arise primarily from this same source. This would clearly account for the development of the social and Internet media, almost dictating the necessity for the creation of a Google, a Facebook, a Wikipedia, an Instagram, a Telegraph, and the takeover of Twitter.

 

There is something else here, dealing with the intelligence agencies, primarily the CIA and Mossad although MI5 would almost surely fit into this. I have a copy of a document that was released by the CIA under a FOIA request. It is not a CIA document and it is not clear why it would have been in the possession of the CIA. The document is not redacted, but the original author is not identified. The salient point of this document indicates the existence of a group somewhere within the CIA that operates independently, acting under the auspices and authority of the CIA but with its own purpose and agenda unrelated to the remainder of the organisation. The document maddeningly lacks precise details but the implication is that this group does not report to any part of the CIA and that its activities may not even be known by the CIA executive. I had read of, or heard rumors about, such a group before, but this was the first bit of documented evidence of it.

 

Edward Snowden, in an article titled “The CIA is not your friend“, made reference to this as well. He wrote that after the creation of the CIA, “Within a year, the young agency had already slipped the leash of its intended role of intelligence collection and analysis to establish a covert operations division. Within a decade, the CIA was directing the coverage of American news organizations, overthrowing democratically elected governments (at times merely to benefit a favored corporation), establishing propaganda outfits to manipulate public sentiment, launching a long-running series of mind-control experiments on unwitting human subjects . . . and interfering with foreign elections.”[40][41]

 

This is a very large topic with so many interwoven threads that even a very long article could scarcely do it justice, but I wanted to raise one point about the secrecy, the agenda, and the lack of a CIA reporting chain. As one example, it had been reported in several places that neither the US Congress nor the White House had any knowledge of the “CIA’s” MK-ULTRA program. I covered this in much detail in a previous article on MK-ULTRA.[42] During Congressional hearings on an unrelated matter, one witness brought a colleague who began testifying on a bizarre mind-control program that was unknown to that date, which led to the exposure of MK-ULTRA – and the rapid destruction (so they said) of all related documents. The important point is that this enormous and horrific program, spanning decades, escaped external attention. MK-ULTRA was entirely a Jewish program. I have a list of the top 30 lieutenants of MK-ULTRA, from Gottlieb down, and all are Jews. This is not in dispute, and in fact I believe that of the top 50 or 60 people, only two or three at the most are not Jews. The question is how it would happen that an internal group of the “American CIA” would have had such a determined interest in such a horrific program and would have staffed it entirely with Jews.

 

A similar concern arises from the Congressional hearings conducted on the exposure of the “CIA’s” program, again spanning decades, of assassinating some 150 world leaders and senior politicians. Upon examination of the evidence of all those assassinations, it is by no means clear that many, or even most, of them would have been of any benefit to the US government. In fact, like the worldwide gold thefts conducted by the US Treasury Department in the 1930s, or the hijacking of Iraq’s oil today, it is easier to believe these were carried out on behalf of the “secret government” to the benefit of, and masterminded by, the City of London. Looking back on so many world events, it is by no means certain that any part of the US government would have had any interest in, or seen any benefit in, those activities. I can only speculate here, but if we assume all those activities, programs and events were carried out at the instruction of the gnomes in the City of London, everything seems to make sense, like a jigsaw puzzle where all the pieces fit perfectly together to make an overall picture.

 

We can recall that Jeffrey Epstein was spared from his first arrest because “he is intelligence” and “above your pay grade“. But as I pointed out above, there is no way the US CIA would have created a worldwide sex-entrapment scheme with or without the knowledge of any part of the US government. There would simply be too great a lack of both interest and benefit to any part of the US, and the only conclusion I can see is that it must have originated in the City of London where it would fit perfectly into the overall picture. In a similar context, the Boer Wars make no sense if we attribute them to Britain, yet England did send in her army to commit astonishing crimes and atrocities with no benefit whatever to England. But when we understand that this was done on order from the Jews in the City of London to take over all South Africa’s gold and diamond mines for a  Rothschild, then all the pieces fit and everything makes sense.

 

Again, there are perhaps hundreds of articles and many books about the CIA importing heroin and cocaine and generally trafficking in drugs. Now, I have no illusions about the chastity of the CIA, and I’m sure many of their staff are sufficiently evil to do just this. But it doesn’t compute. It certainly is possible, but it doesn’t make sense that the “American CIA” would, entirely on its own account, become so deeply involved in international drug-running. But the Jews in the City of London cut their teeth on narcotics trafficking; in fact, this was the source of much of their initial fortunes. The Khazar Jews have always been among the world’s biggest drug dealers. Thus, if we attribute the drug trafficking to this central “private” core in the CIA that reports to the City of London, all the pieces fit together and everything makes sense. This would even explain why the HSBC is repeatedly fined so heavily in the US for laundering drug money; this is what the HSBC was created to do 150 years ago, and its headquarters are in the City. Even the small pieces fit perfectly.

 

 

It is true this is speculation on my part. I cannot supply proof of these assertions. I have simply cobbled them together from logic and circumstantial evidence.

 

Caution is Advised

 

Certainly, these people are ruthless. There is no shortage of evidence that they will destroy anyone who challenges them and will kill anyone who threatens to expose or frustrate their plans. And this doesn’t apply only to Gentiles. They are equally ruthless to their own. You have read what they did to Dominique Strauss-Khan[43]. It is important to note that this man was the Managing Director of the IMF and almost surely the next President of France, and yet he was very much an outsider, far from the center of power. As I mentioned in my article, he confided to his wife and others that “they are out to get me“. To use such terminology, we can understand these were not people who were close to him, but who were at the same time far above him, and he was clearly hoping he might be sufficiently insignificant they might just ignore him. He was wrong.

 

Jeremy Corbyn was similar. Former leader of the UK Labor Party, Corbyn earned the enmity of the Jews in the City and they destroyed him. He was permanently tainted as an anti-Semite, and absolutely trashed for his disobedience to the Jews and his good intentions toward the British people. The Labor Party state firmly that Corbyn will never again cross their doorstep because he is now “too toxic”.

 

There was another matter, with newspaper headlines some years back of “Amschel Rothschild Commits Suicide”. This man, a 6th-generation banking Rothschild, was slated to take the reins from his cousin Sir Evelyn Rothschild, as chairman of N.M Rothschild & Sons. His body was found by a chambermaid in a Paris hotel room. But there was nothing about this that made any sense. The first policeman on the scene told reporters that Rothschild was found with a rope around his neck attached to a bathroom fixture upon which he supposedly “hung himself“, but the policeman said he tugged on the rope and the entire fixture detached from the wall. He said there was no way the man could have hung himself because the fixture could support no weight, that the rope had been tied there afterward. That policeman quickly disappeared and the story was totally scrubbed from the Internet. I saw an email copy from Rupert Murdoch, instructing all his newspapers to state this “as a suicide, if you mention it at all“.

 

The official stories that followed, were all nonsense, too pathetic to even be termed lies. The UK Mirror was typical, saying “. . . it seemed the real noose around Amschel’s neck was his fortune of £18million”, that “huge riches and influence have not always brought great happiness”, and that of his great fortune “You could describe it as a gilded millstone”. His “great fortune of £18million”? That would buy two Ferraris, one Bugatti, and leave enough loose change for a bucket of Häagen-Dazs ice cream, but this “gilded millstone” led to such depression the man hung himself. Another story was that the man was depressed at the death of his mother, and so he hung himself. Others, and there were many, were equally stupid. Of all people, the Rothschilds would have had the influence to put nearly the entire Paris police force on the case and hunt every clue to the ends of the earth. But they didn’t. They simply told many foolish lies and buried it.

 

I do not know what really happened, but I have to say that when reading the initial police report and then the frenetic cover-up stories, my instinctive reaction was that this had to have been “a family hit“. We will never know. And it might not have been the first. Can you imagine committing suicide by slitting your own throat? Why not? The Rothschilds do it. According to the Jewish Telegraph Agency, “Nathaniel Rothschild, second son of the first Lord Rothschild committed suicide by cutting his throat. The specific reasons for the deed are not revealed.“[44] Nor are the reasons revealed for the stupidity of the method. Of all the options available for killing myself, cutting my own throat would not be my first choice. Here are some media reports. Decide for yourself.[45][46][47][48][49]

 

Where Do We Go From Here?

 

Nowhere, so far as I can see. Many readers like to see a solution offered. There is one. If King Charles could collect sufficient courage and a single-minded resolve, he could deal with it. He could commandeer the UK media and explain the situation to the people in a way that they could understand. If he were to do that, he would surely have the support of the entire country, and also of the military. Now, the UK army is admittedly nothing much, but even they have the military might to launch an all-out assault on an unprotected one square mile of urban landscape. Gather all the missiles and artillery, and completely demolish the City of London. Leave no stone resting upon another, and kill anything that moves. If the head and brain of the hydra are thus killed, the body would slowly die too. But this is a dream.

 

***

Mr. Romanoff’s writing has been translated into 32 languages and his articles posted on more than 150 foreign-language news and politics websites in more than 30 countries, as well as more than 100 English language platforms. Larry Romanoff is a retired management consultant and businessman. He has held senior executive positions in international consulting firms, and owned an international import-export business. He has been a visiting professor at Shanghai’s Fudan University, presenting case studies in international affairs to senior EMBA classes. Mr. Romanoff lives in Shanghai and is currently writing a series of ten books generally related to China and the West. He is one of the contributing authors to Cynthia McKinney’s new anthology ‘When China Sneezes’. (Chapt. 2 — Dealing with Demons).

His full archive can be seen at

https://www.bluemoonofshanghai.com/  + https://www.moonofshanghai.com/

He can be contacted at:

2186604556@qq.com

Notes

[1] The Crown Empire and the City of London Corporation

==============================

We are living in the most dangerous period in all human history

We are living in the most dangerous period in all human history  The LaRouche Organization, 2 September 2024

We are living in the most dangerous period in all human history and there aren’t enough people who realize that that’s the case.
The founder of the Schiller Institute, Helga Zepp-LaRouche, in her comments to the International Peace Coalition meeting on Friday, focused on the “extremely disturbing” development of the modification to the U.S. nuclear doctrine which President Biden signed onto. This insane change in policy was covered in an article written by nuclear weapons expert, Ted Postol. He states that a “relatively new super fuse or ‘super fuze’…is already being fitted
onto all U.S. strategic ballistic missiles.”

The significance is that this is more than just a ‘slight modernization’ of weapons components, but a dramatic step towards the capability to fight and win nuclear wars with both China and Russia…..In the face of all of this, Chinese and Russian leaders will have no choice but to implement countermeasures that further increase the already dangerously high readiness of their nuclear forces.
Later in the article he states that it leaves Russia and China no other possibility than to develop ways of deterring the U.S., giving the example that Russian President Vladimir Putin himself approved the development and revealed the existence of the ultimate doomsday weapon-the Poseidon robot submarine, which can carry a
100Mt warhead into the harbors of U.S., European, and east Asian cities-capable of destroying urban areas to ranges beyond 50 miles (80 km) from its underwater detonation point. In conjunction with the increased danger of a modified U.S. nuclear doctrine, there is the
danger that, because Ukraine is losing on the Donbass front, and they will most likely ultimately lose in the Kursk region, that they will become desperate enough to use long-range missiles deep into Russian territory, which some in the West have already given the go ahead to do.
The situation in the Middle East continues to be a hotspot with the potential to broaden into a war with Iran and beyond. And the unspeakable horror for the people of Gaza continues with 20
% of the population, approximately 400,000 people, suffering an acute condition of starvation. Also, it has been revealed that Israeli Prime Minister, Benjamin Netanyahu, and several Israeli cabinet ministers, knew ahead of October 7th that an attack was coming according to Israeli opposition leader Yair Lapid.
Helga Zepp-LaRouche urged people to read Ted Postol’s article and get out into the streets to protest. She stated in her weekly webcast that she doesn’t see a change occurring in the institutions of the United States and the West, so the only way to change the situation is by people protesting in the streets as well as continuing the creation of a Council of Reason. There will be a rally on September 28th in D.C. held by the Rage Against the War Machine which you
can attend, as well as one held by former UN weapons inspector, Scott Ritter, on the same day.

Weekly Dialogue With Helga Zepp-LaRouche

This is a time like no other—a time in which “Global NATO” has actually invaded Russia. It is now clear, including from articles published in the New York Times and other outlets, that
the invasion of Russia was planned at least a year ago, and that its planning and execution, from the beginning, involved the participation of NATO forces, including operatives from
Poland, Ukraine, the United States, Germany and other nations. A Russian commander, Major General Apti Alaudinov, commander of the Chechen Akhmat special forces and deputy chief of
the Russian Armed Forces’ Main Military-Political Department, in an August 19 interview, has also made this clear.
Alaudinov stated that the invasion of Kursk “was prepared directly under the American leadership.” Alaudinov also delivered a message to the people of the United States and Europe: “You probably do not see or hear that your leadership is doing all it can to launch a nuclear war, and the blame for the current situation in the world lies solely on America and the NATO bloc … as you’ve been trying with all means to make Russia cross the red line and start protecting itself
using all these nuclear weapons. I don’t think this is something you really want. If you don’t want this to happen, speak out! Go to the streets and stop your government!” He concluded: “In any case, if you want Russia to lose the war, you have to understand: The
Russian nuclear state will not lose the war. After all, why do we need the world if there is no Russia? That’s why I’m saying: You either wake up and go to the streets to stop your government, or you all (will) appear … in the Third World War zone. This is the issue of the
nearest future!”
Watch here

=====================

The Crimes of Nuremberg

The Crimes of Nuremberg  The Crimes of Nuremberg, The Good Citizen, 23 May 2024

Editor’s note: Several visuals are not shown in the text below.  Click on the link about to view them.

A philosophy major, communications major, and history major walk into a campus bar. The philosophy major orders three bourbons, and asks the communications major why he chose communications. “I want to be able to communicate effectively with others. I believe effective communication limits conflict and…” The philosophy major cuts him off by asking the history major the same question. “I believe nothing is more important than history, because if we don’t learn our history, then we’re doomed to…” Before he can finish, the philosophy major turns to the bartender and says, “Make it three doubles.” The bartender reaches for the bottle to top up their drinks and asks, “What’s your major then?” The philosophy major looks at the other three and says, “Psychology.”

You wouldn’t get it.

— Arthur Fleck

Rekneading Grey Matter

Calling for a Nuremberg 2 has been all the rage for the past few years. The term is often trending on social media for days. Unfortunately, the calls for a second instalment have been made by a thoroughly programmed, historically brainwashed Western populace, running public schooling software infected with Hollywood-scripted malware.

Your humble fluffy Ram scribe (brain still running Commodore software) called for a second Nuremberg in early 2022, before a dedicated debugging operation that required digging into history books published before the 1990s. The lies of the past twenty years, particularly the past five, prompted a curiosity tour that begged the question, “Did they just start lying about everything twenty years ago?” The quest invariably resulted in some version of, “Not twenty years ago, but more likely two thousand years ago.”

But let’s leave classical and early civilizational history for another time and stick to the past century, particularly the most significant historical event—the war that still leads to heated debates around the actions of “our side” and the moral and ethical inconsistencies used to justify horrific acts against civilian populations and unarmed combatants in the post-war years, transgressing the Geneva Conventions while making a mockery of any judicial process at Nuremberg.

I am not taking up the defense of Germany. I am taking up the defense of the truth. I do not know if the truth exists, and many people have made arguments to prove to me that it does not. But I know that lies exist. I know that systematic deformation of facts exists. We have lived for three years with a falsification of history. This falsification is skillful. It involves fantasies based on a conspiracy of imagined fantasies. …me, I believe stupidly in the truth. I even believe that it ends up triumphing over all.

— Maurice Bardèche
1948

“The past was erased, the erasure was forgotten.”

The 1990s was a transformative period for the information and communications industries. The U.S. Telecommunications Act of 1996 monopolized the radio, and television airwaves, leaving just five corporate conglomerates controlling all information by the end of the century.

Around this time the English language publishing monopolies of New York and London began blacklisting any manuscripts or authors (think David Irving) that exposed the prevailing propaganda and criminal cover-up of Allied behavior during the second world war while revealing that certain atrocities had been astronomically inflated—a fact later disclosed with some courageous inquiry by brave individuals after the fall of the Soviet Union. Even before this time many authors, historians, academics, and public figures had been imprisoned across Europe for daring to ask any questions about the official narrative of events.

Revisiting the timeline of historical revisionism around World War 2 atrocities is an exhausting undertaking, and worthy of a dedicated lengthy post. (See The Unz Review’s American Pravda series in the meantime) One could argue the revisionism began right away against the truth, and the “conspiracy” revisionists are seeking the truth that was buried by the real revisionists.

For those who believe national loyalties and ideology are irrelevant in service of truth, it’s an essential undertaking to revisit the revised revisionism. It generally requires one to dig into the most honest and accurate accounts of events. These are most often produced when memories are still fresh, first-hand witnesses are still living, and state or tribal propaganda, myths, and fabricated atrocities have yet to flourish and take root in the public consciousness. The books that represent these ideal conditions for truth were published in the first decades after the war. This is also when the first blacklistings and book bannings began.

One French author, in particular, dared expose the crimes of post-war Allied occupation of Europe in 1948 in the book Nuremberg or The Promised Land, before lies were cemented as truths. He was the first ‘truther’ (his own words to describe what he cared about most) to expose the sham trials at Nuremberg, the crimes of the Allies including France, and the atrocity propaganda around “Jewish extermination” attributed to the Nazis which is still a crime to question in 19 European countries to this day.

Maurice Bardèche’s Wikipravda page reads as you’d expect of someone who worked as a Professor under the German occupation and was a supporter of Francisco Franco, co-authoring a book on the Spanish Civil War and founding the “revisionist school” in the post-war years.

One of the absurd charges made by France at Nuremberg and other trials was that the Germans had tried to exterminate the French, or had “a will to exterminate the French.” Bardèche exposes this absurdity using logic, reason, and facts. His anger in this assertion and other lies produced by the French government rests with the fact that it would allow a future German historian to show that France lied, thereby tainting his nation and all Frenchmen.

Photo of Paris during the occupation when Germans “tried to exterminate the French”:

Photo of Paris today where hundreds of thousands of male occupiers camp in its plazas and at city hall. Officials are trying to “incentive them to leave” before the Olympics in August so Paris appears respectable to the world:

Bardèche writes:

One is propsing a future to us, one does so by condeming the past. It is into this future also that we want to see clearly. It is these principles that we would like to look at directly. For we already forsee that these new ethics refer to strange universe, a universe with something sick about it, an elastic universe where our eyes no longer recongize things.

Bardèche foresaw a future ruled by an international economic elite, that undermines nations, demonizes nationalism and civilian pride in nationality with no guarantees or respect for rights, and the political enforcement of laws against offenders who do not agree with this system, or even dare oppose it. Here he appears to be predicting our liberal democratic and neoliberal “rules-based order” with the rise of the European Union and its fashionable orthodoxies rooted in globalism, cosmopolitanism, and “democratic socialism” that labels nationalists as “far-right” heretics and “fascists.” Canada, Australia, and the United States are also firmly entrenched aboard this sinking ship that Bardèche predicted.

Regarding “the holocaust” a term that wasn’t yet used to describe alleged German “extermination camps” of Jews, Bardèche doesn’t deny them, he demands evidence of any kind to prove their existence to account for the figures, because he knew very well how war produces exaggerations and myths by victors to paint themselves as the righteous ones or liberators.

With any conflict, it becomes necessary before, during, and after the war to paint enemies in the darkest manner possible so that any crimes committed by victors look justified. On this front, the Allies over-delivered in the aftermath of the Second World War.

In the preceding years of any conflict, it’s essential to manufacture the consent of the populace who will send their young men to the slaughter. Creating conflict by rousing national fervor around the “evils” of the desirous enemies necessitates tall tales of “evil” actions, including war crimes, ethnic and racial hatreds, and a historically blood-thirty people with a crazy leader who has ambitions to conquer neighbors, enslave, subjugate, and exterminate innocents by any means at his disposal.

The victors have a monopoly on information and can tell the story of the conflict however they desire, often with an utter disregard for the truth. It is the job of historians to be unemotional, and staunchly objective while they comb over first-hand accounts, primary sources, official documents, and archives so that the truth comes to light. It is their only duty.

When historians are ignored, or in the case of the most competent and once-well-respected historian of World War Two—David Irving—they are smeared, blacklisted, arrested, and imprisoned for reporting from first-hand sources, then those myths and lies propagate as the masses bite their tongues in fear of retribution for daring to question anything. Public schools, entertainment, popular culture, documentarians, academics, and governments absorb those lies as truths and the past is erased.

Like David Irving after him, Bardèche was imprisoned for a year and fined 50,000 francs. Circulating copies of his book were collected and burned, it was banned from publication and to this day remains outlawed in France.

The lies were cemented in law, and 75 years later to question them will result in the same fate that befell Irving, David Icke, Maurice Bardèche, Fred Leuchter, and many others who simply wanted to learn the truth and share with others what they have learned—not because of political reasons, or “anti-semitism” but because they all wanted to live in a world where truth matters above all things.

The first of this group, Paul Rassinier, a history Professor of twenty-two years and editor of the resistance broadsheet The Fourth Republic became a prisoner at Buchenwald during the final year of the war when “extermination” should have been in overdrive. After the war he published his account of this famous German concentration camp, condemning the communist prisoners in charge of governing the camp as far worse than the SS officers, only “looking out for their own skin.” After touring Dachau and Mauthausen after the war, interviewing endless witnesses with either benign or contradicting testimony, and uncovering engineering and technological impossibilities, he began to question the official stories of “mass extermination” using “gas chambers” and “crematoriums.”

His first post-war book about his time in Buchenwald, and escape from a train of prisoners won him critical acclaim in France. But his second book The Lie of Ulysses daring to question the official narratives around extermination earned him labels as “fascist” and later the “father of holocaust denialism.” He was put on trial for his book in 1953 and spent two years defending his reputation before he was eventually acquitted.

In the face of heavy criticism from his own party, a socialist party in France that eventually expelled him, he continued to pursue the truth. While exposing the scam trials of German officers all around Germany by the West German government, he was barred from attending trials in Frankfurt (1963-1965) against Nazi officers and soldiers who were stationed at Auschwitz.

He argued that continuing war crimes trials were part of a Zionist and Communist strategy to divide and demoralize Europe. Rassinier cited the Zionist book L’Etat d’Israel (1930) by Kadmi Cohen to assert that Zionist and Jewish organizations were conspiring to use Nazi crimes to extort money to fund themselves and the State of Israel. In 1964, with The Drama of the European Jews, Rassinier (once a prisoner at Buchenwald in the final year of the war) concluded long before David Irving painstakingly sifted through British Intelligence intercepts of Auschwitz with not a single mention of atrocities, that there was never a policy of extermination by Nazi Germany.

Rassinier’s books were eventually translated into English, the most well-known not published until 1977 under the title Debunking The Genocide Myth. By this time the holocaust industry was well underway with its well-positioned gatekeepers controlling popular media, public education, and Hollywood cinema, ensuring that the lies became truth and that the past was erased and the erasure was forgotten.

In Germany after 1945, there were millions of biographies but there was no history. When the nation was cut in four, its history was fragmented by the political division, censorship, coverup and fear of criticizing the USA and France. No intelligent public opinion was formed on the subject because no expression of it was allowed. The occupation of Germany resulted in an occupied mentality, which attempted to subject reason to unreasoning discipline.

— James Bacque
Other Losses: An Investigation Into the Mass Deaths of German Prisoners of War after World War Two

Revanche

It’s human nature to seek revenge, but the vengeance that mirrors the atrocities of the accused undermines the scales of justice so that one monster transfers his monstrosities to his enemies. The last monster standing gets to rewrite history, cover their crimes, and showcase their retribution as “fairness” and “justice” to “prevent future crimes.” The conquered must always “learn their lesson” from the victors.

None of this ugliness and hypocrisy of war, molding attitudes of conquest or liberation is possible without effective propaganda to rally minds around a unifying goal. Official historians never cease in reminding the world of Nazi Minister of Propaganda Joseph Goebbels, and his psychological campaigns on the German people, but curiously they never speak about his British and American doppelgangers.

Before the American government began fluoridating drinking water and toothpaste (at the behest of dentists paid by Alcoa Steel Inc. who needed somewhere to dump their thousands of tons of Sodium Flouride poison, a byproduct of steel production) to calcify pineal glands and spiritually destroy Americans, the people were stubbornly isolationist. Before both World Wars, Americans wanted nothing to do with the conflicts of European Kingdoms or nations. In 1939, Americans were by a factor of nearly nine out of ten, decidedly America First.

Things had to change, but minds don’t change on their own. Psychological operations began in earnest using atrocity propaganda to manufacture consent for conflict in the way it’s still used today. The British had their version of Goebbels in Lord Robert Vansittart. In a series of radio broadcasts, Vansittart delivered hysteria and paranoia around “German evil and viciousness” claiming historically rooted atrocities went back over two thousand years. Roosevelt privately took a liking to his hate-mongering propaganda and implored OSS chief William Donovan to rebroadcast them on American radio.

Around the same time, Theodore N. Kaufman published Germany Must Perish! advocating for the forced sterilization of the German people to achieve “world peace.” The book was used as reverse propaganda by the Nazis to show that the Jewish people were plotting against them which as we all know is completely false anti-semitic propaganda (kauf kauf).

March 24, 1933

No propaganda campaign is complete without a little help from Hollywood. Roosevelt’s adviser Henry Morgenthau set up a quasi-governmental agency called the Writers’ War Board, where film director Rex Stout, also an author of popular detective novels, hand-picked other writers of sensationalist popular fiction to contribute to the Board.

The OSS propaganda arm, Office of War Information worked closely with the Board to publish articles asserting that four generations of German leaders were guided by, “adoration of force as the only arbiter, and skulduggery as the supreme technique in human affairs.” According to the WWB, it was necessary for Americans to hate the Germans to “establish the world on a basis of peace.”

The editor of the New Yorker weekly was Clifton Fadiman who served as Stout’s right-hand man in publishing paranoid delusions around the German threat. Fadiman stated that there was “only one way to make a German understand and that’s to kill them, and even then I think they don’t understand.”

The WWB advised radio stations on propaganda programming and began recruiting editors and columnists from other popular periodicals to do their bidding while promoting a book entitled Is Germany Incurable? by a “noted psychiatrist” of the time. They pushed author Louis Nizer of another book, What to Do with Germany onto the same radio programs, who advocated for trying and hanging hundreds of thousands of Germans while enslaving the rest in “labor battalions” and yet claimed that this still wouldn’t be enough to cure Germany’s “lust for war.” One of the most popular broadcasters pushing the Board’s “Hate Germany” fluff was Walter Winchell (born Isadore Lipschitz) who expressed to millions of listeners that Germany was like a snake, and “a rattlesnake never deserves another chance.”

British propaganda poster, 1940.

When there’s no actual direct physical threat to the homeland, a good propaganda campaign fabricates one. In this case, British intelligence forged documents to convince the Americans of an imminent Nazi threat in South America. The British aimed to create a narrative that the Nazis were gaining a foothold in South America and had plans to invade the United States. British authorities arrested South American diplomats. One poor bastard was purportedly detained with “secret documents” showing Colombian ties to the Nazis to strengthen the illusion of a Nazi infiltration into South American countries, further fueling American fears. No such threats existed.

“We Weren’t ‘Evil’ Like The Nazis”

The Geneva Conventions have always been subject to interpretation and only applicable to those the victors chose to apply them. Given Allied actions against civilians during the conflict, including the fire bombings of Dresden, Hamburg, Berlin, Cologne, Frankfurt, Leipzig, Munich, Nuremberg, Stuttgart, Kassel, Würzburg, Darmstadt, Bremen, Hanover, Essen, and Duisburg, the allies were always going to excuse themselves from its standards.

The first Geneva Convention was in 1864 and outlined the treatment of prisoners of war. The thinking was that kingdoms who signed on would guarantee protections for their cannon fodder, ensuring that mandatory cannon fodder enlistments continued, and young soldiers didn’t organize against their nobility and their dreams of capturing a few more meters of soil. The general idea was that the wounded would be treated impartially and fairly, and those who surrendered were guaranteed protection.

Article 12 stated that “…wounded and sick soldiers who are out of the battle should be humanely treated, and in particular should not be killed, injured, tortured, or subjected to biological experimentation.” No mention of biological experimentation on civilians in peacetime.

The Nuremberg Trials, which began in November 1945 and concluded in 1946, are often depicted as the epitome of post-war justice. As with most history written by victors in the concealment of the truth, the trials were a confluence of injustice, witness manipulation, intimidation, threats, maltreatment, and torture with an atmosphere that seemed more predisposed to vengeance than to impartial justice.

Contrary to popular belief the post-war trials of German officers were not a single event held at Nuremberg. Only the United States and IMT (International Military Tribunal of 21 Nazi Leaders) show trials were held in this city. In contrast, the Soviets held their own, with no public record (summary executions or Gulags?). The British held their own in Hamburg, Luneberg, and Italy between 1945 and 1949. France delayed their trials of German generals (1951) and Oradour Massacre soldiers (1958), though the latter were all eventually pardoned. Trials by American rump state West Germany continued at a dozen major cities around the country from 1950 until the late 1970s.

Of the thousands of defendants over those decades, only 21 Nazi leaders were selected for the IMT, with a lot of what David Irving calls “horsetrading” of Nazi individuals going on behind the scenes among Allies seeking their version of justice, privately or publicly. Hundreds of Nazi and SS officers were permitted to escape Germany via the rat lines through Italy, with help from the OSS (precursor to the CIA), the Vatican, and friendly nations like Argentina. The American’s Operation Paperclip sent hundreds of intelligence officers into Germany embedded in army divisions to track down and recruit Nazi scientists, engineers, physicists, and anyone of military strategic importance. More Nazis were hired by the American war department after the conflict than were put on trial at Nuremberg by a factor of seven-five.

While hosting show trials, horsetrading officers among allies, and smuggling those chosen Nazi scientists and engineers through Operation Paperclip to the U.S., the remaining German POWs were kept in various camps managed by the partitioned allied zones. The United States had over 200 camps in its zone, though France took over a few after 1945, while some 1600 POW camps were scattered across French territory once managed by the Americans before also being handed over to the French. French witnesses at several camps watched as the Americans looted the supplies from camp hospitals before departing, taking generators, medicine, and food rations, often leaving the French with nothing to manage the prisoners or themselves.

According to James Bacque’s 1989 bombshell book Other Losses, conditions in camps were harsh. Food was withheld and from the summer of 1945 through 1948 it is estimated that a million German POWs perished from starvation and disease in the hands of distinguished American General and future President Dwight Eisenhower. Under the horrendous failure called the Morgenthau Plan, a “denazification” precursor to the more charitable and pragmatic Marshall Plan, the order of the day was revenge, through suffering, starvation, and death.

In France, in January 1946, just over half a million men were nominally at work for the armies or the civilian economy. Most of these, underfed, badly clothed, weak, worked at far less than normal efficiency. Another 124,000 were so sick they couldn’t work. When 600 dying men fell off the train at Buglose near Bordeaux in the summer of 1945 before the shocked population of the village, 87 men were in such bad shape that the two-kilometer hike to the camp killed them.

According to the testimony of a German POW survivor called Hanz T. who left Bad Kreutznach at age 18, making him 12 when the conflict first began, he was shuttled with other young German prisoners for France, still wearing shorts and barefoot after being snatched from a hospital recovery room:

I only had one piece of ID showing my birthdate, 1927. I thought they might release me if they thought I was only 16, so I changed the seven to a nine, but it made no difference.

There was a real shortage of food. When the peas arrived, they were divided and once they had been shared out some were still left. Everyone counted and if we had six each, then we’d wait till we got six and a half.

Food was so scarce that people were usually sick and when you got sick they took you to hospital. When people were taken to hospital you never saw them come back. Of the hundred thousand prisoners at Rennes there was certainly a percentage who died which would make a fair number. But I’ve never been able to find a cemetery. We never saw the Red Cross, nobody came to inspect us until two years later, to bring us blankets. That was the first time they came, in 1947.

Between 1945 and 1948 anywhere from 165,000-315,000 German POWs died in French captivity, and that wasn’t the worst the Allies could do. There are endless stories of French farmers and civilians helping German POWs with potatoes, milk, vegetables, and fruits, and even French guards bringing food from home for the starving Germans, many of whom were just teenagers.

The death rate in French camps averaged around one-third, while in British and Canadian camps holding German POWs, the rate was only marginally lower in the year after the war. Prisoners starved for most of 1945, often going weeks between meals. Medical treatment and hospitals were better staffed in the camps in these zones, with some Germans receiving life-saving treatment. The Germans in this zone remember “The Tommies” treating them “like comrades” and far better than the Americans or French, but it wasn’t always keeping with the Geneva Conventions and starvation and disease were still rampant just after the war.

American camps were by far the worst, with Morgenthau’s plan for retribution German prisoners starved, and were provided no shelter, or blankets. It was all hidden under a myth of a “World Food Shortage” proclaimed at the time, despite this not affecting Canadian and British camps.

The death rate at the American camp at Reinberg was 40% in the year after the war with many prisoners dying in muddy holes they were forced to dig for their shelter. The perimeter fence around the camp stretched for nine kilometers. Prisoners would throw rocks over the fence to passing civilians with charcoal notes wrapped around the rocks written on canvas or cotton begging for potatoes, salt, and even water. Unlike prisoners in British and Canadian camps, American camp POWs weren’t permitted mail service, tents, bunks, or daily rations. The Americans (and French) lied about the death rate of prisoners, lowballing it to the International Red Cross and German town officials (now “denazified” public servants) by a factor of 30 times!

Within a few years, to doubt the Small Number had become an implied treachery, for any good German who doubted the Americans was ipso facto an enemy of both states. So the Americans were in effect forgiven without even being accused.

A general who knew Eisenhower well wrote in 1945 that Eisenhower was using “practically Gestapo methods” against the Germans. That general had written to his wife that the Germans were the only decent people in Europe, and that “we are destroying the only semi-modern state in Europe so that Russia can swallow it whole.”

His name was George S. Patton.

For all his prejudices, Patton represented to a high degree the honor of the army and the basic generosity of the American people. He made this very plain in a reply to a question put to him: “In all these talks [to the troops] I emphasized the necessity for the proper treatment of prisoners of war, both as to their lives and property. My usual statement was … ‘Kill all the Germans you can but do not put them up against a wall and kill them. Do your killing while they are still fighting. After a man has surrendered, he should be treated exactly in accordance with the Rules of Land Warfare, and just as you would hope to be treated if you were foolish enough to surrender. Americans do not kick people in the teeth after they are down.”

Patton openly deplored Eisenhower’s anti-German policies. Soon after, they killed him too.

Nuremberg was a fantastic desecration of the ideals of Western Civilization, and an appalling miscarriage of justice…a misuse of evidence for vicious ends, all of which will someday be exposed as a shocking travesty of high legal and moral principles.

— Henry M. Adams
Prof. of History, University of California

The Last Battle

As early as 1943 the discussion of what to do with German officers was broached by anglosphere allies. Churchill wanted summary executions with no trials and attempted to maneuver FDR toward the same position that he held privately but not publicly. This perspective was grounded in a desire to avoid the complexities and potential embarrassments of a public trial, which could unearth inconvenient truths, including Churchill’s sponsors (who for many years made sure his five servants and manor house were paid on an MP’s salary) at the World Zionist Organization.

In 1944, during the Second Quebec Conference, Churchill drafted a proposal, sometimes referred to as the “shot on sight” list, which advocated for the immediate execution of top German figures upon their identification and capture, something young students of Western history are more likely to associate with “evil Nazi behavior” and not the allies they are brainwashed to revere. FDR was initially on board with the proposal, but the following year his successor Truman decided against the summary execution proposal and instead supported the idea of a formal trial.

According to David Irving in a book tour speech promoting his book Nuremberg: The Last Battle:

Truman (a grandmaster freemason like his predecessor) facing the ruins of post-war Europe and the daunting task of rebuilding in a way that gave his new empire the upper hand over the Soviets, decided that perhaps shooting people without trial wasn’t the best look for the shiny new superpower on the block. Nuremberg was a chance for the Allies to paint themselves as all victors do—righteous and judicious liberators, bringing the light of legal ethics to the dark deeds of the Nazis, all while ensuring the proceedings were scripted tightly enough to keep the Allies’ dark behavior from any scrutiny.

So, before the first trials at Nuremberg the British and the Americans got to work rigging them so they would eventually resemble nothing more than show trials. The establishment of the London Charter in August 1945, which defined the jurisdiction and laws under which the Nuremberg Trials would proceed, declared actions as criminal post-factum, making the trials a classic case of ex post facto law. This meant that the defendants were tried for laws that were not in effect at the time their alleged crimes were committed—a stark violation of the principle of legality as defined by the maxim “nullum crimen, nulla poena sine lege” (no crime, no punishment without a law).

Additionally, the Charter explicitly removed defenses that are normally available in criminal trials, such as the tu quoque (you too) argument, which could allow defendants to argue that the prosecuting powers had engaged in similar actions, which the Allies most definitely had, from the firebombing at Dresden and dozens of other civilian populated cities with no strategic military targets, resulting in nearly half a million German civilian deaths. Preventing the tu quoque argument ensured that allied atrocities would not be admissible as a defense, or ever brought up in court. This was the strategic significance as it curtailed any discussion of the Allies’ wartime conduct, ensuring that the focus remained solely on the actions of the Axis powers.

Removing tu quoque was also a convenience to expunge the open hypocrisies of Britain and France who declared war on Germany when Hitler invaded Poland from the west, while completely ignoring Stalin’s pact with the guilty parties to carve up Poland simultaneously from the east. If Poland was “off limits” for the British and French in keeping with the tragedy that was the Versailles Treaty, why was Stalin allowed to invade and slaughter 22,000 Poles (Katyn Massacre) from the east? Poland wasn’t just a useful tool for the Soviets, they were played by the British, French, and Americans before, during, and after the war. Before 1939 Poland was by no means innocent, given their atrocities against ethnic Germans (50k+) in Danzig, formerly East Prussia in the inter-war years. More on that in another post.

Mass graves of Polish Officers slaughtered by Soviets ~22,000 (discovered by the Germans in 1943).

The physical and psychological conditions under which the defendants were held were abhorrent. Held in cells with broken windows throughout the harsh German winter, the accused faced severe physical duress that hampered their ability to contribute effectively to their defenses. This treatment was coupled with psychological tactics aimed at breaking their spirit. Letters written by defendants to their families were routinely intercepted and never delivered, isolating them further and severing their remaining ties to the outside world.

Witness tampering and intimidation were a matter of policy with OSS officers threatening to prosecute and hang Germans who didn’t testify against their commanding officers. Conversely, defense witnesses were harangued and in some cases disappeared so they wouldn’t appear in court. Carl Hoff, who could have provided testimony favorable to the defense, was instead declared mentally unfit and hidden away in a psychiatric facility to prevent his appearance in court. This tactic was exposed only when Field Marshal Milch, determined to bring Hoff’s testimony forward, challenged and reversed the decision, highlighting the lengths to which the prosecution would go to secure a conviction.

Rear Admiral Eberhardt Godt was intimidated into testifying against Grand Admiral Karl Dönitz. Godt was approached by American interrogators and coerced to testify falsely against Dönitz. When Godt refused to comply with the demands, he was threatened with execution if he did not cooperate.

The Nuremberg Trials were marred by significant procedural flaws, ethical violations, and a pervasive atmosphere of retribution.

The American judge, Edward L. Van Roden, one of three members of an American Army commission established to investigate claims of prisoner maltreatment found: “…all but two of the Germans, in the 139 cases investigated had been kicked in the testicles beyond repair. This was standard procedure with American investigators.”

Lower-ranking officers were assured of amnesty if they testified against the higher ranks, only to have their “amnesty” withdrawn after sealing a conviction and then using their testimony against them for a conviction.

Mock trials were arranged when prisoners refused to cooperate, with faux death sentences passed, then one final offer of “reprieve” if they confessed. Many were threatened with being handed over to the Russians if they didn’t cooperate. Some had their wives and children threatened by depriving them of their ration cards.

The treatment of the defendants and the conduct of the trials blatantly flouted the Geneva Conventions’ rules regarding the treatment of prisoners of war. By reclassifying German prisoners as “discharged enemy personnel,” the Allies circumvented these international laws, affording themselves greater leeway to impose harsher treatments and sidestep the protections that the Geneva Conventions afforded, such as the proper constitution of a court and the fair trial guarantees.

The selective prosecution at Nuremberg was evident in the charges brought against the defendants. The Allies focused exclusively on the crimes committed by the Nazis, with no corresponding scrutiny of their actions or those of other Axis powers. This selective justice was further compounded by the exclusion of any substantive examination of Soviet actions during the war, particularly the Katyn massacre, which was conveniently omitted from the trials’ scope, with one of the four “justices” overseeing the proceedings, a communist Soviet.

The manipulation of the trials extended to the evidence presented in court. Documents were selectively provided to the defense, and in many cases, critical evidence that could exonerate the defendants was withheld. This was not merely an oversight but a deliberate strategy to weaken the defense’s case, exemplifying a biased approach to the supposed pursuit of justice.

To call for a Nuremberg 2 today, is therefore to call for nothing but sham trials and a perversion of justice. It would be like asking some hospital administrators and government officials to stand trial, while torturing some Walgreens pharmacists, Pfizer interns, and urgent care clinicians into testifying against them to save their own skin, with the real criminals laughing at the proceedings.

The biggest difference between the two?

There was no war during Covid—though I have called it part of a Silent War on humanity—yet thousands more people are walking free who are guilty of (iatro)genocide than ever wore a Nazi uniform. These people have killed at least 20 million, with millions more awaiting a grim fate, figures only Mao and Stalin could match.

The returns of the second great engineered European brother war have been trickling in for decades.

How did the “victors” end up faring? Have you been to France? Have you tried to stroll Paris’ 9th, 10th, 11th, 19th, and 20th Arrondissimonts at night? How about the ghettos or Banlieues as a white woman, alone? Have you seen the state of the American empire? Have you tried to stroll through Birmingham, Watford, Bradford, Luton, Rotherham, Manchester, or East London without mistaking them for Islamabad or Bombay?

What about the nation that Britain and France declared war on Germany to save? They threw Poland (and all of East Europe) to the Bolshevik rats and sold them out for fifty years rendering the entire justifications for the slaughter moot. Half of Germany rotted under the boot of the DDR during this time, setting the stage for the next mass European brother sacrifice, another banker war.

How about Germany today after two decades run by a DDR communist witch?

If this is what “liberating” Europe looks like then perhaps Brits, French, and Germans should be camping out in front of the Academy of Fine Arts in Vienna to search for their next leaders.

Having buried the historical truths contributing to the rise of The Third Reich (it wasn’t just Versailles), they are making a redux of history all but inevitable.

The ‘strong man’ pendulum always swings back. And the next time it does, those invented fantasies that manifested atrocity propaganda against the last strong men may on a second serving finally come to fruition.

And who will the last victors have to blame for this, if not for the lies they attempted to rebuild the destroyed nations upon, in a now shattered fantastical fiction of its conjuring?

In the end, after all those assertions of “exterminating an entire race” war crimes, bloodlust, and painting the Nazis as the greatest evil to ever walk the earth, what happened to their fearless leader?

What happened to the most evil mustachioed man to lead these evil people?

There is zero evidence backing the official story that he killed himself in that bunker.

There is significant evidence that he escaped on a U-boat and lived another decade near Bariloche, Argentina with other Nazi Officers, including Joseph Mengele, coming and going by water plane from his sheltered lakeside retreat.

You might recall that thought experiment involving a time machine and killing Hitler to prevent the Second World War to save millions of lives. Every normie programmed by public school American history books that are better suited for fire kindling proclaims with a self-smug smile they’d use that time machine to kill Hitler and save the world. All their normie friends nod in agreement.

Britain and the U.S. wouldn’t have let that man who wanted to “conquer the world,” and who “gassed six bazillion Jews and cremated their bodies after turning their fat into soap and their skin into lampshades,” escape and live freely in Argentina for another decade, would they?

Of course not, they weren’t “evil” like the Nazis.

(Click CC for English Subtitles)

References (All out of print…why?)

Bacque, James. Other Losses: An Investigation Into the Mass Deaths of German Prisoners of War after World War Two. Toronto: Stoddart Publishing Co. Limited, 1989.

Bardeche, Maurice. Nuremberg or The Promised Land. Paris: Les Sept Couleurs, 1948.

Irving, David. Nuremberg: The Last Battle. London: Focal Point Publications, 1985.

Rassinier, Paul. Drama of the European Jews. Los Angeles: Institute for Historical Review, 1975.

================================

Secret CIA collusion inside Ukraine EXPOSED in blistering new report

Secret CIA collusion inside Ukraine EXPOSED in blistering new report 1 March 2024

The New York Times came out with a bombshell article on Sunday detailing the past ten years of CIA active warfare from within Ukraine against Russia.

From building 12 CIA bases within the country, to instructing on sabotage inside Russia to providing targeting intelligence… pic.twitter.com/IbJvV2IjJU — Ron Paul (@RonPaul) February 26, 2024

The New York Times disclosed yesterday that the CIA built “12 Secret Spy Bases” in Ukraine, waging a shadow war against Russia for the past decade. After a U.S.-supported violent coup toppled Ukraine’s democratically elected government, CIA Director John Brennan visited Kyiv… pic.twitter.com/DWluhJIKUq

Zero Hedge highlights:
Among the biggest revelations is that the program was established a decade ago and spans three different American presidents. The Times says the CIA program to modernize Ukraine’s intelligence services has “transformed” the former Soviet state and its capabilities into “Washington’s most important intelligence partners against the Kremlin today.”

Robert F. Kennedy was a voice of reason amid the recent revelations: “The CIA was building spy bases in Ukraine along the Russian border starting in 2014. I wonder how we would respond if Russia or China built spy bases on the US/Mexico border.
With all their information gathering and newly trained operatives, they couldn’t wind down conflict between Ukraine and Russia. In fact, it seems the CIA only made matters worse.” The CIA was building spy bases in Ukraine along the Russian border starting in 2014. I wonder how we would respond if Russia or China built spy bases on the US/Mexico border. With all their information gathering and newly trained operatives, they couldn’t wind down conflict… pic.twitter.com/3Q6aGyqUHF

— Robert F. Kennedy Jr (@RobertKennedyJr) February 26, 2024
CNN knows 2 great ways to keep liberals and parts of the US “left” on board with funding the war in Ukraine:
1) Assure them that CIA spying bases in Ukraine are very important;
2) Convince them that the US arms industry is benefiting.
They know liberal politics and values.

— Glenn Greenwald (@ggreenwald) February 26, 2024
The Kyiv Independent attempted to legitimize the need for the secret CIA bases: The Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) has supported a network of a dozen bases in Ukraine that are “increasingly at risk” if Republicans continue to block $61 billion in
funding for Kyiv, the New York Times (NYT) reported on Feb. 25.
The network of bases is the result of a decade of relationship-building between the CIA and Ukraine, according to the NYT, which conducted 200 interviews with current and former intelligence officials in Ukraine, Europe, and the U.S. for the article

=========================

The Desperate Failing Plan for a New American Century

From The Truth Comes to Light, 7 February 2024

 The Desperate Failing Plan for a New American Century – Truth Comes to Light

 The Desperate Failing Plan for a New American Century

They are few and we are many, and they must be stopped. 

The Desperate Failing Plan for a New American Century  by Greg ReeseThe Reese Report, February 7, 2024

Editor’s note: Click on the link above to view a PDF copy that shows several diagrams.

On January 16th of 1991, as the Soviet Union was collapsing and the cold war coming to an end, George H.W. Bush publicly announced a new campaign of American dominance which he called, the New World Order.

“This is an historic moment. We have in this past year made great progress in ending a long era of conflict and Cold War. We have before us the opportunity to forge for ourselves and for future generations a new world order, a world where the rule of law, not the law of the jungle, governs the conduct of nations. When we are successful, and we will be, we have a real chance at this new world order, an order in which a credible United Nations can use its peacekeeping role to fulfill the promise and vision of the UN’s founders.”

~ George H.W. Bush

Vladimir Putin told Oliver Stone that in the year 2000 he asked President Clinton if Russia could join NATO, which he said made the American delegation very nervous. They were not interested in world peace. They had different plans.

In 1997 the Project for the New American Century was founded by William Kristol and Victoria Nuland’s husband, Robert Kagan. In September of 2000 they published their agenda entitled; “Rebuilding America’s Defenses” which outlined an ambitious and aggressive plan to achieve world dominance, starting in the Middle East and ending with Russia. The document acknowledged the fact that their world domination efforts would “trouble American allies” and could therefore be a long process “absent some catastrophic and catalyzing event – like a new Pearl Harbor.”

A year after publishing this, two thousand people were murdered in the World Trade Center and blamed on a small terrorist group created by the C.I.A.. And with this catastrophic and catalyzing event, the plan for a new American century went into action.

“About ten days after 9/11, I went through the Pentagon. And one of the generals called me and he says, we’ve made the decision we’re going to war with Iraq. This was on or about the 20th of September. I said, We’re going to war with Iraq, Why? He said, I don’t know. So I came back to see him a few weeks later, and by that time we were bombing in Afghanistan. I said, Are we still going to war with Iraq? And he said, it’s worse than that, he said, I just got this down from upstairs meeting in the secretary of defense office today. And he said, this is a memo that describes how we’re going to take out seven countries in five years, starting with Iraq and then Syria, Lebanon, Libya, Somalia, Sudan and finishing off… Iran.”

~ General Wesley K. Clark

George H.W. Bush’s son, George W., began a propaganda campaign to sell the American public on overthrowing Iraq. Spinning lies about Weapons of Mass Destruction.

“I take the threat very seriously. I take the fact that he develops weapons of mass destruction very seriously.

Either you are with us or you are with the terrorists.”

~ George W. Bush

When the lies became obvious, George W. made jokes while revelling in the blood of the innocent.

Secretary of State, Madeleine Albright, said that murdering millions of Iraqi children was worth it.

Lesley Stahl:

“We have heard that a half a million children have died. I mean, that’s more children than died in Hiroshima. And, you know, is the price worth it?”

Madeleine Albright:

“I think this is a very hard choice. But the price we think the price is worth it.”

The power hungry cabal, made up of close-knit families who practice multi-generational child abuse and mass mind control, began overthrowing sovereign nations. And murdering innocent civilians became the new norm for U.S. foreign policy. But their plan for global domination was failing, and starting in 2020 with the COVID scam, they began targeting U.S. citizens.

They have become desperate, and they are going for broke. Slaughtering innocent Palestinians to spark a war with Iran, and sacrificing the people of Ukraine to hopelessly take on Russia.

These inbred families are getting old and they are fighting for their lives. There is too much at stake for them to ever give up which makes them more dangerous than ever. But they are few and we are many, and they must be stopped.

===================

 

===============

Previous articles

    • US CFR Says China Must Be Defeated  By Eric Zuesse, Zerohedge, 6 May 2015
    • Obama’s foreign policy disasters  By Greg Sheridan, The Australian, 2 April 2015
    • Why the American dream is dead  By Bill Bonner, 2 April 2015
    • The ‘Deep State’ is now in charge  From Zerohedge, 31 March 2015
    • The next empire  By Jeff Thomas, International Man, 4 Feb 2015
  • Netanyahu’s rapturous welcome  From Andrew Bolt’s website, 4 Mar 2015

The great ‘reset’. Fiat currencies and economies collapse as do civilisations. Then what?

Key parts of the world’s financial affairs have been hi-jacked by self-serving financial organisations, bureaucracies, country leaders and individuals.   All this and much more are signs of civilisation collapse – at least in the West. The outlook is dire.  

Scroll to end to view previous articles

 

The pending financial and governance changes are imminent

The pending financial and governance changes are imminent 29 August 2024

The cracks in the old system are widening, and the truth is spilling out faster than they can patch it up. The whispers about the Quantum Financial System (QFS), the Emergency Broadcast System (EBS), and NESARA have become deafening roars among those who are truly in the know.

Politicians have been leaking crucial details, intentionally or not, preparing the world for what’s about to come. This is a coordinated effort by those who want to be on the right side of history when the hammer drops.

Congressman Jim Jordan was recently caught in a private conversation in a Capitol Hill hallway with Representative Marjorie Taylor Greene. The conversation was about the “imminent unveiling of the new financial system,” a system that would “pull the rug from under the corrupt.” This wasn’t a vague chat about digital currencies or blockchain—it was a direct reference to the QFS.

Greene nodded in agreement, adding that “the EBS is ready to go live any day now,” and “people need to be prepared for the global lockdown.” This was a warning from those on the inside.

At a closed-door MAGA event in Phoenix, Arizona, just weeks ago, Kari Lake let slip to a small group of loyalists that “the QFS is already testing its systems, and we’re at the brink of a total financial and political overhaul.”

She mentioned that key financial players and “the deep state bankers” have been cornered and are losing control over the narrative. She pointed out how some of them are desperately trying to negotiate deals in private to save their own skins before the EBS activation pulls back the curtain on their shady dealings.

And then there’s Mike Pompeo, during a recent fundraiser in Texas, Pompeo hinted at something massive on the horizon. Off the record, while speaking to high-profile donors, he mentioned that “the financial system as we know it is on its last legs” and that “we’re moving towards a financial transparency that’s going to shake the foundations of this country and beyond.”

One attendee, who wishes to remain anonymous, later confirmed that Pompeo was talking about NESARA and the QFS rollout, suggesting that a financial reset would expose decades of corruption.

In Florida, Congressman Matt Gaetz has been more blunt. At a private gathering Gaetz claimed that “the days of the Federal Reserve and their secret manipulations are over.” He went on to say that the QFS is “a divine tool to restore balance and integrity” and that the EBS is poised to “broadcast the truth to the masses, exposing every dirty deal, every hidden transaction.”

Gaetz’s statement sent shockwaves through the room, with some attendees even expressing concern over the potential fallout, but he was adamant: “The only ones who need to be afraid are the corrupt.”

But perhaps the most telling leaks have come from insiders closer to the international stage. During a private meeting in Mar-a-Lago with Trump and key international allies, Hungarian Prime Minister Viktor Orbán spoke candidly about the upcoming “global shift.”

He mentioned that “several European leaders have been briefed” on the rollout of the QFS and that “those who resist will find themselves exposed and powerless.” Orbán’s confidence was clear; he knew this was happening and soon.

But perhaps the most significant leak came from General Michael Flynn. During a recent interview with an independent media outlet in August 2024, Flynn let slip something that can’t be ignored. “The military is prepared,” Flynn stated. “We’re not just talking about a financial reset; we’re talking about a complete restructuring of how the world operates.

The Emergency Broadcast System will soon be activated to ensure that every citizen knows the truth about what’s been happening behind the scenes.” Flynn’s words sent shockwaves through the alternative media community, confirming that the EBS and QFS are not just theories—they are realities, and they are about to be deployed.

At a recent roundtable discussion hosted by Sidney Powell, the conversation turned towards the upcoming global changes. Powell remarked, “The central banks have had their run, but it’s over. We’re moving to a new financial system that will expose every dirty secret they’ve tried to bury. The Emergency Broadcast System is ready, and when it’s triggered, the world will finally see what we’ve been fighting for.”

Powell’s statement was nothing short of a declaration that NESARA and the QFS are poised to dismantle the corrupt financial networks that have enslaved humanity for far too long.

The signs are everywhere, and those with eyes to see can’t ignore them. These politicians are not just talking—they are warning us. The QFS is on its way.

The EBS is about to be triggered. NESARA is about to be implemented. They are dropping hints, leaking information, and preparing the ground for the massive changes that are about to hit.

The time for awakening is now.

The old system is collapsing, and the new one is ready to rise from the ashes. The truth will not be silenced, and those who stand in its way will be swept aside

============================

NESARA/GESARA – The Progress Report

NESARA GESARA – The Progress Report  By Clif High, 17 June 2024

QFS, Dinar and Zimbabwe RV: the end of fiat currencies

Editor’s note:  All is explained except what happens next, and when.

NESARA (National Economic Security and Recovery Act) and GESARA (Global Economic Security and Recovery Act) are concepts originating from a set of economic reforms proposed in the United States in the 1990s. The original NESARA proposal included measures to abolish income taxes, cancel out debt, and return to a commodity-based currency system (such as gold), among other financial reforms. However, this proposal never became law.

Over time, NESARA and GESARA have become associated with a variety of conspiracy theories. These theories suggest that these acts have secretly passed and will lead to massive positive changes globally such as debt forgiveness, the abolishment of income tax, a new form of government, and even the distribution of vast sums of wealth from hidden sources. The theories often tie in other elements, such as secret societies, alien interventions, and the imminent arrest of powerful political personalities. The linguistics of these theories are focused to attach to Christian ethos mind patterns. In the language associated with NESARA/GESARA as conspiracy theories, the targets are clearly a specific subset of the Evangelical sects within Christianity. There is no penetration of the NESARA/GESARA language within the Islam, or Buddhist, or other religious communities. There is no penetration of this language into Leftist, or atheist, or other, non Christian communities.

Within the conspiracy theories attached to NESARA are statements that the act was signed into Law by President Bush, and then, immediately ‘hidden’ from the public while the Federal government supposedly is ‘blocked’ from implementing it by nefarious actors within the [deep state].

It’s important to note that there is no credible evidence to support the existence of GESARA. While NESARA was an actual legislative proposal, it was never enacted. GESARA language first shows up eight months after the failure of NESARA to be advanced in the legislature. GESARA was a deliberate strategy to expand the scam to non USA citizens. It failed in this effort of expansion. There is evidence of funding behind a push for GESARA into specific Islamic groups in 2005 that failed to obtain traction. The details often cited in these theories do not correspond to anything in our common shared reality and are widely considered to be absolute bullshit by people who work within legitimate political or economic analysis areas.

This attitude of rejection, and disbelief, is also elicited by the ‘QFS’. The “Quantum Financial System” (QFS) is another concept frequently mentioned in conjunction with various conspiracy theories, particularly those surrounding NESARA/GESARA. It is described by proponents as a highly advanced technology system that would completely replace the current banking and financial systems around the world. The QFS is often depicted as being based on quantum computing technology, which proponents claim can provide heightened security through quantum cryptography and create a transparent, fraud-proof system. Aspects of the QFS include the idea that ALL resources within the Earth’s biosphere would be ‘placed on blockchain’ for an absolute accounting, and tracking, of the use of such resources. Note that many of the claims for the QFS actually mirror the goals, and function of the CCP Social Credit System.

Advocates of this theory suggest that the QFS will enable the seamless and instant transfer of currencies and that it would be immune to corruption, hacking, or manipulation. It is also said to be capable of ensuring complete privacy and anonymity of transactions, while simultaneously being fully transparent in terms of authorities’ ability to prevent illegal activities.

It’s important to clarify that, as of now, there is no verified existence of such a system in development or in use by any government or financial institution recognized by any financial entities or technology experts. The descriptions of the QFS often contain a mixture of some factual elements of quantum computing potentials and a lot of speculative, unfounded claims. Quantum computing itself is in the early stages of development, primarily focused on research rather than practical applications, especially on the scale described in QFS theories. There is NO ‘Quantum computer network’ in operation now, and given that Quantum computers are batch process, analog machines that cannot run digital software, it is not technically possible for Quantum computers to run a digital network. Quantum computers cannot run digital software, and can NOT host AI. Most of the Quantum computing world is still in research mode, and the technology is likely two decades away from any form of commercial adoption. Quantum computers, by the nature of the technology, will always be ‘batch processors’, and will NEVER be used to ‘run networks’.

Claims that the QFS is operational, or there is a Quantum computer based network, need to be challenged, and demands made for receipts be imposed upon those people making such claims as they are incorrect, inaccurate, and may be deliberate lies attempting to deceive.

The concepts of NESARA/GESARA and the Quantum Financial System (QFS) can be particularly appealing to individuals with limited financial understanding because they promise simple solutions to complex financial issues and present an idealized scenario where financial burdens such as debt and taxes are effortlessly resolved. These narratives are DESIGNED to specifically target and impact those with lower financial literacy:

  1. Complexity and Jargon: The use of complex terms and financial jargon (like “quantum technology” in the case of QFS) can be overwhelming. People who aren’t familiar with these concepts might assume the information is legitimate simply because it sounds sophisticated and technical.
  2. Promises of Wealth and Debt Relief: These theories often include promises of imminent wealth distribution and debt forgiveness, which can be very attractive to anyone struggling financially. The hope of such outcomes can cloud judgment, leading individuals to overlook the lack of evidence or logical basis behind these claims.
  3. Exploitation of Distrust: Many of these theories tap into a general distrust of governmental and financial institutions. For individuals who feel marginalized or cheated by the system, the idea that there is a hidden or suppressed solution can be very appealing.
  4. Urgency and Exclusivity: By suggesting that these events are about to happen, these theories create a sense of urgency that can rush individuals into making hasty decisions, such as investing in certain assets, joining groups, or donating money to causes that purport to support the implementation of these acts.
  5. Scams and Frauds: Scammers use these theories to legitimize fraudulent schemes, asking people to invest in new “quantum-resistant” cryptocurrencies, participate in exclusive financial opportunities linked to the supposed upcoming changes, or buy products and services that are “necessary” to prepare for the transition.
  6. Social Proof and Echo Chambers: People discussing these theories often form tight-knit communities that reinforce each other’s beliefs. This social validation can make the theories seem more credible to someone who is unfamiliar with how financial systems actually work. A key aspect of identifying these communities is the language that constantly brings the concept back to ‘faith’, and the invocation of language found in religious settings which is tied to the financial frauds of NESARA/GESARA/QFS.

The NESARA/GESARA/QFS scams are dependent on directing the language within the discussion to specific terms in order to invoke ‘faith’ as an emotion in order to support the scam internally within the ethical structure of the victim. It is a sophisticated attempt to prey upon in-built mental pathways. Once these paths are captured by the scammer, it becomes incredibly difficult to dissuade the victim from their attitude that these scams are real. This is due to the deep religious hooks within the victim’s personality. This language is further reinforced by the continuous exposure for a lifetime to the same language from THE most effective scam in history, the Federal Reserve note which is not money, and is a legislative supported debt instrument.

Federal Reserve Notes are legal tender, with the words “this note is legal tender for all debts, public and private” printed on each note. The notes are backed by financial assets that the Federal Reserve Banks pledge as collateral, which are mainly Treasury securities and mortgage agency securities that they purchase on the open market by fiat payment. In other words, the Federal Reserve Bank, which is not part of the Federal government, and is not a bank, is ‘backing’ their debt notes (aka ‘dollars’) with other debt instruments (not money) that the government produces that the FED purchases with its fiat dollars. So the dollar is a debt instrument issued by a private corporation, and loaned to the US Government for use at a cost of interest payments by the People of the USA to the private corporation of the Federal Reserve. The BIGGEST scam of them all.

There are many linguistic ties between the NESARA/GESARA/OFS scam and the ‘Iragi RV’, or the Zimbabwe RV. Note that these scams offer the Kuwaiti Dinar RV as ‘proof’ that the same occurrence will emerge for these other currencies from Iraq and Zimbabwe.

The situation of the Kuwaiti currency ‘revalue’ were entirely unique, and were based off of the geopolitical movements of the Bush Regime. This arose after the failure to convince Saddam Hussein to allow STF (special technology forces) of the US military to enter three ziggurats in Iraq for the purposes of examining, and removing artifacts. This failure led to the Bush Regime giving Saddam Hussein ‘permission’ to invade Kuwait. This permission was to create the conditions of the Iraq invasion of Kuwait. That invasion caused the Kuwaiti dinar currency to collapse as the financial world assumed that the government of the country was gone, thus the currency was worthless. This led to an international devaluation of the Kuwaiti dinar in the global financial markets. There is evidence to support the idea that members of the Bush Regime anticipated this effect, and purchased billions of dinars. They bought the Iraqi currency as they knew the Bush Regime would be restoring the Kuwaiti power structure as part of their invasion of Iraq to loot the ziggurats. This occurred, the Kuwaiti government was restored, and faith returned to the Kuwaiti Dinar within the international currency markets and thus the ‘value’ of the dinar was raised and those who were in on the scheme profited hugely.

Note that the government of Kuwait did NOT ‘revalue’ the dinar. That was a function of the open markets in currency trading, and the underlying plot by the Bush Regime to manipulate these markets as a side effort in their Iraq War. There was NEVER any repurchase of the Kuwaiti Dinar by the government of Kuwait in any deliberate attempt to “Re-Value” their currency.

No government will ever Re-Value their currency upwards in purchasing power (value). There is NO incentive for any fiat currency to be worth ‘more’ in purchasing power. It is in the nature of fiat currencies that they can NOT be revalued upward in purchase power by the government that issues them. INFLATION is the only route available for non-backed currencies.

During the 1930s, the United States was grappling with the Great Depression, a period of severe economic downturn that caused widespread hardship. In response to deflationary pressures—where prices and wages fell dramatically—there were concerted efforts by the government and the Federal Reserve to induce inflation into their currency which was dying against the real purchasing power of gold and silver constitutional money. These efforts aimed to increase the money supply and raise the price level, thereby relieving some of the economic stress. This effort was coordinated by the Fed and forced through a reluctant Congress by bribery, and extortion, and threats.

Key Actions by the Federal Reserve and the U.S. Government:

Abandonment of the Gold Standard (1933): One of the significant steps towards inducing inflation involved the United States moving off the gold standard temporarily. President Franklin D. Roosevelt suspended the gold standard, which had constrained the Fed’s ability to increase the money supply because the dollar was pegged to a fixed amount of gold. By moving off the gold standard, the Fed could print more money which is the definition of inflation.

Executive Order 6102 (1933): This order required U.S. citizens to exchange their gold coins, gold bullion, and gold certificates for U.S. dollars. This measure was intended to prevent hoarding of gold and to increase the gold reserves held by the Federal Reserve, thereby giving it more leverage to increase the money supply. This action made every American citizen an economic eunuch now dependent on a private corporation for ‘money’, and they (the Fed) kept the money (gold), and rented out their currency (the dollar) in exchange for debt against the government and people of the US as was designed by the Freemasons who plotted to bring in the Federal reserve in 1910.

Devaluation of the Dollar: The Gold Reserve Act of 1934 officially devalued the dollar in gold terms from $20.67 to $35 per ounce of gold. This devaluation was aimed at increasing the price of goods, making American goods cheaper for foreigners and thus boosting exports. It also effectively increased the money supply in terms of gold-backed securities which were now constrained by the markets for debt that the Federal Reserve controlled.

Open Market Operations and Interest Rate Reductions: The Fed engaged in open market operations by buying government securities. This action increased the banking system’s reserves and the overall money supply. Additionally, lowering interest rates made borrowing cheaper, encouraging spending and speculation (boom and bust cycles only exist in fiat currencies) which they renamed as ‘investment’.

Public Works and Government Spending: Alongside monetary policy, fiscal policy played a critical role. The government increased its spending on public works and social welfare programs under the New Deal. This not only created jobs but also increased cash flow in the economy, contributing to inflationary pressure. The Federal Reserve was dying a natural death in 1933, and was saved by extreme legislative support that turned all USA citizens into debt slaves until the system itself should (once again) be dying due to natural economic forces (we are there, now).

These actions were part of a broader strategy to counteract the deflation that had aggravated the economic downturn. By inducing mild inflation, the government and the Fed aimed to decrease the real burden of debt and stimulate economic growth by encouraging spending and wild speculation. This effort is now failing under these natural economic forces as the debt has completely consumed all of the purchasing value within the Fed’s currency.

The closure of the gold window by President Nixon in 1971 and the subsequent establishment of the petrodollar system by Henry Kissinger are pivotal moments in the history of global economics and fiat currencies experimentation. These actions marked the end of the Bretton Woods system and significantly reshaped international monetary relations. The result of which include all wars since 1971.

Closing of the Gold Window

Reasons:

Balance of Payments Deficits: Throughout the 1960s, the U.S. faced persistent balance of payments deficits due to high government spending on social welfare programs and military expenditures, particularly related to the Vietnam War. This led to a significant outflow of gold reserves.

Foreign Demand for Gold: As U.S. gold reserves decreased due to these deficits, other countries began losing confidence in the U.S. dollar’s value. They increasingly demanded gold for their dollars, further depleting U.S. gold reserves.

Dollar Overvaluation: The fixed exchange rate under the Bretton Woods system overvalued the dollar relative to gold, making the official rate of $35 per ounce of gold unsustainable. Note that inflation has indeed been brought into the system of the federal reserve note as gold is now over $2000 dollars per ounce with no expectation of an upper limit.

Speculative Attacks: The financial market began speculating against the dollar, exacerbating the outflow of gold. Gold is real money and the Federal Reserve, and the US government freaked out at the out pouring of gold into foreign banks in 1970, and even worse, 1971.

Effects:

End of Bretton Woods System: Nixon’s announcement effectively ended the Bretton Woods system of fixed exchange rates, leading to a system of floating exchange rates, which facilitated massive, continuous, manipulation on extremely speculative global currency markets.

Currency Volatility: The removal of gold backing led to increased volatility in the currency markets as exchange rates could now fluctuate freely based on market forces. We are living those results now.

Inflation: The immediate aftermath saw increased inflation in the U.S. as the dollar’s value was no longer anchored by gold as we see with recent gold price escalation that is expected to go vertical this year.

Creation of the Petrodollar

Reasons:

Need for Stability: Post-1971, with the dollar no longer backed by gold, there was a need to ensure ongoing global demand for the dollar to maintain its value and status as the world’s primary reserve currency.

Oil Market Leverage: The U.S., recognizing the critical role of oil in the global economy, saw an opportunity to create a demand for the dollar through oil transactions.

Mechanism:

In the early 1970s, U.S. Secretary of State Henry Kissinger negotiated with Saudi Arabia and later other OPEC nations to price and trade oil exclusively in U.S. dollars. In return, the U.S. offered military protection and security guarantees to these oil-producing nations.

Effects:

Global Demand for the Dollar: The petrodollar system increased global demand for the dollar since countries now needed substantial dollar reserves to purchase oil. This helped offset potential negative impacts from the end of the gold standard.

U.S. Economic Leverage: By ensuring that oil sales worldwide were denominated in dollars, the U.S. could exert considerable influence over global economic conditions. It also provided the U.S. with significant leverage in geopolitical matters.

Impact on Oil-Producing Countries: These countries accumulated large reserves of dollars, which they often invested back into U.S. assets, further integrating their economies with that of the U.S.

Overall, these strategic economic maneuvers by Nixon and Kissinger significantly distorted global financial systems and political relationships, effects of which are still manifesting in various ways in today’s international economic landscape. Most of the more visible manifestations are the Wars.

We are now at the end of the Federal Reserve system’s fiat (debt) currency. There is the expectation for a resurgent Constitutional dollar to emerge in these next years to replace the Federal Reserve debt currency. Note that it will NOT be a case of ‘revalued’ Federal Reserve Notes. As the Constitutional dollar emerges, it is expected that its purchasing value will be tied to the gold and silver involved in the currency. It is expected that Federal Reserve notes (the actual paper debt instruments) will go the way of the Confederate currency, and become a collectible item with value only as a curiosity. Much like the Iraqi and Zimbabwe currencies.

All that remains is debt.

Humanity is now at the end of the Federal Reserve’s fiat money scheme that had conquered the whole of our globe.

All that remains is debt.

Fiat currencies only have one path. Continuous inflation that always leads to repudiation (refusal) of the debt instruments. We are there now as 70+ %$ of the countries, and peoples of the planet will not accept the Federal Reserve debt instrument (aka the USA dollar).

There is NO Nesara/Gesara.

There is NO QFS.

There will be NO RV of Iraqi or Zimbabwe currencies.

Humanity is entering a completely new period as we move further into the Age of Aquarius.

These fiat currency debt schemes have run their course.

Humanity has had enough of the lies of debt schemes and inflation.

We are into this period a number of years, and in 2024, and 2025, there will be major developments emerging that will alter the rest of your life.

It will not be as you may imagine it now.

======================================

The great reset of world economies as fiat currencies collapse

Bix Weir – Before The Election The Country Will Be Hit With A Cyber Attack, Good Guys Are In Control (rumble.com) 1 March 2024

X22 report interviews Bix Weir, 38 minutes, about his forecasts of how and when most economies in the world will collapse in parallel with all fiat currencies collapsing.  Within a few months – not years – following a massive cyber attack.

=======================

Gold’s Imminent Return As Money

Gold’s Imminent Return As Money  By Alasdair Macleod, via GoldMoney.com, 19 February 2023

Editor’s note: Click on the link above to view several graphics in this very pertinent article.

The consequences of Russia and her Asian allies embracing gold backing for their currencies are poorly understood in western capital markets. This move could lead to the destruction of the global fiat currency system.

According to evidence which is widely ignored in western capital markets, a move by Russia to put a new trade settlement currency and possibly the rouble as well onto a new gold standard is becoming a certainty. As a weapon of mass fiat currency destruction, the timing is probably bound up in on-the-ground military considerations, which are already showing signs of escalating in Eastern Ukraine.

As well as using gold to undermine the western currency system, a return to a credible gold standard has significant advantages for Russia and for her allies in the Shanghai Cooperation Organisation, the Eurasian Economic Union, BRICS+, and all their commodity suppliers beyond Asia. At the same time, it would destroy the west’s fiat currencies and financial system.

This article explains how one part of the global economy can thrive while the other collapses.

Introduction

Recently, I have written about the signals emanating from Russia that President Putin is minded to re-adopt sound money by returning to some sort of gold standard. We do not yet know the details, but consider what he said at the St Petersburg International Economic Forum in June last year:

“Caught in the inflationary storm, many nations are asking, why bother exchanging goods for dollars and euros when they are losing value right before our eyes? Indeed, the economy of imaginary wealth is being inevitably replaced by the economy of real valuables and hard assets.

“According to the IMF, today’s global foreign currency reserves contain 7.1 trillion dollars and 2.5 trillion euros. And this money is depreciating at an annual rate of about 8%. Moreover, it can be confiscated or stolen at the whim of the US if it disapproves of something in a country’s policy.

I think this has become a very real threat for many countries that keep their gold and foreign exchange reserves in these currencies. According to objective expert analysis, in the coming years a conversion process of global reserves will get under way. Reserves will be converted from weakening currencies into tangible resources like food, energy, commodities, and other raw materials. Clearly, this process will further fuel global dollar inflation.”

This message was delivered to 81 official delegations, and 14,000 delegates from a further 49 countries, including heads of state and government attending unofficially. Putin’s message was that central banks will be dumping dollars and euros and accumulating gold reserves instead — the only “tangible resources” they can own, not stored in western vaults where they can be impounded as has happened to Venezuela. And government agencies will stockpile essential commodities, raw materials, and food instead.

The statement on gold reserves was not so specific, but by disposing of dollars and euros, trade and foreign exchange liquidity is bound to swing in favour of gold. With central banks reported to have accumulated record quantities of bullion last year, they appear to agree with President Putin.

In effect, delegates at the St Petersburg Forum were put on notice that the dollar will be attacked by Putin’s mobilisation of foreign liquidation of currency reserves in favour of tangible commodities and gold. For many central banks, the logic of maintaining official currency reserves will no longer apply, while increasing physical gold holdings under their direct control is the new priority.

The timing of the dollar’s demise will in large part be set by Putin’s geopolitical timing, because he can almost certainly trigger foreign liquidation simply by passing the word.

Separately, Putin’s senior economic adviser, Sergey Glazyev, has been working officially on a new trade settlement currency for use between members of the Eurasia Economic Union (EAEU), with an ambition to extend the settlement facility to all members of the Shanghai Cooperation Organisation (SCO) and BRICS+ (a rapidly expanding club of nations including non-Asian nations) who wish to use it. These groupings represent well over half the world’s population.

From the few statements on his thinking, it has become clear that having considered the options Glazyev now favours a currency solution based on gold alone.

We should also note that the proposal for an expanded Moscow gold exchange is being headed up by Glazyev himself. And in a move which appears to front-run developments, Sber — Russia’s largest bank — announced the introduction of a gold-backed digital financial fund.

On 27 December, the same day that Sber announced its new digital gold fund, in an article entitled “Golden rouble 3.0: How Russia can change foreign trade infrastructure”[i] written for Vedomosti, a Moscow-based Russian business newspaper, Glazyev laid out his latest thoughts. It was co-authored by Dmitry Mityaev, who is Assistant Member of the Board for Integration and Macroeconomics of the Eurasian Economic Commission — so this article is not just Glazyev’s musings, and it can be assumed to carry official weight.

From this article, the EAEU currency commission now appears to have dropped earlier proposals for a new currency entirely, using gold instead as the principal means of settling trade imbalances. It is likely to wrapped up as a digital representation of physical gold. If it copies the Bretton Woods model, perhaps only participating central banks will be permitted to demand physical delivery, but the digital currency would be more widely available as credit for trade settlement.

Presumably, the requirement to be prepared to settle national payment imbalances in gold bullion could be then minimised if one or more national currencies went onto a credible gold standard either by linking their currencies to the new trade settlement currency in an Asian version of Bretton Woods, or by going onto individual gold standards. The implication is that the rouble, and probably China’s yuan might do just that to produce a seamless gold-linked pan-Asian settlement system.

Whatever the detail, this is not a step to be taken lightly. China is highly dependent on exports to America and NATO members. But she appears to be refocusing on Asia and has the personal savings available to back the necessary capital investment, which in some cases will offset her imported energy costs. Both Russia and the Saudis heading up OPEC+ will be fully aware of the impact on the fiat petrodollar regime of switching payments to yuan, roubles, or other Asian national currencies for their primary export product — crude oil. Reserves of western alliance fiat currencies not sold might have to be written off. Consequently, the Saudis and other Gulf energy exporters are sure to have sought assurances about the stability of yuan and possibly roubles relative to the dollar.

Therefore, we have three elements pointing to an emerging gold standard in Asia, and for the nations that are associated with it. Firstly, President Putin made it clear that he sees a transition to sound currency values based on commodities (i.e. represented by gold), away from the dollars and euros which can be weaponised by America and alliance nations in its sphere of influence. Secondly, Putin’s view is being echoed by his senior economic adviser, Sergey Glazyev, who is the central figure formulating trade settlement arrangements. And thirdly, it is impossible to imagine that Middle Eastern energy exporters would accept payment in currencies other than dollars unless they were given sufficient reassurances about their future payment values relative to the petrodollar.

Until last year, the Russian and Chinese long-term policy of doing away with dollars for pricing commodities, settling cross-border trade, and intermediating in virtually all foreign exchange transactions has been defensive, letting America make the geopolitical running. Sanctions against Russia changed all that. Backed into a corner, Putin has no option but to seek to destabilise the western financial system deliberately. He quickly moved to protect the rouble. Now he is taking the initiative, and as part of his effort to remove the American threat from Eastern Europe entirely his strategy is both military and financial.

Pricing Russian commodities

As the world’s largest exporter of energy as well as of a wide range of industrial commodities and raw materials, the Russian economy stands to benefit enormously from a shift in global currencies away from the fiat dollar and associated western currencies to the currencies whose economic backing is commodity related. And when we think of the Russian economy, we think primarily in terms of oil. There is a further relevance to energy because it is a topic Putin thoroughly understands, his post-graduate qualification being in energy economics. He has always had a firm grip on the global energy scene, including gas and nuclear, fully understanding the western alliance’s pressure points. And on the evidence, with his close advisers he also appears to have a better grasp of monetary theory than his opposite numbers in the western alliance.

It is in this context that we should view the price of oil and its history.

The chart above is instructive, particularly with respect to the price of oil in gold. In 1950, WTI benchmark oil was priced at $2.57, and with gold fixed at $35 to the ounce, the gold equivalent was 2.361 grammes to the barrel. The oil price increased to $3.56 (3.06 gold grammes) by the time the Bretton Woods agreement was suspended. Until then, priced in dollars the price had been remarkably stable, and some of that increase in the oil price before the end of the Bretton Woods agreement was understandable, because the dollar’s official value in gold began to be challenged in the markets before Bretton Woods was suspended in 1971.

The price stability between 1950 and 1971 (when Bretton Woods ceased) was remarkable. The expansion of credit, measured by M3 money supply between those dates was substantial, since 1960 more than doubling. According to the monetarists, the purchasing power of the dollar should have approximately halved. The plain fact that it didn’t is evidence that so long as a currency’s link with gold enjoys market credibility, it will not lose purchasing power due to credit expansion. What did give eventually was not prices, but an increasing run agaist US gold reserves which fell from a peak in 1949 of 21,828 tonnes to 9,070 tonnes by 1971.

Gold’s purchasing power enjoys unrivalled stability, which is why it has always been money throughout the ages. All evidence confirms this, illustrated in our next chart, which is of wholesale prices in the UK during the gold standard from 1817—1914.

Following the economic consequences of the Napoleonic Wars and when the new gold standard bedded in, over time price levels stabilised. As banking systems became increasingly refined following the 1844 Bank Charter Act and the Bank of England joining the London Clearing System in 1864, by this measure the general level of prices became increasingly constant.

To confirm gold’s price stability, we can go even further back to the time of Diocletian, who produced his edict of maximum prices in 301AD. The circumstances were that the purchasing power of the denarii coin was falling due to its debasement. From the edict, we find that a gramme of gold was fixed at 216 denarii, giving us a conversion value for goods listed in the edict for comparison with today. From this, we know that in today’s currency pork was about $4 a pound, sea fish about $8 a pound and a dozen eggs $3.32. Vin ordinaire was $2.96 for a 75cl bottle, and good quality wine $11.10 a bottle. Beer was $3 a litre. Clearly, prices for staples which we still consume were similar to today, irrefutable evidence that gold valued as money is stable even over thousands of years.

Following the ending of the Bretton Woods agreement, the price of oil in gold showed the same long-term relative stability at a time when it fluctuated wildly in dollars. Since 1971, measured in dollars WTI oil has been as high as $140 and even went negative due to problems emanating from futures markets in April, 2020. In gold grammes the range has been 4.88 and 0.35. There can be little doubt that price volatility in gold would have been considerably less if American attempts to demonetise gold, suppress its dollar price, and rig markets generally over the decades had not taken place. To see prices being considerably more volatile in dollars than in gold grammes following the end of Bretton Woods confirms the better means of pricing oil, and therefore the whole commodity complex, is in gold.

Bearing in mind that Russian economists were never exposed to Keynesian philosophy before the collapse of the Soviet Union, senior advisers such as Sergey Glazyev are almost certainly aware that gold remains money despite American propaganda that it has been superseded by the US dollar. Putin’s economic advisers had complained that the Bank of Russia’s policy of selling all mined gold into London before trade and financial sanctions were imposed showed that its senior management had been captured by the economic and monetary policies of western central bankers and did not represent their own views.

Putin will know that priced in gold, Russia’s commodity exports should have broadly retained their market value. Both Glazyev and Putin will also know that the gold price of oil today is 1.32 grammes per barrel, down 42% from the 1950 level of 2.36 grammes, and down 51% from 2.67 grammes price when the Bretton Woods agreement was suspended. Russia has lost badly from the west’s fiat currency regime.

There is a further issue in that the only significant sources of oil which require minimal energy to extract are in the Middle East and Siberia. Elsewhere, oil, particularly shale requires substantial energy input, fuelled by oil derivatives. It is in this context that we must view attempts by Russia in partnership with the Saudis and Iran to take command of global oil pricing.

According to British Petroleum’s 2022 statistical review, global crude oil supply in 2021 was 89,877,000 barrels daily, of which Russia and the Middle East combined was 41,985,000. Viewed this way, the strategic importance for both Russia and the Middle East to work together to control pricing becomes clear. Furthermore, with the advanced nations in the west bent on reducing fossil fuel dependency and therefore their own oil production hands further pricing power to Asian suppliers.

If Russia decides to push up global prices while continuing to offer oil at discounted prices to her allies, then the price in gold grammes becomes relevant, given the increasing evidence that gold will return to underpin trade and possibly national currencies in the SCO, the EAEU, and BRICS. As noted above, the gold gramme price when Bretton Woods was suspended was 2.67 grammes per barrel, today it is 1.42 grammes. At today’s gold to dollar exchange rate of $1840, that would be the equivalent of $150 per barrel.

The monetary consequences of Asian gold standards

We can assume that the consequences of the Asian hegemons backing their payment systems with gold will have been carefully considered by them, particularly by the Russians who have been forced into bringing forward a means of protecting their export revenues from weaponised dollars.

Besides bringing stability to export values there are other advantages to reintroducing gold into currency systems. Interest rate stability at lower rates is an obvious benefit. Currently, the Bank of Russia’s key interest rate is 7.5% and price inflation is estimated at 11.8%. The yield on Russia’s 10-year OFZ bond is 11%. If the rouble becomes a credible gold substitute, price inflation, interest rates, and bond yields can be expected to decline towards levels that reflect gold’s long-term stability. And assuming that credit expansion by Russia’s commercial banks is not excessive, there is no reason to expect otherwise than that financial stability for the currency and the Russian economy would continue in the long-term. Coupled with low taxes (Russia’s income tax is a flat 13%) this stability can be expected foster genuine economic progress and the accumulation of personal wealth for the Russian people.

Following the Napoleonic Wars, these are the conditions that led Britain to becoming the most powerful commercial entity in the world by the First World War. They will foster the industrial revolution planned by both Russia and China in partnership with the Eurasian continent’s members of the SCO and EAEU. The stability that gold gives to participating currencies is bound to attract other nations away from the US dollar-based fiat currency system to participate in this success. And as momentum for the new currency regime grows, Russia’s price inflation, interest rates and bond yields are bound to decline to zero, 2%, and 3% or 4% respectively.

However, a move towards gold backing for their currencies by the Asian hegemons can be expected to undermine the purchasing power of western fiat currencies. International capital will leave fiat currencies for commodities, with nations rebuilding stockpiles of energy, metals, and other raw materials. Precious metals, specifically gold, will be sought and its price can be expected to increase.

The consequences for commodity prices being measured in gold grammes or in gold currency substitutes will be to drive commodity prices measured in declining fiat currencies even higher. In the example given earlier in this article, which suggests that in today’s dollars the pre-Bretton Woods oil price would be the equivalent of $150 per barrel, this value is struck with gold at $1840. A rise in the gold price measured in declining fiat currency would easily take this oil price estimate to well over $200.

The consequences for wholesale and consumer prices in the western nations would rapidly become obvious, with central banks forced to revise their expectations for price inflation sharply higher, forced to adjust their interest rate policies accordingly. Bond yields can be expected to rise, undermining all financial and property values. As this negative outlook clarifies, measured against gold fiat currencies will likely enter a substantial relative decline.

The consequences of the emergence of gold backing for currencies in Asia on the currencies and economies of the western alliance are bound to differ in their detail. Briefly, the following difficulties for the major players are likely to emerge:

  • The reliance on inward foreign investment has protected the dollar from continual trade deficits and played a key role in funding US Government debt since the end of Bretton Woods. It has allowed the US Government to run budget deficits more or less continually. The accumulation of foreign capital as the counterpart of trade imbalances now appears to have slowed and will reverse if President Putin follows through on his warning at the St Petersburg Economic Forum, persuading attendees to actively sell dollars. The US Government will face significant funding hurdles against foreign liquidation of Treasuries. Bond yields and funding costs for the government are bound to rise to crisis levels. And the Fed’s own financial condition will become a further source of concern for foreign exchange markets. Furthermore, the commercial banks have balance sheet constraints, restricting their ability to create further credit under Basel III rules.
  • The consequences for the EU and the eurozone would be both politically and economically divisive. If it were not for political constraints, Germany would naturally drift towards cooperation with the sound money regimes emerging to her east, particularly as the finances of the Mediterranean club deteriorate, needing yet more support at the expense of Germany’s wealth. With falling bond prices, the entire euro system comprised of the ECB and its national central banks would need to be recapitalised, being already in negative equity. The eurozone’s global systemically important banks (G-SIBs) are extremely highly leveraged and unlikely to survive the combination of falling asset values and bad debts that would be the certain consequences of the euro’s declining purchasing power. Having been assembled at the behest of a political committee and now managed by a political cabal, the euro is at risk of losing all market credibility.
  • The consequences for the Japanese yen will also be harsh. The Japanese economy is highly dependent on imported commodities and raw materials. Higher prices in yen will feed through to yet higher prices through the value chain. Already, Japanese inflation is recorded at 4%. The CPI includes prices suppressed by government subsidies giving a cosmetic effect. The Bank of Japan has taken a losing bet on the inflation outlook, continuing to assume that it was transient long after other major central banks accepted that inflation was not going to subside so easily as they originally thought. Government bond yields up to two years maturity still have negative yields, illustrating the unreality of the BoJ’s three-wise-monkeys approach to price inflation and interest rate policy. For now, the BoJ is aggressively rigging the bond market to keep yields suppressed by buying enormous quantities of 10-year JGBs to cap their yield at 0.5%. One way or another, the ending of this policy is going to forced upon the BoJ and the shock to government finances will be tremendous. The government debt to GDP ratio stands at over 250%, and a rise in funding costs is likely to be catastrophic for the yen.
  • The consequences for the UK pound will also be significant. In a similar debt trap to that of the US Government, the British have the further disadvantage of an economy suppressed by increasing taxes. Furthermore, with London being the international financial centre built on fiat currencies, the UK will be at the epicentre of a fiat currency crisis. For the size of her economy, the UK has little in the way of gold reserves, hampering any future escape from the fiat currency trap.

Not only will the major governments aligned both economically and intellectually with the fiat dollar as their reserve currency be left with a comparative disadvantage by an Asia moving to sound money standards, but their economies are exposed to highly costly welfare commitments. Politically, it is proving impossible for them to respond to developments in Asia with cuts in public spending. Rising prices, which in reality represent declining purchasing power for fiat currencies, will require significantly higher interest rates to stop foreign selling in favour of strategic commodity and gold reserves.

A moment of fundamental choice is rapidly approaching: will central banks continue to suppress interest rates to save financial markets and support economic activity, or will they act to protect the currency and ignore the financial and economic consequences? The political imperative is clear, not least because of the consequences for government funding costs and liabilities. Furthermore, economists in governments and central banks would be reluctant to abandon their embedded economic and monetary policies by protecting their currencies because it would be an admission of failure.

Already, financial commentators are aware of the approaching dilemma, referring to it as a policy pivot. Conditioned to be inflationists, they are all warning of the dangers of higher interest rates, and owners of financial assets are banking on this so-called pivot taking place. But a pivot only delays the outcome by very little time because the consequences of a rapidly depreciating currency relative to commodity and other cost inputs will soon lead to economic activity being hampered, business plans rapidly becoming obsolete, and unemployment rising catastrophically. The Keynesian response of economic stimulation will simply not be available.

The only salvation will be for western governments to jettison Keynesian macroeconomics entirely and revert to classical economic theories. The false assumptions that have built up over the last hundred years will have to be overturned. Therefore, economists in central banks and government departments will not be intellectually equipped to provide solutions. Re-education against a background of economic crisis driven by collapsing fiat currencies will take some time; time that markets are unlikely to grant.

Crises of this sort nearly always emanate in the foreign exchanges because it is foreign holders of currencies who are the first to recognise a currency’s weakness. Usually, it involves a specific currency. But this time, it will affect all the major currencies in the western alliance. Furthermore, instead of a shift between fiat currencies, much of the crisis will reflect the wholesale selling of fiat currencies for commodities and gold. Additionally, the error the western alliance made in rendering their currencies worthless in Russian hands has tipped off all foreign holders of fiat currencies to their true value.

A sensible course for any non-aligned government would be to swap currency reserves for strategic reserves, the latter being comprised of commodities, raw materials, and foodstuffs. The pressure this switch would bring to bear on markets is not restricted to currencies but is a reversal of the conditions which have underpinned the growth of derivatives. The scramble to cover paper obligations as demand for physical commodities begin to drive prices is sure to result in market dislocations, threatening the solvency of trading banks and speculators.

There is also likely to be an unwinding of positions between fiat currencies. Japan has been a source of capital for America through the carry trade, and to a lesser extent a source of direct investment into European bonds. The shock of higher interest rates in Japan is bound to cause a repatriation of these funds for two reasons: firstly, at times of heightened global uncertainty, investors will liquidate positions in markets foreign to them because their accounting is in their native currency and foreign investment is an additional investment risk; and secondly, losses in domestic investments have to be funded.

It’s not just Japan. It is a problem that afflicts all foreign investors in bear markets caused by rising interest rates. The reversal of investment flows which have accumulated since the last financial crisis thirteen years ago is bound to dominate foreign exchange activity. China and Russia never participated in the trend to export capital, but members of the western alliance did. The reversal of these flows is a trend which is likely to hit the dollar hard, not just in terms of commodity prices, but initially against the euro and the yen in particular.

The impact on gold

Throughout history, money has been gold, and the rest credit. When you detach credit from gold, there are consequences. Pricing goods and services in credit diverges from pricing them in gold. It is really that simple.

In this article, the assumption has been that pricing everything in gold has led to minimal fluctuations in gold’s purchasing power. But fluctuations do occur, and because fiat currencies dominate pricing, they are driven mostly by changes in the status of credit. There was no clearer example of this than the divergence in pricing between gold and fiat which followed the end of the Bretton Woods era, illustrated in our earlier chart comparing oil priced in gold with oil priced in dollars. The chart below puts it directly in a gold versus fiat context.

Since the suspension of Bretton Woods, the dollar has lost 98% of its value relative to real money, which is gold. The other major fiat currencies have been similarly impoverishing, and only now is the final act in their destruction looming.

An acceleration in the rate of collapse of fiat currencies will obviously lead to a significant increase in demand for gold. Therefore, commodities and goods values measured in gold will fall. This would also be reflected in the purchasing power of currencies on a credible gold standard, increasing their divergence from fiat currencies even further.

What we have described is the development of a world split by an acknowledgement that gold is money and that currencies must become credible substitutes for it, and a world hooked both practically and intellectually on fiat currencies. Instead of assuming the world economy is interdependent on the economic policies of all nations, we will discover that that is not the case, and while the fiat world sinks into a currency collapse, nations which embrace sound money are set for a new phase of economic prosperity.

===================

Western Civilization Is In Its Final Years

Western Civilization Is In Its Final Years  By Paul Craig Roberts, 26 September 2022

Insouciance has a cost, and the cost is now coming home to Western civilization.

Perhaps other civilizations have destroyed themselves, but it is certain that the Western world has destroyed itself.  Other civilizations might have underestimated a threat, or made a military blunder, or like Cartage antagonized a more powerful foe.  But the Western world is the first in history that, despite its dominant economic and military power, dismantled itself.

Everywhere one looks in the Western world, governments, intellectual and professional elites, and media have picked apart Western Civilization with relentless demonization beginning in the 1960s. (And yes there are older roots. The “march through the institutions” Frankfort School moved to Columbia University in the 1930s.) White liberals thought that this was the way to reform society, but they were delusional.  It is the way to deconstruct society, and that is what they have achieved.

Education, media, Hollywood, and white liberal politicians are weapons deployed against white society.  They have painted a picture for all generations that came after mine of Western civilization as a racist oppressor of all other peoples — people of color, people who are not heterosexual, people unsure of their gender, and women.  Feminists, minority rights activists, lesbian and homosexual activists, transgender rights activists, together with the neoconservatives who advocate US wars in Israel’s interests, have been the dominating forces in the Western world for 60 years.  The demonization of Western civilization as colonialist, imperialist, and racist is institutionalized in universities, public schools, movies, literature, art, and in the New York Times’ 1619 Project.  Statues and memorials have been destroyed, museum collections removed, and books banned.

As university classes become more diverse in the white countries, the culture, history, and literature of the countries comes under attack as unrepresentative.  Shakespeare, for example, is no longer a requirement for English majors.  Seven years ago the American Council of Trustees and Alumni reported that only 4 of the 52 top American universities  require a knowledge of Shakespeare for an English major. In place of Shakespeare’s central place in the development of English literature, universities provide courses on vampires, cyborgs, and popular movies  and TV shows.  The abandonment of English literature, even by university English departments, has become common. For example, Stirling University in the UK dropped Jane Austin in order to “decolonize the curriculum.”

Each time a piece of the cultural tradition is cast into the Memory Hole, the culture weakens and fades a bit more.  In this way we are being dispossessed of who we are.  To put it simply, year by year Western civilization is being erased.

Narratives are controlled, and censorship is extreme.  Indoctrination of the young with critical race theory and gender theory is emphasized more than reading, writing, and math. That blacks do less well in math than whites is taken as proof that math is a tool of white oppression.  White students, white members of the military, and white employees of corporations and federal, state, and local governments are subjected to “sensitivity training” which inculcates a sense of guilt and teaches white people to be deferential to people of color.  White Americans have become second class citizens who are held back by racial quotas. White Americans are unprotected by prohibitions against hate crimes and have to accept rampages  by backs that loot and burn their businesses, constant insults, and calls for their deaths.  Democrat-controlled cities such as San Francisco have passed a law that permits blacks to steal up to $950 on each occasion from stores without a felony charge.  In other words black crime is being legalized and made a privilege. Consequently, Walgreen and other retailers have closed a large number of stores and reduced open hours in others.  Emboldened by the city’s acceptance of crime, criminal activity has exploded with 45% of the city’s population now victims of theft.

Affirmation of the West is hard to come by and is no longer a part of the educational process.  A corresponding loss of white confidence and a sense of guilt have resulted in many white Americans accepting to their own children’s disadvantage lower educational standards and admission and employment quotas. The merit-based society has disappeared. The majority of people who have come to maturity during these decades  have been affected by concerns for the “oppressed.”  The former oppressed–the working class–has been transformed into oppressors known as “Trump Deplorables.”  The new oppressed are the victims of the white working class that votes for Trump. Today anyone who speaks for the working class is likely to be investigated by the FBI as a  “white supremacist,” or “domestic terrorist.”  The brainwashing has been effective. The latest Rasmussen Poll finds that as many Americans agree as disagree with Biden’s assertion that “Donald Trump and the MAGA Republicans represent an extremism that threatens the very foundations of our republic.”

In the small part of the Earth’s territory in which white people, a small minority of the world population, exist, white people are said to be an oppressive majority and are being shoved aside in their own countries.  In those bye-gone days when a country was a homogenous nation, the nation was based on its race. Germany consisted of Germans. France consisted of French. Britain was British.  Sweden was Swedish.  Today there are no Western nations. The Western countries are merely geographical locations.

Nationalism is the foundation of unity. To prevent immigration from turning the US into a tower of babel, immigrants underwent a process of assimilation, thus forming a nation out of different ethnicities.  But assimilation was abandoned on the grounds that it was against diversity and multiculturalism.  Nationalism was redefined as fascism and white supremacy. But without nationalism there is not a people, and unity disappeared.  For many years the West has had open borders and is being overrun by diverse millions of immigrant-invaders who have acquired the status of “preferred minorities.”

White families are disappearing in corporate advertisements, another indication of the marginalized  status of white people in their own country.  White men are disappearing from cabinet positions.  Scandinavian  governments are essentially female. Liz Truss has put together a diverse government in Britain in which women and people of color are a majority.  Biden’s cabinet is scarce on white gentile men. His Secretary of State is Jewish. His Attorney General is Jewish, his Secretary of Treasury is a Jewish woman, his Secretary of Defense is a black male.  His vice president is a black woman. Of the remaining 18 cabinet members, 15 are either female, black, Hispanic, or homosexual.  Only 3 cabinet members are white heterosexual men. The chief of staff is Jewish.  https://www.whitehouse.gov/administration/cabinet/

We used to hear a great deal about the under-representation of women and blacks. Now it is white men who are underrepresented.  We hear a great deal about “white privilege,” but where is it?  How do we explain the marginalization of white people in white countries? Wilmot Robertson explained it in 1972 in his book, The Dispossessed Majority.  Jean Raspail explained it in 1973 in his book, The Camp of the Saints.  The slow erasure of Western civilization is a multi-decade phenomenon.  In the 21st century the open borders policies of the white countries have accelerated the process.  In Sweden the subordination of white people to immigrant-invaders went so far as to produce a few days ago a political rebellion against Sweden’s long-ruling leftwing Social Democratic Party which was just voted out of power.

In Sweden moderate political parties are called right-wing and extremist, but despite this handicap, what the New York Times calls “the right-wing bloc” unseated the crazed anti-white left-wing Social Democratic Party government that refused to acknowledge the crime rampage by immigrant-invaders.

Over-run by immigrant-invaders, thanks to the Social Democratic Party’s open borders policy, Sweden quickly rose from the lowest rate of fatal shootings in Europe to the highest.  Rape runs rampant. One fourth of Swedish women say they are afraid to leave their homes. Court convictions revealed that in rape cases where the victim did not know the attacker, foreign-born offenders were responsible for 85% of the rapes.  However, far from all the rapes are reported, because the raped Swedish women fear being charged for hate crimes for testifying against a privileged immigrant-invader. The implication is that the Swedish women are racist for accusing an immigrant-invader. Under the Social Democrats, a collection of nut cases as bad as America’s Woke Democrats, rape was becoming a right of immigrant-invaders.

Under the anti-white Social Democrats, the police were not permitted to attribute the crime wave to immigrant-invaders. Finally, a couple of years ago a senior police officer, Peter Springare, had had enough. To quote from the UK Daily Mail, September 18, 2022:

“In an online posting, he wrote of his working week: ‘This is what I’ve handled between Monday and Friday; rape, rape, robbery, aggravated assault, rape-assault and rape, extortion, blackmail, assault, violence against police, threats to police, drug crime, drug crime, felony, attempted murder, rape again, extortion again . . .   Countries representing the crimes this week: Iraq, Iraq, Turkey, Syria, Afghanistan, Somalia, Somalia, Syria again, Somalia . . .’”

The anti-white Social Democrats tried to prosecute Springare for committing a hate crime by telling the truth, but widespread public protests against the silencing of someone who finally told them the truth prevented the Social Democrats from destroying the senior police official.

The immigrant-invaders have sensed the lack of confidence that years of anti-white propaganda has produced in the Swedish people. Immigrant-invader Based Mahmoud recently stated that “Sweden is ours in ten or fifteen years whether they like it or not.”  Demographics support his claim.

In short, it is a safe conclusion that the Social Democrats have destroyed Sweden.  Despite the massive crime wave the Social Democrats unleashed on Sweden, the margin of their defeat was a mere three votes.  The woke media and universities will not be content until they have the party of the immigrant-invaders back in office serving diversity and multiculturalism.  The next great wave of refugees will be white people fleeing from Sweden.

========================

Financialization and its Discontents

Financialization and its Discontents  By Francis Lee for the Saker blog, 25 September 2022

As the textbooks would have define it Capitalism should be understood as being essentially a dynamic force, constantly growing and mutating, and it takes no prisoners moreover. It is a social system in which individuals are free to own the means of production, property, and maximize profits and which resource allocation is determined by the price system. Well, that’s the theory in its pristine form going all the way back to John Locke (1632-1704). However, in the fullness of time the system changed and adapted to the requirements of its new environment. The early logicians of the system were mostly to be found in Europe, particularly England, France, and Germany. The English School of theoretical practitioners, including Adam Smith – who in fact was Scottish – (1723-90), (David Ricardo (1722-1823) who was originally Portuguese, John Stuart Mill (1806-1873), Karl Marx (1818-1883) and his sidekick (Friedrich Engels – both German (1820-1895) Although much of Engels’ work was journalism rather than economic theory – see for example ‘’The Condition of the working class in England 1844.’’

Such was the golden age of political economy.

Political Economy was, however, about to be eclipsed by a new theory, viz., ‘Economics’. Mathematical Economics has now pretty much insinuated its way into the Political Economy of the dominant school, university, and business curricula. The theory is based upon a system of ‘natural’ laws’ (sic!) which are apparently above dispute and rigidly disciplined by a priesthood of clerics sworn to uphold its religious precepts.

So far, however, any attempt to challenge the teachings of this faith and its defenders will find it tough going. Be that as it may a radical movement among its retractors is building up a head of steam in opposition. Nothing stays the same forever and to be subject to a radical reshaping of the way economics and finance are, and have been, studied and taught. What has gone wrong has long historical roots and will doubtless correct – but correct it must. There has been and increasingly more than dissatisfaction with the current Economics paradigm. Its critics are vehement:

‘’Academic economics has become a disaster and a disgrace. In a particular lecture Nobel Laureate Paul Krugman said that much of the past 30 years of macroeconomics was ‘spectacularly useless at best, and positively harmful at worst.’’’ (1)

Krugman was on this occasion correct. ‘’Not only did most academic economists fail to see the Great Implosion (2008) coming, but they were not even looking in the right direction. And having been surprised by its arrival, they had little to say about its implications – the greatest event to have fallen the capitalist system since the Second World War.’’ (2)

Yet, the herd-like response to the 2008 debacle was not unique. It seems like many other blow-outs inbuilt in popular consciousness. Everything seems to be going along as normal and them – wham, everything collapses. And this is not the first time that this has happened. Much the same was true of the collapse of communism in the early 1990s which broke on an unsuspecting academic community that had written virtually nothing about how a society should move from communism to a market system. The situation was and is hardly unique.

‘’Although there are shining exceptions, most academic economists, whilst clinging to the idea that their subject matter is somehow relevant and of interest to a wider world, in fact practice a modern form of scholasticism – of no use or interest to man or beast. The output of this activity consists of articles entombed in ‘scholarly’ journals usually about questions of startling irrelevance, badly thought out and appallingly badly written, littered with jargon, and liberally dosed with mathematics, destined to be read by no-one outside of a narrow coterie, and increasingly not even by them.’’ (3)

But what happens when civilizations disintegrate as they always do? Well, we would have a case-study – or perhaps I should say case-studies, plural – standing squarely in front of us. During the 1980s and 90s the system enjoyed a period of considerable prosperity. This was occasioned by the fall in the oil price and dominance of the yuppie ideology of leveraged wealth and risk taking. There was also the emergence of China – N.B. Russia was still in the convalescent ward at the time having been ravaged by its own extractive yuppie class oligarchs – China, however, powered ahead as a major supplier of cheap goods and the remarkable advances in technology.

The values of modern financial markets, dominated by the devil-may-care worship of greed, are deeply corrosive of the values which held societies together. They are also corrosive of the values that underpin successful business. Businesses once focused primarily on producing goods and services for which they had a competitive advantage, but today they are more likely to place just as much if not more focused on their share price, their dividends regime, their borrowing, and their bets they have made on exchange rates and interest rates.

What also bears examination was the great sell-off of national assets during the heady years of the Blair/Clinton interlude. Monies which were handed out into the greedy grasp of the oligarch class throughout the US and Europe. Michael Hudson explains:

‘’The West’s former left-wing parties have adopted neo-liberal policies relinquishing political control back to the financial and rentier elites that seemed on the brink of losing them when the 20th century tax and regulatory reforms began to be put in place. Tony Blair’s British Labour Party, and Bill Clinton’s US Democratic Party in the 1990s have been followed by the German Social Democrats SPD and French PS Parti Socialiste in this regression. Not to mention the Greek and Spanish socialist parties.’’ (4)

But we have now moved on to the second leg of the great economic and political reset which was in as sense 2008 on steroids.

The Finance Revolution

The best-known understanding of Finance and Financialization can be delineated as follows: financialization is a global system which involves the increasing role of financial motives, financial markets, financial actors, and financial institutions in the operation of domestic and international economies. (5)

Financialization involves a uniquely new order of wealth extraction – not to be confused with wealth creation (production). In addition, the unchecked growth of finance has given rise to the emergence of a new rentier economy and a rentier class similar to the aristocratic strata of yesteryear; a class against whom the 19th and 20th century proponents of a productive economy toiled in vain. Unfortunately, this social/economic formation has become a growth consuming parasite which has positioned itself astride the national and even global/financial borders of sovereign states. This economic and financial coup against the working class as well as productive capitalism has nurtured a political counter-revolution which has so far been impervious to any change of its social and political position. As Michael Hudson notes.

‘’The distinguishing feature of finance-capitalism is not the real economy of production and consumption, industrial profits, and wages, but the financialization of income and wealth. That is what is imposing austerity, as a result of payments to the Finance, Insurance and Real Estate sector, ‘’crowding out’’ personal and corporate income. This phenomenon is a composite of debt deflation and rent deflation.’’ (6)

Michael Hudson: a note on debt deflation. Below.

‘’Every economy needs credit to finance housing, education, (in the United States) and large consumer durables from automobiles to refrigerators. The problem is that the economy-wide volume of debt grows exponentially by compound interest. The financial expansion of debt (and of ‘’savings’’ on the creditors’ side of the economy’s balance sheet) is extractive, deflating the industrial economy’s circulation of production and consumption spending … Hudson.

David Ricardo (see above) ignored the exponential growth of interest- bearing debt. It was left to Karl Marx to elaborate (In Volumes II and III of Capital) that the financial system of credit and debt is external to industrial capitalism. It grows by purely mathematical laws, and these are independent of the economy’s ability to produce and pay-off the debts. As the rising debt overhead diverts income away from the industrial economy, creditors receiving this exponential growth recycle their interest receipts into yet more lending diverting more and more income to banks and bondholders away from the industrial economy. What doubles is not real growth but the financial burden, leaving less income to be spent on goods and services.

The resulting exponential all-devouring path ‘’assimilates all the surplus value with the exception of the share claimed by the state.’’ see Marx. (7)

The State and Sovereignty

During the post 1945 period it was generally understood that the political institutions of state have always been in a sense neutral. Acting in the public interest the state was responsible for key sectors of the economy which included, health, education, key industries like transportation, public utilities – water, electricity, gas, coal, iron, and steel. Moreover, there were cultural utilities such as music, housing, and theatre drama – and in addition, museums, parks, playing-fields, and lidos which have always been funded by the state. There were a number of things like Circuses for example which remained in the private sector.

But the state no longer oversees most of the above. The only real institutions which now matter are the civil service, the police, and the armed forces, and of course – the media.

First to be targeted were the inhabitants of the global south. The IMF and World Bank were given this particular role. This deadly duo of IMF/WB were provided with a brief to impose the dreaded ‘Structural Adjustment Programmes forced on governments in Latin America Asia and Africa by the IMF/WB duo to pursue export led industrialization, cut welfare spending, lower salaries of civil servants and cut their numbers, rush privatization measures, and above all, enforce private property rights … And the upshot of all this was the creation of crony capitalism which enabled well-connected individuals and companies to take control of key sectors and turn themselves into plutocrats through opportunistic networking and clientelism. Carlos Slim emerged from nowhere and became the richest man in the world by acquiring control of Mexico’s telecom sector on privatization. Predictably other nonentities in the global south emerged as billionaires combining political skills with ruthless commercial acumen.

In the Northern hemisphere what was left was the privatization of much of the above. In Russia this took on the most extreme form and led to a collapse in the Russian state, institutions, culture and religion and the rise of the Oligarch class. Russia was literally gutted by the privatizers and their western backers and took years to recover.

This process also took place in ex-post-soviet states and also took years to recover, and had enjoyed a brief renaissance, until a reemergence of the new capitalist order with the usual smorgasbord of structural reforms imposed by the IMF/WB duo was meted out. (8) These destructive policies brought in by a series of privatizations which were a bonanza to the already well-heeled but has become a new burden for the new working class in the West.

(One of the side effects of this global counter-revolution has been the fall in population particularly in the northern hemisphere. The fertility rate for women has been falling and with it the size of the population. I cannot think of one country in the northern hemisphere which manages the minimum 2.1 fertility rate for women. In short, and to the joy of the eugenicists, the world population has been in long-term decline from 1950 onwards.) The Great Game goes on.

This article by Alastair Macleod can be read in full in Goldmoney

Geopolitics: The world is splitting in 2. 18-Aug-2022. By Alasdair Macleod.

While we are being distracted by Ukraine, President Putin has advanced his geopolitical goals materially. Aided and abetted by President Xi, Putin is taking the Asian continent into his control. The mission is well on its way to being achieved. He now awaits the winter months to finally force the EU to reject America’s hegemony. Only then, will the western end of the Eurasian continent be truly free of America.

This brief synopsis explains how he is achieving his strategic goals. It examines the geopolitics of the Asian landmass and the nations tied to it, which are commercially and financially turning their backs on the US-led western alliance.

I look at the politics from President Putin of Russia’s viewpoint, since he is the only national leader who seems to have a clear grasp of this long-term objectives. His active strategy conforms closely with Halford Mackinder’s predictive analysis of nearly 120 years ago. Mackinder is regarded as the founder of geopolitics.

Putin is determined to remove the American threat to his western borders by squeezing the EU to that end. But he is also building political relationships based on control of global fossil fuel supplies – a pathway opened for him by American and European obsessions over climate change. In partnership with China, the consolidation of his power over the Eurasian landmass has progressed rapidly in recent weeks.

For the Western alliance, financially and economically his timing is particularly awkward, coinciding with the end of the 40-year period of declining interest rates, rising consumer price inflation, and a deepening recession driven by contracting bank credit.

It is the continuation of a financial war by other means, and it looks like Putin has an unbeatable hand. He is on course to push our fragile fiat currency based financial system over the edge.

NOTES

(1) ‘The Trouble with Markets’, Roger Bootle – Saving Capitalism from Itself – Chapter 9 – pp.232-33 – P.Krugman

(2) Bootle – page 233 – Ibid.

(3) Bootle – op. cit.

(4) Michael Hudson – The Destiny of Civilization – p.172

(5) Grace Blakely – Stolen: How to Save The World from Financialization. By Grace Blakeley – page 11.

(6) Michael Hudson – The Destiny of Civilization – p.15

(7) K. Marx – Capital Volume 3, page 699

(8) Meanwhile the Washington Institutions gained a new role in the 1990s as the midwives to capitalist development in the numerous ‘transition’ economies of the former Soviet Union and Eastern Europe the hastily established European Bank for Reconstruction and Development. (ERBD). They adopted the structural adjustment strategy to these countries in what was euphemistically called ‘shock therapy’. This had calamitous social and economic consequences for which the international financial institutions advising them to bear a great deal of responsibility.

==============

The Fed Has Never Been Right

The Fed Has Never Been Right  By Peter Schiff, Zerohedge, 30 October 2020

Peter Schiff delivered a key-note speech at the Virtual Investor Day Conference. He walked through the history of the Federal Reserve’s monetary policy over the last several decades and explained the inevitable outcome. Peter’s recap of Fed history leads you to an undeniable conclusion: the Federal Reserve has never been right. And it has set us up for an even bigger crisis.

 

Peter opened his talk saying that he thinks we are entering the final chapter of the book Alan Greenspan started to write.

And I have a feeling he had an understanding of how badly it was going to end. But unfortunately, a lot of people who have been adding pages or chapters to that book since Greenspan resigned really don’t have any idea what’s coming.”

Greenspan started the book by unleashing the loose money policy that blew up the dot-com bubble.

When that bubble popped, instead of admitting his mistakes, Greenspan ignored them and tried to revive the economy by inflating a bigger bubble in the real estate market than the bubble that had just popped in the stock market. And the Fed succeeded in inflating that bubble. But that was not a success. It was a failure.”

Peter reminds us that he warned that the Fed policy was distorting the economy. He knew that it was creating a bubble economy. People were using the inflated value of their homes as ATMs and that drove consumer spending. People were living beyond their means. Nobody was saving.

So, the whole economy was distorted by the malinvestments and bad decisions that were being made as a result of artificially low interest rates.”

When the Fed tried to normalize, the bubble popped, the mortgage market blew up, and that gave us the Great Recession.

In the wake of the 2008 financial crisis, the Federal Reserve repeated the process, dropping interest rates to zero and launching quantitative easing. Ben Bernanke promised QE was just temporary – that the Fed was not monetizing the debt. He promised the Fed would shrink its balance sheet once the crisis passed. At the time, Peter said it was impossible. He said even if the Fed tried to normalize rates and shrink its balance sheet, it would fail.

Everything the Fed said about their ability to normalize rates and shrink the balance sheet was wrong. I said they were wrong as they were saying it. They never were able to normalize interest rates. They never came close to returning the balance sheet to pre-crisis levels.”

In Q4 2018, the Fed abandoned rate hikes at about 2.5% – not even close to normal. They called off quantitative tightening. By 2019, the Fed was back to rate cuts and the launched QE, all the while claiming it wasn’t QE. The Fed told us the pivot back to loose monetary policy was only temporary, calling it a “midcourse correction.”  But Peter said we were going back to zero and that’s exactly what happened.

And here we are today with the central bank running QE infinity and saying rates will stay at zero for years.

We are now the banana republic that Ben Bernanke assured us we would never become.”

Peter said he went through the history of Fed failures to make a point that should be pretty obvious.

The Federal Reserve has never been right. Everything they have said about the efficacy of their policies, what their policies would create, and their ability to reverse them or unwind them, has been wrong. And it’s amazing how consistently wrong they have been.”

And now they are pushing toward the logical conclusion.

We are headed for a US dollar crisis and a sovereign debt crisis. The magnitude of this crisis will be unlike anything we’ve ever experienced. Because this is not just mortgages blowing up. This is the credit of the United States government. This is the risk-free asset becoming the most toxic asset on the planet. And it’s not just US Treasuries that are going to collapse, but it’s the entire US-denominated bond market which is built on top the foundation of US Treasuries. So, Treasuries go — it all goes — corporate bonds, muni bonds, mortgages. Any debt instrument that is denominated in US dollars is going to collapse.”

So where will people run?

Gold.

The world is going to return to gold-backed paper money.”

====================================

Debunking The Establishment’s Desperate Plans To Discredit Gold  By James Richards, via DailyReckoning.com. from Zerohedge, 27 August 2020

Central Banks Are Driving Gold

Gold as an asset class is confusing to most investors. Even sophisticated investors are accustomed to hearing gold ridiculed as a “shiny rock” and hearing serious gold analysts mocked as “gold bugs,” “gold nuts” or worse.

As a gold analyst, I grew used to this a long time ago. But, it’s still disconcerting when one realizes the extent to which gold is simply not taken seriously or is treated as a mere commodity no different than soybeans or wheat.

 

The reasons for this disparaging approach to gold are not difficult to discern. Economic elites and academic economists control the central banks. The central banks control what we now consider “money” (dollars, euros, yen and other major currencies).

Those who control the money supply can indirectly control economies and the destiny of nations simply by deciding when and how much to ease or tighten credit conditions, and when to favor (or disfavor) certain types of lending.

When you ease credit conditions in a difficult environment, you help favored institutions (mainly banks) to survive. If you tighten credit conditions in a difficult environment, you can more or less guarantee that certain companies, banks or even nations will fail.

This power is based on money and the money is controlled by central banks, primarily the Federal Reserve System. However, the money-based power depends on a monopoly on money creation.

As long as investors and institutions are forced into a dollar-based system, then control of the dollar equates to control of those institutions. The minute another form of money competes with the dollar (or euro, etc.) as a store of value and medium of exchange, then the control of the power elites is broken.

This is why the elites disparage and marginalize gold. It’s easy to show why gold is a better form of money, why it’s more reliable than central bank money for preserving wealth, and why it’s a threat to the money-monopoly that the elites depend upon to maintain power.

Not only is gold a superior form of money, it’s also not under the control of any central bank or group of individuals. Yes, miners control new output, but annual output is only about 1.8% of all the above-ground gold in the world.

The value of gold is determined not by new output, but by the above-ground supply, which is 190,000 metric tonnes. Most of that above-ground supply is either owned by central banks and finance ministries (about 34,000 metric tonnes) or is held privately either as jewelry (“wearable wealth”) or bullion (coins and bars).

The floating supply available for day-to-day trading and investment is only a small fraction of the total supply. Gold is valuable and is a powerful form of money, but it’s not under the control of any single institution or group of institutions.

Clearly gold is a threat to the central bank money monopoly. Gold cannot be made to disappear (it’s too valuable), and it would be almost impossible to confiscate (despite persistent rumors to that effect).

If gold is a threat to central bank money and cannot be made to disappear, then it must be discreditedSo it becomes important for central bankers and academic economists to construct a narrative that’s easily absorbed by everyday investors that says gold is not money.

The narrative goes like this:

There’s not enough gold in the world to support trade and commerce. (That’s false: there’s always enough gold, it’s just a question of price. The same amount of gold supports a larger amount of transactions when the price is raised).

Gold supply cannot expand fast enough to keep up with economic growth. (That’s false: It confuses the official supply with the total supply. Central banks can always expand the official supply by printing money and buying gold from private hands. That expands the money supply and supports economic expansion).

Gold causes financial panics and crashes. (That’s false: There were panics and crashes during the gold standard and panics and crashes since the gold standard ended. Panics and crashes are not caused or cured by gold. They are caused by a loss of confidence in banks, paper money or the economy. There is no correlation between gold and financial panic).

Gold caused and prolonged the Great Depression. (That’s false: Even Milton Friedman and Ben Bernanke have written that the Great Depression was caused by the Fed. During the Great Depression, base money supply could be 250% of the market value of official gold. Actual money supply never exceeded 100% of the gold value. In other words, the Fed could have more than doubled the money supply even with a gold standard. It failed to do so. That’s a Fed failure not a gold failure).

You get the point. There’s a clever narrative about why gold is not money. But, the narrative is false. It’s simply the case that everyday citizens believe what the economists say (usually a bad idea) or don’t know enough economic history to refute the economists (and how could you know the history if they stopped teaching it fifty years ago).

The bottom line is that economists know that gold could be a perfectly usable form of money. The reason they don’t want it is because it dilutes their monopoly power over printed money and therefore reduces their political power over people and nations.

To marginalize gold, they created a phony narrative about why gold doesn’t work as money. Most people were too easily impressed by the narrative or simply didn’t know enough to challenge it. Therefore the narrative wins even if it is false.

In fact, central banks went from being net sellers to net buyers of gold in 2010, and that net buying position has persisted ever since. The largest buyers are Russia and China, but significant purchases have also been made by Iran, Turkey, Kazakhstan, Mexico and Vietnam.

Here’s the bottom line:

Central banks have a monopoly on central bank money. Gold is the competitor to central bank money and most central banks would prefer to ignore gold. Yet, central banks in the aggregate are net buyers of gold.

In effect, central banks are signaling through their actions that they are losing confidence in their own money and their money monopoly. They’re getting ready for the day when confidence in central bank money will collapse across the board. In that world, gold will be the only form of money anyone wants.

As confidence in the dollar is eroded due to Fed money printing and congressional super-deficits, investors will gradually look for alternative stores of wealth, including gold.aily recap featuring a curated list of must-read stories.

Top of Form

Bottom of Form

These trends begin slowly and then gather momentum. As the dollar price of gold really begins to soar, investors will take notice. Even more people will invest in gold, driving the price still higher.

Investors like to say that the price of gold is going up. But what is really happening is that the value of the dollar is going down (it takes more dollars to buy the same amount of gold).

This is the real inflation and the real dollar collapse most investors miss at the early stages.

Eventually, confidence in the dollar will be lost completely, central bankers will need to restore confidence, and they’ll turn to some type of gold standard to do so.

We’re a long way from that point right now.

But if central banks are voting with their printing presses in favour of gold, if the super-rich and their advisers are all jumping on the gold bandwagon, what are you waiting for?

Here’s a once in a lifetime opportunity to front run central banks and acquire your own gold at attractive prices before the curtain drops on paper money.

=====================

Lockdowns, Coronavirus, and Banks: Following the Money

 

Lockdowns, Coronavirus, and Banks. Following the Money  By Prof Anthony Hall, American Herald Tribute 16 August 2020

It usually makes sense to follow the money when seeking understanding of almost any major change. The strategy of following the money in our current convergence of crises in late summer of 2020 leads us directly to the lockdowns. The lockdowns were first imposed on people in the Wuhan area of China. Then other populations throughout the world were told to “shelter in place,” all in the name of combating the COVID-19 virus.

Understanding of the enormous impact of the lockdowns is still developing. The lockdowns are proving to pack a far more devastating punch than any other aspect of the strange sequence of events that is making 2020 a year like no other. Even when the issues are narrowed to those of human health, the lockdowns have had, and will continue to have, far more wide-ranging and devastating impacts than the celebrity virus.

The lockdowns have, for starters, been directly responsible for explosive rates of suicide, domestic violence, overdoses, and depression. In the long run, these maladies from the lockdowns will probably kill and harm many more people than COVID-19.

But this comparison does not tell the full story. The nature and length of the lockdowns are causing millions of people to lose their jobs, businesses and financial viability. It seems that the economic descent is still gathering force. The assault of the lockdowns on our economic wellbeing still has much farther to go.

The lockdowns have proven to be a powerful instrument of social control. This attribute is becoming very attractive especially to some politicians. They have discovered they can derive considerable political traction from hyping and exploiting the largely manufactured pandemic panic.

The lockdowns are still a work-in-progress. There are past lockdowns, revolving lockdowns, partial lockdowns, mandatory lockdowns, voluntary lockdowns, severe lockdowns and probably an array of many lockdown types yet to be invented.

The lockdowns extend to disruptions in supply chains, disruptions in money flows, drops in consumption, breakdowns in transport and travelling, increased bankruptcies, losses of finance leading to losses of housing, as well as the inability to pay taxes and debts.

The lockdowns extend beyond personal habitations to prohibitions on large assemblies of people in stadiums, concert halls, churches, and a myriad of places devoted to public recreation and entertainment. On the basis of this way of looking at what is happening, it becomes clear the economic and health effects of the lockdowns are far more pronounced than the damage wrought directly by the new coronavirus.

This approach to following the money leads to the question of whether the spread of COVID-19 was set in motion as a pretext. Was COVID-19 unleashed as an expedient for bringing about the lockdowns with the goal of crashing the existing economy? What rationale could there possibly be for purposely crashing the existing economy?

One possible reason might have been to put in place new structures to create the framework for a new set of economic relationships. With these changes would come accompanying sets of altered social and political relationships.

Among the economic changes being sought are the robotization of almost everything, cashless financial interactions, and elaborate AI impositions. These AI impositions extend to digital alterations of human consciousness and behaviour. The emphasis being placed on vaccines is very much interwoven with plans to extend AI into an altered matrix of human nanobiotechnology.

There are other possibilities to consider. One is that in the autumn of 2019 the economy was already starting to falter. Fortuitously for some, the new virus came along at a moment when it could be exploited as a scapegoat. By placing responsibility for the economic debacle on pathogens rather than people, Wall Street bankers and federal authorities are let off the hook. They can escape any accounting for an economic calamity that they had a hand in helping to instigate.

A presentation in August of 2019 by the Wall Street leviathan, BlackRock Financial Management, provides a telling indicator of foreknowledge. It was well understood by many insiders in 2019 that a sharp economic downturn was imminent.

At a meeting of central bankers in Jackson Hole Wyoming, BlackRock representatives delivered a strategy for dealing with the future downturn. Several months later during the spring of 2020 this strategy was adopted by both the US Treasury and the US Federal Reserve. BlackRock’s plan from August of 2019 set the basis of the federal response to the much-anticipated economic meltdown.

Much of this essay is devoted to considering the background of the controversial agencies now responding to the economic devastation created by the lockdowns. One of these agencies is empowered to bring into existence large quantities of debt-laden money.

The very public role in 2020 of the Federal Reserve of the United States resuscitates many old grievances. When the Federal Reserve was first created in 1913 it was heavily criticized as a giveaway of federal authority.

The critics lamented the giveaway to private bankers whose firms acquired ownership of all twelve of the regional banks that together constitute the Federal Reserve. Of these twelve regional banks, the Federal Reserve Bank of New York is by far the largest and most dominant especially right now.

The Federal Reserve of the United States combined forces with dozens of other privately-owned central banks thoughout the world to form the Bank of International Settlements. Many of the key archetypes for this type of banking were developed in Europe and the City of London where the Rothschild banking family had a large and resilient role, one that persists until this day.

Along with the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, BlackRock was deeply involved in helping to administer the bailout in 2008. This bailout resuscitated many failing Wall Street firms together with their counterparties in a number of speculative ventures involving various forms of derivatives.

The bailouts resulted in payments of $29 trillion, much of it going to restore failing financial institutions whose excesses actually caused the giant economic crash. Where the financial sector profited greatly from the bailouts, taxpayers were abused yet again. The burden of an expanded national debt fell ultimately on taxpayers who must pay the interest on the loans for the federal bailout of the “too big to fail” financial institutions.

Unsettling precedents are set by the Wall Street club’s manipulation of the economic crash of 2007-2010 to enrich its own members so extravagantly. This prior experience bodes poorly for the intervention by the same players in this current round of responses to the economic crisis of 2020.

In preparing this essay I have enjoyed the many articles by Pam Martens and Russ Martens in Wall Street on Parade. These hundreds of well-researched articles form a significant primary source on the recent history of the Federal Reserve, including over the last few months.

In this essay I draw a contrast between the privately-owned regional banks of the Federal Reserve and the government-owned Bank of Canada that once issued low-interest loans to build infrastructure projects.

With this arrangement in place, Canada went through a major period of national growth between 1938 and 1974. Canada emerged from this period with a national debt of only $20 billion. Then in 1974 Prime Minister Pierre Trudeau dropped this arrangement to enable Canada to join the Bank of International Settlements. One result is that national debt rose to $700 billion by 2020.

We need to face the current financial crisis by developing new institutions that avoid the pitfalls of old remedies for old problems that no longer prevail. We need to make special efforts to change our approach to the problem of excessive debts and the overconcentration of wealth in fewer and fewer hands.

Locking Down the Viability of Commerce

Of all the facets of the ongoing fiasco generally associated with the coronavirus crisis, none has been so widely catastrophic as the so-called “lockdowns.” The supposed cure of the lockdowns is itself proving to be much more lethal and debilitating than COVID-19’s flu-like impact on human health.

Many questions arise from the immense economic consequences attributed to the initial effort to “flatten the curve” of the hospital treatments for COVID-19. Did the financial crisis occur as a result of the spread of the new coronavirus crisis? Or was the COVID-19 crisis set in motion to help give cover to a long-building economic meltdown that was already well underway in the autumn of 2019?

The lockdowns were first instituted in Wuhan China with the objective of slowing down the spread of the virus so that hospitals would not be overwhelmed. Were the Chinese lockdowns engineered in part to create a model to be followed in Europe, North America, Indochina and other sites of infection like India and Australia? The Chinese lockdowns in Hubei province and then in other parts of China apparently set an example influencing the decision of governments in many jurisdictions. Was this Chinese example for the rest of the world created by design to influence the nature of international responses?

The lockdowns represented a new form of response to a public health crisis. Quarantines have long been used as a means of safeguarding the public from the spread of contagious maladies. Quarantines, however, involve isolating the sick to protect the well. On the other hand the lockdowns are directed at limiting the movement and circulation of almost everyone whether or not they show symptoms of any infections.

Hence lockdowns, or, more euphemistically “sheltering in place,” led to the cancellation of many activities and to the shutdown of institutions. The results extended, for instance, to the closure of schools, sports events, theatrical presentations and business operations. In this way the lockdowns also led to the crippling of many forms of economic interaction. National economies as well as international trade and commerce were severely impacted.

The concept of lockdowns was not universally embraced and applied. For instance, the governments of Sweden and South Korea did not accept the emerging orthodoxy about enforcing compliance with all kinds of restrictions on human interactions. Alternatively, the government of Israel was an early and strident enforcer of very severe lockdown policies.

At first it seemed the lockdown succeeded magnificently in saving Israeli lives. According to Israel Shamir, in other European states the Israeli model was often brought up as an example. In due course, however, the full extent of the assault on the viability of the Israeli economy began to come into focus. Then popular resistance was aroused to reject government attempts to enforce a second wave of lockdowns against a second wave of supposed infections. As Shamir sees it, the result is that “Today Israel is a failed state with a ruined economy and unhappy citizens.”

In many countries the lockdowns began with a few crucial decisions made at the highest level of government. Large and proliferating consequences would flow from the initial determination of what activities, businesses, organizations, institutions and workers were to be designated as “essential.”

The consequences would be severe for those individuals and businesses excluded from the designation identifying what is essential. This deep intervention into the realm of free choice in market relations set a major precedent for much more intervention of a similar nature to come.

The arbitrary division of activities into essential and nonessential categories created a template to be frequently replicated and revised in the name of serving public heath. Suddenly central planning took a great leap forward. The momentum from a generation of neoliberalism was checked even as the antagonistic polarities between rich and poor continued to grow.

To be defined as “nonessential” would soon be equated with job losses and business failures across many fields of enterprise as the first wave of lockdowns outside China unfolded. Indeed, it becomes clearer every day that revolving lockdowns, restrictions and social distancing are being managed in order to help give false justification to a speciously idealized vaccine fix as the only conclusive solution to a manufactured problem.

What must it have meant for breadwinners who fed themselves and their families through wages or self-employment to be declared by government to be “non-essential”? Surely for real providers their jobs, their businesses and their earnings were essential for themselves and their dependents. All jobs and all businesses that people depend on for livelihoods, sustenance and survival are essential in their own way.

Was COVID-19 a Cover for an Anticipated or Planned Financial Crisis?

A major sign of financial distress in the US economy kicked in in mid-September of 2019 when there was a breakdown in the normal operation of the Repo Market. This repurchase market in the United States is important in maintaining liquidity in the financial system.

Those directing entities like large banks, Wall Street traders and hedge funds frequently seek large amounts of cash on a short-term basis. They obtain this cash from, for instance, money market funds by putting up securities, often Treasury Bills, as collateral. Most often the financial instruments go back, say the following night, to their original owners with interest payments attached for the use of the cash.

In mid-September the trust broke down between participants in the Repo Market. The Federal Reserve Bank of New York then entered the picture making trillions of dollars available to keep the system for short-term moving of assets going. This intervention repeated the operation that came in response to the first signs of trouble as Wall Street moved towards the stock market crash of 2008.

One of the major problems on the eve of the bailout of 2008-09, like the problem in the autumn of 2019, had to do with the overwhelming of the real economy by massive speculative activity. The problem then, like a big part of the problem now, involves the disproportionate size of the derivative bets. The making of these bets have become a dangerous addiction that continues to this day to menace the viability of the financial system headquartered on Wall Street.

By March of 2020 it was reported that the Federal Reserve Bank of New York had turned on its money spigot to create $9 trillion in new money with the goal of keeping the failing Repo Market operational. The precise destinations of that money together with the terms of its disbursement, however, remain a secret. As Pam Martens and Russ Martens write,

Since the Fed turned on its latest money spigot to Wall Street [in September of 2019], it has refused to provide the public with the dollar amounts going to any specific banks. This has denied the public the ability to know which financial institutions are in trouble. The Fed, exactly as it did in 2008, has drawn a dark curtain around troubled banks and the public’s right to know, while aiding and abetting a financial coverup of just how bad things are on Wall Street.

Looking back at the prior bailout from their temporal vantage point in January of 2020, the authors noted  “During the 2007 to 2010 financial collapse on Wall Street – the worst financial crisis since the Great Depression, the Fed funnelled a total of $29 trillion in cumulative loans to Wall Street banks, their trading houses and their foreign derivative counterparties.”

The authors compared the rate of the transfer of funds from the New York Federal Reserve Bank to the Wall Street banking establishment in the 2008 crash and in the early stages of the 2020 financial debacle. The authors observed, “at this rate, [the Fed] is going to top the rate of money it threw at the 2008 crisis in no time at all.”

The view that all was well with the economy until the impact of the health crisis began to be felt in early 2020 leads away from the fact that money markets began to falter dangerously in the autumn of 2019. The problems with the Repo Market were part of a litany of indicators pointing to turbulence ahead in troubled economic waters.

For instance, the resignation in 2019 of about 1,500 prominent corporate CEOs can be seen as a suggestion that news was circulating prior to 2020 about the imminence of serious financial problems ahead. Insiders’ awareness of menacing developments threatening the workings of the global economy were probably a factor in the decision of a large number of senior executives to exit the upper echelons of the business world.

Not only did a record number of CEOs resign, but many of them sold off the bulk of their shares in the companies they were leaving.

Pam Marten and Russ Marten who follow Wall Street’s machinations on a daily basis have advanced the case that the Federal Reserve is engaged in fraud by trying to make it seem that “the banking industry came into 2020 in a healthy condition;” that it is only because of “the COVID-19 pandemic” that the financial system is” unravelling,”

The authors argue that this misrepresentation was deployed because the deceivers are apparently “desperate” to prevent Congress from conducting an investigation for the second time in twelve years on why the Fed, “had to engage in trillions of dollars of Wall Street bailouts.” In spite of the Fed’s fear of facing a Congressional investigation after the November 2020 vote, such a timely investigation of the US financial sector would well serve the public interest.

The authors present a number of signs demonstrating that “the Fed knew, or should have known…. that there was a big banking crisis brewing in August of last year. [2019]” The signs of the financial crisis in the making included negative yields on government bonds around the world as well as big drops in the Dow Jones average. The plunge in the price of stocks was led by US banks, but especially Citigroup and JP Morgan Chase.

Another significant indicator that something was deeply wrong in financial markets was a telling inversion in the value of Treasury notes with the two-year rate yielding more than the ten-year rate.

Yet another sign of serious trouble ahead involved repeated contractions in the size of the German economy. Moreover, in September of 2019 news broke that officials of JP Morgan Chase faced criminal charges for RICO-style racketeering. This scandal added to the evidence of converging problems plaguing core economic institutions as more disruptive mayhem gathered on the horizons.

Accordingly, there is ample cause to ask if there are major underlying reasons for the financial crash of 2020 other than the misnamed pandemic and the lockdowns done in its name of “flattening” its spikes of infection. At the same time, there is ample cause to recognize that the lockdowns have been a very significant factor in the depth of the economic debacle that is making 2020 a year like no other.

Some go further. They argue that the financial crash of 2020 was not only anticipated but planned and pushed forward with clear understanding of its instrumental role in the Great Reset sought by self-appointed protagonists of creative destruction. The advocates of this interpretation place significant weight on the importance of the lockdowns as an effective means of obliterating in a single act a host of old economic relationships. For instance Peter Koenig examines the “farce and diabolical agenda of a universal lockdown.”

Koenig writes, “The pandemic was needed as a pretext to halt and collapse the world economy and the underlying social fabric.”

Inflating the Numbers and Traumatizing the Public to Energize the Epidemic of Fear

There have been many pandemics in global history whose effects on human health have been much more pervasive and devastating than the current one said to be generated by a new coronavirus. In spite, however, of its comparatively mild flu-like effects on human health, at least at this point in the summer of 2020, there has never been a contagion whose spread has generated so much global publicity and hype. As in the aftermath of 9/11, this hype extends to audacious levels of media-generated panic. As with the psyop of 9/11, the media-induced panic has been expertly finessed by practitioners skilled in leveraging the currency of fear to realize a host of radical political objectives.

According to Robert E. Wright in an essay published by the American Institute for Economic Research, “closing down the U.S. economy in response to COVID-19 was probably the worst public policy in at least one-hundred years.” As Wright sees it, the decision to lock down the economy was made in ignorant disregard of the deep and devastating impact that such an action would spur. “Economic lockdowns were the fantasies of government officials so out of touch with economic and physical reality that they thought the costs would be fairly low.”

The consequences, Wright predicts, will extend across many domains including the violence done to the rule of law. The lockdowns, he writes, “turned the Constitution into a frail and worthless fabric.” Writing in late April, Wright touched on the comparisons to be made between the economic lockdowns and slavery. He write, “Slaves definitely had it worse than Americans under lockdown do, but already Americans are beginning to protest their confinement and to subtly subvert authorities, just as chattel slaves did.”

The people held captive in confined lockdown settings have had the time and often the inclination to imbibe much of the 24/7 media coverage of the misnamed pandemic. Taken together, all this media sensationalism has come to constitute one of the most concerted psychological operations ever.

The implications have been enormous for the mental health of multitudes of people. This massive alteration of attitudes and behaviours is the outcome of media experiments performed on human subjects without their informed consent. The media’s success in bringing about herd subservience to propagandistic messaging represents a huge incentive for more of the same to come. It turns out that the subject matter of public health offers virtually limitless potential for power-seeking interests and agents to meddle with the privacies, civil liberties and human rights of those they seek to manipulate, control and exploit.

The social, economic and health impacts of the dislocations flowing from the lockdowns are proving to be especially devastating on the poorest, the most deprived and the most vulnerable members of society. This impact will continue to be marked in many ways, including in increased rates of suicide, domestic violence, mental illness, addictions, homelessness, and incarceration far larger than those caused directly by COVID-19. As rates of deprivation through poverty escalate, so too will crime rates soar.

The over-the-top alarmism of the big media cabals has been well financed by the advertising revenue of the pharmaceutical industry. With some few exceptions, major media outlets pushed the public to accept the lockdowns as well as the attending losses in jobs and business activity. In seeking to push the agenda of their sponsors, the big media cartels have been especially unmindful of their journalistic responsibilities. Their tendency has been to avoid or censor forums where even expert practitioners of public health can publicly question and discuss government dictates about vital issues of public policy.

Whether in Germany or the United States or many other countries, front line workers in this health care crisis have nevertheless gathered together with the goal of trying to correct the one-sided prejudices of of discriminatory media coverage. One of the major themes in the presentations by medical practitioners is to confront the chorus of media misrepresentations on the remedial effects of hydroxychloroquine and zinc.

On July 27 a group of doctors gathered on the grounds of the US Supreme Court to try to address the biases of the media and the blind spots of government.

Another aspect in the collateral damage engendered by COVID-19 alarmism is marked in the fatalities arising from the wholesale postponement of many necessary interventions including surgery. How many have died or will die because of the hold put on medical interventions to remedy cancer, heart conditions and many other potentially lethal ailments?

Did the unprecedented lockdowns come about as part of a preconceived plan to inflate the severity of an anticipated financial meltdown? What is to be made of the suspicious intervention of administrators to produce severely padded numbers of reported deaths in almost every jurisdiction? This kind of manipulation of statistics raised the possibility that we are witnessing a purposeful and systemic inflation of the severity of this health care crisis.

Questions about the number of cases arise because of the means of testing for the presence of a supposedly new coronavirus. The PCR system that is presently being widely used does not test for the virus but tests for the existence of antibodies produced in response to many health challenges including the common cold. This problem creates a good deal of uncertainty of what a positive test really means.

The problems with calculating case numbers extend to widespread reports that have described people who were not tested for COVID-19 but who nevertheless received notices from officials counting them as COVID-19 positive. Broadcaster Armstrong Williams addressed the phenomenon on his network of MSM media outlets in late July.

From the mass of responses he received, Williams estimated that those not tested but counted as a positive probably extends probably to hundreds of thousands of individuals. What would drive the effort to exaggerate the size of the afflicted population?

This same pattern of inflation of case numbers was reinforced by the Tricare branch of the US Defense Department’s Military Health System. This branch sent out notices to 600,000 individuals who had not been tested. The notices nevertheless informed the recipients that they had tested positive for COVID 19.

Is the inflation of COVID-19 death rates and cases numbers an expression of the zeal to justify the massive lockdowns? Were the lockdowns in China conceived as part of a scheme to help create the conditions for the public’s acceptance of a plan to remake the world’s political economy? What is to be made of the fact that those most identified with the World Economic Forum (WEF) have led the way in putting a positive spin on the reset arising from the very health crisis the WEF helped introduce and publicize in Oct. of 2019?

As Usual, the Poor Get Poorer

The original Chinese lockdowns in the winter of 2020 caused the breakdowns of import-export supply chains extending across the planet. Lockdowns in the movement of raw materials, parts, finished products, expertise, money and more shut down domestic businesses in China as well as transnational commerce in many countries outside China. The supply chain disruptions were especially severe for businesses that have dispensed with the practice of keeping on hand large inventories of parts and raw material, depending instead on just-in-time deliveries.

As the supply chains broke down domestically and internationally, many enterprises lacked the revenue to pay their expenses. Bankruptcies began to proliferate at rates that will probably continue to be astronomical for some time. All kinds of loans and liabilities were not paid out in full or at all. Many homes are being re-mortgaged or cast into real estate markets as happened during the prelude and course of the bailouts of 2007-2010.

The brunt of the financial onslaught hit small businesses especially hard. Collectively small businesses have been a big creator of jobs. They have picked up some of the slack from the rush of big businesses to downsize their number of full-time employees. Moreover, small businesses and start-ups are often the site of exceptionally agile innovations across broad spectrums of economic activity. The hard financial slam on the small business sector, therefore, is packing a heavy punch on the economic conditions of everyone.

The devastating impact of the economic meltdown on workers and small businesses in Europe and North America extends in especially lethal ways to the massive population of poor people living all over the world. Many of these poor people reside in countries where much of the paid work is irregular and informal.

At the end of April the International Labor Organization (ILO), an entity created along with the League of Nations at the end of the First World War, estimated that there would be 1.6 billion victims of the meltdown in the worldwide “informal economy.” In the first month of the crisis these workers based largely in Africa and Latin America lost 60% of their subsistence level incomes.

As ILO Director-General, Guy Ryder, has asserted,

This pandemic has laid bare in the cruellest way, the extraordinary precariousness and injustices of our world of work. It is the decimation of livelihoods in the informal economy – where six out of ten workers make a living – which has ignited the warnings from our colleagues in the World Food Programme, of the coming pandemic of hunger. It is the gaping holes in the social protection systems of even the richest countries, which have left millions in situations of deprivation. It is the failure to guarantee workplace safety that condemns nearly 3 million to die each year because of the work they do. And it is the unchecked dynamic of growing inequality which means that if, in medical terms, the virus does not discriminate between its victims in its social and economic impact, it discriminates brutally against the poorest and the powerless.

Guy Ryder remembered the optimistic rhetoric in officialdom’s responses to the economic crash of 2007-2009. He compares the expectations currently being aroused by the vaccination fixation with the many optimistic sentiments previously suggesting the imminence of remedies for grotesque levels of global inequality. Ryder reflected,

We’ve heard it before. The mantra which provided the mood music of the crash of 2008-2009 was that once the vaccine to the virus of financial excess had been developed and applied, the global economy would be safer, fairer, more sustainable. But that didn’t happen. The old normal was restored with a vengeance and those on the lower echelons of labour markets found themselves even further behind.

The internationalization of increased unemployment and poverty brought about in the name of combating the corona crisis is having the effect of further widening the polarization between rich and poor on a global scale. Ryder’s metaphor about the false promises concerning a “vaccine” to correct “financial excess” can well be seen as a precautionary comment on the flowery rhetoric currently adorning the calls for a global reset.

Wall Street and 9/11

The world economic crisis of 2020 is creating the context for large-scale repeats of some key aspects of the bailout of 2007-2010. The bailout of 2007-2008 drew, in turn, from many practices developed in the period when the explosive events of 9/11 triggered a worldwide reset of global geopolitics.

While the events of 2008 and 2020 both drew attention to the geopolitical importance of Wall Street, the terrible pummelling of New York’s financial district was the event that ushered in a new era of history, an era that has delivered us to the current financial meltdown/lockdown.

It lies well beyond the scope of this essay to go into detail about the dynamics of what really transpired on 9/11. Nevertheless, some explicit reckoning with this topic is crucial to understanding some of the essential themes addressed in this essay.

Indeed, it would be difficult to overstate the relevance of 9/11 to the background and nature of the current debacle. The execution and spinning of 9/11 were instrumental in creating the repertoire of political trickery presently being adapted in the manufacturing and exploiting of the COVID-19 hysteria. A consistent attribute of the journey from 9/11 to COVID-19 has been the amplification of executive authority through the medium of emergency measures enactments, policies and dictates.

Wall Street is a major site where much of this political trickery was concocted in planning exercises extending to many other sites of power and intrigue. In the case of 9/11, a number of prominent Wall Street firms were involved before, during and after the events of September 11. As is extremely well documented, these events have been misrepresented in ways that helped to further harness the military might of the United States to the expansionistic designs of Israel in the Middle East.

The response of the Federal Reserve to the events of 9/11 helped set in motion a basic approach to disaster management that continues to this day. Almost immediately following the pulverization of Manhattan’s most gigantic and iconographic landmarks, Federal Reserve officials made it their highest priority to inject liquidity into financial markets. Many different kinds of scenario can be advanced behind the cover of infusing liquidity into markets.

For three days in a row the Federal Reserve Bank of New York turned on its money spigots to inject transfusions of $100 billion dollars of newly generated funds into the Wall Street home of the financial system. The declared aim was to keep the flow of capital between financial institutions well lubricated. The Federal Reserve’s infusions of new money into Wall Street took many forms. New habits and appetites were thereby cultivated in ways that continue to influence the behaviour of Wall Street organizations in the financial debacle of 2020.

The revelations concerning the events of 9/11 contained a number of financial surprises. Questions immediately arose, for instance, about whether the destruction of the three World Trade Center skyscrapers had obliterated software and hardware vital to the continuing operations of computerized banking systems. Whatever problems arose along these lines, it turned out that there was sufficient digital information backed up in other locations to keep banking operations viable.

But while much digital data survived the destruction of core installations in the US financial sector, some strategic information was indeed obliterated. For instance, strategic records entailed in federal investigations into many business scandals were lost. Some of the incinerated data touched on, for instance, the machinations of the energy giant, Enron, along with its Wall Street partners, JP Morgan Chase and Citigroup.

The writings of E. P Heidner are prominent in the literature posing theories about the elimination of incriminating documentation as a result of the controlled demolitions of 9/11. What information was eliminated and what was retained in the wake of the devastation? Heidner has published a very ambitious account placing the events of 9/11 at the forefront of a deep and elaborate relationship linking George H. W. Bush to Canada’s Barrick Gold and the emergence of gold derivatives.

The surprises involving 9/11 and Wall Street included evidence concerning trading on the New York Stock Exchange. A few individuals enriched themselves significantly by purchasing a disproportionately high number of put options on shares about to fall precipitously as a result of the anticipated events of 9/11. Investigators, however, chose to ignore this evidence because it did not conform to the prevailing interpretation of who did what to whom on 9/11.

Another suspicious group of transactions conducted right before 9/11 involved some very large purchases of five-year US Treasury notes. These instruments are well known hedges when one has knowledge that a world crisis is imminent. One of these purchases was a $5 billion transaction. The US Treasury Department would have been informed about the identity of the purchaser. Nevertheless the FBI and the Securities Exchange Commission collaborated to point public attention away from these suspect transactions. (p. 199)

On the very day of 9/11 local police arrested Israeli suspects employed in the New York area as Urban Movers. The local investigators were soon pressured to ignore the evidence, however, and go along with the agenda of the White House and the media chorus during the autumn of 2001.

In the hours following the pulverization of the Twin Towers the dominant mantra was raised “Osama bin Laden and al-Qeada did it.” That mantra led in the weeks, months and years that followed to US-led invasions of several Muslim-majority countries. Some have described these military campaigns as wars for Israel.

Soon New York area jails were being filled up with random Muslims picked up for nothing more than visa violations and such. The unrelenting demonization of Muslims collectively can now be seen in retrospect as a dramatic psychological operation meant to poison minds as the pounding of the war drums grew in intensity. In the process a traumatized public were introduced to concepts like “jihad.” At no time has there ever been a credible police investigation into the question of who is responsible for the 9/11 crimes.

Defense Secretary Donald Rumsfeld chose September 10, the day before 9/11, to break the news at a press conference that $2.3 trillion had gone missing from the Pentagon’s budget. Not surprisingly the story of the missing money got buried the next day as reports of the debacle in Manhattan and Washington DC dominated MSM news coverage.

As reported by Forbes Magazine, the size of the amount said to have gone missing in Donald Rumsfeld’s 2001 report of Defense Department spending had mushroomed by 2015 to around $21 trillion. It was Mark Skidmore, an Economics Professor at the University of Michigan, who became the main sleuth responsible for identifying the gargantuan amount of federal funds that the US government can’t account for.

As the agency that created the missing tens of trillions that apparently has disappeared without a trace, wouldn’t the US Federal Reserve be in a position to render some assistance in tracking down the lost funds? Or is the Federal Reserve somehow a participant or a complicit party in the disappearance of the tens of trillions without a paper trail?

The inability or unwillingness of officialdom to explain what happened to the lost $21 trillion, an amount comparable to the size of the entire US national debt prior to the lockdowns, might be viewed in the light of the black budgets of the US Department of Defense (DOD). Black budgets are off-the-books funds devoted to secret research and to secret initiatives in applied research.

In explaining this phenomenon, former Canadian Defense Minister, Paul Hellyer, has observed, “thousands of billions of dollars have been spent on projects about which Congress and the Commander In Chief have deliberately been kept in the dark.” Eric Zuess goes further. As he explains it, the entire Defense Department operates pretty much on the basis of an unusual system well outside the standard rules of accounting applied in other federal agencies.

When news broke about the missing $21 trillion, federal authorities responded by promising that special audits would be conducted to explain the irregularities. The results of those audits, if they took place at all, were never published. The fact that the Defense of Department has developed in a kind of audit free zone has made it a natural magnet for people and interests engaged in all kinds of criminal activities.

Eric Zuess calls attention to the 1,000 military bases around the world that form a natural network conducive to the cultivation of many forms of criminal trafficking. Zuess includes in his reflections commentary on the secret installations in some American embassies but especially in the giant US Embassy in Baghdad Iraq.

The US complex in Baghdad’s Green Zone is the biggest Embassy in the world. Its monumental form on a 104 acre site expresses the expansionary dynamics of US military intervention in the Middle East and Eurasia following 9/11.

The phenomenon of missing tens of trillions calls attention to larger patterns of kleptocratic activity that forms a major subject addressed here. The shifts into new forms of organized crime in the name of “national security” began to come to light in the late 1980s. An important source of disclosures was the series of revelations that accompanied the coming apart of the Saudi-backed Bank of Credit and Commerce International, the BCCI.

The nature of this financial institution, where CIA operatives were prominent among its clients, provides a good window into the political economy of drug dealing, money laundering, weapons smuggling, regime change and many much more criminal acts that took place along the road to 9/11.

The BCCI was a key site of financial transactions that contributed to the end of the Cold War and the inception of many new kinds of conflict. These activities often involved the well-financed activities of mercenaries, proxy armies, and a heavy reliance on private contractors of many sorts.

The Enron scandal was seen to embody some of the same lapses facilitated by fraudulent accounting integral to the BCCI scandal. Given the bubble of secrecy surrounding the Federal Reserve, there are thick barriers blocking deep investigation into whether or not the US Central Bank was involved in the relationship of the US national security establishment and the BCCI.

The kind of dark transactions that the BCCI was designed to facilitate must have been channelled after its demise into other banking institutions probably with Wall Street connections. Since 9/11, however, many emergency measures have been imposed that add extra layers of secrecy protecting the perpetrators of many criminal acts from public exposure and criminal prosecutions.

The events of 9/11 have sometimes been described as the basis of a global coup. To this day there is no genuine consensus about what really transpired to create the illusion of justification for repeated US military invasions of Muslim-majority countries in the Middle East and Eurasia.

The 9/11 debacle and the emergency measures that followed presented Wall Street with an array of new opportunities for profit that came with the elaborate refurbishing and retooling of the military-industrial complex.

The response to 9/11 was expanded and generalized upon to create the basis of a war directed not at a particular enemy, but rather at an ill-defined conception identified as “terrorism.” This alteration was part of a complex of changes adding trillions to the flow of money energizing the axis of interaction linking the Pentagon and Wall Street and the abundance of new companies created to advance the geopolitical objectives emerging from the 9/11 coup.

According to Pam Martens and Russ Martens, the excesses of deregulation helped induce an anything-goes-ethos on Wall Street and at its Federal Reserve regulator in the wake of 9/11. As the authors tell it, the response to 9/11 helped set important precedents for the maintaining flows of credit and capital in financial markets.

Often the destination of the funds generated in the name of pumping liquidity into markets was not identified and reported in transactions classified as financial emergency measures. While the priority was on keeping financial pumps primed, there was much less concern for transparency and accountability among those in positions of power at the Federal Reserve.

The financial sector’s capture of the government instruments meant to regulate the behaviour of Wall Street institutions was much like the deregulation of the US pharmaceutical industry. Both episodes highlight a message that has become especially insistent as the twenty-first century unfolds.

The nature of the response to 9/11 emphasized the mercenary ascent of corporate dominance as the primary force directing governments. Throughout this transformation the message to citizens became increasingly clear. Buyer Beware. We cannot depend on governments to represent our will and interests. We cannot even count on our governments to protect citizens from corporatist attacks especially on human health and whatever financial security we have been able to build up.

Bailouts, Derivatives, and the Federal Reserve Bank of New York

The elimination of the Glass-Steagall Act in 1999 was essential to the process of dramatically cutting back the government’s role as a protector of the public interest on the financial services sector. The Glass-Steagall Act was an essential measure in US President Franklin D. Roosevelt’s New Deal. Some view the New Deal as a strategy for saving capitalism by moderating ts most sharp-edged features. Instituted in 1933 in response to the onset of the Great Depression, the Glass-Steagall Act separated the operations of deposit-accepting banks from the more speculative activity of investment brokers.

The termination of the regulatory framework put in place by the Glass Steagall Act opened much new space for all kinds of experiments in the manipulation of money in financial markets. The changes began with the merger of different sorts of financial institutions including some in the insurance field. Those overseeing the reconstituted entities headquartered on Wall Street took advantage of their widened latitudes of operation. They developed all sorts of ways of elaborating their financial services and presenting them in new packages.

The word, “derivative” is often associated with many applications of the new possibilities in the reconstituted financial services sector. The word, derivative, can be applied to many kinds of transactions involving speculative bets of various sorts. As the word suggests, a derivative is derived from a fixed asset such as currency, bonds, stocks, and commodities. Alterations in the values of fixed assets affect the value of derivatives that often take the form of contracts between two or more parties.

One of the most famous derivatives in the era of the financial crash of 2007-2010 was described as mortgaged-backed securities. On the surface these bundles of debt-burdened properties might seem easy to understand. But that would be a delusion. The value of these products was affected, for instance, by unpredictable shifts in interest rates, liar loans extended to homebuyers who lacked the capacity to make regular mortgage payments, and significant shifts in the value of real estate.

Mortgage-backed securities were just one type of a huge array of derivatives invented on the run in the heady atmosphere of secret and unregulated transactions between counterparties. Derivatives could involve contracts formalizing bets between rivals gambling on the outcome of competitive efforts to shape the future.  An array of derivative bets was built around transactions often placed behind the veil of esoteric nomenclature like “collateralized debt obligations” or “credit default swaps.”

The variables in derivative bets might include competing national security agendas involving, for instance, pipeline constructions, regime change, weapons development and sales, false flag terror events, or money laundering. Since derivative bets involve confidential transactions with secret outcomes, they can be derived from all sorts of criteria. Derivative bets can, for instance, involve all manner of computerized calculations that in some cases are constructed much like war game scenarios.

The complexity of derivatives became greater when the American Insurance Group, AIG, began selling insurance programs to protect all sides in derivative bets from suffering too drastically from the consequences of being on the losing side of transactions.

The derivative frenzy, sometimes involving bets being made by parties unable to cover potential losses, overwhelmed the scale of the day-to-day economy. The “real economy” embodies exchanges of goods, services, wages and such that supply the basic necessities for human survival with some margin for recreation, travel, cultural engagement and such.

The Swiss-based Bank of International Settlements calculated in 2008 that the size of the all forms of derivative products had a monetary value of $1.14 quadrillion. A quadrillion is a thousand trillions. By comparison, the estimated value of all the real estate in the world was $75 trillion in 2008.

[Bank for International Settlements, Semiannual OTC derivative statistics at end-December, 2008.]

As the enticements of derivative betting preoccupied the leading directors of Wall Street institutions, their more traditional way of relating to one another began to falter. It was in this atmosphere that the Repo Market became problematic in December of 2007 just as it showed similar signs of breakdown in September of 2019.

In both instances the level of distrust between those in charge of financial institutions began to falter because they all had good reason to believe that their fellow bankers were overextended. All had reason to believe their counterparts were mired by too much speculative activity enabled by all sorts of novel experiments including various forms of derivative dealing.

In December of 2007 as in the autumn of 2019, the Federal Reserve Bank of New York was forced to enter the picture to keep the financial pumps on Wall Street primed. The New York Fed kept the liquidity cycles flowing by invoking its power to create new money with the interest charged to tax payers.

As the financial crisis unfolded in 2008 and 2009 the Federal Reserve, but especially the privately-owned New York Federal Reserve bank, stepped forward to bail out many financial institutions that had become insolvent or near insolvent. In the process precedents and patterns were established that are being re-enacted with some modifications in 2020.

One of the innovations that took place in 2008 was the decision by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York to hire a large Wall Street financial institution, BlackRock, to administer the bailouts. These transfers of money went through three specially created companies now being replicated as Special Purpose Vehicles in the course of the payouts of 2020.

In 2008-09 BlackRock administered the three companies named after the address of the New York Federal Reserve Bank on Maiden Lane. BlackRock emerged from an older Wall Street firm called Blackstone. Its former chair, Peter C. Peterson, was a former Chair of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York.

The original Maiden Lane company paid Bear Stearns Corp $30 billion. This amount from the New York Fed covered the debt of Bear Stearns, a condition negotiated to clear the way for the purchase of the old Wall Street institution by JP Morgan Chase. Maiden Lane II was a vehicle for payouts to companies that had purchased “mortgage-backed securities” before these derivative products turned soar.

Maiden Lane III was to pay off “multi-sector collateralized debt obligations.” Among these bailouts were payoffs to the counterparties of the insurance giant, AIG. As noted, AIG had developed an insurance product to be sold to those engaged in derivative bets. When the bottom fell out of markets, AIG lacked the means to pay off the large number of insurance claims made against it. The Federal Reserve Bank of New York stepped in to bail out the counterparties of AIG, many of them deemed to be “too big to fail.”

Among the counterparties of AIG was Goldman Sachs. It received of $13 billion from the Federal Reserve. Other bailouts to AIG’s counterparties were $12 billion to Deutsche Bank, $6.8 billion to Merrill Lynch, $5 billion to Switzerland’s UBS, $7.9 billion to Barclays, and $5.2 billion to Bank of America. Some of these banks received additional funds from other parts of the overall bailout transaction. Many dozens of other counterparties to AIG also received payouts in 2008-2009. Among them were the Bank of Montreal and Bank of Scotland.

The entire amount of the bailouts was subsequently calculated to be a whopping $29 trillion with a “t.” The lion’s share of these funds went to prop up US financial institutions and the many foreign banks with which they conducted business.

Much of this money went to the firms that were shareholders in the Federal Reserve Bank of New York or partners of the big Wall Street firms. Citigroup, the recipient of the largest amount, received about $2.5 trillion in the federal bailouts. Merrill Lynch received $2 trillion,

The Federal Reserve Bank was established by Congressional statute in 1913. The Federal Reserve headquarters is situated in Washington DC. The Central Bank was composed of twelve constituent regional banks. Each one of these regional banks is owned by private banks.

The private ownership of the banks that are the proprietors of the Federal Reserve system has been highly contentious from its inception. The creation of the Federal Reserve continues to be perceived by many of its critics as an unjustifiable giveaway whereby the US government ceded to private interests its vital capacity to issue its own currency and to direct monetary policy like the setting of interest rates.

Pam Martens and Russ Martens at Wall Street on Parade explain the controversial Federal Reserve structure as follows

While the Federal Reserve Board of Governors in Washington, D.C. is deemed an “independent federal agency,” with its Chair and Governors appointed by the President and confirmed by the Senate, the 12 regional Fed banks are private corporations owned by the member banks in their region. The settled law under John L. Lewis v. the United States confirms: “Each Federal Reserve Bank is a separate corporation owned by commercial banks in its region.”

In the case of the New York Fed, which is located in the Wall Street area of Manhattan, its largest shareowners are behemoth multinational banks, including JPMorgan Chase, Citigroup, Goldman Sachs and Morgan Stanley.

There was no genuine effort after the financial debacle of 2007-2010 to correct the main structural problems and weaknesses of the Wall Street-based US financial sector. The Dodd-Frank Bill signed into law by US President Barack Obama in 2010 did make some cosmetic changes. But the main features of the regulatory capture that has taken place with the elimination of the Glass-Steagall Act remained with only minor alterations. In particular the framework was held in place for speculative excess in derivative bets.

In the summer edition of The Atlantic, Frank Partnoy outlined a gloomy assessment of the continuity leading from the events of 2007-2010 to the current situation. This current situation draws a strange contrast between the lockdown-shattered quality of the economy and the propped-up value of the stock market whose future value will in all probability prove unsustainable. Partnoy writes,

It is a distasteful fact that the present situation is so dire in part because the banks fell right back into bad behavior after the last crash—taking too many risks, hiding debt in complex instruments and off-balance-sheet entities, and generally exploiting loopholes in laws intended to rein in their greed. Sparing them for a second time this century will be that much harder.

Wall Street Criminality on Display

The frauds and felonies of the Wall Street banks have continued after the future earnings of US taxpayers returned them to solvency after 2010. The record of infamy is comparable to that of the pharmaceutical industry.

The criminal behaviour in both sectors is very relevant to the overlapping crises that are underway in both the public health and financial sectors. In 2012 the crime spree in the financial sector began with astounding revelations about the role of many major banks in the LIBOR, the London Interbank Offered Rate. The LIBOR rates create the basis of interest rates involved in the borrowing and lending of money in the international arena.

When the scandal broke there were 35 different LIBOR rates involving various types of currency and various time frames for loans between banks. The rates were calculated every day based on information forwarded from 16 different banks to a panel on London. The reporting banks included Citigroup, JP Morgan Chase, Bank of America, UBS, and Deutsche Bank. The influence of the LIBOR rate extended beyond banks to affect the price of credit in many types of transactions.

The emergence of information that the banks were working together to rig the interest rate created the basis for a huge economic scandal. Fines extending from hundreds of millions into more than a billion dollars were placed on each of the offending banks. But in this instance and many others to follow, criminality was attached to the financial entities but not to top officials responsible for the decisions that put their corporations on the wrong side of the law.

One of the factors in the banking frauds comprising the LIBOR scandal was the temptation to improve the chance for financial gains in derivative bets. The biggest failure of the federal response to the financial meltdown of 2007-210 was that little was done to curb the excesses of transactions in the realm of derivatives.

Derivatives involved a form of gambling that exists in a kind of twilight zone. This twilight zone fills a space somewhere between the realm of the real economy and the realm of notional value. Notional values find expression in unrealized speculation about what might or might not come to fruition; what might or might not happen; who might win and who might lose in derivative speculations.

The addiction of Wall Street firms to derivative betting remains unchecked to this day. The bankers’ continuing fixation with unregulated gambling, often with other people’s money, is deeply menacing for the future of the global economy…. indeed for the future of everyone on earth. According to the Office of the Controller of Currency, in 2019 JP Morgan Chase had $59 trillion in derivative bets. In July of 2020 it emerged that Citigroup held $62 trillion in derivative contracts, about $30 trillion more than it held before it was bailed out in 2008. In 2019 Goldman Sachs held $47 trillion and Bank of America held $20.4 trillion in derivate bets.

A big part of the scandal embodied in these figures is embedded in the reality that all of these banks carry their most risky derivative bets in units of their corporate networks that are protected by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. This peril played a significant part in deepening the crisis engendered by financial meltdown that began in 2007.

One of the most redeeming features of the Dodd-Frank Act as originally drafted was a provision preventing financial institutions from keeping their derivative portfolios in banks whose deposits and depositors were backed up by federal insurance.

Citigroup led the push in Congress in 2014 to allow Wall Street institutions to revert back to a more deregulated and danger-prone economic environment. The notoriously inept decisions and actions of Citigroup had played a significant role in the lead up to the financial debacle of 2007 to 2010. Since 2016 Citigroup has become once again the biggest risk taker by loading itself up with more derivative speculations than any other financial institution in the world.

By returning derivative speculations to the protections of federal financial backstops, taxpayers are once again forced to assume responsibility for the most outlandish risks of Wall Street’s high rollers. It is taxpayers who are the backers of the federal government when it comes to their commitment to compensate banks for losses, even when these losses come about from derivative bets.

How much more Wall Street risk and public debt can be loaded onto taxpayers and even onto generations of taxpayers yet unborn? How is national debt to be understood when it plunders working people to guarantee and augment the wealth of the most privileged branches of society? Why should those most responsible for creating the most excessive risks to the financial wellbeing of our societies be protected from bearing the consequences of the very risks they themselves created?

Along with Citigroup, JP Morgan Chase stands out among a group of financial sector reprobates most deeply involved in sketchy activities that extend deep into the realm of criminality. In a simmering scandal six of JP Morgan Chase’s traders have been accused of breaking laws in conducting the bank’s futures trading in the value of precious metals. They have been accused of violating the RICO statute, a law meant for people suspected of being part of organized crime.

In the charges pressed by the Justice Department on JP Morgan Chase’s traders it is alleged that they “conducted the affairs of the [minerals] desk through a pattern of racketeering activity, specifically, wire fraud affecting a financial institution and bank fraud.”

In 2012 JP Morgan Chase faced a $1 billion fine for its role in the “London Wale” series of derivative bets described as follows by the Chair of the US Senate’s Permanent Subcommittee on Investigation. Senator Carl Levin explained, “Our findings open a window into the hidden world of high stakes derivatives trading by big banks. It exposes a derivatives trading culture at JPMorgan that piled on risk, hid losses, disregarded risk limits, manipulated risk models, dodged oversight, and misinformed the public.”

Traders at Goldman Sachs appear to have been part of the Wall Street crime spree. The tentacles of corruption in the Goldman Sachs case apparently extend deep into the US Justice Department. The case involves allegations of embezzlement, money laundering and missing billions. These manifestations of malfeasance all spin out of a scandal-prone Malaysian sovereign wealth fund administered by Goldman Sachs.

A big part of the scandal reported in Wall Street on Parade in July of 2020 involves the fact that the Justice Department’s prosecutors seem to be dragging their feet in this possible criminal felony case against Goldman Sachs. The prosecutors, including the US Attorney-General, William Barr, worked previously for the law firm, Kirkland and Ellis. Kirkland and Ellis was retained to defend Goldman Sachs in this matter.

Pam Martens and Russ Martens express dismay at the failure of US officialdom to hold Wall Street institutions accountable for the crime spree of some of its biggest firms. They write, “Congress and the executive branch of the government seem determined to protect Wall Street criminals, which simply assures their proliferation.”

Even racketeering charges against officials at JP Morgan Chase, where Jamie Dimon presides as CEO, failed to receive any attention from the professional deceivers that these days dominate MSM. The star reporters of Wall Street on Parade write, “Crime and fraud are so de rigueur at the bank led by Dimon that not one major newspaper ran the headline [of the racketeering charge] on the front page or anywhere else in the paper.

While federal charges that JP Morgan Chase’s Wall Street operation engaged in criminal racketeering was not of interest to the press, Jamie Dimon’s surprise visit in early June to a Chase branch in Mt. Kisco New York aroused considerable media attention. Dimon was photographed with staff wearing a mask and taking the knee. By participating in this ritual Dimon signaled that his Wall Street operation is in league with the sometimes violent cancel culture pushed into prominence by the Democratic Party in partnership with Black Lives Matter and Antifa.

In an article on 21 July marking ten years since the Dodd-Frank Act of 2010, the Martens duo conclude, “So here we are today, watching the Fed conduct another secret multi-trillion dollar bailout of Wall Street while the voices of Congress and mainstream media are nowhere to be heard.”

Enter BlackRock

In March it was announced that representatives of the US Treasury Department, the Federal Reserve Board and the BlackRock financial management were joining forces to make adjustments in the US economy. The aim was to address the financial dislocations resulting from the decision to lock down businesses, citizens, schools, entertainment, and social mingling outside the home, all in response to the health care hysteria promoted by governments and their media extensions.

The format of this process suggested some relaxation in the strict distinctions historically drawn between the US Treasury and the Federal Reserve. What would be the role of the third member of the group? In reflecting on this topic Joyce Nelson observed, “the new bailout bill not only further erases the line between the Federal Reserve and the U.S. Treasury, it places BlackRock effectively in an overseer position for both.”

Some saw as symbolically instructive the delegation to BlackRock of a larger role than that assigned it during the first bailout of 2007-2008. It would be hard to overestimate the significance of this prominent Wall Street firm’s return to a strategic role near the very heart of this major exercise of federal power. This invitation to take part in such crucial negotiations at such a consequential juncture in history caused some to characterize BlackRock as a “fourth branch of government.”

As Victoria Guida commented in Politico, “This is a transformational moment for the Fed, and BlackRock’s now going to be in an even stronger position to serve the Fed in the future.”

BlackRock officials had been instrumental in helping to manoeuvre their company into such a strategic role by responding proactively to the understanding in some elite circles that another financial debacle was imminent. Only months before the financial meltdown actually occurred a group of former central bankers all commissioned by BlackRock delivered a recovery plan in August of 2019.

Presented at a G 7 summit of central bankers in Jackson Hole Wyoming, the plan for the government responses to the looming financial collapse was entitled Dealing with the Next Downturn. Its authors are Stanley Fischer, former Governor of the Central Bank of Israel, Philipp Hildebrande, former Chairman of the Governing Board of the Swiss National Bank, Jean Boivin, former Deputy Governor of the Bank of Canada, and Elga Bartsch, Economist at Morgan Stanley.

The BlackRock Team at Jackson Hole put forward the case that a more aggressive and coordinated combination of monetary and fiscal policy must be brought to the job of stimulating a financial recovery. Monetary policy includes the setting of interest rates. Where monetary policy has historically been the domain of the central banks, fiscal policy, involving issues of taxation as well as the content and size of government budgets, lies within the jurisdiction of elected legislatures.

The nub of the proposal to unite fiscal and monetary policy put the US Treasury and the US Federal Reserve on the same political platform. As the author of this merger of monetary and fiscal policy, BlackRock became third member of the triumvirate charged to address the broad array of economic maladies that arrived in the wake of the lockdowns.

In the spring of 2020 BlackRock has been hired by the Bank of Canada and by Sweden’s Central Bank, the Riksbank, to deliver on the approaches to crisis management its representatives had laid out at Jackson Hole. BlackRock’s most high-profile and strategic engagement, however, began with its involvement in the negotiation of the $2 trillion CARES stimulus package that passed through the US Congress in March of 2020.

The CARES Act included $367 billion for loans and grants to small business, $130 billion for health care systems, $150 billion for state and local government, $500 billion for loans to corporate America, and $25 billion for airlines (in addition to loans).

The heart of the plan involved a payout of $1,200 per adult and $500 per child for households making up to $75,000. This payment to citizens approaches the concept of disseminating “helicopter money” as referred to in BlackRock’s initial outline for dealing with the “downturn.” Helicopter money distributed by the federal government to its citizens was also related to the concept of “going direct” in strategies for stimulating the economy.

BlackRock seems to be moving into the space recently held by Goldman Sachs as Wall Street’s best embodiment of ostentatious success including in the preparation of its corporate leaders for high-ranking positions in the federal government. Laurence Fink, BlackRock’s founder and CEO, might well have replicated this career path to become Treasury Secretary if Hillary Clinton had succeeded in becoming US President in 2016.

BlackRock’s leadership went to great lengths to avoid being tagged with the title in the United States of a “systematically important financial institution” (sifi). To be subject to this “sifi” label entails added federal scrutiny and regulation as well as heightened requirements to keep high amounts of capital on hand. BlackRock’s status as a private company not subject to sifi regulations makes the financial management firm more attractive to its federal partners in the federal payout operation presently underway.

One of the reasons for including a private company in the trio of partners involved in the payouts is to sneak around limitations on the legal powers of the Federal Reserve. As explained by Ellen Brown in her essay, Meet BlackRock: The New Great Vampire Squid, the Federal Reserve can only purchase “safe federally-guaranteed assets.” As a private company, BlackRock apparently faces no such restrictions. It can purchase more risky assets not backstopped by federal insurance.

The regional banks of the Federal Reserve Board are owned by private companies whose directors seem to have been part of the decision to include BlackRock in the implementation of the CARES process. There can be no doubt that the format of the CARES negotiations pulled the supposedly independent Federal Reserve more deeply into the political orbit of the US Treasury branch. The presence of a major Wall Street firm in the process, however, apparently gave the advocates of the Fed’s supposed independence from politics a sense that they retained some leverage in the process.

The inclusion of private companies in the conduct of government business has become in recent decades a very common expression of neoliberalism. One of the reasons for this embrace of public-private partnerships in the conduct of government business is to take advantage of the legal nature of private companies. The apportionment to private companies of significant roles in deciding and implementing public policies helps put veils of secrecy over the true nature of government decisions and actions.

Private companies can more easily assert claims to “proprietary information” than can public institutions when they act on behalf of citizens. This feature of privatization in the performance of public responsibilities by elected government runs counter to the imperatives of democratic transparency. It puts obstacles in the way of genuine accountability because the public is more likely to be kept in the dark about key aspects of what is being decided and done on their behalf.

Suck Up Economics and State Monopoly Capitalism

BlackRock owns, controls, or manages about $30 trillion in total in securities. It directly controls or owns somewhat less than a third of this amount. The remainder of the assets BlackRock manages are to service clients responsible for taking care of pension funds, philanthropies, foundations, endowments, family offices, superannuation funds and such.

A big part of BlackRock’s business model involves attracting customers by allowing them access to great masses of timely information of significant utility to those responsible for making investment decisions. This technological wizardry happens on a very advanced computational platform known as Aladdin.

Aladdin remains a work-in-progress, one that is widely recognized as the most sophisticated medium of its kind for assessing all manner of financial risks and potentials for profit. Its future as an investment platform is to become more and more integrated into the complex mix of hardware and software animating Artificial Intelligence.

BlackRock’s job is to dispense funds ushered into existence through the money-creating powers of the Federal Reserve. These transactions are to take place through eleven so-called “special purpose vehicles” similar to the Maiden Lane companies that BlackRock administered during the prior bailouts.

The funds it distributes in this round starting in 2020 are meant, at least at this early stage of the crisis, as payments for various sorts of assets. These assets might include an array of corporate bonds spanning a range from so-called investment grade to garbage grade junk bonds. The losses incurred in this exchange, involving supposed assets that might turn out to be worthless, or loans that might not be paid back, are to be charged to the US Treasury. Ultimately the liability lies on US taxpayers who are the holders of the national debt.

Bonds of varying levels of worth lie beneath another asset eligible for transformation into cash. This instrument of value is referred to as Exchange Traded Funds, ETFs. ETFs happen to be a specialty of BlackRock ever since the company launched a range of commercial ETFs into Stock Market circulation through its iShares division. BlackRock’s role on both sides of buying and selling ETFs comes up repeatedly as one of the many conflicts of interest of which the Wall Street firm stands accused.

Given that BlackRock is involved in one way or another in the proprietorship of pretty much every major company in the world, there is plenty to back up the allegation that Black Rock is an interested party in most of the transactions in which it engages as part of its partnership with the US Fed and Treasury Branch.

Pam Matens and Russ Martens have been very critical of the role of the Federal Reserve and BlackRock in the current economic crisis. They have anticipated that, if the current drift of events continues, American taxpayers will once again be gobsmacked with a huge growth in the national debt. This development would amount to another major transfer of wealth away from working people to the beneficiaries of Wall Street firms and the same commercial institutions that received the lion’s share of funds during the last bailout.

The co-authors picture BlackRock is part of a scheme to use “Special Purpose Vehicles” like “Enron used to hide the true state of its finances and blow itself up.” They entitle their article published on 31 March, 2020 as  “The Dark Secrets in the Fed’s Wall Street Bailout Are Getting a Devious Makeover in Today’s Bailout.”

The authors observe. “What makes the New York Fed’s bailout of Wall Street so much more dangerous this time around is that it has decided to use a different structure for its loans to Wall Street – one that will force losses on taxpayers and, it hopes, will provide an ironclad secrecy curtain around how much it spends and where the money goes.”

I find this account of an effort by the Federal Reserve to create an “ironclad secrecy curtain” shocking under these circumstances. It suggests an intention to exceed the deceptiveness of the last bailout. This warning renews longstanding suspicions that the failures of transparency and accountability have not subsided since the beginning of the era when deregulation and the 9/11 deceptions converged in the domestic and international operations of Wall Street.

The structural problems already identified in the process initiated to implement the CARES Act could have enormous consequences if the current economic crisis continues to deteriorate. This deterioration is not likely to stop anytime soon given the depth of the crash and its probable domino effects. It was reported in late July that during the second quarter of 2020 the US Gross Domestic Product collapsed at an annualized rate of 33%, the deepest decline in output ever recorded since the US government began measuring GDP in 1947.

The CARES Act helped set in motion a program with the potential to repeat elements of the earlier bailout. The amount of $454 billion was to be set aside to assist the banking sector. The Fed can leverage this amount by ten times according to the principles of fractional reserve banking.

The news of this development caused Mike Whitney to imagine “the Fed turning itself into a hedge fund in order to buy the sludge that has accumulated on the balance sheets of corporations and financial institutions for the last decade,” Whitney pictured an onslaught of “scheming sharpies who will figure out how to game the system and turn the whole fiasco into another Wall Street looting operation.”

Meanwhile the Martens Team at Wall Street on Parade called attention to the $9 trillion already injected by the New York Fed to flood liquidity into the still-troubled Repo Markets that began to falter in September of 2019. Add to this revelation the news that the Fed “has not announced one scintilla of information on what specific Wall Street firms have received this money or how much they individually received.”

There is no doubt that the nature of economic relations will be substantially altered in the process of dealing with the financial meltdown induced by the lockdowns and by the overreliance on high debt rates combined with artificially low interest rates prior to 2020. The altered political economy that is beginning to emerge following the lockdowns is sometimes described as state monopoly capitalism.

In deciding what companies get bailed out and what companies don’t, the financial authorities that are intervening in this crisis are pretty much deciding what enterprises get the advantage of federal financial backstops and what enterprises will not enjoy government sanction. Increasingly, therefore, it is the state that determines winners and losers in the organizing of financial relations. This development further undermines any notion that some idealized vision of competition and market forces will determine winners and losers in the economy of the future.

As Peter Ewarts has observed, it seems that BlackRock is being delegated by federal authorities to exercise “discretionary powers to pick winners and losers,” a choice that is “where the real bonanza and clout lies.” Will the winners be chosen from the companies run by executives that used the money gained from the prior bailouts to engage in stock buy backs? This process of buying back stock tends to be reflected in CEO bonuses and higher share prices. Alternatively this way of allocating funds tends to short change workers as well as innovation and efficiency in industrial production?

Will companies be rewarded whose executives have moved production facilities overseas or issued billions in junk bonds? Will companies be rewarded whose directors have participated in the effort to censor the Internet, bring about lockdowns or foment mask hysteria? Why is it that the coddled elites serving the financial imperatives of most wealthy branches of society are being put in the best position to decide who gets a life preserver from the state and who must sink and drown?

Might this bias be a factor in the current process that led Forbes Magazine to conclude in a headline that “Billionaries Are Getting Richer During the Covid-19 Pandemic While Most Americans Suffer.”

There can be no doubt that the financial transactions beginning with the CARES Act represent a crucial initial stage in what the promoters of the World Economic Forum have been labeling as the Great Reset. Laurence Fink and the BlackRock firm are significant participants in the World Economic Forum. The WEF helped introduce the pandemic in Event 201 in October of 2019 even as it is now trying to put a positive face on the fiasco.

Why should the people most harshly affected by the lockdowns tolerate that the very Wall Street interests dispossessing them, are tasked once again to lead and exploit the reset of the financial system? As presently structured by the likes of BlackRock and its beneficiaries, this process is once again transferring new wealth to the most wealthy branches of society. Simultaneously it is burdening the rest of the population with yet another massive increase in both personal and national indebtedness.

There is no more discussion of “trickle down” economics, a frequent metaphor invoked in the Reagan-Thatcher era. Instead we are in the midst of an increasingly intense phase of suck up economics. The rich are being further enriched and further empowered through the dispossession of the poor and the middle classes. This procedure, initiated when locked down citizens were sidelined from the political process, has the potential to result in the largest upward transfer of wealth so far in history.

BlackRock Versus the Debt-Lite Legacy of the Bank of Canada

At the end of March Laurence Fink, CEO and founder of BlackRock, announced in a letter to his company’s shareholder, “We are honored to have been selected to assist the Federal Reserve Bank of New York and the Bank of Canada on programs designed to facilitate capital to businesses and support the economy.”

This announcement might leave the impression that the Bank of Canada and the Federal Reserve Bank of New York are similar institutions. This impression is unfounded. The two banks have very different structures and histories. A spotlight on these differences helps illuminate the nature of a number of core financial issues.

These financial issues should command avid attention during this time of reckoning with a serious economic crisis that may well be still in its early stages. Such issues inevitably draw attention to the current manifestations of very old questions about the character of money and its relationship to the concepts of usury and debt. Questions about debt, debt enslavement as well as the possibility of debt renunciation or debt forgiveness are becoming especially pressing.

These controversial queries arise in an era when a tiny minority is aggressively asserting sweeping claims to ownership of vast concentrations of the world’s available assets. The other side of this picture reveals that the largest mass of humanity is sinking into a swamp of rising debt on a scale that is concurrently unsustainable and unconscionable. How did this level of inequity reach such audacious extremes? Are there any remedies in sight?

There is nothing to suggest structural remediation in the current approach to the economic crisis. In fact so far there is every indication that the current approach of bringing about an enormous expansion in the availability of debt-laden money will only compound the further dispossession of the already dispossessed in order to expand the wealth of the already wealthy.

As already noted, the Federal Reserve Bank of New York is one of twelve regional banks that together constitute the US Federal Reserve. Every regional Federal Reserve Bank is owned by a group of private banks. Each of the private banks at the base of a Federal Reserve regional bank marks its proprietorship through the ownership of shares. These shares cannot be freely traded in stock markets. The ownership of these shares expresses the private ownership of the US banking system.

The Fed’s New York regional bank has a special role in money creation given its location at the heart of the US financial sector on and around Wall Street. In this crisis, the Federal Reserve Bank of New York is creating new money in the name of holding back onslaughts of destitution and penury in a traumatized society. Ever since 1913 every new dollar brought into existence by the Federal Reserve, which is the central bank of the United States, creates added debt that collects compound interest as long as it is left unpaid.

The Bank of Canada was created to counter the delegation of money-creating authority to privately-owned banks. The Bank of Canada was founded during the Great Depression, a time when the failure of many existing institutions created the conditions to try out alternative entities in the attempt to improve economic relationships.

One of the driving forces in the creation of Canada’s new banking system was Gerald Gratten McGeer. McGreer was an elected official in British Columbia dedicated to changing the system so that the people of Canada could generate their own currency through the sovereign authority of Canada’s Parliament. McGeer helped to push the national government of Prime Minister R.B. Bennett in this direction. The wheels were set in motion in 1933 through the work on the Royal Commission on Banking and Currency.

McGeer drew much of his inspiration from former US President, Abraham Lincoln. Lincoln led the US federal government throughout the US Civil War. To finance the Armed Forces of the Union, Lincoln used the authority of the federal government to create “Greenbacks” as a means of paying the troops. By employing the sovereign authority of the US government to create its own currency, Lincoln avoided the intrigues that often accompanied the process of borrowing money from foreign lenders.

McGreer had obtained what he viewed as credible evidence that Lincoln had been assassinated because of his antagonism to the designs of private bankers seeking to widen their base of power in the United States. The Canadian politician had taken to heart a comment attributed often to Lincoln: “The privilege of creating and issuing money is not only the supreme prerogative of Government, but it is the Government’s greatest creative opportunity.”

The Bank of Canada was created in 1934 and nationalized as a Crown Corporation in 1938. To this day it retains its founding charter that affirms,

WHEREAS it is desirable to establish a central bank in Canada to regulate credit and currency in the best interests of the economic life of the nation, to control and protect the external value of the national monetary unit and to mitigate by its influence fluctuations in the general level of production, trade, prices and employment, so far as may be possible within the scope of monetary action, and generally to promote the economic and financial welfare of Canada.

The Bank of Canada formed an essential basis of a very creative period of Canadian growth, development, and diversification throughout the middle decades of the twentieth century. The Bank of Canada created the capital that financed the Canadian war effort from 1939 until 1945. After the war the Bank of Canada lent money at very low rates of interest to the municipal, provincial and national governments. The monies were used for infrastructure projects and for investments to increase the wellbeing and creative potential of Canada’s most important resource, its people.

This type of low interest or no interest financing formed the economic basis for projects like the creation of a national pension plan, national health care insurance, the Trans-Canada Highway, the St. Lawrence Seaway, the Avro-Arrow initiative as well as a formidable system of colleges and universities.

One could say that the Bank of Canada provided an indigenous money supply that was spent into the operations of a fast growing economy greased with lots of federal liquidity. The new money derived its value from the efforts of Canadian workers.  Together they brought about significant increases in the country’s net worth through practical improvements that bettered the lives of all citizens.

Consider the contrast between this type of national development and the kind of larceny facilitated by the Federal Reserve’s infusions of the money it creates into Wall Street’s operations in the twenty-first century. In, for instance, the financial bailouts of 2007 to 2010 the largest part of the newly-created money ended up in the coffers of the wealthy whereas the new debt created ended up as part of a US national debt.

The burden of carrying this debt falls inter-generationally on average working people who form the lion’s share of taxpayers. They have long been saddled with an “inextinguishable debt” that unrelentingly grows, hardly ever shrinks, and remains basically unpayable forever. The very concept of “compound interest” conveys the image of an overall debt spread out over many venues. This debt must grow in perpetuity. There is a constant need for additional debtors while existing debtors must face constantly growing personal debt.

There is reason to suspect that the financial debacle of 2020 will re-enact some the worst excesses of the 2008 bailout. Might the payouts this time around to derivative-addicted Wall Street firms like Citigroup, Goldman Sachs and JP Morgan Chase exceed the scale of the prior bailout? Would there be any way of even knowing whether the current round of payouts outdoes the former round of bailouts? The current process of federal disbursements is not transparent. In fact the process has been described as one designed to “provide an ironclad secrecy curtain around how much [the Fed} spends and where the money goes.”

Why is the Canadian government turning to the very firm that emerged as Wall Street’s main fixer and winner in the 2008 bailouts? Why is Justin Trudeau looking to BlackRock to respond to the Canadian aspects of the 2020 economic crash?

Justin Trudeau seems unwilling or unable to provide a coherent answer to this question and others requiring thoughtful replies rather than barrages of platitudes. Why is Justin Trudeau instituting what Joyce Nelson has characterized as a “new feudalism” in Canada’s economic policies?

Any decent effort of response on Trudeau’s part would have to make some reference to the background of the current debacle. There would have to be some acknowledgment that between 1934 and 1974 the Canada government did not build up any significant national debt. Then, between 1974 and 2020, the national debt of Canada skyrocketed from $22 billion to $700 billion.

Why was such a good and sustainable use of the Bank of Canada put aside, one that contributed magnificently to the health and wellbeing of the Canadian people as well as the Canadian federation? Who lost out? Who gained besides the international bankers?

The incomprehensible abandonment of a winning formula for Canadian development by Prime Minister Pierre Trudeau puts a special onus on his son, Canada’s current PM, to explain the incredibly costly mistake of his father. Why won’t Justin Trudeau fix the mistake of his father and restore the Bank of Canada to its former role in Canadian nation building?

There has never been a full and satisfactory explanation of what really happened in 1974 to persuade Pierre Trudeau to throw aside the means of developing infrastructure with resources generated internally within Canada. Trudeau Senior’s decision to stop building up Canada through the operation of the Canadian people’s own national bank was not debated in Parliament. The option was never part of an election platform let alone the subject of a national referendum.

Apparently the Swiss-based Bank of International Settlements, which is often referred to as the central bank for central bankers, had some role in Pierre Trudeau’s decision to cease using the Bank of Canada’s powers to generate near-debt-free Canadian currency.

Government as a Means of Escaping Debt Entrapment

That powers of debt-lite money creation invested by Parliament in the Bank of Canada have never been formally withdrawn. The Bank of Canada could still revert back to the direct creation of Canadian currency to be spent into an economy of national recovery; to be spent in investments in infrastructure as well as in cultivating and applying the creative skills of the Canadian people.

Between 2011 and 2017 a court case was brought against the government of Canada with the aim of restoring the Bank of Canada to its former role. As Rocco Galati, the lawyer for the Committee on Monetary and Economic Reform (COMER) explained  “Not only has the government abandoned its constitutional duty to govern, but it has transferred it to international private banks which corresponds to an abandonment of its sovereignty.”

After some significant rulings and contentious appeals, the COMER case came to an end without delivering results that its plaintiffs sought. But the court case helped to put a spotlight on the potential of the Bank of Canada. If properly utilized, this institution could provide a model corrective to the subordination of governance to the international Lords of Debt Explotation and their minions.

This process of politicizing the role of the Bank of Canada should extend to a process of calling out Justin Trudeau’s current approach to selling off key components of Canada’s infrastructure.

This topic came up in private discussions between Larry Fink and Justin Trudeau at the World Economic Forum in Davos in January of 2016. Fink apparently got Trudeau interested in attracting private investors to the project of improving or building Canadian infrastructure projects like roads, high-speed trains, airports and such. This kind of approach to developing infrastructure projects runs counter to the role once played by the Bank of Canada in incorporating self-sufficiency into the process of national building.

The dangers and opportunities in this time of manufactured crises are indeed unprecedented.  Instead of rejecting the Davos crowd’s preoccupation with a giant reset, why not embrace the concept? Why not treat this moment as an opening to reset the global economy in a way that would restore the Bank of Canada to some of its former functions. Why not highlight this return to the sovereign embrace of benevolent nation building as an example for the rest of the world?

Why not reconstitute the worldwide structures of the international system of economic relations to restore elected governments to the functions that have been pre-empted by unaccountable institutions like the US Federal Reserve or the Bank for International Settlements? Why not renew the model of banking as an exercise and expression of national sovereignty and the self-determination of peoples in a dynamic global arena of rules-based economic interaction?

Why not withdraw the power from private bankers to create national currencies? Why not follow the advice of the deceased Abraham Lincoln by restoring “the greatest of all creative possibilities available to governments,” namely their power to issue money and set interest rates. The restoration of economic power to governments and the people and peoples they represent would involve the infusion of life into conceptions of globalization very different than those used to justify the industrialization of China and the deindustrialization of North America.

By delegating to international organizations much of their capacity to influence the economic conditions affecting their own people, national legislatures have lost much of their capacity to provide responsible government. Governments thus weakened are not realistically in a position to derive their authority from the consent of the governed. When representative bodies cannot effectively express the right of their constituents to collective self-determination in economic realm, what legitimacy is left to the institution of representative government?

This strange moment puts humanity face to face with much that is novel and unprecedented and much that is old and integral to the history of human interaction. The economic dimensions of this crisis constitute its most devastating and far-reaching attribute. The supposed remedy being rushed into operation is to flood large quantities of debt-laden loans into existence and for governments to distribute the borrowed funds to individuals, businesses, and organizations as they see fit.

Once again, vast quantities of debt-laden money are being created without the informed consent of those on whose shoulders the vastly increased loads of debt are falling. Once again governments are rewarding political friends and punishing political enemies by means of the way the new funds are being apportioned.

Decisions are pushed forward that emanate not from citizen constituents but from cabals of supranational connivers actively engaged in wrecking what little remains of responsible government. As governments lose legitimacy by engaging in collusion with corrupt cronies and international crime syndicates they must depend more and more on police state thuggery to enforce some semblance of order.

This process is going forward in spite of the fact that alternative means exist to create as much new money as is required without having to pay large amounts of compound interest to private bankers. Every sovereign government has the capacity to generate new money by following the model of the Bank of Canada between 1938 and 1974.

There is an especially urgent need at this time for some serious reckoning with the economic dimensions of the crisis before us. This reckoning will inevitably meet the resistance of extremely powerful interests who are deriving great benefits from the existing system. The process of privatizing the creation of money has enriched and empowered a clique whose institutionalized, deep-rooted and continuing kleptocracy was exposed in part by the bailout of 2008.

Why should we take for granted in 2020 that the best way to deal with the economic debacle put before us is to create new money by agreeing to go much deeper into a quagmire of debt entrapment. This debt trap, whose cumulative amount will soon be more that $300 trillion globally, creates gross liabilities in a trajectory of disadvantage that severely limits the life chances even of many generations still unborn.

The other side of debt is embodied in assets. Who gets the assets and who gets the liabilities that coalesce to form indebtedness? What is to be made of the role of birth or inheritance or race or natural ability or social connections in apportioning assets or imposing the enslavements of accumulated debt?

John Perkins addressed some of these issues in his Confessions of an Economic Hit Man and in a subsequent follow-up volume. Perkins chronicled how an inter-related complex of US institutions aligned themselves with his own greedy and unscrupulous interventions. The goal of their coordinated aggressions was aimed at imposing the enslavements of massive debt with compound interest. Their version of loan sharking is one of many manifestations expressing a very old and common phenomenon. It often happens that powerful interests parasitically exploit the weak to further enrich themselves.

This partnership between John Perkins and the kleptocratic agencies directed by the US government has long been drawing wealth from struggling countries by pushing them more deeply into national indebtedness. Once the governments of target countries succumbed to greater dependence on debt-based financing, the conditions were ripe to force officials into adopting policies of austerity that harmed local citizens in order to augment the assets of international investors.

Significantly the World Bank demonstrated how this coercion works in the context of the current economic crisis. The World Bank attempted to impose conditions on a loan of $940 million to Belarus because the WB wanted Belarus to conform to the lockdowns that are a primary cause of the current manufactured crisis.

As revealed by the Belarus’s President, Alexander Lukashenko, the World Bank wanted his country to adopt the full set of COVID-19 measures that had been implemented by the Italian government. Lukashenko said no to the loan. He refused to accept the conditions and carried on the established policies of Belarus, a country that has “not implemented strict coronavirus containment measures.”

Lukashenko is far from alone in his contempt for the manipulative tactics of the apparatus promoting the manufactured crisis. For instance Tanzanian President, John Magufuli, tested the accuracy of the testing procedures being forced on his country by the World Health Organization. President and Medical Doctor Mugufi included in the samples submitted to the testing agency some tissue of a goat and a papaya. Both the goat and the papaya tested positive for COVID-19, an outcome he publicized before ordering the WHO group to leave his country.

The Political Economy of Usury From the Middle Ages to the Era of Social Credit and Ezra Pound

We cannot assess the division of humanity between a massive group of debtors and a much smaller group of creditors without touching on the issue of usury. The subject of usury, the lending of money with the addition of interest payments, has been an extremely contentious issue throughout much of human history.

There were prohibitions against usury in ancient Greece, ancient India and the Roman Empire. Throughout much of the last thousand years usury has been regarded as a sin outlawed in the Bible, the Torah and the Koran. At different times in history the Roman Catholic Church has been an especially zealous opponent of some forms of usury.

Considering the nature of our current predicaments including obscene levels of economic inequality, usury might yet again arouse contentions. Some of the core ethical issues raised by the resort to usury remain unresolved. How is it ethical, for instance, to subject disinherited children in poor countries to the indignities of deepened poverty so that rich folks in rich parts of the world can reap larger dividends?

Beginning in the Middle Ages, forms of usury began to show up first in the Italian city states and in the towns of the Franco-Flemish realm. The act of loaning money with interest gradually spread throughout Europe. In some predominately-Muslim jurisdictions, the concept conveyed in the Arabic term, “riba,” approximated the idea of usury or interest. Over time various versions of riba have affected Muslim banking practices.

Often there were prohibitions preventing Jews from demanding interest on loans made to other Jews. There were many Talmudic teachings, however, permitting interest to be collected from gentiles when they borrowed money from Jews. Many accounts of Jewish efforts to break down prohibitions on usury highlight obstacles preventing Jews from pursuing other lines of work. The case is made that the pull of some Jews into banking came about in part because of their exclusion from other occupations.

Whatever the case, the obstacles to usury continued to be lessened including through the changes to Biblical interpretation that came with the Protestant Reformation. Even in the twentieth century, however, usury continued to arouse criticism and distrust. Ezra Pound was one of those who became very outspoken when it came to problems with usury.

The modernist poet and scholar, Ezra Pound, was one of the most influential literary figures of the twentieth century. The importance of his work was expressed not only in his own literary efforts but also in his contributions to other authors in his circle of friends and colleagues.

Pound’s outspoken criticism of usury formed part of the discourse that was integral to the political movements seeking economic reform. The creation and successful nationalization of the Bank of Canada was one of the outgrowths of the concerted quest to give substance to economic institutions that would more effectively serve human needs.

The creation of the Bank of Canada drew on the ideas of Abraham Lincoln and also on those of many other theorists including Major C.H. Douglas. While Major Douglas and John Maynard Keynes each denounced one another’s work, both sought to stimulate economic activity by expanding the supply and distribution of money.  Major Douglas’ vision of Social Credit, one that Pound enthusiastically embraced, sought to bring about greater harmony and equilibrium between the forces of production and consumption.

A biographer of Pound has explained that this formidable literary figure believed “there was the prospect of building a Social Credit society where money served the consumer and served the producer.”  As Pound pictured it, “the middle men” seeking usurious, interest bearing profit” to be collected “without work or prior motivation, could be cut out.” During the Depression the hope of prosperity through the application of Social Credit principles was seized upon by many. One of them was an evangelical preacher in the Canadian province of Alberta.

Largely as a result of the popularity he gained by incorporating Major Douglas’ analysis of Social Credit into his Sunday afternoon Christian radio broadcast, “Bible Bill” Aberhart became the Premier of Alberta. His Social Credit Party gained 56 of 63 seats in the Alberta Legislature. The Social Credit Party continued in power until 1971.

The Social Credit preoccupation with bringing about changes in the relationship of citizens to financial institutions helped add to the discourse from which the Bank of Canada emerged as a dynamic instrument of nation building.

The enthusiasm was well placed of those who threw their lot in with the movement to create and enlivened the Bank of Canada. The generations that put their trust in this federal financial institution had the satisfaction of knowing that their taxes were not devoured to pay big amounts of interest to private bankers in the style that presently prevails almost everywhere.

Like his good friend and colleague, Ernest Hemingway, Pound was a devotee of clear, terse and succinct prose.

This characteristic of his writing comes through strongly in his harsh condemnations of usury. “Usury is the cancer of the world,” Pound wrote. He explained, “Until you know who has lent to whom, you know nothing of politics, you know nothing whatever of history, you know nothing of international wrangles.”

Ezra Pound was born in Idaho but was attracted to Italy throughout long periods of his life. In Italy he lionized its fascist leader, Benito Mussolini. He embraced the Axis side in World War II developing close relations with the British fascist leader, Oswald Mosley. Pound threw himself into the contest producing a torrent of radio broadcasts seeking to win over English-speaking converts to the Axis side. These broadcasts are today widely described as war propaganda.

Pound was indicted in the United States in 1943 and arrested at the war’s end by the US Armed Forces in Italy. After being jailed in Pisa, Pound was charged with treason. Then Pound was diagnosed as being mentally unfit to face charges.

The finding that he was mentally ill caused Pound to be locked up as a patient in St. Elizabeth’s Hospital in the Washington DC area for the next 13 years. In spite of his severe prejudices against Jewish bankers and his active embrace of fascism during the war years, Pound continued to carry on very lively interactions with his formidable circle of poets, essayists and novelists.

Pound’s circle included James Joyce, Ernest Hemingway, and T.S. Eliot. All these writers wrote works that won a Nobel Prize for Literature. These and many other authors benefited from Pound’s encouragement and mentorship. In 1948 Eustace Mullins joined Pound’s circle. Mullins was introduced to the famous poet and scholar through Pound’s wife, Dorothy Shakespeare,

When he first met Pound, Mullins was an art school student and a veteran of the US Air Force. He had already published some short pieces in the British journal, Social Creditor. Mullins remembered Pound’s place of forced residence as “a hideous, urine-soaked madhouse in Washington D.C.” As their visits became increasingly regular, Pound encouraged Mullins to conduct research into the history and activities of the Federal Reserve.

When Pound proposed the idea Mullins was unaware of the existence of the Federal Reserve. Nevertheless, Mullins threw himself into the project that he supported by combining his research with work as a book stacker at the Library of Congress. At the Library he befriended George Stimpson who was well known among Washington journalists and government officials for his wealth of knowledge and his ability to locate relevant research materials.

Stimpson happily worked with Mullins. He helped the aspiring author by guiding him into the primary and secondary literature illuminating many facets of the Federal Reserve’s history

Eustace Mullins Explores the Secrets of the Federal Reserve

An initial edition of the volume appeared in 1952 as Mullins on the Federal Reserve. Another edition with added information was published in 1954. The text has been republished many times, sometimes in different editions under the title Secrets of the Federal Reserve. The text is organized around both thematic and chronological facets.

Mullins lays out the history of the Federal Reserve with considerable attention to the institution’s roots and origins. The author emphasizes several strands of continuity showing the links of the Federal Reserve to the banking establishments of Europe but especially those of Great Britain and Germany.

Mullins characterizes the Federal Reserve as the most powerful institution in the United States whose influence grew so that “it gradually superseded the popular elected government of the United States.” The power of the Fed and its core facet, the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, is said to have become so formidable because the agency operates in secrecy without any genuine form of accountability to any public institution. The NY Fed combines the power of secrecy with the enormous power to create new currency and to set interest rates becoming in the process “the most gigantic trust on earth.”

Mullins makes the case that the financial district known as the City of London exercised enormous influence over the activities of the Federal Reserve and many of the large Wall Street banks. Mullins wrote, “London is the world’s financial centre, because it commands enormous sums of capital created at its command by the Federal Reserve Board of the United States.”

Mullins is conscientious in presenting many citations to back up his observations and interpretations. He cites, for instance the New York Times on January of 1920 where it states, “The Federal Reserve is a fount of credit not capital.” The manipulation of credit, however, can greatly affect the industrial economy by affecting the ability of manufacturers and farmers to produce.

Mullins emphasizes throughout the text how events are often engineered to strengthen the hand of the Lords of Credit in the matrix of society’s operations. In referring, for instance, to a secret banker’s plan to crash the stock market in 1929, Mullins expressed a view that could as easily describe the growing suspicion in 2020. Could it be that the lockdowns of businesses and workers were purposely engineered to strengthen the hands of the Lords of Credit whose main platform is the Federal Reserve Bank of New York?

Mullins explains that sometimes “bankers paralyse the industrial energies of the country” in order to highlight and strengthen “their tremendous powers” over the financial and business organization of the American economy. Mullins’ observation that “panic is an instrument of [financial] power” is another statement with obvious relevance to the current crisis.

As have many authors since, Mullins emphasizes the importance of a top-secret meeting on Jekyll Island in the state of Georgia in 1910. At this meeting Paul Warburg essentially took the intellectual lead in creating a plan for a Central Bank in the United States. Such an institution was long contemplated and promoted but it had been stopped repeatedly, most famously be Andrew Jackson. Jackson’s political career culminated in his winning the US presidency between 1829 and 1837.

Warburg left his family banking business in Hamburg Germany in 1902. He joined the Wall Street Office of Kuhn Loeb, a Wall Street House that helped finance the Bolshevik Revolution in Russia. Mullins devotes much effort to describing the complex of alliances and rivalries that characterized banking before and after the founding of the Fed.

Weaving throughout these networks of financial activity were the banking operations of the Rothschild family. Mullins leaves no doubt that the operations of the Rothschild family of bankers were extensive, elaborate and very influential.

In the nineteenth century the Rothschild banking establishment gradually wove its operations into those of large segments of Europe’s royal and aristocratic establishments. Mullins emphasizes the genesis of the close business relationship between the Rothschild banking clan and a London-based US company, George Peabody and Company.

Peabody’s bank was passed on to a father and son team, Junius Spencer Morgan and John Pierpont Morgan. In the days of the Fed’s founding and even today, the name of J.P. Morgan is synonymous with New York banking. Mullins explains how the Rothschild bankers kept a fairly low profile in New York by conducting much of their American business largely through the financial organizations associated with the name and reputation of J.P. Morgan.

Mullins outlines the role of the Federal Reserve in the funding of two world wars. Many of the topics covered in Secrets of the Federal Reserve were later pursued in much more detail in the prolific writings of Antony C. Sutton.

Most of Sutton’s volumes describe the role of Wall Street in helping to bring about many of world history’s major turning points during the twentieth century. These turning points include Wall Street’s funding of the rise of the National Socialist government in Germany in the 1930s and the role of Wall Street in financing the Bolshevik Revolution and the business activities of the Soviet Union.

The capacity of the New York Bank of the Federal Reserve to create vast quantities of credit to finance wars, often with the same bankers funding competing sides in conflicts, provided the key to the creation of huge fortunes. The funding of both sides in war can be seen as an early form of hedging one’s bets. This kind of high impact intervention through banking sometimes created huge leverage for a very small number of people to steer history towards preconceived destinations.

As Mullins explains it, the Federal Reserve was founded in extreme secrecy and often employs deceptive tactics to misrepresent its true nature. As Mullins sees it, for instance, the creation of the twelve regional banks was a ploy to gain political acceptance for the Central Bank’s core entity, the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. Mullins explains, “the other eleven banks were so many expensive mausoleums erected to salve local pride and quell the Jacksonian fears of the hinterland.”

The ability of Wall Street bankers to invoke the credit creating powers of the New York Fed forms a key aspect of the frequent military adventurism of the US government. This military adventurism continued full force even after the United States became the world’s largest debtor nation after 1990. How large has been the role of the US Fed in building up the US national debt together with the tens of trillions missing from the books of the US Defense Department?

The Israel Lobby and the Federal Reserve

Much of the military adventurism of the United States especially after 9/11 was directed into invasions of Muslim-majority countries that threaten a particular view of Israel as a dominant power in its region and in the world. Why would it be that the Federal Reserve is any less involved in creating the available credit for the waging of wars in the twenty-first century than it was in creating the wars of the twentieth century?

In his authorship of The Secrets of the Federal Reserve, Mullins seems largely oblivious to the role in world history of Zionism and the genesis of Israel. His main attention lay elsewhere. As I read his text, he accurately conveyed how the large Jewish influence in the banking institution of Europe, including the influence of the Rothschild consortium, was extended into Wall Street including the Federal Reserve.

While Mullins does not shy aware from dealing with the Jewish component of the story he set out to tell, I don’t think he belabours this subject or becomes aggressively polemical about it. Certainly the same cannot be said of some of his critics whose condemnations of Mullins can sometimes be extremely polemical.

Mullins might have made more of the identity politics prevailing throughout the twentieth century. The sensibilities of the dominant Christian constituency in the United States probably influenced the decisions of many customers shopping for banking services. Quite likely some of them would have been more comfortable dealing with firms identified with names like J.P. Morgan, Rockefeller and Mellon rather than Warburg, Greenspan or Fink. Times, however, have changed.

Some of the more severe prejudices seem to have subsided around the time that Sandy Weill combined his Travellers Insurance Company with Citicorp to create Citigroup. This merger helped create the political momentum leading to the elimination of the Glass-Steagall Act in 1999. With Glass-Steagall’s elimination, Citigroup tried to become a giant department store of varied financial services. In its inner sanctums, however, Citigroup developed a preoccupation with derivatives that continues yet.

In the twenty-first century it happened that some of the cosmetic overlays were removed that had previously been imposed to disguise the large representation of Jews in Wall Street banking, including in the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. For good or bad, usury has become a core features of how the contemporary world is organized. Some reckoning with the ethnic inheritances attending usury are therefore inescapable, especially when dealing with the some of the most dramatic displays of usury on steroids in Wall Street institutions.

Where I see the need to draw a line in the sand is not on the question of the ethnicity of Wall Street personnel. Rather this line in the sand involves the question of how power is used or abused at the domineering heights of our financial institutions. Generally speaking it is not a justifiable use of the Federal Reserve to produce credit that enables the waging of wars that are offensive rather than defensive in character.

The waging of war has long been one of the big bonanzas producing major windfalls for international bankers. In the twenty-first century so many of the wars involve the flexing of military might by the United States to advance the expansionary designs of the Israeli state. The US Federal Reserve has been part of the process of creating what some would consider wars for Israel in Iraq, Syria, Yemen and Iran.

Why are the money-generating powers of the secretive Federal Reserve being invoked to help fund wars for Israel and also to help shape public opinion to accept the US role in these wars of aggression. Especially sensitive is the further indebting of the American people to subsidize the production of propaganda aimed at persuading them to back wars for Israel. This propaganda is deemed necessary to deflate opposition to Israel’s actions including the ruthless dehumanizing treatment of Palestinian Arabs.

We have seen that the Federal Reserve Bank of New York was deeply engaged in 2008 in transferring tens of trillions into the coffers of its own member institutions and counterparties. What uses were made of this bailout produced through a dubious process of legalized financial larceny?

One way or another the Israel Lobby must be a prime beneficiary of the machinations of Wall Street and its money spigot, the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. This pattern of priority can easily be related to US federal funding of the Israel project as a higher priority in federal budgeting than even the basic needs of the domestic population of the United States. Black Lives Do Matter but why is it that the lives of Israel First Partisans seem to matter more than any other group?

This Israel Lobby has the power to prevent any critic of Israeli policies from gaining the nomination of a major US party to run for US president. The result is that, in election after election, Americans are offered a very limited choice between competitors who are equally supportive of Israel.

The Israel Lobby can intervene to prevent the leadership of opposition parties from adopting policies that emphasize equity in Israel-Palestinian relations. Through its campaign contributions, the Israel Lobby dominates the process of choosing and electing representatives in Congress. How much does it cost to buy the political obedience of most federal politicians? How much does it cost to replicate this feat in the state legislatures and even municipal governments?

Through the ownership and/or control of major media outlets, the Israel Lobby exerts major influence in determining the main outlines of much public discourse when it comes to US-Israeli relations and many related subjects. How could one calculate the amount of money it took to achieve this feat? How much of this money is directed into payments for compliance, in other words, bribery? In the post-Epstein era what is the role of bribery’s criminal cousin, namely backmail?

The Israel Lobby is deeply engaged with other lobbies in transforming the Internet from an open forum of public interaction and debate into a centrally controlled propaganda instrument. Prominent among the Internet’s most aggressive censors and thought police are Google, You Tube, Facebook, Twitter and the Anti-Defamation League of B’nai B’rith.

Through all kinds of interventions the Israel Lobby asserts significant forms of control over a broad array of institutions and operations including those of the judiciary, the universities, book publishing, magazine publishing, municipal governments, trade unions and cultural groups. The biggest and most influential cultural group of all is the Hollywood film industry. Not surprisingly there is little in its cinematic output that provides critical perspectives on Zionism and its emanations.

The injection of huge amounts of money are essential to the exercise of so much concerted influence over such a broad sweep of political, intellectual and cultural organizations. Where do the large quantities of money supporting the activities the Israel project come from? Why is it that so many of agencies of the Israel Lobby have the status of charitable organizations with the capacity to extend tax write-offs to donors? What is the relationship of the Israel Lobby to Wall Street and the Federal Reserve Bank of New York?

Even the act of asking such questions will be seen by some as heretical. There is, however, nothing wrong with looking into issues that have so much impact on the quality of our political discourse… so much impact on our capacity to live together with the civility and security we have been losing so quickly with the imposition of the economically crippling lockdowns.

It is no less legitimate to ask questions about the ethnic identity of those who benefit most from the US economy than it is to ask questions about what groups suffer the most from the deprivations of poverty. Wouldn’t it make sense to try to moderate the disparities beginning with processes of research and discussion?

In a book of the same name, former ADL Executive Director, Abe Foxman, has opened the discussion of Jews and Money. Foxman effectively counters the view that all Jews are rich. Foxman, of course, is correct in this assertion. All Jews are not rich. Some are outright poor. A fairly large number of Jews, however, are somewhat rich and a small minority of Jews are disproportionately invested with wealth and power. Jews are especially well represented in the billionaires club both within the United States and internationally.

Some of the wealthiest Jews are part of the Wall Street establishment including the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. Perhaps the time has come to begin retiring this, “the most gigantic trust on earth.” Perhaps it is time to retire some of the debt created over more than a century of putting private bankers in charge of dictating interest rates as well as creating debt-laden dollars. Perhaps the time has come to lessen the debt burden that is narrowing the life chances of so many people who have been funding the wars for Israel mounted in the wake of the 9/11 deception.

The severity of the crisis before us compel all thoughtful people of conscience to look beyond the redeployment of old institutions and old remedies for old problems that are different from the challenges facing us now. One of the most obvious ways to avert further calamity is to move away altogether from the empowerment of private bankers to massively expand national debts with compound interest charged to tax payers.

The alternative to this approach is to change the present means of creating new money. The creation of many banking systems similar to that of the Bank of Canada should be considered in the quest for the main ingredients of a global reset. The Bank of Canada brought about an almost-debt-free run of prodigious nation building before Pierre Trudeau bent the policies of his government to meet the impositions of the Bank of International Settlements.

===============================

How Central Banks Made the Covid Panic Worse

How Central Banks Made the Covid Panic Worse  By Kristoffer  Mousten Hansen, Mises Institute, 5 August 2020

Introduction

Historical events are complex phenomena, and monocausal explanations are therefore by definition wrong when explaining history. Many factors go into explaining why people and the world’s governments reacted as they did to the coronavirus. It is, however, my contention that examining the inflationary policies pursued by central banks and governments are fundamental to understanding how the current corona hysteria developed.

Calling it hysteria may sound harsh. When the coronavirus first started to draw attention back in February, and when most Western countries instituted extremely restrictive measures in March, one could make a plausible argument that the world was dealing with an unknown and seemingly catastrophic disease and that therefore extreme measures were justified. To be sure, this does not mean that the measures implemented were in any way effective, nor that the sacrifices imposed were morally justified; but there was at least an argument to be made.

At this point in time, however, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) has repeatedly cut the COVID-19 fatality rate, and it is now comparable to a bad year of the seasonal flu (see the useful aggregation of studies and reports by Swiss Propaganda Research). The glaring question therefore is: Why do governments across the West act as if they were still dealing with an unprecedented threat? It is no good to simply reply that what politicians really want is power and that they are just using coronavirus as an excuse for extending government control. While a plausible claim, it does not explain why vast majorities in most countries support whatever policies their rulers have thought good. Given the extreme restrictions placed on social and economic life and the mendacious, ever shifting narrative used to justify them, one would think that there would be widespread opposition after four months. So why is there practically none?

Inflation in the Age of Corona

We can better understand this strange phenomenon if we consider the inflationary policies pursued by central banks across the world. I’ll here cleave to the old definition of the term inflation and the one still favored by Austrian school economists: an increase in the quantity of money. The rise in prices which is commonly referred to as inflation is simply the effect of such an increase. While the complexities of modern central banking can sometimes obscure the realities of the process, there can be no doubt that the last couple of months have seen very high levels of inflation.

Modern central banks are no longer content with the classic role of lender of last resort. As the financial system has evolved, central banks have assumed the role of market maker of last resort—that is, they have either implicitly or explicitly assumed the responsibility of making sure that there is always a buyer for financial assets—and first of all government bonds. Thus the Federal Reserve’s balance sheet has ballooned from just over $4 trillion at the beginning of March to now just below $7 trillion; the Bank of England’s has increased from about £580 billion in March to about £780 billion; and the European Central Bank has increased its holdings from about €4.6 trillion to about €6.3 trillion. The balance sheets of the largest central banks thus expanded by between 35 and 75 percent in about five months.

Inflated central bank balance sheets suggest inflation is coming, but actual inflation of the money supply naturally lags behind, since central bank purchases of bonds and securities do not necessarily result in an immediate expansion of the stock of money. The American money stock (measured by the monetary aggregate M2) grew from $15.5 trillion to $18.4 trillion (March–July 13), the British one from £2.45 trillion to about £2.67 trillion (January–May) and the euro area money stock from €12.4 trillion to almost €13.2 trillion (January–June). The annualized rates of inflation in the major monetary areas during the corona episode is then between about 13 (eurozone) and about 50 (USA) percent, well above the norm.1 If we look at the Austrian, “true” measure of the money supply (TMS) for the United States, we see a similar picture, as the TMS in June grew 34.5 percent year over year (YOY).

The Effects of the Present Inflation

Inflation is not an act of God; it is the outcome of a determined policy on the part of governments and central banks. Such a policy has both long-run and short-run effects, which brings us to the first and most obvious way in which inflation has fueled corona hysteria: by essentially putting freshly printed money at the disposal of governments, these latter have been able to first shut down their countries and then pose as saviors as they distributed largesse to workers and businesses. The states have often reimbursed the costs of furloughing employees, either directly or through (sometimes forgivable) loans to companies, or they have distributed generous unemployment benefits to the workers. This, and not any economic collapse, is the story behind the unprecedented spike in unemployment claims in the United States. The central bank has also created facilities to lend to municipal governments and the Main Street Lending Program to “support lending to small and medium-sized businesses and nonprofit organizations that were in sound financial condition before the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic.”

The effect of these programs and policies and others like them in other countries has been to mitigate the direct impact of government-imposed shutdowns. Businesses may have no revenues, but government aid and loans allow them to meet their contractual payments; workers may be unemployed, but generous unemployment subsidies allow them to maintain themselves comfortably; government support of furloughing schemes hides the true extent of unemployment caused by the shutdowns. And all this seemingly at no cost, since no one notices the inevitable dilution of the purchasing power of the monetary unit.

In the absence of these inflationary policies, the consequences of the shutdown would be much more immediately apparent. Workers would have to spend out of their saved cash and liquidate their savings, while businesses earning no revenues would start to default on their contractual payments. A drastic fall in the prices of real and financial assets would have resulted. The pressure to end the restrictions would have been much stronger. Instead, it looks to most people as if they can go on at their old standard of living indefinitely—or at least as long as they continue to receive their government checks. The economic effects of the shutdown are still the same, however: dislocation of the production structure and capital consumption on a vast scale, but these have been hidden—papered over by inflation and government support.

To the individual business owner and worker, the economic reality is hidden. Inflation leads to a fundamental disconnect with reality. Paul Cantor has previously described “the web of illusions endemic to the era of paper money” and how inflation destroys people’s sense of reality.2 In our case, inflationary monetary policy has hidden the costs of engaging in pandemic hysteria, and hence people do not—indeed, cannot—take account of economic realities when assessing the coronavirus and the shutdowns. Governments at all levels can continue to pose as saviors, inventing new mandates and restrictions to combat the nonexistent threat. Germophobes and busybodies can obsess over other people trying to go about their normal lives, since both the costs to them personally and to society as a whole are completely hidden. How many Karens would have the time to boss peaceful citizens around if they had to actually work to earn a living?

Eventually and pretty quickly, these policies will result in price inflation and a hollowing out of the standard of living. Not only has production been severely restricted, as seen in the drastic fall in US GDP figures; insofar as the newly printed money is used on unemployment compensation in different forms, it will quickly reach normal consumers and be spent on consumer goods. If the programs go on much longer, consumer price inflation, as a result of the fiat money inflation, cannot be far off. Once that happens, only increased rates of inflation can keep the programs going—for a time.

The Effects of the Inflationary System

The effects of the inflationary system as such are much more far-reaching than economic dislocation and destruction, however. Fiat money produced out of thin air by central bankers leads to a long-run change in social attitudes and personal character. Joseph Salerno in a stimulating paper discusses how hyperinflation leads to the destruction of personality,3 and following Guido Hülsmann,4

 

I would argue that fiat inflation entails the erosion of culture and character. This is perhaps most fully in evidence in Japan, where people have suffered under artificially low interest rates for decades. What are some of the consequences of an inflationary fiat standard and the culture it brings about, and what is the connection to the corona crisis? There is first of all a change in time preferences, as inflation leads to repressed interest rates and hence less incentive to save and invest. People’s time horizons change, as they increasingly discount long-run value creation and instead focus on present enjoyments and short-run yields. The changing role of central banks only intensifies this development. Instead of “lenders of last resort,” central banks are now “market makers of last resort.” That is to say, stock markets and bond prices cannot be allowed to fall, and it is the role of the banks to make sure they don’t. As a consequence, investors increasingly turn to the pursuit of short-run yields.

This change in time preference has effects beyond the market. Since a premium is placed on short-term thinking in market affairs, naturally people transfer the same attitude to their nonmarket pursuits. Present benefits and present dangers are both emphasized at the expense of future costs and benefits, respectively. It is not hard to see the connection to the virus: since there is a possibility that the virus may potentially be very dangerous, people get frightened and act to make the fear go away. No matter the future consequences of their actions, the present danger of the virus trumps all.

Closely connected to this change in time preferences is a skewed perception of reality. Inflation alters what constitutes successful action, since it is increasingly no longer productive endeavors but closeness to the source of inflation that determines the individual’s success in life. Since the ability of the central banks to create paper wealth seems virtually boundless, naturally people come to have unrealistic expectations of what is possible. Of course we can have a shutdown. We’ll have a central bank–fueled “v-shaped” recovery once it’s over. Of course governments can and should do whatever it takes to protect us from the virus. They can just finance spending with paper money for however long it takes. Whatever costs there are to these courses of action are hidden or far in the future.

Conclusion

There are many reasons for the corona crisis and the present almost total government control of the economy and society. But if we want to understand why states across the Western world have met virtually no resistance in their quest for power, we need to understand the role of inflation in enabling governments: directly through hiding the real costs and pain of the shutdowns, but also more fundamentally by distorting culture and personal character.

  • Trading Economics, www.tradingeconomics.com; Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis, FRED, www.fred.stlouisfed.org.
  • Paul A. Cantor, “Hyperinflation and Hyperreality: Thomas Mann in Light of Austrian Economics,” Review of Austrian Economics7, no. 1 (1994): 3–29.
  • Joseph T. Salerno, “Hyperinflation and the Destruction of Human Personality,” Studia humana2, no. 1 (2013): 15–27.
  • Jörg Guido Hülsmann, “Cultural Consequences of Monetary Interventions,” Journal des économistes et des études humaines22, no. 1 (2016).?

Author:

Kristoffer Mousten Hansen

Kristoffer Mousten Hansen is a PhD candidate at the University of Angers and a Mises Institute Research Fellow.

======================

Welcome To The Crazed, Frantic Demise Of Finance Capitalism

 

Welcome To The Crazed, Frantic Demise Of Finance Capitalism  By Charles Hugh Smith, via OfTwoMinds blog, 20 July 2020

 The cognitive dissonance required to ignore the widening gap between the real economy and the fraud’s basic machinery–speculation funded by “money” conjured out of thin air–has reached a level of denial that can only be termed psychotic.

 When scams start unraveling, the scammers become increasingly frantic to maintain the illusion of legitimacy and the delusion of guaranteed gains that are the lifeblood of every scam. One sure sign that the flim-flam is about to collapse is the manic rise of FOMO, fear of missing out, as the scammers jam the Ponzi scheme’s stellar returns to new extremes.

What greedy human can resist guaranteed gains, especially of the enviously grandiose variety?

The greatest scam of the past century is unraveling before our eyes. I’m calling it finance capitalism as a general descriptor of the dominant form of what’s called “capitalism” because calling it what it actually is–a fraud that’s destroyed the foundations of our economy and society–is, well, a much more difficult sell than “capitalism,” which still has some faint echoes of the open markets, etc. that characterized traditional capitalism, which I call naive capitalism because it is incapable of differentiating between the parasitic, predatory finance version cloaking itself as “capitalism” and actual capitalism, in which capital is put at risk, markets are transparent, etc.

There are many labels for the distorted, corrupted “capitalism” that dominates our economy and society: I’ve long used state-cartel capitalism, others prefer monopoly capitalism or crony capitalism.

I now favor finance capitalism because the heart of the fraud is finance: printing “money” out of thin air without creating any value or any goods and services. If you can’t print “money,” then borrow it into existence–that’s just as profitable a fraud as printing it.

As I explained in Our Wile E. Coyote Economy: Nothing But Financial Engineering (June 11, 2020), the fairy tale that America has a truly capitalist economy no longer aligns with the reality that the U.S. economy is now a decaying billboard of “producing goods and services” behind which the real money is made in financial engineering, a.k.a. legalized fraud.

I’ve discussed this fraudulent distortion of capitalism for years:

Has “Financial Innovation” Capitalism Run its Course? (June 22, 2010)

When Capitalism Turns to Cannibalism (July 15, 2015)

What Makes You Think the Stock Market Will Even Exist in 2024? (July 6, 2020)

Just as Communism was a god that failed, finance capitalism is also a god that failed, an extreme version of crony-capitalism that is nothing more than a mechanism for concentrating wealth and power at the expense of everyone toiling in the real-world economy.

And if we understand this, then we also understand that with its stock buybacks, high-frequency trading and after-hours manipulation, the stock market is nothing more than finance capitalism’s primary mechanism for increasing the concentration of wealth.

How did outright fraud come to dominate our economy? The answer is simple: infinite greed plus the decline of gains from “real capitalism,” i.e. increasing productivity via producing goods and services. The appeal of something for nothing is irresistible when “money” can be printed / borrowed out of thin air and used to run a fraud that exploits human greed.

Like every good Ponzi scheme, those invested in the scam promote the fraud and cajole new marks to sink their cash into the “guaranteed gains” scheme because everyone already in the fraud will lose if there aren’t enough new marks joining to keep it from collapsing. That perfectly describes the entire financial media, the financial “industry” and everyone in it.

Unfortunately for everyone invested in the scam, all the “wealth” created by financial engineering / legalized fraud is fictitious, i.e. phantom. All Ponzi schemes collapse once the supply of greed-blinded marks dries up, and so the “solution” in our finance capitalism fraud is for the central bank, the Federal Reserve, to become the mark with an infinite checkbook: the Fed is busily conjuring “money” out of thin air to buy corporate junk bonds and other “assets” (ha-ha, as if these are actually worth anything–the joke’s on you) to prop up the Ponzi scheme.

This works until it doesn’t, of course. In the meantime, the folks running the fraud are pulling out all the stops to keep it from imploding–goosing the FOMO frenzy, printing and throwing trillions into the scam to maintain the illusion of legitimacy and the delusion of guaranteed gains and talking up the god-like powers of the Fed to prop up the fraud indefinitely.

Despite these massive manipulations, the cracks are increasingly visible. Volatility refuses to sink back to near zero, and the swings in the skimming machine, a.k.a. the stock market are becoming more extreme.

The cognitive dissonance required to ignore the widening gap between the real economy and the fraud’s basic machinery–speculation funded by “money” conjured out of thin air–has reached a level of denial that can only be termed psychotic.

All bubbles pop, all frauds implode, all scams collapse. That ominous clicking coming from behind the tattered billboard is the sound of dominoes falling.

As Mark, Jesse and I discuss in Salon #13: The “Phase Shift” everyone is worried about has already happened, the meteor triggering the demise of finance capitalism has already hit.

==========================

Previous articles

  • Central Banks Driving Gold  By Jim Rickards, for The Daily Reckoning, 2 July 2020
  • The Sneaky Covid War on Cash  By Viv Forbes, saltbushclub.com, 19 June 2020
  • The biggest experiment in money creation ever  By Peter Schiff, Via Zerohedge, 28 May 2020
  • 18 Signs That We Are Facing A Record Breaking Economic Implosion In 2020  By Michael Snyder, The Economic Collapse, 7 May 2020
  • The Real Reason Why the Government Shutdown Caused an Economic Collapse  By David Stockman, International Man, 25 April 2020
  • Losing Faith in Fiat, The Collapse is Underway  Greg Hunter interviews Michael Pento, 20 April 2020
  • A Debt Jubilee Is the Only Way to Avoid a Depression  By Michael Hudson, Unz Review, 14 April 2020
  • The Future Of What’s Called CapitalismBy Charles Hugh Smith, via Zerohedge, 24 January 2020
  • The Biggest Stock Market Melt Up In US HistoryBy Michael Snyder, Zerohedge, 21 January 2020
  • The Century Of Total War Coincided With The Century Of Central BankingVia The Mises Institute, 2 November 2019
  • Ludwig Von Mises explained the world’s adoption of faulty economics  By Richard Ebeling, The Heartland Institute, 8 September 2019
  • Billionaires, Bezos, And The Real Big Brother   By Eric Zuesse, via ConsortiumNews.com & Zerohedge, 30 August 2019
  • US Dollar’s Achilles heel, and gold to soar  By Dr. Jim Willie, 13 August 2019
  • Former Lehman Brothers chief economist warns ‘risk incentives’ could cause new crisis  By Adam Creighton, The Australian, 22 October 2018
  • Ten signs we’re heading for economic Armageddon  By Liam Dann, Herald News Business Editor, 11 February 2018
  • The Greatest Bubble Ever, Why You Better Believe It – Part 1 and 2  By  David Stockman via Contra Corner blog, ZeroHedge, 31 December 2017
  • This Is What A Pre-Crash Market Looks Like  By Michael Snyder, The Economic Collapse blog, 14 November 2017
  • The Economic End Game Continues  By Brandon Smith via Alt-Market.com, 5 November 2017
  • Get Ready for a World Currency by 2018  By Jay Syrmopoulos, 13 July 2017
  • Without Glass-Steagall America Will Fail  By Paul Craig Roberts, 10 June 2017
  • Creating another ‘crash of 1929’  By Jeff Thomas, Editor, International Man, 20 April 2017
  • Why Investors Deserve to Get Mauled  By Vern Gowdie, Daily Reckoning, 21 March 2017
  • Bubbles always burst, eventually  By Vern Gowdie, The Daily Reckoning, 16 March 2017
  • This Global Debt Bomb Is Ready To Explode  By Michael Snyder via The Economic Collapse blog, 14 March 2017
  • Great Political and Social Leaders Always Call Out Bankers  By Waking Times, 16 February 2017
  • What Will President Trump Do About The Central-Bank Cartel  By Thorstein Polleit, via The Mises Institute, 14 February 2017
  • The Deep State’s Doomsday Bug  By Bill Bonner, Bonner and Partners, 1 February
  • Only Glass-Steagall Can Save the U.S. from Another Epic Crash  By Pam Martens, 31 January 2017
  • This could be the biggest ‘black swan’ of 2017  By Nick Giambruno, International Man, 24 January 2017
  • Banks Owned or Controlled by the Rothschild Family  From HumansAreFree.com, 23 January 2017
  • The ‘Axis of Gold’ is launching an attack on the U.S. dollar  By Jim Rickards,   29 December 2016
  • rickards-the-global-elites-secret-plan-for-the-next-financial-crisis  By Jim Rickards, Editor, Currency Wars Alert, 28 October 2016
  • we-are-living-on-borrowed-money-time   By Vern Gowdie, The Daily Reckoning, 13 October 2016
  • deutsche-bank-in-dire-straights  From Zerohedge, 30 September 2016
  • big-banks-a-culture-of-crime  By Jeff Nielson, Bullion Bulls Canada, 30 September 2016
  • jim-rickards-there-will-be-a-war-on-gold  From Tekoa De Silve at Sprott Thoughts, 14 September 2016
  • supervisor-of-massive-fraud-at-wells-fargo-leaves-bank-with-125-million-bonus  From Zerohedge, 13 September 2016
  • The-end-game-of-central-banking-is-nigh  By David Stockman via Contra Corner blog, Zerohedge, 8  September 2016
  • Are Central Bankers Coming To A Bitter End  By Martin Armstrong via ArmstrongEconomics.com, Zerohedge, 30 August 2016
  • Pentagon Cannot Account For $6.5 Trillion Dollars  By Jay Syrmopoulos, Global Research, 17 August 2016
  • IMF, An Inheritance of Incompetence  By John Mauldin | Aug 13, 2016
  • Abolish the FOMC  By David Stockman, from Zerohedge, 11 August 2016
  • Memo To The Donald – 10 Great ‘Deals’ To Save America Before It’s Too Late  By David Stockman, via Zerohedge, 10 August 2016
  • The War on Cash is still being planned in the background  By Jim Rickards, Editor, Rickards’ Gold Speculator, from The Crux, 5 August 2016
  • IMF admits disastrous love affair with the euro and apologises for the immolation of Greece  By Ambrose Evans-Pritchard, The Telegraph, 31 July 2016
  • Central banks hell-bent on a currency debauch Lenin would love  By Maurice Newman, The Australian, 22 July 2016
  • Financial collapse, the trigger is inconsequential  By Jim Quinn, Zerohedge, 7 July
  • The global monetary system is collapsing  From Sean Goldsmith, Editor-in-Chief, Stansberry Research, 3 July 2016
  • Marc Faber, clear message to sick political elite  From Zerohedge, 29 June 2016
  • Australia faces danger as politicians ignore danger signs  By Maurice Newman, The Australian, 23 June 2016
  • Australian Labor’s amazing economic magic pudding  By Nick Cater, The Australian, 21 June 2019
  • During the Next Crisis, Entire Countries Will Go Bust  By Phoenix Capital, 16 June
  • Criminal Bankers Threaten Entire World Economy By Greg Hunter,  USAWatchdog, 25 May 2016
  • Keynes must die so the economy may live  By Llewellyn Rockwell, 24 May 2014
  • In praise of the gold standard  Via The Mises Institute, 16 May 2016
  • “A scramble for gold has begun”  By Jim Rickards, Editor, Currency Wars Alert, 22 April 2016
  • The Keynesian House Of Denial  By David Stockman, 19 April 2016 
  • Dick Smith retail chain failure gives capitalism a bad name  Article 20 March
  • China’s economic doomsday machine  By David Stockman, Zerohedge, 11 March 2016
  • The European Depression Was A Deliberate Act  From Zerohedge, 3 March 2016
  • Syria’s state-owned central banks  By ‘anonymous’, 18 February 2016
  • 22 Signs of global economic turmoil  By Michael Snyder, Zerohedge, 6 February 2016
  • Will Bitcoin of similar replace fiat currencies when confidence dies  By David Uren, The Australian, 29 January 2016
  • The deflation monster has arrived  By Chris Martenson, 17 January 2016
  • The Big Short, a must-see movie about Wall St  From ZeroHedge, 24 December 2015
  • Iceland shows how to treat criminal banksters  From Zerohedge, 25 October 2015
  • By David Stockman via Zerohedge, 17 Dec 2015
  • Bankers will be jailed in the next financial crisis  By Mike Kreiger, Zerohedge, 16 September 2015
  • Marc Faber warnings  Interview with Mark Faber, Zerohedge, 3 September 2015
  • Global financial crash, 12 signs  By Michael Snyder, 13 August 2015
  • How a glitch nearly crashed the global financial system
  • The bankruptcy of the planet accelerates
  • “Central banks are out of control”
  • How a glitch nearly crashed the global financial system  From Zerohedge, 10 August
  • Most of the world’s banks are headed for collapse  By Doug Casey, 16 July 2015
  • How much of the Greek debt is legitimate  By Kurt Nimmo, 7 July 2015
  • Greek debt, ‘illegal, illegitimate, odious and unsustainable’  From Zerohedge, 18 June
  • The perils of populist democracy and debt  By Gary Johns, 17 June 2015
  • The FED knows the financial sun revolves around the financial earth  By James Rickards, The Daily Reckoning, 12 June 2015
  • Lessons for Australia are stark  By Henry Ergas, The Australian, 8 June 2015
  • The Perfect Storm Approaches  James Rickards, Contributing Editor, The Daily Reckoning, 3 June 2015
  • “Central banks are out of control”  By David Stockman, Zerohedge, 25 May 2015
  • Terminal phase of the global financial system  David Stockman interview, by Eric King, Contra Corner blog, 19 May 2015
  • Grexit jingle mail  By Charles Hugh-Smith, OfTwoMinds blog, Zerohedge, 16 May 2015
  • Massive bank crimes receive the usual token slap  From Zerohedge, 13 May 2015
  • Deutsch banks decade of ‘lying, cheating and stealing’  From Zerohedge, 6 May 2015
  • How this debt-addicted world could go the way of the Mayans  By Satyajit Das, MarketWatch, 28 April 2015
  • None dare call it a fraud, it’s just a ‘savings glut’  By David Stockman, 13 April 2015
  • “The UK economy is a ticking time bomb”  By Simon Black, Sovereign Man, 8 April
  • Banks will be obsolete within 10 years  By Simon Black, Sovereign Man, 5 April 2015
  • No Fed bets from the IMS  From Silver-Coin-Investor.com, 2 April 2015
  • USD dominance is dying rapidly  From Zerohedge, 26 March 2015
  • Austrian bank Black Swan  From Zerohedge, 16 March 2015
  • SWIFT and the de-dollarization axis  From Zerohedge, 10 Mar 2015
  • China’s fiscal cliff  By Ambrose Evans-Pritchard, The Telegraph, 6 Feb 2015
  • The real economy is about to implode  By Brandon Smith.  5 Mar 2015
  • EU financial suicide, extend and pretend  By Charles Hugh-Smith, 19 Feb
  • Financial Parasites and Debt Bondage  Interview, Prof Michael Hudson, 16 Feb 2015
  • Audit The Fed, And Shackle It Too  By David Stockman, Contra Corner, 13 Feb 2015
  • GREECE should exit the eurozone ASAP  By Alan Kohler, The Australian, 10 Feb 2015
  • Greece, the EU and crony capitalism By David Stockman, Contra Corner, 5 Feb 2015

Environmentalism and ‘Science’: Failures, gravy trains, lies, hidden agendas and alarms such as ‘Climate Change’, 5G and GSMs.

Scroll down to read the most recent articles; links to previous articles follow.

New documentary thoroughly debunks the ‘climate crisis’ baloney … again

Climate: The Movie New documentary thoroughly debunks the ‘climate crisis’ baloney … again – www.cairnsnews.org 30 March 2024

Climate: The Movie (The Cold Truth) is a new documentary by the British filmmaker Martin Durkin, who previously in 2007 made The Great Global Warming Swindle. Producer of the new film is climate podcaster Tom Nelson. The Clintel Foundation organised the Dutch premiere of the movie on March 14 in the Figi Theatre in Zeist, The Netherlands. The theatre was fully packed with 570 visitors.

Clintel was not involved in the production of the movie, but helps with the distribution by providing subtitles in many different languages. So far we have: French, German, Spanish, Italian, Dutch, Polish, Hungarian, Danish. If you want to help making a subtitle in your language, please contact Evert Doornhof, evert.doornhof@clintel.org. The film can be watched on the Youtube channel of Clintel.

Introduction of the movie by Tom Nelson
This film exposes the climate alarm as an invented scare without any basis in science. It shows that mainstream studies and official data do not support the claim that we are witnessing an increase in extreme weather events – hurricanes, droughts, heatwaves, wildfires and all the rest. It emphatically counters the claim that current temperatures and levels of atmospheric CO2 are unusually and worryingly high. On the contrary, compared to the last half billion years of earth’s history, both current temperatures and CO2 levels are extremely and unusually low. We are currently in an ice age. It also shows that there is no evidence that changing levels of CO2 (it has changed many times) has ever ‘driven’ climate change in the past.

Why then, are we told, again and again, that ‘catastrophic man-made climate-change’ is an irrefutable fact? Why are we told that there is no evidence that contradicts it? Why are we told that anyone who questions ‘climate chaos’ is a ‘flat-earther’ and a ‘science-denier’?

The film explores the nature of the consensus behind climate change. It describes the origins of the climate funding bandwagon, and the rise of the trillion-dollar climate industry. It describes the hundreds of thousands of jobs that depend on the climate crisis. It explains the enormous pressure on scientists and others not to question the climate alarm: the withdrawal of funds, rejection by science journals, social ostracism.

But the climate alarm is much more than a funding and jobs bandwagon. The film explores the politics of climate. From the beginning, the climate scare was political. The culprit was free-market industrial capitalism. The solution was higher taxes and more regulation. From the start, the climate alarm appealed to, and has been adopted and promoted by, those groups who favour bigger government.

This is the unspoken political divide behind the climate alarm. The climate scare appeals especially to all those in the sprawling publicly-funded establishment. This includes the largely publicly-funded Western intelligentsia, for whom climate has become a moral cause. In these circles, to criticise or question the climate alarm has become is a breach of social etiquette.

The film includes interviews with a number of very prominent scientists, including Professor Steven Koonin (author of ‘Unsettled’, a former provost and vice-president of Caltech), Professor Dick Lindzen (formerly professor of meteorology at Harvard and MIT), Professor Will Happer (professor of physics at Princeton), Dr John Clauser (winner of the Nobel prize in Physics in 2022), Professor Nir Shaviv (Racah Institute of Physics), professor Ross McKitrick (University of Guelph), Willie Soon and several others.

The film was written and directed by the British filmmaker Martin Durkin and is the sequel of his excellent 2007 documentary The Great Global Warming Swindle. Tom Nelson, a podcaster who has been deeply examining climate debate issues for the better part of two decades, was the producer of the film. #ClimateTheMovie will be available for free at many online locations starting on March 21 2024. Subtitles for numerous languages are currently being created by the Clintel Foundation. Follow @ClimateTheMovie and @ClintelOrg for updates.

=====================================

Dramatic Recovery Of Coral Calls Into Question Integrity Of Science, Media

Dramatic Recovery Of Coral Calls Into Question Integrity Of Science^J Media  By Chris Morrison, Principia Scientific International, 12 February 2023

For decades, scientists and their trusted media messengers have hyped up the temporary loss of coral to promote climate Armageddon and the need for a Net Zero political solution

Last year the story suddenly disappeared from the headlines as coral on the Australian Great Barrier Reef (GBR) showed its highest level since records began in 1985.

Professor Peter Ridd, who has studied coral on the GBR for 40 years, has published a damning report charging that “serious questions” are raised “about integrity in science institutions and in the media”.

The GBR – the reef for which we have the most consistent and longest record – “has never been in better shape”.

Professor Ridd notes that coral usually takes at least five to 10 years to regrow from a major event, so the record high coral levels in 2022 suggest reports of massive mortality events were erroneous.

“An uncharitable observer might conclude that periodic mass coral mortality events, which are largely completely natural, are exploited by some organisations with an ideological agenda and a financial interest,” he observed, adding: “this includes many scientific organisations”.

He said that the periodic mass loss of coral is visually spectacular, emotionally upsetting and makes gripping media stories. The slow but full recovery is rarely reported, he added.

It is often claimed that coral reef systems are particularly sensitive to ‘human-caused climate change’. As the ‘canary in the coalmine’, they have become a major poster scare story in the fight to introduce a command-and-control Net Zero agenda.

Ridd recalls that in 2018, the IPCC wrote “with high confidence” that coral would decline worldwide by 70-90 percent with a 0.4°C increase in temperature, and another 0.5°C would wipe out 99 percent.

These figures have been repeated everywhere, from media reports to school teaching material. But, states Ridd, research has shown that coral bleaching “is part of a remarkable adaptive mechanism that makes coral potentially one of the organisms that is least susceptible to rising temperatures”.

In June 1999, George Monbiot told his Guardian readers that marine biologists had reported 70-90 percent of the coral reefs they had surveyed in the Indian Ocean had just died. Within a year, much of the remainder was likely to follow.

From this, Monbiot concluded that “at least one of the world great ecosystems is now on the point of total collapse”. Monbiot is an acknowledged leader in catastrophic climate prose, but his doom-laden diatribes are repeated endlessly across both science and mainstream media publications.

However, Ridd has much good news to impart. Data are less reliable outside the GBR, but it seems that across the globe there has not been a major drop in coral cover. Data for the East Asia Seas coral bioregion, with 30 percent of the world’s coral reefs and containing the particularly diverse ‘coral triangle’, shows no statistically significant net coral loss since records began in 1985.

The above graph from the Ridd report shows coral on the GBR at its highest level since local records began, despite four much publicised bleaching events.

The author notes that of the 3,000 individual reefs, none have been lost. All have excellent coral, although there are large fluctuations in cover from year to year, mostly as a result of cyclones and starfish predation.

Bleaching is noted to occur when corals expel symbiotic algae that live inside them, often subsequently replacing them with a different species when they recover. The process is said to make them “highly adaptable” to changing temperatures, and most corals do not die. This latter point is “rarely made by science institutions or the media”.

The coral story is a classic of its kind showing how a laudable environmental concern is hysterically hyped to promote an elite collectivist vision of economic and societal change.

Reefs are under threat in parts of the world, but the damage is largely caused by planned human activities Ridd identifies the physical destruction of reefs for the development of ports and airports and quarrying for cement.

It might be noted that such reef destruction has been carried out by Pacific islanders, claiming, often erroneously, that their homes are disappearing beneath the waves due to ‘climate change’ and demanding ‘reparations’ from wealthier nations. The author also notes the recent destruction by China of entire reef tops for military bases in the South China Sea.

On a wider front, Ridd says we cannot expect the coral reef science community to admit that it has exaggerated threats of bleaching or has been wilfully negligent in reporting recent research that show corals’ remarkable adaptability and toughness.

There is little possibility that eminent scientists who have built their reputations on ‘crying wolf’ will suddenly admit they have got it wrong.

“Tens of thousands of jobs depend on the proposition that the reefs of the world will be gone sometime in the future – but not too distant future,” he adds. There are many scientific issues, such as the broader climate debate, “where one can suspect that the scientific advice is not as reliable as it could be, and that the scientists are now mostly motivated by ideology”.

See more here dailysceptic.org

========================

Time to assume that health research is fraudulent until proven otherwise?

 

Time to assume that health research is fraudulent until proven otherwise  By Richard Smith, 31 August 2022

Health research is based on trust. Health professionals and journal editors reading the results of a clinical trial assume that the trial happened and that the results were honestly reported. But about 20% of the time, said Ben Mol, professor of obstetrics and gynaecology at Monash Health, they would be wrong. As I’ve been concerned about research fraud for 40 years, I wasn’t that surprised as many would be by this figure, but it led me to think that the time may have come to stop assuming that research actually happened and is honestly reported, and assume that the research is fraudulent until there is some evidence to support it having happened and been honestly reported. The Cochrane Collaboration, which purveys “trusted information,” has now taken a step in that direction.

As he described in a webinar last week, Ian Roberts, professor of epidemiology at the London School of Hygiene & Tropical Medicine, began to have doubts about the honest reporting of trials after a colleague asked if he knew that his systematic review showing the mannitol halved death from head injury was based on trials that had never happened. He didn’t, but he set about investigating the trials and confirmed that they hadn’t ever happened. They all had a lead author who purported to come from an institution that didn’t exist and who killed himself a few years later. The trials were all published in prestigious neurosurgery journals and had multiple co-authors. None of the co-authors had contributed patients to the trials, and some didn’t know that they were co-authors until after the trials were published. When Roberts contacted one of the journals the editor responded that “I wouldn’t trust the data.” Why, Roberts wondered, did he publish the trial? None of the trials have been retracted.

Later Roberts, who headed one of the Cochrane groups, did a systematic review of colloids versus crystalloids only to discover again that many of the trials that were included in the review could not be trusted. He is now sceptical about all systematic reviews, particularly those that are mostly reviews of multiple small trials. He compared the original idea of systematic reviews as searching for diamonds, knowledge that was available if brought together in systematic reviews; now he thinks of systematic reviewing as searching through rubbish. He proposed that small, single centre trials should be discarded, not combined in systematic reviews.

Mol, like Roberts, has conducted systematic reviews only to realise that most of the trials included either were zombie trials that were fatally flawed or were untrustworthy. What, he asked, is the scale of the problem? Although retractions are increasing, only about 0.04% of biomedical studies have been retracted, suggesting the problem is small. But the anaesthetist John Carlisle analysed 526 trials submitted to Anaesthesia and found that 73 (14%) had false data, and 43 (8%) he categorised as zombie. When he was able to examine individual patient data in 153 studies, 67 (44%) had untrustworthy data and 40 (26%) were zombie trials. Many of the trials came from the same countries (Egypt, China, India, Iran, Japan, South Korea, and Turkey), and when John Ioannidis, a professor at Stanford University, examined individual patient data from trials submitted from those countries to Anaesthesia during a year he found that many were false: 100% (7/7) in Egypt; 75% (3/ 4) in Iran; 54% (7/13) in India; 46% (22/48) in China; 40% (2/5) in Turkey; 25% (5/20) in South Korea; and 18% (2/11) in Japan. Most of the trials were zombies. Ioannidis concluded that there are hundreds of thousands of zombie trials published from those countries alone.

Others have found similar results, and Mol’s best guess is that about 20% of trials are false. Very few of these papers are retracted.

We have long known that peer review is ineffective at detecting fraud, especially if the reviewers start, as most have until now, by assuming that the research is honestly reported. I remember being part of a panel in the 1990s investigating one of Britain’s most outrageous cases of fraud, when the statistical reviewer of the study told us that he had found multiple problems with the study and only hoped that it was better done than it was reported. We asked if had ever considered that the study might be fraudulent, and he told us that he hadn’t.

We have now reached a point where those doing systematic reviews must start by assuming that a study is fraudulent until they can have some evidence to the contrary. Some supporting evidence comes from the trial having been registered and having ethics committee approval. Andrew Grey, an associate professor of medicine at the University of Auckland, and others have developed a checklist with around 40 items that can be used as a screening tool for fraud (you can view the checklist here). The REAPPRAISED checklist (Research governance, Ethics, Authorship, Plagiarism, Research conduct, Analyses and methods, Image manipulation, Statistics, Errors, Data manipulation and reporting) covers issues like “ethical oversight and funding, research productivity and investigator workload, validity of randomisation, plausibility of results and duplicate data reporting.” The checklist has been used to detect studies that have subsequently been retracted but hasn’t been through the full evaluation that you would expect for a clinical screening tool. (But I must congratulate the authors on a clever acronym: some say that dreaming up the acronym for a study is the most difficult part of the whole process.)

Roberts and others wrote about the problem of the many untrustworthy and zombie trials in The BMJ six years ago with the provocative title: “The knowledge system underpinning healthcare is not fit for purpose and must change.” They wanted the Cochrane Collaboration and anybody conducting systematic reviews to take very seriously the problem of fraud. It was perhaps coincidence, but a few weeks before the webinar the Cochrane Collaboration produced guidelines on reviewing studies where there has been a retraction, an expression of concern, or the reviewers are worried about the trustworthiness of the data.

Retractions are the easiest to deal with, but they are, as Mol said, only a tiny fraction of untrustworthy or zombie studies. An editorial in the Cochrane Library accompanying the new guidelines recognises that there is no agreement on what constitutes an untrustworthy study, screening tools are not reliable, and “Misclassification could also lead to reputational damage to authors, legal consequences, and ethical issues associated with participants having taken part in research, only for it to be discounted.” The Collaboration is being cautious but does stand to lose credibility—and income—if the world ceases to trust Cochrane Reviews because they are thought to be based on untrustworthy trials.

Research fraud is often viewed as a problem of “bad apples,” but Barbara K Redman, who spoke at the webinar insists that it is not a problem of bad apples but bad barrels if not, she said, of rotten forests or orchards. In her book Research Misconduct Policy in Biomedicine: Beyond the Bad-Apple Approach she argues that research misconduct is a systems problem—the system provides incentives to publish fraudulent research and does not have adequate regulatory processes. Researchers progress by publishing research, and because the publication system is built on trust and peer review is not designed to detect fraud it is easy to publish fraudulent research. The business model of journals and publishers depends on publishing, preferably lots of studies as cheaply as possible. They have little incentive to check for fraud and a positive disincentive to experience reputational damage—and possibly legal risk—from retracting studies. Funders, universities, and other research institutions similarly have incentives to fund and publish studies and disincentives to make a fuss about fraudulent research they may have funded or had undertaken in their institution—perhaps by one of their star researchers. Regulators often lack the legal standing and the resources to respond to what is clearly extensive fraud, recognising that proving a study to be fraudulent (as opposed to suspecting it of being fraudulent) is a skilled, complex, and time consuming process. Another problem is that research is increasingly international with participants from many institutions in many countries: who then takes on the unenviable task of investigating fraud? Science really needs global governance.

Everybody gains from the publication game, concluded Roberts, apart from the patients who suffer from being given treatments based on fraudulent data.

Stephen Lock, my predecessor as editor of The BMJ, became worried about research fraud in the 1980s, but people thought his concerns eccentric. Research authorities insisted that fraud was rare, didn’t matter because science was self-correcting, and that no patients had suffered because of scientific fraud. All those reasons for not taking research fraud seriously have proved to be false, and, 40 years on from Lock’s concerns, we are realising that the problem is huge, the system encourages fraud, and we have no adequate way to respond. It may be time to move from assuming that research has been honestly conducted and reported to assuming it to be untrustworthy until there is some evidence to the contrary.

Richard Smith was the editor of The BMJ until 2004.

==================

Submission to the Climate Change Bill Inquiry

Submission to the Climate Change Bill Inquiry  By Australian Senator Malcolm Roberts, 25 August 2022

Opening Hearts and Minds to COVID Mis-management

On Wednesday 17 August my office hosted 12 hours of interviews with medical, legal and human rights professionals, pharmaceutical experts, lawyers, academics and politicians to focus on the threats to the doctor-patient relationship, treating long COVID and the aftermath of COVID injection injuries.

The mis-management of COVID and the mandating of experimental “vaccines” are global issues.  My national and international guests provided compelling testimony on many deeply concerning issues.  All interviews and transcripts can be found on my website. Below are a few very worthy testimonies.

Brook Jackson: Pfizer Testing Regime
Dr Phillip Altman: Death Data and Fertility Rates
Julian Gillespie: Is the doctor-Patient Relationship Under Threat?
Peter Fam: Human Rights
Professor Iain Benson: Medical Ethics

 

As elected members of parliament we have a shared solemn duty to behave with integrity.

This embraces our duty to ensure legislation and policies are solidly based on accurate and objective data so that the consequences on our constituents and nation are safe, affordable, reasonable and fair.

Yet Attachment 1 shows there has never been, and there remains no, factual scientific basis presented in parliament for legislation cutting or limiting the production of carbon dioxide from human activity. Parliament has never debated the climate science.

The term logical scientific point means the empirical scientific data within a logical scientific framework proving causality. Senators and members of parliament have never been presented with the necessary logical scientific points to justify legislating the cutting or limiting of carbon dioxide from human activity. Nor has parliament ever been presented with the specific, quantified effect of carbon dioxide from human activity on any aspect of climate or weather.

Attachment 2 shows that CSIRO, the Bureau of Meteorology (BOM) and The Chief Scientist have never produced the logical scientific points needed as the necessary and essential basis for climate change legislation. The supporting detailed scientific documents are Attachments 6 and 7.

I acknowledge and thank Senator Arthur Sinodinos as then Minister for Science and his predecessor Mr Greg Hunt for supporting me in arranging for my science and senate office teams to cross-examine government climate science agencies.

Attachment 3 concisely summarises facts explaining that no government, institute, agency or entity of any kind anywhere has produced the necessary logical scientific point. Together with climate scientists and climatologists internationally and within Australia we have held agencies, institutions, universities and individual academics accountable.

Attachment 3 notes that Maurice Strong was the United Nations Under-Secretary-General who triggered and fanned global climate alarm. He did so while having many serious conflicts of interest including being a director / shareholder of the Chicago Climate Exchange trading global Carbon Dioxide credits and being disgraced for his involvement in the UN Oil-for-Food program. Following allegations of serious breaches of American law he fled from American law enforcement agencies to exile in China. The United Nations Environment Program that he founded and led stands accused of contradicting scientific evidence and causing the avoidable deaths of 40-50 million people from 1972 through 2006.

Attachment 4 reveals the repeated results of two global natural experiments and prove that cutting carbon dioxide from human activity can have no effect. The associated limited summary of the science introduces concepts explaining why the cutting of carbon dioxide from human activity can have no effect on global or regional climate or weather. Included are basic facts on Earth’s essential, natural atmospheric trace gas that is the focus of legislation before our parliament.

Attachment 5 presents the fundamental basis for policy and legislation and for measuring progress toward achieving legislative aims and targets. This is combined with core questions that are at the heart of senators’ responsibilities to our constituents and I ask the committee to consider and deliberate upon these fundamental questions that must precede any consideration of the climate change legislation.

Attachment 6 summarises the staggering and sometimes crippling cost burdens of climate and energy policies.

Attachments 7 and 8 provide details underpinning Attachment 2Attachment 7 provides a detailed scientific report documenting our discussions with CSIRO, an entity whose advice politicians claim is the basis for climate and related energy legislation. Attachment 8 cites associated peer-reviewed scientific papers in a scientific and statistical analysis of CSIRO’s presentations of its climate science claimed to underpin legislation. Please note particularly our scientific analyses of Marcott (2013), Lecavalier (2017), Harries (2001) and Feldman (2015) being papers upon which CSIRO relies and note the conclusions.

Attachment 9 provides detailed supporting statistics and analysis for Appendix 6. It cannot be sensibly refuted since the data was professionally and independently sourced from federal and state government budget papers and reports.

The attachments prove that the effect of Australia’s human production of carbon dioxide has never been specified or quantified in any way. Yet sound legislation should be based on quantified and measurable evidence so that we can assess its cost-benefit and measure implementation to track whether the legislation is effective and achieves the desired outcomes.

This is impossible with current climate and related energy policy and the government’s latest climate change bill.

I hope that you, as a fellow member of parliament, share my commitment to doing our due diligence in fulfilling our duty to serve our constituents, state and nation. I hope that the attachments are of assistance to you in fulfilling our duty to the people of Australia.

I would welcome meeting with the committee and welcome an opportunity for me and my team to address the committee in its hearings to afford senators an opportunity to scrutinise our scientific team. We welcome you holding us accountable

Our principal scientist has legally gathered 24, 000 datasets worldwide on climate and energy from peer-reviewed scientific papers, institutes and government agencies including CSIRO and BOM. He is the recipient of an Order of Australia Medal for his services to research.

I hope every member of the committee agrees that in assessing legislation we each have the onus to produce the logical scientific points including the specific, quantified effect of carbon dioxide from human activity on climate or weather. As senators and before endorsing legislation we each have the onus to prove that carbon dioxide from human activity needs to be cut as proposed in government legislation currently before the committee and before all senators in parliament.

The attachments reveal the need for detailed scrutiny and serious consideration of all climate and related energy legislation.

Our Earth’s climate has been changing for 4.5 billion years. Historical empirical scientific evidence shows there is nothing unusual or unprecedented about our current temperatures or weather events.

Climate science has been hijacked. Special interest groups pushing ideological societal change, rent-seekers wanting to profit from taxpayer subsidies and politicians looking for easy new ways to tax citizens are hijacking our nation’s governance and sovereignty. Alarmingly, once highly regarded agencies such as the CSIRO and BOM, have allowed themselves to become a part of the climate change industry and have failed to provide government with robust competent science advice, upon which to base policy.

There is no logical scientific point with empirical evidence linking carbon dioxide from human activity as the cause of climate variability. No entity or person has ever proven that the ongoing natural climate variability is not entirely natural.

This lack of vigorously tested evidence has allowed governments to create policy that is permanently damaging our once cheap and reliable electricity system. Our manufacturing industries are disappearing overseas, families are struggling to pay their exorbitant power bills, farmers are under pressure, and our once reliable electricity system is on its knees, due to government regulations forcing intermittent wind and solar into the electricity grid.

Even our children are not safe from this alarmism, with eco-anxiety finding its way into the innocent world of our children.

Nor is the environment safe due to the lack of recycling of many solar, wind and battery components with relatively short working lives and due to other inherently damaging aspects of solar and wind.

I implore you to apply the utmost of analytical and sceptical scrutiny to the claims underpinning climate and related energy policy. The effects of climate policy are historic, and Australia has never before faced such a fundamental and arguably monumental change to our way of life and lifestyle. Your extra scrutiny on the claims underpinning climate and related energy policy could be the difference between millions of Australians suffering if the proposed legislation is passed, or alternatively, having a more prosperous nation if existing climate and related energy legislation is rescinded.

I sincerely hope that your decision on legislation is mindful of the costs and burdens on our constituents, on our nation and on our national security. Your vote if in favour of the climate change bill will prevent sound governance while your vote against the bill will enable sound governance, fairness and integrity.

A mandate for a policy and legislation lacking the claimed scientific basis is a mandate based on lies or misrepresentations. As such it is not a mandate.

Every one of us though has a mandate and responsibility to tell the truth and to vote with integrity.

CONCLUSION

After 14 years studying and investigating climate science, along with in-depth research into the United Nations Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change and profound cross-examining of CSIRO and BOM, we know there is no empirical scientific data as evidence proving that carbon dioxide from human activity has changed or will change temperature or any climate or weather factor.

Importantly, the effect, if any, of carbon dioxide from human activity on any climate or weather variable has never been quantified.

In its presentations to my team and I, the CSIRO stated that there is no danger from carbon dioxide from human activity and that there is nothing unprecedented about our planet’s temperature.  Therefore, there is no scientific justification for any government to introduce policies designed to reduce carbon dioxide from human activity.

We are calling for all climate-based policies and subsidies for renewable energy to be rescinded. The consequences of climate alarmism cost the Australian economy in productivity and growth, and in our ability to compete in the highly competitive international arena.

Clearly, it is time to change our approach to climate change.  These Bills must be rejected.

Yours sincerely,

Malcolm Roberts

Enclosures: Attachments 1 through 9

========================

The Australian Academy of Drama Queens

The Australian Academy of Drama Queens  By Tony Thomas, Quadrant Online, 3 May 2021

The green-left Australian Academy of Science has produced another outburst of climate doomism: “The risks to Australia of a 3 degC warmer world.” Nearly 50 years ago the same Academy was assessing the risks to Australia of a cooling world that climate scientists feared might nip crops and leave us shivering under our Doonas. Who would deny that climate science is a slave to fashion? [1]

The Academy report of last March opens and closes with scary pics of fire-blackened bushland. It’s a vanity project, with the authors citing their own works multiple times, especially chair Ove Hoegh-Guldberg (16 self-citations), Mark Howden (11 times) Lesley Hughes (10 times), Will Steffen (10 times), and David Karoly and John Church (8 times). Even Sarah Perkins-Kilpatrick, who is supposed to be reviewing the document, is reviewing herself as she’s cited seven times in the references.[2] Reviewer Jason Evans is cited nine times. Another reviewer is Martin Rice, who works for Tim Flannery’s propaganda outfit Climate Council, but he features only four times in the body of the report.

Perkins-Kilpatrick is convinced by her climate models that warming is turbo-charging everything (but apparently not our cool summer of 2020-21, nor the current deep freeze in the Northern Hemisphere).[3] She’s so confident about the modelling that she’ll mortgage her house and happily bet her kids lives on it.[4] I will necessarily win this bet as the RCPs (Representative Modelling Pathways or official scenarios) she uses are discredited and climate models have overshot actual warming to date by a factor of at least two.[5] I’ll enjoy her house but I promise not to slay her kids.

The above-mentioned Will Steffen’s co-authored piece on “climate tipping points”, was headlined, “The growing threat of abrupt and irreversible climate changes must compel political and economic action on emissions.” The Nature paper included political rodomontade like:

In our view, the consideration of tipping points helps to define that we are in a climate emergency and strengthens this year’s chorus of calls for urgent climate action — from schoolchildren to scientists, cities and countries.

The Australian Academy’s 3deg scare paper in March, also co-authored by Steffen, draws on that Steffen et al Nature article and re-produces its text and graphics of tipping point “domino effects”. Five months after the Nature paper was published, the journal had to grovel horrifically because the seven apex climate scientists had screwed up.[6] Here’s the grovel – try to restrain your mirth (emphasis added):

Correction 09 April 2020: The figure ‘Too close for comfort’ in this Comment incorrectly synthesized and interpreted data from the IPCC. The graph labelled the temperatures as absolute, rather than risesmisrepresented the levels of riskmisinterpreted data as coming from a 2007 IPCC report; extrapolated the focus of a 2018 report; and was not clear about the specific sources of the data. The graphic has been extensively modified online to correct these errors.

Mercifully, Hoegh-Guldberg, Steffen et al have pasted the corrected graphic into their Academy report, not the discarded FUBAR version.[7] Maybe climate science isn’t so “irrefutable” after all.

Just in case, the Academy has given itself a free card to exaggerate and scaremonger:

We adopted the precautionary principle: if a potentially damaging effect cannot be ruled out, it needs to be taken seriously.

The Academy’s authors failed to heed the devastating critique of their scenario methods in a paper last May led by Roger Pielke of University of Colorado, titled “Systemic Misuse of Scenarios in Climate Research and Assessment.”  The Academy paper has about 20 mentions of official but discredited scenario RCP8.5 and about 50 mentions of other RCP scenarios. Typical:

RCP8.5 assumes little mitigation of greenhouse gas emissions and is associated with global warming of 4°c or more above pre-industrial levels by 2100. Up to now, anthropogenic emissions have tracked the RCP8.5 pathway most closely…

Graphics misleadingly show the various scenarios as consistent and comparable. And RCP8.5 is used in the body of the report to imagine horrible warming outcomes, e.g. hailstorms, p32.

Pielke, who is not a climate sceptic, says that, at worst, the extreme and implausible projections of RCP8.5 are touted as “business as usual”. He wrote:

The misuse of scenarios in climate research means that much of what we think we know about our collective climate future may be incomplete, myopic or even misleading or wrong, and as such, ‘uncomfortable knowledge’.

Pielke tracked 4,500 scientific papers misusing the most extreme scenario RCP8.5. The dud scenario featured in 16,800 scholarly articles since 2010. In January-February 2020 alone, more than 1300 studies quoted RCP8.5, at the rate of about 20 per day, with serious misuse at the rate of two studies per day.

The consequences of RCP scenario misuse include a myopic perspective on alternative futures and a correspondingly limited view on policy alternatives, the creation of a vast academic literature with little to no connection to the real world, and an unwarranted emphasis on apocalyptic climate futures that influences public and policy-maker perspectives.

The objective of understanding scenario misuse is not to apportion or assign blame, but to understand how such a pervasive and consequential failure of scientific integrity came to be on such an important topic, how it can be corrected and how it can be avoided in the future.

Pielke and co-author Ritchie sheet some blame home to the incestuous connections among prominent climate scientists.

The IPCC scenario process has been led by a small group of academics for more than a decade, and decisions made by this small community have profoundly shaped the scientific literature and correspondingly, how the media and policy communities interpret the issue of climate change.

The Academy paper, with its incestuous group of self-citing authors-cum-IPCC-contributors, could be a case in point.

Their chair Hoegh-Guldberg is a climate activist par excellenceAs the ABC put it in a fawning interview in 2009 “Hoegh-Guldberg’s work has been embraced by the likes of Al Gore and David Attenborough” and “his mission now is to travel the globe as he fights to raise awareness of what we stand to lose.” He’s been forecasting the bleaching death of the Great Barrier Reef from climate change since 1998, when his modelling put the Reef’s demise as early as 2030 – less than a decade from now. He lamented that his science peers were giving his research bad reviews: “They were meant to be anonymous but someone slipped them to me, and they were very scathing …” Climategate’s cynical emails of 2009 threw plenty more light on this “anonymous” and gamed peer-review system.

In the same 2009 interview Hoegh-Guldberg forecast the disappearance of Arctic sea ice by 2019. He argued with Andrew Bolt: “This is four million kilometres square of ice that’s disappearing. It’s not a tiny thing! But wouldn’t you say that’s a bad sign?” Fact Check: Hoegh-Guldberg confused square miles with square kilometres – but in any event the ice extent last month was 5.7 million square miles or 14.8 million square kilometres. (Hoegh-Guldberg’s “This is four million kilometres square of ice” could not be more wrong. What he said, but doesn’t mean, is a square with sides of 4 million km to give a total area of 16 trillion sq km.)

The ABC interviewer spliced in tape of Hoegh-Guldberg addressing a conference in Saudi Arabia (of all places) and saying, “Let’s now change the world.”

Canadian investigative journalist Donna Laframboise has provided detailed history on Professor Hoegh-Guldberg, under the header, The WWF Activist in Charge at the IPCC (March 30, 2014). Among other things, she accuses him of using “drama queen language”, such as this (you be the judge):

The world is currently facing the greatest challenge of all time … Humanity is at the crossroads. The message is quite simple and the choice stark: act now or face an uncertain, potentially catastrophic future … World leaders can change the history of the planet and directly influence the survival of millions upon millions of people … Basically, the future is looking very gloomy unless we act immediately and decisively.

Laframboise wrote,

The fact that he has spent his career cashing cheques from Greenpeace and the World Wildlife Fund (WWF) was no impediment to him participating in the latest [Fifth] IPCC assessment. The geniuses there decided he wasn’t merely lead-author material, but that he deserved to be placed in charge of a chapter it’s called  The Ocean.

WWF Australia published a spiffy, 16-page brochure titled “Lights Out for the Reef”. Hoegh-Guldberg’s photo and biographical sketch are one of the first things you see. In the foreword, he says that unless we “increase our commitment” to caring for the Great Barrier Reef, it “will disappear.” He knows what the future holds – and he knows it’s apocalyptic. Not content to merely express his own opinions, he presumes to lecture the rest of us. We need to “take action” and “act now.” We need to “deal decisively with climate change.” Behind all of this, of course, lurks a threat: if we don’t follow his advice, we’ll be really, really sorry.

Hoegh-Guldberg’s Queensland University biography lists four reports he did for Greenpeace from 1994-2000. After Laframboise’s post, Hoegh-Guldberg penned yet another tract for WWF, “Reviving the Ocean Economy – the Case for Action – 2015” and the following year he conducted a WWF seminar. The president and CEO of WWF (US), Carter Roberts, recalled schmoozing with him on a diving trip and:

Ove showed us maps tracking elevated levels of CO2 in the oceans, and how those levels corresponded with the declining health of the world’s coral reefs. If current trends continue, he told us, we will watch corals around the world wink out year after year until the only reefs left alive are found in a small remote spot in the South Pacific…

James Cook University’s Professor Peter Ridd was sacked in 2017 for demanding audits of alleged systemic flaws in Barrier Reef scientists’ methodology. He’s now taken his case to the High Court. As a further example of contested reef science, researcher Dr Jennifer Marohasy has challenged the standard methodology of assessing GBR coral die-back from the window of an aeroplane overflying at 120 metres. She says this is too high to give realistic results and when she has dived or used a drone on the same reefs, she’s found the corals perfectly healthy.

None of the Academy folk doing the 3deg report noticed that they were reinventing the (square) wheel. In 2007 climate guru of the era Dr Barrie Pittock wrote a 16,000-word tract for WWF headed: “Dangerous Aspirations: Beyond 3degC warming in Australia”. It’s full of the same guff and doomism as that of the Academy’s folk, who toiled a year over their “Risk to Australia of a 3degC warmer world” lookalike.[8]

The supposedly dispassionate Academy paper makes no mention whatsoever of nuclear power, and just one passing mention of China – whose emissions will swamp whatever cuts Australia tries to make.[9] The Academy paper appears even more ridiculous when set against the views this month of Obama’s chief scientist of the Energy Department, physicist Steven Koonin, who is by no means a sceptic. He expects only 1degC more warming this century – hardly worth spending trillions to combat and easy to adapt to. Further, he says the scientists, politicians and the media have generated a narrative that is absurdly, demonstrably false. That includes the “extreme weather” meme which the IPCC itself rates as “low confidence” – and which the Academy paper touts at least 27 times. The models can’t even agree on the current actual global temperature to within 3degC while claiming 1 per cent precision on key variables. The modellers’ guesses on the temperature impact of doubled  CO2 have not improved in 40 years and are now diverging even more widely, Koonin gripes.[10] The darling of catastrophists circa 2019 was David Wallace Wells with his scare book The Uninhabitable Earth. But even he is calling on fellow activists to revise their advocacy “in a less alarmist direction.”

The Academy – its members are overwhelmingly taxpayer-funded – wants to force Australia’s blue-collars, tradies and non-public servant middle classes into unpalatable and dark-green lifestyle changes. One example: “large-scale adoption of EVs [electric vehicles].” Let’s check the data (the report does not).

EV sales last year were just 6,900, up a mere 182 cars on 2019. That 6,900 total was not even 1 per cent of car sales. To date in 2021, EV sales (excluding Teslas at $73,000 upwards but including hybrids) are just 0.6 per cent. Last year 50 per cent of sales were fat gas-guzzling SUVs, up from 45 per cent in 2019. The Academy wants to push us into EVs via government subsidies and by penalties/restrictions on normal cars.

Ponder the  EV handwaving by the Academy, as evident in the passage below, taken from Academy paper March 31, 2021 (emphasis added):

On current estimates, lifetime costs of electric vehicles (EVs) are similar to those of conventional internal combustion engine vehicles and are likely to fall further.

Now check back into the real world, as described in a Federal Department of Industry, Science and Energy paper published last February:

Currently, closing the total cost-of-ownership gap with battery electric vehicle subsidies would not represent value-for-money. Analysis shows that this would be expected to cost the taxpayer $195-747 per tonne of carbon dioxide equivalent, depending on the vehicle type and usage. This is high when compared to the Emissions Reduction Fund price of $16 per tonne of carbon emitted. This translates to around $4,500 to $8,000 over the life of the vehicle, or around 10-40 cents per kilometre over a 10 year vehicle life.

The Academy leaves it to the omniscient government to fix the “adjustment challenges” to jobs and industries arising from its pro-EV policies. Otherwise, “Australia will be left with an inefficient car fleet, dependent on mostly imported oil, for many years to come.” What’s “inefficient” about my little family car Hyundai i30 (price new, $23,000)? It carries us like a charm on a whiff of petrol.

The Academy calls for “an immediate halt to new thermal coal mines and coal-fired power stations” and expects the bureaucracy to somehow find coal workers better jobs or earlier retirement. But anyway, it cites its own author, economist John Quiggin,

Thermal coal mining is not a major employer in Australia’s overall labour market and most employees in the industry have skills that make them employable in a wide range of industries. Only a small number of communities, mostly in central and northern Queensland, depend critically on coal mining…

Those thermal coal miners whom the Academy is happy to disappear, number about 20,000, out of about 40,000 coal miners in total, plus, of course, their household and commercial dependents. Nevertheless, the Academy continues:

Many coal-dependent workers and communities will be better off under a compassionate, pro-active transition program than by simply carrying on with ‘business as usual’ (Wiseman et al. 2017).”

Professor John Wiseman works at the dark-green end of Melbourne University at its Sustainable Society Institute. The title of one of his co-authored publications, “The Degrowth Imperative: Reducing energy and resource consumption as an essential component in achieving carbon budget targets” gives the flavour. “Degrowth” means reducing living standards like GDP per capita. As Wiseman’s co-author, Samuel Alexander, puts it, “And can we come together to build resilient, relocalised economies as globalised, carbon capitalism comes to an end in coming years and decades?” Wiseman’s also a writer on climate change and mental health, e.g. “And while many people feel grief and despair about the prospects of climate change, others see transformational hope…”

The Academy report starts with a full-page 230-word kow-tow to Aborigines, including a homily by Aboriginal Dr Emma Lee, one of the 15 members of the expert panel of authors. (The Academy signed up to a “Reconciliation Action Plan” in August 2019 to burnish its woke credentials). Dr  Lee told a conference in March about living in Country with ancestors “every day watching our midden sites along the coast getting washed away with increasing tides.”[11] One of the oldest-tide gauge benchmarks in the world is at Port Arthur in south-east Tasmania. CSIRO says it shows 160 years of sea rise there totalling a mere 13.5cm, or about two-thirds of my palm and fingers. A more precise study put the rise there at 1mm a year or 10cm per century. I had no idea that modern Tasmanian Aboriginals could so closely detect the tides increasing.

I checked other recent Academy reports for apologies for squatting on Aboriginal land, without success. One report reviewing “Decadal plans for Australian Astronomy” has 90 words of acknowledgements to whites but not one mention of Aborigines or the pioneering work of Aboriginal astronomers , now being dinned into Australian schoolkids by the ABC and officialdom.

How left can the Academy get? Last November it bagged President Trump and threw in its lot with the doddering fraud Joe Biden:

He will restore funding to environmental and climate programs and, most importantly for Australia, pressure other nations to raise their emissions reductions ambitions…

The [Trump] administration has also harmed the free movement of scientists and ideas. Travel restrictions have made it more difficult for foreigners from different countries to work or study in the US… Rising concerns about Chinese technological advancements have resulted in investigations into links between US-based scientists and China, leading to Chinese claims of McCarthyism—a claim familiar to Australians (My emphases).

What? Why is the Academy recycling propaganda from China intended to minimise the Communist Party’s wholesale stealing of Western know-how? I sought clarification from the Academy but got no response. [12]

And what’s behind the Academy saying that the China-alleged “McCarthyism” is a “claim familiar to Australians”? That comment appears to derive from a Senate committee hearing last October. Liberal Senator Eric Abetz asked three Chinese-Australian researchers whether they were prepared to “unconditionally condemn the Chinese Communist Party dictatorship”. One of them, a Labor candidate for Melbourne’s deputy mayor, later called the question “race-baiting McCarthyism.” [I make no suggestion that the three witnesses are in any way disloyal]. The Venona code-breaking transcripts proved that in the US, Senator McCarthy was not just imagining nests of traitors within the post-war establishment.

The Academy’s climate doomism is squandering prestige built over half a century. Someone there should have run a check on its 3degC warming nonsense before the Academy does any more damage – to itself.

Tony Thomas’s new book, Come To Think Of It – essays to tickle the brain, is available here as a book ($34.95) or an e-book ($14.95)

 

[1] The fourteen Academy people wrote sagely in 1976, “We conclude that there is no evidence that the world is now on the brink of a major climatic change. There is ample evidence that the world’s climate has changed widely during the geological past, and while there is every expectation that it will continue to change in the future, the time scale of these changes is in the range of thousands to hundreds of thousands of years rather than decades or centuries.” (My emphasis).

[2] There is scientific etiquette that a reviewer does not review his/her own prior publications, yet here we see senior climate scientists doing just that.

[3] The UK is copping its frostiest April in at least 60 years, CO2 notwithstanding, according to its Met Office.

[4] At 1.10.00secs in the video.

[5] IPCC’s Third Report 2001: “In climate research and modelling, we should recognize that we are dealing with a coupled non-linear chaotic system, and therefore that the long-term prediction of future climate states is not possible.” (Chapter 14, Section 14.2.2.2. )

IPCC’s Fifth Report, 2014: 111 out of 114 model runs showed temperatures above actual data. [chapter 9, text box 9.2, page 769]

[6] “The Australian Academy of Science comprises 550 Fellows whose common link is their exceptional scientific achievement.

[7] Fouled up beyond all recognition.

[8] The Pittock biography incorrectly credits him with a share in the 2007 Nobel Peace Prize, which the ABC’s Sophie Scott elevated even further to describe Pittock as a “Nobel Prize winner”.[8]

[9] China, pretending at the Paris talks to be a less-developed country, intends to reach peak emissions only in 2030. It’s burning more than half the globe’s thermal coal consumption and is planning or starting 247 gigawatts of new coal-fired power, six times the total coal-power use of Germany and equal to about 80 Loy Yang power plants.

[10] The last official IPCC statement was a footnote in IPCC, 2013: Summary for Policymakers. In: Climate Change 2013: The Physical Science Basis. SPM page 16. It reads ‘No best estimate for equilibrium climate sensitivity can now be given because of a lack of agreement on values across assessed lines of evidence and studies.’

[11] at 1.24.40sec.

[12] In a marvellous each-way bet, the Academy’s anti-Trump document says

  • This analysis has the endorsement of the Secretary for Science Policy, President and Chief Executive of the Australian Academy of Science.
  • “Views expressed in this feature remain those of the authors.”

=======================

A Mass Deception Of Virology & Vaccines: Case Proven?

A Mass Deception Of Virology and Vaccines  By John O’Sullivan, PrincipiaScientific.com, 28 April 2021

Last year we posted an article that triggered both ridicule and debate. It dared to question the accepted narrative of viruses and vaccines; that COVID19 did not exist and terrain theory would topple germ theory when the world awakens from the nonsense of the fake pandemic. Is the passage of time vindicating us?

Today, a clear and undeniable fact persists to annoy the defenders of Louis Pasteur’s theory and undermines all the claims that COVID19 is a deadly virus requiring mass global vaccinations as a remedy.

Have you ever questioned Germ Theory? Our whole society is based on it. The whole medical profession – especially virology – is based on it. It is why they give us vaccines.

One year on, the Achilles Heel for medical science and virology remains: no lab anywhere in the world has provided a gold standard isolate of the SARS-CoV-2 virus – alleged to cause COVID19 – a supposedly novel respiratory disease but with identical systems to colds and flu.

Our own inhouse expert, Dr Saeed Qureshi, has been at the forefront of exposing that telling omission. It is why we are strong supporters of the Statement On Virus Isolation (SOVI).

Moreover, as our corrupt governments and media keep telling us, cases and deaths from COVID run into the millions but we note a strange corresponding collapse in reported cases and deaths from influenza. How is that possible?

Did the novel virus somehow act as an antidote to other respiratory diseases that have plagued humans for millennia?

Hardly.

 

So, as this is the anniversary of our publication of the controversial article,  it behoves us to take stock.

Herein we post the empirical, proven outcomes. The most telling of which, in terms of discrediting virology as pseudo science, may be in this German video presentation of a controlled experiment that exposes a cornerstone of virology as not only unreliable, but patently false.

As reported in thefreedomarticles.com:

“German virologist Dr. Stefan Lanka, who won a landmark case in 2017 which went all the way to the German Supreme Court. Lanka proved in the highest court of the land that measles was not caused by a virus, and that there was in fact no such thing as a measles virus. Lanka is still busy working, and he wrote this article earlier this year (translated into English here) entitled ““The Misconception called Virus”” in which he explains the history of how mainstream science went horribly wrong with its conclusions (really assumptions) to demonize the humble virus and to falsely ascribe pathogenicity to it when there is none.”

Watch the video by Dr Stefan Lanka and Dean Braus and judge for yourselves:

If these lab tests are validated elsewhere, then it would seem that Drs Lanka, Andrew Kaufman, Judy Wilyman, Qureshi, et al. are vindicated.

They have shown us that virology incorrectly states – without proof – that viruses originate outside the body, then ‘hijack’ the RNA or DNA of the cell, and then replicate whilst attacking cells indiscriminately.

If this were true, viruses would replicate endlessly, eventually attacking all healthy cells, but they do not. We know that antibodies, a type of white blood cell, regulates the virus.

There exists no video evidence of viruses hijacking cells, except for 3D renders, and animations based on theory

As so-called “conspiracy theorist” the aforementioned mavericks stayed true to the scientific method and insisted upon actual verifiable proofs as to the nature and cause of the most economically devastating pandemic in modern human history. Their persistence and methodological acumen appear to have saved the world from an evil Big Pharma lie that has corrupted medical science for over half a century.

As thefreedomarticles.com neatly puts it:

“When modern scientists are working with diseased tissue, they think the presence of a virus is causing the disease, instead of realizing that the tissue in question has been cut off and isolated from its host, then doused with antibiotics, and that this separation and poison make it diseased and kill it, rather than any virus. Lanka writes:

“All claims about viruses as pathogens are wrong and are based on easily recognizable, understandable and verifiable misinterpretations … All scientists who think they are working with viruses in laboratories are actually working with typical particles of specific dying tissues or cells which were prepared in a special way. They believe that those tissues and cells are dying because they were infected by a virus. In reality, the infected cells and tissues were dying because they were starved and poisoned as a consequence of the experiments in the lab.”

” … the death of the tissue and cells takes place in the exact same manner when no “infected” genetic material is added at all. The virologists have apparently not noticed this fact. According to … scientific logic and the rules of scientific conduct, control experiments should have been carried out. In order to confirm the newly discovered method of so-called “virus propagation” … scientists would have had to perform additional experiments, called negative control experiments, in which they would add sterile substances … to the cell culture.”

“These control experiment have never been carried out by the official  “science” to this day. During the measles virus trial, I commissioned an independent laboratory to perform this control experiment and the result was that the tissues and cells die due to the laboratory conditions in the exact same way as when they come into contact with alleged “infected” material.”

In other words, the studied cells and tissues die with or without the presence of a virus in exactly the same way; therefore, the virus cannot be the cause of the morbidity and mortality. Interestingly, this exactly what many health experts have stated, namely that there are only two causes of disease: deficiency and toxicity.

  • Viruses are not living organisms or living microbes
  • Viruses do not have a respiratory system, nor a nucleus or digestive system
  • Viruses are not alive and viruses are not contagious
  • Thus, the fear behind COVID19 is wholly unwarranted

At Principia Scientific International, our words live or die by the scientific method. If claims cannot be verified empirically then they should be taken with a grain of salt. Viruses do not multiply on their own. When added to fertile petri-dishes that sustain cellular life, no additional viral protein structures appear.

Dr Lanka has yet to share all the experiment’s details including SOPs, copies of original run sheets, batch records, solutions, concentrations, incubation times, etc. of the CPE experiment. For that reason, we pose the title of this article as a question. It awaits wider confirmation.

Likewise, we urge the medical community to hold true to Koch’s Postulates: if there is no isolation of a virus, there is no purification. Without purification you have only speculation – and that is not solid science!

About John O’Sullivan John is CEO and co-founder (with Dr Tim Ball) of Principia Scientific International (PSI).  John is a seasoned science writer and legal analyst who assisted Dr Ball in defeating world leading climate expert, Michael ‘hockey stick’ Mann in the ‘science trial of the century‘. O’Sullivan is credited as the visionary who formed the original ‘Slayers’ group of scientists in 2010 who then collaborated in creating the world’s first full-volume debunk of the greenhouse gas theory plus their new follow-up book.

=====================

GMO SEEDS ALREADY OBSOLETE?

 

GMO SEEDS ALREADY OBSOLETE  By Joseph P.Farrell, 3 March 2021

 

If you’re a GMO seeds proponent, or an employee of Mon(ster)santo or I.G. Farbensanto, don’t say we didn’t warn you. Our warning was that by trying to create genetically modified crops that would repel pests, that nature would adapt to the modifications faster than research laboratories could adapt GMOs to nature’s adaptations, thus rendering them not only potentially obsolete, but by creating a pest problem, endangering the food supply (and don’t forget those falling crop yields-per-acre that the University of Iowa documented a couple of years ago with respect to GMO yields: falling yields + higher costs to maintain GMO crops = GMO failure, and cost effectiveness makes natural seeds over the long term a better investment. Now it’s officially come home to roost, according to this article shared by B.:

The coming obsolescence of GMO seeds

There’s much to note about this article, but there was one thing that it stated that leaped out at me:

For the $55 billion genetically modified seed industry, the news hasn’t been good lately. The great “successes” of Bt corn and cotton seeds are turning to failure as insects such as corn rootworms and cotton bollworms are developing resistance to the GMO crops. As a result, farmers have to spray more toxic insecticides to kill the resistant insects.

The situation has become so bad that the Environmental Protection Agency has proposed phasing out more than 40 varieties of Bt corn and cotton over the next three to five years as a way to reduce the insect resistance.

Meanwhile, herbicide-tolerant GMO soybeans are facing massive weed resistance problems. With U.S. farmers spraying 300 million pounds of glyphosate on their fields each year, weeds have naturally developed resistance. Monsanto and other biotech companies’ solution was to develop new GMO seeds that would work with dicamba and 2,4-D herbicides, which are more toxic than glyphosate and prone to drift, causing damage to other crops.

The result has been a disaster. Dicamba has damaged millions of acres of non-dicamba tolerant soybeans as well as other crops, fruit orchards, millions of trees, and gardens in the past four years. The largest peach producer in Missouri lost 30,000 trees to dicamba drift damage. He sued Monsanto, now Bayer, and won a $265 million settlement. One farmer even murdered another over a dicamba drift dispute.

GMO seeds are failing because GMO technology is short-sighted and supports a failing system of agriculture. GMOs still dominate U.S. corn, soybean, and cotton production but I believe their days are numbered. They are going against the trends in agriculture, which are toward regenerative and organic methods.

growing number of farmers are focusing on practices to build soil health such as planting cover crops and diverse crop rotations and grazing livestock. Because of those practices, regenerative farmers find they no longer need the GMO seeds, and they are also able to slash their use of chemical pesticides and fertilizers.(Boldface emphasis added)

“… a failing system of agriculture”: Let those words sink in. And let the other words “the result has been a disaster” sink in too. But wait, there’s more:

The main point is that soil health and regenerative practices are the leading trends in agriculture today, and as farmers journey on the path to soil health, many don’t see the need to plant GMO seeds.

GMO seed technology was designed to work with a system of industrial agriculture whose toxic effects—pesticides that threaten human health, depleted and eroded soils, polluted waterways from fertilizer runoff, greenhouse gases that contribute to climate change, among others—are becoming more apparent and threatening to the world. As more farmers move away from this system toward regenerative and organic practices, the use of ag chemicals and GMOs will fall away.

Biotechnology proponents point to the emergence of gene editing, and say that new gene edited seeds and crops will be developed. They say these crops will increase crop yields, produce more nutritious foods, reduce pesticide use, and help to “feed the world.” Wait, wasn’t that the promise of the “old” GMO seeds? Gene editing supporters say the technology is precise. But a study published in Nature magazine last July found that gene editing of human embryonic cells caused “chromosomal mayhem.” That isn’t precise. Similar genetic mayhem has been seen in gene edited rice and other crops. Gene edited crops will have the same problems as the older GMO crops, and consumers will likely reject them.(Boldface emphasis added)

In other words, human genetic tinkering is creating chaos in agriculture; think of the growing number of stories about adverse reactions to the mRNA covid “vaccines” and transfer that to crops and you get the picture: we are playing with systems which in spite of our vaunted “science” we do not yet completely understand, and in our rush to “play” with them and “improve” them, are creating a mess, possibly one that could threaten the food supply. And in both cases, crops and “vaccines”, the model used is one to maximize profits of a few big corporations. Why sponsor hydroxychloroquine for covid, when it’s so cheap, when profits can be maximized for a “vaccine” which comes with all sorts of health risks. Why sponsor ordinary seeds, when GMO seeds and their associated pesticides are so much more expensive, and can maximize profits?

Similarly, note the response to these models: “organic” crops and “holistic” medicine. In other words, more and more involved in the practice of farming or medicine are turning away from technological and artificial fixes more natural ones. Note that Russia, for example, not only turned very deliberately away from GMOs, but that its vaccine is not an experimental one tinkering with messenger RNA and human genetics.

And also note the response of “Big Agribusiness” (or as we like to call it here, I.G. Farbensanto or Mon[ster]santo) and Big Pharma (or as we like to call it, Muck Pharmaceuticals) to those who’ve opposed their agendas: Mon(ster)santo would sue farmers if one of their plants was spotted on their fields (meaning that Mon[ster]santo was actually spying on people), and Muck Pharmaceuticals? Well, it’s a curious thing that so many holistic doctors were being murdered in the years running up to the covid planscamdemic, and we all saw how apopleptic some doctors and media became at the mere mention of hydroxychloroquine, vitamin d, or zinc.

So yes, perhaps we need a new model of doing things. One that isn’t anti-science, but skeptical of rushed scientism, of rushed promises of “a better world” and “cures” without adequate testing and skepticism. In this, the whole GMO panacea has been a lesson in the dangers of rushed technologies, lack of inter-generational testing, and bought-off and corrupted “corporate science” and media promising the utmost safety of their witches’ brews.

Or to put that lesson more succinctly, no more Mon(ster)santo’s, and no more “Operation Warp Speeds” either. And here’s the good news:

The good news is that a seed industry independent of the big biotech/pesticide companies—Bayer, BASF, Corteva, and Syngenta—is growing stronger, worth an estimated $10 billion. This includes organic seed companies such as Albert Lea Seed, Great Harvest Organics, High Mowing Organic Seeds, and others. There are also seed companies emerging to meet the demand for non-GMO corn including SureFlex Hybrids in Minnesota, Spectrum Non-GMO in Indiana, Hybrid85 in Nebraska, and De Dell Seeds in Canada, to name a few.

Now, hopefully, we’ll see the emergence of doctors’ and physicians’ consortia that will treat their covid patients with things other than questionable “vaccines”. We’ve seen a few individuals questioning the whole narrative, but the whole idea of other points of view should, perhaps, become a business model.

======================

Senate inquiry is bringing evidence about state of Great Barrier Reef to the surface

Senate inquiry is bringing evidence about state of Great Barrier Reef to the surface  By Professor Peter Ridd, an independent scientist, The Australian, 16 September 2020

 

Editor’s note: Professor Ridd was sacked by James Cook University, Queensland, for challenging some university colleagues regarding the accuracy of their reports concerning the Great Barrier Reef.  Ridd challenged this in court and won a resounding victory in which the judge castigated JCU. An appeal by JCU was lost based on some convoluted points.  Ridd is escalating an appeal to the highest Australian court.  Over $760,000 has been collected for Ridd’s appeal in a Go-Fund appeal. Ridd is pushing in particular for a far better level of quality control in science.

The Senate committee inquiry into the regulation of farm practices impacting water quality on the Great Barrier Reef has yielded some remarkable confessions by science institutions about the state of the reef. It has been the first time many of the scientists have been asked difficult questions and publicly challenged by hard evidence. They have been forced out of their bubble.

It was revealed by Paul Hardisty, boss of the Australian Institute of Marine Science, that only 3 per cent of the reef, the “inshore reefs”, is affected by farm pesticides and sediment. He also stated that pesticides, are a “low to negligible risk”, even for that 3 per cent.

The other 97 per cent, the true offshore Great Barrier Reef, mostly 50km to 100km from the coast, is effectively totally unharmed by pesticides and sediment.

This has been evident in the data for decades but it is nice to see an honest appraisal of the situation.

Why has this fact not been brought to the public’s attention in major documents such as the GBR Outlook Report produced by the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority? Why has everybody been deceived about the true extent of the problem?

AIMS was also forthcoming on other important points. Records of coral growth rates show no impact from agriculture. Large corals live centuries, and have annual growth rings like trees. They record their own rate of growth. If farming, which started about 100 years ago on the reef coast, was damaging the it, there should be a slowing of the growth rate. The records show no slowing when agriculture started a century ago, or when large-scale use of fertiliser and pesticides began in the 1950s.

I have written previously that AIMS has been negligent in not updating the GBR-average coral growth data for the past 15 years. We have the scandalous situation that there is data going back centuries – but nothing since 2005. AIMS claimed coral growth rates collapsed between 1990 and 2005, due to climate change; however, there is considerable doubt about this result because AIMS changed the methodology for the data between 1990 and 2005. At the Senate inquiry, under some duress, AIMS agreed it would be a good idea to update this data if the government will fund the project.

Updating the coral growth rate data will be a major step forward. It will prove or disprove the doubtful decline between 1990 and 2005. It will also give the complete record of how the GBR has fared in the past 15 years, a period when scientists have become more strident in their claims that it is on its last legs.

Hardisty, to his credit, has recently implemented red-blue teams within his organisation to help with quality assurance of the work that AIMS produces. A red team is a group of scientists that takes a deliberately antagonist approach to check, test and replicate scientific evidence. A genuine red team is a far more rigorous quality assurance approach than the present system used in science – peer review – which is often little more than a quick read of the work by the scientist’s mates. What AIMS has done internally is similar to what I have been proposing – an Office of Science Quality Assurance that would check, test, and replicate scientific evidence used for public policy.

Unfortunately, Hardisty’s commitment to quality in science was not reflected by many other important witnesses at the Senate inquiry. Many are in denial and resorted to shooting the messengers. An extract from a letter signed by Professor Ian Chubb, a former Australian chief scientist, was read out by Senator Kim Carr.

Disputing the conventional wisdom on the reef was likened to denying that tobacco causes cancer, or that lead in petrol is a health risk. Worse still, the reason sceptics do this, apparently, is “usually money”. Scientists such as Dr Piers Larcombe, the pre-eminent expert on the movement of sediment on the reef, with decades of experience, is thus written off as a corrupt charlatan.

It is scientific “cancel culture”. It is easier than confronting Larcombe’s evidence that farming has very limited impact on the GBR.

It is customary to be very cynical of our politicians, but it was senators Roberts, Rennick, Canavan and McDonald who forced some truth from our generally untrustworthy science institutions. Only our politicians can save us from them.

The evidence about the reef will not be buried forever. All the data indicates agriculture is having a negligible impact on the reef, and recent draconian Queensland legislation against farmers is unwarranted. And this issue will be influential come the Queensland state election on October 31.

(Professor) Peter Ridd is an independent scientist.

======================

We need an inquiry into climate alarmism

 

We need an inquiry into climate alarmism  By Chris Kenny, The Australian, 29 August 2020

I hope you are sitting down; this foray into political and media madness over bushfires and climate change starts with recognising some excellent, forensic journalism by the ABC. Investigating last summer’s devastating Gospers Mountain fire, journalist Philippa McDonald took us to the very tree where the fire is believed to have been started when it was struck by lightning in a thunderstorm.

McDonald used this to give us the brilliantly counterintuitive opening line; “It began not with fire, but ice.” In a series of reports, McDonald and her team retraced the history of the fire over a number of weeks, how it was almost extinguished by rain, how bushwalkers in the wrong place at the wrong time thwarted a backburn that might have stopped it, how another prescribed burn got out of control and destroyed houses, and how a fortuitous wind change stopped it encroaching on suburban Sydney.

We might quibble with some of the alarmist language — repeating the silly new “megafire” term and pretending that when fires meet they join and get bigger when, in fact, this reduces the number of fronts and total length of fire perimeter — but overall the reporting was factual and admirable because it explained the many variables in fire behaviour and the factors that can influence whether a fire can be contained or extinguished before weather conditions turn it into an unstoppable beast. Surprisingly, and refreshingly, the reports did not dwell on climate change.

When it comes to our bushfires climate change is so close to being irrelevant, it should hardly warrant a passing reference — we have always faced disastrous bushfire conditions and always will. If climate change makes the worst conditions either marginally more or less common, it matters not; we still need to do the same things to protect ourselves.

In previous articles I have detailed the leading scientific analysis showing the main precondition for the NSW fires — a long drought — cannot be attributed to climate change. Unless climate activists want to argue Australia could do something to alter the global climate sufficiently to reduce our bushfire threat, they are exposed as cynical campaigners who used the sure bet of bushfires to advance their political scare campaign.

The NSW bushfire inquiry released this week took a dive into the climate science — as it was tasked to do — and found, predictably enough, that climate change “clearly played a role in the conditions” that led up to the fires and helped spread them. But thankfully it did not waste much time on climate in its recommendations, merely suggesting climate trends need to be monitored and factored in.

Apart from exercises in politically correct box ticking — Indigenous training for evacuation centre staff so they are “culturally competent”, wildlife rescue training for firefighters, and signs to promote ABC radio stations — most of the recommendations were practical. Better equipment for firefighters, more water bombers, more communication, public education and most importantly, a range of suggestions on fuel reduction around settled areas and planning controls on building in fire prone areas.

The bottom line has always been obvious: the one fire input we can control is fuel, so where we want to slow blazes or protect properties, we must reduce fuel. Planning is also important to prevent housing in indefensible locations, but one crucial phrase missing from the report was “personal responsibility”.

Houses on wooded hilltops or surrounded by bush cannot be protected and their residents should not expect others to risk their lives trying to do so.

People must be educated to clear extensively around properties, sufficient to withstand not a moderate fire but a firestorm, otherwise they must be prepared to surrender their homes and escape early.

“Hazard reduction is not the complete answer,” said report author Mary O’Kane. “People do need to take responsibility, they need to realise that if they live in certain areas it can be very dangerous, and we try to give a strong message of, if you are in a dangerous area and there is one of these big, bad megafires, the message, is get out.”

O’Kane is right, of course. But it seems a hell of a waste to hold a full inquiry only to be told we should do more fuel reduction, be careful where we build houses, and get the hell out of the way rather than try to fight firestorms. We knew all this.

The push for an inquiry was largely driven by the climate catastrophists. Remember, they wanted to blame the blazes on the axing of the carbon tax, and on Scott Morrison. It was inane and rancid stuff.

They will be at it again, this fire season. They love making political capital out of disasters, although they go as quiet as Tim Flannery when it comes to full dams and widespread snowfalls.

The area of land burned in the Australian summer has now been revised down by 25 per cent, and the claims about wildlife deaths revised downwards too, to factor in the mind-blowing realisation that animals actually escape fire when they can — birds fly, wombats burrow, kangaroos hop and even koalas can climb to the treetops and escape all but a crowning blaze.

Remember we had articles in The Guardian, The New York Times, and on CNN and the BBC, saying the bush might never recover. Take a drive through the Blue Mountains, Kangaroo Island or the Australian Alps and see how their predictions turned out.

The sclerophyll forests of southern Australia are not just adapted to fire, they are reliant on it. Therefore, the wildlife also is reliant on it for the rejuvenation of the vegetation — why does basic ecology escape the climate activists? If it is any comfort, the same madness is now playing out in California. Similar climate, similar history of bushfires, and the same maddening political debate. With fires burning more than a million acres in northern California this month, the state’s Democratic Governor, Gavin Newsom, sent a recorded message to his party’s national convention; “If you are in denial about climate change, come to California.” The trouble is that while these are bad wildfires, they are not unusual in the natural and settled history of that environment.

Like the Australian bush, the redwood forests that US journalists suggest are being destroyed by fire, depend on fire for propagation. Just like here, one of the issues has been the suppression of bushfire by human interference, leading to the unnatural build up of fuel that can explode when a wildfire does get away in bad conditions.

Environmentalist and author of Apocalypse Never; Why Environmental Alarmism Hurts Us All, Michael Shellenberger says the climate is warming but the impact of this on fires is overstated. In an article for Forbes.com he quoted Scott Stevens of the University of California, Berkeley, saying climate change is not a major factor, as well as other experts scoffing of the idea that severe fires are anything new.

“California’s fires should indeed serve as a warning to the public, but not that climate change is causing the apocalypse,” wrote Shellenberger. “Rather, it should serve as a warning that mainstream news reporters and California’s politicians cannot be trusted to tell the truth about climate change and fires.”

Ditto for Oz. I have detailed previously how Fran Kelly told ABC audiences in November that “the fire warning had been increased to catastrophic for the first time ever in this country” — but that was wrong, wildly wrong.

Greens Senator Jordon Steele-John accused his political opponents of being “no better than arsonists” and other Greens and Labor MPs said Australia’s climate policies were exacerbating bushfires. Insane as this might be, it was amplified rather than interrogated by most media.

The thick smoke haze in Sydney was portrayed as something “unprecedented” — if it has not been on Twitter before it must never have happened — but a quick search of newspaper files found similar bushfire-induced shrouds in 1951, when airports were closed, and 1936, when a ship couldn’t find the heads.

Fires in rainforest areas of southern Queensland and northern NSW were not “unprecedented” either, with archived reports noting similar fires in the spring of 1951 and even the winter of 1946.

Despite 200,000 media mentions of “unprecedented” tracked by media monitors across December and January, the facts showed none of this was new. Greater areas were burned in 1851 and 1974-75, and human devastation was either as bad or worse on Black Saturday in 2009, Ash Wednesday in 1983, Black Tuesday in 1967, Black Friday in 1939 and Black Thursday 1851.

Bushland was not destroyed forever, koalas were not rendered extinct and Scott Morrison was not to blame. We should have an inquiry into climate alarmism, political posturing and media reporting — we would learn a lot more from that than we have from relearning age-old fire preparedness from yet another bushfire inquiry.

CHRIS KENNY

 

ASSOCIATE EDITOR (NATIONAL AFFAIRS)

Commentator, author and former political adviser, Chris Kenny hosts The Kenny Report Monday-Friday 5pm, and Kenny on Media, 8.30pm Friday, on Sky News. He takes an unashamedly rationalist approach to national a… Read more

=====================

Alarmism in New Zealand


Alarmism in New Zealand  By Dr Muriel Newman, NZCPR.com, 25 July 2020

Fear is a natural survival instinct and arguably more motivating than logic and reason. It can also be used to great effect to shift the mindset of communities and nations.

While such manipulation is, of course, not uncommon, what is surprising is how blind societies are to recognising when fear is being used as a tool for political persuasion.

We recently saw this in the Government’s response to the Covid-19 pandemic when the Prime Minister used alarmist computer modelling to justify her “Captain’s Call” to lock the country down.

Claiming “tens of thousands of New Zealanders” could die, the PM rejected Ministry of Health advice to stay at Level 2 for 30 days, and imposed what we now know to be the most stringent policy response in the world.

Instead of relying on cost benefit analyses and regulatory impact statements from trusted government agencies to inform her decisions, the PM chose inaccurate computer models that grossly exaggerated the number of deaths.

It has now been revealed that the modelling she relied on did not take into account the contact testing and tracing that was central to the health response being implemented by Dr Ashley Bloomfield, the Director General of Health.

The explosion of predicted deaths that resulted, was then used by the PM to scare the country into accepting her hard-line lockdown.

This is not the first time the Prime Minister has used scaremongering to force her policy agenda onto the country. Her whole response to climate change has been based on fear.

Climate change is, of course, a natural process influenced by a wide range of factors including the sun, clouds, and ocean currents. Throughout history, the Earth’s climate has been far hotter than it is today and far colder. Sea levels have been far higher and far lower. Carbon dioxide – the trace gas used by plants to manufacture food – has existed at far higher atmospheric concentrations and far lower.

But the United Nations’ climate models that are being used to redefine economic policy around the world, only focus on the minuscule proportion of carbon emissions produced by humans. In doing so, they disregard not only the 97 percent of carbon dioxide produced from natural sources, but also the overwhelming influence that other crucial factors such as the sun have on the climate.

These alarmist models, which blame climate change on humans, are being used by politicians – including our Prime Minister – to implement the UN’s socialist agenda: state control of all economic activity through the regulation of carbon emissions.

Fortunately, most scams motivated by scaremongering are eventually exposed – often by the very people who pioneered the movements before they were captured by political extremists.

This week’s NZCPR Guest Commentator Michael Shellenberger is a leading American climate activist, who, having promoted global warming propaganda for almost three decades, has decided to stop the lies:

“On behalf of environmentalists everywhere, I would like to formally apologize for the climate scare we created over the last 30 years. Climate change is happening. It’s just not the end of the world. It’s not even our most serious environmental problem.

“Here are some facts few people know: Humans are not causing a ‘sixth mass extinction’; Climate change is not making natural disasters worse;  Netherlands became rich not poor while adapting to life below sea level; Habitat loss and the direct killing of wild animals are bigger threats to species than climate change; Wood fuel is far worse for people and wildlife than fossil fuels…

“I know that the above facts will sound like ‘climate denialism’ to many people. But that just shows the power of climate alarmism.”

Michael Shellenberger explains how difficult it has been to speak out against the climate scare:

“I was embarrassed. After all, I am as guilty of alarmism as any other environmentalist. For years, I referred to climate change as an ‘existential’ threat to human civilization, and called it a ‘crisis’.

“But mostly I was scared. I remained quiet about the climate disinformation campaign because I was afraid of losing friends and funding. The few times I summoned the courage to defend climate science from those who misrepresent it I suffered harsh consequences. And so I mostly stood by and did next to nothing as my fellow environmentalists terrified the public…

“But then, last year, things spiralled out of control. Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez said ‘The world is going to end in twelve years if we don’t address climate change.’ Britain’s most high-profile environmental group claimed ‘Climate Change Kills Children…

“As a result, half of the people surveyed around the world last year said they thought climate change would make humanity extinct. And in January, one out of five British children told pollsters they were having nightmares about climate change. Whether or not you have children you must see how wrong this is. I admit I may be sensitive because I have a teenage daughter. After we talked about the science she was reassured. But her friends are deeply misinformed and thus, understandably, frightened. I thus decided I had to speak out.”

While Michael Shellenberger deserves credit for speaking out and exposing the misrepresentation, those activists who lie should be held to account – particularly by the media. It is therefore regrettable that so many in the media have decided their interests are better served by aligning with the popularists, rather than adhering to the bedrock values of their profession.

Prime amongst New Zealand’s serial alarmists is the Green Party’s Climate Change Minister James Shaw. Not only does he knowingly describe carbon dioxide – the cornerstone of life on earth – as a “pollutant”, but he also continues to claim that as a result of climate change, adverse weather events are getting worse, which is another alarmist fabrication that is simply untrue.

But as the late Stephen Schneider, a Stanford University Professor who had been a lead author for the UN’s Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change explained, for advocates of climate alarmism the truth is not a priority: “…we need to get some broad based support, to capture the public’s imagination.  That entails getting loads of media coverage. So we have to offer up scary scenarios, make simplified, dramatic statements, and make little mention of any doubts we might have. Each of us has to decide what the right balance is between being effective and being honest.”

Fearmongering, of course, has been an effective tool to manipulate the public throughout history.

The myth that population growth will deplete food and resources, and ultimately destroy the planet, can be traced back to the writing of the Reverend Thomas Malthus in 1798.

These idea gained unprecedented traction following the 1968 release of The Population Bomb by Paul Ehrlich, an entomologist at Stanford University. The book incited such fear of overpopulation that it triggered waves of repression around the world.

The facts, however, tell a different story. Population growth has been slowing for more than three decades. Forty years ago, while the average woman had between five and six children to ensure the survival of the next generation, she now has between two and three. Women are having fewer children because better healthcare means that most babies now live to grow up. As a result, half of the world is already below the long-term replacement level.

Concerns over ‘peak oil’ have also been in and out of vogue over recent decades. Driven by the theory that the world would run out of oil, the reality is that scarcity has been the result of geopolitical disruption rather than resource depletion.

The Club of Rome, an Italian-based think tank established in 1965, investigated resource scarcity in their highly influential book The Limits to Growth. Using computer modelling, they forecast apocalyptic economic and environmental disaster.

Ironically, it has now become clear that, contrary to what they were predicting, the best way to improve humanity and the environment is through more growth, not less. As countries improve their living standards, so too they improve social, economic and environmental wellbeing. It is the resourcefulness of free markets to innovate and maximise the efficient use of resources that results in a progressive improvement in living standards.

What is also bizarre is that while in the 1970s climate computer models predicted that the burning of fossil fuels would trigger another ice age, nowadays they are claiming the exact opposite – that the burning of fossil fuels will cause the planet to dangerously overheat.

This contradiction has not stopped our politicians – with fossil fuels identified as the villain, their policy response of an increasing carbon levy, has effectively imposed socialist state control over all economic activity.

When the Prime Minister and Climate Change Minister introduced their Zero Carbon Act last year, they boasted about imposing the harshest restrictions on carbon emissions of any country in the world. Then last month, they amended the Emissions Trading Scheme to cap carbon emissions, causing the price of carbon to jump from around $25 a tonne to $33.

At $25, New Zealander motorists were paying an ETS levy of around 4c for every litre of petrol they bought. At $33, the levy is now around 7 cents a litre, and at $35, it will be around 9c a litre. Such price hikes will flow right through the economy, increasing the cost of living.

The Climate Change Minister expects carbon prices will go much higher.

Meanwhile the price of carbon has had a major impact on vegetable affordability, especially tomatoes. With hothouses no longer economical in some areas, local growers are being forced to close. As a result, New Zealanders will see an increase in produce imported from countries with no carbon costs.

With the 2015 Paris Agreement on Climate Change specifying that measures introduced to enable countries to meet their carbon targets must not reduce food production, Minister Shaw is clearly breaking the rules.

Governments can only get away with imposing socialist control under the guise of climate change because of their scaremongering. Endlessly claiming that burning fossil fuels is causing dangerous global warming, they promote renewable energy as the only sustainable alternative.

In a controversial new filmPlanet of the Humans, which climate activists have tried to ban, filmmaker Michael Moore provides a devastating indictment of the renewable energy scam, explaining it is not clean, green, nor sustainable, but is more destructive than the energy sources it seeks to replace.

The film shows how wind, solar and biofuel projects destroy wildlife habitats, rare and endangered species, and millions of acres of forests, deserts and grasslands.

It exposes bogus claims about the benefits of renewable energy and explains that electricity for a small city of 50,000 households requires 15 square miles of solar panels, along with wind turbines, and a huge array of batteries – or a coal or gas power plant – for nights and cloudy days.

Paul Driessen, a senior policy analyst for the Committee For A Constructive Tomorrow has reviewed  the film and describes the turbines:  “Each one is comprised of nearly 5,000,000 pounds of concrete, steel, aluminum, copper, plastic, cobalt, rare earths, fiberglass and other materials. Every step in the mining, processing, manufacturing, transportation, installation, maintenance and (20 years later) removal process requires fossil fuels. It bears repeating: wind and sun are renewable and sustainable; harnessing them for energy to benefit mankind absolutely is not.”

While some of the film’s conclusions are questionable, Michael Moore raises concerns about the merits of alternative energy that alarmists have conveniently ignored: “We’re basically being fed a lie.” Maybe we’d be “better off just burning fossil fuels in the first place,” than doing all of this.

Although dissenting voices are not yet dominating the debate about climate alarmism, there is enough concern for political leaders to stop the headlong rush into policy extremism and exercise some common sense judgement.

With New Zealand already struggling to recover from the harsh lockdown, the last thing this country needs is climate policy based on scaremongering to undermine our fragile economic recovery.

========================

Sorry for misleading you, but I cried wolf on climate change

Sorry for misleading you, but I cried wolf on climate change  By Michael Shellenberger, The Australian, 1 July 2020

I have been a climate activist for 20 years but on behalf of environmentalists everywhere, I would like to formally apologise for the climate scare we created.

On behalf of environmentalists everywhere, I would like to formally apologise for the climate scare we created over the past 30 years. Climate change is happening. It’s just not the end of the world. It’s not even our most serious environmental problem.

I may seem like a strange person to be saying all of this. I have been a climate activist for 20 years and an environmentalist for 30.

But as an energy expert asked by the US congress to provide ­objective testimony, and invited by the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change to serve as a reviewer of its next assessment report, I feel an obligation to apologise for how badly we environmentalists have misled the public.

Here are some facts few people know: Humans are not causing a “sixth mass extinction”;

The Amazon is not “the lungs of the world”;

Climate change is not making natural disasters worse;

Fires have declined 25 per cent around the world since 2003;

The amount of land we use for meat — humankind’s biggest use of land — has declined by an area nearly as large as Alaska;

The author’s new book.

The build-up of wood fuel and more houses near forests, not climate change, explain why there are more, and more dangerous, fires in Australia and California;

Carbon emissions are declining in most rich nations and have been declining in Britain, Germany and France since the mid-1970s;

The Netherlands became rich, not poor, while adapting to life below sea level;

We produce 25 per cent more food than we need and food surpluses will continue to rise as the world gets hotter;

Habitat loss and the direct killing of wild animals are bigger threats to species than climate change;

Wood fuel is far worse for people and wildlife than fossil fuels;

Preventing future pandemics requires more, not less, “industrial” agriculture.

I know the above facts will sound like “climate denialism” to many people. But that just shows the power of climate alarmism. In reality, the above facts come from the best-available scientific studies, including those ­conducted by or accepted by the IPCC, the Food and Agriculture Organisation of the United Nations, the Inter­national Union for the Conservation of Nature and other leading scientific bodies.

Some people will, when they read this, imagine that I’m some right-wing anti-environmentalist. I’m not. At 17, I lived in Nicaragua to show solidarity with the Sandinista socialist revolution. At 23 I raised money for Guatemalan women’s co-operatives. In my early 20s I lived in the semi-Amazon doing research with small farmers fighting land invasions. At 26 I helped expose poor conditions at Nike factories in Asia.

Green beginnings

I became an environmentalist at 16 when I threw a fundraiser for Rainforest Action Network. At 27 I helped save the last unprotected ancient redwoods in California. In my 30s I advocated renewables and successfully helped persuade the Obama administration to ­invest $US90bn into them. Over the past few years I helped save enough nuclear plants from being replaced by fossil fuels to prevent a sharp increase in emissions.

But until last year, I mostly avoided speaking out against the climate scare. Partly that’s because I was embarrassed. After all, I am as guilty of alarmism as any other environmentalist. For years, I ­referred to climate change as an “existential” threat to human civilisation, and called it a “crisis”.

But mostly I was scared. I remained quiet about the climate disinformation campaign because I was afraid of losing friends and funding. The few times I summoned the courage to defend climate science from those who misrepresent it I suffered harsh consequences. And so I mostly stood by and did next to nothing as my fellow environmentalists terrified the public.

I even stood by as people in the White House and many in the media tried to destroy the reputation and career of an outstanding scientist, good man, and friend of mine, Roger Pielke Jr, a lifelong progressive Democrat and environmentalist who testified in favour of carbon regulations. Why did they do that? Because his ­research proves natural disasters aren’t getting worse. But then, last year, things spiralled out of control. Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez said: “The world is going to end in 12 years if we don’t address climate change.” Britain’s most high-profile environmental group claimed “climate change kills children”.

Turning point

The world’s most influential green journalist, Bill McKibben, called climate change the “greatest challenge humans have ever faced” and said it would “wipe out civilisations”. Mainstream journalists ­reported, repeatedly, that the Amazon was “the lungs of the world”, and that deforestation was like a ­nuclear bomb going off.

As a result, half of the people surveyed around the world last year said they thought climate change would make humanity ­extinct. And in January, one out of five British children told pollsters they were having nightmares about climate change.

Whether or not you have children you must see how wrong this is. I admit I may be sensitive because I have a teenage daughter. After we talked about the science she was reassured. But her friends are deeply misinformed and thus, understandably, frightened.

I thus decided I had to speak out. I knew that writing a few articles wouldn’t be enough. I needed a book to properly lay out all of the evidence. And so my formal ­apology for our fearmongering comes in the form of my new book, Apocalypse Never: Why Environmental Alarmism Hurts Us All.

Carbon emissions are declining in most rich nations and have been declining in Britain, Germany and France since the mid-1970s.

It is based on two decades of research and three decades of environmental activism. At 400 pages, with 100 of them endnotes, Apocalypse Never covers climate change, deforestation, plastic waste, species extinction, industrialisation, meat, nuclear energy, and renewables.

Some highlights from the book:

  • Factories and modern farming are the keys to human liberation and environmental progress.
  • The most important thing for saving the environment is producing more food, particularly meat, on less land.
  • The most important thing for reducing pollution and emissions is moving from wood to coal to petrol to natural gas to uranium.
  • 100 per cent renewables would require increasing the land used for energy from today’s 0.5 per cent to 50 per cent.
  • We should want cities, farms, and power plants to have higher, not lower, power densities.
  • Vegetarianism reduces one’s emissions by less than 4 per cent.
  • Greenpeace didn’t save the whales — switching from whale oil to petroleum and palm oil did.
  • “Free-range” beef would require 20 times more land and produce 300 per cent more emissions.
  • Greenpeace dogmatism worsened forest fragmentation of the Amazon.
  • The colonialist approach to gorilla conservation in the Congo produced a backlash that may have resulted in the killing of 250 elephants.

Why were we all so misled? In the final three chapters of Apocalypse Never I expose the ­financial, political and ideological motivations. Environmental groups have accepted hundreds of millions of dollars from fossil fuel interests. Groups motivated by anti-humanist beliefs forced the World Bank to stop trying to end poverty and instead make poverty “sustainable”. And status anxiety, depression and hostility to modern civilisation are behind much of the alarmism.

The most important thing for reducing pollution and emissions is moving from wood to coal to petrol to natural gas to uranium.

Reality bites

Once you realise just how badly misinformed we have been, often by people with plainly unsavoury motivations, it is hard not to feel duped. Will Apocalypse Never make any difference? There are certainly reasons to doubt it. The news media have been making apocalyptic pronouncements about climate change since the late 1980s, and do not seem disposed to stop. The ideology behind environmental alarmism — Malthusianism — has been repeatedly debunked for 200 years and yet is more powerful than ever.

But there are also reasons to ­believe that environmental alarmism will, if not come to an end, have diminishing cultural power.

A real crisis

The coronavirus pandemic is an actual crisis that puts the climate “crisis” into perspective. Even if you think we have overreacted, COVID-19 has killed nearly 500,000 people [Editor’s note 1: There is compelling evidence this figure is grossly inflated due to dubious practices and methods of measuring] and shattered economies around the globe [Editor’s note 2: It is the related governmental regulations that have ‘shattered economies around the world’, not COVID-19].

Scientific institutions including WHO and IPCC have undermined their credibility through the repeated politicisation of science. Their future existence and relevance depends on new leadership and serious reform. Facts still matter, and social media is allowing for a wider range of new and independent voices to outcompete alarmist environmental journalists at legacy publications.

Nations are reverting openly to self-interest and away from Malthusianism and neoliberalism, which is good for nuclear and bad for renewables.

The evidence is overwhelming that our high-energy civilisation is better for people and nature than the low-energy civilisation that climate alarmists would return us to.

Greenpeace didn’t save the whales — switching from whale oil to petroleum and palm oil did.

The invitations from IPCC and congress are signs of a growing openness to new thinking about climate change and the environment. Another one has been to the response to my book from climate scientists, conservationists and ­environmental scholars. “Apocalypse Never is an extremely ­important book,” writes Richard Rhodes, the Pulitzer-winning ­author of The Making of the Atomic Bomb. “This may be the most important book on the environment ever written,” says one of the fathers of modern climate science, Tom Wigley.

“We environmentalists condemn those with antithetical views of being ignorant of science and susceptible to confirmation bias,” wrote the former head of The Nature Conservancy, Steve McCormick. “But too often we are guilty of the same. Shellenberger offers ‘tough love’: a challenge to entrenched orthodoxies and rigid, self-defeating mindsets. Apocalypse Never serves up occasionally stinging, but always well-crafted, evidence-based points of view that will help develop the ‘mental muscle’ we need to envision and design not only a hopeful, but an attainable, future.”

That is all I hoped for in writing it. If you’ve made it this far, I hope you’ll agree it’s perhaps not as strange as it seems that a lifelong environmentalist and progressive felt the need to speak out against the alarmism. I further hope that you’ll accept my apology.

Michael Shellenberger is president of Environmental Progress, an independent research and policy organisation. He is the author of Apocalypse Never: Why Environmental Alarmism Hurts Us All, published by Harper Collins

=======================

Links to previous articles

    • derailing-the-marrakech-express  By Michael Kile, Quadrant Online, 20 November 2016
    • finally-warmists-find-a-real-threat  By Tony Thomas, Quadrant Online, 15 November 2016
    • cp-editorial-on-agw-distortions-011116 – by Andrew Bolt, Going cold on climate science, 1 November 2016
    • cp-editorial-271016  By Julian Tomlinson, Cairns Post, 27 October 2016
    • bjorn-lomborg-take-those-organic-food-claims-with-a-grain-of-salt  By Bjorn Lomborg, The Australian, 16 October 2016
    • like-all-cults-climate-alarmism-will-fail-when-its-prophecies-dont-materialise  By Peter Campion, 14 September 2016
    • Young Heads Filled With Green Mush  By Tony Thomas, Quadrant Online, 3 August
    • Brexit threatens Climate Gravy train – time for Clexit  By Jo Nova, joannenova.com.au/, 3 August 2016
    • Golden rice, the miracle crop Greenpeace hates  By George Harrison, Spiked Online, 23 July 2016
    • A fantasy green-tech future  By Nick Cater, The Australian, 19 July 2016
    • The positive effects of CO2 – there is no crisis  By Anthony Watts, WattsUpWithThat  website, 23 June 2016
    • The Reef’s Self-Serving Saviours  By Dr Walter Starck, Quadrant Online, 19 June 2016
    • Exaggeration, hyperbole and even lies, by Julian Tomlinson, Cairns Post, 2 June 2016
    • How climate and environmental propaganda works  By Paul Driesson, Townhall, 3 May
    • How Greens kill off industry by stealth  By Alan Oxley, Quadrant Online, 31 March
    • Are Environmentalism and Global Warming Effectively Religious Socialism  By Dr. Tim Ball, 23 February 2016
    • The economic costs of excessive environmental legislation  By Dr Muriel Newman, NZ Centre for Political Research, 18 February 2016
    • Climate change, CSIRO realigns after groupthink fails  By Michael Asten, The Australian, 12 February 2016
    • Climate change science RIP  By Don Aitkin, 7 February 2016
    • Bureau of Meteorology needs to open its records to audit  By Maurice Newman, The Australian, 1 February 2016
    • Chilling climate of UN control  By Maurice Newman, The Australian, 28 December
    • Paris talks – agreeing to dodge democracy – By Ben Pile, Spiked Online, 19 December
    • Ruinous water plan based on environmentalist lies  By Ron Pike, Quadrant Online, 18 October 2015
    • Global warming zealots blamed for deadly diesel fiasco  By Steven Glover, The Daily Mail, 25 September 2015
    • Killing people versus cheating EPA regulations  From Zerohedge, 22 September 2015
    • Oxfam’s real agenda – destroy Australian coal industry  By Henry Thomas, Quadrant Online, 14 September 2015
    • The Green Scare Problem  By Matt Ridley, The Wall Street Journal, 14 August 2015
    • Nobel Prize-Winner dissents on global warming claims 1 July 2015
    • Greens destroy world’s wildlife  By Christopher Booker, The Telegraph, 7 July 2015
    • Greens infiltrate the classroom  By Gary Johns, 1 July 2015
    • Climate science, the settled careerist variety  By Walter Starck
    • Why the Left needs climate change  By Steven Hayward, Forbes, 13 June 2015
    • IPCC is to science is what FIFA is to soccer  By Nick Cater, The Australian, 9 June 2015
    • Terrible news for climate catastrophists  By James Delingpole, 6 June 2015
    • 25 years of dud tipping point predictions  Michael Bastasch, The Daily Caller, 19 May
    • The Greek Orthodox Creed of Warmism  By Michael Kile, Quadrant Online, 5 May
    • Are you now, or have you ever been, a climate contrarian  By Brendan O’Neill, Editor of spiked, 2 May 2015
    • Putting the acid on the Great Barrier Reef doomsayers  By Patrick Moore, The Australian, 13 April 2015
    • Flashback 1971, burning coal will cause ice age  By Michael Bastasch, 7 April 2015
    • UN, depopulate the planet to combat climate change  By Steve Watson, 7 April 2015
    • Time to Put Warmists Under Oath  By Walter Starck, Quadrant Online, 3 April 2015
    • ‘Greens’ plans to return to the Stone Age  By Nick Cater, The Australian, 31 March 2015
    • Global warming consensus claim fraudulent  By Richard Tol, The Australian, 25 March
    • When environmentalism becomes a crime against humanity  By Ivo Vetger, 18 March
    • To be ‘green’ or progressive, you can’t be both  By Tim Black, Spiked, 14 Mar 2015
    • EPA Chief cannot answer climate questions  Editorial, Investors Business Daily, 7 Mar
    • GM, the scientific argument is over  By Matt Ridley, The Times, 5 Mar 2015
    • Montana bill kills UN’s Agenda 21 by KLXF.com, 25 Feb 2015
    • The ‘Green Blob’ is threatening lives in Africa  By Matthew Holehouse, 24 Feb 2015
    • ‘Science’ destroys its own credibility  By Garth Paltridge 17 Feb 2015
    • The biggest science scandal ever  By Christopher Booker, The Telegraph, 7 Feb 2015
    • How to make a pyre of the bush  by Roger Underwood, Quadrant Online, 8 Feb 2015
    • Beware, ‘green’ danger ahead   by Andrew Montford, The Spectator, 6 Feb 2015
  • The left’s gravy train derailing  by Maurice Newman, The Australian

The Great Global Warming Hoax

Editor’s note: This post comprises several communications from climate specialist and expert fraud investigator John Rofe of Auckland, New Zealand.  Each email was sent to a wide range of politicians and media. 

Editor’s notes: Sadly, most politicians and media people as well we many scientists still espouse the false ‘climate change’ unsupported propaganda.  A quote from the text below rather than the truth may turn out to be the trigger for these people to change their minds:   ‘The truth will always out.  Your problem is that it will come out on your watch and forever affect your reputation.’ NB some diagrams could not be transposed from the original text to this post.

Dear politicians,

It is a new year.  I wish you all the health wisdom and courage to execute your duties this year.  Your biggest problem is that you now own the climate fraud that Jacinda Ardern and James Shaw knowingly inflicted on us all.

The issue at hand is very simple.  You will only understand the truth about the climate fraud which your Parliament supports, if you take the hour or two to read this email and attachments.   Before you read the unpleasant truth about the fraud you support, I would like to reprint the results of the NASA satellite records taken from the web site of the University of Alabama at Huntsville’s custodian of data as of 4 January 2024.  Now both warming alarmists and critics of the fraud alike, agree that 2023 was the hottest year since satellite records began…(ref. https://www.drroyspencer.com/ ) What we disagree over is whether human carbon emissions have any relevance in Earth’s weather.  I can prove it is impossible because a small reaction in the evaporation of surface water which influences the concentration of atmospheric water vapour, cloud cover and precipitation will within minutes and hours eliminate any increase in carbon dioxide, methane and nitrous oxide over any period.

But…. To quote Dr Roy Spencer,”2023 Was the Warmest Year In the 45-Year Satellite Record

The Version 6 global average lower tropospheric temperature (LT) anomaly for December, 2023 was +0.83 deg. C departure from the 1991-2020 mean, down from the November, 2023 anomaly of +0.91 deg. C.

The following plot shows all 45 years ranked from the warmest to coolest.

The linear warming trend since January 1979 still stands at +0.14 C/decade (+0.12 C/decade over the global-averaged oceans, and +0.19 C/decade over global-averaged land).”

The temperature cannot possibly be higher today than it was during previous times such as the Minoan Warm Period, the Roman Warm Period, the Medieval Warm period or even the 1930’s.  So there is still no climate emergency.  Meantime, human emissions of carbon dioxide, methane and nitrous oxide continue to increase and these will continue to increase whatever we do.

Anthropogenic Global Warming theory is based solely on the proposition that human carbon emissions cause climate change.  The fact that this is impossible is why, when they are asked to justify their actions, previous New Zealand Ministers of Climate Change always wrote that they are taking action because we once agreed with the UN IPCC that we would do so.  In the next breath they say they follow the science.  However, the United Nations Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (“UN IPCC”) is promoting the dogma of those members of the Club of Rome and the World Economic Forum which set up that organisation in 1988 and it has never provided any empirical scientific evidence to support it in any of their reports – It places total reliance on the opinions of those people it has rewarded for agreeing with its own opening hypothesis.  That is not scientific by any definition.  Such a big lie could not have endured without people in high places personally benefitting from it.  For them, they easily distance themselves from the actions of the puppet UN IPCC which is run operated under the auspices of the United Nations itself.  However, the same private sector globalist influencers presently control both the US Government and the mainstream international media and via their political and media puppets they ensure they also have their foot on the throat of the New Zealand public. 

But science is solely about being able to produce empirical scientific evidence to support a theory.  For Anthropogenic Global Warming theory, not only is the core theory impossible but now Emeritus Professor of Chemical Engineering at the University of Auckland, Dr Geoffrey G. Duffy FRSNZ has been providing his unequivocal evidence to absolutely disprove it for four years – as discussed in his frequently circulated video at the link below:

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=-p8JqRqRBC4

His work is supported by dozens of other scientists. Globally, the fraud is only supported by a minority of real scientists.  Within New Zealand, the members of the NZ Climate Science Coalition and the Environomics Global Trust write to you from time to time to explain the vast body of science which shows the impossibility of the UN IPCC’s dogma. Their correspondence is based on physics, atmospheric chemistry, geology, meteorology and so on.  But as I am both a beneficiary of your fraud and an experienced fraud investigator, all I seek to do is to nail the lid shut on its coffin before our economy is trashed by the effects of the Zero Carbon Act 2020, its offshoot, the Climate Change Commission and their pointless zealotry.  I accept the work and calculations of Professor Duffy, but only after proving by observation of daily official weather data that, as he asserts, within minutes and hours a minor change in atmospheric water vapour modifies any and all effects of a change in the level of atmospheric carbon dioxide over centuries.

The Government, the media, academia and those promoting the false UN IPCC narrative for personal gain simply ignore the truth and ensure it can never be heard.  The truth is not changed by suppression. The truth will always out.  Your problem is that it will come out on your watch and forever affect your reputation.

 I have spent 20 years investigating this fraud on my own time and to my own family’s cost.  During this time, I have been met with a barrage of lies and obstruction from the same people that you use my taxes to reward for lying to you.   NIWA, Ministry of Climate Change, NZ MetService, are implicated.  At best they are sophists and many of them are likely to be ignorant, rather than persons of fraudulent intent.   All are captive of the fraud they promote because they would individually lose their jobs if they did not promote the fraud.  However, a consequence is that you now have a huge problem with civil service, academia and our education system. None are trustworthy.

I worked out a system to validate the work of Professor Duffy from the observation and analysis of officially published weather data.  His evidence is compelling but requires confirmation by observation.  Observation of gases which are invisible to the human eye make the deception and mass panic of the public easy.  But I am not allowed to publish my research by the same media that are captive to the fraud which you are unknowingly if purposefully inflicting on farmers and businesspeople.  This is because you sanction it with your legislative provisions. By the end of this email, you will understand how you can disprove the fraud for yourself. I am not able to persuade the fraudsters or sophists to debate my allegations because they have no way of disproving the real evidence so they refuse any and all invitations. Nor can I bring them before the courts because you have silenced the court by obliging it to enforce the Zero Carbon Act 2020 which enshrines the deliberate fraud within New Zealand law.  I have named those responsible (Ardern, Shaw and their fellow-travellers) for the fraud after warning them beforehand.  Despite four years of either active or passive complicity with this fraud by the NZ Serious Fraud Office, no-one has ever protested that I am defaming them.  The fraudsters and sophists alike have already corrupted our education system.  The fraud is coordinated by the most powerful international agency of all – the United Nations, via its offshoot the UN IPCC.  Yet it is still a fraud, and it is your fraud from this year onwards.  In New Zealand the productive sector is being systematically milked by sophists who are employed as Climate Change Commissioners, or acting for the many organisations that benefit from the fraud (Just like I do).

I come to you with clean hands and with the kind of proof that you can throw in the faces of the fraudsters if you are to save our country from their predations.

The problem for you is that New Zealand has signed up to international agreements to commit this fraud, despite the fact that anyone can now interrogate the New Zealand weather data and prove for themselves it is a fraud.  In law any contract shown to be based on fraud is nul and void.  So repudiate it and explain why that is necessary to our trading partners.  In New Zealand the truth is more obvious.

Some years ago, German economist, Dr Ottmar Edenhoffer who was then a Chairman of that year’s UN IPCC deliberations said at the Cancun COP session that governments must forget about climate policy being to change the climate, because its dominant role is income redistribution between rich and poor nations.  So this is a fraud that is being promoted by people who not only own and/or control the mainstream media but who pay for the scientific opinions they want, in the sure and certain knowledge that when discovered, they are too big to jail.  It is the megalomaniacs of the World Economic Forum (“WEF”) who want open access to every world market and blanket exposure to a level of corporate income tax on net profits that does not vary from jurisdiction to jurisdiction.  They don’t just go to COP junket after COP junket in their 400 private jets for no reason.  They are there to monitor progress from their lackeys to global governance, open access to all world markets and one common income tax rate.

Few if any environmental economists like Dr Edenhoffer have spared any thought for whether the science supports their perspective or not.  Arguably President Obama got his Nobel Peace Prize for supporting the fraud. (He certainly didn’t get it for doing anything to promote world peace.) The theory itself, only exists for them as if it were an immutable fact. The fact they are deluded is someone else’s problem (such as the high-country sheep farmer who goes broke and watches their hard-won land slip back into scrub). As a result, all OECD governments have been led into the world of Alice in Wonderland by charlatans, where the impossible is now mandatory.  It is based on a fake climate emergency about which – even if it was a climate emergency – humans can never do anything to influence the outcome.

For economists like Dr Edenhoffer, they do not question the self-serving presumption that human carbon emissions influence climate change, despite most numerate people able to see from the arithmetic alone, that is impossible.  The UN IPCC’s delusional presumption meets a ready market. For all UN bureaucrats any move towards an enhanced role for their office must always be good.  If some scientists agree, then their conscience is clear and their ends justifies the means of getting there.  Dr Edenhoffer and his team presume (on the basis their delusions are correct) the cost of one tonne of COemissions will cost USD140 today and in 2100 it will cost USD800.  Further, and even more ominously, they treat the atmosphere as “global commons” for which total military and regulatory coordination will be required. In other words, taking absolute control of us will be deemed essential in order to save the planet.

(Ask any farmer what will happen at a carbon cost of USD140/tonne?  How about a future at USD800/tonne?  Should they hang themselves in the barn now, or wait until their family is destitute?)

The supposedly altruistic reasoning makes an impossible theory regarding the climate seem a valid and indisputable justification for globalised control of the air we breathe.  If you doubt this nonsense, please view the elegant garbage contained in this video clip.  The entire UN IPCC dogma has become reliant on grotesque lies:

 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=DRCq1Pvo4WE

At 18 minutes into this video, Dr Edenhoffer claims that control of the “commons” (that he believes is essential to avoid runaway global warming) is superior to all private property rights

(Now try telling that to farmers and property owners!   Do you politicians really know what you are getting us into by letting lunatics run the economy?)   Remember please that from mid 2018, our home-grown “lunatics” Ardern and Shaw were first warned beforehand and then every month since, that they were committing fraud.  Yet they are still lying to the NZ public.

 The world changed on 1 January 2024 when 5 countries joined the BRICS+.  They are now in a position to either reject or moderate the frauds run out of the UN.  (After 75 years it would be amazing if any such institution was corruption-free.  You may recall that the predecessor to the UN was found to be full of flaws in similar fashion, and therefore unable to prevent WW2)

No wonder OPEC+ is joining BRICS+.  From a political point of view, few countries which understand that natural causes that are responsible for climate change will buy the proposition that humans can alter Earth’s climate.  They are already ganging up to change things.  The Biden/Kerry delusional regime has lost the USA its global hegemony on this subject alone, in one fell stroke.  From January 2024 the USA will be held accountable by its seemingly equally, if not more-powerful peers.  But as human carbon emissions are known by the majority to have no effect on climate, there will be no concerted effort to reduce their atmospheric concentration (so it will grow further), even though the majority of those countries led by pragmatists will seek out substitutes for fossil fuels. As a prominent leader of our Nation it is important to not only understand the fraud coordinated by the UN IPCC and actively driven by the WEF and their client politicians (such as the US Democratic party in USA – Obama and Gore with their “peace prizes” and Clinton, Kerry and Biden – Biden as a sort of enforcer ), but also the changing geopolitics and international order has already moved from unipolarity to multipolarity.  This video below is tangential to the climate fraud but at less than 10 minutes long, I believe you will find it very informative and  essential viewing… The world has changed.

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=0W_ihJeZkhY

The rational approach from individual OECD scientists who concur that the official climate narrative is a scam, requires great courage. They all face a choice to stand with the UN IPCC- mandated lie and get paid for service to the fraud, or to object, and thereby to be out of work and to be marginalised and ostracised.  Meanwhile cowardly politicians step aside of join the feeding frenzy at the trough.  In the USA, only 31,487 eminent scientists held out:

www.petitionproject.org

The NIWA whistleblower who elicited my support in 2004.

I was introduced to the fraud in Q1, 2004 by a senior NIWA scientist who abandoned his entire career and told me that he was going to work for his brother-in-law’s catering firm – labouring until he found a new vocation.  He was a highly qualified and highly regarded atmospheric chemist.  This process of honest people being put out of work has continued since then. Every year I have watched more and more scientists opting out. Likely, many more do stay “in the closet”, unprepared to air their convictions and instead confining their research to narrow silo’s that stay away from the core lies. 

The dispossessed and downtrodden fight back on the basis of logic from any one of a number of scientific disciplines – physics, atmospheric chemistry, geology and so on.  But few have discussed or debated the evidence of Professor Duffy, and none have realised that I can prove Professor Duffy is right.  They all object because the proposition that an increase in tiny, provably impotent trace gases can overcome the global system which has endured for countless millennia, dominated by natural forces (a theory that is totally preposterous).  How could it be accepted with no evidence?  The answer is – as pointed out earlier – because it is promoted due to fraudulent intent by parties who are too powerful to name and people who are too wealthy to jail (some with wealth even greater than that of the New Zealand Government).

Those enjoying unquestioned use of the right to stop others using fossil energy has led to a break between Russia’s President Putin (formerly a Klaus Schwab acolyte) and the WEF globalists.  Putin publicly accuses them of plotting to end all democracies in favour of a global technocracy that is totally dominated by Western oligarchs.  This break with the WEF and President Putin’s 2024 chair of the BRICS+ group of nations now has profound consequences.  Meanwhile, unless he is either jailed or assassinated, it seems past POTUS Trump’s intention to end US membership of the 2015 Paris Climate Accords may again be implemented. Just as it was during his first Presidency.

For promotion of their climate fraud, the UN IPCC now has a head start – not that it will have any influence over the weather or climate.  To repeat for emphasis.  For 30 years they have claimed a fake scientific consensus regarding their self-serving theory about the science.  The minority of compliant pseudo-scientists now owe their jobs, incomes and promotions to their own active promotion of the fraud.  Because of rigid political, scientific and media enforcement of that fake consensus, no one needs to provide any evidence to support the factually impossible notion that human carbon emissions can either influence or cause climate change. No person feeding at the climate trough will ever mount an argument against me because there are no arguments founded upon empirical scientific evidence.  Debate is banned.  Four or maybe five Nobel Prizes have been awarded to people promoting the fraud.  The reason why there is no empirical scientific evidence to support the Labour-Greens fraud in New Zealand is because what is impossible doesn’t ever happen in nature.  Solar irradiation and its moderation by the terrestrial water cycle which is ruled by gravitational forces are far too powerful to be influenced by minute traces of relatively impotent greenhouse gases.

There exists one overarching problem which affects human civilisation.  That is the spectre of exponential human growth eventually facing total collapse, due to the depletion the huge but finite planetary endowment of key mineral resources.  The loss of access to critical finite and depleting resources, including but not limited to oil, gas and coal threatens our civilisation and while the BRICS+ and the OPEC+ countries reject the climate fraud, they obviously have a good understanding of the need to migrate away from present reliance on fossil fuels over time.  The idea of leaving 80% of oil gas and coal in the ground ( suggested by many) is something that humanity may have little control over.  Extraction and processing costs are escalating, and resource quality and/or energy output is declining, so at some point, 50% may (if one takes the 1956 work of Dr Marion King Hubbert on peaking resources)  become unprofitable to extract by comparison with other options of a more sustainable nature.  However, getting to the point of adequate diversification may take considerably longer than 2050.  It is clear that this matter is an issue that OPEC+ countries are focused on because they are seeking to manage their collective rates of supply in order to maintain prices and thereby offset vacillations in global demand and thereby provide supplies to enable the transition to be completed. 

The one thing that the transition to renewable energy options requires, is to have a stable cost and price target for securing the funding and capital costs, so that viable alternatives can be implemented. (Disclosure: This is the focus of my international portfolio of investments in renewable energy technologies, projects and resources.)

So the likes of Russia and China are chasing renewable alternatives while the OECD is chasing pipe dreams, while lying to and frightening our children.  This fraud is setting science back 50 years and taking us all along for the ride.

Meantime the core arithmetic used by UN IPCC and globalist fraudsters (including our own political leaders) is wrong.  There are only about 50 billion tonnes of annual human carbon emissions per year (only 137 million tonnes per day), so they cannot possibly have any effect on a climate system driven predominantly by sunlight and its evaporation of about 1.15 trillion tonnes of surface water per day.  Our emissions are only 0.0012% of either the daily rate of evaporation, cloud formation or precipitation.  It is the rate of change in daily evaporation, humidification, condensation and precipitation which determines our weather from time to time and from place to place.  That has influenced Earth’s climate for millennia as Earth’s orbit of the sun and its own activity has fluctuated.

Earth’s surface water endowment consists of about 1.338 billion cubic kilometres of salt water, wherein the oceans accumulate tiny daily increments of heat from all sources (or lose it to provide a thermal lag effect).  Earth’s water endowment does not deplete as its atmospheric cycle is a closed loop, all H2O being held by gravity to Earth’s surface. The only other material influence – than sunlight – on sea temperatures and the rate of evaporation of water, is sub-sea volcanism.  80% of all volcanoes and hydrothermal vents are below the ocean surface and their generated heating impact flows around in ocean currents.  The attempt by pseudo-scientists and UN IPCC to ban atmospheric water vapour as the sole omnipresent and omnipotent greenhouse gas is easily disproven and shown up for the fakery that it truly is.  That is prima facie evidence of deliberate fraud.

Just consider human gullibility in the face of such an authoritatively mandated fraud.  If the UN IPCC was correct then none of us could be alive today because the mechanism for moderating heat gain and loss which has worked in the face of natural disasters for hundreds of millennia would have already proven too ineffectual to cope with the biggest asteroid strikes, volcanism or forest fires. 

The climate fraud is the simplest of all shell games and it relies on multiple layers of trickery to confuse the public.

 This fraud began as a shell game with only one pea under one of several shells.  That most plausible pea was the possible influence of cumulative human carbon dioxide emissions.  But that has been shown false for more than 100 years due to experimentation which found it subject to both the Beer-Lambert law of physics and the Henry law of solubility of gases.  The second much less plausible pea was introduced – cumulative human generated methane emissions.  But even if atmospheric methane doubled over more than 100 years, that would have an eventual (theoretical but not practical) temperature effect of only about +0.05o Celsius, and it is child’s play for water vapour to moderate that.  So the third and absolutely impossible pea under its own separate walnut shells of sophistry was added in the form of fake carbon emissions called nitrous oxide.  The chemical name for nitrous oxide is N2O, so it has no carbon atoms at all.  It was only added because it is a pollutant and that justified the fourth “liar’s pea” under other walnut shells which introduces a range of sophistry encouraging the deliberate lie that human carbon emissions are all nasty pollutants.

But after two weeks or so, methane oxidises to become water vapour and carbon dioxide.  Carbon dioxide is the stuff of life and not a pollutant at all. 

One level of seemingly official trickery is hard for intelligent children to cope with.  Four levels has even confounded HRH King Charles III despite him understanding that his breath can feed pot plants (but not his sister, HRH the Princess Royal or their late father).

If you are still duped after reading this email, I submit you do not have the intelligence to sit in Parliament and deliberate laws on behalf of us all.  As a tip, think of this fraud in terms of simple arithmetic.  I will explain…

In New Zealand, for about 30% or more of the time, we can look up and see blue sky. The blackness of space which appears bright blue to us, is the result of sunlight being diffused amongst the molecules of atmospheric water vapour.  Alternatively, regard either the white, the grey, or the black of the different thicknesses and shades of clouds above us.  The diffusion of the sun’s incoming electromagnetic irradiation by Earth’s water cycle is so powerful that in minutes or hours any influence of human pollution, or benevolent discharges by any means, is reflected by minor changes to the approximately 13 trillion tonnes of H2O suspended above our heads which constitutes an ocean in the sky.  It may not seem like it, but the majority of that 13 trillion tonnes is the atmospheric water vapour that is invisible to the human eye, most squashed in by gravity. It is below the cruising altitude of Air NZ jets.

Not only does water vapour change density from place to place in minutes, but even young children can understand the influence of rapid changes in cloud cover and what happens when it rains.  It is summer.  On a sunny day by about 11am, the beach sand is too hot to walk on with bare feet. Once the sky clouds over the heat quickly dissipates, so the sand is then warm to the touch.  When it rains the sand becomes cold to the touch.  If it has rained heavily during the previous night, look for the sand at daybreak to be colder than even the seawater.   

Now consider the effect of solar irradiation.

For 150 million kms since solar radiation is first emitted by the sun, the sunlight loses nothing before delivering about 1,365watts per square meter of electromagnetic radiation to Earth’s outer atmosphere.  Yet the sun’s radiant energy is almost halved by the time it hits and heats Earth’s surface. The three gases that humans emit a portion of, carbon dioxide, methane and nitrous oxide vary from place to place by only between 418ppm to 450ppm between them and these are relatively impotent compared with water vapour because they only influence one or two band widths of radiation to a tiny degree; therefore, they have an unmeasurably small weather effect from day to day.  The influence of water on both Earth’s surface and in its atmosphere varies by a great deal within each day and at each location solely due to heat. So it is officially measured and reported on each hour.  This is both the heat required to cause evaporation and once evaporated the temperature of the air determines how much water vapour the air can hold. If the air is frigid the amount of atmospheric water vapour may be as low as 2,000ppm.  In New Zealand’s mid-latitudes, it is between 7,000ppm to 13,000ppm, but in the tropics its density even reaches as high as 40,000ppm.  Because it varies so quickly from place to place and from time to time, the worst fears of the UN IPCC come into play.  Their fraud is so easily disproven. This is because we can measure the impact of a change in actual humidity (expressed as grams of water per kilogram of air) in New Zealand.  By measuring its temperature effect each day and by measuring how much heat is lost at night by comparison to the level of water vapour, we can measure its true effect as a greenhouse gas.

How did we get conned that tiny changes in traces of the three relatively impotent, atmospheric greenhouse gases (for which only 5-6% of total annual emissions can even be attributed to human activity) could change the climate over the last 30 plus years, and thereby somehow change the weather.   The science is simple, but the fraudsters lie about the science and pervert the scientific method. So we need to go back to first principles and carefully observe from published temperature data, what happens every day.

Weather only happens on a daily 24-hour cycle as the Earth rotates to alternatively face towards and away from the sun.   All atmospheric gases are invisible but on days when the sky is blue, the difference in the level of water vapour is often the only thing that determines the difference in the rate at which Earth’s surface heats (remember the sand on the beach).  This determines the maximum daytime temperatures and the water vapour, cloud and precipitation influence the rate of overnight heat loss.  This can be measured for pairs of New Zealand towns that are less than 300kms apart and which lie on the same latitude and are at the same altitude.

Fortuitously, New Zealand is to Climate Science what the Galapagos Islands are to the science of evolutionary biology.

As a result, this phenomenon visible in the published weather data each day for pairs such as New Plymouth and Napier, Whanganui and Hastings, Westport and Blenheim, Hokitika and Christchurch? 

Visibility is because New Zealand is a country located in the Westerly wind belt of the South Pacific Ocean.  The country consists of a narrow chain of islands arranged over 1,000kms, located from 35o South to 47South with a spine of high hills and mountains dividing the towns paired (as listed above) by common latitude and altitude.  As 90% or more of Earth’s evaporation occurs over the oceans, its incrementally denser clouds of invisible water vapour is typically driven ashore in the form of humid air, cloud and rain from the Tasman sea to the West coast towns.  Driven up-slope, the air loses most of its moisture by the mountain tops and is thereafter drier.  When the wind direction changes to come from an Easterly quarter, the air within and above Eastern towns is more humid than that of the Western towns in the pair.  It is not the Foehn effect which causes this.  The Foehn wind is nothing other than dry air which was chilled during ascent and stripped of its moisture by, or at the top of the hills or mountains it has passed over.  In New Zealand generally water vapour (which varies in density at various heights) is 24 times the atmospheric density of the human influenced greenhouse gases and each molecule has five times the radiative potency of the three human-influenced greenhouse gases (combined) for incoming sunlight and ten times the potency for restricting outgoing infrared radiation into space.  Because water vapour also has 28 non-radiative weather effects that the human-influenced greenhouse gases do not have, it should therefore (at least in theory) have thousands of times the effect of the human-influenced greenhouse gases on daily insolation and overnight heat loss.

To repeat again…New Zealand is to climate science what the Galapagos Islands are to the science of evolutionary biology.  This is because of our geography and the juxtaposition of coastal settlements which are on opposite coasts (East and West) and are separated by high hills or mountains. On a fine day in Hokitika (on the West Coast), its typically higher residual actual humidity will ensure not only that Hokitika has a lower maximum temperature than Christchurch (on the East Coast) on a similarly fine day, but also that the overnight heat loss will be far less.  Recently and probably due to my writing that Auckland with higher atmospheric water vapour often has a lower maximum daytime temperature than Christchurch, this Q&A was published on the MetService on-line and hourly updated web site for Christchurch:

“Is Christchurch warmer than Auckland?

Due to these winds (i.e. Foehn winds), the cooler South Island cities such as Dunedin, Christchurch and Invercargill have higher all-time record temperatures than places further north such as Wellington, Auckland and Whangarei.”

Assuming the average height of the Southern Alps is say 1,000 metres, the air would have been chilled to 6.5o Celsius less than it would have been in say, Hokitika, where it came ashore.  As the air reaches the tops of the mountains/hills, is chilled by the higher altitude and falls down-slope, it becomes warmer by that same 6.5o Celsius (termed its “lapse rate”), and heated more by the hotter ground after it receives more heat from the sun, due to the reduced level of water vapour as the sole dominant greenhouse gas. When fine, the extra heat for Christchurch’s 30o C summer day by comparison with Hokitika’s 25o C summer day, is due to the drier air which allows faster solar heating of the land surface.  The fact that the air flow rate may be accelerating is a tribute only to the increased air pressure as the dried air descends.   Naming a dry wind “Foehn” just means it is dry because it has been stripped of its moisture by the preceding high hills and mountains.  The use of the Foehn wind in the UN IPCC-coordinated shell game normally only occurs when the climate fraud must be defended by minimising the influence of water vapour which is so easily proven to be the sole omnipresent (everywhere) and omnipotent (all powerful) greenhouse gas:

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_4KG0-2ckac&t=1s

When an Easterly wind comes ashore at Christchurch on a day which is cloudless at both locations, then Hokitika may warm up faster and therefore have a warmer daytime maximum temperature.  People can test this by observation for themselves, once the published percentage of Relative Humidity is converted to Actual Humidity (in grams of water per kilogram of air) by use of an online calculator, such as provided by Lenntech (https://www.lenntech.com/calculators/humidity/relative-humidity.htm ).

The other diurnal effect is that with less water vapour in its atmosphere, Christchurch will usually have much more rapid overnight heat loss.  So while Hokitika may lose say 5o Celsius overnight on a clear summer night, Christchurch may lose 10o Celsius.  You can observe for yourself that Foehn winds are not always blowing on the fine days when the temperature of Christchurch or Napier exceeds that of Hokitika or New Plymouth – or for that matter, Auckland . 

If you take the time to look at the different NZ MetService weather files containing the average monthly temperatures for the towns in each pair over the last 30 years, it is atmospheric moisture that helps to determine the average weather, and thereby the climate of each location in the pair.  You will find these truths reflected in all of the monthly weather statistics for each town.  By month, maximum temperature, minimum temperature, average temperature for the month, sunshine hours, number of rainy days and sunny days, precipitation in millimetres and so on are all influenced.  This demonstrates that although there are always anomalous extreme weather events due to the massive countervailing natural forces, it is the averages of daily weather that rule climate statistics.  Further, it is the latitude, altitude and usual level of actual humidity which determines both the weather and climate from place to place.

If you ever wondered why East Coast towns usually have higher maximum daytime temperatures and yet more frosts?  You have your answer above.

You see, the thing about the “greenhouse” effect is that it reduces the level of daytime heat from the sun and it also reduces overnight heat loss.  If it did not do that, few modern terrestrial life forms would survive until dawn.  Those that did may then burn or boil during the heat of the next day.

But we must always remember that more heat from any source will lead to a higher rate of evaporation of surface water, and at altitude, a higher density of water vapour than the air can hold will lead to a higher rate of cloud formation and eventually after a week or so, lead to a higher rate of precipitation.   The total effect of Earth’s atmospheric water cycle serves to moderate additional heat from all sources by causing a greater or lesser degree of cooling from all sources – dependent solely on the differential heat from the sun and having nothing whatsoever to do with human carbon emissions. In minutes and hours, a minor temperature change will elicit a much larger greenhouse effect from water vapour than the influence of human carbon emissions over even a hundred years.  But the effect of water vapour is further modified by cloud cover and the effect of precipitation.

The elegance of the terrestrial climate system is so ingenious, it is almost god-like, as it provides the necessary climate for life everywhere on Earth from the Equator to the poles.  Checking comparatives for three full years during which Ardern and Shaw ignored or denied the truth, makes me to marvel at the way solar and volcanic heat is so expertly nuanced and manages to provide a terrestrial climate averaging about +15.5Celsius while the temperature of near space is -273o Celsius (just think, that is minus 273o C.).

The major anomalous weather emergencies are a result of the huge countervailing forces at play which determine Earth’s climate and even the worst pollution by humanity is washed from the skies by the roughly 1.15 trillion tonnes of water that falls each day as rain, hail, sleet or snow.  We cannot change that so we must mitigate its effects by prudent planning and prompt emergency reactions.

There is no climate emergency, just climate fraud and this fraud is still happening on your watch.

Yours sincerely

John Rofe

Retired but Experienced Fraud Investigator

  1. Just think, the BRICS+ and OPEC+ countries know how stupid we are because they understand what is contained in the reports of the Russian Academy of Sciences as summarised in the slide show which is attached above as “140708”.  They know and more greatly fear the dire effects of the cooling that always comes after the warming.  To them the Paris Climate Accords are just part of the fraud, so you have no hope of getting any return for the damage you are causing to our farmers and economy.  Please just think it through.  JR.

=========================================

The false ‘climate emergency’

 Editor’s note: the full PDF article can be viewed on the link below.

221107 – Engineers, physicists and statisticians have exposed the truth that ignorance and incompetence led to the false declaration that there is a “climate emergency” – Google Docs 

By Peter J. Morgan B.E. (Mech.), Dip. Teaching, Hon. CEO & Chair, Environomics (NZ) Trust (PJM.forensic.eng@gmail.com)

In the mid-1980s, groups of climate scientists began developing computer climate models of the atmosphere. These models are now known to not properly model key climate parameters. One fundamental error in those models and all subsequent models, except those developed in Russia, relates to a field of physics and engineering known as control systems engineering, which was applied in order to model feedback effects. Unfortunately, no climate scientists ever asked any expert control systems engineers or physicists – who understood and knew how to properly apply control systems engineering – to check these models, and it was only in the last few years that an independent group known as ‘the Argonauts’, which includes world class expert control systems engineers, physicists and a mathematician, discovered this feedback error and wrote a 72-page paper explaining the error and correcting it.

=====================================

You New Zealand Farmers have been conned – along with many people within the OECD

jcrofe@xtra.co.nz <jcrofe@xtra.co.nz>

20 October 2022 at 09:02

To: (Key NZ government leaders and media)

If you are a farmer, this may be the most important weather and climate email you will ever get.

 I accuse PM Ardern and Minister Shaw of deliberate fraud.  Their fraud directly affects you.

In July 2018 I explained to the Government why it is impossible for any change in atmospheric carbon dioxide, methane or nitrous oxide to influence the Earth’s weather or climate.  James Shaw replied with a standard UN IPCC disinformation package that was a series of falsehoods.  Shaw’s letter was almost identical to the same letter sent out by Minister David Parker in 2009.  Between the Clark years and the present time the country has wasted tens of billions of taxpayer dollars on a fraud that has without any scientific justification. 

In April 2019 I complained to the NZ Serious Fraud Office because the notion of Anthropogenic Global Warming is nothing more nor less than the biggest deliberate fraud in human history.  The corrupt UN IPCC is running the fraud to lend it some authenticity, yet a fraud is still a fraud.  This means that Jacinda Ardern and James Shaw are now driving a simple fraud and no one have never been able to justify their actions.  The claim they follow the science is a deliberate lie, told because of the improbability that anyone could ever be able to disprove it.  Serendipitously we can now do that.  If you want to see why, please read on.

Science relies on empirical scientific evidence and there has never been any of that to support either the UN IPCC, or the Ardern-Shaw frauds.

There are three limbs to the fraud – each itself based on a tissue of lies.

  1. The lie that human emissions cause climate change. (which they do not)
  2. The lie that carbon dioxide is a pollutant. (you know it as the stuff of life without which photosynthesis won’t work and grass won’t grow.  Adult humans each produce about 350kgs of the stuff through respiration – so carbon neutrality is not an option.)
  3. The lie that by reducing our carbon emissions by whatever means, we can reduce the atmospheric levels of carbon dioxide, methane and nitrous oxide, and that if we do it will influence global temperatures. (There is no effective global consensus to reduce emissions and they keep rising.  Even so the resultant higher level of atmospheric carbon has no effect.  Reducing it cannot possible do so either.)

The truth about cause of changes to weather and climate is that during the present interglacial period it is the cyclicity of solar activity that causes the climate to change, so whatever changed heating occurs from place to place and from time to time, it is immediately moderated by the influence in the sole omnipotent greenhouse gas called water vapour.  The greater the heat (whether from the sun, from volcanism or from humanity) the more evaporation occurs.  The greater the density of atmospheric water vapour, the greater the cloud formation, the greater the clouds, the more the Earth is shaded from sunlight.  Also the greater the cloud build-up the greater the precipitation and in total, the greater the cooling effect in response to heating. 

To make the fraud plausible, organisations like Google have made the influence of water vapour practically disappear.  See the item attached above.

Fortunately, while water vapour is invisible to the human eye, we know there is between 1.1 and 1.2 trillion tonnes of it that is evaporated every day and this is matched by a similar amount of precipitation.  13 trillion tons of H2O is held in the atmosphere.  Between the water vapour, cloud and precipitation in progress it is a veritable “ocean of water” in the sky that gives Earth almost its entire “greenhouse effect” save for one bandwidth of radiant energy affected by carbon dioxide.  Within that bandwidth the role of atmospheric carbon dioxide is almost saturated – even at the lower pre-industrial level.  More carbon dioxide has almost no effect, while the first 150ppm certainly had a major beneficial effect for our climate.

There are only three Earth-based factors which affect the weather and the climate from place to place:

  1. The latitude of a place.
  2. The altitude of a place.
  3. The usual level of Actual Humidity (expressed as grams of water per kilogram of air) at a place.

New Zealand is unique because it is the only country where the third absolute cause of weather and can be observed on any day of the year.  I can make this assertion because I can prove it, and in that proof lies the downfall of the entire global fraud.

In two New Zealand towns on different coasts, on roughly the same latitude and at the same altitude, whenever the level of actual humidity is the higher in one, the maximum daily temperature is usually lower and the diurnal temperature range will normally be less than it will be in the other town.  This is a product of the interaction between sun and Earth’s water cycle as I shall explain.

The power of water vapour as the sole omnipresent and omnipotent greenhouse gas is so great during summer months, that on a fine day in both Auckland and Christchurch, the seven degrees of latitude difference between them may make little difference, because Christchurch can so often achieve a maximum daily temperature of 30o to 34oC while the maximum temperature of Auckland seldom hits 29oC, and yet will often be cooler at night, even on those hot days, with a higher diurnal temperature range.  The reason for this is solely due to the higher humidity in Auckland.  If the two towns were on the same latitude the difference between the two would be much larger!

Prove this for yourself.  It is as simple as observing the weather on the internet at 2pm at two different New Zealand towns on the same latitude and altitude….say New Plymouth and Napier in the North Island and say, at Hokitika and Christchurch in the South Island. The observed official temperature on the Internet gives you a comparable “maximum daily temperature”, reading to go with the percentage of relative humidity.  Then repeat the observations at 6am the next morning.  That provides a comparative minimum temperature (the difference between the two gives you the overnight heat loss for each location and therefore the diurnal temperature range).  You need to also record the figure for relative humidity.  To find the level of actual humidity for your comparison, you will need to use an on-line calculator like this:

https://www.lenntech.com/calculators/humidity/relative-humidity.htm

 Just enter the temperature and relative humidity at 2pm and it will give you the figure for the actual amount of water there is in the air – measured in grams of water per kilogram of air.  That is the density of water vapour (by mass) that restricts the ingress of sunlight during the day.

Do the same for the 6am calculation and you will get the density of the water vapour that has restricted the rate of outgoing night-time heat loss (this loss is in the form of infrared radiation).

This is how you prove (in the absolute) the effect of the water cycle too.  Some days the wind changes direction.  When that happens, the town on the East coast has higher humidity than the one on the West coast so their weather comparison is reversed.  As New Zealand is positioned within what is known as the Westerly wind belt, the climate (the average over about 30 years or so of weather conditions) reflects the usual impact of atmospheric water vapour density.

We readily accept that dry desserts are habitually hot during the day and cold at night but never question why that is.  Perhaps it is because we are being continually lied to by so-called experts to make us believe that somehow we humans have the power of King Canute.

Consider the radiative efficacy of water vapour (which we cannot influence) by comparison with that of carbon dioxide, methane and nitrous oxide (which we have only a little influence over).   Water vapour has five times the radiative efficacy of the three others combined for restricting incoming sunlight, and 10 times the radiative efficacy of the three others combined for limiting outgoing infrared radiation of heat.  But water vapour is on average 20 times the atmospheric density of the other gases.  There is so much more of it.  But its differential greenhouse efficacy doesn’t stop there.  Water vapour has a further 28 non-radiative features so it has a huge convective and radiative capability that the UN IPCC pseudo scientists deliberately ignore.  Each molecule of water vapour gas is on average 40% lighter than the average of the other air molecules, so as well as being heated by evaporation, it quickly transports heat to higher altitude (progressively losing it on the way) and when converted to precipitation, via condensation and the nucleation of cloud droplets into rain drops, gravity then transports the chilled rain, sleet, hail or snow back to Earth’s surface very rapidly.  The convective role of water vapour and its alter ego precipitation, turns the entire Anthropogenic Global Warming theory into just so much gibberish that not even dozens of the world’s most powerful super computers can work it out.  As gas, a solid or a liquid, water retains its versatility while still just plain, reliable H2O.

Earth’s theoretical “greenhouse” has no roof and it is just a way of trying to explain the insulating effect of the layer of various gases which comprise a tiny proportion of Earth’s lower atmosphere.

Can you see the ocean in the sky that I refer to?  Yes, it is visible from the International Space Station as a pencil thin band of bright blue, that seems glued (by gravity) to the Earth’s visible horizon. Diffraction of light through the mixture of cloud, mist, rain in progress and that water vapour which on land is invisible to the naked eye…

From… https://earthsky.org/astronomy-essentials/in-space-how-far-away-can-you-see-earth/#:~:text=From%20the%20window%20of%20the,the%20lights%20of%20Earth’s%20cities.

I will leave it to the proper authorities to prosecute those responsible for the losses made to the business, farming and energy sectors as a direct result of the Ardern government’s misguided activities. 

What I will do is to draw into the net all of the pseudo-scientists like – for example – Professor James Renwick and the other academics and climate change commissioners who have been richly rewarded for providing the sophistry to support this fraud.  Every day, all taxpayer funded “climate scientists” such as those in academia, NIWA, the Met Office and Ministry for the Environment should see what I can see from the daily weather maps.  All are, to a greater or lesser extent of complicity involved as either fraudsters or sophists or both.  For the NZ Serious Fraud Office, which must also be to some degree complicit, I suggest they use their draconian powers and “follow the money and the trail of Nobel prizes” to source of the fraud if they wish to perform the job they were sworn to do.

Not everyone has been fooled.  Brazil, Russia, India, South Africa and China (the BRICS) know the score.  The BRICS and the world’s emerging economies (between them 75% of the world population) understand the position.    They will never join the rush to start reducing carbon emissions.  It is the old story, you can fool some of the people some of the time, but you cannot fool all of the people all of the time.  Even after 34 years of fraud at the highest level, the truth will always out.  Most geologists and physicists know I am right  but the stars of the scientific world are surely the solar scientists.  No-one disputes that the sun provides 99.9% of Earth’s energy budget.  But the UN IPCC mob try to persuade us its variability is too small to matter.  The leaders in solar science are without doubt the Russians.  They are telling us the real prognosis for climate change in the 21st century is for cooling (not warming) according to the trends in solar activity.  They point to the nexus between the levels of solar activity throughout history and the climate.

I agree with the Russians.  Attached as “140708” above is their prognosis.  The difference between them and us is they cannot afford to get their forecasts wrong.  See also…

https://electroverse.co/russian-scientists-forecast-cooling-thicker-ice-over-the-coming-years-putin-wants-cold-winter-100s-of-low-temp-records-fall-u-s/

If you look at the picture of Earth from over the Great Lakes of North America, you will see the cloud shade much of the Earth’s surface – it is usually somewhere between 60% to 70%.  Clouds are always moving.  So is water vapour.  It moves rapidly from place to place, and as commented by Auckland University’s Emeritus Professor of Chemical Engineering, Dr Geoffrey G. Duffy FRSNZ in his concise empirical scientific evidence attached above as papers “ATT00102” and “Why it is not possible for…”, it allows us to measure changed weather effects.  He summarises the efficacy differential between what humans can and cannot control or influence and the power of natural forces in play thus…

“Simply stating again for emphasis, variances in the Greenhouse Gas water vapour occur in seconds or minutes far exceed the total increase in the low concentration Greenhouse Gas carbon dioxide over any period. The unique and powerful phase-change capability of water together with the radiation superiority of water vapour, make water vapour self-buffering, self-regulating, self-correcting, and self-compensating even when the atmospheric changes are minute.”

It takes years for the level of carbon dioxide, methane and nitrous oxide to vary by much at all and they all change by very little from place to place.  But when they do, the rate of evaporation is argued to change (although logical, it is so inconsequential, there seems no real evidence of that). When air temperatures increase, the ability of the air to hold water vapour increases and the ability of the combined effect of all factors within the water cycle to moderate any effect also increases too.  Water vapour varies between 0.2% of Earth’s atmosphere at the poles and in desserts right up to 4.0% in the tropics and it varies rapidly from place to place.  That variability gives us the ability to measure its impact on daily weather.  What marks the difference between a black rock in space and planet Earth is that Earth possesses the miracle of water, oxygen and carbon dioxide, upon which all flora depends.

A huge black space rock sizzles in the direct light of the sun during the day, whereas only about 56% of the sun’s heats warms Earth’s surface during the same time and much of the rest is trapped in the atmosphere or reflected away.  At night, the black rock’s surface freezes. 

But for us, the oceans cover 71% of the Earth’s surface and as these provide a huge heat sink for much of that 56% of Total Solar Insolation, instead of them heating by much, some surface water does evaporate off instead.  At night the atmosphere holds in much of the heat being lost from Earth’s surface.  Land released heat quickly by the oceans do not.  

So for the black rock (with un-survivable heat during the day and un-survivable cold during the night), its average temperature would be about minus 18Celsius on average, whereas the average temperature of Earth is about plus 15o Celsius, or has been during the Holocene Interglacial Period.  For what happens in an ice age, check the regular temperature losses for each successive glaciation slide 4. of “140708”.  That glaciation is what the Russians fear most. The preoccupation today for the likes of President Putin is a projected cooling, similar to that of the “little ice age” from 1280AD to 1850AD.  His policies reflect that fear.

 In 1990 we were told that if we didn’t stop the increase in carbon dioxide emissions our planet would already be burning up the year 2000.  It is now 32 years later.  If you look at the Russians’ slide 4. you would need to bring the red carbon dioxide graph line up to date to show today’s atmospheric level.  Today the level of carbon dioxide is about 420ppm or the equivalent of one graph spacing above the top limit of the graph.  If Jacinda, James and their sophists were correct in their panicked assertion that our emissions have a dominant weather and climate effect, we should be cooking in the streets.  Yet we are not doing so and the monthly satellite temperatures from NASA show that the average global temperature has begun to fall, so surely the levels of carbon dioxide, methane and nitrous oxide don’t matter? 

While your  livelihoods are being destroyed to suit some theorists’ opinions of what some normal atmospheric methane levels should be, that gas has even less effect on the climate than carbon dioxide.  That is until they changed their theory yet again and with subjective parameters to suit the outcome they wanted by hyping theories about methane.  In the Netherlands they screw their farmers by bringing in nitrous oxide calculations.  That isn’t science.  That is political expediency.  Or lunacy, as none of the Anthropogenic Global Warming theories have any basis in reality despite the trillions of dollars spent globally to give them a veneer of credibility.  Sophistry is costly when trying to prove the impossible!

Computer models don’t provide empirical scientific evidence of anything at all.  They just use selected parameters (always subjectively selected) to create a mathematical outcome to suit their purpose.

The government just wants to tax carbon for otherwise undisclosed reasons.  That is why the globalist billionaires behind the UN IPCC who funded his election campaigns got a US President (Barack Obama) to lie that “the science is settled”.  That is why they got an uneducated 17 year-old Swedish school dropout (Greta Thunberg) to rant at us for not destroying human civilisation in order to rescue her planet from a fake future disaster.

That connivance is for purely political reasons that are associated with a global power grab and taxation.  Whatever argument they use is easily refuted, as they would find out if they tried suing me for defamation.  So far Ardern and Shaw have had three years to bring charges or even send me a threatening letter – yet not a whisper.  Humanity may be able to have a thermo-nuclear war, but even that may not be able to change the eventual climate.  Sun, water and gravity will still remain and all pollution would eventually be washed from the air due to the relentless diurnal heating and cooling of Earth’s endowment of water.   Arguably Amun Ra, the god of the sun and atmosphere still rules our lives, just as he did for the ancient Egyptians.

I have shown you the power of water vapour within the water cycle and how it bridges the gap between the weather and climate of an un-survivable rock compared with the marvellous, complex and seemingly divine ecology of planet Earth.

The endowment of Earth’s oceans is about 321 million cubic miles of water.  That is both a heat sink for solar heat and an almost unending source of evaporation to create water vapour and clouds.  At high altitude water vapour condenses to form cloud droplets. At even higher altitude the droplets and rain freeze and so gravity always returns the cooled water to the planet’s surface.  (Physics dictates the temperature of the air falls by about 6.5o C. per  kilometre of altitude)  As water vapour provides the link between ocean and sky, it is the sole relevant greenhouse gas.  The atmospheric water cycle is a closed loop between land and the upper limit of Earth’s Troposphere.  It will outlive all human attempts to pollute it with either heat or the release of exotic waste products.

In a similar closed loop, you are being ripped off by the work of scientists that Jacinda and James fund for the purpose.  This is a circular fraud that defies reason.  Its nearest corollary was the repeated famines caused by Joe Stalin’s protégé called Trofim Lysenko during the years from the 1930’s to 1950’s. (Google the term “Lysenkoism”)

If I was a farmer, I would join your march and demand an end to the officially sanctioned fraud.  Sadly no-one in Parliament has the balls to say “STOP!”.  They pay for sophistry with taxpayer money in order to support their fraud.  The proper authorities who rely on the politicians for favours dare not question the fraud.  That too is yet another closed loop which must be broken.

Yours sincerely

John Rofe

Retired… but…

Also an Experienced Fraud Investigator, and,

International Investor in Renewable Energy Technologies and Resources.

 

PS.

My Definitions:

Fraud …”wrongful or criminal deception intended to result in financial or personal gain.”

Sophistry…”the use of clever but false arguments, especially with the intention of deceiving”.

JR/ 20 October 2022

 

4 attachments

   

Why and How Google made water vapour invisible.docx
31K View as HTML Scan and download

 
   

140708 – The 24 PowerPoint slides from the presentation by Habibullo Abdussamatov at the 9th ICCC on 8 July 2014 (007).pdf
1427K View as HTML Scan and download

 
   

ATT00102.pdf
1022K View as HTML Scan and download

 
   

WHY IT IS NOT POSSIBLE FOR ANY OF THE GREENHOUSE GASES CARBON DIOXIDE 7.pdf
135K View as HTML Scan and download

 

=================================

What will the public think of the NZ PM’s deliberate climate fraud?

From: jcrofe@xtra.co.nz <jcrofe@xtra.co.nz>
Sent: Thursday, 3 February 2022 8:36 pm
To: ‘contactus@justice.govt.nz’ <contactus@justice.govt.nz>; ‘enquiries@police.govt.nz’ <enquiries@police.govt.nz>; ‘enquiries@sfo.govt.nz’ <enquiries@sfo.govt.nz>; ‘enquiries@justice.govt.nz’ <enquiries@justice.govt.nz>
Cc: ‘news@nzherald.co.nz’; ‘news@tvns.co.nz’; ‘Rt Hon Jacinda Ardern’ <Jacinda.Ardern@parliament.govt.nz>; ‘Hon James Shaw’ <James.Shaw@parliament.govt.nz>; ‘David Seymour’ <David.Seymour@parliament.govt.nz>; ‘Terry Dunleavy’ <terry@winezeal.co.nz>; ‘Peter J. Morgan’ <pjm.forensic.eng@gmail.co>; ‘petersenior42@gmail.com’; ‘geoffduffy@lycos.com’ <geoffduffy@lycos.com>; ‘jock.allison85@gmail.com’ <jock.allison85@gmail.com>; ‘leighton smith’ <leightonzb@gmail.com>; ‘Juana Atkins’ <sb@thebfd.co.nz>; ‘dmin@lawyersforclimateaction.nz’ <dmin@lawyersforclimateaction.nz>; ‘Vic Power’ <vicpower@iinet.net.au>; ‘Christopher.Luxon@parliament.govt.nz’ <Christopher.Luxon@parliament.govt.nz>
Subject: I wonder what the public will think of the PM’s deliberate climate fraud?
Importance: High

Dear Secretary, Commissioner and Director,

 In your roles as heads of “the proper authorities” it is both essential and urgent for you to get your heads together to figure out how to deal with my allegations. 

 Anthropogenic Global Warming is the largest commercial and political fraud in New Zealand’s entire history.  The proof is contained in this email and attachments.  Stopping the fraud and punishing those responsible is your job and if you are to investigate those culpable you will need to put teams onto the politicians, the civil servants who have driven the fraud since Kyoto and the scientists and universities for the corruption of science and the scientific method.

 I hate to be blunt but you folk have thus far failed to protect the public.  Since 2018 these allegations have been your biggest challenge, yet you have continued to procrastinate and deny any responsibility to deal with my claims.  If a Royal Enquiry is considered necessary then you must ensure it is mandated, or bear the burden yourselves.

 So I am going to keep on publishing the truth until I get a public hearing of my allegations.  But I won’t trouble you further if you decide that you don’t want to do your respective jobs.  Then I will take this direct to the public.

 It is easy to prove that it is impossible for human carbon emissions to be any influence on climate change.  Therefore the Zero Carbon Act, The Declaration of a Climate Emergency and the establishment of the  carbon trading scheme and the Climate Change Commission are all ultra vires and instruments of deliberate Government Fraud.  All carbon credit and carbon trading schemes (set up to rape and pillage the economy for no good purpose) are fraudulent in nature (and likely in intent).    

 Every one of these obviously fraudulent pieces of legislation was enacted after I advised Government in 2018 of the facts and Minister Shaw responded with his elegant “mens rea” defence in late 2018.  Thereafter the fraud began.  Dr Jock Allison’s authoritative submission was brushed aside, so the faked public hearing (run by many of those implicated in what I now allege is deliberate fraud) could listen to sycophantic irrelevances supporting a Labour Greens climate dogma and ignore essential facts that should have protected the public from rash, ruinous and ultra vires legislation.

 Letting loose the speculators on carbon trading was the biggest mistake made by those promoting the fraud in New Zealand, because it crystalises the effect of the climate fraud in a way which allows the public to see that something is grotesquely wrong with Government policy.  (Thank you “interest.co.nz”)

 https://www.interest.co.nz/rural-news/114099/nzu-investors-are-now-driving-price-carbon-they-play-market

 After all, when speculators drive the carbon price over $100/tonne then we will see productive and essential food producing farms progressively replaced by forests and the rural communities will die.

 When the fraud first began in 1988 it was driven by idealogues and  begun by a globalist billionaires’ stooge named Mr Maurice Strong who established the United Nations Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (“UN IPCC”) for their elite globalist organisation’s own purposes.  When that occurred it seemed like a good idea to attack human carbon emissions’ tiny influence over earth’s Greenhouse Effect (whereby the solar heat is reduced during the day and the heat loss at night is minimised to avoid boiling and freezing temperatures on Earth which are otherwise either too hot or too cold for human habitation).  All the greenhouse gases are invisible to the human eye, so they could make any claims they wanted and the public would be none the wiser.  Our understanding of the science since then has grown and yet the sophists promoting what is just blatant fraud have continued to spin falsehoods in order to defend the positions they have taken since its outset.  Because they exercise almost total control over the media voice, no truth may now be spoken.  If the truth slips through, it is denied by agents of the fraud who misrepresent themselves as “fact-checkers” in order to conceal their ulterior motives.

 Planet Earth has three essential and unique assets which no other known planet contains.  They are water (which covers 71% of the surface as liquid, the snow and ice of the poles and mountains, the evaporated part within the Troposphere which is the invisible water vapour gas, together with minute water molecules that comprise the clouds and the precipitation in progress within the atmosphere), there is the carbon dioxide gas (which mobilises carbon for consumption.  Every complex life form on Earth is carbon based and it is carbon dioxide which enables all Earth’s flora to exist) and the oxygen emitted by flora to enable all fauna to both live and breathe.  Between consumers of oxygen (the fauna) and consumers of carbon dioxide (the flora) there is a symbiotic relationship that cannot be tampered with, without threatening all life on Earth.

 Every 24 hours the Earth revolves on its own axis within its orbit of the sun and the incoming solar radiation excites the water cycle in the same way it has for billions of years.  The stronger the electromagnetic radiation from the sun, the more water evaporates and the more of the sole omnipotent greenhouse gas called water vapour (water vapour makes up 96% of all greenhouse gases) is released into the atmosphere.  This in turn feeds the cloud cover when it condenses and thence forms the rain, hail, and snow – precipitation which returns to Earth due to gravity.  In New Zealand this process is more obvious than anywhere else.  Because our islands are arranged in a narrow chain over 1,000 kilometres at right angles to the prevailing Westerly wind belt.  So more than 80% of our weather comes from the West and this ensures high actual humidity, cloud cover and rainfall on the West Coast and low actual humidity, cloud cover and rainfall in the East coast.  When the weather comes from the East the relativity of the East and West actual humidity, cloud cover and rainfall is reversed.  Because pressure fronts generally tend to move North-Easterly over New Zealand from the South, the absolute value of our unique climate is not immediately apparent.  But it is the ideal laboratory for anyone to totally discredit Anthropogenic Global Warming theory.

 My accidental discovery of this laboratory and its absolute proof was researched in order to seek a corroborative test of the empirical scientific evidence I had been provided by New Zealand’s Emeritus Professor of Chemical Engineering Geoffrey G. Duffy FRSNZ.  You have already received multiple copies of his papers so I will limit my mention to the statement he made which seemed so conclusive that it demanded verification…

 “Simply stating again for emphasis, variances in the GHG water vapour occur in seconds or minutes far exceed the total increase in the low concentration GHG carbon dioxide over any period. The unique and powerful phase-change capability of water together with the radiation superiority of water vapour, make water vapour self-buffering, self-regulating, self-correcting, and self-compensating even when the atmospheric changes are minute.”

 Truth will always out.  Over the last three years there have been other tests to determine whether Anthropogenic Global Warming has any shred of credibility.  There are many easily observable self-evident truths that on their own suggest the fraud is impossible.  Calculations by an interdisciplinary, multinational team calling themselves “the Argonauts” recently proved conclusively that there was an error in all of the UN IPCC’s models that tripled the effect of an increase in atmospheric carbon dioxide (“CO2”).  It transpired the Russians had been aware for several years of this error and it explained why the Russian model was the only one which was correct.  This was supported in New Zealand by a Group called the Environomics (NZ) Trust (“the Trust”).  The Trust also agreed the calculations of another organisation which confirmed the Argonauts’ finding.  Naturally the open letter to the Government by the Trust was ignored, because why would folk wedded to fraud want to admit they are wrong?  There is a well-trodden path from all New Zealand sophists, whereby, when shown they are wrong, desert the battlefield and decline to take phone calls or respond to written communication.  They are on the public payroll and as they are part of the fraud, they must be indicted alongside the PM and her Minister.

 However, my concern with those calculations was that while they prove the error they are slightly different to the evidence from Professor Duffy, which I accept as conclusive.  But further evidence came to light.

 The radiative effect of water vapour and clouds in the atmosphere has been analysed with the startling fact that a doubling of carbon dioxide (“CO2”) from today’s level (i.e. from 420ppm to 840ppm) would have almost no effect on climate, was made and confirmed by atomic absorption spectroscopy (…still being covered up by the UN IPCC of course…).  In this video below, Professor William Happer of Princeton describes the facts…as now known, of the radiative properties of the relevant greenhouse gases…(a 56 minute video for which the unpleasant truth for the parties to the AGW fraud is revealed from about the 28 minute mark. Though you may find the rest informative if you have not been following the Government’s sinister plot to ruin the country, to date)

 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jIMpjh_7-bw

 For the global warming fraud, physics, doesn’t work, atmospheric chemistry doesn’t work, the sophists and fraudsters alike have to ignore many easily observed self-evident truths in the weather phenomena…and to cap them off, they need to down-play two well-tried and accepted laws of Physics (Beer-Lambert and Henry) and a number of major natural phenomena.  As a fraud, “global warming” had the ultimate in backing from the world’s power brokers, because the globalist billionaires in the Club of Rome managed to influence global politics.  Now the entire OECD sings to the UN IPCC song sheet.  If that continues for very long, the relative wealth of BRICS versus OECD will be reversed as we trash our economies to promote a fraud (that I benefit from) and they take action to prepare for cold as we prepare for warmth.  The BRICS are the climate realists and OECD is stacked with the true band of “climate change deniers”.

 So let’s start with the key facts and simplify matters into a binary comparison:  Right or wrong, true or false… science or sophistry?  You can check it all and work out what is right and what is wrong for yourself.  If you listen to the well-rewarded “fake fact-checkers” you will be led astray.  For my part, I am happy to be corrected anywhere I slip up on the detail.

 To recap…All complex lifeforms on Earth are carbon based.

  • They are split between flora (plant life etc) and fauna (animals, birds, fish etc).
  • The most important thing that all life forms do is to breathe, where flora utilise CO2 for growth and survival and fauna utilise oxygen (“O2”) for growth and survival.
  • Flora needs an absolute minimum of 150ppm to survive, they inhale 420ppm from the atmosphere today, but would like 1,200ppm to thrive at optimum.
  • Earth’s atmosphere contained almost no oxygen 3,500 million years ago when plants developed on their own.
  • Flora is driven by  photosynthesis (the availability of water, carbon dioxide and light from the sun – producing plant sugars and oxygen), so flora preceded fauna in order to first modify Earth’s atmosphere, which required the oxygen bi-product of the photosynthesis of plants, in order to grow and survive.
  • The first mass extinction came when the more vulnerable plant life, which was poisoned by the rapidly growing atmospheric density of O2, died off.
  • In New Zealand in 2022, fauna now get 207,000ppm of O2 from the atmosphere but at this level, because oxygen is so abundant, our human survival depends more upon limiting our inhalation of atmospheric CO2.  If this rises to a level of 5,000ppm it displaces O2, so animals and humans become sick and may die.  Fauna cannot rebreathe their own exhalations even though the atmospheric O2 content may be as high as 140,000ppm, due to the elevated CO2 and water vapour content. 
  • A molecule of CO2 gas weighs 44.01AMU (Atomic Mass Units), so it is 50% heavier than the average of all gases in the air column. Unless warmed, a molecule of CO2 will be negatively buoyant and sink in the air column.
  • If you shut the door and windows to your office, and work for 8 hours, the level of CO2 and water vapour will build up.  If you leave the office and close the door, and do the same the next day, you will find that the level of atmospheric CO2 is cumulative, while that of water vapour is not.  CO2 is also long-lived in the atmosphere although it is consumed by plants and may be washed out of the atmosphere by precipitation.  (Hence rivers of fresh water are mildly acidic.)
  • Humans exhale about 40,000ppm of CO2, so human adults produce an extra 350kgs (approx.) of carbon each year in the form of CO2Our personal carbon emissions (whether CO2 or methane) are automatic and non-discretionary.  All food contains carbon and it is carried in all body tissue and the blood supply.  The human lungs convert excess blood carbon into CO2 gas and it is exhaled automatically as a result, the intake of air with each breath supplies the O2 needed to oxygenate the blood.  The outgoing breath of humans is heated to body temperature and has 100% relative humidity.  So humans also continually exhale 40,000ppmv of water vapour with each breath. 
  • No (known) living organisms on Earth can be carbon neutral.
  • Water covers 71% of Earth’s surface and together with precipitation, water vapour, snow or ice, each of these phases of the water cycle has the same chemical name, H2O.  Water can evaporate, sublimate (i.e. change directly from ice to water vapour without first becoming liquid), condense, freeze and melt.   So, whilst having the most powerful radiative properties of all “greenhouse gases”, water vapour has 28 non-radiative influences on climate, due to its role in the water cycle and its conductive capabilities for heat transfer.  A water vapour molecule weighs 18AMU so is 40% lighter than air.
  • Atmospheric water vapour varies from place to place and from time to time.  It’s concentration varies by altitude but is almost all limited to within the Troposphere, which is where all of the weather that affects us is also located.  Our climate only exists within the Troposphere. Within the lower Troposphere, water vapour may be as little as 2,000ppm in arid desert regions and at the poles.  In tropical rain forests the concentration can be even greater than 40,000ppm.  In New Zealand it varies around 10,000ppm and that is generally accepted by scientists as the average for the global water vapour concentration.  At that level the atmospheric concentration of water vapour is about 24 times the concentration of atmospheric CO2.
  • In my office setting the exhaled water vapour rises to the ceiling and may condense on the surface of the ceiling, upper walls and windows.  Repeated exhalations without use of ventilation will cause mould to form, so airing closed spaces is essential.
  • As per the 6th attachment above marked “SLIDES ONLY” (with thanks to Emeritus Professor Duffy) water vapour has five times the efficacy of CO2 as a greenhouse gas, for incoming solar radiation, and ten to twelve times the efficacy of CO2 for outgoing heat in the form of outgoing infrared radiation.
  • Folk as eminent as Professor Niels Bohr have since the early 20th century run experiments which proved that while the initial 20ppm of CO2 had a significant greenhouse gas effect, the incremental increases have a lesser and lesser effect (as per the Beer-Lambert law of physics), so I accept that the radiative potency of CO2 to further limit temperature egress from Earth’s atmosphere in the form of infrared radiation was substantially saturated at the pre-industrial level of 280ppm.  The experiment run by Professors Happer and Wijngarden has been run at higher concentrations and with greater precision and evidential proof than previous experiments.
  • To understand how irrelevant methane (“CH4”) is, it must be realised that it’s concentration is only about 1.8ppm in the atmosphere.  After about a fortnight, much of the CH4 has oxidised to become either H2O or CO2.  Nitrous oxide (N2O) is also a human influenced greenhouse gas but despite being a pollutant, it is totally irrelevant as an agent of climate change with only 0.3ppm existing within the atmosphere.
  • The emissions of pollutants such as N2O, carbon monoxide and sulphur dioxide need to be dealt with at source.  Volcanism is the main threat for atmospheric sulphur dioxide pollution and these pollutants are outside the ambit of this climate change paper.
  • Just on a radiative basis alone (based on respective molecular density multiplied by respective efficacy) water vapour is on average 120 times as powerful as CO2 for restricting incoming solar radiation (aka sunlight) and about 270 times as powerful for restricting outgoing heat loss.  So because this has always been known, how could scientists with access to this information have made such a mistake in suggesting that, “CO2 causes 80% of climate change – with a high level of certainty”?  Well, most didn’t and still don’t.  Before reading on, please make sure you understand the significance of the “SLIDES ONLY” schematic from Prof. Duffy, attached above,  which shows the results of atomic absorption spectroscopic analysis of the molecules in their radiative roles (as greenhouse gases).
  • The final paper attached above is my proof that water vapour is the sole omnipotent and omnipresent greenhouse gas, using the hourly, official internet published weather data.  I could attach any of the observations I have made from the daily official weather data which support this proof.  Copies have previously been provided.  But I shall leave your staff to make their own observations because these are what proves the fraud to be just that.  By the time you have run the enquiry of the temperature of various towns at 2pm and then at 6 am the next morning – just a few times – you will begin to understand that, with all the sophistry that has gone into duping the public, this huge, 33-year climate scam (sometimes called Anthropogenic Global Warming, sometimes called climate change) actually needed to be the subject of both a global and a New Zealand conspiracy of epic proportions to gain any public credibility.  Not a conspiracy theory per se, but in fact a real global conspiracy lurking in plain sight. 
  • Scientists and executives at NIWA are arguably parties to the fraud.  First came the NIWA whistle-blower (name presently unknown) who got out before being pushed (mid 2004).  Then came a threat of legal action from a NIWA PR executive to stop me making observant allegations. Then in 2020, instead of describing the empirical scientific evidence that the public believe supports the legislation, I was instructed by NIWA to look in UN IPCC report AR5 for the non-existent evidence that human carbon emissions cause climate change.  This lie is the world-wide response (likely mandated by the UN IPCC) and used to avoid making disclosure that they lack any credible evidence at all. Then they were advised that I have absolute proof – which they disregarded, using “plan B”.  Plan B is to ignore all verbal and written communications.
  • The bulk of Earth’s 33o Celsius greenhouse effect is provided by the moderation of the Earth’s variable Total Solar Insolation by the  various phases of the water cycle.  This effect is not just the separate albedo effect of the reflections from snow and ice, or the separate effect of the clouds, neither just the separate effect of the water vapour, the effect of precipitation and the heat sink effect of the huge reservoir of Earth’s water endowment…but all linked by the omnipotent greenhouse gas called water vapour (and its vertical mobility) to provide the response to variations in solar activity.
  • It is virtually impossible to draw those representing the UN IPCC’s position regarding climate science into discussion or debate.  Occasionally they will make a comment like, ” The existence of water vapor in the atmosphere depends on the other GHGs.” (Dr K. Trenberth)  Scientists find it more comfortable to work in their silos and give their reports to fellow sophists who will agree both their conclusions and their objectives for making them.  They get published, meantime the sceptical scientists are generally denied publication rights.  The sceptical scientists seek debate.  The UN and globalist media seek to muzzle them. Within science there must always be transparency and an opportunity for debate.  With this fraud, there is none.
  • The importance of water vapour as the sole omnipotent greenhouse gas is obviously recognised because it has been deliberately “disappeared” from Google and in other places its effect has been deliberately minimised.  Google used to qualify their description of the component gases within the atmosphere where the volume of each is expressed as the “percentage of dry air” based upon the justification that water vapour is so variable from place to place and from time to time that it causes the proportion of all the other atmospheric gases to also vary.  Now even the pretence to a misleading version of the truth is dropped and below are a few samples of what our children can get if they go into the internet…This quote is in italics because it was earlier copied to you on 23 January 2022 by being included in my email to Rosie Ashby”

But this malfeasance is actively supported by the likes of Google.  Why did Google, NASA and National Geographic feel the need to eliminate the sole omnipotent greenhouse gas, water vapour  from the atmosphere?  Why did National Geographic?  Why did NASA?  Prima Facie – they made these changes to paper over their support for climate fraud.  The mistakes of the UN IPCC are not justifiable because from the gathering of data and reports for AR1 they began sacking all the eminent scientists who disagreed with the fraud.  Acting to falsify evidence of their fraud is indicative that they are well aware of it.

 Quote 1. (NASA)

“According to NASA, the gases in Earth’s atmosphere include:

  • Nitrogen — 78 percent.
  • Oxygen — 21 percent.
  • Argon — 0.93 percent.
  • Carbon dioxide — 0.04 percent.
  • Trace amounts of neon, helium, methane, krypton and hydrogen, as well as water vapor.

Quote 2. (Google)

“Air is mostly gas

The air in Earth’s atmosphere is made up of approximately 78 percent nitrogen and 21 percent oxygen. Air also has small amounts of lots of other gases, too, such as carbon dioxide, neon, and hydrogen.12/09/2016 “

 Quote 3. (Google)

 Earth’s atmosphere is composed of about 78 percent nitrogen, 21 percent oxygen, 0.9 percent argon, and 0.1 percent other gases. Trace amounts of carbon dioxide, methane, water vapor, and neon are some of the other gases that make up the remaining 0.1 percent.22/10/2019”

Quote 4. (National Geographic)

 While oxygen is necessary for most life on Earth, the majority of Earth’s atmosphere is not oxygen. Earth’s atmosphere is composed of about 78 percent nitrogen, 21 percent oxygen, 0.9 percent argon, and 0.1 percent other gases. Trace amounts of carbon dioxide, methane, water vapor, and neon are some of the other gases that make up the remaining 0.1 percent. “

 I don’t have a date for National Geographic’s above incorrect analysis of Earth’s atmosphere.  But the others have dated their own alterations to the composition of Earth’s atmosphere.  Can they explain why they want water vapour to disappear, or explain why the third most voluminous gas (which is also about 96% of all greenhouses gases by volume) is relegated to being part of 0.01%, or even explain why the volume of water vapour in the atmosphere has shrunk so much they had to make it disappear?”

   You have to wonder why National Geographic lost interest in CO2 with their comment above that only …“oxygen is necessary for most life on Earth”.  CO2 is actually in short supply for flora… and all non-flora life (including ourselves) rely on the existence of flora for food and for the oxygen they exhale as a bi-product of photosynthesis.  If flora have less than 150ppm of CO2 in the atmosphere, photosynthesis doesn’t work and they die.  By experimentation, in general flora thrive better on 1,200ppm – though that varies by plant type.  (If flora become extinct, fauna are thereby condemned to follow suit.)  A child searching the National Geographic web site would more easily be persuaded by fraud promoters such as Minister James Shaw that CO2 is a pollutant which must be reduced in order to save the planet.  So the deception inherent in the fraud becomes concealed from public view.  This laziness (if that is all it is) is arguably deliberate due to other actions of “National Geographic” (i.e. the fate of polar bears and walruses falling off cliffs due to “Global Warming”).

  • For any so-called conservationist to label CO2 as a pollutant to be taxed in order to reduce its atmospheric content means the person is flaunting their “green credentials” under false pretences.
  • Google has implemented a program to “de-monetise all climate sceptics”.  Thereby abusing their media power and denying the right of the public to tell the truth by deliberately attempting to dissuade or silence them.
  • Media organisations from the BBC, The Telegraph, The Guardian, The New York Times, The Washington Post, CNN, MSNBC, CNBC, The NZ Herald and even pip-squeaks like Stuff refuse to publish articles which are critical of the climate fraud.  The authors are instead publicly castigated as “climate change deniers.” And so as we enter the dystopian world of George Orwell’s “1984” where one year the mainstream media inform us authoritatively that our children will soon be unable to ever see snow again, and this week are authoritatively saying that the blizzards in the USA, Turkey and Japan (among others) are being caused by global warming.  (of course this is all based on “science” and un-specified experts with their blatant abuse of the truth) This censorship in support of deliberate fraud is a huge problem for the OECD to fix.  I wonder how they will be able to dig their way out of this…when no-one will now either dare or be allowed to tell the truth?  (Caveat: anomalous cold records being broken each year are now more frequent than new warm records being set…so this link below is just a testament to cold weather and the absence of any climate warming emergency – not indicative of climate change)… but check it out, because it shows what we are not allowed to see: 

https://electroverse.net/

 But back to the central facts…

 Not only does water vapour have dominant radiative potency, but also we must factor in all of its other 28 non radiative impacts – as part of Earth’s water cycle.  It has been calculated that the amount of evaporation of surface water during one day from the sun’s influence (solar energy is considered to be 99.9% of Earth’s energy budget) is about 1.15 trillion tonnes per day.  Being warm and lighter than air, once evaporated, water vapour heads rapidly to the clouds.  Because the air thins and cools by about 6.5oC. per kilometre of height, water vapour loses heat as it ascends (in its capacity as both a conductor and radiator of heat).  At high altitude it condenses into minute cloud droplets which are even more opaque in restricting the ingress of warmth from sunlight or egress of infrared radiated heat at night.  

  • The empirical scientific evidence supportive of this from Professor Duffy, has already been so widely circulated that I won’t attach it here.  I ask you instead to make contact with him directly as his email address is amongst those to whom this email has been copied.
  • The process by which clouds form and rain drops (or even hail and snow) are nucleated, is the subject of intensive scientific analysis and debate, but what is clear is that the change of phase between solid, liquid and gas: from water vapour to cloud droplets, thence to rain drops, involves huge energy transfers.  The rain drops are super-chilled at high altitude and the falling rain warms as it falls, yet even so, it is still cold enough to chill the earth on arrival.  The heat transfer effects of about 1.15 trillion tons of falling water, snow, hail or sleet per day is largely ignored by the UN IPCC.
  • About 65% of Earth’s surface is obscured by clouds.  Aside from the debate over what drives cloud formation and rain, to a forensic investigator like me the most important fact is that there can be no clouds without water vapour on the one hand, while on the other, there is always water vapour despite the absence of clouds above.  Water vapour is always and everywhere present in the Troposphere.
  • The amount of actual humidity (water vapour expressed in grams of water per kilogram of air) that the atmosphere can hold depends on air temperature.  When the temperature falls to the “dew point” then dew falls as the air to water ratio adjusts.  So the amount of water contained in the atmosphere as water vapour, falls off with both rising altitude and as we move from the Equator to the poles – with increases in latitude.  Yet water vapour is omnipresent and omnipotent as the sole greenhouse gas influencing weather and thereby climate.
  • To repeat for emphasis, those three factors, Latitude, Altitude and the atmospheric water vapour influence both weather and (over time) Earth’s Climate.  But in blaming all greenhouse gases for climate change we have the wrong “culprit”.  It is simply the variability of solar electro-magnetic activity with help from anomalous and sporadic volcanic activity.  The water cycle – despite its various phases and the many complexities of its roles – is merely the moderating reaction to incoming solar energy.
  • Ocean science is sometimes influenced by bias from the officially sanctioned UN IPCC climate science dogma.  The oceans usually have a pH of over 8 and they contain 50 times the CO2 (and other gases) that are held in the air.  There is a law of solubility of gases called the “Henry law” which means in this context that the ocean disgorges CO2 when warming and is able to take it up when cooling.  If you look at slides 4. and 5. on the attachment named “140708” (effectively the Russian and BRICS view of climate science) you will see the significance of this.  The build-up of atmospheric CO2 for the last 600,000 years had always been due to a warming ocean.  Furthermore, cooling into 90,000 year-long ice ages always began when atmospheric CO2 was at its maximum, so the runaway warming we are constantly being threatened with was always unable to happen due to natural climate homeostasis. 
  • Today the largest proportion of global atmospheric CO2 emissions still comes from ocean outgassing and other natural causes.  Human emissions are less than 5% of total emissions.  It doesn’t take much of a change in the level of natural forest fires, rotting vegetation or ocean outgassing to compensate for any human carbon emissions (or savings) and yet that is never apparently given consideration by the sophists.
  • Given the heat transfer effects of evaporation where 423 trillion tons of water vapour rises each year into the sky and about 423 trillion tons descends as rain, hail or snow over a twelve month period, leaving an ocean of water in the sky weighing between 15 to 20 trillion tons – mixed between water vapour, clouds and precipitation, how does this affect weather and climate?  Well, the weather happens on a short time cycle  as short as minutes and hours, as changes in air pressure and winds drive water vapour and clouds from areas where evaporation is greatest to areas where rainfall reduces both cloud cover and atmospheric water vapour.  The climate itself is only the long term (30 to 40 year) average of weather.
  • The advent of super computers to climate modelling does not influence the facts.  The outcome of computer models are just maths not science, particularly when most variables are entered using the sophists’ subjective evaluation of a chosen parameter’s relevance.  They certainly produce no evidence and mostly confirmation bias.  GIGO means they actually overcook their conclusions which are too inaccurate to be of any worth for decision-making.  Meteorological modelling does have real value for humanity and more should be expended to improve forecast reliability upon which real world decisions depend.  As things stand, if some idiot buys a house on the waterfront and a storm washes it away, I will share the blame because we are all being held liable for “climate change” which the idiot believes is not his problem.  Now insurance companies levy everyone for the folly of a few.  This is a tiny example of how the climate fraud totally distorts both reality and the quality of policy decisions.
  • If water vapour density was dependent of the level of other greenhouse gases, then, before industrial times there would have been nothing to prevent runaway global heating during Grand Solar Maximums.  However our planet is still condemned to living within the Pleistocene Ice age and at some point the Holocene Interglacial Interval will end. Between the 90,000-year ice ages (described by the Milankovitch cycles of Earth’s movements relative to the sun), it has always been the solar cycles that have caused climate change during the 10-12,000 year interglacial intervals, influenced from time to time by outbursts of volcanism.
  • In an era of JIT inventory systems, few countries hold food staples to cover longer than a week or two.  When a volcanic VEI7 eruption occurs the two winters will be dire and an entire summer of food production will be lost.  Something similar occurs during Grand Solar Minimums when grow zones migrate in the direction of the equator.  The Russians were prepared for the current cold but the Chinese weren’t.  But they learned fast and were able this year to pick up staples on the international market.  Those may not be available next year.
  • It is clear that the increase in global temperature since 1880 during what is known as the “Modern Warm Period” has been  about 1.2oC.  (some argue the increase is more and some less and no-one is in agreement over what an ideal climate should be)
  • In 1880 the level of atmospheric CO2 was estimated as 280ppm.  Doubling this would yield the figure of 560ppm for atmospheric CO2.  Plants would love that!  So what is the temperature effect of doubling?  No-one really knows for sure, because the OECD now ascribes most of the warming since the end of what was called the “little ice age” (1280 to 1850AD) when glaciers were then either growing or stable, as being due to human activities.  That was not a time of warmth, but of cold. In more recent papers, a group of Russian scientists now ascribe only a possible 0.3oC to the temperature effect of a doubling of atmospheric CO2 from 1880 in total, yet we are only half way to that doubling. 
  • By the beginning of the 17th century it was estimated that more than 50,000 witches had been burned at the stake to try to stop the march of glaciers as they advanced at the rate of up to 100 metres per day.  Advancing glaciers are far more costly to humanity than retreating ones.  But what happens during Grand Solar Maximums is the glaciers retreat and Arctic sea ice is much less and it was thus in 900AD when Eric the Red started off from Iceland to row to Greenland.  By 1200AD the glaciers we see today were then shorter but grew during the “Little Ice Age”.
  • Meanwhile the Russians remain convinced that CO2, CH4 and N2O play almost no part in climate change and it is the impact of three extremely active 11-year solar cycles in the 20th century that account for the bulk of warming.  A comparison of these 11-year solar cycles (merely numbered 19, 21 and 22 – with the more ordinary solar cycle number 20 not noted) can be seen on slide 13. of the Russian presentation “140708”.  The solar scientists generally agree that solar cycle 19. was the most active for thousands of years. So the Russians identify the 20th century as being the time of a Grand Solar Maximum.
  • To reiterate…recent papers revising down the impact of CO2 on climate change have been submitted to the UN IPCC for review by Russian, British led and US led teams of highly qualified scientists with peer-reviewed articles,  in accordance with the UN IPCC error reporting protocols.  These have been ignored. Just as they have when copied to New Zealand politicians. Frankly, writing to those driving the fraud is a bit like sending Bernie Madoff a letter asking him to explain why he was defrauding his investors in a PONZI scheme and expecting him to explain himself.  It took an arrest to make him do that!
  • Half way through solar cycle 24 when “140708” was published, the Russian Academy of Sciences predicted what is now happening seven years later as being the beginning of a new Grand Solar Minimum (i.e. a group of relatively inactive solar cycles) with consequent “little ice age” for the remainder of the 21st century.  For two thousand years and more, the solar cycles have matched the cyclicity of warm and cool climate conditions on Earth.
  • There is no correlation between the level of atmospheric CO2 and temperature.  CO2 has only been reliably monitored since 1959 and before that the estimates were based on proxy data.  But what is clear is that every Northern summer the plant growth spurt has reduced the level of atmospheric CO2 by about 6ppm and in winter there has been an increase of about 8ppm, to yield an increase in the level by about 2ppm on an annualised basis despite the extra efforts of Kyoto and subsequent international agreements to restrain and reduce OECD carbon emissions.
  • Atmospheric CO2 doesn’t change much from place to place, or from time to time, nor does it have the potency of water vapour as a greenhouse gas, so the impact of an increase in atmospheric density is not in any way visible in the changing weather patterns, unlike changes in water vapour which occur from hour to hour, from day to day and from place to place.  These minor changes in actual humidity have such a large  impact on daily temperature maximums and the rate of overnight heat loss, that they explain why towns like New Plymouth and Napier have such different weather and by including the average daily temperature range and the average annual rainfall, why the towns’ climates are significantly different, despite being on about the same latitude and at the same altitude.

 

  • By reference to the first chart of page 5. of the “Submission on the Zero Carbon Bill” attached above, over the last 540 million years of geological time there has never been any indication that runaway warming ever happened despite atmospheric CO2 being as high as 2,000 to 5,000ppm.  In fact there has never been a time when a correlation has existed which could in any way have been supportive of the idea that a change in atmospheric CO2 could influence the climate, only that a change in climate could probably have directly influenced a change in atmospheric CO2 after a delay for the oceans to react to the change in atmospheric temperature (in other words the reaction lag time was assessed as 800 years plus or minus 400 years).  The oceans are an effective heat sink, with most gains and loses of temperature happening (either daily, seasonally or longer) in the water above the thermocline.
  • The first 20ppm of atmospheric CO2 certainly does have a significant greenhouse effect.  But after that, the effect on the temperature only increases logarithmically, so that by the time of the pre-industrial level of 280ppm in 1880 the ability of changed atmospheric CO2 to influence the temperature was almost fully saturated.  Thereafter the increases or decreases are totally inconsequential.  This is in accordance with the Beer-Lambert law of Physics. 
  • In modern times it is known that global average temperature increased from 1880 to 1900AD then fell at the time of two successive weak 11-year solar cycles, then it increased from the 1920’s to 1945 and again fell until 1975 (eliciting much panic that there would be an imminent ice age); before again rising to 1998 (an extremely strong el Nino event) before stabilising until the next major 2016 el Nino event occurred.  Since then it has been falling…but not by much.  The graph of the average global monthly temperature of the Troposphere shown below from 1979 to 31st  January 2022 is shown below and you may care to compare this with the NOAA record of atmospheric CO2 since 1959) The only correlation I feel confident to assert is between temperature and solar cycles and almost none at all between atmospheric CO2 and temperature.  This is how our global preoccupation with a faux climate emergency is playing out.

 There is no other global temperature record that I can be convinced has not been corrupted, so I rely on the NASA satellite record – as above. 

  • There is a saying, “One definition of insanity is doing the same thing over and over and expecting a different result.”  Sadly the UN IPCC and NZ Government procession of histrionics over climate disasters that don’t ever happen is one recurring folly… and the self-serving delusion that humans can change the climate by putting the brakes on carbon emissions is another.
  • Naturally-occurring water vapour variations during any day often have a far greater temperature effect than all the CO2 increases in 100 years.  A simple 0.5o Celsius change in atmospheric temperature can produce more water vapour (the strongest greenhouse gas) than the total 100+ ppm increase CO2 over 100 years [even at a constant Relative Humidity].
  • A feature of research by solar scientists is that they ascribe a greater importance to the forecasts of reduced solar activity (than does the officially sanctioned brigade of OECD sophists), from the next three 11-year solar cycles going forward.  Solar activity is electromagnetic energy which provides Earth with its Total Solar Insolation – aka sunlight.  Solar activity is indicated by the number and strength of sun spots visible on the face of the sun. This affects the strength of the solar wind, which when strong, reduces the influx of galactic cosmic rays into both the solar system and Earth’s atmosphere.  When the solar wind is weak the influx of cosmic rays can be much more prevalent and this may have an impact on cloud nucleation and magma disturbance. 
  • Variations in solar activity have a large effect on all of the planets in the solar system as well as the irradiation conditions for astronauts in space.  They drive our climate as effectively as the triple variations in Earth’s position versus the sun (Tilt, Obliquity and Eccentricity of orbit – collectively called the Milankovitch cycles).  However the difference between the temperature of Grand Solar Maximums and Grand Solar Minimums is only 2 to 3oC.  The difference between the climate optimum of an interglacial interval  and the climate minimum of an Ice Age can be as much as 10oC.  Fortunately one of the latter is not yet due because last time (as recently as 25,000 years ago) it would have signalled the loss of all agriculture (under a huge ice cap) for the South Island.  Even so the impact of a Grand Solar Minimum will have a major impact on agriculture and Northward-shifting grow zones.
  • Grand Solar Minimums have through history been referred to as “dark ages” and they have led to the rapid advance of glaciers, famine and disease.  A correlation of sorts exists between major volcanic eruptions with perturbations of the Earth’s tectonic plates and the beginning of Grand Solar Minimums.  There is a warning in this sequence: For instance the 180 AD eruption of Lake Taupo (Hatepe) signalled the end of the Roman Warm Period, the Mt Samalas eruption of 1257AD  (Indonesia) that signalled the end of the Mediaeval Warm Period and the eruption  Mt Tambora in 1815AD (Indonesia) which signalled a global year without a summer.  Each of these was a VEI7 event and they each punched so much material into the stratosphere that it circled the Earth many times and led to purple sunsets and dark skies.  By comparison HungaTonga/Ha’apai’s recent eruption was just a VEI5 eruption.  The 1991 eruption of Mt Pinatubo (Philippines) was just a VEI6 event yet it was estimated to have caused a reduction in global temperature of about 0.5oC from 1991 to 1993.  So VEI7 events would have had major weather impacts.
  • Every volcanic eruption emits a huge amount of CO2 and SO2 into the atmosphere at any rate and CO2 has a long atmospheric dwell time, so every such event has a cumulative effect on the level of CO2 in the atmosphere.
  • If we look back to well researched volcanic episodes and asteroid strikes, we come to the Chicxulub asteroid strike of 66 million years ago which scored a direct hit on what is now the super-giant Mexican, Cantarell oil field.  It left a 150 km-wide crater in the Bay of Campeche and led to the extinction of the dinosaurs.  The debris would have filled the stratosphere and mesosphere because the impact debris is claimed to have travelled a third of the way to the moon.  Full of toxic material the atmosphere eventually cleared and the diurnal heating and cooling, together with evaporation and precipitation of water flushed the material out of the atmosphere (with the help of gravity).  The explosion was a heating event like nothing since and yet the normal climate and atmospheric homeostasis was restored.  It casts extreme doubt on the effect humans can have on climate.
  • The Western texts on solar science and space weather I have reviewed are full of references to works by Russian scientists.  So I accept the Russians are among the leaders in the solar sciences.  The author and presenter of the paper at “140708” was at that time the Director of both the prestigious Pulkovo Observatory in St Petersburg and the Director of the Russian scientific programs on the International Space Station.
  • On slide 14 of the attached “140708” you will see the Russian preoccupation with Total Solar Insolation which comes to Earth’s atmosphere through 150 million kilometres of the vacuum of space and bestows a daily measure of between 1360 and 1370 watts per square metre of electromagnetic radiation at the beginning of Earth’s atmosphere, which is then subjected to greenhouse effects with only about 56% hitting Earth’s surface.  Slide 14. is again repeated on slide 24. as it is Russia’s grim warning to us of the likely impact of the coming cooling stage of  the bicentennial solar cycle.  It begins with solar cycle 25 and has now arguably started – although not with full effect for at least the next 10 years.  
  • The Russians are well into their preparations for what they are certain is the imminent arrival of the next bicentennial Grand Solar Minimum.  All Russian geopolitical activity is predicated on this climate planning because 25% of their land mass and 50% of mineral resources are North of the Arctic Circle.  NASA and NOAA agree with the solar science, but as a tribute to hubris, claim the increase in atmospheric CO2 will mean the coming Grand Solar Minimum won’t affect us. 
  • Last time I looked at a globe of the Earth we were on the same planet as Russia.  New Zealand as an island country in the Pacific is more affected by the oceanic heat sinks of Tasman Sea and the Pacific Ocean which will remain warm.  So when the continents of Europe distinctly and observably heated during the period 1975 to 2000AD, New Zealand experienced almost no real observable temperature change other than glacial melt.  It will be the same with cooling.  The continents of Southern Africa, South America and Australia are showing signs of cooling that we are not – yet.  But we will catch up.
  • Volcanism is a feature of nuanced changes in the Earth’s solar-stimulated magnetosphere.  The OECD /UN IPCC position presumes that the Earth’s climate receives minimal stimulation from volcanic eruptions and yet Mt Pinatubo is claimed to have given vent to more CO2 than humanity throughout our entire existence  (source: Professor Ian Plimer).   But while we know of land-based volcanism, there is no account of volcanism below the seas unless as with VEI5 events at Krakatoa and Hunga Tonga/Ha’apai, the volcanoes burst through to become islands.  In its 1883 eruption Krakatoa blew itself out of the water.  A few years ago it re-appeared as an island called Anak Krakatau (child of Krakatoa).  Mt Samalas on Lombok Island has recently become extremely active also but is called Mt Rinjani.  Both Anak Krakatau and Rinjani are now active again.
  • Undersea volcanoes represent 80% of Earth’s volcanoes and yet no-one stops to wonder when a two or three square mile raft of pumice surfaces on the Ocean.  Where did the heat go?  In fact there are many open fissures and hydrothermal vents pushing intrusions gas liquid and lava into the ocean of water with lava up to 1,250oC.  It isn’t ever accounted for.  The mass of water overhead ensures rapid sealing of lava to form a ceramic dome over the volcano.  While the West Antarctic Ice Sheet’s glacier melt is always blamed on Anthropogenic Global Warming, everyone forgets the many active volcanoes under the area where large rafts of ice are eroded by volcanic action.  Huge discharges of CO2 are emitted below the sea and mostly absorbed in the chilly depths, but even so they provide the fuel for outgassing of CO2 into the atmosphere – far higher than human emissions – yet actual quantity unknown.
  • For the UN IPCC the small variation in Total Solar Insolation during the 200 year solar cycles is wrongly used as an excuse for discarding solar variations as a valid reason for the warming of the 20th century Modern Warm Period (despite this being an obvious Grand Solar Maximum) and for dreaming up a grotesquely disproportionate role for human carbon emissions.  Solar cyclicity is the only explanation for the regular 200-year cycles prior to human industrialisation.  What changed that?  Just BS.
  • Bizarrely the UN IPCC continues to claim that human carbon emissions are cumulative in the atmosphere, while those CO2 emissions from natural causes are not.  The rationale for that argument seems like sophistry on steroids.
  • The public is told that carbon dioxide is a pollutant, that we must re-design our cows and other bovines to eliminate CH4 emissions and we must destroy our economies to save the world.  That is just garbage for which the world of science should be ashamed.  The narrative is now driven by vested interests and the ignorant or corrupt politicians.  Genetically re-engineering animals to help with the AGW fraud is about as disgusting as gain-of-function research on viruses for humans.  The morality of corrupt pseudo-scientists must be addressed.
  • The Russians had a similar issue from the 1930’s to 1950’s with President Stalin’s patronage of the mad scientist called Trofim Lysenko.  They believe they lost between 6 and 32 million deaths to famine as a result.  Whether Lysenko was a convenient scapegoat or not, they are not going to repeat that by acceding to the UN IPCC global warming fraud.  They know that for every person who dies due to anomalous heat, 20 die from the cold and while that is globally relevant data, for them the disparity is always potentially far worse in the Siberian winter where whole villages can perish.

 Conclusions:

  • I assert the various UN IPCC theories are worthless in the face of the empirical scientific evidence from Professor Happer at Princeton (the eminent Nuclear Physicist), Professor Duffy at Auckland (the eminent Chemical Engineer and Atmospheric Chemist) and Professor Ian Plimer of Australia (the eminent Geologist).
  • I just got lucky and found absolute proof for the truth from published New Zealand weather data.  Had the New Zealand Climate data not been a  laboratory that delivers absolute proof each day, I may not have been brave enough to continue in the face of your neglect of the fraud. 
  • It is impossible for human carbon emissions to influence climate change because the countervailing natural forces soon overcome the puny human residual influences.  The difference between reality and the junk science is so huge and the actions of the parties to promote it so outrageous, there is no possibility of the dogma being based on an honest mistake, or concatenation of honest mistakes – only on culpable fraud.  The fact “AGW” is just fraud is not new in the public domain.  Senior UN IPCC figures have explained their reason for promoting the fraud is not about dealing with climate change, but about promoting wealth equalisation between countries of the world.
  • Whatever is the current excuse in New Zealand, let’s hear it before the next election.  Like the over-hyped plight of polar bears, sea level rise, ocean acidification and everything else paying tribute to the climate fraud in the mainstream media today, it is the sophistry to launder the world’s biggest fraud, for which no apology is acceptable, because the cost to lives and livelihoods has already been too great.  Every peer-reviewed paper published to contribute to the UN IPCC sophistry is grossly suspect.  Science and the scientific method have been brought into disrepute and it is past time to clean ship!
  • It is strange to realise that a warming climate is always good and a cooling one is bad when we hear the apocalyptic scenarios if we fail to stop driving ICE cars.  The direction of the continually changing climate is determined by natural forces – the solar variability and anomalous volcanism.

 

  • I believe it is time for you to do your work and find out what conspiracies in New Zealand have expanded on the UN IPCC’s international fraud at both the political, scientific and business level.  If you turn this opportunity down, you may as well resign your roles as either Director, Secretary or Commissioner.  We each know that where such obvious fraud exists, it may take time to come into the public domain, but I am going to make sure that it does reach the public in very short order. There are only four key things for the court to know about this fraud so it can be simplified or taken in stages:
  • It is impossible for human carbon emissions to cause climate change.
  • CO2 is a gas essential for all life on Earth and not a pollutant to be taxed. 
  • New Zealand can destroy its economy to support the fraud and yet have no possibility of benefiting the climate.  The Greens lied about cost in their manifesto, while Labour did not even care about cost.  Benefit zero, cost extreme.
  • No proper due diligence was performed before multi-billion dollar decisions were made, and sophists were used and well-rewarded to justify ultra vires legislation.
  • Every carbon trading and carbon credits scheme is a fraud, based on the notion of trading vacuous virtue signalling for money.
  • Please forward this to Interpol.  I may be whistling in the wind, but those influencing the conduct of the United Nations need to be placed under investigation, as should former President Obama and former Vice President Gore.  The affairs of every country in the OECD are affected too.  The co-conspirators in this country alone are too numerous to mention and most have overblown profiles.
  • You will be assisted in your investigations by the real subject matter experts from around the world.  New Zealand is likely the only country where the fraud is not only obvious, but provable from actual weather and climate data.  So you can be assured of willing support.
  • If you fail to seek the appropriate evidence in support of my allegations and instead seek rebuttal from the usual suspects, I will continue and now go public.

 No-one can now hide from this fraud.  The covers are off, so let both the batters and bowlers onto the pitch so we can see this set to rights in a New Zealand Court of competent jurisdiction.  IMHO it will just take a declaratory judgement on a few short questions to break the global fraud apart.

 If you have any questions about this, please telephone or email.  I will be happy to provide further support and answer questions.

 Yours sincerely

 John Rofe

Experienced Fraud Investigator & Climate Fraud Beneficiary

===================================

An Open Letter to New Zealand PM Ardern and Minister Shaw regarding the Promotion of Climate Change Fraud

Editor’s note: Click on this link to view the letter’s graphics that cannot be included in the text below: An Open Letter to PM Ardern and Minister Shaw regarding the Promotion of Climate Change Fraud

 From: jcrofe@xtra.co.nz <jcrofe@xtra.co.nz>
Sent: Friday, 8 October 2021 10:06 am
To: ‘Kiritapu.Allan@parliament.govt.nz’ <Kiritapu.Allan@parliament.govt.nz>; ‘Virginia.Andersen@parliament.govt.nz’ <Virginia.Andersen@parliament.govt.nz>; ‘Jacinda.Ardern@parliament.govt.nz’ <Jacinda.Ardern@parliament.govt.nz>; ‘Camilla.Belich@parliament.govt.nz’ <Camilla.Belich@parliament.govt.nz>; ‘Glen.Bennett@parliament.govt.nz’ <Glen.Bennett@parliament.govt.nz>; ‘Rachel.Boyack@parliament.govt.nz’ <Rachel.Boyack@parliament.govt.nz>; ‘Rachel.Brooking@parliament.govt.nz’ <Rachel.Brooking@parliament.govt.nz>; ‘Naisi.Chen@parliament.govt.nz’ <Naisi.Chen@parliament.govt.nz>; ‘David.Clark@parliament.govt.nz’ <David.Clark@parliament.govt.nz>; ‘Tamati.Coffey@parliament.govt.nz’ <Tamati.Coffey@parliament.govt.nz>; ‘Liz.Craig@parliament.govt.nz’ <Liz.Craig@parliament.govt.nz>; ‘Kelvin.Davis@parliament.govt.nz’ <Kelvin.Davis@parliament.govt.nz>; ‘Paul.Eagle@parliament.govt.nz’ <Paul.Eagle@parliament.govt.nz>; ‘Barbara.Edmonds@parliament.govt.nz’ <Barbara.Edmonds@parliament.govt.nz>; ‘kris.faafoi@parliament.govt.nz’ <kris.faafoi@parliament.govt.nz>; ‘Shanan.Halbert@parliament.govt.nz’ <Shanan.Halbert@parliament.govt.nz>; ‘Peeni.Henare@parliament.govt.nz’ <Peeni.Henare@parliament.govt.nz>; ‘Emily.Henderson@parliament.govt.nz’ <Emily.Henderson@parliament.govt.nz>; ‘Chris.Hipkins@parliament.govt.nz’ <Chris.Hipkins@parliament.govt.nz>; ‘Willie.Jackson@parliament.govt.nz’ <Willie.Jackson@parliament.govt.nz>; ‘Anahila.Kanongata’a-Suisuiki@parliament.govt.nz’ <Anahila.Kanongata’a-Suisuiki@parliament.govt.nz>; ‘Ingrid.Leary@parliament.govt.nz’ <Ingrid.Leary@parliament.govt.nz>; ‘Neru.Leavasa@parliament.govt.nz’ <Neru.Leavasa@parliament.govt.nz>; ‘Stephanie.Lewis@parliament.govt.nz’ <Stephanie.Lewis@parliament.govt.nz>; ‘Andrew.Little@parliament.govt.nz’ <Andrew.Little@parliament.govt.nz>; ‘Anna.Lorck@parliament.govt.nz’ <Anna.Lorck@parliament.govt.nz>; ‘Maria.Lubeck@parliament.govt.nz’ <Maria.Lubeck@parliament.govt.nz>; ‘Jo.Luxton@parliament.govt.nz’ <Jo.Luxton@parliament.govt.nz>; ‘Nanaia.Mahuta@parliament.govt.nz’ <Nanaia.Mahuta@parliament.govt.nz>; ‘Trevor.Mallard@parliament.govt.nz’ <Trevor.Mallard@parliament.govt.nz>; ‘Kieran.McAnulty@parliament.govt.nz’ <Kieran.McAnulty@parliament.govt.nz>; ‘Tracey.McLellan@parliament.govt.nz’ <Tracey.McLellan@parliament.govt.nz>; ‘Stuart.Nash@parliament.govt.nz’ <Stuart.Nash@parliament.govt.nz>; ‘Terisa.Ngobi@parliament.govt.nz’ <Terisa.Ngobi@parliament.govt.nz>; ‘Damien.O’Connor@parliament.govt.nz’ <Damien.O’Connor@parliament.govt.nz>; ‘greg.oconnor@parliament.govt.nz’ <greg.oconnor@parliament.govt.nz>; ‘Ibrahim.Omer@parliament.govt.nz’ <Ibrahim.Omer@parliament.govt.nz>; ‘Sarah.Pallett@parliament.govt.nz’ <Sarah.Pallett@parliament.govt.nz>; ‘David.Parker@parliament.govt.nz’ <David.Parker@parliament.govt.nz>; ‘Willow-Jean.Prime@parliament.govt.nz’ <Willow-Jean.Prime@parliament.govt.nz>
Cc: ‘contactus@justice.govt.nz’ <contactus@justice.govt.nz>; ‘enquiries@police.govt.nz’ <enquiries@police.govt.nz>; ‘enquiries@sfo.govt.nz’ <enquiries@sfo.govt.nz>; ‘geoffduffy@lycos.com’ <geoffduffy@lycos.com>; ‘jock.allison85@gmail.com’ <jock.allison85@gmail.com>; ‘Howard Dewhirst’ <nhd@petroalbion.com>; ‘team@taxpayers.org.nz’ <team@taxpayers.org.nz>; ‘Rod Dale’ <rod.dale@bigpond.com>; ‘john.maunder@gmail.com’ <john.maunder@gmail.com>; ‘news@hobsonspledge.nz’ <news@hobsonspledge.nz>; ‘muriel@nzcpr.com’ <muriel@nzcpr.com>; ‘jmscarry@xtra.co.nz’ <jmscarry@xtra.co.nz>; ‘rosalieashby@gmail.com’ <rosalieashby@gmail.com>; ‘shargreaves@ipa.org.com’ <shargreaves@ipa.org.com>; ‘rod@pacificsunset.co.nz’ <rod@pacificsunset.co.nz>; ‘john@johnansell.co.nz’ <john@johnansell.co.nz>; ‘mckenziebarbara42@gmail.com’ <mckenziebarbara42@gmail.com>; ‘ppurcel@tpg.com.au’ <ppurcel@tpg.com.au>; ‘helpdesk@investigatemagazine.com’ <helpdesk@investigatemagazine.com>; ‘srdtaylor@gmail.com’ <srdtaylor@gmail.com>; ‘jhapps@bigpond.com’ <jhapps@bigpond.com>; ‘aaprjohn@northnet.org’ <aaprjohn@northnet.org>; ‘jimrsimpson@bigpond.com’ <jimrsimpson@bigpond.com>; ‘Christopher Monckton’ <monckton@mail.com>; ‘sandra.goudie@tcdc.govt.nz’ <sandra.goudie@tcdc.govt.nz>; ‘Deborah Alexander’ <o-d-alexander@xtra.co.nz>; ‘news@tvnz.co.nz’ <news@tvnz.co.nz>; ‘news@nzherald.co.nz’ <news@nzherald.co.nz>; ‘Juana Atkins’ <sb@thebfd.co.nz>; ‘leighton smith’ <leightonzb@gmail.com>; ‘petersenior42@gmail.com’ <petersenior42@gmail.com>; ‘Terry Dunleavy’ <terry@winezeal.co.nz>; ‘M.J. Kelly’ <mjk1@cam.ac.uk>; ‘john.ryan@oag.parliament.nz’ <john.ryan@oag.parliament.nz>; ‘Steve Taylor’ <srdtaylor@gmail.com>
Subject: An Open Letter to PM Ardern and Minister Shaw regarding the Promotion of a Fraud (NZSFO Complaint CON0008591)

Dear Prime Minister and Minister for Climate Change,

This open letter provides an indictment of your incompetence.  Unless you can prove that human carbon emissions cause climate change (and in my last open letter I proved that is impossible for you to do), you should be removed from office and your motivation for pursuing the New Zealand limb of the international climate fraud should be dealt with by the “proper authorities”.

Let’s first define my use of the term “incompetence” according to “Rofe’s law of holes”: 

“Incompetence in this context is sending a delegation of fifteen (15) fact-starved, but government funded people to the other side of the world at the expense of 20 average person years equivalent of carbon emissions, in order to persuade rational “Paris Accord” hold-out countries not to keep emitting carbon dioxide and methane (allegedly in order to stop Global Warming) when:

 A crisis of global energy scarcity is looming, due in large measure to the UN IPCC and the international pseudo-environmental movement. (diversification of energy sources is rational, but getting rid of other essential energy supplies before diversification, will lead to increased poverty, food insecurity and the destruction of economies for no proper purpose)

  1. We know for certain it isn’t arithmetically possible for human carbon emissions to materially influence climate change. (you have been shown the proof)
  2. To justify your actions, there has never been any empirical scientific evidence presented by you or your officers to show that periodic changes in atmospheric carbon dioxide materially influence climate change. (only a litany of sophistry)
  3. The global average temperature of the lower atmosphere is now falling.  ( See the graph and other data below)”

Between the Milankovitch Cycles’ passage of 120,000-year ice ages and interglacial intervals, it is the sun that determines the passage of gradual climate changes, for both warming and cooling of the climate.   So Minister James Shaw’s Glasgow-bound travel plans are a cross between Icarus flying up to visit the sun and King Canute trying to turn back the tide.  It is hard to discriminate which of those is greater testament to the Minister’s ignorance or hubris.

Future generations will have no difficulty understanding this insanity, and you will both likely be persons of ridicule and caricature within your lifetimes and beyond as a result.

As you have both been told repeatedly, it is the cyclic variations in electromagnetic solar activity, moderated by the effects of the terrestrial water cycle which are the dominant cause of climate change for planet Earth.  The effects of solar variability is equally apparent on the other planets within the solar system, but solar influence is more direct because they don’t have our atmosphere and water cycle to moderate or delay change effects.

First, let me show you the evidence of recent cooling.  (the data informs the science)

  • The NASA satellite network tells us the global average temperature in regional slices at any point in time.  For example it shows the 30 September 2021 graph for the Lower Troposphere (which is where we live and where global warming is said to be occurring) shows the month of September 2021 was 0.15oC cooler this year than last.  That is just month-end to month-end – but the trend is there:
  • Other surface temperature datasets collectively corroborate the five year drop – these are graphed as follows: 
  • Is this the start of a downward trend?  (It is too early to be hyped as “climate change” but the weather effects are there for five years…)

Basically the trend in weather is also indicated by the change in snow pack for places like Greenland which we are told ended the 2021 melt season with an extra 450 giga-tonnes of snow and ice.  Also the first datapoint for the Northern hemisphere snow pack shows a start this month with an extra 250 giga-tonnes of snow more than for the 1982-2012 average.

  • The Antarctic ice and snow is at the seasonal peak, but what has happened to temperatures over the Antarctic winter?  At the South Pole  we are told the April to September 2021 average temperature of -61.1oC is the coldest for any six month period on record.  This suggests long term cooling of the Antarctic continues.
  • There is only one reliable measure of what is happening in the part of the atmosphere where we have been repeatedly told that global warming is taking place.  That is the lower Troposphere, for which the data is shown in the official graph above. 

Second, Good luck to Minister Shaw in his meeting in Glasgow with Russian, Indian and Chinese counterparts (if they bother to attend). 

The official Russian 2014 estimate of where things would be at with the solar cycles and associated climate effect is right on cue.  Unlike the  misrepresentations from the UN IPCC echoed by the Ardern/Shaw government, President Putin does not rate changes in CO2 as having any material effect on climate change.  He has personally and publicly said so. 

The Russians are preparing for the forecast arrival of the “Grand Solar Minimum” with an attendant “Little Ice Age” to follow the end of the Modern Warm Period from 2020, as per the attached PDF version of the slide show of the presentation to the International Climate Change Conference in July 2014, by Dr Habibullo Abdussamatov – delivered under the auspices of the Russian Academy of Sciences.  So Minister Shaw, you can compare our efforts to prepare for global warming with their efforts to prepare for a coming period of severe cooling.  Also with the dire need for China and India to obtain more fossil fuels.

They are still building refineries to lessen fuel insecurity.  Your government is getting rid of Marsden Pt. Refinery to increase our fuel insecurity.

If you look at their slide 13. In the above attached PDF, you will see that the graph curves for solar cycles numbered 5, 6 and 7 relate to the last 200-year Grand Solar Minimum ( a period containing three or more relatively inactive 11-year solar cycles) which was known as the Dalton Minimum and part of the “little ice age”.  The Grand Solar Maximum (a period of three or more very active 11-year solar cycles) called the Modern Warm Period, began at the beginning of the 20th Century.  The strongest cycle was clearly solar cycle 19.  But the other four were all strong.  The current Grand Solar Minimum is influenced by solar cycles numbered 24 (purple) and 25 (light green) as shown in the graph below…

Solar Cycle 25 progression (green line) compared to 24, 23, 22 & 21 [updated Oct 1, 2021 — solen.info] source Electroverse.

It isn’t hard to understand what caused the pause in the global annual temperature increase which occurred from 2000 to 2015 (which agents of the UN IPCC tried to cover up in the “Climate-gate” scandal) in the light of the impact of lesser active solar cycles numbered 23 and 24.  But while global average temperatures during the period 2016 to the present have remained high, that can possibly be attributed to the strong “El Nino” oceanic effects in the Pacific region.

Third, If we take note of the empirical data, what should we be doing?

Well, this brings up the following question.  Under the “precautionary principle” and in light of the current New Zealand Government’s “Declaration of a Climate Emergency”, one may ask, “what provision has the New Zealand Government made for the possibility of significant global cooling during the new cyclical Grand Solar Minimum?”  This kind of cooling has been a regular 200-year event during the Holocene interglacial period, after all.

For PM Ardern, I appreciate it was clever to call a “Declaration of Climate Emergency” at a time when the weather was so benign that any future changes could be expected to be worse, and it was a good strategic move to appoint a responsible Minister from the Greens party, so there is a scapegoat if/when things turn really cold.  But the fact is that you both simply misled Parliament and the people of New Zealand that you were going with a fake scientific consensus, when since 2018 (when I explained the situation to you) you must, or should have known there was no data to support the fake “science”.

While the weather has always been a mixture of pattern and chaos, the climate (only ever a 30-40 year average of weather conditions) has always warmed and cooled in cyclic fashion.  Expensive sophistry from taxpayer-funded pseudo-scientists could never change that.

So your climate scare tactics (and the lies taught to our children in support of the fraud) continue as justification for the damage being done to an increasing number of essential industry sectors.  After 25 failed and pretentious UN IPCC COP conferences since Kyoto, you must try to understand that to unbiased observers, the UN IPCC doing the same thing over and over – always with a failed result – is either a sign of institutional stupidity or just potential fraud?

During the period 1945 to 1975 the Earth’s climate cooled and yet there was continued annual increases of human carbon emissions and growth in the atmospheric concentration of CO2.  The fraud you have become implicated in was objectively disproven even before the UN IPCC was established for seemingly improper purposes in 1988!  How can you also not see that?

More importantly, how will you explain your obvious “incompetence” to the New Zealand public?  Politicians telling the scientists what to say and then claiming (when the get the result they asked for – and that we paid for) that they “follow the science”, does not cut it.

Good luck!  I think you are going to need it.

Yours sincerely

John Rofe

Experienced Fraud Investigator

====================

Knowingly Promoting a Serious Fraud

Knowingly Promoting a Serious Fraud  By John Rofe, via TheBFD.co.nz, 25 July 2021

 

Editor’s note: Please click on above https link to see the two videos included in this post. The following letter was sent by email to all key New Zealand politicians, media and several involved parties.

Dear politicians, law enforcement agencies and members of the media,

In my advice of 17 July 2021 I attached a 2018 letter from the Minister for Climate Change which reads like a draft mens rea defence against my then supposed allegations of fraud.

My letter of 15 May 2019 laid out each substantial criticism of PM Ardern and Minister Shaw’s lack of candour.

My letter of 2 August 2020 substantiated my claim against them for knowingly promoting the alleged fraud. The history was explained.  The facts regarding the true causation of climate change were reinforced. Information was included from the Russian Academy of Sciences which showed the generally accepted science behind climate change, the linkage with the solar sciences and the credible forecast for imminent solar initiated cooling. 

The official report of the Russian Institute of Economic Analysis was included which shows that Anthropogenic Global Warming Theory is bankrupt in every respect. After 30 years it is still rejected by the world’s largest emitters of (human) carbon dioxide in sovereign countries where more than 80% of the world’s population resides.

Those countries, supported by both empirical science and economic necessity, will likely never join the  fraud, making this government’s actions a total waste of taxpayer time and money. 

Evidence was furnished showing how the major carbon emitters are deliberately setting out to increase their carbon dioxide emissions as a testament to that fact. The government’s alleged climate fraud will therefore impoverish every New Zealander without any justification other than meeting the objectives of the alleged fraudsters.

To reject the “global warming” fraud absolutely,  evidence was provided that varying cycles of solar activity cause the change in Total Solar Insolation (which comprises 99.9% of Earth’s energy budget) and the impact of ongoing solar variations are moderated by the effects of water, water vapour, clouds and precipitation.  Evidence showed that the power of the water cycle and sun dominate climate change, against which human activity is almost totally insignificant.  

Carbon dioxide, methane and nitrous oxide have no identifiable impact on climate change. Every private or government carbon trading scheme is consequently a fraudulent enterprise.

I have provided PM Ardern and Minister Shaw every opportunity (on more than 50 occasions) over three years to explain their promotion of what I believe has become the biggest fraud in New Zealand history as a part of what may already be the biggest fraud in human history. 

I am exercising my right as a citizen of good standing to complain about malfeasance at the highest level of our Government.  

I have made every effort to have the NZ Serious Fraud Office, NZ Police and the NZ Ministry of Justice move against this fraud and investigate the actions of those directly complicit. They have turned their backs on my amply justified allegations. I now need to ask: are they being influenced by those to whom they are accountable?

We surely cannot continue with a government that is so poorly advised, and fundamentally ignorant that they have established their own fake climate emergency despite the absence of credible threats.

They knowingly set in place ultra-vires legislation to support their deception. The assurance that human action can influence or change Earth’s climate is just a lie.

In the event that anyone cannot understand some of my earlier written information of 17 July 2021, here are two short YouTube videos which contain some self-evident facts.

andVaclav Klaus (a former President of the Czech Republic) has accurately commented:

“The largest threat to freedom, democracy, the market economy, and prosperity at the beginning of the 21st century is no longer socialism or Communism. It is, instead, the ambitious, arrogant, unscrupulous ideology of environmentalism. So writes Vaclav Klaus, [former] president of the Czech Republic, in Blue Planet in Green Shackles: What Is Endangered – Climate Or Freedom? In this brilliantly argued book, Klaus argues that the environmental movement has transformed itself into an ideology that seeks to restrict human activities at any cost, and that policies being proposed to address global warming are both economically harmful — especially to poor nations — and utterly unjustified by current science.”

If you are a politician reading this, I hope you will act to restrain the illegitimate conduct of both the named parties and their numerous co-conspirators, having due regard for your duty of care as a sworn member of Parliament, to take action to repeal the various limbs of the fraudulent and therefore ultra vires Zero Carbon legislation.

Given the quantity of information provided, the financial implications of the alleged and proposed fraudulent acts and the importance of this matter, your ignorance, whether real or feigned is not an excuse.

Yours sincerely

John Rofe

NZ Citizen and taxpayer

Retired Fraud Investigator

  1. Access to the world authorities whose evidence will be required to bring the Prime Minister and Minister for Climate Change to justice is readily available from the New Zealand Climate Science Coalition and the Environomics (NZ) Trust. I am grateful for their support and advice during the course of my investigations.

Please share so others can discover The BFD.

=============================

By John Rofe, Fraud Investigator, Auckland, New Zealand.

From: John Rofe [mailto:jcrofe@xtra.co.nz]
Sent: Saturday, 11 July 2020 12:54 p.m.
To: ‘jacinda.ardern@parliament.govt.nz’; ‘james.shaw@parliament.govt.nz’
Cc: ‘todd Muller’; ‘Hon Scott Simpson’; ‘Hon Judith Collins’; ‘Hon Nikki Kaye’; ‘Rt. Hon. Winston Peters’; ‘simeon.brown@national.org.nz’; ‘alfred.ngaro@national.org.nz’; ‘shane.reti@parliament.govt.nz’; ‘Terry Dunleavy’; ‘peter@lockfinance.co.nz’; ‘david.seymour@parliament.govt.nz’; ‘shane.jones@parliament.govt.nz’; ‘Jock Allison’; ‘Barry Brill’; ‘Geoff Duffy’; ‘John Ansell’; ‘news@tvnz.co.nz’; ‘leighton smith’; ‘newstips@stuff.co.nz’; ‘news@nzherald.co.nz’; ‘newstalkzb’; ‘newsdesk herald’; ‘news@heraldonsunday.co.nz’; ‘andrew.laxon@nzme.co.nz’; ‘Peter J. Morgan’; ‘Jim Tucker’
Subject: There is no embargo on the publication of the truth

Dear PM and Minister of Climate Change,

Please find attached a summary of the essential underlying facts after completion of my 15-year enquiry into the Great Global Warming Fraud.

This information may upset you, and if so I apologise for the shock.

In my next email I will provide all the evidence to support my claim that you each – as the Prime Minister and Minister of Climate Change – have either failed to do proper due diligence before taking your actions to waste billions of taxpayer dollars, or else are simply committing malfeasance by lying to the public.  Given the warnings provided to you both over a three year period I believe I am justified in using the common term for malfeasance, rather than either “ignorance” or “stupidity”.

The problem for corrupt but powerful people like you is that the courts love empirical scientific evidence that is supported by inter-locking, self-evident truths.  It typically trumps big names, rock-star scientific reputations, foreign conspiracies and popular misconceptions.

Just as a series of Popes in the 16th and 17th centuries could not counter the fact that people woke every morning and observed the sun rise in the East then later set in the West, the self-evident truth was always that earth revolves around the sun and it rotates each day.  Luckily I am in the happy position of being able to show the public why your actions are so flawed.  The sun dominates our climate, as well as the climate of all other planets within the solar system.   When the self evident truths that we all see every day of the year are pointed out to the public, the game will be up.  You like everyone else will wonder how you could have been so gullible. 

There has never been any consensus among the scientific community about Anthropogenic Global Warming theory, because there has never ever been any empirical scientific evidence to support the fraudulent assertions of the UN IPCC.

The leaders of the world’s major (CO2) emitting countries, Messrs Modi, Trump, Putin and Xi Jinping are doubtless already aware of this.  That is why they are likely laughing at our leaders’ stupidity and why Putin is building floating nuclear power stations for the frozen Arctic regions (to ensure cooling water intakes cannot be iced up) while also completing his fleet of huge nuclear powered ice-breakers to cope with what they believe will be the cold of an unfolding Grand Solar Minimum (each ship has greater cost and tonnage than New Zealand’s entire Cook Strait ferry fleets) .  Forget what they say, look at what they are doing.  Their actions are informed by the expectation of cold rather than warmth.  But I don’t wish to buy into whether that will eventuate, although the change they expect seems on track at this point.

The major net CO2 emitters are clearly being differently advised to you, along the lines of this semi-audible 15-minute video clip below.  (Hint … this Russian expert is difficult to understand so you would be well advised to pause the video at each new slide he presents and read the slide while muting his talk.)  He is probably reading directly from it because of his limited English language skills.  At 3.00minutes his graph of the Vostok ice core analysis explains why during the Pleistocene era (the last 2,7 million years) CO2 has never influenced the global climate.  If you also look closely at the graph at 15-mins 23 secs, you will see the reduction in solar activity is exactly today what he predicted many years ago and then consistent again, during his talk in 2014 during the active peak of solar cycle 24.  He has the credibility of any scientist who can predict what is happening to the climate, using the “space weather” to confidently show his client, the Government of the Russian Federation, what they can expect.

Dr Habibulo Abdussamatov has been Director of the Pulkovo observatory and he ran the Russian scientific programme for the International Space Station.  His forecasts for a looming Grand Solar Minimum and “little Ice Age” date back many years and have in November 2019, finally been confirmed by NOAA and NASA.  I guess those two organisations are both now trying to work out how to escape their roles in the UN IPCC conspiracy as this email is being written.

For the last few years I have been monitoring the accuracy of Dr Abdussamatov’s predictions from the data shown on www.spaceweather.com .

Also from the work of several others.

At the end of June 2020 the world is still warm, if marginally cooler than it was during the previous months, however, the highly subjective and grossly inaccurate models that the UN IPCC use as the basis for their fraud are no substitute for the observed data.  This unimpeachable graph from the NASA satellites below shows the climate isn’t facing unprecedented warmth, despite deliberate lies to the contrary.  Nor is there any climate crisis as the changes are within natural variability.

The UN IPCC’s accepted models show three times the warming shown in the above graph.  You back their inaccurate and subjective models, I back the empirical data. 

The first news organisation or political party to agree to widely publish the attached page will get access to the “smoking gun” evidence that I hold…. before you do.

Yours sincerely

John Rofe

Private Fraud Investigator

See article on why whistleblowers are not heart: Many Whistleblowers – Yet Nothing to be Heard


===========================

A TALE OF FRAUD, COMPLICITY AND ARRANT STUPIDITY

THE GREAT UN IPCC GLOBAL WARMING FRAUD AND ITS NEW ZEALAND AGENCY

As Albert Einstein is reputed to have said: 

“The world is in greater peril from those who tolerate or encourage evil than from those who actually commit it.”

Now think it through for yourself:

It is illogical to consider that three relatively ineffectual human-influenced greenhouse gases which in total are less than 4% of the volume of the far more potent gas (water vapour) can drive climate change, just because a group of bureaucrats at the United Nations say that it is “settled science”.  If one investigator, acting alone, can see through this fraud, then the New Zealand scientists have not performed any effective due diligence.

The Great Global Warming Fraud costs OECD countries between USD1-2 trillion every year.

The most important things you need to know are:

  • Methane and Nitrous Oxide have never had any proven impact on the earth’s climate.
  • Atmospheric Carbon Dioxide (“CO2”) is a more prolific greenhouse gas but…
    • There is no empirical scientific evidence that CO2 has ever had a material effect on earth’s climate.  The UN and their supporters have never offered any. Nor can they.
    • The proportion of CO2 emissions that humans influence is less than 5% of the total.
    • The main source of CO2 emissions is “ocean out-gassing” when it is warm.
    • CO2 is subject to the Beer-Lambert Law of Physics and therefore any thermal impact was almost saturated at the pre-industrial atmospheric level of 280ppm in 1850. 
    • CO2 is not a pollutant and “zero carbon” entails the end of all complex life on earth.
  • There was never any consensus to support this fraud…  http://www.petitionproject.org/
  • There is no climate crisis…  https://clintel.org/world-climate-declaration/
  • Plants thrive with three times current levels of atmospheric CO2, (arguably in short supply).
  • The “Milankovich cycles” drive the 100,000-year climate cycles of ice ages and inter-glacials.
  • In between, climate change is dominated by the sun which supplies 99.5% of earth’s energy.
  • The Solar Cycles conform to the Holocene pattern of 200-year periods of extreme cold.
  • The great majority of the earth’s population is led by people who don’t bow to this fraud.
  • Few of those who signed up to the Paris accords have either the intention or ability to comply.  It is impossible for New Zealand, even with total support, to get any value from this.

I warned the Government in 2018 of their likely complicity in a serious fraud.  The Minister prevaricated so I warned him in 2019 of the actionable basis for a possible fraud complaint. 

As a result of their intransigence, I now see no alternative than to accuse the Right Honourable Jacinda Ardern and the Honourable James Shaw of both fraud and deceptive and miss-leading conduct.  I stand ready to support those serious accusations, as and when called upon to do so.

John Rofe, Private Fraud Investigator                                                        Auckland, New Zealand,  10.7.2020

From: John Rofe [mailto:jcrofe@xtra.co.nz]
Sent: Tuesday, 28 January 2020 12:40 p.m.
To: ‘james.shaw@parliament.govt.nz’; ‘jacinda.ardern@parliament.govt.nz’; ‘Rt. Hon. Winston Peters’; ‘shane.jones@parliament.govt.nz’
Cc: ‘Hon Simon Bridges’; ‘simeon.brown@national.org.nz’; ‘Todd Muller’; ‘Hon Scott Simpson’; ‘alfred.ngaro@parliament.govt.nz’
Subject: Really Big frauds inevitably require bigger and bigger lies…then the child soldiers are weaponised once the biggest lie of all loses its credibility

Hi Politicians,

Each of you, by signature to the Zero Carbon legislation is now guilty of fraud; and of both complicity in, and actively promoting carbon trading Ponzi schemes.  These are criminal offences and I am directly accusing you of at least being accessories to criminality, along with Antonio Guterres and his fellow travellers.

I have told you before, there is a ripeness of time for all frauds to be laid bare to public scrutiny and opprobrium.   So you need to come clean.

If not, then gather your evidence (if any real evidence exists) and lets litigate.  I simply want evidence that human CO2 emissions have any material effect on climate change.  After two years of asking for this I will continue to accuse you of fraud until you deliver it.  As a taxpayer I am entitled to an explanation for your actions – as is everyone.

From 15+ years of my research into the spurious UN IPCC claims, I have found there is no justification for any spending on attempting to reduce “climate change” because the only measurable effects of the human use of the fossil fuels since 1850 has been the increase in atmospheric CO2, the increased wealth and well-being of all humanity from abundant and cheap energy and the greening of planet earth as a result of increased atmospheric CO2.  But because of the long duration of CO2 within the atmosphere, and because human actions account for less than 4.3% of all CO2 emissions (as accepted by UN IPCC) there is absolutely no possibility of confidence that a reduction in human emissions could cause the future level of atmospheric CO2 to fall.  Natural variability could even cause it to increase, despite controlled draconian global attempts at human reduction, which will never happen.

As there are still far more countries planning to increase CO2 emissions than those trying either successfully or unsuccessfully to control them, there is zero chance of any credible reduction in human emissions being made within the next 10-20 years.

The only thing your misguided actions can achieve is to destroy the reputation of science and the scientific method, to go hand in hand with destruction of our economy.  All this to bring about the enrichment of a few of your fellow travellers and higher energy costs for those least able to afford them.

Each adult human inhales a tiny 400 ppm of CO2 to go with 20% O2.  We exhale air heated to body temperature, with 100% relative humidity and CO2 emissions at 4% (or 40,000ppm).  So our inhalations cleanse and oxygenate our blood and we emit 100 times the CO2 we inhaled.  The oxygen exhaled is reduced to 15% or less.  Given the weight of CO2, we each exhale about 360kgs of CO2 per annum.  Animals many time more – or less.  What do you want to do?  Tax us for our exhalations?

Contrary to your advice from the UN IPCC and your ignorant cabal of “junk” scientists, (by both satellite imagery and experimentation) the increase in atmospheric CO2 has already benefitted all plant life, and will continue to do so.  It increases the vigour of plant growth and makes all plants more drought resistant.  There is and has never been any evidence that CO2 is a pollutant and together with water and oxygen, CO2 is one of three reasons that complex life exists on earth, whereas it exists nowhere else in the solar system.  If the atmospheric CO2 concentration falls to 150ppm  or less, then all life on earth will die and the carbon cycle may end.

We are carbon-based life forms and our extinction as an apex mammal would likely be an early effect of low atmospheric CO2.

There has never been any evidence that CO2 has either been a significant influence on climate change as atmospheric CO2 levels have always been a trailing indicator of major temperature fluctuations for as long as scientists could perform their experiments and calculations.  It is generally accepted that ocean de-gassing of CO2 occurs when it is warming, and conversely taking up more CO2  when the atmosphere has been cooling, is the cause for this.  There is even a lag time due to the fact that the ocean takes longer to take up heat and to cool, than does land.

The solar and space weather sciences, together with all the known history of the solar cycles and the Milankovich cycles are an extra-terrestrial cause for the variations in earth’s climate and together with the attempts within the seas and atmosphere to equalise heat distribution as the earth rotates, these account for climate change and  remove any justification for your erroneous presumption that humans have a significant effect on climate.  Localised warming yes, but it dissipates with no significant, measurable effect on climate change.  The extremely active solar cycles of the 20th century alone account for the increases in temperature of earth’s climate during the modern warm period, which despite the deliberate “official”  doctoring of temperature records have only achieved a total increase of 1.1 degree Centigrade between the year 1850 and December 2019.  That is, over a period of 169 years.  So the average increase during that period is well within natural variability.  Forecasts of sea level rise and atmospheric heating made by the UN IPCC junk scientists are simply ridiculous.  But they do show that junk scientists will do anything for money.  Yet still, one by one, they defect.

For politicians of any colour to support the fraud, you must first be prepared to believe that an improbable theory promulgated to advantage sectional interests is superior to the existence of the Beer-Lambert Law of science, because that law already relegates all increases in CO2 to having an inconsequential impact on thermal uptake and therefore climate, at even the pre-industrial levels (i.e. about 280ppm).  Atmospheric CO2 is already thermally saturated and can provide no significant future effect within an enormous time horizon.

You have been taken for idiots by a small group of extremely well paid and funded scientists, UN politicians and their bureaucrats, most of whom have no idea about climate science.  Simply put…from the Google search below… the “we” is you…

“Oh what a tangled web we weave when first we practise to deceive”

“(Sir Walter Scott) Whenever we deceive others, in order to make things better for ourselves in the moment, we deceive ourselves most of all.Oct 25, 2017

If you want to prove that human CO2 emissions have a dominant effect on climate, meet me in court.  I will be happy to litigate this as soon as you are ready.  I want a trial date…so come and get me before I go public, along the lines of my 1 January trial run in the NZ Herald.  A copy of that is at the top of the page.

Your fraud is now pretty obvious, and all the world’s delusional Greta Thunbergs cannot change the laws of physics and chemistry.  Now your “tangle” only gets tortuous as any fair-minded person would accept from the detail below…

Yours sincerely

John Rofe

The following advertisement was placed in the NZ Herald Public Notices on 1 January 2020:

From: John Rofe [mailto:jcrofe@xtra.co.nz]
Sent: Monday, 9 December 2019 2:08 p.m.
To: ‘Hon Simon Bridges’; ‘simeon.brown@national.org.nz’; ‘Todd Muller’; ‘Hon Scott Simpson’; ‘jacinda.ardern@parliament.govt.nz’; ‘Rt. Hon. Winston Peters’; ‘james.shaw@parliament.govt.nz’
Cc: ‘Terry Dunleavy’; ‘Peter J. Morgan’; ‘John Ansell’
Subject: Merry Christmas

Dear politicians,

In 2018 I warned of the dire consequences of failing to check the science you rely on for public policy settings over climate change.  I warned of the climate phenomena appearing that supported the narrative that we are probably moving into a Grand Solar Minimum.

In 2019 I laid complaints with the NZ Serious Fraud Office and the NZ Commerce Commission regarding your demonstrably false climate change narrative.  Naturally the complaints came to nothing.  I noted the radical shortening of the Northern growing seasons that have further reduced for each year from 2017, 2018 and again in 2019.  I commented on the signs that food shortages will soon loom large due to cold climate crop losses.  The only certainty at this point is that food costs will head much higher in 2020, because despite shortages, we humans can possibly adapt to cope and farmers will now start changing their cropping choices.

In 2020 the earth will reach the bottom of the eleven year solar cycle numbered 24, and it will start into solar cycle number 25.  So the best Christmas present I can offer you is to explain why the solar cycles are so important.  NASA, NOAA, the Russians and the Chinese have indicated that solar cycle 25 will be the least active for at least 100 years and many experts claim the unfolding Grand Solar Minimum will be a 200 year event.

1. The successive ice ages on earth during the 2.5 million year Pleistocene era have historically been triggered by what is known as Milankovich cycles (now generally accepted).  These consist of three separate cycles referred to as “the Tilt variation of earth from the sun”, “the Obliquity of earth’s motion through space”, and “Eccentricity of earth’s orbit around the sun”.  Of these three cycles the most influential is eccentricity and it takes around 100,000 years to happen.  Our civilisation has only begun during the latest 10-12,000 year interglacial period we live in called the “Holocene”, which has now lasted for at least 11,500 years.  A plunge into extreme glaciations is now probably due.  It was alluded to by the expert climate scientists during the 1970’s when earths average temperature had cooled by about 0.4 degrees C., from 1945.  No-one actually knows when it will happen.

2. Within the Holocene period,  The time of maximum warmth due to natural cycles is said to have already passed and it is considered that the Minoan Warm period 3,500 years ago was when that occurred.  So there is good evidence available that points to earth’s average temperatures today being some 2-3 degrees C. cooler than the Holocene temperature maximum.  There are possibly two certainties that will affect us.  The first is that the solar cycles with rising and falling levels of electromagnetic activity will drive the natural climate variations on planet earth as they will the climates of the other planets within our solar system since the beginning of time.  The second certainty (well an extremely high probability) is that at some point the Milankovich cycles will usher in the return of a period of extensive glaciation that is similar to previous ice ages.

3.  Full ice ages with extensive glaciations must be accepted as near certain extinction-level events.  The significance for New Zealand is less onerous than for others, yet that may mean a progressive but effective end to agriculture in the South Island…. as and when it occurs.

4. Our recorded history of the impact of varying levels of solar activity really began with the Maunder Minimum (1645AD-1715AD) but these provided a mathematical trace back to earlier Grand Solar Minimums before the birth of Christ.  Grand Solar Minimums coincide with the coldest periods of “the Little Ice Age” (which ran from about 1280AD – 1870AD).  They also align well with the record of famines and the fall of dynasties in China.  Both the Russian and the Chinese governments take the science behind Grand Solar Minimums very seriously and use the known cycles for their strategic planning.  As a result I commend the history of Grand Solar Minimums to the attention of yourselves and your Civil Defence personnel.

5.  Space exploration and remote climate monitoring only really began in about 1979.  Today the probing of solar influence is a regular event and the effect of the solar cycles on earth’s weather is well-known if suppressed by the mainstream media.

6.  So my Christmas present to you is to provide my personal understanding of how Grand Solar Minimums likely affect the earth’s climate

This will be extremely topical because many believe we have entered a cooling cycle that will last until 2055.  Some believe it will last much longer.  The data supports this conclusion.  The data does not support suggestions that humans, CO2 build-up and/or CH4 build-up cause climate change.  So I think this topic is well worth spending some time on.

The principle indicator of solar electromagnetic activity is visible to humans by virtue of the number of sunspots appearing on the face of the sun each day.  These are carefully counted and conform to maxima and minima based on the stage of the eleven year solar cycles.  Solar minimums are marked by no sunspots appearing for days or even months.  There is a huge and growing body of solid science surrounding this topic.

If we look at the regular eleven year minimum that occurred between solar cycles 23 and 24, there have been 70 sunspot free days in 2006 (or 19 %), in 2007 there have been 152 sunspot free days (or 42 %) and in 2008 there were 268 days (or 73%).  In the tail end of solar cycle 24 there have been considerably more sunspot-free days.  With 2017 at  104 days (compared with 70 in sc23), in 2018 at 220 days (compared with 152 in sc23).  With the year almost up in 2019 the percentage of spot-free days already stands at 76% compared with 73% in 2008.  This signals how the sun is rapidly becoming less active.  From the attached link to a schematic of solar cycles you can see how the eleven year solar cycles vary and in particular the low sunspot numbers of the Dalton Minimum in the early 19th century.

https://spaceweather.com/glossary/sunspotnumber.html

The reduced solar activity has a number of effects.  First the Total Solar Insolation which strikes earth’s atmosphere is reduced.  The second is that the earth’s Thermosphere tends to thin and become colder.  This  variation to earths outer temperature is indicative of what is to come… as we move towards the solar minimum in 2020…

“Thermosphere Climate Index
today: 3.26×1010 W Cold
Max: 49.4×1010 W Hot (10/1957)
Min: 2.05×1010 W Cold (02/2009)
explanation | more data: gfxtxt
Updated 08 Dec 2019”

With reduced solar activity, the solar wind drops.  It is the solar wind which keeps cosmic rays from flooding the galaxy.  The solar wind is also the reason the tails of comets point away from the sun and not at the direction the comet has come from.  So a key measure of the space weather is the solar wind strength and density…

Solar wind
speed: 353.3km/sec
density: 5.0protons/cm3
explanation | more data
Updated: Today at 2116 UT”

There are always cosmic rays intruding in our atmosphere and they result in the increased nucleation of water vapour into low level clouds.  The cloud cover is the primary reflective umbrella for earth, with usually about 65% cloud cover.  So only about 56% of the sun’s rays hit the earth’s surface and any contribution to increasing cloud cover has a net cooling effect.

The Earth is once again being bombarded by the highest intrusion of cosmic rays for the space age…

This below is a snap shot of the current stats from www.spaceweather.com that suggest to me the highest influx of galactic cosmic rays will occur in 2020-2021.

“Oulu Neutron Counts
Percentages of the Space Age average:
today: +10.9% Very High
7-day change: +3.3%
Max: +11.7% Very High (12/2009)
Min: -32.1% Very Low (06/1991)
explanation | more data
Updated 08 Dec 2019 @ 1800 UT”

The solar electromagnetic variation affects earth’s magnetosphere and there is some evidence that the tectonic plates are affected by the changed gravitational effects and by the effect of cosmic rays on sub-surface magma.  However I am not sure how reliable the correlations are between Grand Solar Minimums and volcanism.  Even so the fact that 80% of all volcanoes are under the oceans and they have the potential to heat deep ocean water in a way the surface temperatures cannot, suggests they may have a far greater impact on New Zealand’s eventual weather than anyone acknowledges.  Our climate is maritime by nature, so we are less likely to be affected by cooling solar influences while our oceans remain warm.

So to summarise, the likely effects of the space weather on the climate of earth includes:

1. Variations in Total Solar Insolation (not very large but certainly these are grossly under-rated by the UN IPCC).

2. Variations in the Thermosphere Climate Index because when it cools and thins, the loss of heat at night via infra-red radiation will be greater.

3. Variations in the cosmic ray influx affecting the formation of low level cloud.  This is a climatic feature attributed to large scale flooding and heavy snows during Grand Solar Minimums.

4.  There is a poorly understood effect on both the Northern hemisphere and Southern hemisphere jet streams which leads to them slowing and meandering closer to the Equator.  This leads to reduced temperatures where the loops venture into lower latitudes and higher  temperatures in the higher latitudes when the jet streams venture outside their normal routes.  Historically, we are told this accounts for the massive floods of the so-called “Dark Ages” and the “Little Ice Age”.

From what I can tell from the historical records, the advent of a 200 year cyclic Grand Solar Minimum doesn’t seem to dramatically alter the earth’s average temperature, but it does alter the climate of normally temperate or warm zones.  Hence the snowing in places like the Serengeti, the Sahara and Saudi Arabia in 2018.

In 2019 the effects of the “Eddy” Grand Solar Minimum have become obvious and this has led to recognition by NASA  that the earth is headed for a period of cooling.  Yet all mention of the solar cycles is still absolutely banned from mention in the mainstream media.

Russia and China are already taking emergency steps to protect their food supplies.

Yet you remain asleep at the wheel.   New Zealand is exposed, despite the kindness of our maritime climate.

So may I suggest you give this some thought when you are choosing what to read during your Christmas holidays.  Books by John L Casey such as “Cold Sun” or “Dark Winter” from your local library could be a good start.

Anyway,  I have retired as a Justice of the Peace to eliminate any suggestions of conflict of interest when I plan my year of action.  So 2020 is going to be a whole new “ball game” for me.

MERRY CHRISTMAS AND A HAPPY NEW YEAR

Yours sincerely

John Rofe

From: John Rofe [mailto:jcrofe@xtra.co.nz]
Sent: Tuesday, 12 November 2019 9:46 a.m.
To: ‘news@tvnz.co.nz’; ‘news@nzherald.co.nz’; ‘news@heraldonsunday.co.nz’; ‘newstips@stuff.co.nz’
Cc: ‘jacinda.ardern@parliament.govt.nz’; ‘james.shaw@parliament.govt.nz’
Subject: The abject fear of answering three simple questions

Hi Newshounds,

Humour me.  You will find it worthwhile…because you too were either fooled into drinking the populist Koolaid about climate change, or there are powers that control your news reporting that make our world an Orwellian nightmare, and our freedoms lost.  More factual evidence has been presented in previous submissions .

We have entered an era where there are today, arguably more than five times the number of “scientists” who have ever lived before them.  Many ignore the “scientific method” when it is more convenient to “lose it”.  The contestability test is subordinated to the popularity of a theory.

They now tell us which toothpaste to use and which drugs are good and which are bad,  and in most cases they espouse an undisclosed business, or political reason for doing so.  This deception is nowhere more prevalent than the area of climate science where fake news is promoting an orthodox agenda of various trans-national groups, and now this and its sub plots have become the biggest-ever fraud in human history.  Real conservation has been prostituted in favour of fakery.  Yet the science at the heart of the paradigm is missing and can never be discussed in polite company.

And now we have the 11,000 pseudo-scientists’ report – really a blog opinion piece with the “likes” of others signified – heralded as yet another scientific breakthrough.

This is the latest of the faux authoritative scientific studies…

The surveyor of opinions was an obscure forestry blog site at Oregon U., masquerading as a reputable international group of scientists,  and an initial critique is contained here:  https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Vs3ZPGLPiss&feature=youtu.be

The survey was treated as a learned and peer reviewed research paper, whereas it was really a simple survey of folk who may for whatever reason be willing to share the writers’ opinions and while ‘Professor Mickey Mouse’ and ‘Professor Albus Dumbledore’ of Harry Potter fame were originally respondents, the list was edited to remove anyone who didn’t look worth the “powder and shot” to present their survey. The pruning supposedly was very severe.

This is a critique…  https://www.americanthinker.com/blog/2019/11/who_are_these_11000_concerned_scientists.html

To check the criticism I have just waded through the entire 323 pages of the names of the “11,000” so-called “knowledgeable scientists” (following editing) providing the latest faux warning of climate Armageddon at this link below.  

 

The kindest things I can say about the New Zealand based contributors to the survey is this:

1. They seem to be well educated, but generally do not seem to have relevant experience in the subject matter of the dire warning to humanity.

2. I doubt they can have known that they were click bait for promoting eugenics as part of this.

3. Of the 230+  Kiwis who put their names, occupations and employment details forward in the survey, there would be less than 5 (possibly only 2) with relevant climate science qualifications and experience who I would wish to consult on this subject.

4. The largest cadre were computer scientists, either Emeritus Professors, Professors, Associate Professors, computer analysts or Lecturers (I suppose they must therefore receive some NZ Government  incentive for noting their agreement to the questionnaire).  Lots of people who work for the NZ Institute for Plant and Food Research popped up too….did someone organise mass support for the individual “likes”? 

5. I couldn’t find any names of the NZ climate scientists I am familiar with.

But I will give the Kiwi respondents the benefit of the doubt because among these folk, there must surely be at least one who can answer the following questions that none of the known climate scientists can answer (certainly not the PM’s science adviser – Professor Juliet Gerrard – see also the letter from the CEO of the Environomics (NZ) Trust above):

1.  What empirical evidence is there that changes in the atmospheric level of carbon dioxide are able to alter the climate and what evidence is there that it ever has to date?  (After all, atmospheric CO2 has increased from 280ppm since the end of “the Little Ice Age” in 1880, to 415ppm at the present date so surely there is clear evidence one way or the other?)

2. What evidence is there that human emissions of CO2 and CH4 act as atmospheric pollutants?

3. What evidence is there that it is possible for humans to reduce the atmospheric level of CO2 by a sufficient amount to reduce the Global Mean Surface Temperature by even one tenth of one degree Centigrade below that which would otherwise obtain from natural causes or the actions of others, by the year 2100?

In 2020 these questions will be a big deal for the PM and the Minister of Climate Change.  You see I am not only a private fraud investigator but I already warned them last year that these are essential planks that support the legitimacy or criminality of their actions.  Failing to answer which, they are at best promoting a fraud, because you see, they say they are implementing policies because the UN IPCC says they should.  No-one, anywhere in the world has, or would be brave enough (or perhaps stupid enough) to provide answers to the three questions I have been asking over the 40 years that this runaway deception has been rolling….

If I were sick of drinking beer and said the only reason I drink it is because “Big Terry” drinks it, that would be OK.   But I am not hurting anyone by failing to make enquiry of my options.

But the response from the Minister of Climate Change (that I have in writing) admits he is committed to his course of action because the UN IPCC and their tame cabal of supposedly orthodox scientists says he should.   And that is not OK because it is the least financially robust of our citizens who will ultimately bear the cost of this fraud.

So who is running this government programme?    PM Jacinda Ardern regards this “fraud” (my word not hers) as her administration’s defining issue.  So why is she going to waste billions of our money to satisfy her and past PM Helen Clark’s Socialist mates at the UN – when there is not a scintilla of scientific justification and yet huge cost?   The ploy of claiming the science is proven when it isn’t, is not a tenable position for our activist government to take when damaging whole industry sectors.  Ministers of the Crown have a fiduciary duty of care to act for proper purpose and I argue that in the case of their climate change bigotry they are not…or at least cannot possibly….demonstrate they are doing so.

In a detailed and fully-referenced paper, Wellington researcher/analyst Barbara McKenzie has published a withering rebuttal of the New Zeaand Prime Minister Jacinda Ardern’s comments in a speech lauding ther passage in the NZ Parliament of the so-called Zero Carbon Bill.Ms McKenzie writes: “Jacinda Ardern calls [the bill] the ‘nuclear moment for this generation.” What she means, of course, is that Parliament is in effect nuking the New Zealand economy and the New Zealand environment on the back of what is frequently referred to as the greatest hoax in the history of science.”Later in the paper, Ms McKenzie says any MP who claims to take an interest in the climate debate must know “Jacinda’s speech was a pack of lies.”

LINK

If you look at my previous correspondence it isn’t that I have not given the Government fair warning.  What we, the people must demand is the truth about the core issue.  This is not about partisan politics nor a criticism of National and NZ First folding their principles to a wasteful piece of legislation.

If the answers to three simple questions are provided and these do actually hold water, I will go quietly into the night.

But remember that in exercising your power of editing or ignoring this information, you have already, by accident or design, ignored numerous warnings of climate Armageddon that have been proven wrong year after year, since 1989 and some before, including Prince Charles, the Duke of Edinburgh, several heads of the United Nations and heads of global corporations.

So we have a dominant paradigm that is nothing more than a 40 year fraud, with numerous subsidiary frauds appended to it.

As Jack Nicholson’s character said in “A Few Good Men”,  “The truth?  You can’t handle the truth!”

Yours sincerely

John Rofe

From: John Rofe [mailto:jcrofe@xtra.co.nz]
Sent: Saturday, 19 October 2019 5:55 p.m.
To: ‘todd.muller@parliament.govt.nz‘; ‘scott.simpson@parliament.govt.nz‘; ‘simon.bridges@national.org.nz‘; ‘simeon.brown@national.org.nz
Subject: A short look at Vladimir’s view of the Eddy Grand Solar Minimum contrasted with that of a knowledgeable US farmer
Importance: High

Gentlemen,

It is still too early to see what sort of damage is occurring in the Northern hemisphere due to the approach of the Eddy Minimum.  But the folk at the web site Adapt 2030 have the best window on the 2019 crop losses at this 4 minute video below.  The losses in 2017 and 2018 were not visible because inventory movements masked them.  This year may be the first of many where that becomes impossible…

https://youtu.be/hUOBKTarY5Y

The weather these folk speak of is only relevant, insofar as the early autumnal blizzards are covering crops before they can be harvested.  So every USDA and other forecast of crop levels is being sequentially reduced as they factor in more and more bad news.  How serious will it get? It is too early to tell.

Xi Jinping and Vladimir Putin know exactly what is happening.  The Chinese have more than 2,000 years of records of solar cycles and can point to the critical impacts of Grand Solar Minimums, like the current one.  There is a near precise correlation between these and the famines that have affected China for the last two millennia .  Matching that timing has been the sequential overthrow of the Chinese dynasties.  Xi Jinping’s planning is obvious and has been underway for at least ten years.  He knows they have not done enough and are being forced to talk trade with Trump in order to get supplies from a US President who doesn’t yet know that he may not have the supplies to meet even a USD50 billion order (or so the American farmers believe).  But for his government Xi knows what is coming is a potentially existential threat for the CCP.

But today I will restrict this email to Russia.  Their space agency collects the same space weather data that NASA does in the USA.  Putin’s principle adviser if the head of the Pulkovo observatory, and the head of the Russian space programme for the International Space Station – a guy called Dr Habibullo Abdussamatov.

I don’t want you to read this stuff at the link below in detail, but a glance would be informative.  It is indicative of the depth of understanding the Russians have for a subject that is strictly banned in the Western media while, the UN pursues global hegemony – focused on warming rather than either the facts or the science.  This is a link to some of his research…

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Khabibullo_Abdussamatov

and

 

The actions of the Russian Government are pretty transparent to anyone monitoring the international media (that part which is not affected by Soros, Turner, the Rothschilds and their affiliated three deep state cabals).   While PM Scott Morrison of Australia recently took a firm line with the UN interference in Australian policy two weeks ago (and it never got into the NZ media), three months ago a lecture was given to the Russian press corps by Sergei Lavrov on what the government saw as the biggest existential threat to the Russian Federation – the New World Order being promoted by the UN and the same deep state actors that control the Western media.

Meantime, President Putin has focused his international diplomacy on making friends with every country to the South of Russia and with China.  The Middle East is the new theatre of influence as Russia realises growing seasons will keep shortening.  The strategy to capture the Crimean Peninsula was part of this as was his support for Syrian President Assad.  Murmansk in the West, Syria in the South, Iran in the near East and Vladivostok in the East are strategically linked to the North by his six tiny ice-breakers (a joke)… each has two large nuclear power plants pushing huge propellers, and because the Western Siberian oilfield is substantially depleted, they are following the field offshore into the Kara Sea.  So he has oil tankers to be towed through sheet ice from time to time.  Here is a short video of one of them…does it look like he expects the Arctic Sea Ice to disappear any time soon?

https://youtu.be/bKaVhXn49xY

At home the emergency food planning has been in place for some time.  While Putin has made a big thing about helping the Chinese out, his resource is limited.  But the build of granaries has been well under way and with Grand Solar Minimums the cold is not linear, there will be good years during the 11 year solar cycles and bad years …but more bad years than usual.  Subject to restrictions and embargoes he is reducing the US dollar debt he is holding and converting it into gold, increasing Russia’s bullion holdings, year on year.  He has built and deployed one floating nuclear power station which will be based in the Russian Arctic.  More may follow.

Elsewhere in the Northern hemisphere, regional rivals, PM Modi and PM Khan also understand what is happening but their preparations are less effectual.  Already hit by extensive flooding, peasant farmers will do the best they can.

The farming communities in Europe, USA, Japan and elsewhere are waking up because farmers are on the front line.  Every time there are crop losses the farmers become twitchy.  They lose their farms.  In New Zealand, ours’ is a maritime climate and with warm seas (relatively) we have a farming holiday for a little while longer.

But for the entire continent of North America on average, the 2019 harvest will be a huge disaster.  We have not been allowed by our news media to know that the period from October 2018 to May 2019 has been the coldest and also the wettest in over 100 years.  With growing seasons shortening each year for the last three years.  The Chinese are aware of this and yet they will still try to wring every shipload of oats, soya beans, corn, rice, hogs etc from the USA that they can get.  They have also increased their buying from Canada, who will similarly experience difficulties meeting the Chinese purchase orders.  This will affect New Zealand because when we changed Canterbury farms from cereals to dairy, we became dependent on Australia.  This year Australia plans to import from Canada and will not be an exporter at all.

Some North American farmer blog sites are full of the unfolding drama.  This particular farmer in the link below usually chronicles the moves in the weather extremes and comments on the harvest data.  But in this link he unloads on the causation.  From my knowledge of what is happening, he isn’t far wrong…

https://youtu.be/jbsslmdxvhc

The Eddy Grand Solar Minimum is something we cannot change but we can plan for how it will affect our country.  Perhaps the first thing for your shadow ministers is to understand that Anthropogenic Global Warming is just a fraud.  It has nothing to do with the science or climate, because it is just about transference of the power of national governments to the UN.

The second thing is to have at least one of each of your assistant’s, take an interest in the data appearing on  www.spaceweather.com .  The left hand third of the web site pages is devoted to the unfolding statistics.  The sun is now the quietest it has been since the beginning of the space age and this solar minimum is still deepening.

Can I draw your attention to my summary of the cause of climate change as per the two MS Word documents attached above.

You will see from that and the Farmer’s graphs that the true cause of the “Modern Warm Period” following the end of the “Little Ice Age” in about 1850, was the extraordinary solar activity of the 20th century.  The sun was then its most active in at least 4,000 years.  That isn’t hypothesis, it is published solar science.

I do hope you make good use of this or at least have your staff do so.

By Christmas we will probably know the true dimension of the unfolding crop losses.  I hope I am wrong.  The last time there was a Grand Solar Minimum (the Dalton Minimum) the global population was only about 950 million.  Then most people grew their own food and did not have brittle supply chains and JIT planning.  How will we get on with 7.7 billion?

It will be bad, but just how bad?  We must wait for Christmas.

Yours sincerely

John Rofe

A Concerned Citizen.

From: John Rofe [mailto:jcrofe@xtra.co.nz]
Sent: Monday, 30 September 2019 9:57 a.m.
To: ‘jacinda.ardern@parliament.govt.nz’; ‘james.shaw@parliament.govt.nz’
Cc: ‘Rt. Hon. Winston Peters’; ‘newstips@stuff.co.nz’; ‘news@tvnz.co.nz’; ‘news@heraldonsunday.co.nz’; ‘news@press.co.nz’; ‘news@nzherald.co.nz’; ‘Mafi Tu’inukuafe’; ‘contact@comcom.govt.nz’
Subject: The truth always comes out sooner or later

Dear Prime Minister and Minister of Climate Change,

This email will provide people with an opportunity to choose sides, whether to be “part of the problem or part of the solution”.

I hope those who receive this long message will take the time to print it and its attachments, and also take the time to view any video footage it contains.  You have had time to verify the science and there seems no point in allowing you to continue to attack the New Zealand economy in support of whatever your true ends may be.  So I will publish this as widely as I can.

This email is about the New Zealand section of the biggest and most egregious political crime in human history, now requiring an urgent political solution.  But I think many who receive this email will already know that.  You also know that.  Frankly the science is not complicated, it is simple.

Last week a sub-set of the world’s real scientists provided a rebuttal to the climate alarmism you espouse so fervently…

 

Yet you will ignore it and shrug off its logic.  For me?  I am just a fraud investigator, so I have sat between the competing perspectives of science, to form my own view of the facts irrespective of my financial interests.  You will ignore these at your peril.

Please find attached above in two single page Word documents, the core summary of the climate facts, together with a copy of the satellite temperatures since the tamper-proof records began in 1979.  There is no climate crisis.  There is no man-made global warming.  There is no need to demonise the naturally occurring gases CO2 and CH4 as pollutants, when they are both essential to the survival of all species on planet earth and already in short supply for plant life.  There is no need to drive worried farmers to either depression or off their land.

My allegations of fraud against you are simple and easily substantiated by the facts of your complicity.

Supporting Background Information

15 years ago I started investigating this criminality from the standpoint of a believer in Anthropogenic Global Warming theory and wanted to know why people rebelled against a logical perspective of science that was claimed to be so settled.  Alas, the first thing I discovered was the only reason the science was claimed to be “settled” was because it couldn’t stand any real scrutiny.  It was always a simple political scam as scams go – as simple as the story of “The Emperor’s New Clothes”, where the mythical tailors wanting the king’s money, claimed only fools could see the King was wearing no clothes at all. 

So by 2003 when the theory was comprehensively disproven, the UN IPCC backers changed the term for “Global Warming” to “Climate Change” and then set out to claim there was a consensus supporting the science…. and then began to demonise the vast body of serious scientists as “Climate Change Deniers”.   The UN IPCC and their backers’ power base is so huge,  obvious and corrupt, as they secured for their “anointed ones” 3 Nobel Peace Prizes and 1 Nobel Prize for Economics…and locked false scientific claims within Wikipedia.  From BBC to “Stuff”  no major media organisation will now allow the truth to be spoken. 

How sick is that?  Science is meant to thrive on scrutiny, yet this junk science does not.

The Great Global Warming Fraud has only been possible for four reasons…

1. We humans do warm our surroundings with a mixture of exotic and natural fuels.

2. We humans have no idea about the composition and chemistry of the air we breathe or how our exhalations are valued by other life forms.  Air is simply taken for granted.

3. We humans are so successful that since 1750, humans and their livestock have gone from comprising about 7% of the world’s land mammals to over 98%;  leaving a trail of species extinctions and pollution behind as we have done so.  Now we worry about resource depletion and over-full waste sinks.

4. We want to do the right thing to “save the planet” and eagerly follow any sensible consensus on how to do that.

More than a year ago I started writing to the three of you (our NZ Government’s coalition leaders), to warn you that you could soon – by your actions – become accessories to the Great Global Warming Fraud.  This was met with distain as per the attached message from Minister Shaw who seemed unfazed by the allegations of fraud I made… (see the Adobe file linked above).  But I did recognise that as a well-rehearsed legal defence against probable fraud charges.

Because your responsible Minister prevaricated, I laid a complaint with the NZ Serious Fraud Office in April 2019 and followed that up with complaints about the misconduct of your Minister of Climate Change (and his political party) to the NZ Commerce Commission.  On 15 May 2019, (see the fourth linked Word document above) I made sure you understood the substance of my complaint, by copy of a letter sent to Minister Shaw and your Deputy PM, which noted three causes of potential criminal action regarding your deliberate and false misrepresentations and the fact that criminality in another jurisdiction is no excuse for committing crimes within New Zealand… 

The causes of action where you now stand accused ( or from your point of view, seek vindication) are simply… 

1.            That changes in the atmospheric content of carbon dioxide (“CO2”) have no impact on climate change.

2.            That carbon dioxide (“CO2”) is not a pollutant, but a gas essential for all life on earth. CH4 rapidly converts to H2O and CO2, upon contact with the atmosphere.

3.            Your “climate change” spending cannot possibly have any measurable impact on earth’s climate.

You, together with your international associates have dreamed up a non-existent crisis that will soon be revealed for all to see as a simple fraud from which the various Ponzi schemes grow and for a time will thrive – but to no legitimate purpose.   When the weather once again changes into severe cooling mode, to reflect the ever-changing solar cycles that drive earth’s climate, the public will react against your obvious lies and lose confidence in you and all politicians. 

Because I have some investments which may already be benefitting from the Great Global Warming Fraud, I was persuaded by some friends to call you to account.  Frankly,  I don’t want to benefit from your criminality, if your actions are proven to be so.  Nor do I want to abandon my renewable energy investments. 

But how did I go from being a believer in the well-orchestrated  lies, to being an active sceptic, now demanding your immediate resignation?

1.  In 1998 a survey of reputable scientists was performed that revealed 31,487, including more than 7,000 with PhD qualifications, had no time for the theory that the modern warming is man-made.

2.  I found the regularly used mantra that  “97% of all scientists supporting the UN IPCC science”  to be a subsidiary fraud and when I looked at the sources being given for the fictional consensus, I found them to be total garbage.

3.  The hyping of sea level change to a height which is thermodynamically impossible was a worry for me.

4.  The reduction in Arctic sea ice extent is being over-hyped.  These days the UN IPCC simply chooses dates to begin sea ice graphs at a date when the ice extent and thickness reached a cyclic maximum and thereby uses the subsequent downward trend to deliberately mislead the public.  The UN IPCC sea ice graphs begin in 1979 when the earth’s climate had cooled significantly from the early 1940’s.  If they had started in 1972 they would see that NASA has satellite photos of the sea ice at the end of that summer melt that were almost identical to the extent the satellite photo at the end of the 2018 summer melt.  I have viewed all those photos and am aware the sea ice extent was far less in 1941 and 1942 when the Arctic convoys ferried supplies from the UK to Murmansk.

5.  In the last 3 years the ice load on Greenland has grown by about 1.2 trillion tonnes.  Where is that in the news?  It does have an effect on sea levels whereas sea ice has no effect.

6.  The polar bears were being hunted to extinction in 1967 and so in 1973 the Arctic Treaty nations placed a moratorium on hunting, save for limited Inuit rights in Canada.  Since then their numbers have grown to the point where they now actively predate on Inuit villages, who want culling to be reintroduced.  Polar bears survived and prospered during the Holocene climate maximum called the “Minoan Warm Period”, through the “Roman Warm Period” and the “Mediaeval Warm Period”.  These warm periods were all considerably warmer than our climate is today.  So fear mongering about the impact on polar bears from loss of sea ice is facile.  The same with so-called “all time heat records” that can only be described in derisory terms. 

6.  When polar bears attack the huge herds of walrus on dry land, some walrus have throughout recorded history been seen to get pushed off cliffs by the crush of others.  They breathe the same air that we do so they prefer to haul out in large numbers (for protection) on dry land near their shallow feeding grounds.  We are told they are sad about climate change.  How can they be?  They are thriving, just like the polar bears. 

7.  Obviously naive funding agencies can get any report they want from venal scientists if those scientists’ tenure is at stake or they are paid enough.  Lysenkoism is extant everywhere I look within the OECD and I despair when watching TV to see yet another phony scientist coming up with implausible studies, which have been funded on the sole basis that they will reinforce the UN IPCC disinformation.

What are the Russians, Indians and Chinese doing to comply with this man-made global warming hoax and with the Paris Accords?  Heck, they don’t even believe the UN IPCC dogma even though they profit from it.  They have each been preparing for the coming Grand Solar Minimum for at least the last 5-10 years.  Look at their preparations.  If you don’t believe me, you could try Googling  the name of  Dr Habibullo Abdussamatov (the scientist who runs the Pulkovo observatory and the Russia programmes on the International Space Station – Vladimir Putin listens to his advice) and you will be able to understand the Russian strategies in the Middle East, why they have built a fleet of nuclear powered ice breakers capable of towing oil tankers through 2 metre thick sheet ice, and why they needed to annex Crimea…all part of the same strategy.  “Winter is coming, Jon Snow!”

It is the same with China and their “String of Pearls” and Silk Road  construction,  together with the diversification of food sources into South America and Africa.  They are already in food trouble that will manifest this winter.  They have records that show whenever there has been a cyclic “Grand Solar Minimum” over the last 2,000 years there has also been both famine and the collapse of China’s major dynasties.  They accept Dr Abdussamatov’s conclusions, given the changes now underway.  I can neither confirm nor reject those forecasts of approaching cold, but you must be made aware that others who have expert knowledge now consider them valid and urgent.

Check this desperate cry for help from Australian sceptics as they pay higher and higher power prices that are based on policies grounded on fraud and disinformation…(This is shown in the third attached Word document above)…

How many of those 31, 487 scientists who have dissented from the UN IPCC’s  politically inspired disinformation programme are allowed to give TV or newspaper commentaries?  Only one in a thousand.  Each year, more of those who work on the mischievously inaccurate computer models on which the overhyped heating claims by the UN IPCC rest, defect to the sceptic camp providing information on how desperately flowed the models and resulting forecasts really are.  The sceptics are either ignored or driven from their jobs, denied publication of their learned, peer reviewed scientific papers and treated like “holocaust deniers” by the likes of smug, self satisfied media presenters who refer to their legitimate scepticism by the derogatory term “Climate Change Deniers”.  Sceptics are never allowed to write the truth about the subject of climate change by mainstream media publications (including such as the NZ Herald and other rags, in favour of “puff pieces” of no journalistic or scientific merit.  These do get taken to print without question or scrutiny, as feedstock of alarmism from overseas newspapers and such climate experts as Past PM Helen Clark.  But her late 2018 NZ Herald article did strike me as indicative that her actions should also have been under scrutiny during her term in office.

Finding such a  cloud of obfuscation  is “meat and veg.” to any true fraud investigator, this is the sort of stuff that points directly to a false narrative which is collapsing, as the lies become less and less credible to a greater proportion of those singled out to be its victims.

I believe I know what has caused the modern warming.  I believe I know what is going to cause the imminent period of cooling.   Sadly for whatever your political intentions may be, the feared cooling is already starting in the Northern hemisphere and were it not for the UN IPCC’s  PR machine, everyone would already know about the threat this cooling poses to global food supplies – all too soon. Perhaps that will change, but there are signs that earth’s Thermosphere is thinning and cooling, so if that worries the people at NASA and NOAA, it should concern you too.   If you actually do know this stuff, then throwing young school children into the front lines of your struggle looks more like an act of desperation and cowardice on your part … the last throw of the dice to deflect allegations of your government’s complicity in an international power play to assert UN control against the primacy of national sovereignty.

If you aspirations were honest, you would have asked the population to vote on whether they want our government to be dominated by the UN.  Instead you choose to prostitute climate science as if it were a global emergency that only the UN could fix.

But whether it is warming or cooling, the changes to earth’s climate are only resulting from natural causes.  If the truth does interest you, may I suggest you have your staff analyse and monitor the web site – www.spaceweather.com.  Even NOAA, an organisation closely enmeshed in the UN IPCC web of influence, acknowledges that it is the space weather that drives earth’s climate.  When you understand how that happens, you may understand why your political actions have been so egregious.

Your cohorts at the UN IPCC upped the ante last week, with their well-orchestrated disinformation.  Seemingly expecting those among us who have actually taken the time to check the science, to retreat under the onslaught of a hysterical teenager and her handlers’ fantasies – ably augmented by the catastrophic alarmism delivered by the usual UN IPCC suspects – yet with attribution to no-one of substance and only peer-reviewed by “partners in crime”.  This short video below captures the sequence including the obvious motivation, the lies and the truth, in one elegant 12 minute splurge…

https://youtu.be/cEs31hNMebg

The international resistance to your global and national scam has begun, and something approaching 50% of New Zealanders will already know or suspect the UN IPCC version of the truth is flawed, because many remember their tirade of concatenated alarmist scares have all failed to materialise.  Most people are now too scared to confess their appreciation of the truth in case you label their words as “Hate Speech”.   Yes, I too have a list of those UN IPCC linked alarmist lies that date back to 1989 when the UN IPCC first started.  But also beyond that to when the same “new World Order” posers were trying to set up a coming ice age as the platform for a UN global takeover…

 

Nowadays, many celebrities squander their good names and reputations to underwrite the fraud.  To what end?  They, and even Sir David Attenborough cannot possibly know the scientific facts, even though  they talk of the “settled science” with such authority.  That is, unless they too are implicated in the dastardly criminality. 

For Joseph Stalin, the use of children and adults who went along with him but were never really aware of what he was doing, led Stalin to coin the term “Useful Idiots”.  Are our MPs, as well as our own children and grandchildren to be treated as those too? 

I know you believe that because you are “saving the planet” you can alienate us all from the basic truths of science in the same fashion as Chairman Mao used the “Cultural revolution” for.  But that seldom works for long.  All you need to do is to provide us sceptics with empirical evidence which proves that changes in atmospheric CO2 cause climate change.  We will melt into the night if you do that.  But I know you cannot do that, because I am able to prove why CO2 – at its molecular level – cannot have any measurable effect on climate, compared say to clouds and water vapour.  The sceptics can never be met in a public debate for one reason, the UN IPCC is now unable to defend the indefensible.  If you feel lucky, try to prove me wrong.

So 30 years after the fraud was dreamed up, there is still no evidence that CO2 does what the UN IPCC says it does, and yet you are prepared to near-bankrupt this country because you conveniently claim you are only taking someone else’s lies on faith?  What sort of Prime Minister would someone be, if they did that?  For Minister of Climate Change  I envisage the title of “King Canute” will be used by the mob when it turns on him, once the true science is generally known.  Frankly the science is not complicated, it is simple.

I believe it is contrary to your fiduciary duty of care as PM to stir up fear among workers, farmers, parents and children alike, and for you to preside over an education system that teaches fake science.  Science is not a popularity contest, it is about facts.  Please also find below  a list that chronicles the truth about alarmist falsehoods, to set our children’s minds at ease. 

(Source of the following is Andrew Bolt, Herald Sun, 26 September 2019)

“·         You have never been less likely to die of a climate-related disaster. Your risk of being killed has fallen 99 per cent in the past century. Source: International Disaster Database.

·         You have never been more likely to live longer. Life expectancy around the world has risen by 5.5 years so far this century. Source: World Health Organisation.

·         We are getting fewer cyclones, not more. Source: Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change; Bureau of Meteorology.

·         There is more food than ever. Grain crops have set new records. Source: Food and Agricultural Organisation.

·         The world is getting greener. Leaf cover is growing 3 per cent per decade. Source: NASA.

·         Low-lying Pacific islands are not drowning. In fact, 43 per cent – including Tuvalu – are growing, and another 43 per cent are stable. Source: Professor Paul Kench, University of Auckland.

·         Cold weather is 20 times more likely to kill you than hot weather. Source: Lancet, 20/5/2015

·         Global warming does not cause drought. Source: Prof. Andy Pitman, ARC Centre of Excellence for Climate Extremes.

·         Australia’s rainfall over the past century has actually increased. Source: Bureau of Meteorology.

·         There are fewer wildfires. Around the world, the area burned by fire is down 24 per cent over 18 years. Source: NASA Goddard Space Flight Center et al.

·         Polar bear numbers are increasing, not decreasing. Source: Dr Susan Crockford.

Perhaps it is time for you to come clean.    But you must now defend your crime against the New Zealand people in your Parliament  or prove me wrong with the substance of my complaints to the SFO and ComCom.

I would be happy to be able to apologise to you and Minister Shaw, because I know from history that warmth is good… and that cold is very bad for humanity.

The next move is over to you and your parliamentary colleagues.

I hope you place some weight on the truth and avoid the urge to attack the messenger.  After all, I am only saying what many thousands of Kiwis would like to be saying to you.

Stop telling blatant lies.

Yours sincerely

John Rofe

An Extremely  Concerned New Zealand Citizen asking for the lies to stop.

=====================

From: John Rofe [mailto:jcrofe@xtra.co.nz]
Sent: Sunday, 28 July 2019 9:06 p.m.
To: ‘james.shaw@parliament.govt.nz’; ‘jacinda.ardern@parliament.govt.nz’
Cc: ‘Rt. Hon. Winston Peters’; ‘Hon Simon Bridges’; ‘Simeon Brown’; ‘peter.goodfellow@national.org.nz’; ‘Todd Muller’; ‘Mafi Tu’inukuafe’; ‘letters@nzherald.co.nz’; ‘letters@press.co.nz’; ‘newstips@stuff.co.nz’; ‘news@tvnz.co.nz’; ‘news@heraldonsunday.co.nz’
Subject: Time for the truth about the “Great Global Warming Hoax” to get a public hearing?

Dear Minister,

It is now a year since I explained to you and PM Ardern about your fraud, and explained the reasons why you should cease and desist.    I have summarised the position outlined in this email in a single page as per the last (Word) document attached above for circulation to the news media.  This lengthy email that follows, substantiates my short statement on such an extremely complicated topic.

My reason for writing this email to you is to ensure that you have the facts at your fingertips to avoid New Zealand becoming further embroiled in the “Great Global Warming” fraud, which is nothing more nor less than a globalist conspiracy orchestrated under the auspices of the United Nations Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (“UN IPCC”).  But then, I suspect you already know this.  The fact the conspiracy is global does not in any way excuse your conduct.  By your actions, you and your government are already complicit, and you can no longer rely on the UN IPCC.

The “Great Global Warming” fraud now has an eerie similarity to the “South Sea Bubble” in the following respects…

  1. They were each the largest frauds in recorded history at the time they occurred and then, by the time they were revealed, caused great heart-break.
  2. Both frauds relied on the remoteness of the populace from the facts on the ground.  With the South Sea Bubble, it was geographical remoteness.  With the Great Global Warming fraud it is the scientific remoteness mixed with complexity of the fraud and the interwoven, related conspiracy at the United Nations (“UN”), as they attempt to hype a global emergency to justify their takeover of global government…all in the shaddows.
  3. In both cases the perpetrators have had an incomplete understanding of the true facts that made, or now makes discovery inevitable.

In fairness to those at the centre of the Great Global Warming fraud (whether they and you deserve fairness or not), they/you did not initially have access to all the data.  Furthermore, the very few complicit scientists involved at the outset in 1988 then fell under the sway of politicians progressively including such as (in sequence) John Holdren, Al Gore, Helen Clark, Barrack Obama and even David Attenborough  – all should have known better, with different degrees of ignorance or motivation, as they lent their reputations and legacies to this fraud in order to profit from it – either in terms of political power, or for financial benefit, or for both. 

This shambles evokes the memory of Dwight D. Eisenhower who warned upon his retirement as US President, against the use of political sponsorship for the scientific community who are then funded to distort science for political purposes (as first happened with the Trofim Lysenko fiasco in 20th Century Russia).  What is unusual about your fraud is that it is supported by globalist businessmen and financiers as well as a significant element of the climate science community.

Retired Professor Nils Axel Moerner of Sweden calls it what it is.  I found his frustration with the lies contained in the link below rather like my own. I can now, at last, easily prove that he is right in almost every respect….

https://youtu.be/W1PS9-oOfRw

The Professor is as unaware (as you seem to be) that this fraud is about to be unmasked for public distaste by the speed at which the latest Grand Solar Minimum is advancing.  While outfits like NASA and NOAA still tend to downplay the implications of the new and disastrously weak 11-year solar cycle number 25, their web sites contain the evidence that it is happening as I write this.  Disillusionment day for your public will likely be sometime in early 2020.

So far this year there have only been 11 sunspots.  The public can watch this looming solar minimum threat on a daily basis at www.spaceweather.com  if they have the time and inclination.

NASA suggests that the number of sun spots in sc25 will drop to 111, which is an extremely low level of solar activity.  However, the Russian and British scientists claim they will not exceed 50!  The first is on the level of the Dalton Minimum.  The second is the level of the Maunder Minimum.  Either will prove disastrous to global agriculture and destroy your fraud as well.

It is now proven that the “modern warm period” has nothing to do with increasing levels of atmospheric CO2 (which we humans do give a boost to), but has been solely caused by a huge spike in solar activity…the greatest for 4,000 years. 

As a result of scientific progress, we are now in a position to prove that what you are doing with the NZ zero carbon legislation is a fraudulent enterprise.  It must now be stopped by either your free will, or by court injunction.

  1. The vilification of carbon dioxide (“CO2”) as a pollutant is just one of many essential limbs of this fraud

CO2 is essential for all life on earth.  That is a scientific fact.  All plant life relies on CO2 for the process of converting light into the plant sugars that support all other terrestrial life on earth (animals, humans etc)  and, should the atmospheric concentration of CO2 drop below 150ppm, every complex carbon based life form on this planet will likely become extinct.  Plants actually do better when they are given access to a concentration that is between 1,000 and 2,000ppm.  The current concentration is only 415ppm.  This atmospheric deficit is routinely compensated for by farmers injecting bottled CO2 gas into their greenhouses.

Meantime you elect to wage war on CO2 and label it as “undesirable pollution” for UN IPCC’s own devious ends.  They are of course conflicted, yet conceal their conflict of interest from the masses.

The evidence that shows increased concentrations of CO2 leads to the greening of the planet is contained in successive NASA satellite photos that are readily available to you and your advisers.  This greening has occurred primarily because the atmospheric concentration of CO2 has increased from 280ppm at the end of “The Little Ice Age” in 1850, to the current level of more than 400ppm as of today.  If you were a true green you would find that good, not bad.

Plant growth experiments at various CO2 levels have also proven this fact as contained in the first “Word” attachment at the head of this email.  This attachment shows the practical limitations of CO2 as a “greenhouse gas” that were the reasons why it’s possible impact on climate change was trialled and rejected by such eminent scientists as Professors Niels Bohr and Anders Angstrom some 100 years ago.  Those reasons – discovered by actual experiments rather than by totally subjective theoretical modelling – haven’t changed.  The only thing that changed was the arrival of the UN IPCC in 1989 and some biddable scientists who wanted to establish their new field of knowledge and scorned the older inter-linked evidence based earth sciences.

We humans can tolerate an atmospheric CO2 level up to at least 100 times greater than it is at present.  Should you personally ever take ill and collapse, requiring CPR,  any trained person could probably resuscitate you by “rescue breathing” with air containing 40,000ppm of CO2 and a reduced concentration of oxygen (of only about 16% of the air mixture). That is because we all breathe in anywhere between about 400ppm and 800ppm of CO2  and breathe out roughly 4% or 40,000ppm – thereby reducing the amount of oxygen that was inhaled by 20%.

The scientific record has shown that before the beginning of the Quaternary Ice Age the atmospheric levels of CO2 were considerably higher than today and the relentless sequence of natural sequestration of CO2 in rocks, soil and sea bed occurring during colder times over the last 500 million years considerably reduced the CO2 in the atmosphere and will almost inevitably mean for the future, that by the end of the next 90,000 year terrestrial ice age of the current Pleistocene era (or subsequent repeats of that cycle of ice ages and interglacial periods), the atmospheric concentration of CO2 could even fall back to, or fall further from the 180ppm at the end of the last ice age (12,000 years ago), to a much lower level and possibly even reach or breech the extinction threshold of 150ppm at some point. 

So there is considerable hard evidence that human CO2 emissions which involve using and emitting sequestered carbon will actually help to restore a desirable atmospheric balance that is more suitable for all natural life on earth.  There is absolutely nothing wrong with that!  Unless you can prove that increased atmospheric CO2 has a significant effect on climate change, you should regard your criticism of this naturally occurring gas as a grave error, that is contrary to the best ideals of the green movement.

What needs to be dealt with, is to clean up real pollution rather than attempting to levy extortionate taxes based on deliberate lies.

  • In 30 years there has never been any empirical evidence that variations in atmospheric CO2 cause any measurable change in earth’s climate. 

Sure, we humans warm our surroundings by using many heat sources and fuels that provide us with comfort and wealth, but the claim that we alter the future climate is quite extraordinary …. and extraordinary scientific claims require extraordinary proof.   Such proof has never been found – despite the wasting of billions of dollars on the ever more complex computer models.  Sadly for the theories you espouse, there is ample proof that human and indeed total CO2 emissions have no measurable impact on climate and I itemise that proof below…

  • The historical record from the empirical analysis of ice core samples taken from the depths of the Antarctic Ice Sheet at Vostok, and from Greenland has provided clear evidence that as earth’s temperature changes, the level of atmospheric CO2 then also changes after a delay of several hundred years.  When temperatures rise, a rise in CO2 levels follows; then when temperatures fall,  CO2 levels also fall.  This is not only well accepted data, but the result is logical.  The sun which supplies  more than 99% of earth’s energy, heats the ocean more slowly than either the land or the atmosphere and the ocean releases its heat far more slowly.  Water absorbs atmospheric CO2 when cold and releases it when the water is warmed.  The ocean contains 50+ times the CO2 of the atmosphere, so when the ocean is warming it releases more CO2 into the atmosphere than it takes up; and when cooling it takes up more CO2 than it releases.  The data underpins the Vostok evidence.

  • During the last 100 years there has been clear evidence that the level of atmospheric CO2 has increased from around 300ppm to over 400ppm, and at no stage have the recordings at the US National Oceanographic and Atmospheric Administration’s (“NOAA’s)testing site in Hawaii (which both UN IPCC and sceptics accept as valid data) have ever fallen.  Yet during the time from 1918 to 1940 the climate warmed, and then from 1945 to 1975 the climate cooled, and then from 1975 to 1998 the climate warmed again.  From 1999 to 2015 the temperature did not increase by any measurable amount.  Then in 2016 there was a spurt in warming due to the strong El Nino conditions, and then after that the temperature has fallen again – to the present.  This shows that CO2 has had no appreciable effect, unless one changes the starting and finishing times used for the temperature comparison to manipulate the meaning of the data.  In general, the world has emerged from the effects of “The Little Ice Age” and the solar cycles became appreciably more active – with the Total Solar Insolation (“TSI”) during the modern warm period higher than it has been for thousands of years.  It is the sun that has caused the modern warming.   There is no upturn in the number and severity of serious weather events and on the contrary there has even been a significant reduction in severe weather events since the late 1930’s.  You wouldn’t know that to listen to the media.

2.3 The impact of the huge increase in solar activity underpins this evidence and accounts for the warming of the ocean and its current slow expansion.

  • The reasons why human CO2 emissions cannot drive earth’s climate are now well known.

3.1  It is generally accepted by the UN IPCC that human CO2 emissions comprise only 4.3% of total CO2 emissions.  Yet the presumption is made by the UN IPCC that human CO2 emissions drive 98% of climate change with no allowance for the variability over the 95.7% of natural CO2 emission effects.  For example a warming sea alone will emit more CO2 than humans can influence from all activities.  But to make their models work, the UN IPCC modellers even invent separate classes of CO2 molecules.  First, they state that human influenced CO2 molecules do not dissipate, but instead  only increase the level of residual atmospheric CO2.   Second, they say only the CO2 emissions from natural causes do dissipate due to the requirements of vegetation etc.  Of course this is junk science because there is no difference in the molecules, so any lay person can see through that.  But whether we allow the UN IPCC to clutch at straws to support their UN sponsored fraud or not, we humans cannot affect climate change.  Could King Canute turn back the tide?

      3.2  Atmospheric CO2 molecules do not impact with more than an extremely narrow band-width of infra-red re-radiation emanating from earth’s surface/sea and even then, not fully.  Water vapour on the other hand impacts twelve times the band width that CO2 does, and of that scope, for much of it, water vapour fully affects the re-radiation in some of the applicable band widths (As per the first attached (Word) document at the head of this email).  The water vapour also has other effects because of its involvement in the cloud cover and with its ability to phase change between liquid, gas and solid with massive localised thermal effects that the UN IPCC modellers deliberately ignore.  Not only that but water vapour is between 10 to 100 times as voluminous as CO2, depending on temperature and humidity. The suggestions that human CO2 emissions cause climate change is therefore somewhere between risible and ridiculous.

  • The atmospheric concentration of CO2 was already almost thermally saturated at the pre-industrial level of 280ppm (The Beer-Lambert Law refers). This is because an increase in CO2 concentration only leads to a logarithmic increase in the absorption of heat.  After the pre-industrial level of CO2 ( i.e. at 280ppm), its thermal impact for extra atmospheric concentrations of each – say – 100ppm of extra atmospheric CO2 is almost un-measurably minute and similarly, any reduction in temperature change from a reduction in the CO2 level would need to involve a huge reduction of – say 100ppm, if it is to have any measurable effect (even in theory).   As a result, the UN IPCC desire to reduce CO2 emissions and thereby effect a reduction in earth’s temperature is a pipe-dream and is misleading people who are being told that with the expenditure of trillions of dollars over time it can be done.  That change is not within human power because… i. Humans influence only a tiny portion of CO2 emissions and, ii. Because natural causes of CO2 emissions are far greater, so a relatively small variation in natural emissions will overpower any influence from human influenced CO2 emissions, and iii. While CO2 may be a greenhouse gas it is a significantly weaker one, than either water vapour which is measured and clouds which are not, and these factors dominate as shown in Dr Holmes’ video at the link in item 4.1 below.  But meantime a Finnish study has concluded that the increase in atmospheric CO2 over the last 100 years has only resulted in a temperature increase of 0.1 degrees C. and of this the human proportion is only 0.01 degrees C. as noted in this link :

 

3.4  Water vapour and clouds provide the principle “greenhouse effect” that keeps earth warmer than outer space.  (But please note, the term “greenhouse” is a gross oversimplification which is mainly used to suit the UN IPCC narrative, because there is no restrictive membrane in earth’s atmosphere – like the glass of a greenhouse.  The true effect of cloud cover is more complicated because clouds’ net effect is one of competing forces of insulation between the partial  shielding of the sun’s rays which (along with water vapour, and other atmospheric compounds) only allows 56% of Total Solar Insolation to descend to the earth’s surface, and the low level cloud and water vapour which inhibits the infra red re-radiation of heat leaving earth’s surface and reaching the extreme cold of space). The attached paper by Emeritus Professor Geoffrey Duffy, dated July 2019, shows “why it is not possible for any of the non-condensable greenhouse gases to have an appreciable effect on weather and climate change”.  It is attached herewith as the second (Adobe) article at the head of this email. 

  • It is now generally accepted that Space Weather determines the weather on earth.  While the UN IPCC chooses to believe that Total Solar Irradiance (“TSI”) only varies by 0.05 watts per square metre – up or down, that is based on their purposefully short term comparison of TSI changes and is demonstrably both biased in their favour and incorrect in fact, as has already been published in a number of peer-reviewed studies (again, see the link at item 4.1 below).  But not only is the TSI variation far greater than the figures shown in the UN IPCC computer models, but also the variations in solar activity (and numbers of sun spots) change the amount of solar wind affecting the planets in the solar system including planet earth.  The stronger the solar wind, the less the number of the galactic cosmic rays that can enter either the solar system or the earth’s atmosphere.  During the regular 11 year solar minimums the influx of galactic cosmic rays increases and during events called “Grand Solar Minimums”  the influx of cosmic rays is even more dramatically increased. 

Cosmic rays not only threaten astronauts and high altitude air crews (as they will do for the next two years) but they act to nucleate water vapour to form low level clouds and these provide an increased cooling effect for the earth as well as initiating massive anomalous rain, hail and even snow events.  In 1997 the work of Danish Professor Hendrik Svensmark and his son led to this being promulgated as a substantial theory – but now it has been convincingly proven with successful experiments in the “Cloud” project at CERN.  Unlike Anthropogenic Global Warming which has been disproven, the Svensmark theory about cosmic ray impacts on cloud formation is now, if not settled science (as the UN IPCC fraudsters will never accept the truth) but it is repeatable by scientific experimentation.  Who could ask for more proof?

3.6  There are now numerous studies of climate change that cast doubt on the validity of all of the UN IPCC sponsored computer models, showing all to grossly overstate possible warming.  But each model has a theoretical basis that relies totally on human generated parameters (for which complexity the humans involved receive multiple billions of dollars each year), so the UN IPCC studies cannot be relied upon for one good reason…the actual climate conditions have to date borne no relationship whatsoever to the forecasts of 101 of the 102 computer modelled predictions, or of the 72 models that are currently in vogue and used as the basis for creating deliberate warming alarmism.  They may as well have licked their finger and held it up to the air and taken a guess…because both that guess and the computer models are equally subjective.

3.7  By February 2020 we will see whether the Northern Hemisphere is to suffer massive food shortages as a direct result of the extraordinary cold and wet weather that has been interspersed with drought conditions there over winter of 2018/9 and spring of 2019.  Northern spring planting has been extensively disrupted as a result Grand Solar Minimum conditions and unless there is an “Indian summer” to delay Autumn, their harvest will likely be dire.  While Minister, you have thus far ignored my well-intentioned warnings that you are now becoming at least an accessory to fraud (for over a year), you must try to understand that New Zealand, by your actions is probably becoming exposed to the impacts that will occur on a global basis as a direct result of the presently unfolding Grand Solar Minimum.  You have been warned of this material and demonstrably cyclical hazard.  Now time is of the essence. Watch what is happening to cereal futures prices if you don’t believe me.

  •  How big is your fraud? (the total cost of this fraud globally is estimated at USD1.5 trillion per year and is growing exponentially larger and more onerous for the countries of the OECD)

4.1 The hallmark of a fraud is often denoted by the subsidiary lies that need to be told to lend credence to the central falsehood.

Everything from forest fires… https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Phw8OlN_x1E&feature=youtu.be

to sea level rise is subject to alarmism…(see for sea level the Professor Moerner link above in the preamble to this email report).

Also for ocean acidification… https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4bJjBo5ICMc&feature=youtu.be

Editor’s note: the following paragraphs from the Australian IPC are not in the email to the NZ Prime Minister, and have been added to clarify further details of the ongoing issue and court case. Professor Ridd’s key point is that James Cook University scientists have published many reports that do not comply with the proper scientific methodologies and, as such, are not valid. Eg the results cannot be replicated and the data has not been made available. Yet these reports have been published ‘as gospel’ by many mainstream media, leading to, amongst other things people world-wide believing the Great Barrier Reef is ‘dead’ or at least dying, and no longer travelling to see the reef, causing, amongst other issues, a major downturn in the tourist industry.

As reported by the Australian IPC: ‘Professor Peter Ridd has won his litigation against James Cook University about the Great Barrier Reef, the big scandal for North Queensland is the alleged death of coral that is being deliberately used to create an over-hyped sense of climate emergency.  There is nothing wrong with the world’s coral reefs, other than periodic bleaching  occurrences that they often quickly recover from.  This is a cyclic phenomenon.

In May 2018, after an academic career of more than 30 years, Peter had his employment terminated as a professor of physics at James Cook University in Townsville, Australia. Peter had spoken against the accepted orthodoxy that climate change was ‘killing’ the Great Barrier Reef. ‘There’s some absolute rubbish being spoken about the reef and people’s livelihoods are being put in jeopardy. If nobody will stand up, then this is just going to go on and on and on. It has to be stopped.’

Peter’s court case has enormous implications for the international debate about climate change, and for the ongoing crisis surrounding freedom of speech.

In April, Federal Court Justice Vasta ruled JCU had erred in its interpretation of a clause in its enterprise agreement and deprived Dr Ridd of his right to express his academic opinion. Within hours of the judgment being released in April, JCU published a statement on its website criticising the ruling.

Dr Ridd is seeking financial compensation after he was sacked by JCU for publicly criticising the institution and one of its star scientists over claims about the impact of global warming on the Great Barrier Reef.

In his decision, Judge Vasta stated that:

[T]he concept of intellectual freedom is not recent and is extremely important as it helps to define the mission of any university… It is the cornerstone upon which the University exists. If the cornerstone is removed, the building tumbles.

[…] To use the vernacular, the University has “played the man and not the ball”. Incredibly, the University has not understood the whole concept of intellectual freedom. In the search for truth, it is an unfortunate consequence that some people may feel denigrated, offended, hurt or upset. It may not always be possible to act collegiately when diametrically opposed views clash in the search for truth.

[…] That is why intellectual freedom is so important. It allows academics to express their opinions without fear of reprisals. It allows a Charles Darwin to break free of the constraints of creationism. It allows an Albert Einstein to break free of the constraints of Newtonian physics. It allows the human race to question conventional wisdom in the never-ending search for knowledge and truth. And that, at its core, is what higher learning is about. To suggest otherwise is to ignore why universities were created and why critically focussed academics remain central to all that university teaching claims to offer.’

We continue to see story after story that hypes the warm temperatures and ignores the cold weather.  Heat waves?  Hype and hoopla.  The sceptics are calling out every one of the lies now, just as quickly as the mainstream media prints them…

https://youtu.be/f5B8gcpggfs

This is only because the media is being manipulated by political forces aligned to the (your?) international socialist movement.  The fake news propaganda effort is being coordinated by the UN IPCC and their supporters.  We can no longer get accurate media reporting on how weather compares, or about climate change, nor on the other sub-plots.  Like this one about Arctic Sea Ice because the fraud dominates… https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=vwUhJaQVi-M&feature=youtu.be  and  https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=kZDtnq9A-Bg&feature=youtu.be

Even the fate of polar bears is being twisted to suit the UN agenda… https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=z6bcCTFnGZ0&feature=youtu.be

In mid July (only last week and during mid-summer!) the “Crown Prince Haakon” a Norwegian icebreaker set out to crash through from Svalbard to the North Pole based on the stories of rapid ice melt.  They quickly turned back due to striking solid 10 ft thick ice.  Even with Greenland’s and Iceland’s principle glaciers now advancing we still get stories that they are retreating.  This level of scientific disinformation may suit your purposes but if this Grand Solar Minimum (2019-2055) is to be a 400 year event like the Maunder Minimum – rather than 200 year event like the Dalton minimum – then this will end in tears because it will soon be too late for us to prepare.

4.2 The establishment of carbon trading schemes relies totally on the ability of the UN IPCC scientists to predict what happens in the future as CO2 levels are notionally to be brought under control by exerting the influence of humans over natural forces to reduce both atmospheric CO2 and global temperatures. That relies totally on the accuracy of trumped up, totally inaccurate, but extremely expensive computer models. In this rush to implement a false doctrine, the developed countries have joined a collective rush that will destroy their economic base.  If you sit down with your scientists and watch these two videos by Dr Robert Holmes and Dr Patrick Moore you will get a sense of the gravity of what your government’s involvement in this fraud is doing to all except those in the developing world who (are already and) will happily continue to eat our lunch in every possible way.

4.3  Herewith is the video of a comprehensive rebuttal of the science that your globalist friends rely upon (by Dr Robert Holmes).  Each video Dr Holmes has put out gradually tightens the knot around the Great Global Warming fraud as he itemises the genuine peer reviewed experiments and research that gives the lie to the UN IPCC dogma that is essential for their survival.  This latest in his series contains most of the evidence that will blow this fraud apart.

4.4  You claim to be a devout environmentalist, yet I allege you are betraying the environmental movement and misleading the general public.  Accordingly I have laid a separate complaint about the deceptive and misleading conduct of both  you as Leader, and the NZ Green Party, with the Commerce Commission under s. 13 of the Fair Trading Act 1986.  You cannot take destructive action against all earth’s/New Zealand’s  vegetative species and still lay claim to being “green”.  Here is Dr Patrick Moore’s video on the destructive actions of others also participating in this fraud.  I make no apology for its length which enables you to better understand his credentials and the similar conundrum they face in Canada to the trouble you are stirring up in New Zealand.   As with Greenpeace, Canada, it is all counter-productive.

https://youtu.be/UWahKIG4BE4

At this point in time there are between 10-15,000 scientists working in every OECD country to combat the Great Global Warming Fraud.  But essentially, when the global harvests begin to fail (as they did last year – if only in some regions), it will be too late for us to prepare.

  • The preoccupation of the UN IPCC with their fraud is because it is an existential requirement for that organisation, as noted by Dr Moore’s video at 29 minutes and 44 seconds…I quote from the UN IPCC’s mandate to analyse… “a change in climate that is attributed to directly or indirectly to human activity that alters the composition of the global atmosphere and which is in addition to natural climate variability observed over comparable time periods.”  The facts however tell us a different story as per the link below…even using UN IPCC approved data…the knowledge of what happened once the ice cores from Antarctica were analysed in 2003, busted their theory of Anthropogenic Global Warming, and since then the UN simply ratcheted up their fraudulent activities to increase their hold on power over national governments.  This Vostok ice core data is also confirmed by Greenland studies of the Holocene climate history, covering only the last 11,500 years…

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=higXpFF79Hw&feature=youtu.be

4.6  I cannot open a newspaper without some element of the fraud being telegraphed as proven science.  Whether it is as a result of the studied ignorance of journalists or because children have believed the lies that you and their teachers have told them as part of their school curriculum.  Those elements of the mainstream media that spread the lies and disinformation must be stopped forthwith.  The sceptics know the role that George Soros and others have played in this fraud.  Local Government, Maori interests, Central Government officers, farmers, oil companies business leaders and others have all been misled and become unwitting accomplices.  But of greater cost to the country is the rubbish that carbon trading will lead to some form of beneficial climate modification.  This activity and many others are by definition only Ponzi schemes.  Their life and existence depends on “greater fools” making bigger and bigger financial contributions to the point when the fraud is discovered and a massive “debt jubilee” automatically takes place, to the cost of everyone who has obeyed your erroneous interpretation of junk science and obeyed your corrupt laws.   There is a ripeness of time for all frauds to be exposed.  But the longer it takes, the worse the situation will be.

  • The cost of your policies will be too steep for the country of New Zealand to bear, as it has already been in Germany and Australia.  As the proven cost of the UN IPCC’s wasteful programme becomes known, the global resistance is getting stronger now that the truth is getting out. 

This is a sample of something doing the rounds in Australia…. https://www.youtube.com/embed/BC1l4geSTP8

Minister, you have a duty to familiarise yourself with the science.   Although I am not associated with it, I believe the New Zealand Climate Science Coalition’s experts can provide you with directions of where to get help and support.

I believe from the data that the earth’s climate is always changing, either up or down, and because I now see a bias in favour of the solar and space weather scientists’ consensus – who mostly believe the climate will now cool – I am classed as a “Climate Change Denier”.  Those who believe in human instigated global warming and insist that the term “climate change” is the same as “global warming” are hyping runaway warming for all they are worth and yet their un-warranted alarmism is based solely on computer models that only do one thing – they reinforce their own personal world view.  After 30 years, because their models don’t agree with the data, they simply change the data to suit their models.  Are you really happy to go along with that? 

The Russians used to have a saying,  “The most difficult thing to predict is history”.  (It is like Tiananmen Square and the CCP) Try to track the unwarranted and self-serving alterations to temperature data and you will understand why I, like Professor Moerner of Sweden think the UN IPCC are such frauds.  If you do check this information for yourself you will find yourself sitting on the wrong side of the biggest fraud in global history.  I hope you will feel comfortable there, until the truth does out.

I am simply an investor in renewable energy projects moonlighting as a fraud investigator, calling the facts as I see them.  I don’t like what I see, but unlike you, I face them.  Don’t we, the people, pay you to do the same?

Yours sincerely

John Rofe

An Extremely Concerned New Zealand Citizen

============================================

CLIMATE  CHANGE

By Professor Emeritus Geoffrey G Duffy

DEng, PhD, BSc, ASTC Dip., FRS NZ, FIChemE, CEng

CARBON DIOXIDE COand WATER H2 CONTRASTED       

  • Showing water and condensable water vapour have by nature much greater actions on weather changes and climate patterns than non-condensable CO2 ever could.

  • SOLAR RADIATION:  CO2 only has TWO narrow absorption bands for incoming solar energy.  Water vapour has SEVEN (5 larger bands).  Water vapour is 5 times more effective with incoming Solar radiation.
  • RADIATION from EARTH:  CO2 only has TWO more narrow absorption bands for radiation coming back from earth.  Water vapour covers 85% of the entire span. Water vapour is more than 12 times effective than CO2.
  • Overall, water vapour is about 12 times more effective than non-condensable CO2 with respect to all radiation
  • Condensable water vapour evaporates, humidifies, then condenses to form clouds, which can precipitate to produce rain or snow, and scrub dust and pollutants from the air, and then cool the atmosphere and planet surface. 

CARBON DIOXIDE CO2

  • CO2 is NOT a pollutant or a toxin [Carbon MONOXIDE CO is the toxin: prevents blood from carrying oxygen]
  • CO2 in the atmosphere is vital for LIFE – plants and vegetation: we would die without it !
  • Crops, trees, plants, convert CO2 into sugars, cellulose, fruit, vegetables, and more
  • Leaf ‘factories’ convert CO2 into organic carbon compounds and O2
  • Marine plankton and molluscs uptake and convert CO2 too!
  • Humans exhale 1 kg CO2 per day (close to 7 Billion humans on Earth) and the concentration is 40,000 ppm at the exit of the mouth
  • NOT all CO2 in the atmosphere is man-made (< 5%) – most is naturally produced
  • Ruminating animals put out more greenhouse gases than all the cars, buses, trucks and other vehicles in the world
  • The main sources of anthropogenic greenhouse gases are Fossil Fuels: coal, oil, gas, and the burning of crops and waste, wood, trees and other wastes and garbage (still very small worldwide)
  • CO2 absorbs radiant energy over a total of 4 LIMITED NARROW BANDS [see Graph below],
  • Atmospheric CO2 is a non-condensable GAS like nitrogen, oxygen, and methane. Water vapour is the ONLY condensable gas. These changes of phase (evaporation, condensation, precipitation) produce all the atmospheric effects: heat-shielding clouds, cooling, and atmospheric scrubbing
  • For every 1,000,000 molecules of atmosphere, only 10,410 in NZ are greenhouse gas GHG molecules. But 10,000 of the 10,410 are water molecules.  Of the remaining 410, ONLY about 405 are CO2.  Of these, only 5% (about 20 molecules) are from man-made processes (20 in 1 million; 0.002%; 1 molecule in 50,000!!  Can that be the main culprit in climate change when water is typically about 1% in New Zealand; or 1 molecule in 100, while absorbing far more radiant energy as the graph below shows
  • The ocean holds 93% of ALL CO2 (38,000 billion tonnes); the land 5% (2,000 billion tonnes); the atmosphere 2% (850 billion tonnes), of which anthropogenic CO2 is ONLY 5% of that (about 45 billion tonnes)
  • CO2 in rain water is acidic: CO2 in sea water is alkaline (pH 8.1), and can never-ever be acidic while shells, carbonates and molluscs exist to neutralise it. It can become less alkaline but not acidic
  • CO2 is commonly injected into greenhouse to increase plant growth rates and crop yields
  • It has been reported that there has been a 20 – 40% greening of the planet over the last several decades
  • China has 1,171 coal-fired plants planned; India 446; so coal is still in strong demand
  • Examining atmospheric CO2 must always be considered simultaneously with the many larger effects of H2O.

Increasing CO2 concentration increases crop yields as shown in this actual Greenhouse experiment!

WATER VAPOUR H2O

Water is UNIQUE and quite different from CO2:

  • WATER: The most abundant compound on the planet and a universal solvent.  Water makes up over 60% of the human body.  It is in all plants, animals, cells etc ..
  • WATER VAPOUR:  Is the ONLY condensable atmospheric gas. So only H2O can evaporate, humidify, condense (clouds), and precipitate (rain, hail, and snow). 
  • WATER: H2O is the ONLY fluid that FLOATS ON ITSELF when it FREEZES on the liquid surface.  [If it did not float it would sink and crush the creatures (fish, sharks, whales) in the Oceans.  Marine life flourishes in water below the floating ice].
  • WATER VAPOUR: Has the largest percentage greenhouse gas EFFECT [about 45% – 70% (clear sky), 70% – 90% (cloudy sky)]
  • WATER VAPOUR:  The water vapour concentration in the atmosphere depends on temperature and location [< 0.2% in very cold climates to >4% by mass at high Humidity in the tropics >35 0C]
  • WATER:  Oceans absorb 1,000 times more heat energy than the atmosphere, and BUFFERS more than 80% of the large heat fluctuations (and hence temperature variations), thereby moderating weather changes and climate patterns greatly.  This key factor is missed when only isolating radiation-only and CO2.  93% of all CO2 is in the oceans (~38,000 billion tonnes)
  • WATER:  Liquid water has the highest surface tension (surface molecular skin) of all natural liquids. It controls water droplet formation, cloud structures, ocean surfaces, waves, evaporation rates, etc
  • WATER: H2O molecules are polar (H slightly +ve; O slightly –ve). Hence adjacent water molecules can ‘attract’ each other, particularly as the temperature is lowered (ice floats on water because of this). [Liquid water can also ionise slightly H3O+ hydronium ions, and OH hydroxyl ions]. Hydrogen onding gives some unique features unlike CO2: H2O has the second highest specific heat capacity [only ammonia* is greater]: H2O has a very high heat of vaporisation (2,257 kJ/kg at its boiling point), and ENERGY TRANSFERS are very important in atmospheric changes (weather) (shows up as temperature differences)
  • WATER:  The ‘Structure’ and ‘Behaviour’ of H2O molecules have LARGE buffering effects that moderate the earth’s weather and they affect both evaporation from the seas and condensation in cloud formation. Non-condensable COgas forms NO clouds
  • WATER: The specific enthalpy of fusion (at freezing) is very high (333.6 kJ/kg at 0°C) [only ammonia* is higher], and this confers resistance to melting on the ice. [Density decrease or Bulk increase at freezing is about 9%] 
  • WATER: Water Vapour – Liquid Water – Ice COEXIST at the equilibrium Triple Point.  It is amazing that it occurs near 00C (By comparison, the Triple Point of CO2 is -56.50C so it strongly differs from water).  This has some unique effects in phase transitions near the poles (eg solid ice can go to vapour DIRECTLY with no liquid water for example [sublimation]) (dry ice CO2 used widely on stage and TV)). 
  • WATER: Water has a freezing point of 00C and a boiling point of 1000C due to its unique molecular polar structure.  We live because of that!! 
  • WATER: The nearest molecule to Water (Atomic Weight of 18) is Ammonia (Atomic Weight of 17).   In direct contrast, the freezing point of Ammonia is -770C and a boiling point of -330C even though the Atomic Weights are 1 point different.  This shows that the structure of water is unique!  Just as well, water is THE MOST ABUNDANT COMPOUND on the EARTH’S SURFACE and the temperature absorption-emission bands are just right for life on Earth.
  • The Thermal Lapse Rate or temperature drop is the 6.5C0 temperature drop per kilometer rise above earth.  This is caused by all atmospheric gas molecules moving further with increasing elevation (lower density and lower pressure result). This is vital for humidification, mists, fogs and cloud formation
  • WATER VAPOUR: can regulate, buffer, compensate, correct, and restore atmospheric changes

Professor Emeritus Geoffrey G Duffy

DEng, PhD, BSc, ASTC Dip., FRS NZ, FIChemE, CEng

EMAIL:  geoffduffy@lycos.com

The KEY REFERENCE sources:

            Radiation:  https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:Atmospheric_Transmission.png

            Humidity:   http://www.lenntech.com/calculators/humidity/relative-humidity.htm

====================================

THE GREAT GLOBAL WARMING FRAUD – SUMMARY

By John Rofe, 28 July 2019

  1. After 30 years of repeated warnings of impending Armageddon from the United Nations (“UN”) based on the subjective and inaccurate computer modelling performed at the cost of national governments (and all taxpayers) at the UN’s behest, they are certainly no closer to understanding the climate.  But they are instead still trying to defend their 30-year fraud.
  2. Meantime, credible solar scientists have good evidence that the principle cause of climate change lies with the variability of the solar cycles that have continued to affect earth’s climate since the beginning of time.  UN bias ignores this evidence.  Even so, there are some longer cycles that affect the passage of ice ages and inter-glacial periods, and are caused by earth’s movements in relation to the sun.  These don’t yet figure within our time horizon.
  3. The only plausible cause of all the warming that has happened since “The Little Ice Age” ended in 1850, has come from the highest level of solar electromagnetic activity for 4,000 years.  The increase in earth’s temperature of little over 1 degree Centigrade over 160 years is latterly being called the “Modern Warm Period”. Those of us who have checked the history find it is not remarkably warm at all today, even though a lot of effort is being made to convince us that it is, with lies, damned lies and cherry-picked statistics.  The Mediaeval Warm Period was arguably much warmer – a thousand years ago. What about the 1930’s?
  4. NASA now tells us a new weaker 11 year solar cycle – called simply “sc25” – is commencing at a time when there is record thinning and cooling of earth’s outer layer of atmosphere (called “the Thermosphere”) which we are also told heralds the imminent arrival of a new 30 year event called a “Grand Solar Minimum”.  Many scientists now expect a period of much colder weather to last from 2019 to 2055 that could result in horrific global crop losses.  I guess the proof of that is about to be revealed, as early as February 2020.  We will see.
  5. The truth about carbon dioxide, methane and nitrous oxide is that they are only minor trace gases and cannot possibly influence earth’s climate.  They are proven to have no measurable effect on climate change, and carbon dioxide is not a pollutant, but a gas necessary for all life on earth.  Besides water and light, carbon dioxide is the only resource essential for all plant growth.  Plants really need 1000 parts per million of carbon dioxide from the air.  Yet today the atmosphere only contains about 415 parts per million.  To remedy this deficiency, horticulturalists pump bottled gas into glass houses and growing tunnels at up to 2,000 parts per million.  So carbon dioxide is not a pollutant, but it is also in relatively short supply.  There is clearly no possibility of influencing climate change by reducing human emissions of carbon dioxide (“CO2”) which anyway constitute less than 4.3% of total CO2 emissions.  So NZ Government actions are just part of the UN IPCC coordinated fraud.
  6. Because methane emissions have even less effect than CO2, the present demands being made on the NZ farming community are somewhere between bizarre and ridiculous.
  7. But why is your Government lying to you?  I cannot answer for them, but I can assure you that after a year of failing to get satisfactory reasons for their fraudulent behaviour, I laid allegations against Minister James Shaw and PM Jacinda Ardern with the NZ Serious Fraud Office in mid-April 2019…and later also laid a complaint with the NZ Commerce Commission against Minister James Shaw and the NZ Green Party under s.13 of the Fair Trading Act 1986.

There is a ripeness of time for all frauds to be revealed…for this one, let’s fix it today.

=======================

 

 

Research on Cognitive Decline and Alzheimer’s Disease

This post presents the results of research into the possibilities of delaying or reversing the onset of cognitive decline that often leads to Alzheimer’s and other dementia conditions.

If you have any comments that will enhance this initial research before conclusions are formed, please email them to petersenior42@gmail.com.

The complete initial research paper can be downloaded from Research on cognitive decline and Alzheimers 231126

By Peter Senior, 26 November 2023

———————————————–

The objective: find out whether or not cognitive decline (CD), Alzheimer’s Disease (AD) and related effects can be slowed, reversed and/or prevented.

Hypothesis: the standard medical view that CD and AD can at best be partly alleviated and that the is no way to reverse it may be false, depending on the individual.

This paper comprises an initial list of key overall findings followed by a chronological list of specific findings that appear to be significant.

Until recently the most promising finding to date was Dr Dale Bredesen’s protocol; the first listed, together with several details of Dr Bredesen’s ReCODE protocol. A 52-minute video interview with Dr Bredesen, 4 September 2019, provides a comprehensive introduction, including his comment: “We’ve never seen a case of cognitive decline where there are less than 10 primary causes.”  https://www.beingpatient.com/dale-bredesen-lifestyle-changes-prevent-alzheimers/.  Several other areas of research show considerable promise.

However, the recent release of decades of research by Dr. Dayan Goodenowe, a PhD neuroscientist, biochemist, synthetic organic chemist, inventor, and clinical research expert, has proposed what is currently by far the most comprehensive and promising approach to preventing and alleviating Alzheimer’s and Dementia: Plasmalogens. Dr. Goodenowe’s plasmalogen precursors have been extensively studied in preclinical and clinical research and are now available as dietary supplements, ProdromeNEURO™ and ProdromeGLIA™ on Prodrome.com. Blood plasmalogen levels can be measured using Dr. Goodenowe’s ProdromeSCAN™ blood test. In a nutshell, proven tests and cures are now available.

Key findings to date

  1. The recent release of decades of research by Dr Dayan Goodenowe proposes what is currently by far the most comprehensive and promising approach to preventing and alleviating Alzheimer’s and Dementia: Plasmalogens.
  2. Halt Alzheimer’s Disease – With Cholesterol? 19 June 2022
  3. Current status, 12 May 2022: Dr Mercola, update on FDA fast-track UB-311 Alzheimer vaccination and other research
  4. There is now ample compelling evidence that CD and AD can at least be delayed, sometimes reversed and often prevented by applying appropriate remedial actions.
  5. Until recently, Dr Bredesen’s protocol, advice and life-style proposals were the most promising demonstration of a comprehensive approach available.
  6. The sooner diagnosis and appropriate remedial actions are started, the sooner positive results will be achieved.
  7. Some of the largest organisations, including government and medical bodies, are the least optimistic, indicating little can be done to improve CD and AD. There is at least a suspicion that major organisations, including ‘Big Pharma’, are primarily interested in a single ‘magic pill’ that will greatly enhance their profits.
  8. If the causes of CD and AD are indeed multiple and personalized, as Dr Bredesen has demonstrated, the option of a universally effective single ‘magic pill’ would be excluded and could at best only be effective occasionally and randomly. Note: Dr Bredesen’s comment: “We’ve never seen a case of cognitive decline where there are less than 10 primary causes.”
  9. If there was such a treatment as the single cure-all ‘magic pill’, it surely would already have been discovered, developed, tested and widely marketed, most likely by one or more of the major international pharmaceutical companies.
  10. All significant official bodies and medical people and bodies associated with CD and AD recognise and warn about the massive dangers CD and AD presents for the future, including the current and fast-growing costs to countries for medical and care treatment.
  11. Several of articles, videos etc. noted in this paper contain a few aspects that are covered in Dr Bredesen’s protocol and life-style approach, but with few additions. A few, such as the well-known Dr Mercola (page 50), include reference to Dr Bredesen’s ReCODE protocol.
  12. Most of the single-approach solutions offer minimal diagnosis or validation, but several indicate some significant successes in individual cases.
  13. At this stage, no specialists have been identified in Australia that are able to, or wish to, fully apply the ReCODE protocol.
  14. Dr Bredesen’s ReCODE appears to parallel the stomach ulcer about-turn. In 1982 two Australian scientists upset medical dogma by proving a bacterium, helicobacter pylori, causes stomach inflammation, ulcers and cancer, and so won the 2005 Nobel Prize for Physiology or Medicine yesterday. The findings went so against medical thinking that it took many years for an entrenched medical profession to accept it, even then, reluctantly. Possibly another such breakthrough is in the process of emerging for CD and AD?
  15. Dr Bredesen has released a new book now available on Amazon’s Kindle – the printed version will be available on 20 October 2020: The End of Alzheimer’s Programme: The Practical Plan to Prevent and Reverse Cognitive Decline at Any Age.
  16. Dr Bredesen’s new book is another ‘must-read’. It is packed with practical approaches as well as explanations about how to treat CD and Alzheimers. As noted below, it would be wise for suffers and their carers to work with an empathetic doctor or other health professional in order to plan and apply a practical route through the very detailed and elaborate process recommended. But, again, Dr Bredesen’s approach is the only one available to date that is likely to treat CD and Alzheimers successfully.
  17. Bredesen latest video (78 minutes, 29 October 2020) is compelling viewing. Dr Bredesen discusses plasmalogens with Dr. Dayan Goodenowe, its effect on cognitive decline and effective remedial actions.
  18. It is strongly recommended that all people interested in the subject should view the 84-minutes video Broken Brian, 20 August 2020: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=B6pETdb6hKE
  19. Also check the latest section Page 69 about the Aducanumab Debacle.

Further updates will be provided shortly.

Index of contents:

Page 4 – Dr Dayan Goodenowe’s extensive research relating to Plasmalogens

 Page 5 – Current status: 12 May 2022: Dr Mercola, update on FDA fast-track UB-311 Alzheimer vaccination and other research

Page 5   – Dr Dale Bredesen: End of Alzheimer’s. Description of book, protocol and articles

Page 12 – Summary of key tests for ReCODE Protocol

Page 16 – Adam MacDougall, News.com (summary of Dr Bredesen’s work)

Page 20 – The Buck Institute for Research on Aging

Page 20 – MoCA brain test

Page 20 – Brian exercises

Page 20 – Souvenaid

Page 20 – MCT oil 

Page 20 – Ashwagandha, an Indian herb

Page 20 – The APOE gene 

Page 20 – Redimind mixture / tonic (Nutreance)

Page 22 – Mayo Clinic

Page 22 – Webmd.com

Page 22 – National Institute of Aging

Page 22 – Dementia.org

Page 23 – Alzheimer’s Natural Treatment Options, Dr Josh Axe

Page 23 – New Scientist article

Page 23 – UK National Health

Page 25 – UCLA research May 2017

Page 25 – Natural News article

Page 27 – ScienceAlert.com article

Page 28 – ScienceDaily.com (2 articles)

Page 28 – Harvard Medical School

Page 29 – NCBI National Centre for Biological Information

Page 30 – Medical News Today – article

Page 30 – TED video

Page 30 – Dietician Amylee Amos

Page 31 – 7th BioCeuticals Research Symposium, May 2019

Page 31 – YouTube TED talk, Oct 17, 2015:

     Alzheimer’s Is Not Normal Aging — And We Can Cure It

Page 31 – Collective Evolution, 2018 article

Page 32 – The Neuro Development Centre, Providence, Rhone Island, USA

Page 34 – Life Extension

Page 37 – Alzheimers Association

Page 38 – UC Berkeley School of Public Health

Page 38 – World Health Organisation (WHO)

Page 38 – Emory University – ADRC Research Centre

Page 39 – Wikipedia

Page 40 – Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality, US Dept of Health

Page 40 – FamilyDoctor.org

Page 41 – Functional Medicine Coaching Academy (training for Dr Bredesen’s protocol)

Page 43 – SharpAgainNaturally

Page 44 – Healing Advocates

Page 44 – Curing Alzheimer’s with Science and Song, 25 min video

Page 45 – MCT and coconut oil

Page 45 – Dementia is preventable through lifestyle. Start now

Page 46 – The latest news on Alzheimer’s disease and brain health research

Page 46 – Biogen Revives Aducanumab

Page 46 – MIT Scientists Reveal Brain Rhythm Role In Alzheimer’s Research

Page 47 – The End of Alzheimer’s, 67-minute interview, Dr Michael Fossel

Page 47 – Keto-nutrition, Dr Dominic D’Agostino

Page 48 – The link between diet, exercise and Alzheimer’s

Page 49 – Diagnosing Alzheimer’s Disease

Page 49 – What is Alzheimer disease? A simple explanation

Pages 49-51 Eight articles that explain how meditation can improve mental health

Page 51 – Cacao, a power drug for the brain

Page 52 – Harvard Medical School. Is my forgetfulness normal?

Page 54 – Analysis by Dr Joseph Mercola, 7 November 2019

Page 55 – Eat more citrus fruits & cucumbers, NaturalNews.com

Page 55 – Benefits of Ashwagandha

Page 55 – Distributed memory: the brain in the heart

Page 56 – Biogen aducanumab 

Page 56Sound Therapy

Page 57 – Drugs That Quell Brain Inflammation Reverse Dementia

Page 57 – How to Slow Aging (and even reverse it)

Page 57 – Another Alzheimer’s Vaccine Moves Closer to Human Trials

Page 58 – Biogen Plans to Buy Early-Stage Alzheimer’s and Parkinson’s Treatment

Page 59 – How Flavonols, Found in Fruit and Tea, Can Stave Off Alzheimer’s

Page 60 – A non-invasive ultrasound technology

Page 60 – The Neuroprotective Effects of Astaxanthin

Page 61 – Viruses and Bacteria Change Our Brains. What Can That Teach Us About Alzheimer’s?

Page 62 – ‘Three little pigs’: Musk’s Neuralink puts computer chips in animal brains

Page 63 – User Reviews & Ratings – donepezil oral

Page 63 – Colloidal Silver as a cure for many diseases, possibly Alzheimers

Page 64 – Anticholinergics Can Quadruple Cognitive Decline Risk

Page 66 – UCalgary lab identifies a way to interrupt progression of Alzheimers

Page 67 – Link Between Alzheimer’s and Gut Confirmed

Page  69 –  Far Reaching Implications of the Aducanumab Debacle, 19 June 2021

Page 69 – Current status, 12 May 2022: Dr Mercola, update on FDA fast-track UB-311 Alzheimer vaccination and other research

Page 70 – Halt Alzheimer’s Disease – With Cholesterol? 19 June 2022

————————————————-

Dr Dayan Goodenowe’s extensive research relating to Plasmalogens and remedial options for Alzheimer’s-related mind issues.

The recent release of decades of research by Dr. Dayan Goodenowe, a PhD neuroscientist, biochemist, synthetic organic chemist, inventor, and clinical research expert, has proposed what is currently by far the most comprehensive and promising approach to preventing and alleviating Alzheimer’s and Dementia: Plasmalogens. Dr Goodenowe and his group’s discoveries led to an extensive patent portfolio of diagnostic tests for the early detection and screening of diseases such as specific cancers (colon, pancreatic, ovarian, breast, lung, prostate, and many more), autism, multiple sclerosis, Parkinson’s, ALS, Alzheimer’s, dementia, bipolar disease, schizophrenia, unipolar depression, cardiovascular disease, and others.

Dr Goodenowe’s website is DrGoodenowe.com.  His recent exceptional book is Breaking Alzheimer’s, a 15-year Crusade to Expose the Cause and Deliver the Cure. This book is available from Amazon.com in paper and Kindle form

[As an analyst and researcher for many decades, I found Dr Goodenowe’s book the most credible and comprehensive on the subject I have ever read.]

Several videos are available that describe Dr Goodenowe’s research, findings and solutions such as:

  1. Dayan Goodenowe, PhD Preventing Heart Disease and Cognitive Decline – April 2023 – YouTube
  2. Episode #186: Plasmalogens with Dr. Dayan Goodenowe, PhD – YouTube
  3. Dr. Goodenowe presents at the Peptide World Congress, 2023 (drgoodenowe.com)

The following text is copied from Dr Goodenowe’s website: www.drgoodenowe.com:

Dr. Goodenowe’s discovery of disease prodromes also revealed an opposite truth: people who maintained optimal biochemical health had an extremely low risk of disease – they had biochemical prodromes of health and longevity. The mission of Prodrome Science is to enable each and every person to attain biochemical prodromes of health using scientifically validated, targeted biochemical nutrition.

Biochemical prodromes of disease are detectable years in advance of disease symptoms. By converting disease prodromes into health prodromes, we can prevent future diseases — a victory with no battle.

The most devastating negative health prodrome discovered by Dr. Goodenowe was a deficiency in a critical group of lipids called plasmalogens. Dr. Goodenowe discovered that plasmalogen deficiencies are linked to numerous diseases such as Alzheimer’s, autism, multiple sclerosis, most cancers, and early death.

There is no viable dietary source of plasmalogens to restore plasmalogen deficiencies. Dr. Goodenowe was the first to design, invent, patent, and develop targeted plasmalogen precursors capable of restoring plasmalogens in all cells of the body.

Dr. Goodenowe’s plasmalogen precursors have been extensively studied in preclinical and clinical research and are now available as dietary supplements, ProdromeNEURO™ and ProdromeGLIA™ on Prodrome.com. Blood plasmalogen levels can be measured using Dr. Goodenowe’s ProdromeSCAN™ blood test.

————————————————–

 Dr Mercola, update on FDA fast-track UB-311 Alzheimer vaccination and other research

By Dr Joseph Mercola

The following summarises Dr Mercola’s assessment and notes other recent research and findings.  The full paper can be viewed at the link below.

fda-fast-tracks-alzheimers-vaccine-10 May 2022.pdf

  • The U.S. Food and Drug Administration granted fast-track designation to UB-311, a vaccine for Alzheimer’s disease made by biotechnology company Vaxxinity
  • Aside from the potential problems that can arise when a vaccine is rushed to market, the vaccine may be problematic from the get-go because amyloid beta may be a symptom of Alzheimer’s, not the cause
  • Researchers have even suggested that amyloid beta is a response to neuronal stress, one that functions as a protective adaptation to the disease ?
  • Fast-tracking a vaccine that’s targeting an isolated element of Alzheimer’s disease that is not the underlying cause is destined to be a massive disaster ?
  • Overall, nourishing your brain health is best done with a comprehensively healthy lifestyle, including the use of exercise, ketogenic diet, time-restricted eating, optimized vitamin D and other hormones, increased sleep, meditation, detoxification and elimination of gluten and processed food

=============================

 

It is strongly recommended that all people interested in the subject should view the 84-minutes video Broken Brian dated 20 August 2020: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=B6pETdb6hKE

 

The video covers: How Alzheimer’s disease in the years to come will be a rare disease (3:09) – Why we need to change the way we think about medicine and health (10:15)

– Why amyloid plaque is not the cause of Alzheimer’s (13:37)

– Cognitive decline and nocturnal oxygen desaturation (16:59)

– The global statistics on Alzheimer’s and cognitive decline (18:39)

– How brain changes can be detected 20 years before Alzheimer’s symptoms are evident (22:38)

– How toxic exposure can lead to cognitive decline (44:26)

– What you can do today to prevent cognitive decline (54:43)

– How to assess your risk for neurodegenerative diseases (1:05:52) – The backlash Dr. Bredesen has faced for his work (1:13:48)

– Where to learn more about Dr. Bredesen (1:22:17)

Dr. Bredesen is on Instagram @drdalebredesen, on Facebook @drdalebredesen, on Twitter @drdalebredesen, and his website is https://www.apollohealthco.com. Also mentioned in this episode: – Cognoscopy – https://www.apollohealthco.com/soluti…https://www.apoe4.info

Note: Dr Bredesen can be contacted at www.drbredesen.com .  Re-CODE and related services can be viewed at  www.mycognoscopy.com or www.apollohealthco.com

 Dr Dale Bredesen’s second book:

 THE END OF ALZHEIMER’S PROGRAMME The Practical Plan to Prevent and Reverse Cognitive Decline at Any Age.

This second book follows on and expands on Dr Bredesen’s first book discussed at length below. It both complements and provides considerable new material focused on practical ways to detect causative issues and how to treat them. The book is only available on Amazon  Kindle until the printed version is available on October 20 2020.

Some reviews on Amazon provide valuable comment on this book that also reflect the conclusions of the writer of this research paper:

This is a comprehensive follow up to Dr Bredesen’s last book. It’s inspiring and concise, even if the list of different tests to take seems long. Another review suggests the book’s recommendations are too difficult to put into practice. I understand where he’s coming from, but it really is worth a go – you might notice quite big changes from smaller portions of meat, or more olive oil, or cutting the carbs, or mixing up your veg, or taking curcumin, or… the list goes on.

 Dr Bredesen’s excellent new book follows on from his last book in cementing the fact that Alzheimer’s is treatable for most people, especially in the early stages. Dr Bredesen is leading the charge in a revolution that will save the lives of millions. Every person who has had an Alzheimer’s diagnosis in the family must read this book, their journey of despair will become a journey of hope and, if they act on the book’s recommendations, very likely a journey to success. Dr Bredesen has saved my wife’s life, what more can I say?

 This book should be a required reading material for every single human being! If you haven’t read this book, buy it, read it, implement the suggestions, and then buy and gift the book to others. I own Dr Bredesen’s first book but this one is just amazing- a summary of everything one should do.

 An important conclusion too is that the book has such a myriad of information – some simple, others very complex, that it is impossible to take in on first reading.  To apply all recommendations would be a full-time job.  It would be wise, as recommended in the book, to gain the confidence and assistance of a doctor who has an open mind and is keen to explore where the medical profession is mostly stuck in a negative rut – as described in the Key Findings to Date, above. This doctor, or knowledgeable medical person, should be able to help navigate the maze of information and organise a practical path for both the carer and person suffering from cognitive decline or Alzheimers.  Or for the person who wants to apply practical preventative measures before the onset of cognitive decline or Alzheimers.

The Epilogue is copied in full at the end of this research paper.  Some key points that should be carefully absorbed are:

  • When I was taught medicine, we studied, we practised, and we taught end-stage medicine—we learned and looked for signs of cancer metastasis and heart failure and dementia that were years down the road from when we should be identifying and treating the associated conditions. As I look back on all of this, it is discomfiting to recall how bad it was.
  • We need such a [new] movement now to effect a tectonic shift in health—the way we think about it, learn it, practise it, and benefit from it.
  • The twenty-first century will see the virtual end to the scourges of Alzheimer’s, Parkinson’s, Lewy body disease, multiple sclerosis, autism, schizophrenia, rheumatoid arthritis, lupus, ulcerative colitis, and other complex chronic illnesses.
  • Thus the road map is clear. We know what to look for in each person, we know how to identify the contributors, we know how to deal with each one. Now we need to enact it, perfect it, and scale it.
  • Fixing cognition will become as routine as straightening teeth
  • Each one of us is a unique, N-of-1 experiment. May your experiment be successful, fulfilling, joyous, and lasting.

 

The Rise and Fall of the EU

European countries ruled the world for centuries.  Since WWII the fall from grace has accelerated.  Now it remains to be seen how Britain’s EU exit, and mass immigration, pan out.

Germany and EU have been handed over a declaration of war

Germany and EU have been handed over a declaration of war  By Pepe Escobar, The Saker, 220930

The sabotage of the Nord Stream (NS) and Nord Stream 2 (NS2) pipelines in the Baltic Sea has ominously propelled ‘Disaster Capitalism’ to a whole new, toxic level.

This episode of Hybrid Industrial/Commercial War, in the form of a terror attack against energy infrastructure in international waters signals the absolute collapse of international law, drowned by a “our way or the highway”, “rules-based”, order.

The attack on both pipelines consisted of multiple explosive charges detonated in separate branches close to the Danish island of Bornholm, but in international waters.

That was a sophisticated operation, carried out in stealth in the shallow depth of the Danish straits. That would in principle rule out submarines (ships entering the Baltic are limited to a draught of 15 meters). As for prospective “invisible” vessels, these could only loiter around with permission from Copenhagen – as the waters around Borholm are crammed with sensors, reflecting fear of incursion by Russian submarines.

Swedish seismologists registered two underwater explosions on Monday – one of them estimated at 100 kg of TNT. Yet as much as 700 kg may have been used to blow up three separate pipeline nodes. Such amount could not have possibly been delivered in just one trip by underwater drones currently available in neighboring nations.

The pressure on the pipelines dropped exponentially. The pipes are now filled with seawater.

The pipes on both NS and NS2 can be repaired, of course, but hardly before the arrival of General Winter. The question is whether Gazprom – already focused on several hefty Eurasian customers –  would bother, especially considering that Gazprom vessels could be exposed to a possible NATO naval attack in the Baltic.

German officials are already spinning that NS and NS2 can “potentially” be out of commission “forever”. The EU economy and EU citizens badly needed that gas supply. Yet the EUrocracy in Brussels – which rules over nation-states – would not follow, because they have been dictated themselves by the Empire of Chaos, Lies and Plunder. A case can be made that this Euro-oligarchy should one day be tried for treason.

As it stands, a strategic irreversibility is already self-evident; the population of several EU nations will pay a tremendous price and suffer serious consequences derived from this attack, short, medium and long term.

Cui bono? 

Swedish Prime Minister Magdalena Andersson admitted that was “a matter of sabotage”. Danish Prime Minister Mette Frederiksen admitted “it was not an accident”. Berlin agrees with the Scandinavians.

Now compare it with former Polish Defense Minister (2005-2007) Radek Sikorski, a Russophobe married to rabid US “analyst” Anne Applebaum, who merrily tweeted “Thank you, USA”.

It gets curiouser and curiouser when we know that simultaneously to the sabotage the Baltic Pipe from Norway to Poland was partially opened, a “new gas supply corridor” servicing “the Danish and Polish markets”: actually a minor affair, considering months ago their sponsors were in trouble finding gas, and now it will be even harder, with much higher costs.

NS2 had already been attacked – in the open – all along its construction. Back in February, Polish ships actively tried to prevent the Fortuna pipe-laying vessel from finishing NS2. The pipes were being laid south of – you guessed it – Bornholm.

NATO for its part has been very active on the underwater drones department. The Americans have access to long distance Norwegian underwater drones which can be modified with other designs. Alternatively, professional navy clearance divers could have been employed in the sabotage – even as tidal currents around Bornholm are a serious matter.

The Big Picture reveals the collective West in absolute panic, with Atlanticist “elites” willing to resort to anything – outrageous lies, assassinations, terrorism, sabotage, all out financial war, support to neo-Nazis – to prevent their descent into a geopolitical and geoeconomic abyss.

Disabling NS and NS2 represents the definitive closure of any possibility of a German-Russia deal on gas supplies, with the added benefit of relegating Germany to the lowly status of absolute US vassal.

So that brings us to the key question of which Western intel apparatus designed the sabotage. Prime candidates are of course CIA and MI6 – with Poland set up as the fall guy and Denmark playing a very dodgy part: it’s impossible that Copenhagen was not at least “briefed” on the intel.

Prescient as ever, as early as in April 2021 Russians were asking questions about the military security of Nord Stream.

The crucial vector is that we may be facing the case of a EU/NATO member involved in an act of sabotage against the number one EU/NATO economy. That’s a casus belli. Outside of the appalling mediocrity and cowardice of the current administration in Berlin, it’s clear that the BND – German intel – as well as the German Navy and informed industrialists sooner or later will do the math.

This was far from an isolated attack. On September 22 there was an attempt against Turkish Stream by Kiev saboteurs. The day before, naval drones with English language IDs were found in Crimea, suspected of being part of the plot. Add to it US helicopters overflying the future sabotage nodes weeks ago; a UK “research” vessel loitering in Danish waters since mid-September; and NATO tweeting about the testing of “new unmanned systems at sea” on the same day of the sabotage.

Show me the (gas) money

The Danish Minister of Defense met urgently with NATO’s Secretary General this Wednesday. After all the explosions happened very close to Denmark’s exclusive economic zone (EEZ). That may be qualified as crude kabuki at best; exactly on the same day, the European Commission (EC), NATO’s de facto political office, advanced its trademark obsession: more sanctions against Russia, including the certified-to-fail cap on oil prices.

Meanwhile, EU energy giants are bound to lose big time with the sabotage.

The roll call includes the German Wintershall Dea AG and PEG/ E.ON; the Dutch N.V. Nederlandse Gasunie; and the French ENGIE. Then there are those which financed NS2: Wintershall Dea again as well as Uniper; Austrian OMV; ENGIE again; and British-Dutch Shell. Wintershall Dea and ENGIE are both co-owners and creditors. Their fuming shareholders will want serious answers from a serious investigation.

It gets worse: there are no holds barred anymore on the Pipeline Terror front. Russia will be on red alert not only for Turk Stream but also Power of Siberia. Same for the Chinese and their maze of pipelines arriving in Xinjiang.

Whatever the methodology and the actors who were in the loop, this is payback – in advance – for the inevitable collective West defeat in Ukraine. And a crude warning to the Global South that they will do it again. Yet action always breeds reaction: from now on, “funny things” could also happen to US/UK pipelines in international waters.

The EU oligarchy is reaching an advanced process of disintegration at lightning speed. Their window of opportunity to at least attempt a role as a strategically autonomous geopolitical actor is now closed.

These EUROcrats now face a serious predicament. Once it’s clear who are the perpetrators of the sabotage in the Baltic, and once they understand all the life-changing socio-economic consequences for pan-EU citizens, the kabuki will have to stop. Including the already running, uber-ridiculous subplot that Russia blew up its own pipeline when Gazprom could simply have turned off the valves for good.

And once again, it gets worse: Gazprom is threatening to sue the Ukrainian energy company Naftofgaz for unpaid bills. That would lead to the end of Russian gas transiting Ukraine towards the EU.

As if all of that was not serious enough, Germany is contractually obligated to purchase at least 40 billion cubic meters of Russian gas a year until 2030.

Just say no? They can’t: Gazprom is legally entitled to get paid even without shipping gas. That’s the spirit of a long-term contract. And it’s already happening: because of sanctions, Berlin does not get all the gas it needs but still needs to pay.

All the devils are here

Now it’s painfully clear the imperial velvet gloves are off when it comes to the vassals. EU independence: verboten. Cooperation with China: verboten. Independent trade connectivity with Asia: verboten. The only place for the EU is to be economically subjugated to the US: a tawdry remix of 1945-1955. With a perverse neoliberal twist: we will own your industrial capacity, and you will have nothing.

The sabotage of NS and NS2 is inbuilt in the imperial wet dream of breaking up the Eurasian land mass into a thousand pieces to prevent a trans-Eurasia consolidation between Germany (representing the EU), Russia and China: $50 trillion in GDP, based on purchasing power parity (PPP) compared to the US’s $20 trillion.

We must go back to Mackinder: control of the Eurasian land mass constitutes control of the world. American elites and their Trojan Horses across Europe will do whatever it takes not to give up their control.

“American elites” in this context encompass the deranged, Straussian neo-con-infested “intel community” and the Big Energy, Big Pharma and Big Finance that pays them and who profits not only from the Deep State’s Forever War approach but also wants to make a killing out of the Davos-concocted Great Reset.

The Raging Twenties started with a murder – of Gen Soleimani. Blowing up pipelines is part of the sequel. There will be a highway to hell all the way to 2030. Yet to borrow from Shakespeare, hell is definitely empty, and all the (Atlanticist) devils are here.

Pepe Escobar is an independent geopolitical analyst and author. His latest book is Raging Twenties. He’s been politically canceled from Facebook and Twitter. Follow him on Telegram.

========================

Note: more articles are available at the end of this post

EU is Now Deaf to Their Coming Defeat

EU is Now Deaf to Their Coming Defeat  By Thomas Luongo, Gold Goats ‘n Guns, 16 February 2020

Yanis Varoufakis once described negotiating with the European Union like you’re singing the Swedish National Anthem. No matter what proposal you put in front of them, they acted like they didn’t understand and simply reiterated terms.

But, at least then they heard something. It may have been gibberish to them, but at least sound waves made it to their ears.

Today, these people are like overwhelmed autistic kids needing noise canceling headphones to blot out the unwanted stimuli. It may be therapeutic but it doesn’t solve the situation.

Now that Brexit is complete the EU has gone one step further, blocking out the very real strategic and tactical disadvantage they are in dealing with the United Kingdom in trade deal talks.

The arrogance and intractability of the EU when it comes to negotiations is supposed to be their biggest weapon. They project a strange combination of strength and indifference that can only come from people thoroughly insulated from personal accountability for their mistakes.

Lead negotiator, the revealed to be inept, Michel Barnier has laid out his negotiating stance using the same language that was thoroughly rejected by British Prime Minister Boris Johnson in October, the so-called “level playing field” of “regulatory alignment” as the basis for any kind of trade deal.

Has Barnier learned nothing from his last failure? Does he really think he can cover his ears, curl up in the corner and hope this all goes away?

Because if he does then he’s catastrophically misread the state of the game board.

Moreover, he’s convinced the European Council and Parliament that the way to ultimately win is to keep doing the same things that just failed.

Since they just overwhelmingly approved Barnier’s strict negotiating demands to the U.K. further signaling that they have no idea of the hornet’s nest they’ve just whacked with a baseball bat, oblivious to the buzzing and warnings coming from the U.K.

Mr Barnier said: “Any future agreement will need approval from MEPs. The deadline for the transitional period can be extended but the UK is still insisting on a deal being done by December 31st.”

{Tom’s response: because it’s now U.K. Law Mike, or did you miss that too?}

He again warned that if there’s no agreement by then, the UK will leave the customs union and single market and go back to WTO terms, meaning quotas and tariffs on British products.

{Tom’s response: and so what? Y’all run a trade surplus with the U.K. Or are you economically ignorant as well as stupid?}

Michel Barnier said: “I would like to take this opportunity to make it clear to certain people in the United Kingdom bearing authority that they should not kid themselves about this – there will not be general, open-ended, ongoing equivalence in financial services.”

The EU would “retain a free hand to take our own decisions”.

{Tom’s response: Free to ignore reality at your own peril}

Barnier threatening the financial sector is an empty threat to get City of London bankers and traders to pressure Johnson into standing down. They were the loudest complainers during the fight over Brexit.

But Johnson understands something Barnier refuses to admit, because, as always, he doesn’t listen he just demands. Brexit was won in spite of London. Its political power is waning.

Without the support of the Midlands and the hollowed-out industrial north, Johnson isn’t Prime Minister. Barnier tried for three years to leverage City of London and failed.

Ladies and gentlemen I give you Mike Barnier, walking Einstein quote machine.

This is an empty technocratic threat issued by a career bureaucrat with an over-inflated sense of his own relevance.

The U.K. holds all the negotiating levers here and they’ve accelerated the time table while Barnier is oblivious.

Barnier has until the end of June to take off his headphones and let information into his brain that comports with reality. The collapse of the Remain coup in October was a strong message to the EU that they are vulnerable and that Barnier’s schtick is tired.

And because of this Boris Johnson has not only hardened his tone but also gone further than he did on the campaign trail, saying that even a Canada-style free trade deal may not be enough.

Now he’s invoking Australia as a proxy for a WTO-style ‘hard Brexit.’ And all Barnier can do is threaten tariffs and trade war. This is exactly the kind of idiocy that the British just fought three and a half years to divorce themselves from.

And this is coming from a political body with no hope of passing a budget this fall when a politically paralyzed Germany takes over the Presidency of the European Commission. A budget, I might add, that is staring at a €10+ billion hole thanks to the loss of the U.K.

The possibility of German political upheaval is causing the euro to crash uncontrollably. After a massive move up on the final day of January to avoid a technical breakdown the euro is not flirting with a crash to the 2017 low of $1.034

The fear here is a quick steepening of the German yield curve which is now flat to inverted out to 7 years. No wonder Mario Draghi restarted QE before he blew town to leave this mess to Christine Lagarde, without that in place there would be real trouble in European sovereign debt markets.Left of Bang: How the …Patrick Van Horne, Jas…Best Price: $12.13Buy

But a political disunion that is deaf not only to what its external critics are telling it but its internal ones as well has a limited self-life of invest-ability. Once momentum traders stop front-running the ECB and the euro’s weakness forces the unwinding of carry trades at that point someone will have to tap Barnier on the shoulder and tell him to listen to something approximating reason.

By this point, to be honest, it will likely be too late.

The Irish elections were a huge rebuke of the EU and how it handled Brexit negotiations. It was an outright embarrassment to have Sinn Fein coalesce the Irish Euroskeptic vote. And yet, the EU hasn’t learned a thing because they refuse to listen.

So what happens when we wake up one morning and Angela Merkel is no longer Chancellor of Germany, the Yellow Vests overthrow Emmanuel Macron in France or Matteo Salvini wins an Italian snap election from a jail cell in Rome?

Will they hear the populist barbarians at the gates then or will they continue to console themselves with dreams of Sweden?

=====================

This Is the New Italy

This Is the New Italy  By Attilio Moro, Strategic Culture Foundation, 1 June 2018

Sesto San Giovanni, a town on the outskirts of Milan, used to be one of the industrial capitals of Italy.

With around 200,000 inhabitants (45,000 blue collar workers, and a robust middle class), it was the headquarters of some of the most dynamic Italian companies, including Magneti Marelli, Falck, Breda and many more.

Today Sesto is an industrial desert – the factories are gone, the professional middle class has fled, many stores have shut down, and the city is trying to reinvent itself as a medical research center.

Twenty-three kilometers (14 miles) to the north of Sesto, the town of Meda was the seat of various symbols of Italian excellence: Salotti Cassina and Poltrona Frau, both of which exported high-quality furniture all over the world and employed tens of thousands of workers and designers. They fed a number of small family-based companies providing parts and highly qualified seasonal labour. Today both companies are gone.

Montezemolo: Public enemy

Luca Cordero di Montezemolo, a former chairman of Ferrari, Fiat and Alitalia, and now a public enemy because of his dismissal of the “Made in Italy” label, acquired both companies and moved them to Turkey, choosing profit over quality—and Italian jobs. Montezemolo, of aristocratic background, is a champion of Italian neoliberalism, having founded the influential “free market” think tank Italia Futura (Future Italy) in 2009.

Another victim is the town of Sora, with a population of 25,000, 80 km. (50 miles) east of Rome. Until recently Sora was an affluent commercial city, with medium-sized paper factories and hundreds of shops. Today, all of the factories are gone and 50 percent of shops have closed.

All over Italy, the neoliberal policies that led to the economic crisis and resulting social decadence have accelerated in the wake of the financial collapse of 2007.

Once The Stalingrad of Italy

Sesto San Giovanni used to be known as ‘the Italian Stalingrad’, due to the strength of its working class and the Communist Party receiving over 50 percent of the vote. Now the strongest party in town is the Lega (The League), a right wing, xenophobic party. This has been accompanied by a demographic shift, as Sesto has lost almost one third of its population, but acquired tens of thousands of immigrants, which today constitute almost 20 percent of its population.

The Italian Communist Party, once the strongest in the capitalist world, has in the meantime disappeared, together with the working class. There is also the destitution of a dwindling middle class accompanying the breakdown of the social fabric with rampant corruption. All the traditional political parties have been wiped away.

Sesto San Giovanni: Once the Italian Stalingrad

They have been replaced by the so-called ‘populists’: TheLega and the 5 Star Movement, undisputed winners of the latest elections in March, who are now in the process of trying to form a new government. The Lega expresses the frustrations of the north of Italy that is still productive (fashion, services and some high quality products), and demands lower taxes, as Italian taxes are among the highest in Europe. They also want a parallel national currency, a reduction in circulation of the Euro (which slows down exports, especially to Germany) and limits to immigration.

The 5 Star Movement, which is partly considered to be the heir of the former Communist Party but with a different social base consisting of an undifferentiated lower class replacing the disappearing working class. It advocates a moralization of the political parties and a universal basic income of 750 euros per month ($875) for the poorest to reduce the effects of the social disaster which took place in the south of the country in the last 10 years: 20 percent unemployment, affecting 40 percent of young people, making the mafia and organized crime the biggest ‘employers’ in the most critical southern regions.

This is the new Italy. The old one, the Italy of Fiat, Cassina, small family-run businesses, the Italy of the Christian Democrats, the Communist Party and vibrant working-class culture is no more.

==================

Previous articles

  • Open letter to EU boss Jean-Clause Juncker, yes, break up America  By Jon Rappoport, 25 May 2018
  • The Myth of European Democracy  By Alex Gorka, 7 November 2017
  • The EU union of political elites is the enemy of democracy and freedom in Europe  By Mick Hume, Spiked Online, 28 October
  • The disaster of Greece typifies the EU  By Raul Ilargi Maijer, via Zerohedge, 16 Sept 2017
  • Understanding the EU, Angela Merkel’s red,green past. By David Archibald, for Autorenkollektiv, a writer’s syndicate based in Switzerland. 12 September 2017
  • The biological extinction of Europeans  From Sputnik news, 31 July 2017
  • The Strange Death of Europe  By Jon Hobrook, critique, 27 May 2017
  • France’s moral bankruptcy  By Adam Creighton, The Australian, 17 April 2017
  • Speech by Geert Wilders at the Europe of Nations and Freedom Conference  By Geert Wilders, 22 January 2017
  • The EU Vs. The Nation State  By George Igler, The Gatestone Institute, 30 December
  • doug-casey-on-the-collapse-of-the-eu  From Zerohedge, 14 October 2016
  • how-the-financial-troika-destroyed-greece-economy  By Michael Hudson, Counterpunch, 5 October 2016
  • why-the-eu-is-doomed  By Alasdair Macleod via The Mises Institute, 19 September
  • EU, adopt the brace position  By Charles Gave, Chairman, Gavekal, August 3, 2016
  • Is Europe Doomed By Vassalage To Washington  By Paul Craig Roberts, 28 July 2016
  • Brexit, Britain voted for the parliamentary democracy it invented  By Dominic Lawson, The Times, 27 June 2016
  • Brexit, Remainers are not pro-EU, they’re anti-democracy  By Tim Black, Spiked Online, 25 June 2016
  • Mises, Why Brexit Is Better For Britain  By Thorstein Polleit, The Mises Institute, 21 June 2016
  • It’s not the economy, stupid, it’s a fight for democracy  By Frank Furedi, Spiked Online, 11 June 2016
  • The EU is truly ‘Europhobic’  By Brendan O’Neill, Spiked Online, 14 May 2016
  • Brussels attacks, Europe is at war  By Tom Steinfort, The Australian, 24 March 2016
  • Europe’s civilisation death wish  By Mark Christian, The Australian, 13 February 2016
  • Paris attacks, the fall of Rome should be a warning to the West  By Niall Ferguson, The Australian, 16 November 2015
  • The death of Europe is in sight  From The Wall Street Journal, 23 October 2015
  • Why Europe failed, Part 8  By Oliver Hartwich, 14 September 2015

Two Australian Doctors question actions on Covid and the environment

This new post presents a range of issues raised by two Australian doctors concerning views and directives about Covid and the environment.

Dear Australian Citizens,

Do you care about the fauna of our planet Do you care about the fauna of our planet?

If You really do care about the fauna of our planet; view these, less than one minute, videos.

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5lb6VeMaXy8

And

https://youtu.be/ICLXQN_lURk

You can deceive people by lying to them, but you cannot fake a moving image. [Editor’s note: unless you have advanced holographic and video editing facilities such as were used for 911.]

You just need to follow the money trail from our pockets into those of, what the evidence indicates, are corporate criminals and malfeasant politicians. There is an explanation for the unexplained, unprecedented rise in our electricity costs.

The evidence shows that the same Federal Minister who presided over the climate change scam now presides over the COVID19 scam. Here is the evidence of the scam. The link below shows the PCR test is totally unreliable and produces numerous false-positive results.

https://www.nih.gov/news-events/nih-research-matters/immune-cells-common-cold-may-recognize-sars-cov-2. (Word search on ‘previous studies have reported that 20–50% of people who hadn’t been exposed to SARS-CoV-2 showed T cell responses against different parts of the SARS-CoV-2 virus.)

And

We have now proven that, in some people, pre-existing T cell memory against common cold coronaviruses can cross-recognize SARS-CoV-2, down to the exact molecular structures,” 

Dear fellow Australians, once again, you just need to follow the money trail to malfeasant public officers and their big pharmaceutical buddies to find the answer to the pseudo-mandatory vaccine for a respiratory condition that history will show is less lethal than the endemic seasonal flu.

Respectfully Yours

Drs Judy Ryan and Marjorie Curtis

Any questions you may have should be directed to these ‘stakeholders’.

The following address from Malcolm Roberts, Senator for Queensland, Australia, explains the current issues inflicted on its citizen by Australian governments: https://rumble.com/vz3h91-were-coming-for-you-malcolm-roberts-throws-down-against-government-covid-cr.html

==========================

If you really do care about the flora and fauna of our planet …

Email to Australian Prime Minister:

Dear Prime Minister Scott Morrison,

If you really do care about the flora and fauna of our planet, view these two videos, each less than one minute. You will not see these on the TV.  All we the people are allowed to see are benign images from a distance. It is evidence-based fact that wind turbines are a fatal attraction to large birds. They play on the turbulence generated by the blades until they get too close and are mortally wounded.

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5lb6VeMaXy8

And as you will see below, the euphemistically phrased solar farms incinerate insects and small birds.

https://youtu.be/ICLXQN_lURk

Malfeasant politicians and corporate criminals can deceive the people by lying to them, but they cannot disprove moving images.  

By contrast to the insidiously ugly, killer ‘renewables’, beautiful clean carbon dioxide, which is heavier than air, sinks to the ground after it comes out the chimney of a coal-fired power station. It then becomes the food and fertiliser for all vegetation, which converts it to oxygen for all other life on planet Earth to breathe (photosynthesis).

Dear Prime Minister, we realise that you are a knowledgeable courageous man because here is a video of you taking a lump of coal into parliament and telling everyone to get over their coal phobia.

Please do not attend the name and shame socialist gathering of the taxpayer-funded, ignorantly arrogant, entitled ones. The United Nations is no different from communist China. We, the people, who see the danger, do not want socialist, global governance from afar. We want our own Prime Minister presiding over a Direct Democracy

In closing, we are not deniers or conspiracy theorists. We are just two retired scientists who love our country with all its flora and fauna.

Thank you for your time in reading this Prime Minister

Respectfully Yours

Drs.  Judy Ryan and Marjorie Curtis

=======================

Covid: Dismissive response from Australia’s Acting Minister of Health

Covid. Dismissive response from Australia’s Acting Minister of Health  Letter to Australia’s Acting Minister of Health from Doctors Judy Ryan and Marjory Curtis, 9 October 2021

 Editor’s note: Click on link above to view PDF document showing several graphics.

Dear Acting Minister for Health Greg Hunt,

As you have not responded to our previous correspondence we write again. This time we include the Canadian politicians etc as they can look and learn what not to do from us.

First, as Minister for the Environment in 2014 why did you have the terms due diligence and data quality assurance removed from the investigation into the Australian Bureau of Meteorology’s data handling procedures? (See last sentence in screenshot below.)

The original investigation instigated by then Prime Minister Tony Abbott included those terms. It was based on the historical evidence raised in this poster.    It is downloaded on thousands of computers both in Australia and other nations.  Copy and paste the link to the maps into your browser. If this fails the maps can be found can be found here   [Editor’s note: Click on link above]

We note with trepidation that, the Australia  Climate Realist, which simply had this letter on website has been closed down. Why did you do that?

Now, back to the historical record, Minister Hunt.  The first screenshot evidences your same day polite but frivolous and dismissive response to our communication on the issue of climate-change…..Oops warming etc.

I take the opportunity to clarify the 2013 date in the screenshot. That was the approximate date that Tony Abbott was elected leader of the Liberal Coalition, which was then in opposition to the incumbent Labor Government. Tony Abbott took the Liberal party to a resounding victory, on his promise to abolish the carbon tax, in 2018. That is when you became Minister for the Environment.   Later you betrayed him and bragged about the removal of the offending terms ‘due diligence  on the ABC

Now, let’s move  to the current pseudo-scientific  ‘pandemic’ that, the evidence indicates, you are presiding over as Minister for Health. First, the PCR test, which Australia is using is finding too many asymptomatic  cases because Covid19 is part of the Coronavirus family, to which the common cold also belongs.

Further, it can be manipulated to test positive, depending on the number of cycles that the researcher/medico runs. In Australia  the number of cycles run does not have to be  disclosed to the Covid positive testee or their Doctor.  Therefore it can be manipulated to imply just about anything by fraudsters. This selective non-disclosure of the cycle threshold is probably unlawful under Australia’s constitution, as the covid ‘patient’ is not provided ‘informed consent re the number of cycles run back at the laboratory.  It was never meant to be used as a diagnostic test. Its real purpose is to amplify viral fragments for research purposes.

Now, let’s look at the adverse effects of the COVID19 pseudo-mandatory vaccines that you, as Minister for Health, are presiding over. In fact, the evidence indicates the vaccines are killing far more people than the wild virus could ever kill. This non, or delayed  disclosure, of the adverse reactions to COVID vaccinations in Australia is probably unlawful. You cannot deny that the adverse effects from both the  Pfizer and AstraZeneca vaccines have increased threefold in less than three months, May to July. 

Dear BCCd observer, If you search on these words “most people experience only mild symptoms and can self treat at home” you will see numerous references on the first webpage that indicate that COVID19 is equivalent to a very mild case of the flu. Here is further evidence from the Worldometers site (Word search on ‘Active’   then click on the downward pointing chevrons to see the truly minuscule numbers as shown in the screenshot.

Minister Hunt, the evidence of your ongoing duplicity is strong. Maybe, for the sake of the health and wealth of the Australian people, you should step down from your Ministerial duties.

Again, we request you to respond to this email and either confirm or deny our statements. If you do not reply, all of the above stands as the unchallenged truth and can be used as evidence in a court of law.

Respectfully Yours,

Drs. Judy Ryan and Marjory Curtis

Covid-19: Court cases pending relating to Covid-19: charging government and corporate illegal actions

This new post presents information about court cases and those currently in the process of presentation to several courts around the world.  They all have one theme: many actions taken in the name of Covid-19 are illegal and against the interests of ‘we the people’.

Scroll down to see all articles:

  1. More courts cases against the Covid fiasco, 11 January 2022
  2. Legal challenges to make America free from Covid tyranny. 11 January 2022
  3. Accusations of numerous violations of the Nuremberg Code
  4. World’s First Vaccine Murder case against Bill Gates, Adar Poonawalla filed in India’s High Court
  5. NSW Police Officer wins court case claiming mandated vaccine in unlawful and incorrect
  6. Spanish Supreme Court Rules Vax Passports Illegal
  7. Sydney law firm also takes action against NSW Health Minister Brad Hazzard
  8. Dr. Reiner Fuellmich: Anti-Covid Side Winning in Courts
  9. High Court Case brought by Heterodoxies Society over Covid Pandemic
  10. Case against the NSW Health Minister Hazzard in the NSW, Australia, Supreme Court
  11. Indian Bar Association sues WHO scientist over Ivermectin

More court cases against the Covid fiasco

https://aaronsiri.substack.com/archive?sort=new   More courts cases against the Covid fiasco, 11 January 2022

American Aaron Siri is running court cases on behalf of many groups and recently won the case to have Pfizer documents released.

Check the link above to view the details

======================

Legal challenges to make America free from Covid tyranny

Legal challenges to make America free from COVID tyranny 11 January 2022

STORY AT-A-GLANCE

Editor’s note: Click on link above to read full story.

  • Make Americans Free Again, led by Pam Popper, is fighting to preserve American freedoms and has a proven strategy that ensures we can win
  • They are launching strategic legal challenges across the U.S. Rather than arguing the unconstitutionality of mandates, they challenge the legal basis of the emergency declaration that allowed the mandates to be rolled out in the first place
  • They also teach Americans everywhere how to start and build their own local parallel societies where members take care of each other and work toward the same goal
  • The short, medium and long-term goals of Make Americans Free Again are to free Americans from government tyranny, address all medical mandates and, ultimately, design and launch a superior medical system
  • Even if you don’t start your own freedom group, consider making a donation to Make Americans Free Again’s legal fund

(Joseph Mercola) – Pam Popper is the president of Wellness Forum Health and cofounder of Make Americans Free Again, which plays a significant role in the fight to help preserve American freedoms. An important part of that task is building a powerful community and, as noted by Popper, “COVID has brought some people together who probably should know each other better,” and that includes us.

Popper and I are aligned with respect to our desire to educate the public about fundamental health principles, including foundational basics for preventing and treating COVID-19.

We are also in agreement that the COVID pandemic is a cover for something else entirely — a global takeover by powerful and profit-hungry interests. And finally, we both agree that participating in protest marches and signing petitions doesn’t really achieve much, and that there are far more effective strategies, as she has demonstrated.

===========================

Accusations of numerous violations of the Nuremberg Code

Gates, Fauci, and Daszak charged with Genocide in Court Filing | Columnists | thedesertreview.com

In a stunning 46-page legal filing to the International Criminal Court on December 6, an intrepid attorney and seven applicants accused Anthony Fauci, Peter Daszak, Melinda Gates, William Gates III, and twelve others of numerous violations of the Nuremberg Code. These included various crimes against humanity and war crimes as defined by the Rome Statutes, Articles 6, 7, 8, 15, 21, and 53.

https://dailyexpose.uk/2021/12/10/uk-team-file-complaint-of-crimes-against-humanity-with-the-international-criminal-court/comment-page-1/

https://leohohmann.com/2021/12/17/whistleblower-activists-file-complaint-with-international-criminal-court-alleging-big-pharma-gates-fauci-uk-officials-committed-crimes-against-humanity/#more-8418

Besides the four kingpins, twelve others were named, including the CEOs of the leading vaccine corporations and the health leaders held accountable for the United Kingdom.

  • Albert Bourla, CEO of Pfizer
  • Stephane Bancel, CEO of Moderna
  • Pascal Soriot, CEO of Astra Zeneca
  • Alex Gorsky, CEO of Johnson and Johnson
  • Tedros Adhanhom Ghebreyesus, Director-General of the WHO
  • Boris Johnson, UK Prime Minister
  • Christopher Whitty, UK Chief Medical Adviser
  • Matthew Hancock, former UK Secretary of State for Health and Social Care
  • Sajid Javid, current UK Secretary of State for Health and Social Care
  • June Raine, UK Chief Executive of Medicines and Healthcare products
  • Dr. Rajiv Shah, President of the Rockefeller Foundation
  • Klaus Schwab, President of the World Economic Forum

=========================

World’s First Vaccine Murder case against Bill Gates, Adar Poonawalla filed in India’s High Court

From: https://indianbarassociation.in/worlds-first-vaccine-murder-case-against-bill-gates-adar-poonawalla-filed-in-indias-high-court/?fbclid=IwAR0ku9NEcAYWJA0GbJL5U2t0U4sny8mhC-9oaSkJP8qi8aHG9aaRv96dt44

World’s First Vaccine Murder case against Bill Gates, Adar Poonawalla filed in India’s High Court. [Kiran Yadav Vs. State and ors.Criminal Writ Petition (St.) 18017 of 2021]

Petitioner has sought prosecution of AstraZeneca’s (Covishield) manufacturer Bill Gates, his partner Adar Poonawalla and other Government officials and leaders involved in the murder of a 23 year old man, who lost his life because of vaccination. The deceased took the Covishield vaccine by believing in the false narrative that the vaccine is completely safe and also owing to the compliance requirement set by the Railways that only double vaccinated people would be allowed to travel.

The Government of India’s AEFI (Adverse Event Following Immunisation) Committee has recently admitted that the death of Dr.SnehalLunawat,was due to side effects of the Covishield vaccine. The said report has exposed the falsity of the claim made by vaccine syndicatethat vaccines are totally safe.

Petitioner has claimed Rs. 1000 crores ($ 134 million USD) compensation and has asked for interim compensation of Rs. 100 crores ($ 13.4 million USD).

Petitioner has also sought Lie Detector, Narco Analysis Test of accused Bill Gates and others.

from Kev Moore

=============================

NSW Police officer Belinda Hocroft wins court case claiming mandated vaccine is unlawful and incorrect

For anyone following the Court proceedings against Hazzard, the Hocroft vs Hazzard case was settled out of court in favour of the Plaintiff (Hocroft)  Thank you Anestis Mantzouranis. This was the case of NSW Police officer Belinda Hocroft who was told that she needed at least the first shot by September 19th or she would be fired and not be able to return to her work. Belinda was represented by Charly Tannous of Sage Solicitors who argued that Belinda, a mother of four, was very concerned about the long term effects of the vaccine and felt it was a breach of her right to choose.
This case now becomes a reference case for anyone else in the same position, and sets a precedent that proves that the Government claim of mandate is UNLAWFUL and INCORRECT. This should encourage everyone in the same position to hold on to your values, to fight back where you are being coerced and to know that you are on the right side of history! It sets a precedent for everywhere in Australia. We now have a reference. 

=======================

Spanish Supreme Court Rules Vax Passports Illegal

From PrincipiaScientific.com, 17 September 2021

Spanish Supreme Court Rules Vax Passports Illegal

That was the ruling by the Spanish Supreme Court on August 18 that the imposition of vaccination passports by the regional government of Andalusia was unconstitutional.

The ruling states that insufficient evidence had been presented to justify the requirement for vaccine certification in order to enter bars and nightclubs.

The court stated that the restriction endangers “basic elements of freedoms of movement and the right of assembly.”

The Spanish Supreme Court did not confine its judgement solely to the strictly constitutional aspects of enforcing such passports, but went on to state that using them to restrict entry into public spaces might not only not assist in preventing infections, but might exacerbate the possibility of transmission.

It based that part of the ruling on cited evidence that those who have been fully vaccinated are still capable of contracting and passing on the virus.

==========================

Sydney law firm also takes action against NSW Health Minister Brad Hazzard

This is a similar action to AFL filed by G&B Lawyers which was included in the Directions Hearing we reported last Wednesday

RE: SUPREME COURT OF NSW PROCEEDINGS COMMENCED TO CHALLENGE
THE VALIDITY OF THE NSW PUBLIC HEALTH ORDERS REGARDING
MANDATORY COVID-19 VACCINATIONS

NATASHA HENRY AND ORS V THE HON BRADLEY RONALD HAZZARD,
MINISTER FOR HEALTH AND MEDICAL RESEARCH

SUPREME COURT FILE NUMBER 2021/00252587

The plaintiffs in this case have today filed a challenge in the Supreme Court of New South Wales seeking declarations that the New South Wales government has acted unlawfully in making orders that require people to get vaccinated against COVID-19.
This claim represents a courageous challenge by ordinary, law-abiding New South Wales residents who wish to have their fundamental human rights respected. The law prohibits any government in Australia from creating a compulsory vaccination program.

Yet that is exactly what the New South Wales government has attempted to do with the issuing of these public health orders. The plaintiffs allege that those public health orders have been made without any legal authority and the Minister for Health has exceeded his powers. In doing so, he has contravened at least 13 individual rights and freedoms recognised by Australian and international law.

The government has also co-opted the entire healthcare services industry into this public
vaccination program who are unwitting players in what can only be characterised as an
unprecedented systemic violation of human rights by our State government. This gross and flagrant breach of the law will not be tolerated. The plaintiffs now move forward to hold the New South Wales government legally accountable for its unlawful actions.

The 13 individual rights and freedoms infringed by NSW’s public health orders:
– the right to bodily integrity
– the right not to be subject to medical treatment without consent
– the right not to be subject to medical or scientific experimentation without consent
– the right to liberty

-the right to security
– the right to earn a living
– the right not to be conscripted to take part in a public vaccination program
– the right to privacy

– the right to anonymity
– the right not to be discriminated against
– the right to silence
– the privilege against self-incrimination
– the right to the presumption of innocence

Nathan Buckley | Partner

G&B Lawyers, Sydney

===========================

Dr. Reiner Fuellmich: Anti-Covid Side Winning in Courts

A team of over 1,000 lawyers and over 10,000 medical experts led by Dr. Reiner Fuellmich have begun legal proceedings against the CDC, WHO & the Davos Group for crimes against humanity.

Dr Fuellmich led and won court cases against Volkswagen and Deutsch Bank resulting in fines of billions of dollars.

Fuellmich and his team present the faulty PCR test and the order for doctors to label any comorbidity death as a Covid death as fraud. The PCR test was never designed to detect pathogens and is 100% faulty at 35 cycles.

All the PCR tests overseen by the CDC are set at 37 to 45 cycles. The CDC admits that any tests over 28 cycles are not admissible for a positive reliable result.

This alone invalidates over 90% of the alleged covid cases / ”infections” tracked by the use of this faulty test.

In addition to the flawed tests and fraudulent death certificates, the “experimental” vaccine itself is in violation of Article 32 of the Geneva Convention. Under Article 32 of the 1949 Geneva Convention IV, “mutilation and medical or scientific experiments not necessitated by the medical treatment of a protected person” are prohibited.

According to Article 147, conducting biological experiments on protected persons is a grave breach of the Convention.

The “experimental” vaccine is in violation of all 10 of the Nuremberg Codes which carry the death penalty for those who seek to violate these International Laws.

The “vaccine” fails to meet the five requirements to be considered a vaccine and is by definition a medical “experiment”.

Numerous documents and videos are available describing Dr Fuellmich’s cases and evidence.  One such link is

An update dated 10 September 2021 can  be viewed at: https://beforeitsnews.com/prophecy/2021/09/new-dr-reiner-fuellmich-with-laura-thompson-2523761.html

======================

High Court Case brought by Heterodoxies Society over Covid Pandemic

The full 190-page document can be downloaded from:  https://docdro.id/l69Brc8
Editor’s note: No other reference to this document has been located to date.  This/these will be added when available. 
Discussion

190 pages of riveting reading for those interested where Heterodoxies Society Incorporated is bringing a case against the government and other persons of interest in the High court over deceptive and fraudulent actions by these persons regarding the Covid pandemic.

A case is brought against the following persons: NZ Government, Prime Minister Jacinda Ardern,  NZ Ministers Andrew Little, Chris Hipkins, Ashley Bloomfield and 10 others.

The basic claim

  • SARS-Cov-2 virus does not exist as it has never been isolated from a human sample.
  • The PCR primers used to detect SARS-Cov-2 are apart of the human genome so all cases are 100% false positive.
  • The Pfizer Comirnaty vaccine hasn’t completed clinical trials so can’t be promoted as safe.

The named persons in the case are charged with committing crimes and being terrorists according to: Nuremberg Code, Universal Declaration of Human Rights, International Covenant of Civil and Political Rights, Medicines Act, NZ Bill of Rights, Human Rights Act, International Crimes and International Criminal Court Act, Rome Statute to the International Criminal Court, Terrorism Suppression Act, … and many more

It then provides an excellent and detailed summary of the fraud and lies that have occurred in the past 18 months relating to Covid-19 and how it evolved. The document provides numerous supporting data/document references that confirm the document’s credibility.

Then it attacks the Pfizer vaccine being a basic poison, unsafe, responsible for worldwide deaths and adverse reactions, pharmacokinetic issues and explains the extreme dangers as warned by numerous independent specialists.

It discusses how the public is being coerced into getting the so-called ‘vaccination’ and how the State going rogue through the surveillance of the public by GCSB and NZSIS.

Lastly, it proposes action to cease the vax program, stop covid propaganda, and seek and award damages.

Note: The above summary doesn’t really do the document justice, you really need to read it to understand this seminal document.

==========================

Case against the NSW Health Minister Hazzard in the NSW, Australia, Supreme Court

By Editor, CairnsNews.org, 8 September 2021

See full article, including all specific charges, at:

NSW vaccine apartheid is a lawless con job – time for people to take a stand

Australia’s Palmer United Party leader Craig Kelly and AFL Solicitors of Sydney are running a case against the NSW Health Minister Hazzard and Chief Medical Officer Chant in the NSW Supreme Court. They seek to obtain a ruling to declare vaccine mandates unlawful and in breach of the Australian Constitution section 51(xxiiiA), the Nuremberg Code of which Australia upheld after WWII and is a signatory, the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights as well as other federal and state laws including the Federal Biosecurity Act which makes any coercion or compulsion of any medical procedure unlawful including expressly “vaccines” without freely given informed consent.

Kelly and Tony Nikolic of AFL Solicitors note the following major points in law:

“1. First thing to remember is that at law in Australia, any so-called vaccine mandate is all lies, smoke and mirrors as there is no lawful authority whatsoever in this country to impose a vaccine mandate on the people collectively or any human person individually without a Court order after they have attended in court in person and had a chance to defend themself and oppose any such order, which a judge can only lawfully approve if they are proven to be without legal capacity (that is mentally incompetent to be exercise legal capacity).

2. “It is unlawful and impossible to mandate the vaccine on you or your children by any government agency, representative or individual, or by any employer or by any school – so calm down and take a deep breath.

3. “State Governments carefully use words and misconstrue facts to make it sound like it’s mandatory but it is not and your employer or school principal has no legal grounds to make it mandatory. They are trying to force you to voluntarily take the vaccine, Scomo has even said, its your choice and their is no liability because you chose it.

4. “Schools acted preemptively to send out letters implying, some even stating the vaccine was mandatory for children, when it is not. Forcing children and parents to volunteer to take the jab. School principals seeking to impose vaccine mandates are guilty of crimes against humanity, the Australian Constitutuon, the Federal Crimes Act 1914 (Cth), the Privacy Amendment Act 2020 (Cth), the Bio-Security Act 2015 (Cth) and the Nuremburg code.

=========================

Indian Bar Association sues WHO scientist over Ivermectin

By Justus R. Hope, MD, 10 June 2021

The Indian Bar Association (IBA) sued WHO Chief Scientist Dr. Soumya Swaminathan on May 25, accusing her in a 71-point brief of causing the deaths of Indian citizens by misleading them about Ivermectin.

Advocate Dipali Ojha, lead attorney for the Indian Bar Association, threatened criminal prosecution against Dr.  Swaminathan “for each death” caused by her acts of commission and omission. The brief accused Swaminathan of misconduct by using her position as a health authority to further the agenda of special interests to maintain an EUA for the lucrative vaccine industry.

https://indianbarassociation.in/press-releases/

See full article: https://www.thedesertreview.com/opinion/columnists/indian-bar-association-sues-who-scientist-over-ivermectin/article_f90599f8-c7be-11eb-a8dc-0b3cbb3b4dfa.html

Covid: preventative measures and relief

This new post lists medications and treatments that have credible endorsements on reducing the chance of getting Covid, Influenza, colds and similar health issues, and to minimise the effects if you do get an allied problem. Clearly, the post does not make recommendations but aims to ensure people have a wide range of information significant to their health issues.

Recipes for making Hydroxychloroquine (HCQ) at home

Editor’s note: A  ‘net search will reveal many more similar sites.

  •  WHAT IS HYDROXYCHLOROQUINE EXACTLY? IT IS NOTHING BUT QUININE. SOMETHING THAT ANYONE CAN MAKE AT HOME…AND SOMETHING THAT IS BEING MANUFACTURED EACH AND EVERY DAY
  • QUININE HAS MANY USES AND APPLICATIONS. IT IS ANALGESIC, ANESTHETIC, ANTI -ARRHYTHMIC, ANTIBACTERIAL, ANTIMALARIAL, ANTIMICROBIAL, ANTIPARASITIC, ANTIPYRETIC, ANTISEPTIC, ANTISPASMODIC, ANTIVIRAL, ASTRINGENT, BACTERICIDE, CYTOTOXIC, FEBRIFUGE, FUNGICIDE, INSECTICIDE, NERVINE
  •  HERE IS ALL YOU NEED TO DO TO MAKE YOUR VERY OWN QUININE…… TAKE THE RIND OF 2-3 LEMONS, 2-3 GRAPEFRUITS. TAKE THE PEEL ONLY AND COVER IT WITH WATER ABOUT 3 INCHES ABOVE THE PEELS.PUT A GLASS LID ON YOUR POT IF YOU HAVE ONE, A METAL ONE IS FINE IF YOU DON’T.
  • LET IT SIMMER FOR ABOUT 2 HOURS. DO NOT TAKE THE LID OFF OF THE POT TILL IT COOLS COMPLETELY AS THIS WILL ALLOW THE QUININE TO ESCAPE IN THE STEAM.
  • SWEETEN THE TEA WITH HONEY OR SUGAR SINCE IT WILL BE BITTER. TAKE 1 TABLESPOON EVERY COUPLE OF HOURS.

A selection of websites describing home recipes and medical use:

  • https://myempoweringlife.com/diy-recipe-for-homemade-hydroxychloroquine-quinine/  – Notes: The batch made about 4 cups of quinine liquid. Lasts for 14 days in the refrigerator. I filled up one 2 cup glass container to keep in fridge for my family and froze the other 2 cups in two ice cube trays then I transferred to a glass container for the future. Each ice cube is about 2 TBSP. You can take an ice cube and put in a cup and cover with boiling water. THIS IS MEANT TO BE INGESTED NO MORE THAN 14 DAYS AT A TIME.
  • HOME RECIPE FOR HYDROXYCHLOROQUINE (HCQ)

Protecting your health

Mike Adams, NaturalNews.com, 21 September 2021

Most importantly, protect your health with nutrition and emergency remedies. Personally, I don’t travel without chlorine dioxide, colloidal silver, black cumin seed oil, oregano oil, iodine and other essentials which can cover a variety of health support needs. I have even begun to carry a supply of prescription ivermectin and hydroxychloroquine, too. I’m also beginning to recommend people investigate sources of shikimic acid such as star anise herb, certain types of pine needles and fennel seeds (which can be chewed raw to release their shikimic acid).

I self-treated the sudden onset of aggressive symptoms with chlorine dioxide — and I shared this publicly on my podcasts at the time — which resolved the symptoms literally overnight. I am personally aware of another person who was sickened at the event and nearly died, taking about 3 weeks to recover. (See the site TheUniversalAntidote.com  [https://theuniversalantidote.com/] for details on chlorine dioxide and why flooding your body with oxygen produces such dramatic effects.)

Note: another reference to medical  use of Chlorine Dioxide to treat Covid, Influenza etc. can be viewed at: http://healyourselfathome.com/HOW/THERAPIES/CDT/ABOUT/CDT_MAIN.aspx

=========================

How To Obtain Hydroxychloroquine (HCQ) & Ivermectin

Please note: we are NOT medical practitioners.  PSI does NOT personally provide or prescribe HCQ or any other drugs.  What is presented below is for information purposes so that you can do your own research and make your own decisions.

In addition, please be advised that it is the considered opinion of many of our scientists and researchers that the disease termed COVID19 is not a scientifically proven viral infection. A ‘COVID’ case is more likely influenza or a bad cold.  Much fraud abounds on the issue for the purposes of duping an ignorant public into having unnecessary and expensive expensive ‘vaccines’ (not vaccines at all, but gene modification).

One of the more useful websites for information on readily getting these incredible multi-purpose medicines is garyritter.com. The site has a recent update (September 5, 2021):

Our government, the medical establishment, and their lackeys in the media have recently done a full court press to demonize Ivermectin, just as they previously did with Hydroxychloroquine (HCQ).

Here is a recent research paper on Ivermectin: https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/33278625/

This is a key line from the abstract: “There were no severe adverse drug events recorded in the study. A 5-day course of ivermectin was found to be safe and effective in treating adult patients with mild COVID-19.”

Many people have experienced delays in using the telemed program from America’s Front Line Doctors (AFLDS) at: https://speakwithanmd.com/.

Editor’s note: On Feb. 2, 1996 the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) published an announcement in “The Pharma Letter” explaining that ivermectin had officially been approved for non-veterinary use.  However, the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, which is really a private corporation posing as a public health agency, ivermectin should not be used by humans because it is intended for animals.

I wanted to provide additional resources for potential places to obtain Ivermectin and HCQ.  There are many, so I cannot vouch for any of them.  Here are some:

  • https://www.pushhealth.com/drugs/ivermectin
  • https://www.exstnc.com/ (Note: this list is a directory of doctors in other countries.  Again, I cannot vouch for any of them, but it also includes a doctor from CANADA for those who have asked.)

Please be advised: Many name brand pharmacies such as Walgreen’s likely won’t fill these prescriptions.  You will either need a local pharmacy willing to do so, or if the doctor you find who prescribes is able to refer to one he/she knows can fill the order quickly, then that’s also a good choice.

I hope many people have been seeking ways to obtain these meds because of the blackout by their own doctors.  Good luck.  I hope these resources are useful to you.

UPDATE: I just saw this concerning pharmacies at the FLCCC website.  They provide a list of pharmacies that will supposedly fill prescriptions for HCQ and Ivermectin: https://covid19criticalcare.com/pharmacies/

================================

Cairns Port Development

Cairns Port development was sabotaged by dodgy politics and ‘green’ ideology. 7 years after the first proposal a project one-tenth the original size has been completed within very dubious environmental regulations and has failed to achieve many of the available economic and safety benefits. The Queensland Government has passed laws that will prevent optimum development.

This post presents a chronology of issues and events relating to Cairns Port development up to 2019, including East Trinity. Scroll down for more background.

==========================

Superliners set to start steaming to Cairns as inlet dredging finishes

By Renee Cluff, Tropic Now, 26 September 2019

Four bookings have been taken for superliners at the Port of Cairns, as a dredging project to widen and deepen Trinity Inlet comes to a close.

The work, which began in July, allows vessels up to 300 metres in length to now access the port.

 “Isn’t it wonderful we’re seeing larger vessels already using this new opportunity,” Cairns MP Michael Healy told Tropic Now.

Cairns MP Michael Healy onboard dredging ship Balder R with staff who worked on the project.

“The fact that our port now has a greater capacity puts it in a different category of larger and deeper vessels.”

The first of the cruise ships that previously couldn’t enter the channel arrives next month.

Explorer Dream, formerly based in Hong Kong, will be in Cairns on October the 23rd and return again in March next year, carrying up to 2800 passengers at a time as it sails between Sydney and New Zealand.

She’ll be followed by the 293 metre-long Radiance of the Seas in November 2020 and the 294-metre long Carnival Spirit in December.

The dredging works were delayed for years over concerns about the dumping of dredge spoil. Eventually, a land-based solution was found. [Editor’s note: these ‘concerns’ and delays were solely the result of a few Greens/Labor extremists forcing their ideological agenda’s onto kowtowing politicians, resulting in a very sub-optimal result that went against CSIRO recommendations and delaying the clear benefits by many years.]

“Ports North has worked tirelessly over many years to find the balance between protecting the environment and the Great Barrier Reef, and ensuring our Port can facilitate economic growth for the region,” said Ports North Chairman Russell Beer.

“I am very proud of our team.”

Also included in the $127 million Cairns Shipping Development was the construction of a new swing basin at Smith’s Creek to enable future expansion of HMAS Cairns Navy base.

The third and final stage, a $20 million wharves makeover, is now underway and is scheduled for completion in April.

Over the next 22 years, the development is expected to provide for a forecast demand of up to 150 cruise ships through the Port of Cairns.

The State Government predicts such an industry expansion will create 2,700 jobs over the same period.

========================

Cairns Shipping Development: Dredging enters home stretch

By Chris Calcino, The Cairns Post, 29 July 2019

A second enormous dredging vessel has arrived to carry out the final grunt work in the $127?million Cairns Shipping Development.

Dredge barge Woomera has arrived from the Sunshine Coast to assist with the dredging of Trinity Inlet.

A SECOND enormous dredging vessel has arrived to carry out the final grunt work in the $127?million Cairns Shipping Development.

The Woomera — Australia’s largest backhoe dredge — has been tasked with digging out the tough clay at the bottom of the Trinity Inlet shipping channel to allow larger ships to come to port.

Its arrival marks the end of suction hopper Balder R’s previous work to clear out the softer dredge spoil on the floor’s surface.

Cairns MP Michael Healy said the project was moving ahead on schedule.

“The hard clay this one digs out will be taken back and put as landfill on Ports North land, which will add to their capacity to increase the land of the port,” he explained.

“Unlike a new building or road, people don’t get to see this every day — but there are a lot of their taxes at work so we want to keep them informed.”

Mr Healy said the final stage of the project would be to upgrade the wharf in preparation for larger cruise ships.

==========================

Cairns Shipping Development: Dredging vessel arrives in FNQ

Cairns Shipping Development. Dredging vessel arrives in FNQ  The Cairns Post, 20 June 2019

Editor’s note:  The first proposal to dredge the inlet in 2012 was to dredge 10m cubic metres. The second proposal was to remove 4.3m; the third, now underway, is to remove only 1m cubic metres, with legal constraints on any further spoil removal except for maintenance. The option to place the spoil in a large hole well inside Great Barrier Reef was removed by an arbitrary line across the harbour drawn just shore-side of the hole, thus excluding the option that has been used for many decades for spoil placement. The second option also discounted the vital need and much lower priced option (ruled too expensive according to some incorrect assumptions in the report (the Coordinator General ignored the submission that pointed out these errors) to place the spoil on land at East Trinity.  Some of the land at East Trinity is highly polluted, but CSIRO’s recommendation to fix the problem by covering with spoil was ignored by the Queensland Government.  The current project will place the spoil in a hole temporarily before pumping it several kilometres to privately-owned land near the Barron River.  The full story is recounted in detail below this post.

A Danish dredging vessel has arrived to start pumping up to a million cubic metres of sludge and sand for the Cairns Shipping Development.

A DANISH dredging vessel has arrived in Far North Queensland in preparation to start pumping up to a million cubic metres of sludge and sand for the Cairns Shipping Development.

The $127 million project to deepen and widen the Trinity Inlet shipping channel is set to start early next month and finish in mid-September.

Suction hopper dredger Balder R arrives in Cairns to carry out the $177 million Cairns Shipping Development dredging.

Construction is already well under way for about 8km of pipelines required to pump the dredge spoil to its final resting place on land — as opposed to its usual on-water placement.

However, until now there has been no sign of the dredging vessel tasked with carrying out the bulk of the work.

Balder R pumps sand onto Miami Beach on the Gold Coast. Suction hopper dredge Balder R is now moored in the Port of Cairns awaiting the start of work early next month.

Work underway to build the pipeline transporting dredge spoil from Trinity Inlet to the Northern Sands Quarry at Holloways Beach.

The 2011-built vessel owned by Denmark company Rohde Nielsen A/S arrived in Cairns by way of Singapore, and was previously stationed in Sri Lankan capital Colombo.

It was based in the Gold Coast in 2017 carrying out a $13.9 million program to replenish the Glitter Strip’s coastline when it broke down twice.

The Danish Sand Dredger The Balder R worked off Nobbys Beach in Newcastle. On that project, it was not encumbered by the added complexities of pumping the spoil through a long series of pipes on to land. It showed in the final price.

The $13.9 million Gold Coast project involved dredging about three million cubic metres of sand — three times as much dredge spoil for about 8 per cent of the Cairns Shipping Development cost.

====================

Dredge capsizes on way to start Cairns Shipping Development

Dredge capsizes on way to start Cairns Shipping Development  The Cairns Post, 26 April 2019

A DREDGING vessel carrying 43,000 litres of diesel has capsized on its way to start work on the long-awaited expansion of the Cairns shipping channel.

Dredging barge Wombat overturned in the Coral Sea about 160km east of Cooktown on Wednesday morning while under tow to Australia.

An Australian Marine Safety Authority spokesman said no crew members were on board the Wombat at the time.

“The barge remains connected to the tug Vulcan to hold the Wombat in position and tow it back toward PNG while the owner arranges commercial salvage services from PNG,” he continued.

“AMSA is in contact with the master of the Vulcan and the barge owner’s representatives and is monitoring the situation.

“The barge is not self-propelled but is fitted with machinery for the operation of its dredging equipment.”

The barge was on its way to support the $127?million capital dredging program of the Cairns shipping channel.

The spokesman said there were 43 cubic metres of diesel on board.

“AMSA has been advised that the first priority will be the removal of the fuel,” he said.

Hall Contracting is the secondary contractor, behind RN Dredging, due to carry out the $127 million dredging program from early-July to mid-September.

A spokeswoman for Hall said the Wombat was carrying two large suction pumps, with the bulk of the actual dredging to be carried out by a separate vessel.

She said there was no risk of diesel leaking into the ocean, as it was kept in barrels sealed below the deck.

“The vessel underwent Australian Quarantine Inspection Services cleaning and successfully passed a survey inspection and warranty tow inspection prior to departure,” she said.

“Its watertight integrity was also routinely assessed multiple times, with no cause for concern identified.

“Hall Contracting has been advised the incident has not posed any environmental hazards and there are no indications of debris in the water.”

The cause of the capsize is unknown.

It is understood the Cairns Shipping Development will not be delayed, with Hall having the option of deploying alternative suction dredges to complete the work.

Hall Contracting’s full statement

Australian dredging company Hall Contracting has been advised its cutter suction dredge, Wombat, overturned in the Coral Sea yesterday.

An external towage contractor was towing the vessel from Port Moresby to Cairns at the time of the incident.

No one was on board and all personnel aboard the accompanying tug boat are safe.

At this stage, the cause is unknown.

The vessel remains afloat and it is currently being towed back to Port Moresby under the direction of insurers.

The vessel underwent Australian Quarantine Inspection Services cleaning and successfully passed a survey inspection and warranty tow inspection prior to departure.

Its watertight integrity was also routinely assessed multiple times, with no cause for concern identified.

Wombat was afloat for several days before departing for Australia and was approximately three-and-a-half days into the journey when it overturned.

Hall Contracting has been advised the incident has not posed any environmental hazards and there are no indications of debris in the water.

We have been working closely with Marine Safety Queensland and the Australian Maritime Safety Authority (AMSA) to ensure all regulatory procedures are adhered to.

The dredge was originally being towed to Cairns to pump dredged material at Trinity Inlet. Wombat’s return to Port Moresby will not delay the project, with Hall Contracting able to use alternative equipment to complete the task.

=============================

Less for more: Dredging price tag rattles proponents

The Cairns Post, 30 January 2019

TRINITY Inlet dredging advocates have questioned how Cairns Shipping Development costs have blown out by $7.6?million despite the project being scaled back.

Cairns Port Development president Ron Crew was baffled by the $127.6 million price tag issued since Building Queensland completed its detailed business case.

He said the estimated volume of marine sediment for relocation as now 740,000 cubic metres to be dumped at the Northern Sands quarry and 50,000 cubic metres at the end of Tingira St in Portsmith, despite approvals being in place for up to 1 million cubic metres.

“The question is: If the volume of relocated marine sediment is the lesser amount of 790,000 cubic metres, what amount may the cost estimate reduce by?” Mr Crew asked.

“We would expect the overall cost may only reduce marginally as the majority of cost is the bund walls, pumps, piping and dredging, that are fixed costs.

“We consider this to be a very expensive project in comparison to alternative locations that may have been used.

“We would hope Northern Sands site can take the full 1 million cubic metres, as the council approval has made provision for the larger amount.”

Mr Crew ships entering the port would be limited to 300m in length, ruling out the 320m Voyager class which would be the dominant cruise ship in Australian waters by 2026.

“The project is delayed, is very expensive and is insufficient”, he said.

=============================

Cairns Shipping Development Project update

Cairns Post,  8 August 2018

THE dredging of Trinity Inlet is shaping up to be a multimillion-dollar windfall for former Cairns pub baron Tom Hedley.

The former high profile developer is the owner of Northern Sands, the Holloways Beach quarry where 1 million cubic metres of dredge spoil is proposed to be dumped, as part of the Cairns Shipping Development Project.

Development applications for earthworks associated with the $120 million project — to widen and deepen the city’s shipping channel to accommodate larger cruise ships — were lodged last week with Cairns Regional Council.

The plans detail the first phase of the project, involving the construction of the “Northern Sands Dredge Material Placement Area” on land within the Barron Delta, containing Mr Hedley’s sand quarry, waste disposal and processing facility.

New bunds would be built at the quarry, which would be used alongside the placement of soft clay dredge material from Trinity Inlet.

The dredge spoil is to be delivered from the inlet into the area as a slurry through a 7.5km pipeline.

Ports North’s revised environmental impact statement (EIS) for the project shows site acquisition for the land placement of the dredge spoil will cost $10.8 million.

Compensation costs to other land holders may also be part of the site acquisition costs.

Mr Hedley declined to comment yesterday, citing a confidentiality agreement with the port authority.

==========================

Ports North net profit of $16.1 million for 2017/18 financial year

Cairns Post, 2 October 2018

Editor’s note: Approval has still not been received for several aspects of the dredging project.

THRIVING  trade and steady tourism have doubled Ports North’s net profit over 12 months, prompting calls for Trinity Inlet dredging to be listed as a priority project.

The corporation recorded a $16.1 million net profit at June 30, compared with $8.8 million last year.

Ports North chairman Russell Beer said the corporation had been actively targeting trade “rather than just waiting for it to come in”.

“We’re seeing a lot more commercial activity through the port, more than we’ve probably seen for about 60 or 70 years,” Mr Beer said.

Cargo for the Mt Emerald Wind Farm and Rio Tinto’s Amrun (Weipa) mine projects has increased Ports North’s trade revenue, resulting in a $3.5 million boost in the underlying operating result.

The port also secured the contract as the supply port for cargo for the new $75 million green energy power plant at the Arriga sugar mill.

“Because we’ve demonstrated the capacity to deal in those large infrastructure components people are now looking at our port in a different light,” Mr Beer said. “We’ve got people chasing us now.”

An increase in super yacht and cruise visits also helped. Mr Beer said the loss of the Pacific Eden’s home port in Cairns shouldn’t adversely affect next year’s figures.

“The cruise ship isn’t one of the key drivers to our profitability,” Mr Beer said.

Cairns Port Development president Ron Crew said it was important to upgrade facilities to keep it financially healthy.

“We have Northern Australia’s most used port … and we seem to get left behind all the time,” he said, adding that the dredging needed to be a priority project.

Ports North has been allowed to retain this year’s dividends – normally paid to the State Government – as partial contribution to dredging costs.

Following approval of the environmental impact statement, Ports North is working to obtain all relevant approvals to move the dredging project to the construction phase.

Mr Beer said work could start after the wet season.

“A couple of years ago there were less than 20 vessels coming in; now we have more than 60, so the trajectory is in the right direction,” he said.

“We expect by the middle of the 2020 decade we’ll be seeing up to 150 cruise ships visiting here a year.”

==================

Letter published in the Cairns Post, 15 September 2018

The recently released Queensland Ports Association report, Sediments and Dredging at GBR Ports report, June 2018, provides the figures for Cairns port on page 5.

Cairns port-related re-suspension of sediment is 1% of the total natural load; that is, tidal, wind and waves, and in any case is far from the reef.

The ‘Save the Reef’ activists greatly exaggerate the re-suspension loads, and so the supposed related costs.

These and similar furphys led to government policy such as the Reef 2050 Plan that initially caused our port development project to triple in cost based on several invalid assumptions, then get downsized and now delayed as well as banning future expansion.

The opportunities lost to our local economy are already valued in the 100’s of millions of dollars.

===================

Letter published in the Cairns Post, 12 September 2018

Advance Cairns received special mention in the Queensland parliament Hansard records on the 10th of November 2015. Then the Minister for State Development stated that Advance Cairns supported a downscaled Cairns port that effectively condemned it to a backwater small scale port.

Today we still bear the brunt of the failure of Advance Cairns to support our port even though we have the largest population in Northern Australia with the largest marine servicing sector, reef tourism and fishing fleet based at the port. Industries in Cairns are lamenting the stagnation of port modernisation progress, yet Advance Cairns hosted the Prime Minister last week who appears unaware of the Commonwealth Governments draconian Reef 2050 plan imposed regulations with no solutions on offer. Moving marine mud to create a deep shipping channel within the harbour operating limits does not harm the reef.

Advance Cairns is not advancing Cairns port. Advance Cairns appears beholden to the interests of a few including the Queensland government-owned Ports North, a major sponsor of Advanced Cairns. The question remains, when is Advance Cairns going to do as their name suggests?

===================

Letter published in the Cairns Post, 8 August 2018

Questions over spoil site

Re: Hedley’s $10.8m spoils (CP,8/8), taxpayers would like Ports North to answer the following questions:

  1. What would be the alternative costs to place the bulk of the dredging spoil on the state-owned East Trinity site? The existing bund walls on this site would need minor upgrades, the site is closer to the planned dredging and the spoil would fix the serious and costly acid sulphate soil problems caused by the State ignoring CSIRO advice.
  2. Would the East Trinity site involve less overall environmental issues?
  3. If the spoil is pumped to Hadley’s quarry, could the raised area be suitable to convert later to industrial land?

The East Trinity site was evaluated in Ports North’s 2015 draft EIS report for the dredging project.

A submission to the Coordinator General noted serious flaws in the report’s assumptions.

======================

Cairns Post readers back dredging for bigger cruise ships

Cairns Post readers back dredging for bigger cruise ships  By Chris Calcino, The Cairns Post, 19 July 2018

Hedley to reap $10.8M spoils from Cairns Shipping Development Project

By Daniel Bateman, The Cairns Post, 8 August 2018

https://www.cairnspost.com.au/news/cairns/hedley-to-reap-108m-spoils-from-cairns-shipping-development-project/news-story/bacf11a14ac83db4e96b28cc7d3b8875

THE dredging of Trinity Inlet is shaping up to be a multimillion-dollar windfall for former Cairns pub baron Tom Hedley.

The former high-profile developer is the owner of Northern Sands, the Holloways Beach quarry where 1 million cubic metres of dredge spoil is proposed to be dumped, as part of the Cairns Shipping Development Project.

Development applications for earthworks associated with the $120 million project — to widen and deepen the city’s shipping channel to accommodate larger cruise ships — were lodged last week with Cairns Regional Council.

The plans detail the first phase of the project, involving the construction of the “Northern Sands Dredge Material Placement Area” on land within the Barron Delta, containing Mr Hedley’s sand quarry, waste disposal and processing facility.

New bunds would be built at the quarry, which would be used alongside the placement of soft clay dredge material from Trinity Inlet.

The dredge spoil is to be delivered from the inlet into the area as a slurry through a 7.5km pipeline.

Ports North’s revised environmental impact statement (EIS) for the project shows site acquisition for the land placement of the dredge spoil will cost $10.8 million.

Compensation costs to other land holders may also be part of the site acquisition costs.

Mr Hedley declined to comment yesterday, citing a confidentiality agreement with the port authority.

==============================

Cairns Post, survey results, 19 July 2018

IF POLITICIANS are waiting for a mandate to ramp up dredging in Trinity Inlet, they have it now.

Four years. Three polls. No change in opinion.

The Cairns Post’s recent Your Say on the Far North Reader Survey asked if the current dredging program should be expanded to allow bigger ships full of tourists to dock.

An overwhelming 80 per cent of respondents backed the idea, in almost perfect synchrony with previous independent appraisals.

Compass Research conducted a random survey ahead of the 2016 local government elections and discovered 82.5 per cent of residents supported deepening the shipping channel.

A couple of years earlier, another Compass survey commissioned by Ports North found 78 per cent of people supported dredging.

The key difference this time is that dredging has been approved – subject to a protracted business case from Building Queensland – but not to a satisfactory degree for Far Northerners.

Cairns Regional Council Mayor Bob Manning believed politics, not economic and environmental realities, had triggered the current scaled-down 1 million cubic metre dredging plan.

The 2014 study for the Newman government’s since-abandoned 4.4 million cubic metre proposal found dredge spoil could be placed at a depth of 28.7m with basically no dispersal – even in cyclonic conditions.

“Dredge material deposited at that level does not move,” Cr Manning said.

“Here’s a case where the doctor says this is the diagnosis but we’re not going to treat you accordingly.”

Cairns Shipping Development Inc spokeswoman Emma Thirkell hoped Building Queensland was taking so long on the business case because it had realised the current proposal to cap cruise ships at 300m in length would be a wasted opportunity.

“I hope they might be allowing a redesign of the channel so they can get the Voyager class in,” she said.

“They’re up to 320m long.

“To tack on a bit more doesn’t have to be expensive.

“We would still work on getting the Reef 2050 Plan amended because of what that does to investor confidence.

“But at least it becomes less urgent.”

Proponents for a return to the original, quadrupled-in-scale project say the Federal Government is not free of blame, with its Reef 2050 plan banning placing capital dredge spoils at sea.

“It has to be amended,” Ms Thirkell said.

“It’s due for revision in 2019, and we will be advocating on behalf of the city to get it changed – you just can’t put this economic cap on the city.”

=======================

Freight boss calls for Admiralty Island port expansion for Cairns

Freight boss calls for Admiralty Island port expansion for Cairns  By Chris Calcino, The Cairns Post, 16 July 2018

https://www.cairnspost.com.au/news/cairns/freight-boss-calls-for-admiralty-island-port-expansion-for-cairns/news-story/48ffa6ddc6c546822bce9c5c414e7dde

THE boss of Australia’s biggest privately-owned shipping company says Cairns has three options – expand the port, cap the population or let future generations starve.

Sea Swift CEO Fred White has outlined a proposal to transform Admiralty Island into Northern Australia’s premier logistics hub, complete with road and rail access and a fuel tank farm removed from the mainland.

The idea has been bandied about for decades, only now undergoing a resurgence amid Trinity Inlet dredging’s awaited start and predictions of the region’s population doubling to 500,000 by 2050.

Mr White dared politicians to stake a claim for the future or watch jobs float away to centres willing to dream big.

“The hub incorporates a railhead, major road access realignment, laydown areas, and to remove the current constraints limiting existing port operations,” he said.

“Importantly, this concept provides certainty and optimism for current and prospective operators and users and will encourage private sector investment.

Sea Swift CEO Fred White has outlined a proposal to turn Admiralty Island into a new port precinct for Cairns called the Northern Australian Logistics Hub. PICTURE: CAIRNS POST

“There are too many constraints in the current port land use configurations, which impact on efficiencies and increased costs.”

Port land is facing death by a thousand cuts, with concepts like the State Government’s global tourism hub casino-resort expected to remove another valuable bank of potential growth land.

Even the approval for Hemingways Brewery to take over Wharf One raised questions over the State Government’s long-term vision for the port.

Mr White said the lack of an overarching strategic plan to 2050 meant piecemeal developments such as Mourilyan Harbour upgrades or shoe-horning cramped infrastructure into the existing Cairns port would occur sporadically.

Even then, the available land may have a rapidly approaching shelf life.

Cairns only imports fertiliser and fuel by ship, but the scenario will be very different once this century is half exhausted.

Mr White said containerised imports would be necessary once the population reached a critical mass unable to be served solely by road.

Royal Australian Navy, Boarding Party personnel demonstrate a search on a simulated suspect vessel during the Live Exercise demonstration at the Proliferation Security Initiative, Exercise Pacific Protector, 17 held at HMAS Cairns on September 9.

Like Sea Swift, he said major freight firms like Toll and Linfox would want to invest in a state-of-the-art logistics hub on Admiralty Island.

“We’re not quite there yet, but that population is coming and it’s coming at a rate of knots,” he said.

“That’s why we need to start thinking about this and planning for it.”

Sea Swift faces a battle getting the proposal considered by government, with major environmental and cultural concerns about developing the island, particularly considering the volume of dredge spoil necessary to reclaim the land.

Mr White said he was ready for that conversation, noting Portsmith was swampland until dredge spoil made it usable.

“You move it once and it’s future-proofed,” he said.

“It allows foreshore development, but more importantly it allows a working port future.

“We need to reinvest in Cairns and start treating this issue seriously as one of strategic importance to keep our operators here and to attract new ones.”

Enterprise North president Kevin Byrne. PICTURE: STEWART McLEAN

Byrne backs Sea Swift proposal

ENTERPRISE North has taken aboard Sea Swift’s proposed Northern Australia Logistics Hub as one of its key infrastructure policies.

The fledgling regional advocacy group’s president Kevin Byrne said the time was right to get Ports North, Cairns Regional Council and the State and Federal governments to the table.

He said the concept needed to be integrated into the council’s strategic plan, as well as “agile thinking and innovative funding” from all levels of government.

“Marine-based activities will play a decisive role in our future economic fortunes, providing for employment and domestic and international trading opportunities,” he said.

“We have oodles of land, deep water off Admiralty Island, and we are at the end of the northern rail line and the Pacific Highway.

“These are important strategic advantages and we need to capitalise on them.”

The possibility of moving HMAS Cairns was discussed but not deemed make-or-break, given existing operators’ shift would open up new Defence land in Portsmith.

Representatives from all three tiers of government have received informal presentations on the proposal, along with several marine operators who have showed varying degrees of enthusiasm.

Mr Byrne said the next steps were to work through the details and arrive at a general agreement about progressing the various and staged components of the plan.

“We have the Northern Australia Infrastructure Facility here available to support these sorts of projects provided that there is the agreement between Federal and State governments,” he said.

“We create an additional industrial land bank, we relocate the fuel tanks farm to a new and more appropriate location on Admiralty Island, and free up and value-add land within the city in close proximity to the CBD.

“We can look at the growth of HMAS Cairns through a new set of eyes and provide some real impetus behind the mooted Cairns Marine Maintenance Precinct.

“What a wonderful opportunity now to do this.”

Cairns MP Michael Healy is not yet convinced Admiralty Island is the right solution. PICTURE: BRENDAN RADKE.

Questions over the need

THE only way Cairns MP Michael Healy sees the Admiralty Island pitch gaining traction is if Defence opts to shift HMAS Cairns across the inlet.

“If the Federal Government wanted to build a Defence facility at Admiralty Island, then the Federal Government would have the legal right to do so,” he said.

That foray could set the ball rolling for further development, but Mr Healy (above) was not ready to back the proposal without proper scrutiny.

“I think it’s fabulous that we’ve got a significant marine operator in our area that thinks they should be expanding to other areas,” Mr Healy said.

“The authority that is charged with the ongoing development and future needs of our port is Ports North.

“Ports North is made up of a board of selected individuals, the majority of them have been influential locals.

“I would see it as their responsibility to project growth in that area and where we need to be by 2030 and 2050.”

Mayor Bob Manning says working port land should be sacrosanct. PICTURE: STEWART McLEAN

Inevitability slowly marches forward

MAYOR Bob Manning hoped developing the untouched island between Cairns and East Trinity will not be necessary, but said it may be inevitable if the working port keeps losing space to expand.

“When the City Port masterplan was passed by the Cabinet, it defined the boundary between the City Port and the working port,” he said.

“There was never to be any stepping over the line into the working port.

“You don’t build an airport

and then use it as a parking lot.”

Cr Manning (left) said Cairns’s shipping potential was going backwards, despite multimillion-dollar promises of investment from governments.

“The port has probably the highest density of people of any part of the city,” he said.

“It (Ports North) is there to protect, preserve and provide for the future port needs of Cairns.

“It’s not there to shut these businesses out.

“That should be sacrosanct.”

Member for Leichardt Warren Entsch and Minister for Defence Marise Payne visits HMAS Cairns to speak about expansion plans to the Navy base. PICTURE: BRENDAN RADKE

Defending the port’s future

SHIFTING HMAS Cairns off the mainland has Leichhardt MP Warren Entsch’s wholehearted support – and he says the scheme is nothing new to Ports North.

“The Port Authority has already done a concept plan, and the base fits perfectly over there,” he said.

“The fact is, Defence has already committed close to $750 million for upgrades over the next 10 years.

“I’ve already raised it as a prospect the Defence Department needs to look at.”

Mr Entsch (left) said a letter of support from the State Government would help shore up the proposal’s legitimacy in the Federal Government’s eyes.

“We could start looking at some sort of land exchange,”

he said.

“They might be a bit nervous, but the State Government really needs to be on board with this, otherwise we’ll be going nowhere.”

The last of the Mt Emerald wind farm blades arrived at the Port of Cairns on December 19, 2017, in a shipment delivered from Houston in the United States. CREDIT: PORTS NORTH

Masterplan under review

PORTS North is due to create a new development masterplan over the coming 12 months.

“Since 2006, trade demand has been consistent with the masterplan, and the existing infrastructure does not constrain any of the port operations,” a spokeswoman said.

“As part of normal practice Ports North will be undertaking a review of the existing masterplan and developing a new masterplan for the future commencing during this financial year.”

The work will include “significant stakeholder and port user consultation”.

Norship Marine operating with all cylinders firing in February 2016 with maintenance, refits and restoration underway two Armidale Class patrol boats, one Cape Class patrol boat, one Pacific patrol boat, one Freemantle Class patrol boat, two Bay Class patrol boats and 30 commercial vessels (not all pictured). PICTURE: SUPPLIED

Comment: Time to knuckle down

THE term lingchi refers to the ancient Chinese “lingering death” torture and execution process, whereby tiny portions of a person’s body are gradually sliced away until the sweet release of death finally arrives.

Port land in Cairns is slowly but surely going the same way as those poor tormented souls – a finger lopped here for an admittedly lovely brewery, a big toe there for a “global tourism hub” casino.

We can survive on what we’ve got now, but eventually a critical mass will be reached where we need major port growth to allow imports as well as exports, just to keep us fed, clothed and employed.

Cairns has the biggest locally-based commercial marine fleet in the state with 1600 vessels – more than Brisbane’s 1200 and way above the 600 on Townsville’s books.

According to the 2016 census, it boasts the greatest employment in marine activities in Northern Australia, and the region’s population is also the fastest growing in the North.

Unless we take off the blinkers and look far ahead to 2050 and beyond, places like Darwin will catch us with our dacks down.

Turning Admiralty Island into a logistics hub may or may not be the answer, but it is at the very least a strong prospect that will become inevitable if this death by a thousand cuts is allowed to continue.

The benefits are obvious, but the cultural and environmental concerns cannot be ignored and will be a bloody minefield to negotiate.

Leases on the fuel farms in Portsmith start expiring from 2024, and the Federal Government is talking about spending $750 million over a decade on the marine industry with little detail on where it will go.

It’s time to start the discussion.

Chris Calcino
chris.calcino@news.com.au

===========================

Cairns Post article, 14 June 2018

FUNDING for the dredging of Trinity Inlet is not expected to start flowing at least until next financial year.

The Palaszczuk Government has been criticised for not including any new funding for the Cairns Shipping Development Project in the 2018-19 State Budget.

The only mention the project receives in budget papers is a commitment to “progress approvals” for the widening and deepening of the city’s main shipping channel.

A spokesman for Transport Minister Mark Bailey said $60 million towards the project was already committed in the 2017-18 budget, subject to the business case stacking up and all relevant environmental approvals being obtained.

“That commitment, of course, remains,” he said.

“As identified in Budget Paper 2, the Port of Cairns is continuing to progress regulatory approvals.

“The Port is currently awaiting Federal approval of their EIS (Environmental Impact Statement), and the business case for the project is being finalised.

“The State’s funding will flow, and will be reflected in future budget documents, once all relevant approvals have been obtained.”

The initial project involved the removal of 4.1 million cubic metres of dredge spoil from Trinity Inlet, to allow larger cruise ships to berth at the port.

The project’s scope was reduced last year to allow 1 million cubic metres of spoil to be dredged, for better environmental and economic outcomes.

Cairns Port Development president Ron Crew, whose group has been fighting to have the channel dredged since the early 2010s, said it sounded like the project had stalled.

“I’m really disappointed in it not getting the green light,” he said.

“I am aware that Townsville Port has received about $1.6 billion, where we were promised $120 million.

“It’s almost laughable that we get left out of it.

“I just can’t believe that we’re not getting the money, and getting it in a hurry.”

————————————

Letter to the Cairns Post Editor following the Coordinator General’s evaluation report, 24 March 2018:

The Coordinator General’s evaluation report on the environmental impact statement for the Cairns Shipping Development Project is now available.

Two requirements stated in the project’s Environmental Impact Study report Terms of Reference were to provide ‘descriptions of all feasible alternative land-based spoil disposal,’ and ‘sufficient baseline economic data to underpin a comprehensive assessment of the direct, indirect, cumulative, costs and impacts of the project.’

The Coordinator General’s report covers a massive range of environmental considerations, but is silent on these two points.

Options for placement of spoil at East Trinity in the 2015 draft EIS had major errors noted in submissions to the CG. East Trinity is not even mentioned in the CG report.

The 2012 Ports North proposal included 10.5 million cubic metres of spoil; the 2015 plan had 4.3 million and the current proposal is ‘less than 1 million’.

Until Ports North presents a full benefit-cost assessment that demonstrates the current plan is the best option, no one, including the CG, should accept the present plan is optimal for the Cairns Region. It doesn’t even pass the ‘pub test’.

=================

Letter published in Cairns Post, 25 July 2017

The Cairns Post article ‘Port must dig deeper’ (24/7) notes Federal Minister Matt Canavan ‘has promised to take up the fight for a more extensive plan…’.

After 5 years and over $8m preparing reports, the revised EIS report is at best a temporary fix; only a quarter of the dredging previously proposed.  But current legislation would prevent any further ‘capital’ dredging projects for two decades.

It is vital that the current proposal be extended to be just the first phase of a longer-term project.

The current proposal to pump all spoil into sand pits by the Barron River is preferred to the alternative location at East Trinity.  However, the report’s reasoning comprises mostly subjective assessments and a few unconvincing quantitative comparisons.

The next immediate step should be preparation of a detailed cost/benefit plan for a long-term phased dredging plan that includes credible comparisons with an alternative to place immediate and future spoil at East Trinity.

=======================

Calls for Cairns Port dredge spoil to go to East Trinity

Calls for Cairns Port dredge spoil to go to East Trinity, 24 July 2017

DREDGING  supporters have dusted off calls for East Trinity to be transformed into a new residential suburb built atop huge amounts of spoil scooped from the bed of Trinity Inlet.

Members of the Cairns Port Development group took ­Senator Matt Canavan and the Cairns Post on a helicopter tour of the city to point out ­potential sites where dredge spoil could be dumped.

Well-known authority on the issue Norm Whitney ­rejected the notion East Trinity was an environmentally ­important natural wetland, pointing to a photos from 1988 showing it was covered by cane farms, grazing land and a healthy melaleuca forest.

Hundreds of those trees now stand dead and leafless in artificial stagnant ponds.

“Compare that to the present environmental mess we overlooked where the now ­former high-and-dry farming land is overgrown with secondary growth vegetation and weeds and is a habitat for feral pigs and other vermin,” Mr Whitney said.

A CSIRO study found the lower sections of East Trinity were 1.4m lower than the original land level.

The group appealed to Mr Canavan to use his political ­influence to have Cairns classed as a priority port and the original 4.4 million cubic-metre capital dredging plan to be reinstated rather than the current scaled-back version.

A dead melaleuca forest now sits in stagnant water at East Trinity.

“The port has to be determined to be a strategic port and the dredging be able to continue as necessary,” Mr Whitney said.

“The present dredging program must only be classified as Stage 1 of the total project.”

Maintenance dredging is ­already undertaken annually but Down Under Cruise and Dive managing director Peppi Iovanella said it barely touched the surface.

He pointed out yachts and small boats actually avoiding the path set by floating leads directing users to the supposedly safest channel to the port, despite maintenance dredging being carried out just last week.

“It’s a joke. It’s not really dredging and it’s not safe. It’s not even maintenance dredging. It’s negligible,” he said.

“Forget the cruise ships, even the local operation is a problem. I don’t totally blame Ports North. All their money goes down to Brisbane.”

The Cairns and Far North Environment Centre and Ports North could not be reached for comment.

PLEDGE TO ACT

FEDERAL Minister for Northern Australia Senator Matt Canavan has pledged to take up the fight for a more comprehensive dredging scheme and further development of Port of Cairns.

“The port development is crucial to the future of the Cairns economy, especially to ensure it builds a diverse and resilient economy,” he said.

“I will take up the issues raised by Cairns Port Development with the Queensland Government and Ports North.”

=====================

Cairns Post, 16 February 2017

Dredge delays veiled in secrecy

Note: click on the thumb print if article does not show.

A letter published in the Cairns Post, 17 February, from this website’s editor summed up the reaction from all but the more extreme green/left community: ‘The continuing delays to deepening Trinity Inlet are a disgrace (‘Dredge delays veiled in secrecy’, 16/2) – what you would expect in a third-world dictatorship.   I recall a meeting with Mayor Bob Manning nearly two years ago to discuss the port deepening and major associated benefits.   I was dismayed at Bob’s explanations, and said so.  Having led or advised on many far larger projects overseas, I know how projects can be completed rapidly, particularly when the benefit-cost calculations are very positive, as is the case with the port deepening.  Now I realise that the main driver of FNQ infrastructure projects is politics, and offer my apologies to you, Bob, for my naivety.   The latest explanation from Ports North for not completing a comprehensive project plan after some five years, and spending over $8 million dollars of our money, is pathetic and appears to assume we locals are idiots.’

22 June 2016. Excellent news that Cairns Port development seems to be back on track.  The Cairns Post, 22 June, reported ‘PORTS North will zero in on two possible locations to dump one million cubic metres of dredge spoil from Trinity Inlet.  The Cairns Post yesterday revealed dredging of the Cairns shipping channel would be fast-tracked to allow cruise ships up to 300-metres long to dock at the city’s port.  City leaders welcomed the revival of the project, which would have a total cost of about $120 million.  Ports North chairman Russell Beer said the organisation would work hard over the next 12 months to complete a rigorous environmental impact statement and “turn that into an approval”.’ Some background:  After Ports North presented a practical plan in 2012, something happened causing their plans to veer off course.  Was this applying fashionable ‘green’ ideology?  Over $5 million dollars spent on consultants produced a draft EIS, checked by the Coordinator General and passed to Treasurer Pitt who pronounced the port development far too expensive at $365 million.  This draft EIS was shown to have major flaws.  Now different consultants indicate dredging only 1 million cubic metres of spoil – 23% of the previous 4.4 million – will enable larger cruise ships up to 90,000 tonnes and full fuel and sugar cargo ships to navigate the harbour.  The proposal includes innovative ideas such as pumping the spoil to an underwater location in a sand pit, so no expensive treatment will be needed.  Also, an East Trinity site is favoured – presumably to cover the small highly polluted area, as recommended by CSIRO in 1999.  Hopefully the new plan, costed at $120 million, will now be expedited.  It seems fair for the cost of this essential infrastructure be shared equally by the Federal and Queensland State governments.

8 June, the Cairns Post included an impressive 20-page supplement that presented a wide range of articles explaining the issues and benefits available from widening and deepening the Trinity Inlet.  The lead-article was an open letter to the Prime Minister, leader of the opposition and the Queensland Premier asking for their support to expedite the port development project.  The supplement is complimentary to the March 1 report to the Premier Cairns Port Development Report to Ministers.

1 June 2016: Advance Cairns, the peak independent non-government Advocacy and Economic Development Organisation for Tropical North Queensland (TNQ), advised on its new website: RECOMMENDATION – Prioritise Cairns port infrastructure as a strategic investment in the regional economy enabling long-term sustained growth for tourism, Navy, port and service industries.  Commit to this $1B industry by supporting the EIS process and implementing the CSDP’ (Cairns Shipping Development Project). The announcement continued: Project Timelines – The final cost will be assessed as part of the revised Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) with expenditure in 2017-20. EIS commenced and extended until June 2017′.   This very welcome announcement appears to override Advance Cairns and the Cairns Chamber of Commerce previous submission to the Coordinator General which concluded ‘We believe that the Cairns Port will need to continue to incrementally develop the inlet and associated port infrastructure’.  http://www.advancecairns.com/project/shipping-development/ and Cairns Chamber, Advance Cairns submission.

The Cairns Post editorial, 17 May, noted the state government’s record of blatantly ignoring the results of it’s own consultation.  ‘First there was the public hearing regarding dredging the Trinity Inlet…Business people presented a great case to have Cairns included as a “port of significance” that would allow large-scale dredging…They were so successful that the people  hearing the arguments recommended the Government include Cairns on that list. ‘  The result?  The Labor State Government kowtowed to the Greens and ignored the recommendation of it’s own committee.  So much for democracy!  (Click on editorial graphic to expand).

The following article in the Cairns Post, 6 May, written by Queensland State Treasurer’s about Cairns Port deepening, comprised a mix of facts and misleading information (click on graphic to expand).  A letter published on 7 May explains some of the more egregious points: State Treasurer Curtis Pitt writes ‘Still room to move in the inlet’ (6/05).    The most worrying aspect is that readers may think this is a reasonable assessment.  Just a few of the shortfalls are noted below.  Pitt states the Ports North proposal included ‘land-based options around $365m’.  He formed this view based on the DRAFT EIS, ignoring the correct process to await public submissions, one of which explained the costs were grossly exaggerated, ignored optimum technology solutions, and should cost less than $250m.  Pitt explains simulations have enabled a few of the large cruise ships to berth at the CBD cruise terminal. He does not mention that the majority will still have to anchor off Yorkeys Knob.  Pitt wrote ‘we’ve seen a good environmental and economic outcome..’, but does not mention the many cargo ships that arrive and depart half full because the channel is too shallow, resulting in far higher costs.  Pitt notes Ports North ‘will also be allowed to remove … up to 150,000 cubic metres in any four-year period.’ That rate would take 120 years to deepen and widen the channel as proposed.’

Cairns Post’s InvestCairns magazine, April 2016, Loss of Cruise Control, include several quotes from ‘renowned economist Bill Cummings’ such as “While small to medium-sized cruise ships can be home-ported in Cairns, the city will only fully realise its potential to become a cruise shipping h um if deepening and channel widening takes place – something that will also result in efficiencies for Cairns as a cargo and naval port.”

A letter from Treasurer Curtis Pitt’s Chief of Staff, John Humphreys (Qld Treasurer reply 120416), 12 April included: ‘Far North Queensland Ports Corporation Limited (Ports North) requested an extension to the EIS deadline to allow it further time to review target vessel sizes and channel improvements options, include the latest survey and field information on revised channel designs, undertake simulations to verify the size of cruise ships and access of reduced  upgrade channel and a tidal window analysis. This request was approved by the Coordinator-General in December 2015 and the project lapse date has been extended to 30 June 2017.’ 

A letter published in the Cairns Post, 5 April, summed up the current impasse: ‘I refer to the Cairns Post story “Make Aquis Happen – Stop mucking around’ (26/03). A Cairns business leader is warning Queensland Government to stop playing politics with … Aquis”.  Then on page 23 “Cairns a jobless hotspot – Cairns was still 2.1% above the state average.” (7/3)  I also recall the article “HMAS Cairns major expansion to make it key northern defence base.  The confidential documents, obtained by The Cairns Post, reveal a new role for the city that includes dredging the inlet and expanding the base to accommodate 3000 personnel in an estimated $2 billion boon to the local economy.”  Since then, it has been a deafening silence.  Also, a recent report sent to the Premier and ministers explained how the reasons given for delaying Cairns Port development have been overcome.  The report (see www.better-management.org) recommended the State government should expedite completion of a “shovel-ready” project plan.  The total inaction suggests the rumours after the State election that the Greens did a deal with Labor to prevent large-scale projects in Cairns were true.   Sorry Cairns, you’ve been dudded by your Governments.’  Note: The report can be downloaded from Cairns Port Development Report to Ministers.  The report includes: ‘An independent group of specialists should be contracted as soon as possible to deliver a ‘shovel-ready’ plan to complete the port development, including a full benefit-cost analysis. Suggested terms of reference for this assignment are at Cairns Port Deepening Plan, TOR 081115.

 An article in the Cairns Post, 7 March, noted: ‘TOP-level documents reveal plans to triple the size of HMAS Cairns as northern Australia’s key strategic naval base. The confidential documents, obtained by The Cairns Post, reveal a new role for the city that includes dredging the inlet and expanding the base to accommodate 3000 personnel in an estimated $2 billion boon to the local economy.’  See http://www.cairnspost.com.au/news/cairns/hmas-cairns-major-expansion-to-make-it-key-northern-defence-base/news-story/975d9b137efb74d8479f7588ef4f2a27 . Also John MacKenzie discussed the issue with former head of the Australian Army Lieutenant General John Grey: .

CPDI presentation to Coordinator General – Cairns Port Development Inc. made a presentation to the  Queensland State Coordinator General from a high-level suite near the Trinity Inlet on 8 December 2015.  The venue allowed the presenters to point out the CoG the major developments in Cairns that had been achieved over half a century using spoil dredged from the inlet.  The presentation described the many issues relating to the proposed port development proposal, including several errors in the Ports North draft EIS such as the exaggerated costs.  The major benefits the Cairns Region would gain following the proposed development were explained, together with tables showing the calculations.  The Power Point presentation can be downloaded from: CPD Inc. Presentation to the Coordinator General, update.

The Cairns Post Editorial, 22 January, heading Public input just ignored, compared the  Labor State Government’s parliamentary hearing concerning the reduced nightclub opening hours with the previous hearings regarding the Cairns port “priority port” status.  In both instances, it is clear the supposed ‘consultation’ was a sham.  Even when the government’s own priority port committee recommended, without dissent, that Cairns should have priority port status, the Labor masters in Brisbane ignored their committee’s recommendation; an expensive con more worthy of a communist state.    The Editorial concludes: ‘To invite guidance from the public is fair and right, to then ignore it is the height of hubris and conceit – something the Queensland electorate has shown contempt for.’  The complete editorial below makes compelling reading:

A letter from Peter Campion, Tolga, in The Cairns Post, 2 January, summarises the current deplorable status: ‘Doctor Fanny Douvere, the marine program coordinator at UNESCO’s World Heritage Centre, does not expect the Abbot Point port expansion to hurt the Great Barrier Reef.  Yet here in Cairns, the State Labor Government, using dodgy legislation and its fully-owned company Ports North, is continuing to delay the much-needed improvement of our port.  Our local “environmental experts” at CAFNEC help the ALP’s anti-Cairns cause by spreading blatant falsehoods about our port, including that dredging it will kill the Reef.  Science has proven our anti-port minority wrong at every step and now even UNESCO agrees dredging is not a problem.  For Far North Queensland to be truly sustainable, we need our port to be fully functional.  It’s now clear that to return our port to full efficiency we need to expose CAFNEC’s propaganda and to dump the ALP at the next election.’  Note: responding to a letter criticising this letter (09/01), Campion replied (CP letter 07/01): ‘(The writer) has  been conned by CAFNEC and the anti-Cairns ALP and seems unaware of local history’, followed by supporting evidence. 

The Cairns Post Editorial, 1 January 2016: Tourism the way ahead…..With such a bright outlook for a tourism-related economic boost, it is timely for our city leaders to consider adopting a stronger stance on dredging Trinity inlet to allow larger cruise ships to dock. As the Australian dollar stays relatively low, more and more foreigners will add Australia to their travel lists, and the Far North and Great Barrier Reef are highly likely to be on the itinerary. In light of UNESCO’s tacit approval of recently announced wholesale dredging of the Abbot Point coal terminal near Bowen, surely that opens the door for the same in Cairns.  Dredging opponents and federal and state government have used UNESCO’s threat to downgrade the Reef’s status as a reason to ban large-scale dredging in the inlet.  But the world environmental watch dog barely gave a whimper after the Abbot Point dredging plan was revealed.  As the inlet’s Environmental Impact process drags on, Abbot Point has now made itself a compelling precedent….

An ABC Rural article noted Dr Fanny Douvere, marine program coordinator at the World Heritage Centre and involved in the recent UNESCO decision not to list the reef as ‘in danger’, said: ‘Port expansion is not an issue if it is managed well’.  http://mobile.abc.net.au/news/2015-12-24/unesco-not-worried-by-reef-ports/7052924?WT.mc_id=newsmail. This article gives the lie to many related statements from Federal and State Governments and other ‘green’ organisations.

An article was published in  the Cairns Post business section, 23 November:  ‘Benefits of dredging impossible to ignore’:

The article above followed the Cairns Post article by Nick Dalton, 19/12/15: Call to get big ships into port, reproduced below with additional comments in Italics:

Treasurer and acting State Development Minister Curtis Pitt has instructed Ports North to focus on ways to increase the size of ships entering the city’s port.

  The Government has granted the authority an 18-month extension to an environmental impact statement. The final Terms of Reference for the Cairns Shipping Development Project were released by the Coordinator General in September 2012. Ports North announced they had commissioned consultants ARUP to complete the EIS in April 2013. Ports North stated the draft EIS report would be provided in May 2014, then a delay to September 2014. Ports North said changed conditions required further work and had delayed the report. In fact, the Terms of Reference had not changed, and the ‘changed conditions’, ie government ruling against dumping dredge spoil at sea, required far less work rather than more as the TOR always required assessment of options to place dredging spoil on land. The draft EIS was finally released in April 2015.   Rather than waiting for submissions and a final EIS (a key requirement of the CoG’s assessment process), Mr Pitt announced ‘on the basis of the draft EIS, the government had decided against the proposed Trinity Inlet dredging’ – he later explained the $365m cost calculated in the draft EIS was unacceptably high. A submission to the CoG demonstrated the draft EIS had grossly exaggerated the project costs (Submission to Coordinator General.)

  While full-scale dredging has been ruled out, Mr Pitt said dredging the mouth or approach channel to the Trinity Inlet shipping waterway and the swing basin was expected to be included in the EIS.   Rather than ‘expected’, the EIS TOR required this inclusion.

  Wholesale dredging has been ruled out on the grounds of cost (estimated at $100m) and a ban on dumping dredge spoil in the Great Barrier Marine Park. The terms ‘full-scale’ and ‘wholesale’ dredging have not been defined, so are meaningless. Again, the draft EIS described options for on-land placement of spoil, albeit at a grossly exaggerated cost.

  The dredging was to allow larger ships, particularly cruise liners, to navigate the channel.

  The Government wants the port to look at dredging parts of the channel and the swing basin so bigger ships can enter and turn around. This is precisely what the draft EIS was directed to do.

  The Cairns Shipping Development Project is able to proceed under the transitional arrangements as part of the Sustainable Ports Development Act 2015 passed in the November 12 Parliament sitting. So the Sustainably Port Development Act 2015 was a complete red herring as far as Cairns Port is concerned – a massive distraction from the main event.

  “The scope of the project includes capital dredging of the swing basins and Trinity Inlet and deepening of the approach channel to the port”, Mr Pitt said. Mr Pitt said previously the Reef 2050 report, on which the agreement signed by Federal Minister Greg Hunt with UNESCO is based, precludes ‘capital dredging’ in Cairns Port, which Mr Pitt said the Cairns Shipping Development Project would require. In fact, the Reef 2050 report states ‘Dredging can either be capital dredging, for new channels and berths, or maintenance dredging, necessary to maintain existing and approved dredging areas.(Reef 2050 plan excerpts.) The Cairns Shipping Development project requires ‘maintenance dredging, defined as ‘to maintain the safe and effective ongoing operation of a port facility’.

  Mr Pitt said the Coordinator-General had allowed Ports North until June 30 2017 to re-submit an EIS for the project. Ports North contracted their consultants in April 2013 to produce a draft EIS report that covers everything Mr Pitt says he wants. The draft EIS did not adequately cover two key requirements of the TOR: ‘Sufficient baseline economic data to underpin a comprehensive assessment of the direct, indirect, cumulative, costs and impacts of the project’. AndThe indirect impacts likely to flow to other industries and economies from developing the project, and the implications of the project for future development.’ Competent specialists could complete these two requirements in a few months if they were directed to do so. An extension of 18 months, when there has already been a delay of more than 12 months, is completely unnecessary, and can only be deliberate procrastination.

  “Granting this extension gives Ports North more time to develop a project that is economically and environmentally sustainable for the expansion of Cairns Port”, he said. Nothing additional to the requirements of the original EIS TOR has been requested. It must therefore be concluded that Mr Pitt’s announcements can only be a deliberate means of delaying the port deepening and subsequent benefits to the Cairns Region even longer.

   “We can strike a balance that protects the environment and supports economic development, jobs and future trade growth.” This is exactly what the CoG’s TOR for the EIS required.

   Perhaps, as The Cairns Post Editorial, 3 September, noted: ‘The decision by State Development Minister Anthony Lynham to consign Cairns’ port to second-tier status should [has] cause[d] outrage throughout the Far North.’

   The editorial Cairns Post editorial, EIS backflip a big query, 220815 explains the main problem: ‘If the revised EIS suddenly comes back with a favourable opinion of increased dredging, surely this raises suggestions the government is advising its consultants what outcome they should find rather than merely letting the science do the talking.’  Not only the ‘science’, but assessing and describing in more detail the major benefits the Cairns Region will gain after the port deepening has been completed (See Cummings Economics submission Cummings Economics submission).

 It is highly unlikely that the Government will direct Ports North to produce a full plan for deepening the port that would be necessary for logical related decisions to be made, and so most unlikely Ports North will direct their consultants to produce such a plan. This plan should be produced by a new group of independent consultants as soon as possible, including a full benefit-cost analysis based on best-practice methods. Terms of Reference for such an assignment have been drafted: Cairns Port Deepening Plan, TOR 081115

==========================

A summary of the Cairns Port deepening saga

  • Cairns Region will gain major benefits from port deepening, estimated at $5 billion over 25 years, including business growth and many job opportunities.  See Cummings Economics submission.
  • Australia’s long-established defence programs need Cairns Port naval base as a fully-operational strategic port for regional and coastal operations.
  • Spoil from major dredging programs will not be discharged offshore in future, irrespective of scientific reports.  Why? Because government agreements and public perceptions and reactions preclude this.

…… HERE’S HOW

  • Dredging spoil has been put on land to develop Cairns city and its economy for many decades, and can be again – e.g. Portsmith.
  • But Ports North’s draft EIS exaggerated the cost of putting spoil on land. See Submission to Coordinator General.
  • So a new report is needed ASAP to present the most cost-effective plan and quantify the resulting benefits.
  • Government dredging decisions, including those following negotiations with UNESCO, have been based on the Reef 2050 report, which states: ‘Dredging can either be capital dredging, for new channels and berths, or maintenance dredging, necessary to maintain existing and approved dredging areas.Reef 2050 plan excerpts.
  • Port deepening: is NOT for a ‘new channel’; it IS necessary ‘to maintain (an) existing and approved dredging area’; and maintenance dredging IS allowed.

…… AND IF PORT DEEPENING IS NOT EXPEDITED?

    • The whole Cairns Region will suffer major economic, business and job losses, and Australia will not have a strategic port’ in the far north.
    • The miniscule coven of green/Labor extremists will have won their covert battle to impose their anti-growth ideology on the Cairns Region.
    • The State Labor Government can expect to lose the four local seats at the next election if the LNP demonstrate credible support for expediting port deepening.
  • Cairns Region Councillors that don’t support expediting port deepening can expect to be replaced at the election next year by Councillors that do.

SO WHAT SHOULD HAPPEN NOW? ‘PLAN B’?

    • Qld State Treasurer Curtis Pitt was reported in the Cairns Post on 15 May saying.  “What we’ve said is that Ports North, as the proponent, can go back, recast that EIS and make another proposal which has an emphasis on onshore disposal.’
    • Dr Anthony Lynham, Qld Minister for State Development said on 11 November  ‘The (Ports North draft) EIS proposal is respected by the government as being in place before this (the Port Sustainability Bill)….The Bill has nothing to do with the EIS….The Coordinator General (who controls the EIS process) is independent but has to abide by the government policy but on decisions such as extending EISs, he is independent…..I can’t tell him what to do….Maintenance dredging is for maintaining the existing channel.  It is not for widening channels….Unfortunately the strategic designation (instead of the Bill’s category of Priority Port) doesn’t come under UNESCO or the Bill.  That would be quite difficult to throw in another category now after all the negotiation with UNESCO.’ 
    • BUT…recall the Reef 2050 report, which formed the basis for Federal Minister Greg Hunt’s negotiations with UNESCO states: ‘Dredging can either be capital dredging, for new channels and berths, or maintenance dredging, necessary to maintain existing and approved dredging areas.’  The Sustainable Ports Development Bill 2015, Schedule 1 subsequently modified the Reef 2050 definition to: ‘Capital dredging – (a)  means dredging or enlarging a channel, basin, port, berth or other similar thing; or’……. (b) does not include dredging to maintain the safe and effective ongoing operation of a port facility.
    • Surely ‘effective ongoing operation of a port facility’ includes the ability for large cruise, cargo and naval ships to use the port?
    • The Ports North proposal was submitted well before the Bill, and the EIS deadline has been extended to the end of March 2016.  Minister Lynham said it is up to the CoG as to whether this deadline is extended, noting the only time an extension was not granted after a reasonable request was when the EIS was not completed after 7 years and the company had ‘folded’.
    • The State Government has given Ports North another $350,000 (on top of the previous $5.1m) for its consultants to review the draft EIS – presumably expecting different conclusions.
    • The latest technologies and methodologies should underpin the modified draft EIS, and result in different conclusions, including far lower costs (see Submission to Coordinator General).
  • The modified draft EIS could satisfy all requirements: lower cost dredging of the existing channel and all spoil put on land rather than at sea (thus complying with the Reef 2050 report, although possibly a problem with the Bill’s modified definition); meeting environmental requirements; complying with Federal Minister Greg Hunt’s agreement with UNESCO to not de-list the reef; meeting Australia’s naval strategic requirements; and last but not least, enabling the Cairns Region to benefit from the major economic benefits when the next stage of port deepening is completed.

How to ensure Ports North’s modified draft EIS results in expediting the requisite port deepening ASAP?

    • In a nutshell, the Coordinator General needs to ensure Ports North interpret the EIS Terms of Reference (TOR) correctly so the modified draft EIS provide:  ‘Sufficient baseline economic data to underpin a comprehensive assessment of the direct, indirect, cumulative, costs and impacts of the project’; and ‘The indirect impacts likely to flow to other industries and economies from developing the project, and the implications of the project for future development.’  (See Cairns Shipping Development EIS TOR Nov 2012.)
    • The CoG may also decide to revise the TOR if he decides ‘there are significant changes to the project concept or design, or significant new issues emerge during the preparation of the EIS,’ which arguably is the case with this proposal (See .) 
  • These points were not covered adequately in the current draft EIS.  The approach suggested in the following document would  ensure the modified draft EIS provides all the information necessary for the relevant authorities to decide to expedite the port deepening: Cairns Port Deepening Plan, TOR 081115

======================

Recent progress and events

The Cairns Post, 18 November article noted: SUPPORTERS of dredging Trinity Inlet will meet the state’s Co-ordinator General and lobby Prime Minister Malcolm Turnbull to ensure deepening and widening activities suffer no further setbacks.  Dredging restrictions are in place after the state’s Sustainable Ports Development Bill passed with bipartisan support on Friday…. The State Opposition has defended its stance in voting against exempting Cairns and Mourilyan from restrictions.  “The two major parties’ collusion has put the Port of Cairns back 50 years.” …. Cairns Port Development Inc. spokeswoman, Emma Thirkell, said members would lobby federal politicians to place greater weight on scientific evidence supporting dredging, its lack of impact on the Reef and the positives for business that dredging offered.  “Agreement is in place for us to meet the Co-ordinator General and we hope to update Cairns Regional Councillors on the present situation and the possible repercussions of this bill,” she said.   See full article at: http://www.cairnspost.com.au/news/cairns/cairns-port-development-inc-takes-trinity-inlet-dredging-proposal-to-federal-politicians/story-fnjpusyw-1227612935494

Cairns Post articles, 4 and 5 November, spell out the State Government’s latest restriction on dredging limits for Cairns Port.  At 150,000 cubic metres in 4 years, this would mean completing the 4.5 million cubic metres proposed to deepen the channel in 120 years.  Weirdly, Advance Cairns CEO is quoted saying this: “provides for the ability for the port to grow as our city grows”.  This is in line with the Advance Cairns and Cairns Chamber of Commerce submission to the Coordinator General regarding the Ports North draft EIS, which states: ‘We believe that the Cairns Port will need to continue to incrementally develop the inlet and associated port infrastructure to support the growth of the regional economy.’  Over 120 years?  Listen to John MacKenzie discussing this conundrum with Peter Senior on 4CA radio talkback.  Several other callers raised similar points with John, including a member of Cairns Chamber complaining that members had not been consulted, and she totally disagreed with the stance, as presented in today’s update ‘A workable solution for Cairns.  We have some very exciting news to share with you…’:

 28 October, 4CA Talkback: Federal Senator Warren Entsch discussed with Peter Senior the overall port deepening issue; in particular the point noted above that the proposed port deepening is defined as ‘maintenance dredging’ in the authoritative Reef 2050 report, as such is allowed and should go ahead – if only the local State Members would support what is clearly in the best interests of the Cairns Region.  This is essential listening:

22 October.  Senators Ian Macdonald and Bob Katter talked with John Mackenzie on 4CA Talkback about deepening Cairns Port to enable large naval, cruise and cargo ships to use the port and facilities.  Both Senators noted deepening is essential, should be expedited, and will bring major benefits to FNQ.  Naval access is also an essential Australian defence requirement.  Senator Macdonald said: “The Qld Government really has to ignore the minority greens groups who will make up any story to stop any sort of development in Cairns or anywhere else and get some sensible advice…”. Everyone should listen carefully to these comments:

A letter from Dr Anthony Lynham MP, Queensland Minister for State Development and Minister for Natural Resources and Mines, 16 October 2015 stated: ‘The government will not divert from elements of the Bill which form part of our Reef 2050 plan… However, any future development must be consistent with the government’s commitment to protect the GBRWHA and its ban on sea based disposal of port related capital dredge material.’  See Minister Lynham letter 161015.   As noted above, the Reef 2050 report states: ‘Dredging can either be capital dredging, for new channels and berths, or maintenance dredging, necessary to maintain existing and approved dredging areas(see Reef 2050 plan excerpts.) Given that the proposed port deepening: is NOT for a ‘new channel’; and IS necessary ‘to maintain (an) existing and approved dredging area’; and maintenance dredging IS allowed, it seems the Minister is approving port deepening as further maintenance dredging, particularly if the dredging spoil is disposed of on land.

6 October, the second cruise ship anchored at Yorkeys Knob in so many weeks is unable to get passengers ashore for trips – passengers express great disappointment; Cairns reputation sullied; tour companies lose big $$$$$.

1 October, new Chairman of Ports North announced by State Labor Government Minister.  Cairns Post article heading ‘Chairman confident of port progress’ only aligns with recent State actions if ‘progress’ means towards boutique port status. Noted on Facebook: Yes, another Labor stooge. If Labor wasn’t sure he’d follow their directives, he wouldn’t have been appointed. The sorry fact is, Government funds many activities in Cairns, and directs these operations through their well-paid bureaucrats that also mostly lean to the green/Left. What an unholy alliance! Labor’s recent decisions prove they intend financing Townsville expansion and downgrading Cairns Port to boutique status, irrespective of contrary evidence. If Cairns Port deepening supporters continue to play by the Brisbane-controlled Labor rules, we’ll lose – for sure. Go figure…

18 September: the Ports Sustainability Bill has been postponed.

The Cairns Port Development Inc. petition signature sheets were handed to the Queensland Parliament at 7.28 AM on 15 September.  The 4,099 written signatures plus the 2,017 online signatures totalled  6,116 – one of the largest petitions ever from the Cairns region.

As a reminder, the petition reads:  TO: The Honourable the Speaker and Members of the Legislative Assembly of Queensland.    Queensland citizens draw to the attention of the House the Sustainable Ports Development Bill 2015 does not include the ports of Cairns and Mourilyan as priority ports. If capital dredging is discontinued, new larger passenger, naval and cargo ships will not be able to enter the ports. The estimated earnings foregone may be more than $5Bn over the next 25 years, compounding the record high youth unemployment rates.  Your petitioners request the House to amend the Sustainable Ports Development Bill 2015 to include the ports of Cairns and Mourilyan as ‘priority ports’ allowing the ports to carry out vital capital works dredging NOW and always. We also request that an independent project be commissioned to assess and recommend the lowest cost environmentally acceptable dredging solution. Revitalize our economy, restore confidence and save many businesses from the brink of bankruptcy.

Six months out from the local government election, Cairns lawyer Jim Brooks on Friday announced the arrival of his Connect Cairns team in front of supporters, including Cairns MP Rob Pyne.  Brooks, Pyne and CAFNEC are joining forces to oppose deepening the Port and stymie the huge economic benefits the Cairns region would gain.

The Cairns Post 3  Sept. noted: ‘Minister shuns committee report into developing Port of Cairns’ and ‘A WIDE-reaching inquiry by a Queensland parliamentary committee has found that excluding the Port of Cairns as a priority port would have a “detrimental impact” on the growth of the region and have negative impacts on employment and tourism, and on business.  ‘However ‘Minister for State Development, Natural Resources and Mines, Dr Anthony Lynham, who dismissed the committee’s findings just hours after they were released.  “I appreciate the committee’s consideration of the Bill and their report will be considered in full and in detail,” he said in a statement.  “However, the Government will not divert from elements of the Bill which form part of our Reef 2050 plan.’              http://www.cairnspost.com.au/business/minister-shuns-committee-report-into-developing-port-of-cairns/story-fnjpusdv-1227509909212

The Cairns Post Editorial, 3 September, noted: ‘The decision by State Development Minister Anthony Lynham to consign Cairns’ port to second-tier status should cause outrage throughout the Far North….The good doctor rejected this (Committee Report unanimous) recommendation and bowed to the threats of a foreign environmental body (UNESCO) over the pleas of Cairns’ top business groups’ (http://www.cairnspost.com.au/news/opinion/second-tier-status-for-cairns-port-is-a-disgrace/story-fnjpuwl3-1227509793053).

An allied issue is flagged in the Cairns Post editorial, 27 August, ‘THE State Government must act immediately or we can all watch the Aquis ship and its bounty sail out of the (undredged) Trinity Inlet….the stench of bureaucracy-induced failure… If the Fungs walk away from Cairns, heads should roll in the halls of state parliament.’ CP Editorial re Aquis 270815.

The Cairns Port Development Inc. advertisement appeared in the Cairns Post again on Thursday 27 August  DON’T SINK OUR PORT petition advertisement.

The Cairns Post article, 22 August, ‘New look at dredging – Ports North told to come up with revised proposal’ can be read at: http://www.cairnspost.com.au/news/cairns/cairns-port-dredging-plan-back-on-the-cards-in-state-government-rethink/story-fnjpusyw-1227493667126.  The editorial Cairns Post editorial, EIS backflip a big query, 220815 explains the main problem: ‘If the revised EIS suddenly comes back with a favourable opinion of increased dredging, surely this raises suggestions the government is advising its consultants what outcome they should find rather than merely letting the science do the talking.’  Until a new independent assignment is completed (see below) the project will be stalled, along with realising the $25 billion of benefits forecast over 25 years.

Terms of reference for a new assignment to produce a Cairns Port Deepening Plan respond to Treasurer Curtis Pitt’s requests to:  ‘recast that EIS and make another proposal which has an emphasis on onshore disposal’; and put another option ‘on the table.’   This plan would provide essential information to enable State and local governments, Cairns business leaders and the Cairns community to understand fully and make informed decisions on deepening and widening the Trinity Inlet and basin.  Terms of reference for this assignment have been prepared: Cairns Port Deepening Plan, TOR 081115.  Any related decisions made before this or a similar project is completed, including public disclosure, are likely based on conjecture and/or ideology.

Cairns Post 4 August, article by State Treasurer Curtis Pitt: ‘Where we differ from the previous government is that its proposal for capital dredging in Trinity Inlet never stacked up on any measure and couldn’t proceed – the volume of dredge spoil and costs over $360 million were uneconomic….The EIS is a live process and will be used as a vehicle to put in an overarching plan for expansion works.’  The $360M has been shown to be very and deliberately exaggerated, and surely ‘expansion works’ does not suggest the proposed vital major port deepening project?

Cairns Post, 1 August: ‘Independent Member for Cook Billy Gordon and Katter’s Australian Party MPs Shane Knuth and Rob Katter have revealed to The Cairns Post they would move an amendment to the Government’s Bill that would designate Cairns and Mourilyan ports as “priority ports”.‘  The newspaper’s very supportive editorial includes: ‘The fact that the government even wants to limit coastal development in Queensland at all should be fought tooth and nail’. (Click on article to enlarge). http://www.cairnspost.com.au/news/cairns/queensland-mps-unite-against-bill-which-could-sink-cairns-port/story-fnjpusyw-1227465438442

Cairns Post Editorial 010815

The  Ports Bill Committee public hearing at Cairns, 29 July, was a great success for supporters of dredging the Trinity Inlet and basin as far as conveying our message to the Committee and emphasising the width and depth of Cairns’ public support.  But will it be effective?  The Cairns Post front page heading DON’T SINK OUR PORT, editorial, cartoon and double-page spread describe overwhelming support, demanding major changes to the Ports Bill, and action from Federal and State Governments to expedite the dredging.  Failure will lead to Cairns’ economy slowly sinking.  http://www.cairnspost.com.au/business/state-government-urged-to-rethink-ports-bill-for-far-north/story-fnjpusdv-1227462332057 .  The numerous calls to John MacKenzie’s 4CA Talkback were equally supportive.

Cairns Post poll, 24 July: ‘Do you support increased dredging of Trinity Inlet’.  Result in Monday 27th edition: YES 73%.

Friends of the Port of Cairns is now Cairns Port Development Inc. (Incorporation #IA55117).  A media release CPD media release 280715 includes a summary of Cummings Economics’ presentation, on behalf of CPD, to the public hearing of the Ports Bill Committee in Cairns 29 JulyThe presentation is at CPD Presentation to Ports Bill Committee, 290715.

Friends of the Port of Cairns submission to the Qld Coordinator General responded to the Ports North draft Environment Impact Report (EIS): Submission to Coordinator General The submission summary concludes:We request the Coordinator General recommend to the Government that a more comprehensive study be undertaken of placement options in consultation with the Cairns community with a view to developing a lower cost and environmentally acceptable solution to enable the project to proceed as soon as possible.’

Cummings Economics submission to the Sustainable Ports Development Bill 2015 on behalf of the Friends of the Port of Cairns supports the continuing development of the Port of Cairns. Details of the many major benefits that will result from dredging the Trinity Inlet are presented.  http://www.cummings.net.au/pdf/reports/J2865_IPNRC_SustainablePortsDevelopmentBill2015.pdf 

Cummings Economics submission to the Qld Coordinator General, Cummings Economics submission, presents a compelling case for the dredging.  Conservative calculations of the benefits to Cairns total $1.35 billion NPV – $5 bn in cash terms over 25 years, or at least $200 million each year.  Who is stalling these benefits?

Adam Gowlett, Branch President of the Urban Development Institute of Australia talked with John MacKenzie on 4CA radio talkback, 21st August, explaining how the Qld State Labor Government is short-changing Cairns in favour of the South East, and Townsville in particular where $65m has just been allocated to dredge and expand their port plus more major expenditure: .

Friends of the Port of Cairns Facebook page is at:

Local developer Ken Frost’s submission presents an exciting approach for Cairns long-term needs –  EIS submission KF

A brief submission from Advance Cairns and Cairns Chamber of Commerce equivocates, noting Ports North will need to be able to continue to undertake incremental development projects…’ : Cairns Chamber, Advance Cairns submission.

The current status of the East Trinity property is described in an article in The Cairns Post, 20 June: East Trinity, not a wetland, just a mess, CP article 200615

East Trinity for future urban growth and more vital benefits for Cairns were described in an article in the Cairns Post, 6 June (click on picture below to expand). 

Radio 4CA July 23, 2015. John MacKenzie speaks with Peter Senior from Cairns Port Development Inc. and Tim Nicholls MP for Clayfield and shadow minister for State Development, Infrastructure and Planning, Small Business and Trade 23rd July 2015 about progressing the dredging of Cairns Harbour.

Talkback host John MacKenzie discussed Friends of the Port of Cairns’ submission with Peter Senior on 3 June:

Ports North $5 million draft EIS can be downloaded in sections from: .  Click here to see the draft EIS Executive Summary.

East Trinity’s history is described in this article, from page 25:   A Sustainable East Trinity

================================

More post contents

    1. Update
    1. Another option: a phased approach
    1. Articles and letters in the Cairns Post
    1. John MacKenzie’s radio talkback show
    1. TV News
    1. Background and history
  1. Other related documents

Introduction

An aerial photograph of East Trinity, Trinity Inlet and the Cairns CBD in 1942 is shown below, with points of interest flagged (click on graphic to expand).  Note the area some ‘greens’ insist should be ‘restored’ to wetlands never was wetlands – it was saltpan, grassland and woodland.

1942 aerial photo of Cairns

…. and this is a recent photo of the Southern end of the East Trinity property.  Note the dead Melaleuca trees as a result of flooding by sea water – which CSIRO strongly recommended against.

East Trinity now, dead maleleucas

The next 7 sections explain the convoluted steps that resulted in the current dismaying situation.

1. Update

For the latest in the long-running saga concerning dredging the Trinity Inlet at Cairns and reclamation at East Trinity, check the Facebook site, Friends of the Port of Cairns – . 

The Facebook site includes a petition you may want to send to the Coordinator General:  http://www.gopetition.com/petitions/save-the-port-of-cairns.html – it only takes a couple of minutes to read, then send if you agree.  As at 4 June, 1,298 have ‘liked’ the site, and 170 almost-all local people have sent the petition.

Check this Post for more background information and proposals.

———————————————-.

The Cairns Shipping Development Project draft Environmental Impact Statement report was released on Saturday 18 April.  State Government  Treasurer Curtis Pitt announced that, on the basis of the DRAFT EIS, the government had decided against the proposed Trinity Inlet dredging.   Listening to callers on radio talkback shows, the overwhelming overall reaction is extreme dismay. 

Cairns Labor MP Rob Pyne added to the dismay, as described in the Cairns Post Editorial, 25 April (see full text in Section 3):  Cairns MP Rob Pyne’s outburst against the business sector is about as undiplomatic as you’ll ever see from a politician…  Industry and commerce quite rightly supports the dredging of Trinity Inlet because it would have brought bigger cruise liners, cargo vessels and navy ships to Cairns and provided a $1.3 billion boost to the economy… He really starts off badly by describing business as the “big end of town” and then his Facebook rant continues with “your unsustainable, unfunded and illogical ‘capital dredge proposal’ will not fly…”.

Cairns Post article, 27 April (full text is in section 3) included: Industry group Cruise Down Under is urging the Government to consider the economic benefits of dredging of about $1.3 billion.  CDU general manager Jill Abel said a study showed cruise ships injected $12.6 million into the city’s economy in 2013-14.  Ms Abel said.  “… Cairns is a must-see destination from a passenger perspective, and integral to the eastern seaboard itineraries.” 

Cairns Post, 30 April, article (see details in section 3): BARRON River MP Craig Crawford has broken political ranks to back the dredging of Trinity Inlet.

This post suggests a practical and cost-effective way to avoid dumping the dredging spoil at sea as well as reclaiming the degraded State-owned area at East Trinity.  Many related issues are discussed, media coverage is presented and relevant background is explained.

The report, Dredging and East Trinity opportunities 081214, presents a proposal to dredge Cairns Trinity Inlet channel; and reclaim the State-owned degraded East Trinity property; and gain major short and long-term benefits for Cairns community and businesses……AT NO NET COST to taxpayers.  Imagine a residential suburb at East Trinity:

 ET with suburb, small

2. Another option: a phased approach

Note: This section has not been updated since the draft EIS was released.  Some of the assumptions and figures used in the draft EIS are in serious doubt, as are some of the conclusions.  It is expected that further checking by different specialist engineers will identify substantially different conclusions that may be more in line with the proposal outlined in the Phase 1 proposal described below. 

Another variation on Phase 1 (call it Phase 1b) could be, if both the State and Federal Governments are persuaded to allow capital dredge to be placed offshore (currently very unlikely), then the State could sell their 944 ha property at East Trinity to pay all dredging costs, with the proviso that the developer must resolve the current pollution problems on parts of this property.

Responding to comments by the previous State Member for Parliament, Gavin King, that East Trinity could not be developed for many years until the dredged spoil has settled, an alternative option is now presented.

Pending release of the Environment Impact Statement (EIS) report, it was stated that ‘500 hectares’ of East Trinity land will be required to place the 4.4 million cubic metres of spoil.  Given the fact that the State-owned property at East Trinity is 943.6 ha, the residual 443.6 ha of property could be available for development immediately, noting 168 ha of this part is raised, affording grand views across the inlet to the CBD and hills beyond.

The original report has been updated to include a Phase 1 where half of the residual 443.6 ha is sold to one or more developers for a nominal sum, on the condition that the developer(s) pay all the costs of dredging, spoil treatment and associated costs, which the original report estimated at $125m.  However, as it is understood the Ports North EIS estimates these costs as between $200m and $250m, a midway figure of $225m is assumed.   The changes to the original report are shown in red.  An alternative with the same effect would be for the state to sell the land outright and use the proceeds to pay for the dredging and spoil treatment.  Phase 1 is estimated to produce a profit of $7m, although more land could be available which could enable the level of profit to be increased.  The updated report can be downloaded from Dredging and East Trinity opportunities, phased, 230115.

Reef 2050 Long-Term Sustainability Plan

The Federal Government’s Reef 2050 Long-Term Sustainability Plan, released on 21 March 2015, includes the intention to: ‘mandate the beneficial reuse of port-related capital dredge spoil, such as land reclamation in port development areas, or disposal on land where it is environmentally safe to do so; [and] to establish a maintenance dredging framework which identifies future dredging requirements, ascertains appropriate environmental windows to avoid coral spawning and protect seagrass, and examines opportunities for beneficial reuse of dredge material or on-land disposal where it is environmentally safe to do so.’  Unfortunately the report becomes suspect when it introduces climate change alarmist ‘PC’ phrases such as ‘ocean acidification’, which are not included in the ‘glossary of commonly used terms’ and is an oxymoron anyway – all oceans are alkaline (PH about 8.1); it is physical impossibility for oceans to become acid, i.e. less than neutrality, about PH 7.  Recent government dredging decisions have been based on the Reef 2050 report, which states: ‘Dredging can either be capital dredging, for new channels and berths, or maintenance dredging, necessary to maintain existing and approved dredging areas.’  Port deepening: is NOT a ‘new channel’; it IS necessary ‘to maintain (an) existing and approved dredging area’; and maintenance dredging IS allowed.  See Reef 2050 plan excerpts.

During an interview by John MacKenzie with Federal MP Warren Entsch on John’s Talkback show, 18 March 2015, Warren described his proposals for the dredging and East Trinity which are identical to the proposal in the Phase 1 report.    Leichhardt MP Warren Entsch has applauded the government’s move to ban the dumping of any capital dredge spoil in Great Barrier Reef Marine Park waters, but says it shouldn’t be news to Ports North in regards to their Port of Cairns dredge proposal.

Warren Entsch: “dredging critical for growth”

An article in Dredging News Online, 20 March, noted: ‘Entsch says land-based disposal  “dredging critical for growth”.  “I congratulate Environment Minister Greg Hunt for this decision, it’s something that I’ve been arguing for forever – even in regards to maintenance dredging going into the waters,” Mr Entsch said.  “I’ve always said that we have an obvious opportunity on East Trinity, it’s the perfect site for disposing of the dredge spoil.  “It provides us with an opportunity to bring the next stage of the development of Cairns closer to the CBD by developing a site that is only five minutes across the water.”  Mr Entsch said he couldn’t see why the option hasn’t already been factored in by Ports North.  “Greg Hunt has indicated for a long time that his preferred option for disposal is on land, and I have certainly conveyed this message to Ports North with every meeting I have had with them. So I don’t see any reasons why there would be delays as they have already considered a number of land-based options.”  Mr Entsch said it was critical that the dredging of Trinity Inlet take place. “Just look at the expansion of the cruise ship industry, which has been phenomenal. One of the large cruise companies is looking at Cairns as a home base, but that may never happen without dredging.  “While undoubtedly a land-based option will be more expensive, what needs to be factored in is the environmental benefits of taking the pressure off hill slopes as our city grows, and the economic benefits of reducing ribbon development as we head south past Gordonvale.  “Originally the plan was for 25,000 people at East Trinity, this can be expanded further to the adjoining land west of the Yarrabah road, allowing a significant increase in our population base. It also gives us a genuine second access to Cairns and would significantly improve connectivity between the Yarrabah community and the city.”  Mr Entsch said he understood that it would be several years before any dredge spoil at the site would have settled enough to be developed. “However there’s an opportunity to develop the adjoining areas in the meantime, and encourage private investment,” he said. “The end result is that it would significantly expand capacity close to our CBD and contain the city to a much smaller footprint.  “There’s been more than enough time for EIS to be assessed. I’d urge the new Queensland government to release it as soon as possible, so that the Cairns community can talk about the options.”

Achieving a failed promise at no cost to the taxpayer

One would imagine that achieving a failed promise made by the previous LNP Government at no cost to the taxpayer would be viewed very favourably by the new State Treasurer, Curtis Pitt (who has inherited a very serious budget deficit) as well as the new MP for Cairns, Rob Pyne.  Regrettably, complications arising from current charges relating to the State Government member for Cook, Billy Gordon, may delay the long-awaited release of the EIS report for public viewing.

Why the delay?

Consider the statement by The Honourable David Crisafulli MP, Ex Queensland State Member for Mundingburra and Minister for Local Government  on John MacKenzie’s talkback radio 23rd January, a week before the State election:

…We do need to find a way to get that dredging done.  Now, there has been every roadblock put up that could possibly happen….. (details and context below).

Note: the Liberal National Party (LNP) was swept from power in a rout at the Queensland State election on 31 January 2015, to be replaced by Labor (ALP)  in a coalition with an  independent member and Katter party members.  To date, in addressing the dredging EIS, the four local Cairns region Labor candidates said only that they will await the EIS release before making any related decisions.   It may be relevant that the Labor Treasurer, Curtis Pitt, is the local Mulgrave  member and won his seat comfortably.  So, back to all in limbo, but with different people in charge!  It may also be relevant that the previous Cairns Member, Gavin King, who consistently spoke in almost sycophantic support of Ports North’s plans, lost his seat in a landslide.

Surely the general public has a right to know exactly what these ‘roadblocks’ noted by David Crisafulli are; not just hinting at dark secrets that sound more like a conspiracy.   Hopefully all will be revealed shortly by the new Labor Government and its four local members.

Who gains by delaying the EIS?

    • It would probably be quicker and easier for Ports North to dump the dredged spoil in the proposed extended area at the end of the Trinity Inlet Channel (if some-one else pays).  However, this is at odds with the Labor State Government’s view as well as Federal Government and the previous LNP State Government views and directives.
    • Both the Cairns Regional Council and all those involved in the sudden recent announcement of the  major residential development at Mount Peter would likely be very averse to competition from another residential development a few kilometres away at East Trinity.
  • Last year (2014) the CRC Mayor, Bob Manning, expressed his belief that the spoil should be placed at sea, and that the State-owned land at East Trinity should not be involved in the dredging project at this time.

There is a general rule that invariably assists resolution that first came to prominence in All the President’s Men (1976), Deep Throat: ‘Just follow the money trail.’  The three points above give rise to further questions:

    • Who are the ‘road-blockers’ that David Crisafulli (see above) refers to?
    • Exactly what ‘roadblocks’ would detractors be likely to put up?
    • Are there significant connections between the un-named ‘road-blockers’?
    • How much would genuine competition from an additional residential development  improve related outcomes for future residents?
    • What will a Labor Queensland State Government do, given that three local members are now Labor (the fourth, Billy Gordon is now independent but likely to align with Labor), including the likely Treasurer, Curtis Pitt, who has the residual of the previous Labor Government’s massive budget deficit to tackle?  Note: It is the Coordinator General’s role to assess the EIS, but it seems likely that the outcome will now be influenced by Labor’s plans and may be less influenced by current ‘road-blocks’ (see John MacKenzie’s talkback radio 23 January, below). 
  • Will new Cairns State Member, Rob Pyne, be able to fulfil his intention to expedite release of the EIS (see article in Cairns Post, 3 January, below)?

 “It’s just unaffordable …”

Gavin King, previous Member of Parliament for the Queensland state seat of Cairns, commented on the TV7 news on 15 August: “It’s just unaffordable, certainly in the short-term.  Unless either the private sector or the Feds come across with some dollars.” 

Both proposals (see links above  to download the reports)  respond to Gavin King’s comment:  The private sector could  ‘come across’ with all the costs for the dredging by buying the dredging spoil, a valuable resource, as part of the overall development of East Trinity.  Unless there are material errors in the reports assessments, they both demonstrate the dredging:

    • Could be ‘affordable’;
    • Could be achieved at no net cost to taxpayers;
    • Could avoiding widespread concerns about dumping huge amounts of spoil near the Great  Barrier Reef; and
  • Would make a major contribution to Cairn’s economy including allowing large cruise and other ships to enter Cairns port.

3. Articles and letters in the Cairns Post

15 May

TWO senior State Government ministers are not ruling out developing the Port of Cairns, including dredging.  Queensland Treasurer Curtis Pitt and State Development Minister Anthony Lynham are calling on Ports North to re-examine their Environmental Impact Statement on dredging Trinity Inlet shipping channel.  Dredging has been ruled out on economic and environmental grounds by the government, with sea dredge spoil dumping estimated to cost $100 million and land based $365 million.  “What we’ve said is that this EIS doesn’t rule out future port development, what it does is say the options that are on the table … are not viable options,” Mr Pitt said.  “What we’ve said is that Ports North, as the proponent can go back, recast that EIS and make another proposal which has an emphasis on onshore disposal.  CONDITIONS: State Development Minister Anthony Lynham said any dredging of Trinity Inlet would have to include land-based spoil disposal at Ports North’s cost.  “It could mean that they need to change focus from being on large cruise shipping to ensure they can look at a suite of works that may need to happen in terms of future port expansion.”  He said that might include expanding the Reef Fleet terminal, a barge ramp or a wharf expansion.  Dr Lyneham said any dredging would have to include land-based spoil disposal at Ports North’s cost.  The Cairns Regional Council has called on the government to defer a final decision on channel dredging and to re-examine the proposal.  Ports North declined to comment.  Royal Caribbean International commercial director Sean Treacy, who was in Cairns yesterday preparing for the visit of the giant Legend of the Seas cruise ship next month, would not be drawn on the dredging issue.  He said the company would continue to work with governments and ports on the best way for their ships to visit.  Mr Treacy said the practise of using tender boats to transport passengers to shore at Yorkeys Knob was common for the company throughout the world.

14 May

A letter to the Cairns Post Editor: Mr Hitchcock’s letter, 9-5, stated ‘Peter Senior’s opinion piece (2-5) is very misleading’.  This letter responds to some points in his letter.  Far from being misleading, I have provided credible evidence for every point I made in my opinion piece.  Warren Entsch, in his article also on 9-5, congratulated me for my ‘very considered contribution’.

Mr Hitchcock is entitled to his own opinion, but not his own facts.  For instance, a 1942 photo on Warren Entsch’s office wall shows the East Trinity site, far from being ‘largely rehabilitated wetlands’, was mainly salt-pans and grasslands, similar to Portsmith. 

Mr Hitchcock had attended last December’s meeting of the local Volunteer Fire Brigade, he would have heard the overwhelming support for the dredging and East Trinity reclamation – except, of course, from the CAFNEC attendee.

If Mr Hitchcock and his colleagues had not strong-armed Peter Beattie’s government into cancelling the approval for the proposed world-class Royal Reef Resort at East Trinity, which included resolving all pollution problems, then Beattie’s Government would not have had to pay $10m of tax-payers money to NatWest Bank, plus the continuing maintenance costs.

6 May

A letter to the Cairns Post Editor: ‘For the Queensland Government and Ports North not to reconsider immediately their policy decision not to dredge Trinity Inlet and allow continuing expansion of the Port and the economic development of our City defies all logic.  Overwhelming evidence in the draft EIS giving scientific advice that an alternative off shore dump site is suitable and would not be damaging to the Great Barrier Reef and the environment.  Alternatively the EIS preferred site for on shore disposal area, a section of the 10 sq km East Trinity freehold property owned by the State Government, must be given greater consideration.  This is more important following the reported statements from the highly qualified Engineer and Consultant, Peter Senior published on Saturday last where he detailed the potential revenue to the State from development of that property could cover the entire cost of the dredging operation and secure a future suburban growth area for the City only one km from the CBD.’

2 May

An article in the Cairns Post was heavily edited from the submitted copy.   The article below shows words as-published in black, with the words edited out in red:

The Cairns Shipping Development Project draft Environmental Impact Statement draft report (EIS) was released on Saturday 18 April.

  State Government Treasurer Curtis Pitt announced that, on the basis of the draft EIS, the state government had decided against approving the proposed Trinity Inlet dredging.

  The overwhelming reaction of numerous callers on Cairns’ radio talkback was extreme dismay and disillusionment.

  Most Cairns people are now thoroughly confused.   Little wonder as there are so many conflicting views and reports.

  This article presents a summary of the main factors relating to the proposed dredging and draft EIS, then proposes a way forward.

  The economic analysis presented in the draft EIS report indicates the dredging project has a very strong benefit-cost ratio, with additional income benefits to Cairns over 25 years estimated in present values, with future benefits discounted at 7% per annum, totalling $1.3 Billion.

  The $4.2m draft EIS is just that: a ‘draft’.  Proper process requires a draft EIS to be published, inviting submissions to the Coordinator General’s office for consideration, then a final EIS.  The Coordinator General then is required by law to send[s] a recommendation to the government.  No final EIS exists, so presumably the Government has not received the recommendation.  What then is the government’s decision based on?  Many articles in main stream media focus on alarmist reports and views.  For example, TV7 local news often shows a video with brown water around a dredge.

  This video, provided and paid for by ‘green’ organisations, clearly suggests pollution.

  The major objectors to the proposed dredging comprise four broad groupings:

  • People who believe the scaremongering, many of whom genuinely care about the environment, some with almost religious fervour;
  • A few shrill extreme environmentalists who are anti-development (recall their attempts to prevent Skyrail);
  • Unelected organisations with other agendas such as the UN, WWF and Greenpeace (UNFCCC’s Christiana Figueres said: “We are setting ourselves the task.. to change the [world’s] economic development model”);
  • Several government departments such as GBRMPA (GBRMPA’s alarmist GBR 2014 report largely blamed climate change for their dire forecasts concerning the Great Barrier Reef,  mentioning ‘climate change’ 365 times).

  The draft EIS estimates off-shore sea disposal would cost about $100m.  [Some] Reports based on scientific evidence conclude disposal near shore would not be harmful or environmentally damaging.

  The EIS Terms of Reference includes: ‘Provide descriptions of all feasible alternative land-based spoil disposal.’  And ‘Sufficient baseline economic data to underpin a comprehensive assessment of the direct, indirect, cumulative, costs and impacts of the project.’

  The report selects the 964.3 ha state-owned East Trinity site as the preferred option for land-based spoil disposal.  Most of that area was in continual agricultural production since the first survey in 1894.

  CSR purchased the property in 1971 and expanded it by constructing a bund wall, then re-contouring the area into productive cane fields. [But when] Cane production [became] was uneconomical, so the land was sold to developers.

  The report notes ‘In the early 1990s a proposal to develop a satellite city on the site attracted community attention, but failed to gain approval. In 2000, the Queensland Government purchased the site.’  More accurately, the Royal Reef Resort proposal for this site was approved in 1995.

  But the Labor State government succumbed to persuasion from green pressure-groups and overrode the approval.

  The developer went into receivership.  National Westminster Bank commenced legal action against the State, resulting in a $10m out-of-court settlement.

  The draft EIS assesses placing spoil on 518 ha of low land at East Trinity.

  This area is highly degraded, costing about $500,000 for annual maintenance that has failed to fix the degradation.

  CSIRO advice to cover this area with spoil was ignored.  The report’s benefit-cost of developing this 518 ha concludes development would be uneconomical.

  The whole site comprises 518 ha plus partly-raised 428 ha.  The latter could be developed immediately, but the report ignores this option.

  Applying figures from the report to developing the 428 ha area indicates sufficient profit to pay for all the dredging and treatment costs, leaving the 518 ha to be developed later.  The report also ignores related benefits such as providing work for Yarrabah people, and funding potential tourist trails on adjacent wetlands.

  It seems the State and Federal governments is unlikely to be convinced that evidence-based science concludes responsible near-shore dumping of spoil would not be detrimental to the reef – political factors appear to outweigh evidence.

  Cairns now urgently needs a credible and visionary leader to assemble a well-respected team to develop as soon as possible a new proposal to achieve the many benefits to Cairns that will accrue when the dredging is completed.

  Optimising port operations and tourist potential is critical to Cairns’ future.  Surely an option that meets environmental standards and is self-funding, or requires minor taxpayer funding, would be acclaimed by our state government?

30 April

Crawford backs dredging on Trinity Inlet. BARRON River MP Craig Crawford has broken political ranks to back the dredging of Trinity Inlet. He says the widening and deepening of the channel to accommodate larger cruise ships may not happen in the short term, but needs to happen eventually – as long as the Queensland Government has the money to fund it. “I would like to see it happen. What’s restricting us at the moment is certainly the finances for it,’’ he said. The Palaszczuk Government dumped the Cairns Shipping Development Project about two weeks ago, saying there was no economic or environmental case for it. The draft environmental impact statement for the project stated the minimum cost would be $100 million, but only if the 4.4 million cubic metres of spoil was dumped offshore. It would cost an estimated $365 million for land-based disposal options. The LNP had committed $40 million for the project. Mr Crawford believed the dredging of the port could still go ahead, if more research was done on the income generation associated with the cruise industry. “The projection for cruising in Cairns is certainly good, pushing out into 2025, that sort of thing,’’ he said. “We don’t have to do this thing this year, and we certainly don’t have to do this sort of thing next year. “This is not a situation right now where if we don’t dredge the inlet right now, we’re going to miss the boat totally on these sorts of things. “We’ve got a window, so in time, hopefully we can get what we need. At the moment, the restriction is money.” He said he had faith the Labor Cabinet had made the right decision to knock back the proposal. “Coming into the campaign with this government, there was a lot of election commitments given by all sides and a lot of discussion with all groups about financial management and debt reduction and all things like that,’’ he said. “Now we’ve got a Treasurer who’s working on that and obviously trying to make sound financial decisions. “Throwing $365 million at dredging the inlet tomorrow probably wouldn’t be one of his best financial decisions. So I trust him in that, but I do want to see this done at some point in the future, when it’s right.” Treasurer and Mulgrave MP Curtis Pitt said since the EIS was announced, he’d made it clear alternative proposals for port expansion and other initiatives to support the cruise ship industry in Cairns may be considered. Cairns and Far North Environment Centre marine programs co-ordinator Josh Coates invited Mr Crawford to contact the centre to be told about the potential environmental impact of the dredging.

 27  April

Cairns Mayor Bob Manning responds to Rob Pyne’s dredging Facebook rant. Share.  FIGHTING WORDS: Cairns mayor Bob Manning has hit back at a dredging social media spray by Cairns MP Rob Pyne, urging residents to respond to the released EIS in the hopes people power will put it back on the agenda.  CAIRNS mayor Bob Manning has hit back at a dredging social media spray by Cairns MP Rob Pyne, urging residents to respond to the released draft EIS in the hopes people power will put it back on the agenda.  Last week Mr Pyne took to Facebook to slam the “big end of town” and vow the project “will not happen”.  He later stood by the comments and said health and education services should take priority.  But Mr Manning took a swipe back, warning such statements could be unpopular with the electorate.  “When you get involved in any form of political life people will judge you,” he said.  “The saying is the public always gets it right and in three years they will make their decision.”  Mr Manning has already called for the $40 million slated for the project to remain in Cairns.  But Mr Pyne said yesterday he was unaware the money was even available.  “Is there $40 million? If there is of course I want it spent in Cairns,” he said.  “But if there is $40 million I want it spent on a special school, I want it spent on a unit for brain injuries.”  Last week Mr Pyne took to Facebook to slam the “big end of town” and vow the project “will not happen”. The public have been given until June 1 to respond to the EIS and Mr Manning said it was vital people were aware of its conclusions.  He said he would never support anything that put the Great Barrier Reef or rainforest in jeopardy and believed the study affirmed neither were in trouble.  Industry group Cruise Down Under is urging the Government to consider the economic benefits of dredging of about $1.3 billion.  CDU general manager Jill Abel said a study showed cruise ships injected $12.6 million into the city’s economy in 2013-14.  “Here is an industry that wants to bring tourists and their spending to Far North Queensland in large numbers,” Ms Abel said.  “Having recently returned from our key international trade event, Cruise Shipping Miami, the message is very clear that Cairns is a must-see destination from a passenger perspective, and integral to the eastern seaboard itineraries.”

25 April

Rob Pyne’s rant against business is unfounded.  Cairns MP Rob Pyne’s outburst against the business sector is about as undiplomatic as you’ll ever see from a politician.  CAIRNS MP Rob Pyne’s outburst against the business sector is about as undiplomatic as you’ll ever see from a politician.  The ALP member has been elected to represent everyone in the community – to single out a sector that employs tens of thousands of workers is foolish, if not naive and inflammatory. Industry and commerce quite rightly supports the dredging of Trinity Inlet because it would have brought bigger cruise liners, cargo vessels and navy ships to Cairns and provided a $1.3 billion boost to the economy as well as lucrative taxes and other government fees this administration desperately needs. The Cairns Chamber of Commerce and Advance Cairns have called for the original $40 million promised for the work to be quarantined and even be used for a smaller dredging project.  But Mr Pyne wants none of that.  He prefers the money to be spent on health, something that is needed, but an area that does not create as many new jobs or generate money.  He really starts off badly by describing business as the “big end of town” and then his Facebook rant continues with “your unsustainable, unfunded and illogical ‘capital dredge proposal’ will not fly. It does not stack up and it will not happen”.  He then goes on to say that he is only interested in improved health, education, training, disability, community and sporting opportunities for the “ordinary people” of Cairns.  Industry and commerce quite rightly supports the dredging of Trinity Inlet because it would have brought bigger cruise liners, but Cairns MP Rob Pyne believes it will only suit “the big end of town”. Mr Pyne singles out “Tories” (conservatives) and says he will only deal with health board chairman and conservative Bob Norman.  The post also contains a photo of a man lighting a cigar with an American banknote.  Mr Pyne’s criticism is sure to alienate a large section of the community and appears to show he is not concerned about business, the sector which employs the most people in his electorate and produces the billions of dollars needed to keep the economy humming.  It’s no secret that the city’s economy continues to struggle and still needs a major project such as Aquis or the Aspial towers to start as soon as possible.  Fortunately his colleague, Mulgrave MP and State Treasurer Curtis Pitt, has a far better grasp of what makes this city tick and will achieve a lot more than Mr Pyne’s list of priorities.  At least our business leaders have shown the sense not to react to his surge of illogical rage.

20 April

LNP spent $4.2 million on failed Cairns Trinity Inlet dredge study. DREDGE DIFFICULTY: A huge amount of money was spent on finding out dredging Trinity Inlet is not feasible. TAXPAYERS forked out $4.2 million for a study which strongly found against the dredging of Trinity Inlet. [Editor’s note: these first two paragraphs are totally incorrect.] The State Opposition’s infrastructure spokesman Tim Nicholls yesterday revealed how much the Newman government contributed to the Cairns Shipping Development Project, which was knocked back by Labor on Friday. The long-awaited draft Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) for the widening and deepening of the city’s shipping channel was released on Friday, showing there was no environmental nor economic case for the project. The 3000-page report stated the minimum cost of the project would be $100 million – but only if the 4.4 million cubic metres of spoil was dumped offshore. Both parties have committed to preventing dredge spoil from being dumping within Great Barrier Reef waters. The LNP promised $40 million towards the project in 2012 as an election commitment. In a statement yesterday, Mr Nicholls said it was disappointing the Palaszczuk Government was “pandering to the Greens” with no thought or plan on how it would open up tourism or boost the economy and jobs in the Far North. “The money spent on this project is an investment in the future of Cairns and unfortunately the Treasurer has dismissed this project too quickly without looking at all the options or considering funding partnerships with the private sector,’’ he said. The former Queensland treasurer said with the ever-increasing size of new cruise ships, it was essential the port was positioned to respond. “Dredging Trinity Inlet would have provided access for larger cruise ships, boosting economic and tourism benefits for the region,’’ he said. “It is now on Labor to detail what their plan is to bolster and support industry, tourism and create jobs in Cairns.” He said the report was not released before the election as the Co-ordinator-General had to take into account the changing Federal Government position on dredge spoil dumping. His spokeswoman did not respond when asked if the LNP would still push for the dredging of Trinity Inlet. Cairns and Far North Environment Centre marine programs co-ordinator Josh Coates said the project was never necessary, never environmentally responsible, and did not represent a good use of taxpayers’ money. “The fact is that there is no need to expand the port for larger cruise ships, which continue to visit Cairns transporting passengers to shore at Yorkeys Knob,’’ he said. “We have welcomed the State and Federal governments’ commitment to put a stop to new dredge spoil dumping offshore in the Great Barrier Reef marine park. “This ban should be extended to all World Heritage areas to address dumping elsewhere in Queensland.” He said while the Government had ruled out funding the project and released the EIS for legal reasons, it was still important for people to have their say on the project.

JCU Trinity Inlet dredge report tells of damage. RULED OUT: Increased dredging of Trinity Inlet to allow larger cruise ships to dock in Cairns has been quashed by a number of sources. An independent study into the economic benefits of cruise shipping has revealed the industry would be of little-to-no benefit in Cairns. The findings have been released after an unrelated State Government review rejected a plan to grant extra dredging permits for Trinity Inlet to allow “mega” cruise liners to dock in Cairns. James Cook University’s report into the economic opportunities and risk of cruise tourism in Cairns, which will be released today, concludes that even if every person onboard a major cruise liner made a day trip to the reef or Kuranda, the net benefit for local companies would be negligible. The $10,000 study was commissioned by the Australian Marine Conservation Society (AMCS). “The price of a shore excursion purchased onboard is typically marked up between 70 per cent to 200 per cent, with less than half that amount paid to excursion operators,” the report states. “The swift arrival and departure of high volumes of cruise passengers can put pressure on local tourism capacities, degrade the natural resources upon which they depend, and lower the overall level of tourist satisfaction.” The report states the average spend of an international cruise passenger in Cairns is about $200 a day, 66 per cent higher than domestic tourists. It comes just days after the Palaszczuk government released a 3000-page scientific report showing that dredging the inlet would do untold environmental damage. AMCS Great Barrier Reef campaign director Felicity Wishart said the report showed dredging was not necessary for the Cairns tourism economy to access the benefits of the cruise industry. “Dredging … could result in serious damage to the environment – which is the reason people want to come here in the first place,’’ she said. Advance Cairns CEO Mark Matthews, who read the government’s EIS yesterday, said there was no consideration of the impact of ships not being able to offload passengers at the current facilities at Yorkeys Knob due to bad weather. “The researcher has not spoken to any of the cruise lines,’’ he said. “Their information is taken from annual reports, they acknowledge that some of their data cannot be verified.” Ports North chairman Brett Moller said dredging could only proceed if it was fully funded by government and “the Queensland Government has indicated that it will not be funding the project.” Cairns Chamber of Commerce CEO Deb Hancock still backed expansion of Trinity Inlet to attract larger vessels. “While the Government’s decision is not to proceed with the port expansion project, the allocated funds should be used to develop portside or other infrastructure for our future economic development.”

18  April

Trinity Inlet dredging canned after Environmental Impact Statement raises issues.  CAIRNS’ potential as a mega-cruise ship and navy hub is sunk after the State Government used environmental and financial factors to stop the required dredging of Trinity Inlet.  The move is sure to anger business leaders hoping for more cruise passengers in Cairns. Treasurer Curtis Pitt yesterday released the long-awaited draft Environmental Impact Statement which he said showed there was no case in favour of dredging. “The $40 million the Newman Government committed to the project in 2012 was politically cynical and misleading because it was never enough to make the project viable,” he said. “The proposal, which includes dumping dredge spoil at sea, would cost more than $100 million and the land-based dumping options about $365 million.” Releasing the document is a legislative requirement but the Newman administration refused to make it public prior to the January election. LACKING BENEFIT: Treasurer Curtis Pitt yesterday released the long-awaited draft Environmental Impact Statement into dredging Trinity Inlet, which he said showed there was no case in favour of dredging. Mr Pitt said he wanted Queenslanders to have an accurate understanding of the economic costs and environmental impacts of dredging. “This EIS highlights the Newman government’s reckless disregard for the one of Queensland’s most valuable assets, the Great Barrier Reef,” he said. “It was never fully funded and anyone who looks at the proposal and its environmental and economic impacts can see why the government is not proceeding with it. “The Palaszczuk Government opposes the recommended option in the draft EIS to dump dredge spoil in the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park and World Heritage Area.” Ports North had proposed to widen and deepen the Port of Cairns channel in Trinity Inlet to allow the future expansion of the HMAS Cairns naval base and accommodate mega-class cruise ships. Great Barrier Reef Minister Steven Miles accused the LNP of having “complete disdain for Queensland’s environment” and putting election pledges ahead of sound economic policy. “We’re not going to waste $40 million subsidising a dredging project which has now been exposed as environmentally and economically unsustainable,” he said. “The money the LNP wanted to waste on this unviable project would be far better spent on frontline services or job-generating projects, including initiatives in Far North Queensland.” HOPES DASHED: Ports North had proposed to widen and deepen the Port of Cairns channel in Trinity Inlet to allow the future expansion of the HMAS Cairns naval base and accommodate mega-class cruise ships. PICTURE: BRENDAN RADKE Source: News Corp Australia. The Great Barrier Reef supports about 70,000 full time jobs and contributes $5.7 billion a year to the Australian economy. State Development Minister Anthony Lynham said on that basis alone the dredging proposal had no merit. “When people look at the EIS they will see why the only option is to discontinue the project,” he said. “That’s why the government, in line with its election commitment, has decided to withdraw the money allocated by the Newman government. “The Great Barrier Reef needs to be protected not only as a unique natural wonder, but also because of its economic importance.” Copies of the EIS will be available at the Cairns City Library from April 20 to June 1. Electronic copies can be ordered by phoning 4052 3888. To lodge a submission on the draft plan, click here.

23 March

A Letter to the Editor in the Cairns Post 20 March: The article ‘Port EIS release delayed – Labor tardiness questioned’ (18-03) is very worrying.    The Cairns Post is to be congratulated for requesting a copy of the draft EIS under the Right to Information laws, subsequently denied by the Coordinator General.  The department says there is an “intrinsic responsibility” to not disclose this multi-million dollar taxpayer-funded EIS.    Cairns Labor MP Rob Pyne notes this denial is “undemocratic”.  The delay and denial are also disgraceful and completely unacceptable.    It appears that a tiff between Ports North and the Coordinator General has somehow managed to delay progressing this project and the major economic benefits it will bring to Cairns.    The question must be asked: who is running our government?  A few unelected bureaucrats, or our elected representatives?  Hopefully this denial will be a catalyst to force immediate progress of this vital project.

 20 March

An article in the Cairns Post 20 March:

19 March

An article in the Cairns Post 19 March: A REPORT into the potential dredging of Cairns Port is expected to be publicly released “within weeks”. Cairns MP Rob Pyne has spoken with Minister for State Development and Minister for Natural Resources and Mines Dr Anthony Lynham about the draft Environmental Impact Statement for the Cairns Shipping Development Project, which has been locked away by the government since late last year. The Minister’s department blocked the release of the taxpayer-funded document after it was requested under Right To Information laws by the Cairns Post. Mr Pyne said Dr Lynham gave him an undertaking the 3000-page report would be released publicly after an upcoming Cabinet meeting. He could not say, however, how soon that would be, instead saying he would be “disappointed” if it was any longer than the next two months. “All I can say is it’ll be tabled over coming weeks and discussed by Cabinet, and then made public,’’ he said. Mr Pyne had previously questioned the department’s transparency but said the latest development had restored his faith in the Labor ­Government. He said the Far Northern community needed the report to inform the debate about whether Trinity Inlet should be widened and deepened to attract larger cruise ships to the region. “We need to look at the report and look at whether it actually stacks up,’’ he said. “I think the report will tell us if such expenditure would be supported or such an investment would stack up, in terms of benefits to the Cairns ­community. “It will, very importantly, look at any environmental costs as well.” Ports North submitted the EIS to the Queensland Coordinator-General and the Federal Government’s Department of Environment late last year. The Newman administration didn’t allow the document’s release before the January election. Cairns and Far North Environment Centre director Angelika Ziehrl welcomed the EIS finally being made public. “CAFNEC is looking forward to this finally being released so the public and CAFNEC can comb through it,’’ she said. Green groups have raised concerns the large quantity of sediment generated by dredging could impact the marine environment.

18 March

Two Cairns Post articles, 18 March: Cairns MP Rob Pyne questions government decision to block port study from public release.  THE transparency of the Queensland Government has been questioned by one of its own Labor MPs after it blocked the release of the ­report into the proposed dredging of Cairns Port. The Department of State Development has denied The Cairns Post’s request under Right to Information laws for a copy of the draft Environmental Impact Statement for the Cairns Shipping Development Project.  The long-awaited report was due to be released for public comment late last year but is still under consideration by the Co-ordinator General.  The department says there is an “intrinsic responsibility” to not disclose the taxpayer-funded EIS, which the Co-ordinator General needs to be satisfied adequately covers the terms of reference.  “The information was ­received in circumstances which would make it unacceptable conduct for the ­receiver to disclose the information in a way the giver has not authorised,’’ a departmental officer wrote.  Once the Co-ordinator ­approves the EIS, it will be ­released for public and state government advisory agency consultation for six weeks.  The Newman Government committed to fully funding the EIS as part of its $40 million investment in the project.  Cairns Labor MP Rob Pyne said for the department to deny the document’s release under RTI was “undemocratic.”  “These things need to be transparent and the document should be released for people to talk about,’’ he said.  Advance Cairns CEO Mark Matthews said it was in the ­region’s best interests to see the report, to have a way forward for the dredging project.  The Office of the Co-ordinator General did not respond to questions about when the report would be released.

Future in the balance.  Far Northern leaders are adamant the region’s economic future hinges on a plan to develop the Cairns Port.  The Cairns shipping Development Project promises to inject $634  million of 25 years into the local economy and create more jobs by dredging the Trinity Inlet to accommodate large cruise ships.  But complete bans on sea dumping proposed by the state and federal government could jeopardize the project.  Federal Leichhardt MP Warren Entsch said a land site must be found for dredge spoil, no matter what the cost.  Cairns Mayor Bob Manning was confident port development and a healthy reef could co-exist. “It’s inevitable that our region is going to grow and it’s inevitable the port will need to grow”, he said.

11 March

Cairns Post article, 11 March: ‘New bid to release Inlet EIS.  The time for talking about releasing the Trinity Inlet Environmental Impact Study into dredging is over, according to Advance Cairns CEO Mark Matthews.  And Cairns MP Rob Pyne agrees.  Both have been in discussions for release of the document which is stuck in the Coordinator General’s office.  “As an organisation we have been calling on government to release the EIS and get on with it,” Mr Matthews said.  “We asked for that in our early engagement with government and in my first meeting with Rob, so we expect that will be forthcoming.”  Mr Pyne has been applying what political pressure he can and insists he won’t be stone-walled.  “I wrote, emailed and phoned requesting its release last month and I’ll do that again today,” Mr Pyne said.  “Some people have foregone conclusions about what they want to see happen in the inlet, but I want the EIS released so those people who are thoughtful can read it and base their opinions on something that has rigorous content.”  Ports North submitted the EIS to the Queensland Coordinator General and the Federal Government’s Department of environment in November last year.  The Newman administration didn’t allow the document’s release before the January election.  The new Labour Government is yet to make a move on the document.’

9 March

A letter in the Cairns Post on 9 March noted: ‘Deputy Premier Jackie Trad has stated that strategic assets will be retained, but ‘assets such as unused land and vacant buildings will go under the hammer.’  Perhaps Ms Trad includes the 946.3 ha (that’s nearly 10 square kilometres) State-owned unused land at East Trinity?  The proceeds from this sale could well pay all the costs of dredging the Trinity Inlet Channel as well as providing land to place the dredging spoil.  It appears that only about 500 ha will be required for the spoil, so there is ample land left to sell to developers to pay for the dredging.  Perhaps this is what Jackie Trad is flagging?’

 27 February

Cairns Post article, 27 February:  Still no word on Cairns port Environmental Impact Statement. The release of a long-awaited study into the dredging of Cairns’ port has been further stalled by the new Queensland Government. It’s now been five months since the draft Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) for the Cairns Shipping Development Project was last expected to be made public. The state’s Co-ordinator General has now delayed the report’s release, citing the Palaszczuk Government’s policy on dredging within the Great Barrier Reef marine park needs to be taken into account. Prior to the state election, the ALP committed to preventing dredge spoil associated with the project being dumped within the marine park. A Department of State Development, Infrastructure and Planning spokesman said the 3000-page document would not be released at this stage. “The implications of the new State Government’s policy statements and position on the project need to be taken into account,’’ he said. “In particular, the Co-ordinator General is seeking the advice of the proponent on how it intends to meet the government’s commitment of no sea-disposal.” Cairns MP Rob Pyne, who previously vowed to make the report public, said he would continue to push for the study’s release. “As we speak I’ve emailed the minister requesting its release and awaiting reply,’’ he said. “How can you have an intelligent public discussion if this information isn’t made public?” Widening and deepening of Trinity Inlet will allow the city to accommodate larger cruise vessels in its main channel. Ports North has proposed to remove 4.4 million cubic metres of dredge material from the inlet and deposit it either at sea or on land. One of the sites under consideration for dumping the sediment is inside the Great Barrier Reef marine park. Minister for Environment and Heritage Protection and Minister for the Great Barrier Reef, Steven Miles, said the Co-ordinator General was assessing if the EIS was “adequate and suitable” for public release. “The Government was elected on a platform of protecting the Great Barrier Reef, which I know is important to many Cairns residents and the Cairns economy,’’ he said. “Consequently, the Government will not support any proposal that involves the dumping of dredge spoil offshore. “I would expect that the Ports North EIS has included a land-based disposal option (Editor’s note: assessment of land-based options is a requirement of the EIS Terms of Reference – see below). “When the EIS is released for public comment my department will assess the project and provide advice to the Co-ordinator-General.” Cairns and Far North Environment Centre marine programs co-ordinator Josh Coates said the project should be shelved.

3 February

An article in the Cairns Post, 3 February:  CAIRNS MP Rob Pyne has vowed to publicly release a study into the dredging of Trinity Inlet – as long as he has the power to.  The former Cairns Regional councillor has cemented Labor’s commitment to preventing 4.4 million cubic metres of dredge spoil associated with the Cairns Shipping Development project from being disposed within the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park.  Mr Pyne also said if his party formed government he would endeavour to publicly release the long-awaited Environmental Impact Statement – which despite being completed late last year, has yet to see the light of day.  “If I have the power to make it public, I will make it public,’’ he said.  “The public paid for (the report).”  He said his opinion of the project, to widen and deepen the city’s main shipping channel, was that it still “needed to stack up”.  Ports North has proposed to remove dredge material from the inlet and deposit it either at sea or on land.  Sites under consideration for dumping of the material include East Trinity, Admiralty Island, on cane land in southern Cairns near the inlet, along the Esplanade and near the Cairns Airport.  Five offshore sites were also under consideration, including areas within the marine park.  Queensland’s former Deputy Premier Jeff Seeney late last week blamed Ports North for the delay in releasing the project’s EIS, which was initially expected to happen in September.  In a brief statement yesterday, Ports North chairman Brett Moller said the authority had submitted the draft EIS to the Queensland Co-ordinator General last year.

30 January 2015

An article in the Cairns Post, 28 January:  ‘DEPUTY Premier Jeff Seeney has blamed Ports North for the delay in releasing a study into the potential dredging of Trinity Inlet.  The Environmental Impact Statement, which will determine whether the deepening and widening of Cairns’ port should proceed, has still not been made public by the government.  The draft EIS for the project, which involves the removal and disposal of 4.4 million cubic metres of dredge spoil from the channel, was initially expected to be released in September after being submitted to the Co-ordinator General.  Mr Seeney, who visited the Tableland yesterday on the election trail, told The Cairns Post he did not know when the EIS would be released.  The Minister for State Development, Infrastructure and Planning said Ports North had not yet addressed Federal Environment Minister Greg Hunt’s new regulations to ban dredge spoil dumping in the Great Barrier Reef marine park.  “The Federal Minister took a decision in relation to offshore disposal,’’ he said.  “So we had to go back to the proponents and say, well the Federal Minister has said this is the situation and you have to address that situation in your application.”  He said the EIS did not need to be rewritten, only one particular section of the report.  “That section of the EIS that deals with the disposal of the material now needs to look at other disposal options, be it further out to sea or on land or whatever,’’ he said.  He could not say when the report would be completed or released.  Ports North refused to answer questions yesterday about whether it had resubmitted its EIS, and what – if anything – it needed to change in the report to address the Federal Government’s new regulations.’

28 January 2015

A letter to the Cairns Post Editor, 28 January, noted: ‘Dear Editor, ‘Resort project promised all help Newman can give’ (24-01).  Good one, Premier!  Most Cairns people are very frustrated about yet another delay of the dredging EIS.  The LNP will lose many votes if they tell us nothing before the election except that we’ll just have keep waiting.  Most Cairns people support ruling out dumping spoil at sea.  In any case there is a much better alternative: pump the spoil on to the lower 500 ha of the State-owned property at East Trinity, and sell some of the residual 446 ha to pay for the dredging and treatment costs.   This will also enable fixing the pollution there, as recommended by the CSIRO.’ 

‘How about two more promises, Premier?  Commit to supporting pumping the dredging spoil on to the State-owned property at East Trinity if the final EIS recommends this, and repeat your previous promise to fund up to $90 million dollars if necessary.’

12 January 2015

An article in the Cairns Post, 12 January, noted: Business leaders blast delay in vital dredging report.  A DECISION to delay the release of the long awaited Environmental Impact Statement for the dredging of Trinity Inlet to widen and deepen the shipping channel has been savaged by two leading business groups in Cairns. Advance Cairns and the Cairns Chamber of Commerce have blasted the State ­Government for holding back its release until after the ­January 31 election. Originally it was earmarked for a September release last year but has been dogged by hold-ups. Dredging of the channel was an LNP election promise in 2012 with $40 million pledged towards the cost. At issue is whether to dump the spoil at sea, which is cheaper, or on land. Deputy Premier Jeff Seeney said the Co-ordinator General was currently considering the Trinity Inlet EIS. “As the Co-ordinator General adheres to caretaker conventions, the EIS will not be released during the election campaign,” he said. Advance Cairns chief executive Mark Matthews said the delay was frustrating. “While we appreciate the assessment process and the conventions of a caretaker government, it is disappointing to see that the only key election promise for Cairns made by the government prior to the previous election has yet to be fulfilled,” he said. “We have no entertainment precinct, no shipping development. Is the government serious about growth and prosperity in the north? “And if so, then let’s see a clear commitment and action to deliver major infrastructure projects for our region.” Chamber chief executive Deb Hancock said the decision was “very disappointing”. “It’s very convenient to hide behind the conventions of a caretaker government,” she said. Ms Hancock said the ­government would have known when the election was to be called and “made a conscious decision not to release the information”. “It was an election promise (in 2012) and they have failed the community,” she said. “We would like to hear how the LNP government will continue economic growth, particularly in the shipping area.” She said the LNP had three years to honour the promise, which included a $40 million funding commitment. “They have taken no action with regard to implementation and even to make a decision,” Ms Hancock said. Tourism Tropical North Queensland declined to ­comment.’

6 January 2015

Another article in the Cairns Post, 6 January, noted: ‘THE Queensland Government has been urged to release a study into the potential dredging of Cairns Port before the State election is called (Editor’s note: the election was called for 31st January later that same morning), or shelve the project completely.  The draft EIS for the project, which involves the removal and disposal of 4.4 million cubic metres of dredge spoil from the channel, was initially expected to be released in September (Editor’s note: the first release date promised was May 2014, then September, then ‘the end of the 2014’ – after missing all 3 promises, no date has been announced since). In a statement yesterday, however, Deputy Premier Jeff Seeney said the report was still being assessed by the Co-ordinator General. “The EIS process is rigorous, thorough and undertaken without political interference,’’ he said. Before the 2012 election, the Newman Government committed to dredging Trinity Inlet so larger cruise liners could enter and dock at the Port of Cairns. Advance Cairns CEO Mark Matthews said the LNP had yet to honour its commitment. “I think it’s beyond the time,” he said. “If it can’t go, it can’t happen, then let’s say it can’t happen and let’s get on with it. “The dragging on of this whole process causes a lot of confusion.” ‘

6 November 2014

Another article in the Cairns Post (6-11-14) was very supportive of expediting dredging the Trinity Inlet.  The article covering the visiting National Geographic MV Orion, with about 100 passengers disembarking, noted: ‘One of the world’s leading adventure travel companies is willing to bring more of its fleet to Cairns if the city’s shipping channel development goes ahead. ….. Australian business development director, Jeremy Lindblad, said if Trinity Inlet could be widened and deepened the company would look at bringing more of its vessels to Cairns.’

11 November 2014

Another article in the Cairns Post (11-11-14) reported: ‘Labor environment spokesman Mark Butler vows to stop dredge spoil dumping on Great Barrier Reef off Cairns.  FEDERAL Labor has committed to preventing dredge spoil from entering Great Barrier Reef waters if the Cairns ­Shipping Development project goes ahead.  The ALP announced yesterday, if re-elected, it would impose a ban on capital dredge spoil being dumped in the Great Barrier Reef World Heritage Area.  The Federal Opposition’s environment spokesman Mark Butler, in Cairns yesterday with his Queensland counterpart Jackie Trad, said 4.4 million cubic metres of dredge spoil associated with the widening and deepening of Trinity Inlet could only be dumped onshore.’

15  November 2014

More from the Cairns Post, 15  November: Secrecy shrouds Cairns Inlet dredge report  release.  …. Despite the office of Federal Environment Minister Greg Hunt being uncertain about whether dredge material from the channel expansion was included in a proposed ban, Mr Entsch said there was clarity on the policy. “We can be absolutely definitive that there is a new position on dredge spoil disposal,” Mr Entsch said. “Any new proposals will be subject to this and the Federal Government is currently setting out the legal frameworks and legislative instruments to accompany it. “We can be crystal clear on this….In addition, I’ve spoken to Minister Hunt about it many times and he is well aware that I am vehemently opposed to water-based disposal – it will happen over my dead body.” ’

 23 April 2014

Another Cairns Post article, 23 April, spelt out The Federal Government’s thinking, preceding Labor environment spokesman, Mark Butler’s, similar announcement above:  ‘Five million cubic metres of dredging spoil is unlikely to be dumped at sea if a port development in Cairns goes ahead.    Federal Environment Minister Greg Hunt yesterday met with Ports North to discuss the Cairns Shipping Development Project, which proposed to widen and deepen the shipping channel at Trinity Inlet for so-called mega-class ships.    “The overwhelming preference if anything were to happen in Cairns is for land-based disposal.” Mr Hunt said.  He backed Leichhardt MP Warren Entsch, who continues to advocate for spoil to be dumped at East Trinity near Yarrabah.  Mr Entsch said: “I absolutely think it’s critical that we go ahead and do this,  I believe the most appropriate site is …the degraded NatWest (land at East Trinity) and it can be done in an appropriate way, which actually will strengthen Cairns in many ways.” 

Cairns Post G20 magazine, September 2014

The Cairns Post G20 magazine, WORLD OF INVESTMENT OPPORTUNITIES, reproduced the double-page photo with the superimposed new residential area at East Trinity, as above, on pages 52-53 in an article describing a future vision of Cairns:

Cairns Post G20 magazine     Cairns Post, Cairns G20 magazine

An inside source revealed that the authors of this article were ‘strongly ticked off’ for including this photograph, and were directed to remove this and associated photos from the newspaper’s library.  The source did not know who made the initial complaint, or why Cairns Post reacted this way, but it is interesting to speculate when considering the ‘road-blocks’ noted above.

4. John MacKenzie’s radio talkback show

4 May

A 22-minute interview with Peter Senior can be listened to at Note: if necessary, copy the address and paste into your internet link box.

20 April

John MacKenzie kicked off over two hours of non-stop discussion on the State Government’s decision to turn down the dredging proposal with an interview with Cairns Regional Council Mayer Bob Manning.  Bob explained at length how this was a shocking and altogether wrong decision for many reasons.  Bob noted that all ‘the science’ showed there would be no problems if the proposed dredging spoil was placed in the proposed area at the North East end of the Trinity Inlet.  A later caller added that internationally-recognised reef experts, Dr Walter Starck and Professor Bob Carter, endorsed this view, noting all the inner areas between the land and reef already have some one metre of spoil at the bottom of the shallow sea from centuries of sediment drained for the land.   Other callers noted: the $365m cost stated in the draft EIS was excessively high, and ignored the potential for selling some or all of the excess State-owned land at East Trinity to pay for the dredging and treatment costs.  Several references were made to the two proposals linked at the start of this post.  Every caller presented additional information in dismay, and in some instances, disgust, that the State Government had made this decision before even waiting for submissions on the DRAFT EIS report.  The overall view was that Cairns leaders and the general public must make their views known to the State Representatives to dissuade them from this fundamentally wrong decision.  The following day’s show continued the theme for nearly two hours as well.

20 March

During an interview by John MacKenzie with Federal MP Warren Entsch on John’s Talkback show, 18 March 2015, Warren described his proposals for the dredging and East Trinity which are identical to the proposal in the Phase 1 report.

23 January 2015

The Honourable David Crisafulli MP, Queensland State Member for Mundingburra and Minister for Local Government said:  ‘…We do need to find a way to get that dredging done.  Now, there has been every roadblock put up that could possibly happen…..  My role in the next Government will be work with blokes like Trout, like King, like Kempton to strike a balance for our part of the world.’

Would David, had he still been Minister, have succeeded in changing Gavin King’s views,  as quoted below?  And how will the new Cairns Member, Rob Pyne address these points now Gavin King is no longer in a position to ‘road-block’?

  • ‘It would be 20 – 30 years before the land at East Trinity could be developed’ – thousands of other reclamations started development within a few years, including Portsmith and Trinity Park.
  • ‘It’s just unaffordable, certainly in the short-term…’ – Gavin continues to ignore the potential for revenue gains from development.
  • ‘A bridge would be required’ – not necessary, noting it is faster to drive from East Trinity to the CBD in rush-hour than from Palm Cover.
  • ‘The change by Federal Government regarding dumping spoil at sea caused Ports North to carry out considerably more assessments which had caused the delay’ – Not so; the final Terms of Reference were released in November 2013 requiring all land-based options to be fully assessed.  This was 4 months before Ports North let the EIS contract to ARUP.
  • Portsmith reclamation: ‘That was a century ago’ Portsmith reclamation was completed in the late 70s; many of the current buildings were completed in the 80s.

20 January 2015

A conversation between Queensland State Minister for the Environment,  Andrew Powell, and Michael Trout, Member for Barron River and Peter Senior covered the following points:

  1. Peter asked why Gavin King had said it would be 20 – 30 years before the land at East Trinity could be developed, then noting there was ample land currently available for development that would not be required for spoil placement, further noting such development could pay for all the costs of dredging and spoil treatment.  Andrew said they were aware of such options but it was necessary to wait for the EIS report.
  2. Peter asked why the EIS report was delayed so much past it’s original promise of May 2014, given the Terms of Reference had not changed since the original TOR published in November 2013, requiring full evaluation of all land-based options.  Responses from Andrew and Michael did not really address the question, noting again the need to await the Coordinator General’s completion of the EIS assessment.

15 January 2015

A conversation between Gavin King and Peter Senior covered the following points:

  1. Gavin said it would be 20 – 30 years before the land at East Trinity could be developed.  Peter noted that ‘only’ about 500 ha of the 946.3 ha of State-owned land at East Trinity was apparently required to place the spoil.  So the other 446.3 ha could potentially be available for development immediately, including the 168 ha of raised land at the North East end.
  2. Gavin said a bridge would be required.  Peter noted this was costed by GHD in the late 90s at $400m, so about $800m could be realistic now.  But a bridge is not needed, noting it takes longer to drive from Palm Cove to the CBD in the rush hour now than it takes to drive in from East Trinity.  A small, regular fast passenger ferry from East Trinity across the 1 Km of water to the Pier marina would probably attract considerable numbers of residents for work and pleasure.
  3. Gavin twice said that the change by Federal Government regarding dumping spoil at sea had caused Ports North to carry out considerable more assessments which had caused the delay.  Peter pointed out that the project Terms of Reference had not changed after the November 2013 update that was the basis for the ARUP contract.  Full assessment of all potential land options were a requirement of the original terms of reference, so nothing has changed.
  4. Gavin said Peter should talk with Ports North, as he had previously offered to arrange.  At that point, John MacKenzie terminated the discussion due to shortage of time.  Peter had been about to tell Gavin that Norm Whitney and he had three long meetings: first on 18/o4/13 with the Mayor and executives from Ports North; then 3/9/13 with Ports North executives plus ARUP consultants; then a month later with the ARUP environmental consultant at East Trinity; then 3/6/14 Peter met with the Mayor to discuss progress – we agreed, politely, to disagree on most points.   Ports North clearly indicated at the three meetings they considered on-land disposal would be a far more costly option with no benefit.
  5. An earlier conversation on this talkback show between Gavin and ‘Bill’ concerned the issue of Portsmith having been successfully reclaimed.  Gavin said this was ‘a century ago’.  In fact filling at Portsmith was mainly carried out during 1960’s and completed in late 1970’s.  Buildings at Portsmith, especially around Aumuller street and Redden Street, were constructed mainly during 1980’s.

5. TV7 News

During an interview on the TV7 Bold Report on 16  November, the Hon Julie Bishop, Minister for Foreign Affairs and Deputy Leader of the Liberal Party stated: ‘I have been involved in some detailed discussions about the Great Barrier Reef and Australia is committing to world best practise in the conservation and preservation of the Great Barrier Reef, and last week we ann0unced there would be no dumping of capital dredge waste in the marine park’.  How much clearer can the Federal Government be?

6. Background and history

The report at  Dredging and East Trinity opportunities 081214 presents details and several photographs that tell the story of East  Trinity.  Then you will be able to compare this proposal with the Ports North EIS report when it is released by the Coordinator General. 

Ports North originally stated the EIS report would be presented to the Coordinator General last May, some 8 months ago.  Release to the general public would be authorised by the Coordinator General at a later date, expected to be announced in the Cairns Post.  Further information is noted below in.

Terms of Reference for the EIS

The Coordinator General’s Terms of Reference for the EIS report include the requirement for Ports North to present:

  •  An outline of the alternative options considered and reasons for selecting the proposed development option.
  • Detail the criteria used to determine the alternatives and provide sufficient detail to convey why certain options or courses of action are preferred and why others are rejected.
  • Provide descriptions of all feasible alternative land-based spoil disposal.
  • Sufficient baseline economic data to underpin a comprehensive assessment of the direct, indirect, cumulative, costs and impacts of the project.
  • The indirect impacts likely to flow to other industries and economies from developing the project, and the implications of the project for future development.

The EIS should therefore include full responses to the five points above with regard to the East Trinity option without the need for further extensive investigation. 

Ports North initially stated the report would be delivered in May 2014.  Later the delivery date was stated as September 2014.  In an article in the Cairns Post, 9 August 2014, Brett Moller, chairman of Ports North, wrote: ‘After 18 months of studies, the project EIS is due for submission to government later this year’.  A later statement from Ports North noted an ‘October’ completion.  On  6 November Chairman Moller told John MacKenzie on his radio show the report would completed ‘by the end of this year’.  The report will be available for public release when the Coordinator-General’s office authorise this.

Options East Trinity

Other approaches could be suited to the East Trinity property such as a large marina, residential and commercial properties, and a large resort with a golf course, as was proposed then approved by Queensland State Premier Peter Beattie’s government in 1995 (this proposal is described at the end of this post).  Imagine the now-familar depiction of the amazing Aquis resort superimposed on the graphic below:

East Trinity with marina 290714, cropped

The issues were captured brilliantly in a cartoon in the Cairns Post, 16 August 2014:

Cairns Post cartoon, 160814

Cruise ships

Cairns is a small idyllic city on the North-East coast of tropical Queensland.  The Great Barrier Reef, rain forest and glorious tropical weather are just three features that attract visitors from across Australia and the rest of the world.

Many cruise ships visit Cairns, docking at the cruise terminal adjacent to the central area with its many restaurants, entertainment facilities and the lagoon by the marina.  Larger cruise ships have to anchor a few kilometres North of Cairns off Yorkeys Knob.  Passengers come ashore in tenders.  A Channel 7 TV News item on 28 November 2012 interviewed several passengers who were dismayed at the long boat trip to get ashore, then the lack of welcome, unlike other ports they visited that have music, gifts of flowers and shelter.  Queensland State MP, Gavin King, suggested putting up a welcome sign. It was dismaying to hear a cruise director from the Celebrity Solstice, visiting Yorkeys Knob on 4 December 2012, tell me: ‘It’s like a dead city; no welcome, no taxis for my passengers…’. 

Almost 2 years later, on 19 November 2014, the Cairns Post announced the ‘Yorkeys Knob’s newly upgraded $2.2m cruise liner facilities will host its first cruise this morning.  Passengers from luxury P&O vessel Pacific Dawn are expected to arrive ashore at Half Moon Bay Marina from 9.30 this morning.  A two-year joint venture between Ports North, Yorkeys Knob Boating Club and the State Government, the upgraded facilities include a reconfigured car park with a large covered area, an improved jetty, resurfacing and lengthening of the boat ramp and a new floating walkway.’  A temporary shade tent was again erected on the nearly-sealed area for waiting passengers.

Proposal to dredge the channel

Ports North propose to dredge the Trinity Inlet channel to provide sufficient depth of water for all except the largest mega-cruise ships to navigate the channel and dock at the central cruise terminal – clearly a major advantage for cruise passengers, and certain to attract more cruise ships.  This dredging project has many implications and potential major benefits in addition to attracting more cruise ships.  The downside is that Ports North plan to dump the massive amount of spoil – 5+ million cubic metres initially plus ongoing maintenance – from the dredging in an extended area near the Great Barrier Reef (click on diagram of Cazalys Stadium for clearer definition). 

It is important to note that, whilst most local public opinion is against dumping this spoil at sea, and State and Federal legislation currently prevents ‘capital’ dredging spoil being dumped at sea, many credible technical explanations and assessments have demonstrated that such dumping at sea would not harm the reef providing it is done in a controlled manner.  Much of the negativity about dumping dredging spoil at sea has been stirred up by both extreme environmentalists and organisations, including some government departments, that have been seduced by bodies such a the UN that promote very dubious and ideological aims.  The key factors are explained well in an article by Professor Bob Carter, The Australian, 29-12-14: http://www.theaustralian.com.au/opinion/great-barrier-reef-a-shore-thing-muddied-by-misconceptions/story-e6frg6zo-1227168703706

What 5+ million cubic metres looks like

5m M3

Submissions

The Queensland Coordinator-General issued draft Terms of Reference (TOR) for the dredging project assessment; submissions were invited so anyone could comment on the draft TOR.  The deadline was 29 October 2012. One submission presented can be viewed at Submission for Cairns Shipping Development Project draft Terms of Reference, Peter Senior, 291012. This submission canvasses the key issues and presents several suggestions, in particular noting that dredging spoil could be used as a valuable resource for several land-based projects such as bulk-fill to assist fixing the environmental disaster at East Trinity.

Revised Terms of Reference

It was very gratifying that the Coordinator-General’s  considerably revised Terms of Reference document included a well-balanced approach that requires rigorous assessment of a range of land-based solutions for the use of Trinity Inlet dredging spoil.

On 25 September 2012, the Queensland Government declared the project as a “significant project for which an Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) is required”, following the submission of an Initial Advice Statement.  The Queensland Coordinator-General is managing the State’s assessment process and Terms of Reference (TOR) for the project are available at www.dsdip.qld.gov.au/assessments-and-approvals/cairns-shipping-development-project.

Ports North provided a submission to the Federal Government to determine if the project is a controlled action, which means it has to be assessed for environmental impacts under the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 (EPBC Act).  The project was declared a “controlled action” on 5 October 2012 and will therefore require the preparation of an EIS that addresses Federal Government guidelines.  Information on the Federal EIS process and guidelines can be found on the Department of Sustainability, Environment, Water, Population and Communities website www.environment.gov.au

The Cairns Regional Council’s 12th December 2012 meeting considered the Great Barrier Reef Ports Strategy, a succinct and relevant paper which includes requests for submissions by 14th December:

http://www.cairns.qld.gov.au/__data/assets/pdf_file/0003/66639/12dec12_ordinary_cl1.pdf

‘Deputation’ to the Cairns Regional Council

A ‘Deputation’ to the Cairns Regional Council was planned to be presented to the full Council on 27 February 2013.  This was cancelled hours before the scheduled start time because several people felt strongly that the presentation would be counter-productive at that time.  Here is the Power Point presentation that was planned for the deputation: Trinity Inlet dredging proposal (2.8 MB).

Ports North announced on 22 April 2013: The Cairns Shipping Development Project took another step forward today announcing Arup in partnership with BMT WBM as the Lead Consultants who will work with Ports North to deliver a comprehensive Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) to meet the requirements of both the State and Commonwealth Governments.’  As at 3 September 2013 the consultants were making good progress towards completion of the draft EIS report.

Many Cairns local business people and community members look forward with great interest to reading what the report has to say, and what the Queensland Co-ordinator General’s departmental response is, regarding the EIS terms of reference points (as listed above).

Meeting the consultants

A meeting with Ports North and their consultants on 3 September 2013 demonstrated  the consultants were on track to prepare a draft EIS report for Ports North to make available for public consultation starting in May 2014.  At this meeting, the following points were re-iterated:

It is likely the lowest direct cost of the total dredging project will be to dump the spoil in an extended area by the current dumping area.  This solution also appears to fulfil the Ports North objectives.  A primary concern remains that there may be major benefits for the Cairns community, economy and environment through managing this massive amount of dredging spoil as a valuable resource that could contribute towards several important on-land projects – ‘may be’ because no significant investigation or cost-benefit studies have ever been undertaken in the past to address this issue.  

Also the EIS appears to extend well outside the formal role and objectives of Ports North, and moves towards a much wider mandate.  To this extent Ports North is in a difficult position in determining just how far they are required to go outside the Port’s mandate to fulfil the EIS. Recalling that the most obvious location to place the dredging spoils is over the environmentally-devastated East Trinity area, two close neighbours of that area, Brigadier Mansford and Norm Whitney, noted that, under the management of QASSIT (Queensland Acid Sulphate Soil Investigation Team) and other government bodies, this area has become a major health and environmental hazard. For instance, destruction of an entire new forest of melaleucas – a 2013 photo:

 East Trinity ruined, 2013 

Yet landowners face stiff penalties for such vandalism. A range of signs, community concern, media articles and reports such as the SKM’s ‘Improved Dredge Material Management for the Great Barrier Reef Region’ suggest dumping dredging spoil at sea off the Queensland coast has a very limited life. 

The 1988 aerial photo

The 1988 aerial photo below shows a light-brown area, lower-left where the developers purchased dredging spoil from the harbour board to test the effect of placing spoil on the land.  It is recorded that the trial was successful.  It is instructive to compare this area now with satellite photos on Google Earth

East Tinity property 1988 prior to purchase by State

LNP’s quarterly magazine, Dialogue

The Liberal National Party’s quarterly magazine, Dialogue, has an article (pages 24 – 27) in Issue 6 describing the history of the East Trinity property: LNP Dialogue magazine, A Sustainable East Trinity, that concludes: ‘Wise decision-makers, unafraid of disinformation from a very small but vocal minority, need to act now. The environmental catastrophe at East Trinity can be resolved and the property made available for the City’s future growth. The land, and potentially another four square kilometres, could become an urban residential development area very close to the CBD, as advocated by town planners. A bonus would be that valuable agricultural land presently earmarked for residential development would remain productive, extending the viability of the sugar industry and the associated jobs.  Surely that is a win-win for the environment as well as most Cairns stakeholders.’

The fundamental issue is this: is it better for the Cairns community to place this massive amount of spoil in an extended area close to the Great Barrier Reef, with possible attendant dangers, or to manage  this spoil as a potentially valuable resource that may enable the large East Trinity area – only 2 kilometres from Cairns’ CBD – to be reclaimed and become part of Cairns future development.  The EIS report is required to address this issue.

Earlier letters to the Cairns Post

A letter published in the Cairns Post on 17 February 2014 posed the question: ‘The dredged material need not be an off-shore disposal problem.  Instead this valuable resource could enable creation of  more land of a similar size to Portsmith only 2 kilometres from the CBD.  Our city’s forefathers chose to create Portsmith using dredging spoil from Trinity Inlet. Will our current city leaders be as wise?’

Another letter in the Cairns Post on March 11 2014, written by Brigadier Mansford addressed the issue of short-term expediency over long-term planning and benefits: ‘If the impending report on dredging Cairns Port advises that dumping at sea is safe, then do it as an interim measure.  However, given the long-term needs for continued expansion of port facilities it would be stupid to consider it a permanant solution.  The region’s future should not be determined by controversial and questionable treatment costs.  Government must pursue and determine innovative and economical methods to use the spoil on degraded land and convert it into assets that will contain future infrastructure, abundant green open space and environmental corridors on the very perimeter of the CBD that any city would envy.  The past history of reclaiming many areas of degraded land in Cairns should be part of the research to determine fact from fiction.  We need to be more positive.  It’s time to roll up our sleeves and find ways to do what we can and must do, as opposed to assuming it’s all too difficult.’

Meeting the consultants, 31 October 2013

Stepping back a few months, a meeting on 31 October 2013 with one of the consultants at a property adjacent to the Queensland State-owned East Trinity area in question demonstrated at that stage the consultants had minimal knowledge of the current and past status and events that lead up to the state of this ‘disaster area’.  Several previous reports about the area were passed on to the consultant, together with detailed explanations of related past events.

CAFNEC public meeting

The Cairns Post published an article on 5 April 2014 noting the draft EIS report is now expected in September rather than May.   (Click on graphic below to enlarge).  Much of the article describes the  views of the local miniscule extreme environmental group, CAFNEC, who organised an event on Sunday 6 April protesting dumping dredging spoil ‘near out reef’ (as several banners read)  Other banners and  T-Shirts had messages including:

    • Don’t stop our fishing
    • Our reef is already sick
    • i-care about our environment – www/acfonline/org.au
    • Save the Turtles
    • Save the Great Barrier Reef
    • Dump on Abbott, not our reef
    • Big Coal is killing Nemo
    • Sea Shepherd Australia
    • Fish are my friends

CAFNEC’s views for many years have been consistently against any development (recall they were strongly against the superb and world-acclaimed Skyrail project).  Their argument against dumping spoil at sea is quite widely supported by Cairns’ locals.  Their other argument concerns the dredging spoil ‘…so the obvious solution of using it as fill for building really isn’t an option in this case because of the nature of the sediment’.  They fail to point out that the real issue is the cost of treating and compaction, which of course CAFNEC do not address, nor how this spoil from the same area was successfully used over many decades to cover then develop much of Portsmith.  Note too there have been major advances in spoil management technology and equipment for preloading and compacting since Portsmith was created, including for the forthcoming Abbotts Point project. Perhaps CAFNEC’s ‘obvious solution’ is indeed both practical, economic and would provide a range of  major benefits for most Cairns residents and businesses.  Ports North chairman Brett Moller sensibly noted: ‘Ports North are not prejudging the outcome of the EIS in relation to the relocation of dredge material ….‘. That was, of course, before the 11 month delay – and counting…..

  

4,000 ha is available…

A potentially overriding aspect of the issue of where to place the dredging spoil was summarized in a letter published in the Cairns Post on 12 April 2014: ‘Several recent letters and articles raise concerns about future housing and rental affordability if the huge Aquis development goes ahead.  For instance ‘Affordability key to fate of Aquis’ (10-04).  Perhaps it’s time to dust off proposals from the 1990s to develop housing on land at East Trinity?  There are over 4,000 hectares of land largely wasted at East Trinity that could become available for residential development.  This land could provide housing for at least 60,000 people, would avoid using other valuable agricultural land further South and fulfils modern town planners’ recommendations for urban development to be close to the CBD.  This option to accommodate Cairn’s certain population growth appears to have much merit.  Perhaps Cairns Regional Council have this on their drawing boards as one of several options for assessment?’

Ruling on land-based disposal

A further update of the Federal Government’s thinking was spelt out in a Cairns Post article, 23 April 2014:  ‘Five million cubic metres of dredging spoil is unlikely to be dumped at sea if a port development in Cairns goes ahead.    Federal Environment Minister Greg Hunt yesterday met with Ports North to discuss the Cairns Shipping Development Project, which proposed to widen and deepen the shipping channel at Trinity Inlet for so-called mega-class ships.    “The overwhelming preference if anything were to happen in Cairns is for land-based disposal.” Mr Hunt said.  He backed Leichhardt MP Warren Entsch, who continues to advocate for spoil to be dumped at East Trinity near Yarrabah.  Mr Entsch said: “I absolutely think it’s critical that we go ahead and do this,  I believe the most appropriate site is …the degraded NatWest (land at East Trinity) and it can be done in an appropriate way, which actually will strengthen Cairns in many ways.” 

The deadline for the project’s environmental impact statement was extended to September to allow for further water-quality studies.  Earlier this month, hundreds of residents rallied in Cairns to protest port developments near the Great Barrier Roof, including the Trinity Inlet proposal. 

Legal personality for the reef

The Environmental Defenders Office of Northern Queensland is campaigning to grant the reef a legal personality so it can be defended in court.  It was prompted by a Great Barrier Roof Marine Park Authority decision to allow three million cubic metres of dredging spoil to be dumped in the marine park as part of the Abbot Point coal port expansion, north of Bowen.  An online petition for a referendum to award the reef legal rights has attracted more than 600 signatures.  Mr Hunt yesterday dismissed the campaign: “The reef already has a legal personality, the GBRMPA is there to represent the reef, it defines the area of the reef, it does a tremendous job.  “The GBRMPA is an independent executive agency, it is one of the world’s leading marine park agencies, if not the world’s leading marine park agency,” he said.’

These views were reinforced in a Cairns Post article, Committee fears for Reef, 24 July 2014: ‘Leichhardt MP Warren Entsch, however, said both he and Environment Minister Greg Hunt’s preferred disposal site was on-land. “Greg Hunt had already made it publicly clear that he wants the dredging on land,” he said. “I have made is very publicly clear that I want it on land, at East Trinity. It won’t be a blow-in from Tasmania who will influence a decision to have it there.” He said depositing the dredge spoil at East Trinity would also provide land for the city’s future population growth.’

==============================================================

7. Other related documents

Plan for the Royal Reef resort

The plan that was prevented when Peter Beattie’s Labor government withdrew its approval to appease environmental activists, resulting in Cairns losing what would have been a fine development, and paying the National Westminster bank what is rumoured to have been many millions of dollars to avoid being sued.  The Royal Reef AIS and EIS reports (respectively 1992 and 1995), two exceptionally comprehensive 40 mm thick reports produced by a team of specialists led by Brannock Humphreys, Town Planning Consultants, describe the proposal in detail.  Section 10.0 CONCLUSIONS notes: ‘There will be no  major detrimental impacts to the environment as a result of the  proposed development which has been modified to be generally in accordance with the Trinity Inlet Management Plan.’  A selection of diagrams from the report are below: a hotel and beach, a plan of the whole resort and a location plan.

Royal Reef hotel and beach

Royal Reef layout

Royal Reef site boundary 2

Government documents relating to the project are available at:

A vision for Cairns

It seems The Cairns Post is the only ‘leader’ pushing a vision for Cairns on a range of issues including many articles describing the manifest benefits that would result from dredging the Trinity Inlet.  One example was published in the Cairns Post in May 2012:  Cairns Post front page 08-05-12  Cairns Post follow-on 08-05-12.  Hopefully Cairns’ civic leaders will take up the challenge soon.

Labor Premier Beattie turns a blind eye

It also seems no-one showed former Labor Premier Peter Beattie all the evidence that had been provided to his departments, or informed the Cairns City/Regional Council on related matters.  A letter from Peter Beattie dated 4 February 1999 included: “In relation to the acid sulphate and sewerage issues you raise, this Government has seen no evidence which would indicate there is an acid sulphate problem at East Trinity, while matters pertaining to solid waste disposal are primarily the responsibility of the Cairns City Council and, as such, should be raised directly with this authority.”

 

A history of East Trinity:  History of East Trinity, letter, 180607

========================================================

 

John’s newsletter

This post provides John’s latest newsletter which covers a range of topical political, technical and environmental issues.

John’s newsletter, 13 December 2020

Hi Guys,

Investments…

 The Reserve Bank of NZ and all other central banks expect a continuation into lower and even negative interest rates during the next several months.  This means investment yields will fall;  and inflation will sooner or later become hyper-inflation.  Even with no news to report the share markets headed higher this week and dividend yields in percentage terms fell further.  Unless invested in companies mauled by the impact of Covid, the actual dividends being paid have held steady in dollar terms. But the rush to shares has had a huge impact.

In New Zealand, the attempted hostile takeover of the Infratil group by “Australian Super”  has also had an impact share prices on energy stocks as well as for Infratil, and not just for Trustpower.

Real estate prices continue higher as bank interest rates for funds on deposit fall through the floorboards.  This affects yields on rentals for both commercial and industrial real estate.  House prices rose on average by $24,000 in November alone.  Incompetent government now driving incompetent central bank policies.

Politics

 By the end of this week, if Boris Johnson holds his nerve, the British will have a “no deal Brexit”.  This will be a lose/lose for both Britain and the EU…

https://youtu.be/iUAzwJBtemI

How could Britain have won in 1945 yet lost to both France and Germany’s bullying in 2020?    The wealthy UK “remainers” have simply persuaded the EU leaders that Boris will cave to their pressure.  Nigel Farage is also continuing his political opposition to Britain either remaining in the EU or the EU continuing to make UK laws…

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=XBQjmjixIl0

In the USA a form of civil war has begun as 19 states sue the states that changes their rules for this specific election. This has nothing to do with Trump versus Biden but the equality of the treatment of a vote from state to state…yet the US Supreme Court is reluctant to get involved.

The Russia-gate effort to impeach Trump was an attempted “soft coup”.  Going after General Flynn was also just a hyped-up attack on Trump’s White House arrangements…

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=pERAU2e332Q

The votes stats look very iffy…

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ijtaV5Twf6o&feature=youtu.be

But by the end of next week Trump will either have scored some major surprise victories or will likely have conceded.  As they say, “He is running out of runway”.  The Electoral College votes for the POTUS on Monday and at this point I cannot see that being delayed.  The problems with the Bidens’ obvious criminality are more likely now to see the active communist, Kamala Harris as POTUS than Trump at this stage.  While the Hunter Biden issues have been public knowledge for 70% of US citizens, the news media has protected the Bidens by enforcing an embargo on publication.  Now, instead of the long-running FBI investigation into the conduct of the Biden family being blamed for the attack on “Sleepy Joe”, the mainstream media finger the FBI and IRS actions as being a “loser’s” complaint by Trump.  The Democrats threw the Bidens under the bus during the Congressional impeachment hearings in early 2020 yet the mainstream media completely suppressed the news.  You may recall I was commenting about this at the time.

https://www.zerohedge.com/political/joe-biden-deeply-proud-son-hunter-who-just-admitted-facing-federal-tax-fraud?utm_campaign=&utm_content=Zerohedge%3A+The+Durden+Dispatch&utm_medium=email&utm_source=zh_newsletter

and according to Wall Street Journal, US AG Bill Barr intercepted information implicating Hunter Biden and concealed it during the presidential election campaign to Trumps disadvantage.  Now the matter is all over the news despite CNN also having been involved in the cover up.

https://cms.zerohedge.com/political/chinese-money-launderer-called-james-biden-after-fbi-arrest-who-said-he-was-trying-reach?utm_campaign=&utm_content=Zerohedge%3A+The+Durden+Dispatch&utm_medium=email&utm_source=zh_newsletter

Our own media reflects that mainstream globalist media agenda and simply treats the allegations against the Bidens that originated from the US State Department as Trumps sour grapes.  So it seems to me the dystopian Orwellian world of “1984” is here in New Zealand.  Now there is a fourth investigation into Biden…

https://youtu.be/Go7TkInP0mQ

Onto the Great Reset, planned by the global Uber-elites.   Just as the Duke of Windsor was a Nazi, many of the Nazi opinions have now re-surfaced under the guise of the drift towards socialism and the need for practical eugenics to depress global population.  The globalist billionaires are all for it and the leading proponents are now Soros, Schwab and Prince Charles.  But who is Klaus Schwab?

https://www.zerohedge.com/geopolitical/youll-own-nothing-and-youll-be-happy?utm_campaign=&utm_content=Zerohedge%3A+The+Durden+Dispatch&utm_medium=email&utm_source=zh_newsletter

The Economy

 Thanks to Covid, the big get bigger and the small get gobbled up…

https://www.mauldineconomics.com/frontlinethoughts/survival-of-the-biggest

No-one seems interested as China sustains more flooding.  What they have had this year is flooding of biblical proportions and the 3-Gorges Dam is still at risk.  No wonder they have famine…

https://youtu.be/LokuLywuXxk

Would China be a better banker to the world than the USA is?

Energy

This looks pretty significant for China but they are still a long way off from viable nuclear fusion power generation…

https://oilprice.com/Alternative-Energy/Nuclear-Power/Will-China-Win-The-Nuclear-Fusion-Race.html

Trouble in paradise for Bahrain…

https://oilprice.com/Energy/Energy-General/The-Tiny-Oil-Nation-At-The-Center-Of-A-Middle-East-Power-Struggle.html

It looks like US oil producers are struggling following Covid-19…

Covid-19 and implications

 The inevitable result of the decimation of the ocean cruise industry and the halt in globalisation – however temporary…

https://youtu.be/qo-2gDg-37w

So Melinda Gates reckon they miscalculated?  Of course they are being blamed in some quarters…

https://www.zerohedge.com/political/melinda-gates-admits-we-hadnt-really-thought-through-economic-impacts?utm_campaign=&utm_content=Zerohedge%3A+The+Durden+Dispatch&utm_medium=email&utm_source=zh_newsletter

The Climate and Space Weather

 While the space weather drives climate change, major anomalous solar events can cause mayhem on Earth…as solar cycle 25 gets into gear there are signs of possible CMEs in our near future…

https://www.zerohedge.com/markets/digital-economy-disruption-possible-terminator-event-suggests-strongest-sunspot-cycle?utm_campaign=&utm_content=Zerohedge%3A+The+Durden+Dispatch&utm_medium=email&utm_source=zh_newsletter

This will be my last email before Christmas unless something  really surprising happens.  In the New Year I fear we will awaken to a Kamala Harris presidency in the USA and to the reality of Brexit.  A brave new world – 1984 2.0 accelerates.  As Mel Brooks said ‘Be afraid, be very afraid’.

 Merry Christmas to everyone…

 Best regards

John

Book reviews – ‘They’re conning you!’ first.

This post comprises reviews books that add substantially to the understanding of our world, economics, politics, history and geopolitics, and what may happen in the future.  Scroll down to read all reviews.

  • They’re Conning You! By Peter Senior. Note: the book can now be downloaded as a PDF document until the updated version is available: They’re Conning You!
  • Full review at: David Icke’s Everything You Need To Know But Have Never Been Told
  • JFK and the Unspeakable. Why He Died and Why It Matters  Book review by Edward Curtin, 31 October 2017
  • The Cosmic War, by Dr Joseph P Farrell
  • Phantom Self, by David Icke
  • 1984 – Nineteen Eighty Four. George Orwell’s 1950 classic
  • Heretic: Why Islam Needs a Reformation Now, Ayaan Hirsi Ali
  • The Death of Money, James Rickards  
  • American Betrayal, Diana West
  • From Third World to First, Lee Kuan Yew
  • Lee Kuan Yew by Graham Allison

They’re Conning You! 

Who are ‘they’? And what are ‘they’ planning? This is the REAL story of our past, present and possibly future.

They’re Conning You! By Peter Senior, Senior Consulting

Note: the book can now be downloaded as a PDF document until the updated version is available: They’re Conning You!

They’re Conning You! is only available on Amazon Kindle because it includes hundreds of vital Internet links that would be far too tiresome to type in from a paper book.

They’re Conning You! presents information that is likely to cause ‘cognitive dissonance’ as it examines in depth a wide range of evidence that demonstrates much of what thought we knew is, in fact, wrong. The subjects discussed cover a wide spectrum from aliens and UFOs to asking where the technologies used to construct ancient structures come from, whether ancient civilisations waged nuclear wars against each other, to financial treason.

‘Consciousness’ is examined, as is what are we made of and how did this come about? Could it be that aliens modified our DNA, which may have come from the outer Cosmos anyway?

We are accustomed to overt and covert PC education, indoctrination and media ‘fake news,’ but do we realise how this is turning us into zombies? Servants of the State? Many scientific bodies, government departments and corporations often distort and lie about what is assumed to be ‘science.’ Even nastier things are being exposed such as paedophilia and Satanism.

Some ‘deep state’ government departments with-hold information that would enable free energy and the consequent massive improvement to most peoples’ lives and countries’ economies in order to protect their secrets as well as the massive oil and associated industries valued at $500 trillion.

There is compelling evidence that US President John F Kennedy was assassinated by covert government people because he planned to share US’ knowledge of aliens and UFOs with Russian President Khrushchev, as well as expose massive corruption.

The book presents frightening information about the two events that changed our world most in the last 55 years: JFK’s assassination and ‘911’, the demolition of the Twin Towers and Tower 7 on 11 September 2001 by covert government-controlled actions.

The subject of who ‘they’ are is discussed in depth, in particular with regard to plans for a New World Order (NWO), and who is orchestrating this.

The US is mimicking the Rise and Fall of the Roman Empire, whilst Europe is gradually transitioning into a bureaucratic dictatorship. The world’s financial systems are being manipulated for the benefit of their controllers, all underpinned by the ‘deep state’ which has been shown to have syphoned off at least $21 trillion through covert Pentagon misappropriations. Globalisation has expanded trade around the world, but it is now being manipulated by global corporations.

Compelling evidence demonstrates the US and other ‘deep state’ governments have secret space programs that have grown since the first UFO sightings and capture during and shortly after WWII. Imagine what 70 years of ‘reverse engineering’ from captured UFOs would yield, together with alien contact?

Several potential future scenarios are presented with assessments of each. Readers are invited to decide which seems more likely based on what they now know after reading this book and, hopefully, carrying out much more in-depth research.

A review of They’re conning you! by highly-regarded executive journalist Julian Tomlinson, based on 24 years’ experience, notes:
‘This book will appeal to the firm believers in so-called “conspiracy theories” and “conspiracy facts”, as well as those with a curiosity and even the firm non-believers. The author combines painstaking research from innumerable sources and combines bland shreds of information into a compelling narrative. Readers will feel they are sitting there actually talking to the author as he manages to convey a sense of wonder, concern and excitement in every sentence, effortlessly flicking between known pre-history, the Roman period and modern times in a manner that’s easy to follow.
If you are in the “conspiracy camp” this book expertly summarises everything you do know and want to know into one, easy-to-read volume. If you are not in the camp, you’ll at least gain an almost encyclopaedic knowledge of “conspiracies” and why they exist. You may even start to believe. Well worth a look.’

They’re conning you! is available from Amazon Kindle: www.amazon.com – search for: they’re conning you

Seven further reviews by Indie Book Reviewers are highly complimentary, and recommend the book should be read by everyone:

  1. This is a powerful, very well-written and highly informative book! I have read several books on different types of hidden ‘truths’ and conspiracy theories… what is really going on in our world and what the future might hold, and sometimes I get the sense that most are just recycling old information or things we’ve all already heard before. For this book it seems like I read a lot of new ideas presented in a way that makes a great deal of sense, even if might be perceived as somewhat “controversial”. The content was mostly new to me and laid out in a coherent way that is easy to follow, but is meticulously researched and supported with solid evidence. Peter Senior uses facts and present-day conditions as well as real-life examples to share his perspectives and ideas, Fast paced, informative, and easy to read, I recommend this book, “They’re Conning You!” to everyone who wants to know what is really going on, from aliens to secret societies, shadow governments and 9/11 and so much more.  (5 stars) John Goldman– Goodreads; Barnes & Noble; Indie Book Reviewers
  2. Peter Senior has a great ability to take complex ideas, concepts and put them in the simplest terms for all to understand easily. He covers many different points of society – past, present and future—and holds nothing back in the way of exposing information that many people might not be aware of. The media and governments do a great job of distorting reality and manipulating truths so that the average person has no idea what is really happening. Mr. Senior has compiled so much interesting research and documentation on a variety of hot-button topics and gives straightforward, convincing arguments that demand to be heard and studied further. Nicely crafted and I liked how it was formatted/broken down into individual chapters that focused on different elements. Made for easier reading and retention. Near flawless editing (formatting is a little wonky at times) and I walked away feeling like I really learned something from reading this book and am inspired to do more reading and research on my own. (4 stars) Leo Gregory– Goodreads; Barnes & Noble; Indie Book Reviewers
  3. Funny how few books there actually seem to be on so many of these topics… and this is such important information! I am still in college and it’s just not normally the type of book that I gravitate to for ‘fun’, but I thought there might be something useful I could learn anyways and I was so right! It is eye-opening and very compelling – it is clear that the author knows what he’s writing about and has done in-depth research (and has detailed and comprehensive appendices at the end to prove it). Provocative and bold, this book is not just for academics or scientists or political gurus, but for anyone who wants to know what is REALLY going on ‘behind the scenes’ and how different it is from what “they” are telling you. Everything from the JFK assassination to Twin Towers to Extra-Terrestrials, Antarctica and “Deep State” governments… Peter Senior has created an impressively comprehensive body of research and theories that can definitely get people’s attention, whether you are a ‘skeptic’ or a ‘believer’. I could definitely see the truths behind much of what he was saying. The main concern I had was that while he presented lots of great information and shocking revelations, I was left with the feeling of like “okay, now what am I supposed to do with this info?” So in that regard it is a little frustrating, but I guess it is better to know than to not know. I like that it challenged the traditional narrative and put things into new perspective. (4 stars) James Masters– Goodreads; Barnes & Noble; Indie Book Reviewers
  4. I wasn’t sure what to expect when reading “They’re Conning You” by Peter Senior, as I’m not normally one to read about things like this. But surprisingly enough I found the straight-forward and engaging narrative style to be quite fascinating and down-to-earth. I liked how Mr. Senior uses his vast and well-researched knowledge ‘story-style’ to make his points and relate his ideas in ways that we all can fully and easily grasp. Each chapter/section/topic gives valuable information, examples and supporting links or sources for further research/reading. The whole thing just flowed so well and I hope people pay attention to as it is clear that the author knows what he is talking about, and that he is an excellent writer. I have found that many times reading philosophy/political or ‘conspiracy’ theory books can either be too ‘highbrow’ and esoteric, or they just don’t present the material in a way that I feel I can relate to (or its condescending), but this definitely was not the case here at all. My only very small complaint was that I wish there were more in-text citations for sources (footnotes or direct links), because while the author does provide a very thorough appendices/references at the end, there were a few times I would’ve preferred to see the sources cited in text. A very minor thing, though. Recommended read. (4 stars) Cale Owens– Goodreads; Barnes & Noble; Indie Book Reviewers
  5. I think a lot of these types of books get a bad rap sometimes, as a lot of times they are all theory and ‘talking in circles’ but don’t really bring anything ‘new’ to the table or make the information credible and or relevant. But I have to say in this case I feel like the author did a solid job of getting his message out and doing so in a very digestible manner. I was unaware of so many things discussed in this book, and I consider myself to be fairly well educated and worldly. I’m not exactly sure who the right target audience for this would be, as it almost seems something almost anyone could (and should!) read. I admit I am not all that sure what to do with this information, but if nothing else I enjoyed learning more about certain things I was unaware of before, and I have ALWAYS had an interest in knowing more truths with aliens/ET and their contributions to our planet and advancing civilizations. The pacing is pretty even and overall it is an impressive effort by Mr. Senior and worth serious thought and discussion. (4 stars) Carla Biggins– Goodreads; Barnes & Noble; Indie Book Reviewers
  6. In “They’re Conning You…” Peter Senior lays out his ideas is a way that encourages the reader to think ‘outside the box’ and question the ‘reality’ that is often presented to the masses. Whether you believe in conspiracy theories or facts or not, there is enough detailed examination of ‘controversial’ subjects here to entice the pickiest of readers. His narrative is easy to follow, even if some of the concepts were admittedly a little ‘out there’ at times. I still feel like I gleaned some valuable information – actually a lot that I didn’t know before. While not exactly a ‘mainstream’ sort of book, in a way that is exactly what makes it so good –This book is intelligent and thought-provoking – opens your eyes and provides a necessary paradigm shift. Some parts pull the rug out from under you – others will pull the wool from your eyes and expose truths, sometimes uncomfortable, that we all need to at least hear about, even if you chose not to believe it.  At least you can decide for yourself when given the bigger picture. I liked how many outside sources he references, so many links, videos, articles and books… I will definitely be reading more! Recommend. (4 stars) Cody Brighton – Goodreads; Barnes & Noble; Indie Book Reviewers
  7. Warning – when starting “They’re Conning You…” make sure you don’t have anywhere you need to be or anything you need to do because you won’t want to stop reading until you’ve finished it all!! Trust me on this! The book starts off with an intriguing beginning pulling us into this provocative world and ideas, and just keeps going with one interesting topic after the next. I think what I liked the most about this book was just the overall feel the author Peter Senior managed to create where it felt intimate, like a friend is telling me this really cool, strange story that I didn’t want to stop listening to. Loved the energetic tone and the fact that he has his opinions, but the book doesn’t feel overly ‘biased’ or judgmental… This went much deeper than that, and I was truly impressed with the author’s literary and research skills. I actually feel like I learned a lot, all while being ‘entertained’. I’ve always had a fascination with many of these subjects (esp. aliens and secret societies), but they are usually presented in such an eye-rolling, unbelievable way It was great to read something so intelligently constructed with impressive research and complex connections that all come full circle. Suitable for mature teens on up. (5 stars) Essie Harmon—Goodreads; Barnes & Noble; Indie Book Reviewers

================

The American Deep State: Big Money, Big Oil, and the Struggle for U.S. Democracy – Updated version 

Note: this review is  copied from the Amazon/Kindle website.

Now in a new edition updated through the unprecedented 2016 presidential election, this provocative book makes a compelling case for a hidden “deep state” that influences and often opposes official U.S. policies. Prominent political analyst Peter Dale Scott begins by tracing America’s increasing militarization, restrictions on constitutional rights, and income disparity since World War II. With the start of the Cold War, he argues, the U.S. government changed immensely in both function and scope, from protecting and nurturing a relatively isolated country to assuming ever-greater responsibility for controlling world politics in the name of freedom and democracy. This has resulted in both secretive new institutions and a slow but radical change in the American state itself. He argues that central to this historic reversal were seismic national events, ranging from the assassination of President Kennedy to 9/11.
Scott marshals compelling evidence that the deep state is now partly institutionalized in non-accountable intelligence agencies like the CIA and NSA, but it also extends its reach to private corporations like Booz Allen Hamilton and SAIC, to which 70 percent of intelligence budgets are outsourced. Behind these public and private institutions is the influence of Wall Street bankers and lawyers, allied with international oil companies beyond the reach of domestic law. Undoubtedly the political consensus about America’s global role has evolved, but if we want to restore the country’s traditional constitutional framework, it is important to see the role of particular cabals—such as the Project for the New American Century—and how they have repeatedly used the secret powers and network of Continuity of Government (COG) planning to implement change. Yet the author sees the deep state polarized between an establishment and a counter-establishment in a chaotic situation that may actually prove more hopeful for U.S. democracy.

================

Everything You Need to Know,  by David Icke, 14 February 2018

See full review at: David Icke’s Everything You Need To Know But Have Never Been Told

David’s latest book is reviewed in a recent post by Freedom Article, as follows: ‘This book sprinkled throughout with David’s humor, e.g. when discussing transhumanism poster boy Ray Kurzweil of Google, David remarks “I wouldn’t trust him to tell me the date in a calendar factory” or when discussing the Christian sacrament of the Eucharist (eating the body and drinking the blood of Christ), David remarks that mainstream religion is “Satanism lite.”

Here are 2 key quotes from the book:

“If you want to control the dream you must control the perceptions of the dreamer and that’s the global conspiracy to enslave humanity in a single sentence.”

David uses the same quote from Einstein twice in the book, since it’s so important:

“Everything is energy and that’s all there is to it. Match the frequency of the reality you want and you can’t help but get that reality. It can be no other way. This is not philosophy. This is physics.”

Therein lies the grand solution. The solution to all these problems, to the entire New World Order, comes down to some very simple principles. Remember who you are. Identify with the depth of your spirit, not the shallowness of your form. Life is a mirror: whatever you put out, you receive. Change your perception and your change everything. The universe matches your vibration with an experience or situation, so if you change your vibration, you change your experience, and your entire life. If enough of us do it, we change the entire world.

Everything You Need To Know But Have Never Been Told is the kind of book that can change your life. Get a copy, read it, let it inspire you with knowledge and courage, and let the astonishing amount of dot-connecting sink in and give you a perceptual reboot.’

================

JFK and the Unspeakable: Why He Died and Why It Matters

 JFK and the Unspeakable. Why He Died and Why It Matters  Book review by Edward Curtin, 31 October 2017

Despite a treasure-trove of new information having emerged over the last forty-six years, there are many people who still think who killed President John Fitzgerald Kennedy and why are unanswerable questions. There are others who cling to the Lee Harvey Oswald “lone-nut” explanation proffered by the Warren Commission. Both groups agree, however, that whatever the truth, it has no contemporary relevance but is old-hat, history, stuff for conspiracy-obsessed people with nothing better to do. The general thinking is that the assassination occurred almost a half-century ago, so let’s move on.

Nothing could be further from the truth, as James Douglass shows in his extraordinary book, JFK and the Unspeakable: Why He Died and Why It Matters (Simon & Schuster, 2008). It is clearly one of the best books ever written on the Kennedy assassination and deserves a vast readership. It is bound to roil the waters of complacency that have submerged the truth of this key event in modern American history.

It’s not often that the intersection of history and contemporary events pose such a startling and chilling lesson as does the contemplation of the murder of JFK on November 22, 1963 juxtaposed with the situations faced by President Obama today. So far, at least, Obama’s behaviour has mirrored Johnson’s, not Kennedy’s, as he has escalated the war in Afghanistan by 34,000. One can’t but help think that the thought of JFK’s fate might not be far from his mind as he contemplates his next move in Afghanistan.

Douglass presents a very compelling argument that Kennedy was killed by “unspeakable” (the Trappist monk Thomas Merton’s term) forces within the U.S. national security state because of his conversion from a cold warrior into a man of peace. He argues, using a wealth of newly uncovered information, that JFK had become a major threat to the burgeoning military-industrial complex and had to be eliminated through a conspiracy planned by the CIA – “the CIA’s fingerprints are all over the crime and the events leading up to it” – not by a crazed individual, the Mafia, or disgruntled anti-Castro Cubans, though some of these may have been used in the execution of the plot.

Why and by whom? These are the key questions. If it can be shown that Kennedy did, in fact, turn emphatically away from war as a solution to political conflict; did, in fact, as he was being urged by his military and intelligence advisers to up the ante and use violence, rejected such advice and turned toward peaceful solutions, then, a motive for his elimination is established. If, furthermore, it can be clearly shown that Oswald was a dupe in a deadly game and that forces within the military/intelligence apparatus were involved with him from start to finish, then the crime is solved, not by fingering an individual who may have given the order for the murder or pulled the trigger, but by showing that the coordination of the assassination had to involve U.S. intelligence agencies, most notably the CIA. Douglass does both, providing highly detailed and intricately linked evidence based on his own research and a vast array of the best scholarship.

We are then faced with the contemporary relevance, and since we know that every president since JFK has refused to confront the growth of the national security state and its call for violence, one can logically assume a message was sent and heeded. In this regard, it is not incidental that former twenty-seven year CIA analyst Raymond McGovern, in a recent interview, warned of the “two CIAs,” one the analytic arm providing straight scoop to presidents, the other the covert action arm which operates according to its own rules. “Let me leave you with this thought,” he told his interviewer, “and that is that I think Panetta (current CIA Director), and to a degree Obama, are afraid – I never thought I’d hear myself saying this – I think they are afraid of the CIA.” He then recommended Douglass’ book, “It’s very well-researched and his conclusion is very alarming.” [1]

Let’s look at the history marshaled by Douglass to support his thesis.

First, Kennedy, who took office in January 1961 as somewhat of a Cold Warrior, was quickly set up by the CIA to take the blame for the Bay of Pigs invasion of Cuba in April 1961. The CIA and generals wanted to oust Castro, and in pursuit of that goal, trained a force of Cuban exiles to invade Cuba. Kennedy refused to go along and the invasion was roundly defeated. The CIA, military, and Cuban exiles bitterly blamed Kennedy. But it was all a sham.

Though Douglass doesn’t mention it, and few Americans know it, classified documents uncovered in 2000 revealed that the CIA had discovered that the Soviets had learned of the date of the invasion more than a week in advance, had informed Castro, but – and here is a startling fact that should make people’s hair stand on end – never told the President. [2] The CIA knew the invasion was doomed before the fact but went ahead with it anyway. Why? So they could and did afterwards blame JFK for the failure.

This treachery set the stage for events to come. For his part, sensing but not knowing the full extent of the set-up, Kennedy fired CIA Director Allen Dulles (as in a bad joke, later to be named to the Warren Commission) and his assistant General Charles Cabell (whose brother Earle Cabell, to make a bad joke absurd, was the mayor of Dallas on the day Kennedy was killed) and said he wanted “to splinter the CIA in a thousand pieces and scatter it to the winds.” Not the sentiments to endear him to a secretive government within a government whose power was growing exponentially.

The stage was now set for events to follow as JFK, in opposition to nearly all his advisers, consistently opposed the use of force in U.S. foreign policy.

In 1961, despite the Joint Chief’s demand to put troops into Laos, Kennedy bluntly insisted otherwise as he ordered Averell Harriman, his representative at the Geneva Conference, “Did you understand? I want a negotiated settlement in Laos. I don’t want to put troops in.”

Also in 1961, he refused to concede to the insistence of his top generals to give them permission to use nuclear weapons in Berlin and Southeast Asia. Walking out of a meeting with top military advisors, Kennedy threw his hands in the air and said, “These people are crazy.”

He refused to bomb and invade Cuba as the military wished during the Cuban missile crisis in 1962. Afterwards he told his friend John Kenneth Galbraith that “I never had the slightest intention of doing so.”

Then in June 1963 he gave an incredible speech at American University in which he called for the total abolishment of nuclear weapons, the end of the Cold War and the “Pax Americana enforced on the world by American weapons of war,” and movement toward “general and complete disarmament.”

A few months later he signed a Limited Test Ban Treaty with Nikita Khrushchev.

In October 1963 he signed National Security Action Memorandum 263 calling for the withdrawal of 1,000 U. S. military troops from Vietnam by the end of the year and a total withdrawal by the end of 1965.[3]

All this he did while secretly engaging in negotiations with Khrushchev via the KGB , Norman Cousins, and Pope John XXIII , and with Castro through various intermediaries, one of whom was French Journalist Jean Daniel. In an interview with Daniel on October 24, 1963 Kennedy said, “I approved the proclamation Fidel Castro made in the Sierra Maestra, when he justifiably called for justice and especially yearned to rid Cuba of corruption. I will go even further: to some extent it is as though Batista was the incarnation of a number of sins on the part of the United States. Now we will have to pay for those sins. In the matter of the Batista regime, I am in agreement with the first Cuban revolutionaries. That is perfectly clear.” Such sentiments were anathema, shall we say treasonous, to the CIA and top generals.

These clear refusals to go to war and his decision to engage in private, back-channel communications with Cold War enemies marked Kennedy as an enemy of the national security state. They were on a collision course. As Douglass and others have pointed out, every move Kennedy made was anti-war. This, Douglass argues, was because JFK, a war hero, had been deeply affected by the horror of war and was severely shaken by how close the world had come to destruction during the Cuban missile crisis. Throughout his life he had been touched by death and had come to appreciate the fragility of life. Once in the Presidency, Kennedy underwent a deep metanoia, a spiritual transformation, from Cold Warrior to peace maker. He came to see the generals who advised him as devoid of the tragic sense of life and as hell-bent on war. And he was well aware that his growing resistance to war had put him on a dangerous collision course with those generals and the CIA. On numerous occasions he spoke of the possibility of a military coup d’etat against him. On the night before his trip to Dallas, he told his wife, “But, Jackie, if somebody wants to shoot me from a window with a rifle, nobody can stop it, so why worry about it.” And we know that nobody did try to stop it because they had planned it.

But who killed him?

Douglass presents a formidable amount of evidence, some old and some new, against the CIA and covert action agencies within the national security state, and does so in such a logical and persuasive way that any fair-minded reader cannot help but be taken aback; stunned, really. And he links this evidence directly to JFK’s actions on behalf of peace.

He knows, however, that to truly convince he must break a “conspiracy of silence that would envelop our government, our media, our academic institutions, and virtually our entire society from November 22, 1963, to the present.” This “unspeakable,” this hypnotic “collective denial of the obvious,” is sustained by a mass-media whose repeated message is that the truth about such significant events is beyond our grasp, that we will have to drink the waters of uncertainty forever. As for those who don’t, they are relegated to the status of conspiracy nuts.

Fear and uncertainty block a true appraisal of the assassination – that plus the thought that it no longer matters.

It matters. For we know that no president since JFK has dared to buck the military-intelligence-industrial complex. We know a Pax Americana has spread its tentacles across the globe with U.S. military in over 130 countries on 750 plus bases. We know that the amount of blood and money spent on wars and war preparations has risen astronomically.

There is a great deal we know and even more that we don’t want to know, or at the very least, investigate.

If Lee Harvey Oswald was connected to the intelligence community, the FBI and the CIA, then we can logically conclude that he was not “a lone-nut” assassin. Douglass marshals a wealth of evidence to show how from the very start Oswald was moved around the globe like a pawn in a game, and when the game was done, the pawn was eliminated in the Dallas police headquarters. As he begins to trace Oswald’s path, Douglass asks this question: “Why was Lee Harvey Oswald so tolerated and supported by the government he betrayed?” After serving as a U.S. Marine at the CIA’s U-2 spy plane operating base in Japan with a Crypto clearance (higher than top secret but a fact suppressed by the Warren Commission), Oswald left the Marines and defected to the Soviet Union. After denouncing the U.S., working at a Soviet factory in Minsk , and taking a Russian wife – during which time Gary Powers’ U-2 spy plane is shot down over the Soviet Union – he returned to the U.S. with a loan from the American Embassy in Moscow, only to be met at the dock in Hoboken, New Jersey by a man, Spas T. Raikin, a prominent anti-communist with extensive intelligence connections, recommended by the State Department. He passed through immigration with no trouble, was not prosecuted, moved to Fort Worth, Texas where , at the suggestion of the Dallas CIA Domestic Contacts Service chief, he was met and befriended by George de Mohrenschildt, an anti-communist Russian, who was a CIA asset. De Mohrenschildt got him a job four days later at a graphic arts company that worked on maps for the U.S. Army Map Service related to U-2 spy missions over Cuba. Oswald was then shepherded around the Dallas area by de Mohrenschildt who, in 1977, on the day he revealed he had contacted Oswald for the CIA and was to meet with the House Select Committee on Assasinations’ Gaeton Fonzi, allegedly committed suicide. Oswald then moved to New Orleans in April 1963 where got a job at the Reilly Coffee Company owned by CIA-affiliated William Reilly. The Reilly Coffee Company was located in close vicinity to the FBI, CIA, Secret Service, and Office of Naval Intelligence offices and a stone’s throw from the office of Guy Bannister, a former Special Agent in Charge of the FBI’s Chicago Bureau, who worked as a covert action coordinator for the intelligence services, supplying and training anti-Castro paramilitaries meant to ensnare Kennedy. Oswald then went to work with Bannister and the CIA paramilitaries.

During this time up until the assassination Oswald engaged in all sorts of contradictory activities, one day portraying himself as pro-Castro, the next day as anti-Castro, many of these theatrical performances being directed from Bannister’s office. It was as though Oswald, on the orders of his puppet masters, was enacting multiple and antithetical roles in order to confound anyone intent on deciphering the purposes behind his actions and to set him up as a future “assassin.” Douglass persuasively argues that Oswald “seems to have been working with both the CIA and FBI,” as a provocateur for the former and an informant for the latter. Jim and Elsie Wilcott, who worked at the CIA Tokyo Station from 1960-64, in a 1978 interview with the San Francisco Chronicle, said, “It was common knowledge in the Tokyo CIA station that Oswald worked for the agency.”

When Oswald moved to New Orleans in April 1963, de Mohrenschildt exited the picture, having asked the CIA for and been indirectly given a $285,000 contract to do a geological survey for Haitian dictator “Papa Doc” Duvalier, which he never did , but for which he was paid. Ruth and Michael Paine then entered the picture on cue. Douglass illuminatingly traces in their intelligence connections. Ruth later was the Warren Commission’s chief witness. She had been introduced to Oswald by de Mohrenschildt. In September 1963 Ruth Paine drove from her sister’s house in Virginia to New Orleans to pick up Marina Oswald and bring her to her house in Dallas to live with her. Thirty years after the assassination a document was declassified showing Paine’s sister Sylvia worked for the CIA. Her father traveled throughout Latin America on an Agency for International Development (notorious for CIA front activities) contract and filed reports that went to the CIA. Her husband Michael’s step-father, Arthur Young, was the inventor of the Bell helicopter and Michael’s job there gave him a security clearance. Her mother was related to the Forbes family of Boston and her lifelong friend, Mary Bancroft, worked as a WW II spy with Allen Dulles and was his mistress. Afterwards, Dulles questioned the Paines in front of the Warren Commission, studiously avoiding any revealing questions. Back in Dallas, Ruth Paine conveniently got Oswald a job in the Texas Book Depository where he began work on October 16, 1963.

From late September until November 22, various Oswalds are later reported to have simultaneously been seen from Dallas to Mexico City. Two Oswalds were arrested in the Texas Theatre, the real one taken out the front door and an impostor out the back. As Douglas says, “There were more Oswalds providing evidence against Lee Harvey Oswald than the Warren Report could use or even explain.” Even J. Edgar Hoover knew that Oswald impostors were used, as he told LBJ concerning Oswald’s alleged visit to the Soviet Embassy in Mexico City. He later called this CIA ploy, “the false story re Oswald’s trip to Mexico…their ( CIA’s) double-dealing,” something that he couldn’t forget. It was apparent that a very intricate and deadly game was being played out at high levels in the shadows.

We know Oswald was blamed for the President’s murder. But if one fairly follows the trail of the crime it becomes blatantly obvious that government forces were at work. Douglass adds layer upon layer of evidence to show how this had to be so. Oswald, the mafia, anti-Castro Cubans could not have withdrawn most of the security that day. The Sheriff Bill Decker withdrew all police protection. The Secret Service withdrew the police motorcycle escorts from beside the president’s car where they had been the day before in Houston; took agents off the back of the car where they were normally stationed to obstruct gunfire. They approved the fateful, dogleg turn (on a dry run on November 18) where the car came, almost to a halt, a clear security violation. The House Select Committee on Assasinations concluded this, not some conspiracy nut.

Who could have squelched the testimony of all the doctors and medical personnel who claimed the president had been shot from the front in his neck and head, testimony contradicting the official story? Who could have prosecuted and imprisoned Abraham Bolden, the first African-American Secret Service agent personally brought on to the White House detail by JFK, who warned that he feared the president was going to be assassinated? (Douglass interviewed Bolden seven times and his evidence on the aborted plot to kill JFK in Chicago on November 2 – a story little known but extraordinary in its implications – is riveting.) The list of all the people who turned up dead, the evidence and events manipulated, the inquiry squelched, distorted, and twisted in an ex post facto cover-up – clearly point to forces within the government, not rogue actors without institutional support.

The evidence for a conspiracy organized at the deepest levels of the intelligence apparatus is overwhelming. James Douglass presents it in such depth and so logically that only one hardened to the truth would not be deeply moved and affected by his book.

He says it best: “The extent to which our national security state was systematically marshaled for the assassination of President John F. Kennedy remains incomprehensible to us. When we live in a system, we absorb and think in a system. We lack the independence needed to judge the system around us. Yet the evidence we have seen points toward our national security state, the systemic bubble in which we all live, as the source of Kennedy’s murder and immediate cover-up.”

Speaking to his friends Dave Powers and Ken O’Donnell about those who planned the Bay of Pigs invasion of Cuba, JFK said, “They couldn’t believe that a new president like me wouldn’t panic and try to save his own face. Well, they had me figured all wrong.”

Let’s hope for another president like that, but one that meets a different end.

[1] http://consortiumnews.com/print’2009/091309a.html [This link appears to be too old to still work. Unlike the print age, the digital age loses references, another way that memory and history are stolen.]

[2] Vernon Loeb, “Soviets Knew Date of Cuba Attack,” Washington Post, April 29, 2000

[3] See James K. Galbraith, “Exit Strategy,” Boston Review, October/November 2003

Edward Curtin teaches sociology at Massachusetts College of Liberal Arts

====================

The Cosmic War, by Dr Joseph P Farrell

A review from Amazon of this extraordinary and compelling  ‘must read’ book, The Cosmic War: Interplanetary Warfare, Modern Physics, and Ancient Texts: A Study in Non-Catastrophist Interpretations of Ancient Legends, Author Dr Joseph P Farrell.

Farrell’s foray into ancient antiquity is scholarly in it’s precision and thought-provoking in its ramifications.  Oxford educated researcher Dr. Joseph P. Farrell unleashes a reverberating hypothesis regarding ancient history whose echoes will be forever heard.

Cosmic War is an extremely intriguing incursion into the possibility of a very ancient war in high antiquity. Dr. Farrell’s hypotheses of an Ancient Interplanetary War is argued in an in-depth, precise and reasonable approach. The extensive evidence Farrell collates and synthesizes will leave the reader aghast with the possibilities.

Intriguingly, many ancient cultures stated that the ‘Wars of the Gods’ were quite real. Predictably, even though there’s extensive evidence for advanced physics, advanced weapons, ancient [millions and BILLIONS of year old artifacts found by reputable sources], the establishment has painted all over ancient history with myth.

Regarding this very issue, Jim Marrs in his book Our Occulted History, sets his cross hairs on this very issue: “The term mythology stems from the Greek word mythos, simply meaning words or stories reflecting the basic values and attitudes of people. In past ages, when the vast majority of humans were illiterate, easily understood parables were used to educate people about history, science, and technology. During the Dark Ages, when most of people were taught that the Earth was flat, the word mythology was changed by the Roman Church to mean imaginative and fanciful tales veering far from truthfulness. This small change in semantics has caused untold damage in current perceptions.”

Ironically enough, there is starting to be more and more evidence of ‘myths’ now turning out to be fact. As Chris Hardy Ph.D remarks in her poignant book DNA Of The Gods: “…let’s remember that, before the discoveries of loads of ancient tablets written in the pictographic Sumerian language (Late Uruk period, fourth millennium BCE), the kingdom of Sumer was believed to be a myth. We had already discovered Akkad and deciphered Akkadian, and still archaeologists wouldn’t give credence to the numerous carved references, within historical dated records, to a line of kings whose title was “King of Sumer and Akkad”.

Or how about the “myth” of Troy: “This myth collapsed in 1865 with archeologist Frank Calvet’s discovery of the historic ruins of not only one city of Troy but nine layers of it! The city, whose siege is recounted in Homer’s Iliad, is only Troy VII, the seventh level underground, dating to the thirteenth century BCE.”

The gatekeepers, for many reasons, want to keep established history in a nice little box. Fortunately, as anyone who has extensively research these topics know, there’s more than ample evidence that shows that at minimum history isn’t what we have been told.

In any case, Cosmic War covers wide ranging but pertinent topics such as Van Flandern’s exploded planet hypothesis, an analysis of plasma in relation to weapons that employ scalar physics, petroglyphs which show plasma instability glyphs that were recorded by ancient cultures, remnants of giants in ancient history, optical phase conjugation, the story of the ‘gods’ as related through ancient texts, pulsars, generational charts of the ‘gods’, the scarring of The Valles Mariners being possibly from a weapon, Iapetus and its hexagonal craters, and a LOT more.

The ramifications of this book abound, and filter in all aspects of our lives. Dr. Farrell gives compelling reasons [coupled with countless others in his other trenchant books] as to why we need to give history, particularly ancient history, a very long and thorough look.

In its totality, this book is a veritable fountain of information that is scholarly in precision, and thought-provoking in its ramifications. This book is a must read for anyone interested in ancient history, ancient civilizations, and any of the topics there-in. There is more than enough information to make the reader curious about our past in more ways than they can really imagine.

========================

David Icke’s “Phantom Self”: A Book Review from Freedom Articles

david-ickes-phantom-self-a-book-review-from-freedom-articles

Phantom Self, the latest book of researcher David Icke, takes conspiracy research to a new depth with the idea of a primal virus that has hacked Life itself.

(Editor’s note: this book is amongst the most fascinating, timely and thought-provoking books I’ve ever read.  I strongly recommend setting aside all prejudice and past learning – what we were taught, and so believed – then reading it with an open mind. And then thinking deeply.)

Phantom Self is the latest book of famous researcher and free-thinker David Icke. Just as in his previous book The Perception Deception, David takes his research to a new level of depth with a comprehensive display of dot-connecting that will leave many in awe of his knowledge – but more importantly awaken people to the real dire straits humanity is in. Like many of his books, it ends with a positive message and the ultimate solution to all of humanity’s problems; however, most of the book is devoted to exposing the current reality of planet Earth, often in horrifying detail. This is an essential part of David’s message, for without the true knowledge of what is really going on – and the capacity to feel the horror of it – we will not muster the courage and motivation to change it. Part of the reason humanity is so stuck deep in the conspiracy is that it is engaged in massive collective denial, which it prevents it from acting decisively to quash and transform the evil (or unconsciousness as I prefer to call it). A hallmark of Phantom Self is that it takes a step further down the rabbit hole – past the reptilians and Archons – and looks at the controlling force behind them, which David says resembles some kind of computer virus that has hacked life itself.

The full review can be seen at david-ickes-phantom-self-a-book-review-from-freedom-articles

========================

1984 – Nineteen Eighty Four

George Orwell’s classic 1950 novel is very worthwhile reading (again for most people).  It is frightening to review how much of what Orwell wrote is happening today, albeit is somewhat different guise.  Recall Orwell was a member of the Fabian Society, where he learnt of their plans before resigning.  He used novels as a practical was to publicise the plans he learn about from other Fabian members.  The Amazon website – – explains much about the book, and presents several perceptive reviews – this is one of the 4,613:

George Orwell’s classic was incredibly visionary. It is hardly fathomable that this book was written in 1948. Things that we take for granted today – cameras everywhere we go, phones being tapped, bodies being scanned for weapons remotely – all of these things were described in graphic detail in Orwell’s book.
Now that we have the Internet and people spying on other people w/ webcams and people purposely setting up their own webcams to let others “anonymously” watch them, you can see how this culture can develop into the Orwellian future described in “1984.”
If you’ve heard such phrases as “Big Brother,” “Newspeak,” and “thought crime” and wondered where these phrases came from, they came from this incredible, vivid and disturbing book.
Winston Smith, the main character of the book is a vibrant, thinking man hiding within the plain mindless behavior he has to go through each day to not be considered a thought criminal. Everything is politically correct, children defy their parents (and are encouraged by the government to do so) and everyone pays constant allegiance to “Big Brother” – the government that watches everyone and knows what everyone is doing at all times – watching you shower, watching you having sex, watching you eat, watching you go to the bathroom and ultimately watching you die.
This is a must-read for everyone.

=====================

Heretic: Why Islam Needs a Reformation Now

Author: Ayaan Hirsi Ali.  Ali was born in Mogadishu, Somalia, was raised Muslim, and spent her childhood and young adulthood in Africa and Saudi Arabia. In 1992, Hirsi Ali came to the Netherlands as a refugee. She earned her college degree in political science and worked for the Dutch Labor party. She denounced Islam after the September 11 terrorist attacks and now serves as a Dutch parliamentarian, fighting for the rights of Muslim women in Europe, the enlightenment of Islam, and security in the West.

Editor’s note: this book should be considered essential reading by anyone who has an interest in Islam as well as everyone who is or may be effected by Muslims (that means just about everyone!).  The book is very comprehensive and, unlike most other books on the subject, provides not only a wide-ranging background and analyses based on her own experience, but some thought-provoking solutions.  After scanning numerous reviews of this excellent book, the following written by ‘Helpful Advice’ on Amazon is more or less  what I would have written.

After ‘Infidel’ and ‘Nomad’ worldwide known, equally hated and adored Ayaan Hirsi Ali is back on literary (and considering the topic inevitably political) scene with her new and probably the most controversial book so far she wrote – ‘Heretic’.

A book that will certainly be subject of numerous texts, quoted or despised, she raised the question of some key Islam teachings incompatibility with the values of modern or free society for which the majority (or at least we think so maybe) people in the world stands for.

It seemed that comparing to some other major religions, Islam somehow proved immune to changes in the new world we are living, characterized by enormous speed of information exchange and the development of human rights. There were some attempts such as Arab Spring that tried to challenge traditional thinking, ingrained prejudices or facts about the Muslim world. But with the simultaneous proliferation of Islamic fundamentalism and even its acceptance in certain circles of the population in the West, according to the author it seems that it is time for some radical actions that must be implemented by the very Muslims, not someone else from outside.

So, what Ali proposes needs to happen for Muslims to defeat the extremists for good? Economic, political, judicial and military tools have already been proposed, some of them deployed, though it seems that all these will have little effect unless Islam itself is reformed.

Therefore she calls for a Muslim Reformation—a revision of Islamic teachings, alignment of modern society with traditional religion doctrine, that seems difficult, but not unfeasible due to the rejection of extremist behavior among the majority of Muslims around the world.

She reminds that such reformation has been called for since the fall of the Ottoman Empire and the subsequent abolition of the caliphate, but instead of general phrases and generalized objectives she precisely pointed out five key precepts that have made Islam resistant to historical change and adaptation. And only when the harmfulness of these ideas will be recognized and as result they will be rejected, a true Muslim Reformation would be possible.

Although to comment each of them would require writing essays, I’ll just list all five of them:
• Removing of Muhammad’s semi-divine status, putting him into the history context as important figure that united the Arabs in a pre-modern time that cannot be copied in the 21st century. And consequently also recognizing the fact that Quran is the book made by human hands.
• Emphasizing that life is more important than something that comes after it will reduce the appeal of martyrdom.
• Appreciation of modern laws that need to be put in front of Shariah legislation that is violent, intolerant or anachronistic.
• The abolition of the individual’s right and so called religious police to enforce the law, something for Muslim community is unfortunately particularly known
• And most important, Islam must become a religion of peace removing the imperative to wage holy wars against infidels

Once again this author must be admitted undeniable courage to tackle the dangerous subjects in a world where because of the drawn cartoons you can easily lose a life. Her theses are clear, her objectives are fully explained, her mission to change the Islamic world from the inside continues, causing the happiness and satisfaction of all civilized Muslims worldwide.

Therefore high recommendations for Ayaan Hirsi Ali, this brave author who after fighting for the rights of women engages into even greater battle with the hope that one day we will be able to say that books like these changed the world. For the better.

===============================

The Death of Money

The Coming Collapse of the International Monetary System.  8 April 2014.  By James Rickards.

James Rickards, author of the other best seller, Currency Wars, has gone even further in The Death of Money: The Coming Collapse of the International Monetary System, in telling it like it is (and will be, so prepare yourself!). Jim’s all-facts, straightforward approach is peppered with just enough analogy and anecdotal wit to make sophisticated economic/mathematical/political concepts understandable to the (educated) layperson. His clarification techniques serve the book well by making sure the content never gets watered down or condescending. For anyone interested in knowing what is going on behind the scenes, how the dollar is being systematically devalued by The Fed (and why), what a rigged sham our banking system is, and how things are likely to play out in the very near future, read The Death of Money!

American Betrayal

The Secret Assault on Our Nation’s Character by Diana West (May 28, 2013).  Diana West’s newest book “American Betrayal: The Secret Assault on our Nations Character” is a highly researched, blockbuster of a story taking 356 pages to tell with 29 pages of notes.  Whilst not directly about ‘management’, this book is packed with information that any successful manager should understand, in particular regarding communications (propaganda?)  and planning.  It’s the most thought-provoking, worrying, disillusioning book I’ve ever read.  I’ve attached a couple of reviews of the book from Amazon.com. American Betrayal, Diana West, May 2013. Reviews  that give you a glimpse of what it’s about.  John, of John’s Newsletter fame, noted: ‘American Betrayal explains what many already know about the creation of the soviet monster by the FDR administration, stacked with communist spies and the author of the cold war from as early as 1942.  How FDR’s lackeys could give the USSR the atomic bomb via Lend Lease is fascinating and unfortunately true.  It is clear that powerhouse though she may be, America has been ungovernable since the outset…Just too big, too complex and too full of leaks and confused ideologies.  America is now, as a reaction, on the road to becoming a police state.  Folk who have read the book  called “The Open Society and Its Enemies” by Karl Popper will understand how the USA came to this pretty pickle and the realities behind this scandalous state of affairs.  Horrific though her anecdotes are, I have seen independent corroboration elsewhere of Diana’s central themes and accept them as factual – when asserted as such.  This book is too disturbing for general consumption.’

From Third World to First

The Singapore Story: 1965-2000 by Lee Kuan Yew  (Oct 3, 2000).  Note:  although older, it is useful to read this book before the Grand Master’s Insights book, below. Some comments on the Amazon website: Lee Kwan Yew had a clear vision, set himself clear goals…. Above all, what led to his success is his execution skills…. Although Singapore is a free market economy, its philosophy concerning workers and employees are caring and genuine, unlike in the United States….His views regarding leadership and a wide range of management issues are profound….. Read this book to be inspired.

Lee Kuan Yew

The Grand Master’s Insights on China, the United States, and the World by Graham Allison et al., 1 Feb. 2013.  Some comments on the Amazon website: Lee excels in pithy evaluations of regional and national strengths and weaknesses. At his best, the man is a cross between Confucius and Machiavelli. (Washington Times)……..”I found myself engrossed this week by the calm, incisive wisdom of one of the few living statesmen in the world who can actually be called visionary. The wisdom is in a book, “Lee Kuan Yew: The Grand Master’s Insights on China, the United States and the World,” a gathering of Mr. Lee’s interviews, speeches and writings…He is now 89, a great friend of America, and his comments on the U.S. are pertinent to many of the debates in which we’re enmeshed.” — Peggy Noonan, Wall Street Journal.

British democracy in action – or is it?

What will Brexit mean, both short and long-term?

Unlock the people

Unlock the people  By Brendan O’Neill, Editor, Spiked Online, 2 May 2020

Covid hysteria is destroying public spirit. We have to reverse this right now.

A very striking thing has happened in British politics over the past couple of weeks: the liberal elite has suddenly fallen in love with public opinion.

The very politicos and observers who spent the past four years demonising public opinion and seeking to overthrow the largest democratic vote in the history of the UK – the vote for Brexit – now cheer the public for supporting the lockdown and feeling fearful about going back to normal life.

What a revealing insight into how this section of society relates to the people. When we behave as a genuine public, engaged in a free and open democratic contest over the political future of the country, they brand us stupid, brainwashed, possessed of bad, untrustworthy opinions. But when the people are no longer a proper public, and instead have been broken up into atomised households, firmly kept away from the public realm by authoritarianism and fear, they love what we have to say. They can’t get enough of it. Lockdown sceptics are ‘out of sync with public opinion’, trills one of those commentators who spent years casually arguing for the elite to overthrow the largest act of democratic public expression this country has ever known.

On one level, this can be seen as a simple case of people flagging up polls that seem to support their own worldview. We all do that. And the liberal elite has been uniformly in favour of a Chinese-style lockdown of society and the economy. Indeed, the media classes played a not unimportant role in pushing Boris Johnson towards a society-wide lockdown. So it is not surprising that, following years of disdaining public opinion as ill-informed, racist and too susceptible to the tricks of demagoguery, they now cite the public’s views regularly.

For the public seems to support the lockdown, too. To such an extent, in fact, that it is apparently worrying some government officials, who fear many members of the public may be reluctant to return to normal life even when the Covid threat has been significantly reduced. The latest Ipsos Mori polling finds that more than 60 per cent of us would feel uncomfortable about going to bars or restaurants or getting on public transport once the lockdown has been lifted. Forty per cent would feel unhappy about sending their kids to school. More than 30 per cent would be reluctant to return to work or meet friends.

This is the public opinion being cheered by the pro-lockdown left and by comfortably off members of the liberal elite who can still work from their large houses even as the rest of society grinds to a halt: a public opinion that is fearful, distressed, dazed by the prospect of returning to normal work life, social life, and public life. A public opinion that is not really public opinion at all, but rather is a collection of fearful views expressed by individuals who have been expelled from the public realm and who are literally prevented by law from gathering in public, taking part in political protests, or engaging in industrial action.

This is the ‘public’ that the liberal elite admires: a Potemkin public, a pretend public, a public that has been fairly successfully decommissioned and placed under something approaching house arrest. That liberals and leftists raged for years against a clear, confident and real act of public engagement (the vote for Brexit) and now cheer a hyper-fragmented ‘public’ as it expresses dread about the prospect of a return to normal life is incredibly, historically revealing.

It helps to explain their keenness on the lockdown. It suggests that one of the key things these people admire about the lockdown is that it has broken the public. It has retired those swathes of society that proved so disappointing to the elites in recent years, whether by their political choices or their apparently problematic lifestyles. The public-sector left, the woke-leaning elites and the Remainer wing of the establishment are generally favourable towards the lockdown not only because it has less of an impact on their lives than it does on other people’s, but also because it makes physically, legally real what they consider to be the ideal relationship between their class and the rest of us – that is, one in which they can still proffer their ‘expertise’ and advice on how the masses should be cared for and financed, while the rest of us are silenced, by law, and have been reduced essentially to non-citizens who must await the favour and instruction of the government and our betters.

Witness the excitability with which sections of the left have talked about the massive state spending in relation to Covid-19. This proves the importance of the state, they say. It shows that Universal Basic Income is possible, they claim. Some, including Jeremy Corbyn himself, cite the current situation as proof that their welfarist worldview was right all along. They are almost saying ‘Comrade Covid’, taking pleasure in the way that a virus has made real the political set-up they have long dreamt of: one in which the state has extraordinary power in relation to people’s lives and incomes, and in which the rest of us accept this as the natural order of things.

It’s remarkable: in the fear and defeatism being expressed by the decommissioned public in relation to Covid-19, these people glimpse the pacified, grateful public in receipt of state largesse that has for a long time fuelled their political fantasies and political activity.

Some of them use noble-sounding language to justify and celebrate the unprecedented use of law, policing and fear to break up the public and keep us all at home. They say the people are engaged in an act of ‘solidarity’. Staying at home is heroic, they claim. It shows how much we all care. This is entirely false. Solidarity is when active, engaged citizens recognise their commonalities and offer one another assistance in the pursuit of a political goal or a social good. Like the vote for Brexit, for example, which was a clear, free and public demand for more forms of social solidarity against the disempowering dynamic of technocratic rule and the individuating trends of neoliberalism. In contrast, the current fearful retreat from the public realm speaks to an atomised torpor that is the opposite of solidarity, and in which one of our few ‘public’ roles is to agree not to be a burden on the NHS. Stay home, do nothing, don’t impose on the system – this is compliance with authority, not solidarity.

Of course, there are glitches, hopeful glitches, in the culture of compliance nurtured in relation to Covid-19 and celebrated by the anti-democratic left and anti-masses elites. Not everyone is happy with the lockdown, of course. Surveys by King’s College London suggest that people can be split into three categories: we are accepting, suffering or resisting the lockdown. King’s says 48 per cent accept the lockdown, 44 per cent are suffering through it, and nine per cent are resistant to it. And even as the public has been broken up there have been acts of genuine solidarity, most strikingly through the setting-up of WhatsApp groups across the country in which people assist neighbours and look out for the vulnerable.

But while that’s all good, there is no avoiding the larger problem of compliance, resignation and retreat into the non-public realm. It is not surprising that this culture is being celebrated by sections of the liberal elite, for, fundamentally, it represents the very thing they failed to achieve over the past four years: the victory of fear over public spirit. Where their Project Fear in relation to Brexit was not successful, Project Fear in relation to Covid-19 has been. But that is what makes this all so destructive. Covid-19 is impacting on many people, as we know, but officialdom’s response to Covid-19 is having a devastating impact on public spirit and public life. Having unleashed fear, having convinced people that it is dangerous to go outside, having informed us that other people are a grave threat to our health and even our lives, the powers-that-be cannot now be shocked that the broken, over-policed public feels trepidation about returning to work, production and life. Existential dread is easy to push out, but difficult then to contain.

The destruction of public life and public engagement would be one of the worst consequences of the coronavirus crisis. It threatens to have dire impacts on social solidarity, social confidence and democratic citizenship that could outlast the virus itself. We need to reverse this damaging culture with urgency. Nothing less than an overhaul of the political narrative and an unflinching questioning of the culture of fear is required. Only by questioning the authoritarian new corona-laws, questioning the lockdown, questioning the idea that this virus outbreak is an apocalypse, and questioning the notion that the breaking-up and silencing of the public is an act of ‘solidarity’ can we begin to restore public life.

We have two fights on our hands: a medical, discrete fight against a novel virus, and a political fight against elites who relish rather too much the current suspension of political life, economic life and public life. We are not mere disease-carriers; we are also workers, producers and members of communities that can stand up to viruses and other threats together. In decommissioning the public, our society has destroyed its own best resource when it comes to dealing with crises. That’s enough – unlock the people.

Brendan O’Neill is editor of spiked and host of the spiked podcast, The Brendan O’Neill Show. Subscribe to the podcast here. And find Brendan on Instagram: @burntoakboy

===================

Ignore the Britain-bashers

 

Ignore the Britain-bashers  By Brendan O’Neill, Spiked Online, 19 April 2020

Shame on those who are using the Covid tragedy to bash Britain and sneer at British people.

Like vultures, they swoop. The Britain-bashers. The still bruised Remainers. The woke elites for whom Britain is little more than a former Empire, still riddled with racism and drunk on nationalism. All of these ghouls spy in the Covid-19 crisis a chance to put the boot into Britain. To say: ‘I told you so. I told you Britain wasn’t special. I told you this nation you foolishly worship is weak and useless.’ This is the sick Schadenfreude of the bourgeois defeatists who see Covid-19 almost as a rebuke from God – or someone – to a nation with dangerous delusions of grandeur.

Their vulture-like feasting on a country struggling to deal with a nasty new virus is clear from the headlines to their columns. ‘The myth of Great Britain must finally end when our government has failed us so badly over coronavirus’, says a piece in the Independent . The writer, a Corbynista, naturally, doesn’t only criticise the government’s strategy for dealing with the virus, which is a perfectly legitimate thing to do. She also mocks the ‘myth’ that Britain is a great country. The ‘illusion of a Great Britain’ and the nonsense idea of the ‘Blitz Spirit’ will surely collapse following the Covid crisis, she says. This is more than criticism of ministers and tactics. It feels like the pursuit of the culture war by other means, the weaponisation of the Covid tragedy to re-energise the Britain-bashing that had already become so rife among cut-off woke elites.

Everywhere they are taking aim at the supposed myth of British exceptionalism. The Covid defeatists have convinced themselves that the reason Britain has a relatively high number of Covid deaths is because Boris Johnson and his cabinet of Brexiteers – and by extension us dimwits who voted for them – took the ridiculous view that Britain is a unique, wonderful, freedom-loving country and therefore it would be wrong for us to rush into a lockdown. In the words of arch Britain-basher and obsessive opponent of Brexit, Fintan O’Toole, ‘On the altar of this exceptionalism, lives have been sacrificed’. So national pride isn’t only stupid and vulgar, a view the disconnected, pseudo-cosmopolitan elites have held for a long time – it is positively lethal, too.

‘Was it British exceptionalism’ that nurtured the current Covid-19 crisis, asks a writer for the New Statesman? It was partly ‘a sense of British exceptionalism’ that ramped up the Covid virus here, says one public-health expert. Brexit, of course, is never far from some of these people’s minds, given that our democratic rejection of the EU was also a rejection of their cultural miserabilism and technocratic arrogance. So it isn’t surprising that our alleged Covid mistakes have been neatly folded into the mistake (as they see it) of Brexit. ‘Whoever said that British exceptionalism would end with Brexit?’, one writer asks, perusing the apparently arrogant approach Britain’s deluded leaders initially took to the virus. We thought we could manage outside of the EU and now we think we can manage against a global virus – what fools we are.

Witness, too, the policing of any pro-British language in relation to the struggle against Covid-19. A writer in the Financial Times takes aim at all the talk of Blitz Spirit. The Blitz Spirit is ‘bunk’, he says, but it is ‘just too comforting a story for Britons to abandon’. And how about the unhinged response to Dominic Raab’s description of ill Boris as a ‘fighter’? From Newsnight to the Guardian – hard to tell the difference these days – they mocked the ‘fighter’ talk. ‘That kind of talk is dangerous’, a writer for the Independent claimed.

There is almost a sense of relish in some of this Covid commentary. The purveyors of this sick Schadenfreude seem to believe that Britain is finally being taught a lesson. This is clearest in Fintan O’Toole’s borderline mockery of Covid-hit Britain. The virus has ‘exposed the myth of British exceptionalism’, he trills. He mocks Boris for enforcing a lockdown reluctantly and for expressing regret about the loss of freedom it would entail. This nation is so ‘drunk on freedom’ that it is willing to harm itself, he says. British exceptionalism consists of a ‘fantasy of personal freedom as a marker of ethnic and national identity’. Having previously pathologised the vote for Brexit as the act of a deluded people nostalgic for Empire, now O’Toole pathologises our attachment to freedom as a kind of madness, a national drunkenness, just another story we tell ourselves in order to feel ethnically distinctive. Our love for democracy was racist, and our love for freedom is racist too, apparently.

O’Toole’s commentary increasingly comes across as anti-British bigotry. It is not criticism of governments or strategies, but of the entire culture of Britain and the comforting lies Brits apparently tell themselves. And don’t think for one moment that the Britain-bashing of O’Toole and the other Covid vultures is about attacking the elites. Their targets are just as often the little people, who, after all, are the ill-educated Empire nostalgists who put Boris in power. As O’Toole said of Brexit, it was powered by a strange mix of ‘people with tattooed arms and golf-club buffers’. We all know what ‘people with tattooed arms’ means: it’s the kind of phrase anti-democratic elites must use when political correctness restrains them from saying ‘scum’.

Covid Schadenfreude can likewise be glimpsed in the almost gleeful sharing of stats and graphs showing Britain’s daily death rate. This is clearest in the context-free doom-graphs made by John Burn-Murdoch of the Financial Times. Every day his graphs of death are latched on to by dystopian millennials and woke leftists as proof of the evilness of the Tories or the myth of Britain’s greatness. ‘Look how much worse we are doing than New Zealand!’, people cry, which is almost immeasurably ignorant. In terms of population density, the size of immigrant communities (in which the known co-morbidities of Covid-19 are often quite pronounced), and how we measure and document Covid-related deaths, Britain could not be more different to New Zealand, and other countries too. And yet none of this is factored in. Context is not permitted, because the overarching aim is one of horror, a desire to create a jarring, disorientating sense that Britain is doing worse than any other nation on Earth and that we absolutely must consent to being humbled and changed by this horrible experience. Maybe we should even rejoin the EU?

There is such a deep cynicism in all of this. It is not constructive criticism or debate, which we need in spades right now. Yes, we should be holding the government to account. Yes, we should talk about the ill-preparedness of the health service. Yes, we must reckon with the sclerotic nature of the bureaucracy we live under (which long predates Boris’s presence in Downing Street) and its lack of responsiveness. And yes, we should continue questioning the lockdown and its predicted disastrous impact on the economy. But the vulturism of the Britain-bashers is something very different. It represents the importing of pre-existing prejudices into the current crisis. It is the exploitation of a health crisis to the woke end of taming Britain, humbling the British people, ridiculing our belief in freedom and democracy, and questioning whether our attachment to the ideal of nationhood is wise in an era of global problems and global viruses. We need to be more ‘cosmopolitan and global’, as O’Toole says. Make no mistake: they are refighting the battle over Brexit on the terrain of Covid. They seem to hope a disease will achieve what they failed to achieve at the ballot box: the neutering of British nationhood and the taming of British democracy.

=====================

‘The Alleged Cure Is Immensely Worse Than the Disease’

‘The Alleged Cure Is Immensely Worse Than the Disease’  By Brendan O’Neill and Peter Hitchens, Spiked, 6 April 2020

Peter Hitchens on the dangerous folly of the Covid-19 shutdown.

In the past few weeks, society has been shut down, the economy has been put on hold, and civil liberties have been curtailed in the name of fighting against coronavirus. There has been hardly any scrutiny of or opposition against these ever-stricter measures. Mail on Sunday columnist Peter Hitchens has been one of the few dissenting voices in the media. He joined spiked editor Brendan O’Neill for the latest episode of The Brendan O’Neill Show.

Brendan O’Neill: We live in a country where parliament has been suspended, our most basic freedoms have been eroded, we are all virtually under house arrest, and there are a whole bunch of new rituals we all have to observe when we encounter other people, which is increasingly rare. Like me, are you a bit terrified by the speed and the ease with which Britain became this country?

Peter Hitchens: I wouldn’t say terrified – distressed and grieved, but not terrified. I am actually not shocked because in several controversies in recent years, where I have thought that the people of this country would stand against the way in which they were being bullied and messed around, I have noticed that there hasn’t been all that much spirit of liberty. I think there is an awful lot of conformism now in this country and people have accepted being pushed around. I’m not sure parliament has been suspended exactly. It has just folded up or dissolved into a pool of blancmange. If it had any kind of leadership, it could insist on continuing to sit, just as it could have opposed the action or subjected it to anything remotely resembling scrutiny. But it just folded up and stole away in the night. All the institutions of civil society which are supposed to protect us did the same thing. The judiciary, the human-rights lot, the civil service, the media, parliament, Her Majesty’s Opposition and public opinion in general have simply failed to do their jobs. It has demonstrated that we don’t really have a civil society any longer. In the Soviet Union, where I spent a lot of time, it was clear that there was only one official point of view and that people were being pushed around. I don’t recall ever being compelled to stay at home, and there was at least a pretence made of having a legislative body as well.
But the point that strikes me here is that – particularly in the Eastern European countries, but also largely in Russia – most people regarded the Soviets’ rule with a certain amount of contempt and made jokes about it and realised they were being mocked and fooled. In this case, the population accepts what they are being told, without any question. It’s extraordinary. The old USSR would have loved to have had a population like that in the Western world and in the United Kingdom, which genuinely believes the propaganda and does what it is told. You could say, ‘The chocolate ration has gone up’, when in fact it has gone down and people will believe it.

O’Neill: You have written some very solid pieces, questioning the need for this kind of shutdown. Let’s just talk for a moment about the extraordinary situation we find ourselves in. There is this novel virus, which undoubtedly causes great harm, especially to older people and to medically vulnerable people, and in response to it – which is unprecedented in human history – we have closed down virtually the whole of society and most of the economy, and in the process we have stored up immeasurable problems for the future. I think you have found it a bit of a struggle to convince people that this might not be the best way to tackle a virus? Hitchens: It’s extraordinary. Again, the willingness of people to accept that ‘something must be done, and this is something, so we will do this’. The argument goes, ‘We have a problem, the way of solving it is to shut down the country and strangle civil liberties. Therefore, let’s do that.’ What I have been surprised by is how little examination there has been to whether there is any logic to this. It is as if you went to the doctor with measles and the doctor said that this was serious measles and the only treatment for it is to cut off your left leg. And he cuts off your left leg and then later on, you recover from the measles and he says, ‘This is fantastic. I’ve cured you of the measles, sorry about your leg.’ That is more or less what is going on now. We are being offered a supposed treatment which has nothing whatever to do with the problem. Other countries have not resorted to these measures. We have modelled ourselves, bizarrely, on the most despotic country in the world, the People’s Republic of China, whose statistics are wholly unreliable and whose media are totally supine, so we can’t really know what is going on there. And in fact, all the countries which have had serious outbreaks of Covid-19, they have almost all reacted differently. Even Singapore and Hong Kong, which are widely praised for what they did, did different things. And yet, oddly enough, the results in Singapore and Hong Kong were quite similar. Japan has done something different. South Korea did something different. And again, the virus actually did not continue to grow at the rates which Imperial College apparently think are inevitable if we don’t shut down our society. Even if you went for the post hoc ergo propter hoc fallacy that because A happened, and B happened after it, B happened because of A, there isn’t even a basis for that – let alone anything remotely resembling research showing a causal relationship between a Chinese-type shutdown and the defeat of the disease. There are rational responses to this. And of course it seems to me, the crucial test of any policy, and indeed almost any human action, is not absolute right or absolute wrong – which very rarely arises in practical life – it is proportionality. Is the action in proportion to the problem? If you look at the past and the problems which this country and its medical system have almost every winter, for instance with influenza, the complications of it are considerable. In one year recently, 28,000 people died of influenza because the vaccines didn’t work and it was a particularly virulent strain. The average number who die of influenza every year is 17,000 in England alone, and this does not cause the country to be shut down. It is doubtless tragic for all those involved, but you can’t use emotionalism to justify policy. I have a quote here from Jonathan Sumption’s interview on The World At One on Monday because it simply hasn’t been stressed enough in the coverage of what he said. They have gone on about what he said about the police, which was a marginal part of what he said. His key point was this: ‘The real question is, is this serious enough to warrant putting most of our population into house imprisonment, wrecking our economy for an indefinite period, destroying businesses that honest and hardworking people have taken years to build up, saddling future generations with debt, depression, stress, heart attacks, suicides and unbelievable distress inflicted on millions of people who are not especially vulnerable, and will suffer only mild symptoms or none at all?’ Actually, that’s exactly what I think. But I’m not a former Supreme Court judge. I’m not one of Britain’s most distinguished lawyers. And I’m not one of Britain’s most distinguished historians. I’m not the deliverer of last year’s Reith Lectures. This is a perfectly valid sentiment expressed by somebody with considerable authority and wisdom. And it isn’t even reported by the media when he says it. They leave it out of the reports of what he says because no one is prepared to confront this. There is an omertà – a total, supine, consensus over this matter. The complete failure to debate it is astonishing to me. And it’s the lack of proportion that Sumption is stressing there. Even if this were an effective policy, could it possibly be justified, given the disastrous results? As I say, if you had a disease from which you might or might not recover, and you were offered the amputation of all four of your limbs, and perhaps your head, and were asked to sign a consent form, you would probably say no, even if it would kill you, because you would recognise that the cure was worse than the disease – a phrase which repeatedly occurs to me, even though Donald Trump has used it, which always puts people off. But it is the case. The alleged cure – and it is only alleged in this case – is immensely worse than the disease, because what happens to a society which trashes its economy? I will tell you what happens. It is unable to afford proper health provision, all of its standards decline, its food gets worse, its air quality gets worse, its housing gets worse, its water quality gets worse, and everybody gets iller. The other point is one made by the extraordinary Professor Sucharit Bhakdi of Mainz University in Germany, an absolute genius in the microbiological method, who is utterly against these measures. He has said, what about the healthy old now they have been deprived of all the things that make life worth living? He reckons that this shutting down of their lives will be catastrophic, and almost certainly cause large numbers of deaths. So you can’t just say, ‘Oh, you don’t care about people dying’. That’s not what the argument is about. I care about people dying unnecessarily as much as anybody else, and my motives are as good as anybody else’s. It is just that my emotions are also driven by more intelligent thought, more reason and a better grasp of the facts.

O’Neill: I think Sumption’s intervention was very useful for a number of reasons. But one of them is what you have just touched upon, which is this really poisonous accusation that has been made against anyone who criticises the shutdown of society, which is, ‘You don’t care about old people,’ or even, ‘You want old people to die.’

Hitchens: Well, during the Iraq War, if you said, ‘Actually this war is wrong’, people said, ‘Oh, so you support Saddam Hussein’s fascist regime, do you? You believe that Saddam should be allowed to torture people, do you? That’s the sort of person you are, are you?’. And because of that shutting down of serious debate on a major matter, I think this should probably be called VMD – the virus of mass destruction. It is so very similar in the attempts to crush dissent.

O’Neill: They make this completely false distinction. They say this is a question of lives versus the economy. They talk about the economy as if it’s just some kind of abstract machine, just numbers and money and profits, when in fact the economy is people’s lives and their livelihoods. It’s how we create things, it’s how we produce things. Dr John Lee made a very good point in the Spectator, which is that this is lives versus lives. And that’s the kind of debate we need to be having.

Hitchens: That’s assuming, again, that the fundamental premise that shutting down the country will do any good is true, which I believe, is seriously in doubt. I’m a Christian, and there’s this wonderful part of the scriptures in which we are said to live and move and have our being in God. But in a material way, we live and move and have our being in the economy. If nobody is buying, if nobody is selling, if nobody is working, if nobody is serving, if nobody is being served, then there is nowhere for people to live, how do we pay for our houses and our meals? How do we raise our children? How do we support an education system? How do we pay doctors or build hospitals? If we have no economy at the moment, I would reckon, if we could only know the sums, we are probably throwing three or four district general hospitals into the sea or their equivalents in money every week.

Peter Hitchens was talking to Brendan O’Neill in the latest episode of The Brendan O’Neill Show.

====================

More articles concerning British ‘democracy’

The ‘Breakaway Civilisation’ And The Other World You’re Not Told About

This post complements the post ‘Which New World Order?’ Numerous articles, books and videos have described a world that includes a ‘breakaway civilisation’, inhabited by various ‘aliens’ as well as humans. This universe has always existed in parallel to the world we have been told about since birth, but has been kept a deep secret from the 99.999% uninitiated who are not ‘read in’. But the evidence it exists is compelling, such as many statements made by US President Eisenhower. A useful starting point is to read Section 3.1 of the book ‘They’re Conning You!’, copied below (See the post Book Reviews to download).

The following article by Kerry Cassidy extends way past where Section 3.1 finishes.

Then a series of interviews by Kerry Cassidy with A’Shayana Deane presents 6 hours of mind-blowing information that provides explanations about the past and current history of the Universe and the Earth, all on behalf of the Guadian Alliance.

Editor’s note: it seems the danger point expected in 2012 was avoided, as explained by A’Shayana in the following workshop: https://www.arhayas.com/pages/dispensation-dec2012 . A simplified summary is provided in the text below.

Note: this post is a work-in-progress. Much more material will be added including updates of older material noted in this post.

3.1 Aliens / Extra Terrestrials and their UFOs have been on earth for aeons.

This section summarises historical issues relevant to the total picture of our world at present.

Each factor is expanded later in the book, and a range of support is provided in appendices for further study. Inevitably, there are overlaps and some duplication between several of the points below. But let’s start with the very big picture: the whole universe.

By way of introducing this subject, consider the conclusions noted at the start of Appendix E, Ancient Civilisations:

There are many compelling articles, books, myths, videos etc. that explain how aliens from other worlds and dimensions have visited and stayed on our earth for aeons, possibly millions of years. 

It seems likely that aliens in some way created or modified human and living creatures’ DNA, probably to extend man’s abilities as alien servants.

These stories are very different from ‘official’ and learnt views, although much is supported by stories in ancient texts, including the Bible.

The overall picture presented suggests that aliens and/or their hybrids were, and possible are now, the major determinants in what happened in the past, and likely in modern societies.

The major issue is to what extent aliens and/or their followers such as hybrids, are planning our future, in particular a new world order.

There is overwhelming evidence that aliens, or extra-terrestrials, have been visiting our planet for at least tens of thousands of years, and quite possibly hundreds of thousands, and possibly millions of years.  The most compelling evidence relates to the large number of constructions such as the pyramids and other structures around the world that would have required technologies unknown to current science to build them.  The only realistic possibility is that these technologies came from ETs in some currently unknown form.  As well, there is overwhelming evidence that ETs and UFO have been regular visitors to earth since at least the mid-1940s.

There is also ample evidence across our solar system of cataclysmic and catastrophic destruction events. The asteroid belt, for example, maybe the remains of an exploded planet. The known planets are scarred from incredible impacts and teeter in their orbits due to causes heretofore inadequately explained. Rejecting the naturalist and materialist assumptions of catastrophism forwarded by other researchers.

The unfortunate part about the phenomenon of extra-terrestrial (ETs) and unidentified flying objects (UFOs) is that the world rarely sees evidence for it presented in a credible way. Nearly all mainstream media outlets, news anchors, and journalists do more harm than good, discrediting a topic that has plenty of proof behind it. Either it’s not discussed at all, or it’s done through ridicule.

Yet the very first Director of the Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) told the New York Times in 1960: “behind the scenes, high ranking Air Force officers are soberly concerned about UFOs, but through official secrecy and ridicule, many citizens are led to believe the unknown flying objects are nonsense.”

A brief search will reveal hundreds of people and documents that have shown, beyond a doubt, that UFOs exist, and that some of them could be extraterrestrial, and others, our own advanced technology.

The documents show objects travelling at unattainable speeds and performing manoeuvres that no known aircraft can perform. Descriptions come from people including high ranking military personnel, politicians, astronauts, and academics from different fields telling us that we are not alone and that this is known at the highest levels of government, or those who puppet the government.

A former Chairman of the Senate Intelligence Committee stated: “I do know that whatever the Air Force has on the subject is going to remain highly classified.”  An Apollo 14 astronaut stated: “there have been crashed craft, and bodies recovered.”

One of the most shocking and infamous events in US history was the assassination of President John F Kennedy on 22 November 1963 in Dallas.

In this historic and powerful Dark Journalist episode, 30 November 2017, host Daniel Liszt welcomes Watergate Lawyer and Author Douglas Caddy. Caddy is well-known for being the Attorney of the Watergate burglars who mysteriously broke into the Democratic National Committee (DNC) looking for secrets that have never been revealed. (The full video can be seen at: http://www.darkjournalist.com/s-caddy2.php.) The interview text is below.  Much more material on this appalling affair is in Appendix I. The key point is that JFK knew about the US shadow government and military/industrial complex’s then-recent involvement with aliens and their technology.  Kennedy planned to share this with Russian President Krushchev and the rest of the world in order to progress knowledge and advance humanity.  For that, his shadow government and successor President, Lyndon Baines Johnson (LBJ) had him assassinated in order to keep these space secrets to themselves:

‘Caddy was close personal friends with ultra-CIA insider and SuperSpy agent E. Howard Hunt, who used Caddy to represent his many non-intel projects, but later lured him in to represent the Watergate burglars while keeping his own role hidden. In their final meeting Hunt shared never before heard details of the JFK Assassination with Caddy, including the fact that the Watergate burglary was instigated as a mission to obtain vital documents regarding hidden evidence in the DNC that revealed details of a massive conspiracy to assassinate JFK. In a bombshell twist Hunt then revealed that JFK was killed for his attempts to expose the reality of the Alien Presence and share it with our Russian Cold War adversaries.

Since the original UFO flap of 1947, the US had created a secret group sometimes referred to as ‘Majestic Twelve’ or ‘MJ12′ to study the phenomena and to reverse-engineer technology that was recovered. This secret MJ12 group began to grow beyond its mandate and eventually slipped away from presidential supervision and formed a Breakaway group operating inside the National Security State via elements in the CIA. When Kennedy discovered this covert group operating outside the purview of the President he instituted a number of initiatives to regain control over the advanced research and technology achieved with knowledge of the Alien Presence. One of these initiatives was to share our knowledge of the UFO Phenomena with our Russian Cold War enemies in the Soviet Union and institute a joint Space Program/Moon Mission to avert a new arms race in space.

Documented official memos from JFK, including National Security Action Memorandum 271, direct NASA to institute a new policy of cooperation in space exploration with the Russians, another memo, recently released under the Freedom of Information Act, shows JFK told the CIA to hand over all data concerning UFOs with an emphasis on “High Threat” cases. These memos were dated November 12th, 1963, only ten days before JFK was killed in Dallas, Texas and are further evidence that he was assassinated because of his exposing of the UFO secret.

The UFO Control Group were not going to let him show the world what the National Security State decided was their own private discovery. They were willing to remove a sitting President to maintain their UFO Technology Secrecy.’

Theodore C. Loder III, PhD Professor Emeritus of Earth Sciences, University of New Hampshire stated: “Intelligent beings from other star systems have been and are visiting our planet Earth. They are variously referred to as Visitors, Others, Star People, ETs, etc. . . . They are visiting Earth NOW; this is not a matter of conjecture or wistful thinking.”

Well-known aerospace journalist James Goodall, an accomplished speaker who wrote for publications such as Jane’s Defence Weekly, Aviation Week & Space Technology, and Intervavia, interviewed many people from the classified black budget world. He did all of this while being the Associate Curator at the Pacific Aviation Museum. According to Goodall, and the people he has spoken to, “we have things out there that are literally out of this world, better than Star Trek or what you see in the movies.” Goodall also claims to have known Ben Rich, the second director of Lockheed Skunkworks, very well. In a video interview, Goodall stated that he spoke to Rich approximately 10 days before he died: “About ten days before he died, I was speaking to Ben on the telephone at USC medical centre in LA. And he said, ‘Jim, we have things out in the desert that are fifty years beyond what you can comprehend.”

Another source for Ben Richs’ comments came from Jan Harzan, a senior executive with IBM, along with Tom Keller, an aerospace engineer who has worked as a computer systems analyst for NASA’s Jet Propulsion Laboratory. They discuss a talk Ben gave some time ago. On March 23, 1993, at a UCLA School of Engineering talk where he was presenting a general history of Sunk Works, he said: “We now know how to travel to the stars. There is an error in the equations, and we have figured it out, and now know how to travel to the stars and it won’t take a lifetime to do it. It is time to end all the secrecy on this, as it no longer poses a national security threat, and make the technology available for use in the private sector. There are many in the intelligence community who would like to see this stay in the black and not see the light of day. We now have the technology to take ET home.” He believes that carefully protected technology has been co-opted by an as-yet-unknown group, and the sequestration of this technology has provided this organization a great deal of leverage in global politics, finance, and international conflicts over the past five decades.

In 2013, top American astronomers gathered in front of Congress to let them know that ‘extraterrestrial life exists — without question’. They cited the sheer size of the universe as their most important proof, emphasizing that there are trillions of stars out there, with one in every five most likely harbouring an Earth-like planet.

Seth Shostak, Senior Astronomer at California’s SETI Institute stated: “The number of habitable worlds in our galaxy is certainly in the tens of billions, minimum, and we haven’t even talked about the moons. And the number of galaxies we can see, other than our own, is about 100 billion.”

At least a dozen NASA astronauts have made similar comments such as Dr Edgar Mitchell.  Dr Brian O’Leary, former NASA astronaut and Princeton physics professor said: “There is abundant evidence that we are being contacted, that civilizations have been monitoring us for a very long time. That their appearance is bizarre from any type of traditional materialistic western point of view. That these visitors use the technologies of consciousness, they use toroids, they use co-rotating magnetic disks for their propulsion systems, that seems to be a common denominator of the UFO phenomenon.” – “In my opinion, I think they were worried that it would panic the public so they started telling lies about it. And then I think they had to tell another lie to cover their first lie, now they don’t know how to get out of it. Now it’s going to be so embarrassing to admit that all these administrations have told so many untruths, it would be embarrassing getting out of it. There are a number of extraterrestrial vehicles out there cruising around.”

Some of the most extraordinary statements about UFOs and extraterrestrials come from people who have held some of the highest positions known — those who would be in a position to know about possible extraterrestrial encounters. Former head of CIA Roscoe Hillenkoetterm said: “Behind the scenes, high ranking Air Force officers are soberly concerned about UFOs. But through official secrecy and ridicule, many citizens are led to believe the unknown flying objects are nonsense.” … “There are objects in our atmosphere which are technically miles in advance of anything we can deploy, that we have no means of stopping them coming here … [and] that there is a serious possibility that we are being visited and have been visited for many years by people from outer space, from other civilizations. That it behoves us, in case some of these people in the future or now should turn hostile, to find out who they are, where they come from, and what they want. This should be the subject of rigorous scientific investigation and not the subject of ‘rubbishing’ by tabloid newspapers.”

There is compelling evidence there are programs doing this exotic work are known as Special Access Programs (SAP) and Unacknowledged Special Access Projects. These programs do not exist publicly, but they do exist, better known as ‘deep black programs.’ An article in the UK MailOnline, 6 April 2017, claimed:

At least four Nasa astronauts have gone public over their belief in aliens

One example is Edgar Mitchell, the sixth person to have walked on the moon

Mitchell claims that aliens have previously stopped Cold War nukes from firing

Gordon Cooper was selected for Nasa’s first manned spaceflight mission

He claims that he saw a UFO flying over an experimental US airbase.

Also, Lucianne Walkowicz, an astrophysicist at the Adler Planetarium in Chicago, warned in February that making contact with aliens could be catastrophic for the human race. ‘There’s a possibility that if we actively message, with the intention of getting the attention of an intelligent civilization, that the civilization we contact would not necessarily have our best interests in mind,’ she said ‘On the other hand, there might be great benefits. It could be something that ends life on Earth, and it might be something that accelerates the ability to live quality lives on Earth. We have no way of knowing.’

Edgar Mitchell was the sixth person to walk on the moon in 1971 after travelling on the Nasa craft Apollo 14. He experienced an intense spiritual epiphany on his way back from the moon and his since dedicated his life to proving the existence of alien life. He has claimed that aliens have previously saved humanity from a devastating nuclear war and suggested that the Vatican is covering up their knowledge of an alien race that is trying to share its secrets for a new source of energy.

Mitchell has said that aliens are often spotted above nuclear warhead silos and have stopped nukes from firing off during Cold War tensions. The astronaut firmly believes that the US government is covering up the Roswell scandal in which a disk-like craft allegedly crashed near a small town in New Mexico. ‘The reason for the denial is they didn’t know if they [the aliens] were hostile and they didn’t want the Soviets to know so they devised to lie about it and cover it up,’ he reportedly said. Mitchell died in hospital on February 4, 2016, at the age of 85 – the eve of the 45th anniversary of his lunar landing.

Mitchell has claimed that aliens have previously saved humanity from a devastating nuclear war and suggested that the Vatican is covering up their knowledge of an alien race that is trying to share its secrets for a new source of energy.

Gordon Cooper was one of seven astronauts selected for Nasa’s first manned spaceflight mission. Code-named Project Mercury, the mission ran from 1958 until 1963 and aimed to get a human into orbit. The craft he flew in was named ‘spam in a can’ because it was automatically controlled rather than piloted by astronauts on board. Cooper has claimed that he saw a UFO flying over Germany in 1951. He also claims to have seen aliens at an experimental US airbase during his time with Nasa. ‘I believe that these extra-terrestrial vehicles and their crews are visiting this planet from other planets, which are a little more technically advanced than we are on Earth,’ he told the UN in 1984. ‘We may first have to show them that we have learned how to resolve our problems by peaceful means rather than warfare, before we are accepted as fully qualified universal team members. ‘Their acceptance will have tremendous possibilities of advancing our world in all areas.’ Cooper developed Parkinson’s disease aged 77 and died from heart failure on 4 October 2004.

Astronaut Deke Slayton was also part of Nasa’s Project Mercury, and climbed through the Space Agency’s ranks before becoming Nasa’s Director of Flight Crew Operations. He reportedly saw a UFO in 1951. ‘It looked like a saucer sitting at a 45-degree angle,’ he said, according to the Daily Star. ‘I didn’t have any cameras otherwise I would have shot some pictures. ‘At that time – for whatever reason – it just took off climbing and just accelerated and disappeared.’ Slayton was diagnosed with a malignant brain tumour in 1992 and died from the illness, at the age of 69, on June 13, 1993. Slayton was also part of Nasa’s Project Mercury, and climbed through the Space Agency’s ranks before becoming Nasa’s Director of Flight Crew Operations.

Brian O’Leary was shortlisted for a Nasa mission to Mars in 1967, though the programme was cancelled a year later. A near-death experience later in his life changed O’Leary’s perspective on extra-terrestrials. Dr O’Leary, who became a physics professor at Princeton University after leaving Nasa, said: ‘There is abundant evidence that we are being contacted. ‘Civilisations have been monitoring us for a very long time and that their appearance is bizarre from any type of traditional materialistic western point of view.’ O’Leary died of intestinal cancer on July 28, 2011, soon after diagnosis, at his home in Vilcabamba, Ecuador.

An article in the Daily Express, 25 November 2017 states ‘ALIENS have been visiting Earth for thousands of years and nearly caused chaos at the height of the Cold War, a former defence minister has sensationally claimed.’ Four different species, at least, have been visiting this planet for thousands of years

Paul Hellyer, the Canadian Minister of National Defence in the 1960s during the Cold War, claims to have inside information that top governments are in cahoots with aliens. Mr Hellyer first spoke about his belief that aliens were on Earth in 1995, and since then has become an authoritative figure in the UFO community. Speaking to RT, Mr Hellyer said: “In one of the cases during the Cold War, 1961, there were about 50 UFOs in formation flying South from Russia across Europe. The supreme allied commander was very concerned and was about ready to press the panic button when they turned around and went back over the North Pole. They decided to do an investigation and they investigated for three years and they decided that with absolute certainty that four different species, at least, have been visiting this planet for thousands of years.” Mr Hellyer alleged the alien species travelled to Earth from different star systems. He said: “Many are benign and benevolent, and a few are not. They come from various places, for a long while I only knew about ones that came from different star systems, the Pleiades.  There are extraterrestrials that come from Andromeda, and ones that live on one of Saturn’s moons. There is a federation of these people, and they have rules, one of them is that they don’t interfere with our affairs unless they are invited.” And in a dire threat, Mr Hellyer said the alien visitors have tried to warn the human race about the way civilisation is heading and alleged the United States has spent billions of dollars on so-called “black projects”.

Hellyer also said: “Decades ago, visitors from other planets warned us about the direction we were heading and offered to help. Instead, some of us interpreted their visits as a threat and decided to shoot first and ask questions after. It is ironic that the US should be fighting monstrously expensive wars, allegedly to bring democracy to those countries, when it itself can no longer claim to be called a democracy when trillions, and I mean thousands of billions of dollars have been spent on black projects which both Congress and the Commander-in-Chief have been kept deliberately in the dark.”

An article on HumansAreFree.com noted the Pentagon recently authorised the release of footage of a Navy pilot’s close encounter with an unidentified flying object. This was presented along with the implied announcement that the U.S. government has set up a secretive military program to identify and monitor extra-terrestrial threats, the Advanced Aviation Threat Identification Program. The program only ran from 2012 to 2017, they say, which is a short five years in the longer timeline of U.S. government investigations into UFO activity, going back the Roswell incident in 1947. Rather than fully disclosing the contents of the U.S. government’s knowledge of ET’s and UFO’s, the recent announcements can be seen as ‘psyop’ to confuse and misdirect the UFO research community away from other important pieces of this timeline. This type of obfuscation offers cover to black budget programs while subtly announcing the presence of a war plan against extra-terrestrials.


OVERVIEW OF ET INTERVENTION ON PLANET EARTH

By Kerry Cassidy, October 15, 2019

This overview is not by any means complete but should go a long way toward bringing most people closer to the actual reality we are dealing with.  Much of the information below can be found in various Project Camelot interviews.

The problem with most assessments of the future is that they do not seem to incorporate an understanding that Zionists are actually ANUNNAKI and as such, they have an agenda which is as an alien race going back to Enki, Enlil and the whole Sumerian Tablets and work of Zecharia Sitchin…which reveals their involvement here on Earth.  Their establishment here on Earth, back in probably 12,000 BC or earlier … of a ‘frequency fence’ in the brains (and DNA) of humanity that has started to break down finally but that 90% of humanity was affected and involves their genetic engineering of the human genome back then to separate our DNA …into junk DNA (to slow our growth)…

The Anunnaki are still here (they never left although some came and went).  They are, “walking the halls of the Pentagon” as my witness Bob Dean has said and they are running Israel underground in Dimona.  Their presence in Israel was documented by journalist Barry Chamish (who died about 1 year ago) a rebellious but mainstream Israeli journalist who heard that housewives in Israel were reporting that their homes were being invaded by VERY TALL male individuals who would enter without knocking, walk around like they owned the place, (largely ignoring the housewives protest) and kick any barking dogs out of the way with no apparent sensitivity toward animals.

This phenomenon piqued Barry Chamish’ s interest who then as a journalist actually investigated and went around interviewing the housewives and checking into these reports.  He did not come to a conclusion except to note that the description of these beings was remarkably like the beings seen carved into the walls of temples in Egypt and Iran.

I interviewed BARRY CHAMISH before he died about this on a radio show years ago however I believe that is one of the shows that has disappeared from our servers. 

I have other info proving that Israel is RUN BY THE ANUNNAKI.

Now the Anunnaki as a race are humanoid, very tall and also are the LONG HEADS found all over the world notably in South America as well… Brien Foerster has investigated this (a well known alternative archaeologist and author) and has a museum somewhere in South America FULL of long head skulls!!

They are also found in Malta (huge coverup there) and Egypt and probably in the rest of the Middle East although not much has made it out.

The Anunnaki were invaded aeons ago by the DRACO and so then there was a hybrid race of humanoid Anunnaki mixed with reptilian DNA — called I believe Sirian Anunnaki.  Consequently, there is confusion in this sector over the fact that Anunnaki can be humanoid or reptilian-human hybrids.

Not understanding the role of the Anunnaki in our past is crucial to not understanding what Israel is really about… 

They are a fierce race and highly intellectual.  Khazarian Jews have the Anunnaki bloodline.

And they are involved in Antarctica as well.  

Now with respect to Icke and ETs — Whereas I have every respect for David Icke and his work, his analysis does not incorporate anywhere near the degree that Project Camelot has because for some reason he never really went down that road other than to pick up the Draco/Reptilian/Grey side of the story.

You need to read the Ashayana Deane VOYAGER books to get anywhere near the understanding of the repeated history of humanity and how many races have contributed their DNA and genetically messed with Humanity over the aeons… They will also enlighten you to the MUCH BIGGER picture than the one you think is going on here.

I believe am the only journalist she has allowed to interview her… I have a 3 part 6 hour interview with her on my youtube channel:

www.youtube.com/user/jagbodhi/search?query=deane

The books are better for grasping the GUARDIAN ALLIANCE info she downloads about OUR TRUE HISTORY…. The Guardian Alliance is a group of various races of beings who contributed their DNA to the Human Genome and safeguard this particular human experiment here on Earth.  The VOYAGER books are available as Ebooks:

Volume II might be easiest to grasp:   

www.arhayas.com/collections/books/products/voyagers-the-secrets-of-amenti-volume-2-2nd-edition

Volume I:

www.amazon.com/Voyagers-Sleeping-Abductees-1-2nd/dp/1893183246/?tag=pcamelot-20

These books are highly complex and like nothing you have ever read.  The info is stellar and more advanced than anything else out there and much more far-reaching than the Bible for example.

I travelled to India with her and her group years ago.

Some people are doing a good job trying to put the big picture together there is a lot they are not aware of with regard to our dealings with various ET races and this is the area my Project Camelot deals with quite extensively.  My research on this topic spans 15 years in Project Camelot and years before that my own investigations and being abducted and dealing various contact experiences all my life.

While I realize that some have not been interested in getting into this subject other than at the most superficial level, the trouble is that going forward any analysis of news items and the world scene (and what for example Trump is dealing with) must include this background (and there’s a lot more) before you can begin to really grasp what is going on here on Planet Earth and the various ET interest groups interacting with various governments and vying for control of humanity.

For example, you cannot possibly analyse the cat and mouse game going on in the Straits of Hormuz / Gulf of Oman and Aden without understanding the role of stargates and portals (from which the various ETs come and go) and what is really going on there without also having taken on board the role of the Anunnaki.

You have to wrap in things like:

1.  How ISIS was created by the CIA and PAID to destroy the monuments and ancient sites in the Middle East that depict the former REPTILIAN RULE over humanity.

2.  How certain governments are aligned with competing ET races.  

3.  How our own branches of the military are aligned with competing ET races!

4.  How negotiations about nuclear weapons is a COVER for ET negotiations.

5.  How there is evidence that some nuclear sites have had their nukes and missiles ACTIVATED not turned off by ET races on occasion and this was reported by To The Stars Academy (with Tom DeLonge) as their spokesman who has largely been silenced now.

6.  How we are at war with various ET races and chemtrails are often serving to hide that war going on over our heads.  How this has been documented by a filmmaker in LA / former DEA agent who they killed not long ago. Who had hours and hours of film of the battles over LA going on to this day!!

7.  How many of the national / and international incidents we think only involved human involved humans working with ETs…such as the Bay of Pigs nuclear standoff… the attack on the ship USS Liberty (Anunnaki) and VW sized Spiders in Vietnam (Vietnam war) and so much more… are all ET related.  

8.  Not to mention the recent FIRES in California… destroying of PARADISE CA … collateral damage from the necessity to close recently opened PORTALS by rampaging ET races!

9.  How the deals made with the GREYS who launched a whole genetic engineering program back in the 1930s shifted their plundering/abduction of United States citizens to create Grey-Human Hybrids down to Latin and South America… How that program is now hugely successful and many of their hybrid offspring are now growing up south of the border and THIS IS WHAT the border issue is really all about (as well as to keep Chinese troops from invading us underground).  Because the future world will be an X-men scenario dealing with Grey-Human hybrids who have well-developed intellect and superpowers such as telekinesis but less heart (emotional body) than humans (who are already a hybrid race)… and the lack of compassion in these new hybrids will affect our world drastically in the future.

10.  How indications are that our government officials have been going down to Antarctica since at least the Kennedy administration or before and getting their ORDERS from some race of beings down there… including John Kerry during the Obama election. Orders from a race of beings maybe the reptilian human hybrids (part of the CONTINGENT FROM ALDEBARAN ) that helped the Nazis with high tech and eventually made it into our space program.

11.  How Africa (and the war in the Middle East) is also with Reptoids (human reptilian hybrids) who have bases in Iraq and Syria and down in remote parts of AFRICA… 

12.  How Africa has been “given” largely to a new incoming race of those from ALDEBARAN against the vote of many countries in exchange for some territory to build human colonies off-planet outside this solar system … revealed by Gordon Duff and another secret witness and that they have quietly been invading that continent.  This was depicted in the TV mini-series called THE EVENT several years ago still available on Amazon and maybe Netflix.

13.  How the Vatican is run by the Reptilians underground below it!  As reported by Leo Zagami P2 magician/insider years ago in my famous interview with him.

14.  How the whole paedophilia epidemic among the elite and rampant satanic practices and Luciferianism is a reflection of the impact of Reptilian DNA upon certain human bloodlines.  This influence is stimulated in particular by the ‘power over others’ impulse in our societies.  It involves occult knowledge of the power contained in what is known as kundalini in the East and orgone in the West.  That the young have in high amounts and must be activated in humans to continue past puberty through meditation.  Reptilians and Greys feed on what some call “loosh” stimulated by the fight or flight response that releases a substance in the glands of humans that they consider an aphrodisiac.  Draco/Reps and Greys use humans for sex and food and this is perhaps the biggest secret that those within the Secret government/ Secret Space Program don’t want you to know in part because they don’t think you can handle the truth.  But in reality, they fear they will lose control over humanity if the truth were known and of course a large part of their leadership are Satanists and involved in these practices.

This analysis of the roots and causes of paedophilia must be revealed before society can actually deal with this huge issue on our planet.  Consider how revealing the Reptilians and their historical relationship to humanity is central to being able to administer any form of justice in these cases?

It all comes down to the power over others issue.  The young become prostitutes sometimes by force sometimes by choice to climb out of their powerlessness.  They use the only form of power they have (sexual) to coerce and seduce the old… It is not a one-way street.  The occult side of this, while it remains hidden, continues to enslave.  If we don’t expose this to the light how is it going to change?  The most corrupted will only go deeper into hiding while the young continue to fall under the sway of predators.  If we don’t warn our children of what’s out there how can they protect themselves?

You see everyone who knows the real roots of this epidemic at the top and keeps quiet is basically a facilitator.

And it goes on… 

Most of my colleagues give a very superficial reading of the situation here on Earth to give people hope (and maybe because they like many in the military and secret government/ secret space program, think humanity can’t handle the truth).  I disagree with this assessment and think HUMANITY CAN HANDLE THE TRUTH and it is imperative to our sovereignty and well-being that we do!

One cannot analyse the world stage without wrapping in the above bullet points otherwise they end up looking rather dumb from the perspective of those in the know (some of Congress, Trump and the Queen and many other top officials and some military worldwide) without therefore appearing largely harmless and being totally ineffectual… Which is of course what the Powers-that-Be prefer.

Unfortunately, most people do not have any real grasp of the interaction between humans and ETs over history.

Kerry Cassidy

Kerry Cassidy is the CEO/ Founder of Project Camelot. Kerry is a documentary filmmaker/investigative journalist and well-known host of Project Camelot TV broadcasting weekly live shows on YouTube.  PROJECT CAMELOT:  aka projectcamelotportal.com  –  is a leader in the alternative media sector, with a YouTube channel that has over 800 video interviews over past 15 years, plus 5 years of radio show interviews and over 64 million unique viewers worldwide with over 238,000 subscribers. Kerry travels the world conducting interviews and documenting the testimony of whistle-blowers with above top-secret clearances as well as authors, researchers and experiencers covering conspiracies, the secret space program, black projects, ETs, kundalini and ascension and free energy. She speaks at conferences around the world and is considered one of the leaders of the disclosure movement.

https://youtu.be/hUr_TF9o7sY

Similar information is presented by Robert Hastings.  His website:

http://www.ufohastings.com

The website describes his introduction to the subject of UFOs: ‘In March 1967, Hastings witnessed five UFOs being tracked on radar at the base air traffic control tower. He later learned that these “unknown targets” had been manoeuvring near ICBM sites located southeast of the base. This experience ultimately led to his decades-long research into the UFO-nukes connection.’ One article on the Hastings website presents compelling evidence of UFO activity:

‘The reality of UFO incursions at American nuclear weapons facilities has been convincingly established. Hundreds of U.S. military veterans now openly discuss these ominous incidents and thousands of declassified government documents affirm their assertions.

Over the past four decades, noted researcher Robert Hastings has interviewed more than 150 of those veterans regarding their involvement in one case or another. On September 27, 2010, CNN live-streamed his UFOs and Nukes press conference in Washington D.C. during which former U.S. Air Force missileers described occasions when several ICBMs mysteriously malfunctioned moments after a disc-shaped craft was observed hovering near their underground launch silos.

Hastings’ intriguing documentary film, UFOs and Nukes: The Secret Link Revealed, is now available at Vimeo On Demand. Unlike many of the UFO “documentaries” found on network television nowadays, which contain far more speculation than fact, this film rigorously examines the officially-still-hidden history of UFO activity at nuclear weapons laboratories, test areas, storage depots and missile sites—using authenticated files and the testimony of vetted military eyewitnesses.

The evidence presented makes clear that humans’ deadliest weapons have been, since their development and use during World War II, under intense scrutiny by still-unidentified observers. Significantly, documents smuggled out of Russia in the 1990s confirm that Soviet nukes were also the focus of UFO interest during the Cold War era. More recently, U.S. Air Force personnel have alleged a UFO involvement in one large-scale missile-disruption incident in October 2010. In short, the situation is still unfolding.

When asked to explain the purpose of the film, Hastings says, “Public education. Someone possessing tremendously advanced technology has monitored and even tampered with American and Russian nuclear weapons for decades. My view is that UFOs are piloted by beings from another world. These stunning, nearly unbelievable developments must not be kept secret by a handful of government and military officials. We all have a right to know the facts.’ The following documentary presents supporting information:

http://www.ufohastings.com/documentary

A view presented on http://ascensionglossary.com is that aliens exist that have partly or very negative influences on our world and human beings.  Whilst the following abbreviated text appears to be ludicrous, there are many similar views, including some people who have been interviewed following near-death experiences (NDE):

‘These are extradimensional beings that have lost their consciousness connection to a ‘god source’ and are utilizing human and other beings as their food source (like a parasite) to live thousands of years.

They do not have emotions as humans have but are highly intelligent as they are working on higher mind principles than humans. They are similar to a Mad Scientist that manipulates and genetically modify human beings, similarly as a genetic farmer interested in gaining more resources out of his herd of cattle on the farm. Many of them are inherently violent and dangerous. They consider humans an investment in their energy resource portfolio. These aliens can be best understood as a psychopathic personality or identity profile with a lack of empathy that has no feelings of remorse and no caring towards human beings.

They regard human beings as inferior, stupid and many times use forms of mockery to create intentional harm and violence for their own amusement. Some of these negative groups have access to advanced technologies that have been developed over many millions of years in other Universal systems or Galaxies, however, most of their technological advancements have come from the creation and use of artificial intelligence.

These beings have been manipulating the human world of affairs for thousands, possibly millions of years, at least since the Atlantian cataclysm for their own purposes. These are inter-dimensional and extra-dimensional beings known as Fallen Angelic in ancient history (Fallen Angels in Biblical terms) and they use many technological manipulation methods to mind control and negatively manipulate the future direction of the human race.

Extra-terrestrials that are hybridized with Reptilian based genetics operate in strict hierarchical systems of rank and defer to their superior groups. Draco Reptilians (Dracs) view themselves as the most intelligent species in the Universe and that earth humans are the result of their biological seeding processes from multiple planets. [Note: others have described Reptilians as existing in different frequency ranges, which is why humans cannot see them directly until they change their energy frequency in parts to align with the narrow frequency band humans operate within. Thus, the appearance of people suddenly having black eyes, which seems to be the first part of a transition into our visible frequency range, or partly reptilian skin, as has been widely reported for aeons, quite possibly because humans have partly-reptilian DNA. This is similar to people’s experience who say they have seen a ghost which is mostly outside human’s frequency range, thus having a ‘ghostly’ appearance.]

The known reptilian races on earth appear to have made a variety of cooperative agreements with the higher ranks of human government and military, which have resulted in shadow government black projects and the creation of military-industrial complex (MIC) to experiment and exploit alien-based technologies and craft that they have been given access through their cooperation.

Dracs are an extremely militant, misogynistic and warring species that are very involved in controlling the world’s power elite, financial, pharmaceutical and banking institutions, promoting war and killing through increasing militarization, poverty consciousness, human enslavement programming, religious violence, terrorism, and the harvesting of humanities DNA through abduction and experimentation, as well as other species they have under their control.

Whoever controls the Mind controls the body, mind and soul. These humans are ensured they remain in power on earth with materialism and military weapons as long as they enforce and feed these aliens. During the Atlantean cataclysm about 26,000-30,000 years ago, this is when the planetary star gates, the planetary grids Ley Lines became controlled by the alien controlling races such as the Reptilians, the Annunaki.

One of the largest lies promoted to divide our race is the War over Gods promoted through religious violence. The false archetypal story of a crucified Christ figure is a mockery to further enslave humans into believing in a salvation model.’

Dr Joseph P Farrell, one of the most prolific, compelling and best-documented authors and investigators on ancient and modern matters, asserts that it is time to take the ancient myths of a Cosmic War in the heavens seriously. Incorporating extra-terrestrial artefacts, cutting-edge ideas in contemporary physics, and the texts of ancient myths into his argument, Farrell maintains that an ancient interplanetary war was fought in our own solar system with weapons of extraordinary power and sophistication. In doing so, he offers a solution to an enigma that has long mystified researchers, disclosing a cause of that ancient war, the means by which it was waged, and the real nature of the secret technology behind the ancient “Tablets of Destinies.” The history of the Exploded Planet Hypothesis, and what mechanism can actually explode a planet. The role of plasma cosmology, plasma physics (even plasma paleophysics) and scalar physics. The ancient texts telling of such destructions: from Sumeria (Tiamat’s destruction by Marduk), Egypt (Edfu and the Mars connections), Greece (Saturn’s role in the War of the Titans) and the ancient Americas.  Dr Farrell’s books need to be read slowly to absorb the compelling explanations about how our world’s history evolved, together with the rest of the universe.

A customer review of Dr Farrell’s amazing book, The Cosmic War: Interplanetary Warfare, Modern Physics and Ancient Texts, by Zy Marquez, notes how well is argued, and how most official historians mock Farrell’s views – because these views do not align with their very narrow focus, as so often is the case.  A summary of Farrell’s Cosmic War follows:

Dr Farrell’s hypotheses of an Ancient Interplanetary War is argued in an in-depth, precise and reasonable approach. The extensive evidence Farrell collates and synthesizes in this particular book will leave the reader aghast with the possibilities.

Intriguingly enough, many ancient cultures stated that the ‘Wars of the Gods’ were quite real. Predictably, even though there’s extensive evidence for advanced physics, advanced weapons, ancient [millions and BILLIONS of year-old artefacts found by reputable sources], the establishment has painted all over ancient history with myth.

Regarding this very issue, Jim Marrs in his book Our Occulted History, sets his crosshairs on this very issue: “The term mythology stems from the Greek word mythos, simply meaning words or stories reflecting the basic values and attitudes of people. In past ages, when the vast majority of humans were illiterate, easily understood parables were used to educate people about history, science, and technology. During the Dark Ages, when most people were taught that the Earth was flat, the word mythology was changed by the Roman Church to mean imaginative and fanciful tales veering far from truthfulness. This small change in semantics has caused untold damage in current perceptions.”

Ironically enough, there is starting to be more and more evidence of ‘myths’ now turning out to be fact. As Chris Hardy PhD remarks in her poignant book DNA Of The Gods:”…let’s remember that, before the discoveries of loads of ancient tablets written in the pictographic Sumerian language (Late Uruk period, fourth millennium BCE), the kingdom of Sumer was believed to be a myth. We had already discovered Akkad and deciphered Akkadian, and still, archaeologists wouldn’t give credence to the numerous carved references, within historical dated records, to a line of kings whose title was “King of Sumer and Akkad”.

Or how about the “myth” of Troy: “This myth collapsed in 1865 with archaeologist Frank Calvet’s discovery of the historic ruins of not only one city of Troy but nine layers of it! The city, whose siege is recounted in Homer’s Iliad, is only Troy VII, the seventh level underground, dating to the thirteenth century BCE.”

And notwithstanding, according to geologist Robert Schoch, who, in 1990, worked with the renowned pioneer Egyptologist John Anthony West, the vertical erosion of the Sphinx was due to heavy and extensive rainfall that happened in the region between 10,000 and 5,000 BCE, thus dating the Sphinx’s construction to at least 7,000 to 8,000 years ago) according to Schoch’s conservative estimate). What was the reaction of conventional archaeologists? Here is one: Zahi Hawass, Director General of Giza, was asked in an interview on the PBS series NOVA if it was possible that a more ancient civilization might have built the pyramids and sculpted the Sphinx. Hawass replied: “Of course it is not possible for one reason…No single artefact, no single inscription, or pottery, or anything has been found until now, in any place to predate the Egyptian civilization more than 5,000 years ago.” That last passage in particular showcases the inherent dogma that we as a society have had to deal with.

The gatekeepers, for many reasons, want to keep established history in a nice little box. Fortunately, as anyone who has extensively researched these topics know, there’s more than ample evidence that shows that at minimum history isn’t what we have been told.

Cosmic War covers wide-ranging but pertinent topics such as Van Flandern’s exploded planet hypothesis, an analysis of plasma in relation to weapons that employ scalar physics, petroglyphs which show plasma instability glyphs that were recorded by ancient cultures, remnants of giants in ancient history, optical phase conjugation, the story of the ‘gods’ as related through ancient texts, pulsars, generational charts of the ‘gods’, the scarring of The Valles Mariners being possibly from a weapon, Iapetus and its hexagonal craters, and a LOT more. A summary of Dr Joseph P Farrell’s amazing book, The Cosmic War, would be so general as to be meaningless.  However, the following text is indicative of some of the extraordinarily well-argued and referenced points: ‘Clearly, catastrophism and “real war” are both paleophysical interpretive paradigms, that is, they both attempt to make sense of ancient legends and stories by means of a comparison of the claims of those texts and the models of modern science. Here, however, catastrophism and “real war” diverge on a number of points. For the “real war” hermeneutic, the texts only make consistent sense if taken more or less as asserting an underlying reality to the events described. In other words, the war was real and the people or “gods” who fought it were real.

These people had real motivations for doing so, i.e., there is an underlying social order that was threatened by some perceived enemy, and a political agenda was at work.

It was fought with real, and horrendously powerful weapons of mass destruction on a planetary scale, including, weather weapons.

Thus, the exploded planet hypothesis is used merely to explain certain texts as a limited event; there were real winners and losers.

These people or “gods” in some cases prior to, in some cases, during, and in some cases after the war, then initiated contact with humanity and began to interfere in its affairs, to the point of siring and initiating human civilizations and their dynasties.

The following chapter concludes: ‘At this point, we shall now begin a process of periodically summarizing the emerging case, adding, as we go, new details. For now, the details we have assembled are these:

Van Flandern’s Revised Exploded Planet Hypothesis indicated two events, one at 65,000,000 years ago, roughly coincident with the extinction of the dinosaurs, and another “lesser” event at 3,200,000 years ago, roughly coincident with the appearance of the first humans according to the standard mainstream theory;

This second event roughly corresponds with the timing given for the Great War in the Mahabharata;

Both events must have altered the geometry of local space and the astronomical arrangement of the heavens;

One or both events were observed and recorded, making it likely the second event was recorded, and referred to as the result of war;

A case can be made, based on the plasma cosmology of Hannes Alfven and the petroglyphs observations of Anthony Peratt, that ancient humans observed large plasma discharges in the heavens, though these petroglyphs cannot be dated to the time frame of Van Flandern’s second exploded planet event nor to the Mahabharata’s Great War;

Further basis for believing that such discharges were observed is afforded by the peculiar resemblance of ancient depictions of the lightning bolts of the gods, such as Ninurta (with whom we shall much to do in part two), or ancient Greek depictions of the thunderbolts of Zeus, to the models of plasma instabilities observed by Peratt in the laboratory. 26 The fact that these resemblances are so exactly described in ancient art and drawing, and, as we shall see in part two, described in texts are being weapons of war, strengthen the case that we are both looking at observed events and events of a real war. If so, then it follows that the “broken and shattered geometry” of local stellar and galactic space described in ancient myths is a result, as they themselves attest, of a war. In other words, the motif of war in the myths is not a metaphor for recurrent catastrophism, but the real cause of catastrophes, just as the myths state.

One or both planets may have been large water-bearing planets, and if of higher gravity than earth, and if home to intelligent humanoid life, then they may have been home to a race of “giant” like creatures; Thus, the explosion of such a water-bearing planet would give rise not only to the asteroid belt, but, as the shock wave from that event spread through local space, would inundate first Mars, and then the Earth, with debris and water. Thus, the tremendous hemispherical “gouging” by sudden floodwaters often commented upon by Martian planetary geologists is explained. One should, therefore, expect to be able to find references to a celestial Deluge. 27 Of course, there is no lack of references from various mythological traditions referring to waters in or above the heavens. Perhaps it is time to take them less metaphorically!

Furthermore, if the exploded planet did have life, and if this life was of a high degree of sophistication and technological ability, its civilization might have been interplanetary in nature. The nearest planets capable of sustaining such life would naturally have been Earth, and Mars. As such, one might be expected to find mythological associations of Mars with war, which is, in fact, the case. In fact, it is highly significant as we shall see that the Vedic tradition refers to Mars as “the Great Leaping One.”

This war brought an end to an age and was fought between the “gods” and a race of giants, a theme common to mythological traditions from Sumer, Babylon, and Greece to Scandinavia and the Celts.

There does exist artefact and textual evidence of giant remains from all over the globe, which loosely corroborate the existence of anomalously large intelligent humanoid beings referred to in ancient texts.

Some traditions such as the Sumerian and the Biblical, ascribe the origin of this giant race to a mingling of the “gods” with “men.” The Enuma Elish makes it clear that Tiamat fought the war in part by creating chimerical creatures. The image of the “divine lightning”

Supporting several of Dr Farrell’s views, Physicist Dr John Brandenburg said in 2015 he believes an ancient civilisation on Mars was wiped out by a nuclear attack from another alien race. Dr Brandenburg says ancient Martians known as Cydonians and Utopians were massacred in the attack – and evidence of the genocide can still be seen today. In 2011 Brandenburg first postulated that the red colour on Mars could have been due to a naturally occurring thermonuclear explosion. ‘The Martian surface is covered with a thin layer of radioactive substances including uranium, thorium and radioactive potassium – and this pattern radiates from a hot spot on Mars,’ he told Fox News at the time. ‘A nuclear explosion could have sent debris all around the planet.’

But since then he has advanced his theory to the level that he now no longer thinks it was a naturally occurring explosion – but rather one planned by an intelligent alien race. The conclusion of his latest paper says that nuclear isotopes in the atmosphere resembling hydrogen bomb tests ‘may present an example of civilisation wiped out by a nuclear attack from space.’

Dr Steven Greer has been very involved in all aspects of ET and UFO for some 25 years, including contacts with numerous high-level politicians, and is one of the most authoritative people on the subject, wrote in Hidden Truth, Forbidden Knowledge. (Several videos and quotes by Steve Greer can be seen in Sections 3.5, 4.7, 5.13 and Appendix B):

‘Nobody has asserted that there is an actual threat to humanity from these objects: It seems to me that any civilization capable of routine interstellar travel could terminate our civilization in a nanosecond if that was their intent. That we are still breathing the free air of Earth is abundant testimony to the non-hostile nature of these ET civilizations.’ It isn’t going to be the end of ‘the’ world; it is the end of ‘an old world’ and the simultaneous establishment of a new one. We are already in the early stages of the golden era of the human race—one that is going to go for 500,000 years…. Spaceship Earth needs to be guided through this period and be firmly established as the civilization it’s intended to be. There are extra-terrestrial civilizations standing ready to assist, and at a certain point, things will change very rapidly. This transformation isn’t going to happen by itself. We humans are going to have to guide it and facilitate it. But we’re not going to be alone. The destiny of the human race and Earth has never been alone. It’s never been without assistance, and it’s never been in doubt. There’s no doubt about what our future and our destiny are going to be. The only question is how we’re going to extricate ourselves from the current situation and establish our world firmly on the path of peace and justice. Our earth is under a type of cosmic quarantine. It is known that we are not yet socially and spiritually evolved enough to go into space with such advanced technologies—so our wings are clipped for now. The key to our being welcome in the cosmos is peace. There are entire worlds that don’t even have a concept of war that are highly developed and are at or beyond our level of technological achievement. So, a world like ours would be enormously risky to turn loose on the cosmos; we are just still too violent and primitive.

Our ability to utilize all the technologies we have developed covertly has been truncated by extra-terrestrial enforcement of a type of quarantine. They [the ETs] are charged with protecting the universe from a species whose technologies have way outstripped their social and spiritual development. This is manifest universal justice. It would be the height of insanity and folly to turn militaristic humans loose on the cosmos!

Neil Armstrong was overheard saying as we landed on the moon, there are numerous extra-terrestrial vehicles on the crater, watching us and that we were essentially warned off the moon. But, if we go out into space, united and in peace, the universe is an open book for us.’

On the other hand, Author Brad Olsen, in his excellent must-read book Future Esoteric: The Unseen Realms (also mentioned in Sections 5.2 and 6.4), provides a substantial explanation of how several alien civilisations interact and have been influencing events on our planet for aeons, but have had, and are still having negative as well as positive effects. This is a very complex subject on which little direct evidence exists. However, there are too many credible views and events to discount the likelihood these alien races are currently having major, possibly dramatic, effects on many aspects of life on Earth, and could be the critical factor in determining the future of life on Earth. Olsen’s book is one of the best available to gain an understanding of these complex issues. Some of the more significant views and issues are listed in broad terms below:

Our local universe has been occupied by numerous alien races for many millions of years.

One common story is described by well-known author Zecharia Sitchin who wrote in The Cosmic Code: ‘There was a time, the Sumerians told, when civilized Man was not yet on Earth, when animals were only wild and undomesticated, and crops were not yet cultivated. At that long-ago time there arrived on Earth a group of fifty Anunnaki. Lead by a leader whose name was E.A. (meaning whose home is water) they journeyed from their home planet Nibiru and, reaching Earth, splashed down in the waters of the Persian Gulf… The time: 445,000 years ago.’ Supposedly the Anunnaki came to obtain gold which they required for survival on their planet which is losing its atmosphere. A complex mining operation was begun in southeast Africa which later required human hybrid slaves. Documents and stories record evidence of these visits throughout ancient history, particularly in the Sumerian culture, noting since they were of a different origin which is more advanced, and they live for thousands of our years; they have manipulated us by genetic experiments and consider us like guinea pigs, or as slaves for their gold mines. (Note: many more views, often of a similar nature, are presented by other authors such as those listed at the end of this section.)

The alien races are far more advanced than Earthly humans, but technically and spiritually.

These alien races comprise both relatively ‘good’ and ‘evil’ elements.  Some have the best interests of our planet and people in mind; other races have, and intend to continue, exploiting humans and other resources on Earth.

It seems likely, for instance, that the recorded alien interventions from UFOs to disable nuclear devices (see above) were signals as to that ‘they’ could and would to prevent nuclear excesses.

It seems likely that aliens can and do communicate with humans in many ways; some overt, and some covert.  For instance, during out-of-body-experiences (OBE) and meditation.

Another form of communication is so-called ‘crop circles’, often in South England. Whilst authorities regularly try to explain these as natural phenomena, physical assessments invariably proved these circles have been made using technologies unknown to current science.  Many complex messages have been assessed, although it is rarely clear as to the meaning, except that ‘someone out there is sending us messages’. The messages often appear to be very complex, although some have codes that were interpreted as warning messages.

There may be alien Councils that oversee our part of the Universe, including setting rules for the future benefit of all in the Universe – and that includes us on Earth.

It may be that these Councils are profoundly interested in life on Earth evolving in a positive direction that would result in a positive association with the rest of the Universe. This may require them to prevent negative influences by lesser, even ‘evil’, aliens on humans.

There is a wide-held view that these Councils do not wish any aliens to interfere with the natural evolution of humans.  But this wish has already been transgressed by earlier alien arrivals to take resources from Earth (see point above), in particular monatomic gold, which was achieved by modifying human DNA so they could act as servants, or slaves, to mine this gold.

Several races of aliens have been present, and still are present, on Earth, including some types described as ‘greys’ and ‘dracs’, or the ‘tall greys’ and their ‘reptilian masters’. These are mostly viewed as having highly negative influences on humans.

There are many stories about aliens having bases on Earth’s moon, a Jupiter moon and on Mars. For instance, that the dracs have an underground base on Mars from which they control parts of our local universe. Said to be over a million years old, it is massive and located beneath the surface. Supposedly this civilisation communicates with US government agencies.

There are said to be many different alien races. One of the most credible people on the subject, the former Canadian defence minister Paul Hellyer, has said that aliens visiting the planet Earth is not a homogenous bloc but actually comprise no less than eighty-two different species, all with their own agenda.

The various alien races are said to exist in different dimensions from planet Earth human’s three dimensions, and at different energy and frequency levels. This gives them many capabilities not available to humans in our three-dimension world.  Attributes such as ‘shapeshifting’ by Reptilians can be explained by shifting between dimensions, noting humans can only see in a very limited frequency light band that we describe from red through to purple. It is also noted the most human beings have some reptilian features in their DNA; this has been explained as having been introduced by aliens in the distant past (see Section 4.1). Other attributes include thought-transfer and different aspects of time (Note: a massive, complex and mind-bending subject in its own right that makes for a fascinating and perplexing study). 

There have been large numbers of reports of abductions by aliens such as reported by Budd Hopkins (see link below).  Whilst Dr Steven Greer (see later sections and Appendix B) maintains these are all by clandestine deep state UFOs and human-created alien look-alikes, many others describe their experiences during abduction, pass lie-detection tests, and discuss mutilation of animals as well as interactions with aliens, including sexual with the intent of creating a survivable variation of their dying race:

Alien UFOs started appearing in large numbers, as evidenced by large numbers of authenticated sightings, in the 1940s, in particular after the first nuclear bombs were exploded (see above points).

There are many references to President Eisenhower making an agreement with an alien race in the 1960s that provided for the aliens passing technologies to secret parties in the US, specifically the armed forces and their associates, in exchange for the US only taking peaceful action with aliens (see Sections 5.3 and 5.13). 

It appears the aliens were thwarted when the US took offensive action on the basis that they did not trust the aliens but wanted these new technologies to enable more offensive action.  It appears this was demonstrated by US forces shooting down and capturing UFOs, then back-engineering parts of the UFOs to identify some of the technologies.

There are numerous references to Men in Black (MiB), both in the series of movies and in situations where the Deep State wish to suppress information, including by instilling fear. The many descriptions of MiB in real-life situations suggest they are not fully human, that is, some form of hybrid.

A critical question now is, given so much of the information now available is about 50 years old, what has happened in the intervening years?  It would be complete nonsense to assume little has happened in the meantime. For instance, in the fields of technology, progress tends to advance in both step functions and exponential growth.

Section 5.13 includes the point: ‘Probably a covert space program could succeed if it had access to 44,000 people and 20+ trillion dollars and operated in secrecy for some 60 years.’  

It appears that at long last several elected governments (as opposed to ‘deep state’ governments) are calling for openness and disclosure on all things relating to UFOs and aliens.  For instance, former Nevada Senator Harry Reid is calling for what may be a long-overdue congressional hearing into the subject of UFOs. Some recent actual disclosures suggest that further disclosure has started, including releasing previous papers from the 1960s and 1970s.  However, there are concerns these disclosures are being manipulated towards nefarious ends such as preparing people for a supposed invasion by war-like aliens so that further restrictions to freedom and large military budgets will be agreed in order for the military to protect us.

Brad Olsen should have the last word in this very brief summary: ‘If benevolent ETs contribute to averting an Earth catastrophe, this will help balance the “karmic effect” they have made of the present era as an evolutionary pit stop for their journey into a new future from this looping back point. During the next decade, present era humans will experience an optimum evolutionary boost from the natural stargate activation, and the massive wave of cosmic energy called Wave X, which started to arrive on Earth at the end of September 2015. This will feed forward to produce new evolutionary and future spiritual factors that will again feedback to support our new course into an even deeper positive participant quantum energetic karmic loop. If successful, there is no turning back. The Men in Black and all malevolent forces will find it nearly impossible to exist on the newly awakened planet Earth.’

For further study on this subject, there are numerous reference in this book to influences of aliens, direct and indirect, actual and mooted, both ‘good’ and ‘bad’. These are referred to in Section 4.7. Also, Appendix C provides a large amount of related views and evidence from leading writers such as Dr Joseph P Farrell, Dr Robert David Steel, Dr Steven Greer, Rob Shelsky and Kerry Cassidy, Timothy Goode, David Icke, Lockheed Martin scientist Norman Borgrun, Richard Dolan, Linda Moulton Howe, Robert Dean, Joe Dolezal and Dr Michael Salla, and even Winston Churchill’s essay on ETs / aliens.

More information concerning aliens, deep state and military interactions, and the ‘breakaway civilisation’ can also be found in Section 6.2. As well, several of the people linked in Appendix A. References present compelling related information.

=============================

Kerry Cassidy interviews A’Shayana Deane

This series of interviews of A’Shayana Deane by Kerry Cassidy is 10 years old. They present a massive range of information describing the basics and practises of the universe, in particular consciousness.  A’Shayana explains she represents and is very connected with, the Guardian Alliance, a group of extra-terrestrial beings, that are forces for good throughout the Universe, and in particular, for our planet, Earth. A’Shayana runs regular workshops for the Guardian Alliance around the world. She explains in depth there are now and have been forever, many warlike races around the Universe that can generally be described as evil.  She describes the very complex structure and machinations of the Universe and our Earth.  Very few people will understand the details, but there is no apparent fault in her logic when applying the very-limited ‘normal’ thinking of homo sapiens. A’Shayana’s explanations are remarkably consistent with many major current and past events, geographical and geopolitical, around the world, although it is vital to distinguish between factual, evidence-based descriptions of events, and what governments, ‘official’ information and mainstream media report.

It is suggested the reader/viewer starts with Part 3, which occurred before Parts 1 and 2, as this provides a more easily absorbed introduction.  Further material from A’Shayana Deane, Kerry Cassidy and others covering similar specific and general subjects will be added to this post shortly.

Part 3,  42 mins.  Ascension Mechanics, 1 April 2010

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dK2vWZE8noU

Ascension Mechanics, Jun 12, 2010

Part 1, 157 mins – last 30 mins are the most interesting

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=AQ-ZaU6FHNw

Part 2,  168 mins (‘The human gene codes are invaluable’)

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=7-h_Qk4Z1SQ

Note: this link shows a range of YouTube videos resulting from a Google search for A’Shayana Deane: https://www.youtube.com/results?search_query=ashayana+deane+part+two

Editor’s note: it seems the danger point expected in 2012 was avoided, as explained by A’Shayana in the following workshop:

https://www.arhayas.com/pages/dispensation-dec2012

The following comprises a simplified summary.

1. Through the current and ongoing mechanics of the Krystal River Host FAIL-SAFE, our Aurora Earth is now a full-scale Ascension Planet, and its AL-Hum-Bhra Trans-Time Passages D-Span Gates are now and will remain, permanently open for the next 900 Aurora Earth years.

2.  The “Invisible Grid Wars/Plasma War” that our Earth has been entangled within for aeons,(and which reached its “0-Point Kryst Tolerance” between 9/2000 and 8/2011 earth-time when the Al-Hum-Bhra Kryst Fail-Safe Intervention was “called and progressively enacted), IS FINALLY OVER, and the Krystal River Al-Hum-Bhra Fail-Safe Host has prevailed.

3. The Planetary Templar and Gate Systems of our Aurora Ascension Earth is now under the full protectorate of the AMCC-MCEO Krystal River Fail-Safe Host, and the fallen Gate Systems of Alpha-Omega and FAtaLE are now permanently closed, blocking any further “invasion from within or without” by the FAtaLE and those choosing the Paths of Fall Return.

4. Over the next 900 years Aurora Earth time, our Aurora Earth will become an “Inter-galactic Ascension Station” for many lifeforms and forms of consciousness whom will be seeking Final Kryst Host for evacuation from Toral-Rift-Falling Galaxies, such as our Milky Way Galaxy, its many Falling Solar Systems, such as our own. Many Kryst-Hosting lifeforms and consciousness will begin visiting and incarnating on our Aurora Ascension Earth, to progressively receive the Bio-Regenesis they will need to pass through the Al-Hum-Bhra Passages into the various D-Planes “Island Ascension Platforms” of the Krystal River Fail-Safe Host.

5. During this period of 900 years of our Aurora Ascension Earth being an “Inter-galactic Ascension Station”, our Aurora Earth will undergo many changes, both in “coming and going” of its life and consciousness fields, to various slow-but-progressive geological adjustments the planetary body will engage as the still current “34-R same-spin-set Deathstar Merkaba Field”  of the Net Earth aspect of Aurora Earth progressively heals and returns to an organic Krystic Merkaba “counter-spin-set”.

6. The Sun of our Solar System is still Bhardoah-Transition Engaged, a slow but inevitable process that will progressively generate various changes and need for adjustments on our Aurora Earth life field.

7. Between 1/3/2012 and 2047AD, our Aurora Ascension Earth will progressively transfigure another 1/3 of its elemental-atomic-matter-base, and its frequency-corresponding Kryst Hosting life and consciousness fields, into the Eternal Life elemental-atomic Plasmas of the DhA-Yah-TEi Planes.

8. Between 2047AD and 2912AD, the remaining 1/3 of our Aurora Ascension Earth elemental-atomic-matter base and life and consciousness fields will transfigure into the Eternal Life elemental-atomic Plasmas of the DhA-Yah-TEi Planes, as our Aurora Ascension Earth and M31-Ascension Urtha slowly and progressively engage their own cycle of Planetary Tan-Tri-A’jha Blend, to eventually fulfil their Krystar Adashi-3 Ascension via the AMCC-MCEO Krystal River Fail-Safe Host.

9. For NOW, our “Life After Earth” begins where we ARE, HERE and NOW, and the Beloved Eternal Kryst Guardians of the AMCC-MCEO Krystal River Fail-Safe Host will progressively engage subtle contact with those choosing the KR-Host, so they may progressively share with us the Sacred “Tan-Tri-AhUra Teachings-The Path of Bio-Spiritual Artistry”, through which we can grow, expand and re-discover ourselves as Eternal Life Krystic beings entrusted with Custodianship over our Beloved Aurora Ascension Earth Planetary Templar, as we all move together through the 900 years of  Aurora Ascension Earth’s Krystal River Fail-Safe Host.

Government for the Silent Majority

The KiS report – “Keep it Simple” – Government for the silent majority.

The full report can be downloaded as a PDF file: KiS full report 100316  The report summary and table of contents are provided below.

The KiS  report describes an Australian government the ‘silent majority’ of voters would likely have elected – if they had the choice.

Why?  Because because it would benefit them far, far more than any recent governments which have evolved since federation over a century ago.  Many would say most if not all aspects of government have gone downhill ever since.  Like a corporation that is failing badly, the Australian Government needs a fundamental restructure – a ‘root and branch’ rebuild based on the needs of 2016 and the future.

The report includes assessments of, and proposed solutions to, key factors voters expect their governments to lead and manage appropriately on their behalf such as: finance, debt, defence, environment, law and order, energy availability, pollution regulations, immigration, taxation, healthcare, recreational drugs, education, infrastructure and related planning approaches.

Please note this report was written nearly 5 years ago and is in dire need of updating in some areas.  However, the substantive points remain valid, and the overall proposed solution will not change significantly in the update.  A few areas such as the system for taxation will be modified, as will aspects of foreign relationships.

Whilst the report is focused on the Australian government, much of the report could be applied to most governments in democratic countries.

About the author: Peter Senior CV March 2016 – email: petersenior42@gmail.com

The report Table of Contents, then the Summary, are below:

KiS Report – Table of Contents

1Summary

2.  Introduction
2.01  There are glimmers of hope
2.02  Check the roadmap first

3.  Issues Influencing KiS Government
3.01  Democracy evolution
3.02  The modern nation-state
3.03  Cargo Cult mentality
3.04  Immigration
3.05  Freedom of speech
3.06  Trade unions, labour laws and productivity
3.07  Standards, regulations and intrusion
3.08  ‘Carbon pollution’ v. weather
3.09  The ‘green mafia’
3.10  Water management
3.11  Energy management
3.12  Global governance
3.13  NGO influence
3.14  Bureaucracy and convoluted government management
3.15  Levels of government

3.16  Justice
3.17  Economics and financial management
3.18  The modern politician
3.19  Human imperfections and differences

4.  KiS Issue Summary

5.  KiS Philosophy

6.  KiS Vision for Australia

7.  KiS Management
7.01  Management 101 delivers optimum results
7.02  A starting point to improve on

8.  KiS Government Organisation
8.01  KiS national government objective
8.02  KiS national government law process
8.03  National Government structure
8.04  Two levels of government
8.05  Democracy

9.  KiS Government management
9.01  Criminal Justice
9.02  National and local service fees
9.03  Excise tax and royalties
9.04  Financial management
9.05  Commercial and financial oversight
9.06  Citizenship and Visas
9.07  Infrastructure and the environment
9.08  Labour laws and productivity
9.09  Welfare
9.10  Retirement
9.11  Health
9.12  Education

10.  Implementing KiS Government
10.01  Transition plan
10.02  KiS government activities and resources
10.03  Planning and plans
10.04  International agreements and foreign aid
10.05  Asset ownership
10.06  Process and regulation simplification
10.07  Culture and values tests
10.08  Guardian group and freedom of speech
10.09  Communicating KiS changes

11.  Would the Silent Majority Vote for KiS?
11.01  Are the silent majority of Australian voters sufficiently fed up?
11.02  Boiling frog syndrome
11.03  An about-turn by politicians as well as the silent majority?

Appendices
A.  Australian immigration history
B.  The Greens’ agenda
C.   ‘Carbon Pollution’ in the UK
D.  The Silent Majority (1):  Australian divorce
E.  The Silent Majority (2):  ‘I’m tired’ (US)
F.  The Silent Majority (3):  What good people do
G. ‘The Australian Government beat me to it’

KiS Report Summary

Surveys, ‘pub-talk’ and media comment indicate that most Australians are very dissatisfied with their Government.  Few voters believe that current political parties can fix the plethora of problems which arise from the government itself – and politicians tend to exacerbate problems rather than fixing them.

Voter frustrations include: excessive governmental intrusion and bureaucracy; financial regulator failures; abysmal government management of risk, building, health, water, energy and immigration; ineffective criminal justice; ‘carbon pollution’ taxes and waste; the ‘green mafia’; variability of freedom of speech; covert influence from some NGOs; inadequate employment laws; and the regularity of politicians’ breaking of promises.

No democratic government in the world is widely viewed as very successful, so there is no ideal model to copy.  The complexity of government and the depth of related problems are too entrenched for incremental improvements to be effective.  A keep-it-simple policy could provide the best solution.  KiS is a completely different way of democratic government, starting with a ‘clean slate’ and applying the best management practices.  Key components of a KiS government would include:

  • Recognition that competent and diligent governmental staff are often thwarted by excessive complexity and by covert agendas of power brokers and ideologues.
  • Government structure comprises two levels: national and local.  States have figurehead roles only.  Local governments have wider roles including health and education boards.
  • House of Representatives and Senate member numbers are reduced to a total of 100.  Members demonstrate excellent competencies and comply with fiduciary duties of care.
  • All taxes are replaced by ‘flat rate service fees’ introduced over 3 years: 20% on individual incomes and 10% on business expenditure.  Compliance is simple.
  • Businesses such as mining companies using natural resources pay economic rents which enable fair profits and encourage investment and growth, including overseas investment.
  • Recreational drugs are not illegal.  Excise duties are charged on alcohol, tobacco and recreational drugs at rates that cover all related costs with rigorous auditing and penalties.
  • Government processes, systems and regulations are reviewed using ‘clean slate’ methods that optimise efficiency and effectiveness, and, if necessary, are modified or replaced.
  • All government departments have audited plans that conform to guidelines reflecting best practices, and which include preparation for such contingencies as catastrophic weather.
  • The criminal justice system focuses first on full compensation of all victims’ losses and all related judicial costs, then on the rehabilitation of criminals.  When appropriate and possible, custodial sentences consist of home detention – prison is a last resort.
  • Government asset ownership is retained only if no better alternative be available.
  • Commercial and financial oversight is strengthened to ensure that GFC-type greed and excesses are not repeated.  Net government debt is eliminated as soon as practical.
  • All government funding relating to ‘carbon pollution’ ceases.  Related actions are reviewed after rigorous assessments and recommendations from a Royal Commission.
  • Immigrant assessments are completed and decisions made within three months.  Immigrants sign contracts agreeing to abide by Australian law and to support Australian culture and values.  Major transgressors are evicted from Australia.
  • A Guardian group investigates concerns about covert influence and behaviour.
  • Implementation is gradual over several years; each step builds on the last success.

KiS solutions focus on the concerns and wishes of the ‘silent majority’ of voters — the antithesis of political power-brokers, ideologues and rent-seekers.  KiS proposals are not intended to be definitive; rather they provide a basis for improvements and further reforms.

Are the ‘silent majority’ of voters so fed up with existing governments that they would vote for radical change such as KiS?  Would sufficient candidates with the requisite competence and credibility stand for KiS and promote it, or would an existing political party adopt KiS policies if it became clear a growing movement of voters demand change?  Failure to implement radical change soon will result in Australian politics and government descending even further into complexity, intrusion and waste with little hope of real reform.

The dogma of sustainability and renewables is ruining the power system

‘Sustainability’ is a modern buzz-word, a fashion, a vital tool for preservation and all-to-often a cover for dangerous covert agendas, not the least being the danger of related policies returning electrical power delivery to third-world status.

  • The energy hex Australia places on itself is madness Chris Kenny, The Australian, 23 June 2018
  • Australia’s power policies are killing its economy  By Ian Plimer, The Australian 23 October, 2017
  • Australia’s electricity is far too expensive and unreliable  By Nick Cater, The Australian, 6 June 2017

Check at the end for links to previous articles

The energy hex Australia places on itself is madness

The energy hex Australia places on itself is madness Chris Kenny, The Australian, 23 June 2018

 

If our worst enemies abroad were given one evil wish to destroy our economy they probably would look to curse perhaps our greatest natural advantage: access to almost unlimited cheap energy.

Yet, as if to prove that fact is stranger than even this madcap fiction, this is a hex we are visiting upon ourselves.

If a prosperous nation decided to burden its people with expensive and unreliable power, imposing hardships including job losses, costs on struggling families, reduced profits and missed investment opportunities, to create a more benign environment for all the people of the world, it would be truly altruistic. But if it were inflicting pain on its citizens and handicapping future generations for no discernible benefit, then it would be an act of sheer madness.

Yet here we are. We are in a self-imposed energy crisis. No one disputes the urgency — Coalition and Labor politicians, state and federal, agree prices are too high; they are spending on diesel generators, large-scale batteries and stored hydro to find a way through; companies are having power cut or being paid to reduce demand; consumers and industries fear dire consequences; regulators sound alarms about lack of supply; and policymakers float a raft of possible solutions.

Yet it is all our doing. By mandating renewable energy targets, committing to global carbon dioxide emissions-reduction goals, subsidising wind and solar generation including by domestic consumers, toying with emissions trading schemes and imposing (for a time) a carbon tax, we have up-ended our electricity market, forced out some of the cheapest and most reliable generation and made our power more expensive and less reliable. The lion’s share of investment across a decade — upwards of $30 billion — has gone into the sure bet of subsidised renewable energy that has a guaranteed market but that cannot be relied on to meet peak energy output at any given time. Billions more have been spent on government payments and grants. All this money is recouped in the end from consumers, who are paying enormous sums to go backwards.

Since 1999, average spot prices per megawatt hour have leapt from $50 to $110 in South Australia and from less than $25 in NSW and Victoria to $80 and $95 respectively. Electricity costs for manufacturers have increased 79 per cent since 2010 and in that period there have been net job losses of about 140,000 in the sector. Price rises have squeezed family budgets, created hardship for pensioners and forced companies to cut jobs or shut down.

South Australia was plunged into darkness for hours and the Australian Energy Market Operator has warned that without remedial action, even in NSW where cheap and reliable coal-fired power has been abundant, there will be supply vulnerability in the coming years that could lead to 200,000 homes going without power during peak summer demand. The closure of NSW’s Liddell coal-fired power station in a few years will make the situation worse.

This month AEMO warned again that the “unprecedented transformation” of our electricity system means Australia “does not have the energy reserves it once had to lean on” when we need it. This is deplorable.

We are the world’s largest coal exporter. We will soon be the largest exporter of liquefied natural gas. We are the third largest exporter of uranium.

Australia powers the economic and manufacturing powerhouses of northeast Asia, and other parts of the world, with cost-effective and reliable energy supplies. But we decline to do the same for ­ourselves.

We may as well feed the people of the world with our wheat and sheep exports while our own people go hungry. Why are we doing this to ourselves? Politicians from both major parties and the Greens pretend — surely they are feigning because they must know the facts — that this is our contribution to global efforts to combat global warming. This is fraudulent.

We need to do what the climate activists constantly implore of us: back the science. All the facts tell us that, scientifically, Australia’s climate action is doing nothing to improve the global environment. We are putting ourselves through extended economic pain, with deep social consequences, for nothing more than climate gestures. This is the hard edge of gesture politics: national virtue-signalling, with the poorest citizens and jobless paying the highest price.

Don’t take my word for it; listen to Chief Scientist Alan Finkel, who the government tasked with revising policy. He confirmed before a Senate estimates committee hearing a year ago that Australia’s carbon emissions amounted to 1.3 per cent of the global total (that proportion is shrinking as world emissions grow). Finkel was asked what difference it would make to climate change if all of our nation’s emissions were cut — pretend 25 million of us left Australia idle — so that world emissions dropped by 1.3 per cent. “Virtually nothing,” was his reply.

But wait. Our contribution is much less significant even than “virtually nothing” because we will not eliminate all our emissions. We aim to reduce them by 26 per cent — so our best impact may be a quarter of virtually nothing. Wait again; we become even more irrelevant. Global emissions are on the rise. Led by China (growing by up to 4 per cent so far this year) world CO2 emissions are increasing at close to 2 per cent. So, more science, more facts. China’s annual emissions are about 30 times higher than ours and in any given year the increase alone in China’s emissions can be more than double what we plan to cut by 2030. While global emissions rise our piddling cuts do zip. We are emitting into the wind. Our price rises, blackouts, job losses, investment droughts, subsidies and energy system dilemmas are all for nothing.

Anyone with a pulse must understand this. Why they persist with proposing or backing costly climate policies is the question. They want to display their commitment to the cause. They want to associate themselves with protecting the planet. It is earth motherhood, dictated by political fashion and a reluctance to go against the zeitgeist. What a sad indictment on our political/media class — indulging its progressive credentials for social and diplomatic acceptance at the expense of struggling families, jobless blue-collar workers and our economic competitiveness.

The Coalition is starting to tear itself apart again; led by Tony Abbott, those who understand mainstream concerns are rising up against those stuck in commercial, media and political orthodoxy. Malcolm Turnbull and Josh Frydenberg’s national energy guarantee is a retrofit mechanism to encourage some investment in dispatchable electricity.

As they negotiate for a bipartisan position they could be left with a stark choice: satisfy Labor and its premiers or placate the Coalition partyroom. It may be impossible to do both — the partyroom may at least demand a plan to extend the life of Liddell — and another political short-circuit may be in the offing.

The national energy system is so badly distorted by a decade of renewable subsidies and the threat of future carbon prices that there is no easy solution. All sides of the debate propose expensive government interventions. Investors in anything but renewables are wary.

If we had done nothing on climate action we might have had plentiful and cheap coal and gas power on the back of private investment. But we killed that goose. There is bound to be a reckoning; eventually we will reclaim the energy advantage we export to other nations. And if we ever need a zero-emissions future, we will embrace the silver bullet of nuclear energy. The only question is whether it takes us three years or three decades to come to our senses — and how many political careers will be hoist with this petard in the interim.

=================

Australia’s power policies are killing its economy

Australia’s power policies are killing its economy  By Ian Plimer, The Australian 23 October, 2017

You couldn’t make it up if you tried. Australia is a huge exporter of energy as coal, LNG and uranium, yet it has unreliable and ­expensive electricity. South Australia has achieved a first for ­Australia: it has the most expensive electricity in the world. A short time ago it had cheap coal-fired power.

Australia remains the only G20 country with no nuclear power yet has 30 per cent of the planet’s in-ground uranium, mainly in South Australia. Vic­toria has banned drilling for ­onshore gas in its two gas-rich ­basins yet suffers a gas shortage.

Australia’s energy crisis is based on a flawed fundamental. Global human emissions are only 3 per cent of total annual emissions. It has never been shown that human emissions of carbon dioxide drive global warming. If it were shown, it would also have to be shown that the 97 per cent of emissions from natural processes such as ocean degassing, volcanoes, natural chemical reactions and exhalation don’t drive global warming.

In the geological past, Earth’s atmosphere had hundreds of times the CO2 content of the modern atmosphere yet there were no carbon dioxide-driven catastrophes. The past shows that climate change is normal, that warmer times and more atmospheric carbon dioxide have driven biodiversity and that cold times kill.

Ice core drilling shows that 800 years after natural warming, the atmosphere increases in carbon dioxide. The zenith of the Little Ice Age was 300 years ago and since then we have slightly warmed and cooled during a long-term warming trend. Instrumental temperature measurements over the past 150 years show no correlation between human emissions of CO2 and ­temperature. On all timescales it can be shown that there is no correlation between CO2 emissions and global warming. Without correlation, there can be no causation.

The worldwide temperature record has been changed. Cooling trends have been “homogenised” to warming trends. In the corporate world, if a loss is “homo­genised” to a profit, it is fraud. Why is climate science different?

No genuine environmentalist could honestly support subsidised wind turbines that despoil the scenery, slice and dice birds and bats, damage human health and spread toxins. This is not environmentalism. It is power over people by unelected activists, often ­funded from outside Australia.

Unless the laws of physics are changed, solar power cannot be made more efficient. Solar facilities result in the clearing and environmental degradation of huge acreages and depositing of toxins.

Construction and maintenance of wind and solar facilities ­release far more carbon dioxide than they are meant to save over their working lives and they need to be sup­ported 24/7 by coal-fired generators. The Spaniards invented a way of producing solar power at night without changing the laws of physics. Diesel generators with floodlights illuminated solar ­panels. Subsidies were so generous that profits could still be made at night. No wonder Spain went broke.

Australia’s CO2 emissions are only 1.3 per cent of global human emissions, which are 3 per cent of the total global emissions. To reduce Australian emissions will have absolutely no effect on the planet’s temperature. The only effect will be a rapid reduction in jobs as electricity prices skyrocket.

Those who signed the Paris ­Accord actually believed they can twiddle the planetary dials to minimise warming to less than 2 Celsius yet seemed blissfully ­unaware that whatever humans do, they cannot change Earth’s orbit and radiation released from the sun that drive climate. Australia’s signed a suicide note yet didn’t seem to notice that China, India, Indonesia and the US did not commit to reducing their large carbon dioxide emissions.

The grasslands, crops, forests and territorial waters of Australia absorb more carbon dioxide than Australia emits. Australia should demand the Paris Accord shell out some of the billions sloshing around in the climate business.

The subsidies for wind and solar power and the must-take mandate have attracted all sorts of dodgy enterprises, lickspittles and carpetbaggers to the renewable energy honey pot. The National Energy Market was the nail in the coffin and, after 40 years of falling electricity costs and a reliable grid, Australia now has energy poverty and destruction of businesses. Electricity is not a luxury; it is a necessity for any civilised society.

The solution requires political courage. Cancel the renewable energy target, large-scale RET, ­renewable energy certificates, clean energy target and any funding that subsidises renewable ­energy. Cancel funding for climate research institutes, climate conferences, carbon capture schemes and jaunts for signing suicide notes.

If any energy company provides electricity to the grid, decree that it must have 90 per cent availability 24/7 and get rid of the must-take mandate. Cancel the charitable status of feral activist groups like Greenpeace. Change the Corporations Law such that green activists, environmentalists, unionists and lobbyists abide by the same conditions of probity as company directors.

Because investment confidence in energy in Australia has been destroyed, governments must build modern coal-fired and nuclear power stations. Australia needs a nuclear industry that could start by using modular reactors for isolated mines and towns before growing a vertically integrated nuclear industry.

Only elections can change the madness but no major political party has nation-building leaders and a coherent policy to cut electricity costs and ­increase reliability. Politicians fiddle around the edges. As soon as the words emissions, climate change and Paris are used, you know you are being conned and that the world’s biggest scam will continue.

 Australia’s energy policy is based on the fallacious assumption that human emissions of CO2 drive global warming. This underpins the Finkel and Australian Competition and Consumer Com­­mis­sion reports, the Paris ­Accord and political quick-fix ­solutions. Renewable energy has become ruinable energy, thanks to green ideology.

 I fear there will be years of ­increasing pain before there is enough political courage to bring Australia to what it had in the past: cheap, reliable employment-generating electricity.

Emeritus Professor Ian Plimer’s Climate Delusion and The Great Electricity Rip-off (Connor Court) has just been published.

===================

Australia’s electricity is far too expensive and unreliable

Australia’s electricity is far too expensive and unreliable  By Nick Cater, The Australian, 6 June 2017

There’s an app for everything these days, even one that tracks in real time the startling cost of Australia’s ­ludicrous energy policy.

We are indebted to PocketNEM for informing us that the spot price of electricity on the National Energy Market shot above $150 a megawatt hour in the eastern states late on Sunday afternoon, hitting $365 in the windmill-powered dystopia known as South Australia. During a largely overcast and windless winter weekend, SA and Victoria sucked up megawatt after megawatt of coal-generated electricity from NSW and Queensland, stretching the interconnectors to their limits.

To whom will the cost of these expensive buy-ins be charged? To the customer of course — you, me and the business we rely on to provide jobs, goods and services.

When the dust settles, the 33,000 gigawatt-hour renewable energy target will prove to be the costliest legacy of the Rudd and Gillard governments. Sure, there are plenty of other multi-billion-dollar blunders to choose from — the cost blowout to the National Disability Insurance Scheme, for example — policies that, like the RET, were implemented with noble intent but vacant attention to detail.

Yet on the scale of bureaucratically orchestrated disasters they are dwarfed by the RET, a Soviet-scale exercise in market intervention that is unravelling before our eyes, presenting Malcolm Turnbull’s government with a diabolical policy challenge that cannot be deferred.

How quickly the world has changed. Barely nine months before Turnbull became Prime Minister the Australian Energy Market Commission, which is supposed to know about these things, predicted that scrapping the carbon tax, falling electricity demand and increased capacity would cause retail electricity prices to fall.

The AEMC’s latest forecast presents a very different picture. Household electricity bills will rise acutely, particularly in South Australia and Victoria. The closure of SA’s brown-coal-fired Northern power station 13 months ago, followed by the closure of Victoria’s Hazelwood power station this year, means that for the first time in at least a half-century there is a shortage of active generation ­capacity.

Last December, the AEMC calculated that the closures would increase the cost of wholesale energy by 55 per cent in Victoria and Tasmania and 41 per cent in SA by the next federal election.

The Turnbull government will get only one shot at fixing this mess before rising power prices start to bite, and it will steady its aim this Friday with the release of Alan Finkel’s review of the National Electricity Market.

It is a chance to rescue energy policy from the sectional interests that want the renewable energy gravy train to keep running, and to frame it to serve the national ­interest. The ideologues, aided and abetted by the self-interested renewable energy lobby, will try to make this a debate about “sustainability” in the hope of deflecting attention from our demonstrably unsustainable energy policy. We must ignore their soft-headed nonsense and focus on securing what we really need: a reliable supply of affordable energy within our carbon emission targets.

The review is unlikely to recommend, nor is the government willing to countenance, the abolition of the RET, attractive as that may seem to energy market ­rationalists.

It should, however, help us recognise that putting most of the burden on the electricity grid to deliver Australia’s promised carbon emissions reduction was a ghastly mistake. It has neither assisted the reduction of carbon emissions nor encouraged the development of new technology.

Even Ross Garnaut, the Rudd government’s professor of choice, called for it to be phased out. The RET “does not necessarily encourage the lowest cost means of reducing emissions”, he wrote in 2011, “nor does it encourage innovation: it favours the lowest cost established technologies that are eligible within the scheme”,

In fact, it can cost up to $100 a tonne to abate carbon emissions through large-scale wind and solar, and up to double that amount using small-scale domestic solar panels.

Meanwhile another arm of government, the Emissions Reduction Fund, can do the same job for less than $12 a tonne. Allowing thermal generators to offset emissions by purchasing credits from the ERF instead of renewable energy certificates at eight or nine times the price may give them a fighting chance.

The review also presents the opportunity to end the sacred treatment of wind and solar and to share subsidies, if subsidies there must be, with low-emission thermal energy production such as gas and clean coal. It would not fix the gas shortage but at least it would give the owners of mothballed gas plants a little more confidence of a return on investment.

If common sense is allowed to intrude, we will no longer pay subsidies of about $85 a megawatt hour for the fitful supply of unstable energy using subprime technology of windmills.

Renewable energy suppliers have little incentive to improve the reliability of their product since it is the public, not they, who are forced to pick up the bill for buying in thermal power at the spot price when the blades stop tuning.

The energy market as currently constructed is a classic example of moral hazard where one party decides how much risk to take, while another bears the cost when things go wrong. If renewable energy companies were made to shoulder all, or at least part, of the cost of their failure to provide electricity at 50 hertz for 24 hours a day, they might invest more in the development of storage.

What could go wrong? After all, Alan Kohler assured us in his column in The Weekend Australian that wind and solar are at the point of becoming cheaper than coal and gas, and batteries are just around the corner. We are about to see a flood of renewable investment that will spell the end of coal.

A clear-headed readjustment of the RET will allow us to test that somewhat brave assumption. Oh, and help us keep the lights on.

Nick Cater is executive director of Menzies Research Centre.

================

Previous Articles

  • A Dead Man Warns of a Dying Grid  By Alan Moran, Quadrant Online, 5 April 2017
  • Is politicians deliberately ruining the power system a ‘crime’?  By Robert Gottliebsen, The Australian, 30 March
  • The ever-receding mirage of cheap renewables just faded from view  By Maurice Newman, The Australian, 28 March 2017
  • How we sabotaged our energy market  By Chris Kenny, The Australian, 18 March 2017
  • Look out when science and politics tell us the future  By Nick Cater, The Australian, 15 March 2017
  • When it comes to renewable energy, the Emperor is naked  By Tony Thomas, Quadrant Online, 9 March 2017
  • Renewable energy, the biggest policy hoax in the modern era  By Janet Albrechtsen, The Australian, 15 February 2017
  • Blackouts throw spotlight on national energy crisis  The Australian editorial, 10 February 2017
  • Queensland shows the insanity of renewable targets  By Judith Sloan, The Australian, 17 January 2017
  • Solar and wind power simply don’t work  By Keith DeLacy, former Queensland State Labor Minister, The Australian, 22 June 2016
  • The dangers of ‘sustainability’  By Peter Wood, Rachelle Peterson; National Association of Scholars, 29 March 2015
  • The great ‘sustainability’ fraud  by Nick Cater, The Australian newspaper

Keep your sense of humour – check the 'funnies' below RECENT POSTS.